DISCIPLINE 

OF  THE 

METHODIST  EPISCOPAL 
CHURCH 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2014 


https://archive.org/details/doctrinesdiscipl00meth_3 


DOCTRINES 

AND 


DISCIPLINE 


Methodist  Episcopal  Church 


1912 


THE  METHODIST  BOOK  CONCERN 
NEW  YORK  CINCINNATI 


EDITORIAL  AUTHORIZATION 


Reeohed,  That 

Bishop  Luther  Babton  Wilson 
Joseph  Beaumont  Hingelet 
James  Monroe  Buckley 

be  Authorized  to  Edit  the  Discipline  op  1912 

—General  Conference  Journal,  1912 


Copyright,  1912,  by 
The  Methodist  Book  Concern 
New  York 


EPISCOPAL  ADDRESS 


To  the  Members  of   the   Methodist  Episcopal 
Church. 

Dearly  Beloved  Brethren  :  It  is  our  privilege 
and  duty  to  recommend  to  you  this  volume,  which 
contains  the  Doctrines  and  Discipline  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  which  we  believe 
are  agreeable  to  the  "Word  of  God.  Although  the 
Word  of  God  is  the  only  sufficient  rule  of  faith 
and  practice,  the  Church,  in  the  liberty  given  to 
it  by  the  Lord,  and  following  the  example  of  other 
churches,  ancient  and  modern,  has  modified  its 
Discipline  from  time  to  time  in  order  more  fully 
to  secure  the  end  for  which  it  was  founded. 

We  believe  that  God's  design  in  raising  up  the 

Methodist  Episcopal  Church  in  America  was  to 

aid  in  evangelizing  the  continent  and  "to  spread 
3 


Episcopal  Address 
scriptural  holiness  over  these  lands."  Evidently 
God's  blessing  has  been  with  us,  and  we  have  seen 
an  extraordinary  work  extending  throughout  all 
the  United  States  and  Territories  and  through- 
out the  British  possessions  in  North  America; 
also  the  planting  of  successful  Missions  in  South 
America  and  Mexico.  The  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church,  in  its  organic  form  and  spiritual  power, 
has  been  established  in  Africa,  Asia,  and  Europe, 
where  God  has  given  to  it  great  prosperity. 

During  the  period  in  which  this  work  has  been 
extending,  the  Church  has  revised  its  legislation 
to  meet  the  demands  created  by  its  own  activities 
and  by  the  conditions  of  the  different  peoples 
among  whom  it  strives  to  build  up  the  Kingdom 
of  God. 

The  peculiar  Constitution  and  Administrative 

Eules  of  our  Church,  to  which  its  success  is  largely 

due,  deserve  careful  study.    The  Itinerant  Min- 
4 


Episcopal  Address 
istry,  the  subpastorate  through  Classes,  the 
Episcopacy,  the  District  Superintendent}',  the 
Conferences  in  their  gradation,  the  Local  Minis- 
try, the  Judicial  Administration,  the  Interdepend- 
ence of  Ministry  and  Laity,  with  the  well-defined 
duties  and  rights  of  each,  are  severally  parts  of 
a  system  which  can  be  truly  valued,  profitably 
used,  or  wisely  modified  only  by  those  who  through 
loving  and  faithful  study  have  become  familiar 
with  it. 

Therefore  this  volume  should  be  found  in  the 
home  of  every  member  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church;  and  the  more  so  because  it  contains  the 
Doctrines  maintained,  in  part  or  in  whole,  by 
every  Evangelical  Church. 

The  Order  of  Worship  herein  set  forth  we  com- 
mend to  your  scrupulous  observance.  In  sub- 
stance it  has  been  received  from  our  Fathers,  and 

has  been  approved  by  the  judgment  of  the  Church. 
5 


Episcopal  Address 


If  uniformly  observed,  it  will  continue  to  be  both 
a  token  and  a  bond  of  unity  throughout  our  wide- 
spread communion. 

We  remain  your  affectionate  Brethren  and  Pas- 
tors: 


Bishops 
Thomas  Bowman, 
Henry  W.  Warren, 
John  M.  Walden, 
John  H.  Vincent, 
Earl  Cranston, 
David  H.  Moore, 
John  W.  Hamilton, 
Joseph  F.  Berry, 
William  F.  McDowell, 
James  W.  Bashford, 
William  Burt, 
Luther  B.  Wilson, 
Thomas  B.  Neely, 
William  F.  Anderson, 
John  L.  Nuelsen, 
William  A.  Quayle, 
Charles  W.  Smith, 
Wilson  S.  Lewis, 
Edwin  H.  Hughes, 


Robert  McIntyre, 
Frank  M.  Bristol, 
Homer  C.  Stuntz, 
Theodore  S.  Henderson, 
William  O.  Shepard, 
Naphtali  Luccock, 
Francis  J.  McConnell, 
Frederick  D.  Leete, 
Richard  J.  Cooke, 
Wilbur  P.  Thirkield. 

Missionary  Bishops 
James  M.  Thoburn, 
Joseph  C.  Hartzell, 
Frank  W.  Warne, 
Isaiah  B.  Scott, 
John  E.  Robinson, 
Merriman  C.  Harris, 
John  W.  Robinson, 
William  P.  Eveland. 


6 


CONTENTS 


All  references,  in  both  Contents  and  Index,  are  to  paragraphs  (f  1.) 
Historical  Statement 
THE  CONSTITUTION 

DIVISION 

I.  Articles  of  Religion   T  1 

II.  General  Rules   126 

III.  Articles  of  Organization  and  Government, 
chapter 

I.  Pastoral  Charges,  Quarterly  and  Annual  Con- 
ferences  134 

II.  General  Conference 
article 

I.  How  Composed  

II.  Ministerial  Delegates  

III.  Lay  Delegates  

IV.  Credentials  

V.  Sessions   141 

VI.  Presiding  Officers   142 

VII.  Organization   1  43 

VIII.  Quorum   f  44 

IX.  Voting   f  45 

X.  Powers  and  Restrictions   if  46 

XI.  Amendments   1  47 


LEGISLATION 
Part  I 
The  Church 


I.  Membership 


Admission  into  Church   1  48 

Baptized  Children  and  the  Church   5  49 

Transfer  of  Membership  

Non-Resident  Membership  

Withdrawals   If  58 

Classes  and  Class  Meetings   1  i 

7  I 


1  55 
157 

I  58 


Contents 


CHAPTER  PARAGRAPH 

II.  Special  Advices 

Slavery   f  64 

Dress   f  65 

Marriage   j  66 

Divorce   %  67 

Amusements   f  68 

Temperance   f  69 

Christian  Stewardship   1170 

III.  Worship 

Order  of  Public  Worship   5  71 

Spirit  and  Truth  of  Singing   %  72 

Part  II 
Conferences 
I.  General  Conference  [see  If  37] 
II.  Annual  Conferences 

Number  and  Organization   f  73 

Order  of  Business   If  79 

Powers  and  Duties   It  80 

Statistician  and  Treasurer   If  86 

Statistical  Report   3  89,  §  1 

Sunday  School  Statistics   1  89,  §  2 

Conference  Treasurer's  Report   f  90 

[For  Pastor's  Summary  Report,  see  If  180,  §  3] 

III.  Lay  Electoral  Conferences 

Election  of  Delegates   t  91 

Laymen's  Associations   3  92 

IV.  Central  Mission  Conferences   H  93 

V.  Mission  Conferences   5  94 

VI.  District  Conferences 

Organization  and  Duties   5  95 


Order  of  Business   5 

f 


Discontinuance     1101 


VII.  Quarterly  Conferences 

Organization  and  Duties   1  102 

Order  of  Business   If  106 

Auditing  and  Records   If  107 

VIII.  Official  Board   If  109 

IX.  Leaders  and  Stewards' Meeting   H  110 

[For  Judicial  Conference,  see  If  283] 

Part  III 

The  Ministry 

I.  Qualifications  and  Work 

Call  to  Preach   f  111 

Rules  for  a  Preacher's  Conduct   f  112 


OOXTF.XTS 


U  124 
II  132 
II  135 

i 


CHAPTER  PAIlAtiRAPH 

Spiritual  Qualifications  

Profitable  Use  of  Time  

Necessity  of  Union  Among  Ourselves  

Deportment  at  Conference   1  137 

Where  and  How  to  Preach   J  139 

Pastoral  Fidelity   U  144 

II.  Ministers  and  Annual  Conferences 

Reception  on  Trial   f  153 

Admission  into  Full  Membership   1!  158 

Ministers  from  Other  Churches   II  162 

Ministers  in  Official  Positions   fl  165 

Termination  of  Conference  Membership 

By  Location   5  166 

By  Surrender  of  Ministerial  <  'flice   1  168 

By  Withdrawal   11  169 

By  Judicial  Procedure   H  170 

III.  Deacons   f  171 

IV.  Elders   1  174 

V.  Pastors 

Duties   ^179 

Reports   «t  180 

VI.  Supernumerary  Ministers   f  183 

VII.  Retired  Ministers   H  184 

VIII.  District  Superintendents.   If  185 

IX.  Missionary  Bishops   f  189 

X.  Bishops 

How  Constituted   IT  199 

Amenability   11201 

Duties   f  202 

Powers   II  204 

XI.  Retired  Bishops 

General  Superintendent   IF  210 

Missionary  Bishop   j  21 1 

General  Provisions   11212 

»  Part  IV 

Local  Preachers,  Exhorters,  Deaconesses 

I.  Local  Preachers   f  213 

II.  Exhorters   U  220 

III.  Deaconesses 

A  Deaconess   J  222 

Episcopal  Supervision   f  223 

General  Deaconess  Hoard   11224 

In  Foreign  Fields   11  226 

Conference  Deaconess  Board   If  227 

Regulations  for  Deaconesses   j  228 

Retired  Deaconess  and  Her  Support   1J  229 

Deaconess  Institutions   II  230 


Contents 


Part  V 

Judicial  Administration 
chapter  paragraph 
t.  Trial  of  a  Bishop 

Investigation   1  232 

Trial   f237 

II.  Trial  of  a  Missionary  Bishop 

Investigation   1  238 

Trial  ^   IT  241 

III.  Trial  of  a  Member  of  an  Annual  Conference 

Preliminary  Investigation   1243 

Maladministration   11255 

Trial   1  256 

IV.  Trial  of  a  Preacher  on  Trial   1  261 

V.  Trial  of  a  Local  Preacher   1  262 

"VI.  Trial  of  a  Church  Member 

Immoral  Conduct   f  270 

Imprudent  Conduct   If  271 

Neglect  of  Means  of  Grace   1  272 

Causing  Dissension   f  273 

Disagreement  in  Business — Arbitration   1  274 

Insolvency   J  277 


VII.  Appeal  of  a  Bishop   1  282 

VIII.  Appeal  of  a  Member  of  an  Annual  Conference 

— Judicial  Conference   IT  283 

IX.  Restoration  of  Credentials 

When  Voluntarily  Surrendered   j  292 

When  Involuntarily  Surrendered   1293 

X.  Appeal  of  a  Local  Preacher   1295 

XI.  Appeal  of  a  Church  Member — Court  of  Appeals.  .  1  297 
XII.  General  Directions 

Testimony  and  Notice   1  299 

Records   1300 

Counsel   1  301 

Charges   1  302 


Trials   1303 

Appeals   1  304 

Part  VI 
Temporal  Economy 

I.  Ministerial  Support 

Stewards   1  305 

Stewards  :md  Ministerial  Support   1  310 

Support  of  Pastors   1  314 

District  Stewards  and  Support  of  District  Superin- 
tendents  1317 

Support  of  Bishops   1  319 

10 


Contexts 


v.i- .»:•!! 


Support  of  Conference  Claimants 
Clair 


lairn   T323 

Permanent  Endowments   J  324 

Anniversaries   %  325 

Apportionment   J  326 

Estimating  Committee   %  328 

Conference  Stewards   j  329 

Methods  of  Distribution   1l  330 

Annuity  Distribution   j  331 

Necessitous  Distribution   ^  333 

[For  Board  of  Conference  Claimants  see  *  4t  t>] 
Church  Property 

Trustees — Appointment  and  Duties   %  335 

Conveyance  of  Church  Property   *i  342 

Building  Churches  1   H  347 


Sale  of  Church  Property   %  350 

Building  and  Renting  Parsonages   1  354 

Trustees  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church   ^  359 


Auditing  and  Bonding   K  367 

III.  Ladies'  Aid  Societies   %  368 

Part  VII 
Institution's,  Boards,  and  Societies 
I.  The  Book  Concern 

The  Methodist  Book  Concern   r  369 

Book  Committee   I370 

Local  Committees   %  375 

Publishing  Agents   «i  378 

Depositories   %  384 

Editors   f  385 

Circulation  of  Religious  Tracts   «i  394 

II.  Board  .of  Foreign  Missions 

Incorporation   f  397 

Constitution.  .   f  398 

General  Committee  of  Foreign  Missions   1400 

Administration  of  Foreign  Missions   11410 

Annual  Conference  Board   r  411 

District  Board   t  412 

District  Missionary  Secretaries   11  413 

District  Superintendents   jj  414 

Pastors  and  Churches   If  415 

III.  Woman's  Foreign  Missionary  Society   T  416 

IV.  Board  of  Home  Missions  and   Church  Extension 

Incorporation   Tf  418 

General  Committee  of  Home  Missions  and  Church 

Extension   1  419 

Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension.  ...  If  424 

Department  of  Cities   f  427 

Annual  Conference  Board   «[  428 

District  Board   i  429 

Boards  in  Mission  Conferences  and  Missions   ^  430 

Administration  of  Missions   T  431 

Italian  Missions   1[  432 

11 


Contents 


CHAPTEB  I  PARAGRAPH 

Annual  Conferences  and  Home  Missions  and  Church 

Extension   J  433 

District  Superintendents   1  434 

Pastors   1  435 

Applications  for  Church  Extension  Aid   1  436 

V.  Woman's  Home  Missionary  Society   1  437 

VI.  City  Societies 

Board  of  Management   1  438 

City  Societies  of  the  First  Class   1  439 

City  Societies  of  the  Second  Class   1  440 

District  Superintendents,  Pastors,  etc   1  441 

VII.  Freeomen's  Aid  Society 

General  Object   1  442 

Board  of  Managers   1  443 

Officers   %  444 

General  Committee  of  Freedmen's  Aid   j  445 

District  Superintendents  and  Pastors   1  446 

VIII.  Board  of  Education 

Incorporation  and  Officers   1  448 

Functions  of  the  Board   1  450 

Annual  Conference  Board   jf  452 

Educational  Institutions   1  453 

University  Senate   ^  454 

District  Superintendents   1  455 

Pastors   1  456 

IX.  Board  of  Sunday  Schools 

Incorporation   1  459 

Corresponding  Secretary   1  460 

Editor  of  Sunday  School  Publications   If  461 

Other  Officers   1  462 

Conference  Board  of  Sunday  Schools   If  463 

Local  Sunday  School  Board   If  464 

Sunday  School  Officers  and  Teachers   If  465 

District  Superintendents   IT  466 

Pastors  ;   f467 

Quarterly  Conference  Sunday  School  Committee   f  468 

X.  Board  of  Conference  Claimants 

Authorization  and  Officers   1  469 

Corresponding  Sci-n-tary   1470 

Connectional  Relief   1  471 

Administration  of  Connectional  Relief   1  472 

Reports   1473 

XI.  Epworth  League 

Constitution   1474 

The  President   1  475 

District  Superintendents  and  Pastors   1  476 

XII.  Methodist  Brotherhood   1  478 

XIII.  Church  Temperance  Society   1479 

XIV.  Chartered  Fund   1  480 

Part  VIII 
Boundaries 

I.  Determining  Boundaries   1482 

II.  Boundaries  of  Annual  Conferences 

United  States  and  [Territories   1  485 

Foreign  Countries   1  486 

12 


Contents 


CHAPTER  PARAGRAPH 

III.  Boundaries  of  Mission  Conferences  and  Missions 

United  States  and  Territories   J  487 

Foreign  Countries   J  488 

IV.  Central  Mission  Conferences   1  492 

V.  Enabling  Acts 

In  the  United  States 

To  Unite  Conferences  or  Missions   1  494 

To  Organize  Conferences  or  Missions   f  495 

To  Divide  Conferences  and  Rearrange  Boundaries.  If  496 

In  Foreign  Countries   11  497 

Part  IX 
Ritual 

I.  Baptism 

Infants   f  498 

Adults   1499 

II.  Reception  of  Members 

Form  I   II  500 

Form  II   1  501 

III.  The  Lord's  Supper   f  502 

IV.  Matrimony   J  503 

V.  Burial  of  the  Dead   1[  504 

VI.  Consecration  and  Ordination 

Consecration  of  Bishops   1f  505 

Ordination  of  Elders   H  506 

Ordination  of  Deacons   If  507 

Consecration  of  Deaconesses   II  508 

VII.  Corner  Stone  and  Dedication 

Laving  the  Corner  Stone  of  a  Church   H  509 

Dedication  of  a  Church   \  510 

APPENDIX 
I.  Addresses  of  Bishops  and  General  Officers 


II  BIO 

11  514 
1515 
11516 


1 511 

Missionary  Bishops   H  512 

General  Conference  Secretary   If  513 

Publishing  Agents  and  Depositories  

Editors  

Corresponding  Secretaries  

Treasurers   %  517 

II.  Administrative  Boards  and  Societies 

Book  Committee   %  518 

General  Committee   f  519 

Foreign  Missions   11520 

Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension   If  521 

Freedmen's  Aid  Society   11522 

Education.   f  523 

University  Senate   IT  524 

Sunday  Schools   f  525 

Conference  Claimants   IT  526 

Epworth  League   If  527 

Methodist  Brotherhood   f  528 

Church  Temperance  Society   II  529 

General  Deaconess  Board   II  530 

13 


Contents 


CHAPTER  PARAGRAPH 

Chartered  Fund   f  531 

Trustees  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church   If  532 

Corporate  Names   1  533 

General  Conference  Commissions   %  534 

III.  The  General  Conference 

Location  and  Entertainment   T  535 

Traveling  Expenses  of  Delegates   f  536 

Rules  of  Order   If  537 

General  Conference  Districts   i  539 

IV.  General  Conference  Reports 

Conference  Journals   If  539 

Report  of  General  Conference  Treasurer   1  541 

Episcopal  Supervision 

Contiguous  and  Continuous   %  542 

Residential  by  Divisions  and  Groups   f  543 

Commission  on  Finance   f  544 

V.  General  Conference  Decisions   %  545 

VI.  General  Conference  Resolutions 

Week  of  Prayer   f  558 

Day  of  Pravcr  for  Colleges   1  559 

Temperance  and  Prohibition   If  560 

Hospitals   t  561 

Federation   If  562 

Federal  Council  with  Methodist  Episcopal  Church, 

South   f  563 

The  Church  and  Social  Problems   %  564 

VII.  Forms  and  Constitutions 

Constitution  for  Sunday  School   If  565,  §  1 

Constitution  for  Sunday  School  Missionary  Society  T  565,  §  2 

Formal  Charges  in  Case  of  Trial   %  566 

VIII.  Courses  of  Study 

In  General   H  567 

Certificates   f  568 

Method  of  Conducting  Conference  Examinations..  .  .  1  569 
For  the  Ministry 
English  Courses 

For  Annual  Conferences   1570 

For  Local  Preachers   U  571 

For  Class  Leaders   If  574 

German  ,   1  575 

Norwegian  and  Danish 

In  the  United  States   1  577 

Norway  Conference   If  580 

Danish   f  584 

Swedish 

In  the  United  States   J  o87 

Sweden  Conference   if  591 

Finnish   J  595 

Russian   1  "00 

Italian   1602 

SPrx:sh  %W 

French   II  606 

Bulgarian   1607 

Other  Courses   J  608 

For  Deaconesses   a  609 

14 


HISTORICAL  STATEMENT 


The  doctrine  and  spirit  of  Primitive  Christianity 
have  existed  at  different  times  and  in  different  de- 
grees in  all  branches  of  the  kingdom  of  Christ  among 
men.  They  were  embodied  in  a  new  form  on  this 
wise: 

"In  1729  two  young  men  in  England,  reading  the 
Bible,  saw  they  could  not  be  saved  without  holiness, 
followed  after  it,  and  incited  others  so  to  do.  In  1737 
they  saw,  likewise,  that  men  are  justified  before  they 
are  sanctified;  but  still  holiness  was  their  object. 
God  then  thrust  them  out  to  raise  a  holy  people." 

This  was  the  rise  of  Methodism,  as  given  in  the 
words  of  its  founders,  John  and  Charles  Wesley,  of 
Oxford  University,  Presbyters  of  the  Church  of 
England.  Their  evangelical  labors  were  accompanied 
by  an  extraordinary  divine  influence;  other  Minis- 
ters and  many  Lay  Preachers  were  raised  up  to  aid 
them;  and  throughout  England  and  in  Scotland  and 
Ireland  arose  United  Societies  of  men  having  the 
form  and  seeking  the  power  of  godliness.  These  sub- 
sequently became  the  Wesleyan  Churches  of  Great 
Britain. 

In  the  year  1766  Philip  Embury,  a  Wesleyan  Local 
Preacher  from  Ireland,  began  to  preach  in  New  York 
City  and  formed  a  Society,  now  the  John  Street 
Church.  Another  Local  Preacher,  Thomas  Webb, 
Captain  in  the  British  army,  soon  joined  him  and 
also  preached  in  the  city  of  New  York  and  its  vicinity. 
About  the  same  time  Robert  Strawbridge,  from  Ire- 
land, settled  in  Frederick  County,  Maryland,  preach- 
15 


Historical  Statement  ' 

ing  there  and  forming  Societies.  In  1769  Mr.  Wesley 
sent  to  America  two  Itinerant  Preachers,  Richard 
Boardman  and  Joseph  Pilmoor,  and  in  1771  two 
others,  Francis  Asbury  and  Richard  Wright.  The 
work  thus  begun  was  signally  owned  of  God,  so  that, 
at  the  close  of  the  Revolutionary  War,  the  number  of 
Traveling  Preachers  was  about  eighty,  and  of  mem- 
bers in  the  Societies,  about  fifteen  thousand. 

When  the  Independence  of  the  United  States  was 
acknowledged  by  the  treaty  of  1783,  the  American 
Methodists,  most  of  whom  had  been  members  of  the 
Church  of  England,  according  to  the  declaration  of 
Mr.  Wesley,  were  "totally  disentangled  both  from 
the  State  and  the  English  hierarchy."  He  added: 
"They  are  now  at  full  liberty  simply  to  follow  the 
Scriptures  and  the  Primitive  Church,  and  we  judge 
it  best  that  they  should  stand  fast  in  that  liberty 
wherewith  God  has  so  strangely  made  them  free." 
The  parish  clergy  had  mostly  returned  to  England, 
and  the  Methodist  Societies  were  without  ordained 
Pastors.  "For  hundreds  of  miles  together"  they  were 
destitute  of  the  Christian  sacraments. 

As  his  children  in  the  Gospel,  they  appealed  to 
Mr.  Wesley  for  advice  and  help,  and  he  responded 
by  ordaining  Richard  Whatcoat  and  Thomas  Vasey 
as  Presbyters  (or  Elders)  for  America;  and  also, 
since  he  preferred  the  Episcopal  form  of  Church 
government,  by  setting  apart,  by  prayer  and  by  the 
imposition  of  hands,  the  Rev.  Thomas  Coke,  Doctor 
of  Civil  Law,  a  Presbyter  of  the  Church  of  Eng- 
land, to  be  a  Superintendent,  "to  preside  over  the 
flock  of  Christ"  in  America.  In  these  services  he 
was  assisted  by  other  ordained  ministers.  He  also 
commissioned  Dr.  Coke  to  ordain,  as  joint  Super- 
16 


Historical  Statement 


intendent  with  himself,  the  Rev.  Francis  Asbury, 
then  General  Assistant  for  the  American  Societies. 
Mr.  Wesley  also  prepared  "Articles  of  Religion" 
and  a  "Sunday  Service,"  both  abbreviated  from  the 
Book  of  Common  Prayer  of  the  Church  of  England. 
In  the  "Sunday  Service"  were  included  forms  for 
the  Administration  of  the  Sacraments  and  for  the 
ordination  of  Ministers. 

At  the  "Christmas  Conference,"  begun  in  Balti- 
more, Maryland,  December  24,  1784,  sixty  Preachers 
met  Dr.  Coke  and  his  companions.  The  plan  of  Mr. 
Wesley  was  submitted  to  them,  and  was  unanimously 
and  heartily  approved.  Thereupon  they  organized 
the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  and  adopted  the 
Articles  of  Religion  and  the  Sunday  Service  prepared 
by  Mr.  Wesley,  adding  to  the  Articles  one  containing 
a  recognition  of  the  new  Civil  Government,  and  in- 
serting in  the  Ritual  a  prayer  for  the  Supreme  Rulers 
of  the  United  States.  They  also  enacted  all  laws 
necessary  for  the  government  of  the  new  Church. 
Mr.  Asbury  was  elected  to  the  Episcopal  office  con- 
jointly with  Dr.  Coke,  by  whom,  with  the  assistance 
of  several  Presbyters,  he  was  duly  consecrated  a 
Bishop.  Others  were  ordained  Deacons,  and  thirteen 
were  elected  Elders,  and  either  then  or  soon  thereafter 
were  duly  ordained,  two  of  them  for  missionary  work 
in  Nova  Scotia  and  one  for  like  work  in  Antigua,  in 
the  West  Indies. 

Such  was  the  origin  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church,  the  first  with  an  Episcopal  form  of  govern- 
ment to  attain  an  independent  existence  in  the  new 
Republic.  While  its  polity  and  administrative  rules 
have  been  modified  from  time  to  time  to  meet  chang- 
ing conditions  and  opportunities,  it  remains  un- 
17 


Historical  Statement 


changed  in  doctrine  and  in  ministerial  offices.  Co- 
eval with  the  Republic,  it  has  expanded  with  it,  and 
has  ministered  to  its  moral  and  religious  life.  At  this 
date  (1912)  its  ministers  and  communicants,  not  in- 
cluding adherents,  number  more  than  three  millions. 
Other  Methodist  Churches,  derived  from  the  original 
rx)ot,  flourish  by  its  side.  Obviously  its  founders 
were  wise  and  godly  men,  fulfilling  the  purpose  of 
the  great  Head  of  the  Church. 

The  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  has  always  believed 
that  the  only  infallible  proof  of  the  legitimacy  of  any 
branch  of  the  Christian  Church  is  its  ability  to  seek  and 
to  save  the  lost,  and  to  disseminate  the  Pentecostal 
spirit  and  life.  The  chief  stress  has  ever  been  laid,  not 
upon  the  forms  but  upon  the  essentials  of  religion.  It 
holds  that  true  Churches  of  Christ  may  differ  widely  in 
ceremonies,  ministerial  orders,  and  government.  Its 
members  are  allowed  freedom  of  choice  among  the  de- 
bated modes  of  Baptism.  If  any  member  has  scruples 
against  receiving  the  Lord's  Supper  kneeling,  he  is  per- 
mitted to  receive  it  standing  or  sitting.  In  ordinary 
worship  its  people  are  invited  to  unite  in  extemporary 
prayer,  but  for  the  Administration  of  the  Sacraments,  Or- 
dinations, the  Solemnization  of  Matrimony,  the  Burial 
of  the  Dead,  and  other  special  services,  a  Liturgy  is  ap- 
pointed, taken  in  large  part  from  Rituals  used  by  the 
Universal  Church  from  ancient  times. 

The  sole  object  of  the  rules,  regulations,  and  usages  of 
the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  is  that  it  may  fulfill  to 
the  end  of  time  its  original  divine  commission  as  a  leader 
in  evangelization,  in  all  true  reforms,  and  in  the  promotion 
of  fraternal  relations  among  all  branches  of  the  one 
Church  of  Jesus  Christ,  with  which  it  is  a  coworker  in  the 
spiritual  conquest  of  the  world  for  the  Son  of  God. 
18 


THE  CONSTITUTION 


19 


I.  ARTICLES  OF  RELIGION 
II.  THE  GENERAL  RULES 
III.  ARTICLES  OF  ORGANIZATION  AND 
GOVERNMENT 


20 


THE  CONSTITUTION  OF 
THE  METHODIST  EPISCOPAL  CHURCH 

Preamble 

In  order  the  better  to  preserve  our  historic  herit- 
age, and  the  more  effectually  to  cooperate  with  other 
branches  of  the  one  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  in  ad- 
vancing the  kingdom  of  God  among  men,  we,  the 
ministers  and  laymen  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church,  in  accordance  with  the  methods  of  constitu- 
tional legislation  in  force  among  us,  hereby  ordain, 
establish,  and  set  forth  as  the  fundamental  law  or 
Constitution  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  the 
Articles  of  Religion,  the  General  Rules,  and  the 
Articles  of  Organization  and  Government,  here  fol- 
lowing, to  wit: 


DIVISION  I 
ARTICLES  OF  RELIGION 

I.  Of  Faith  in  the  Holy  Trinity 
Tf  1.  There  is  but  one  living  and  true  God,  ever- 
lasting, without  body  or  parts,  of  infinite  power,  wis- 
dom, and  goodness;  the  maker  and  preserver  of  all 
things,  visible  and  invisible.  And  in  unity  of  this 
Godhead  there  are  three  persons,  of  one  substance, 
power,  and  eternity — the  Father,  the  Son,  and  the 
Holy  Ghost. 

21 


Articles  of  EelIqion 


II.  Of  the  Word,  or  Son  of  God,  who  was  made  very 
Man 

1f  2.  The  Son,  who  was  the  Word  of  the  Father,  the 
very  and  eternal  God,  of  one  substance  with  the 
Father,  took  man's  nature  in  the  womb  of  the  blessed 
Virgin;  so  that  two  whole  and  perfect  natures,  that  is 
to  say,  the  Godhead  and  Manhood,  were  joined  to- 
gether in  one  person,  never  to  be  divided;  whereof  is 
one  Christ,  very  God  and  very  Man,  who  truly  suf- 
fered, was  crucified,  dead,  and  buried,  to  reconcile  his 
Father  to  us,  and  to  be  a  sacrifice,  not  only  for  orig- 
inal guilt,  but  also  for  the  actual  sins  of  men. 

III.  Of  the  Resurrection  of  Christ 
1f  3.  Christ  did  truly  rise  again  from  the  dead,  and 
took  again  his  body,  with  all  things  appertaining  to 
the  perfection  of  man's  nature,  wherewith  he  as- 
cended into  heaven,  and  there  sitteth  until  he  return 
to  judge  all  men  at  the  last  day. 

IV.  Of  the  Holy  Ghost 
f  4.  The  Holy  Ghost,  proceeding  from  the  Father 
and  the  Son,  is  of  one  substance,  majesty,  and  glory 
with  the  Father  and  the  Son,  very  and  eternal  God. 

V.  The  Sufficiency  of  the  Holy  Scriptures  for 
Salvation 

H  5.  The  Holy  Scriptures  contain  all  things  neces- 
sary to  salvation;  so  that  whatsoever  is  not  read 
therein,  nor  may  be  proved  thereby,  is  not  to  be  re- 
quired of  any  man  that  it  should  be  believed  as  an 
article  of  faith,  or  be  thought  requisite  or  necessary 
to  salvation.  In  the  name  of  the  Holy  Scriptures  we 
do  understand  those  canonical  books  of  the  Old  and 
22 


Articles  of  Eeligiox 


New  Testament  of  whose  authority  was  never  any 
doubt  in  the  Church.  The  names  of  the  canonical 
books  are: 

Genesis,  Exodus,  Leviticus,  Numbers,  Deuteronomy, 
Joshua,  Judges,  Ruth,  The  First  Book  of  Samuel,  The 
Second  Book  of  Samuel,  The  First  Book  of  Kings,  The 
Second  Book  of  Kings,  The  First  Book  of  Chronicles, 
The  Second  Book  of  Chronicles,  The  Book  of  Ezra, 
The  Book  of  Nehemiah,  The  Book  of  Esther,  The 
Book  of  Job,  The  Psalms,  The  Proverbs,  Ecclesiastes 
or  the  Preacher,  Cantica  or  Song  of  Solomon,  Four 
Prophets  the  Greater,  Twelve  Prophets  the  Less. 

All  the  books  of  the  New  Testament  as  they  are 
commonly  received,  we  do  receive  and  account 
canonical. 

VI.  Of  the  Old  Testament. 

T  6.  The  Old  Testament  is  not  contrary  to  the  New; 
for  both  in  the  Old  and  New  Testament  everlasting 
life  is  offered  to  mankind  by  Christ,  who  is  the  only 
Mediator  between  God  and  man,  being  both  God  and 
Man.  Wherefore  they  are  not  to  be  heard  who  feign 
that  the  old  fathers  did  look  only  for  transitory  prom- 
ises. Although  the  law  given  from  God  by  Moses  as 
touching  ceremonies  and  rites  doth  not  bind  Chris- 
tians, nor  ought  the  civil  precepts  thereof  of  neces- 
sity be  received  in  any  commonwealth;  yet,  notwith- 
standing, no  Christian  whatsoever  is  free  from  the 
obedience  of  the  commandments  which  are  called 
moral. 

VII.  Of  Original  or  Birth  Sin 

V  7.  Original  sin  standeth  not  in  the  following  of 
Adam  (as  the  Pelagians  do  vainly  talk),  but  it  is  the 
corruption  of  the  nature  of  every  man,  that  naturally 

23 


]f  8  Articles  of  Religion 


is  engendered  of  the  offspring  of  Adam,  whereby  man 
is  very  far  gone  from  original  righteousness,  and  of 
his  own  nature  inclined  to  evil,  and  that  continually. 

VIII.  Of  Free  Will 
If  8.  The  condition  of  man  after  the  fall  of  Adam 
is  such  that  he  cannot  turn  and  prepare  himself,  by 
his  own  natural  strength  and  works,  to  faith,  and 
calling  upon  God;  wherefore  we  have  no  power  to  do 
good  works,  pleasant  and  acceptable  to  God,  without 
the  grace  of  God  by  Christ  preventing  us,  that  we 
may  have  a  good  will,  and  working  with  us,  when  we 
have  that  good  will. 

IX.  Of  the  Justification  of  Man 
If  9.  We  are  accounted  righteous  before  God  only 
for  the  merit  of  our  Lord  and  Saviour  Jesus  Christ, 
by  faith,  and  not  for  our  own  works  or  deservings. 
Wherefore,  that  we  are  justified  by  faith  only  is  a 
most  wholesome  doctrine,  and  very  full  of  comfort. 

X.  Of  Good  Works 
yi  10.  Although  good  works,  which  are  the  fruits  of 
faith,  and  follow  after  justification,  cannot  put  away 
our  sins,  and  endure  the  severity  of  God's  judgments; 
yet  are  they  pleasing  and  acceptable  to  God  in  Christ, 
and  spring  out  of  a  true  and  lively  faith,  insomuch 
that  by  them  a  lively  faith  may  be  as  evidently 
known  as  a  tree  is  discerned  by  its  fruit. 

XI.  Of  Works  of  Supererogation 
f  11.  Voluntary  works — besides,  over,  and  above 
God's  commandments — which  are  called  works  of  su- 
pererogation,  cannot  be  taught  without  arrogancy 
24 


Articles  of  Religion  f  14 

and  impiety.  For  by  them  men  do  declare  that  they 
do  not  only  render  unto  God  as  much  as  they  are 
bound  to  do,  but  that  they  do  more  for  his  sake  than 
of  bounden  duty  is  required:  whereas  Christ  saith 
plainly:  When  ye  have  done  all  that  is  commanded  of 
you,  say,  We  are  unprofitable  servants. 

XII.  Of  Sin  after  Justification 

H  12.  Not  every  sin  willingly  committed  after 
justification  is  the  sin  against  the  Holy  Ghost,  and 
unpardonable.  Wherefore,  the  grant  of  repentance  is 
not  to  be  denied  to  such  as  fall  into  sin  after  justifi- 
cation: After  we  have  received  the  Holy  Ghost,  we 
may  depart  from  grace  given,  and  fall  into  sin,  and, 
by  the  grace  of  God,  rise  again  and  amend  our  lives. 
And  therefore  they  are  to  be  condemned  who  say  they 
can  no  more  sin  as  long  as  they  live  here;  or  deny  the 
place  of  forgiveness  to  such  as  truly  repent. 

XIII.  Of  the  Church 

If  13.  The  visible  Church  of  Christ  is  a  congrega- 
tion of  faithful  men  in  which  the  pure  Word  of  God 
is  preached,  and  the  Sacraments  duly  administered 
according  to  Christ's  ordinance,  in  all  those  things 
that  of  necessity  are  requisite  to  the  same. 

XIV.  Of  Purgatory 

If  14.  The  Romish  doctrine  concerning  purgatory, 
pardon,  worshiping  and  adoration,  as  well  of  images 
as  of  relics,  and  also  invocation  of  saints,  is  a  fond 
thing,  vainly  invented,  and  grounded  upon  no  war- 
rant of  Scripture,  but  repugnant  to  the  Word  of  God. 
25 


1f  15  Articles  of  Eeligion 


XV.  Of  Speaking  in  the  Congregation  in  such  a 
Tongue  as  the  People  Understand 

%  15.  It  is  a  thing  plainly  repugnant  to  the  Word 
of  God,  and  the  custom  of  the  primitive  Church,  to 
have  public  prayer  in  the  Church,  or  to  administer 
the  Sacraments,  in  a  tongue  not  understood  by  the 
people. 

XVI.  Of  the  Sacraments 

If  16.  Sacraments  ordained  of  Christ  are  not  only 
badges  or  tokens  of  Christian  men's  profession,  but 
rather  they  are  certain  signs  of  grace,  and  God's  good 
will  toward  us,  by  the  which  he  doth  work  invisibly 
in  us,  and  doth  not  only  quicken,  but  also  strengthen 
and  confirm,  our  faith  in  him. 

There  are  two  Sacraments  ordained  of  Christ  our 
Lord  in  the  Gospel;  that  is  to  say,  Baptism  and  the 
Supper  of  the  Lord. 

Those  five  commonly  called  Sacraments,  that  is  to 
say,  confirmation,  penance,  orders,  matrimony,  and 
extreme  unction,  are  not  to  be  counted  for  Sacra- 
ments of  the  Gospel;  being  such  as  have  partly  grown 
out  of  the  corrupt  following  of  the  Apostles,  and 
partly  are  states  of  life  allowed  in  the  Scriptures,  but 
yet  have  not  the  like  nature  of  Baptism  and  the 
Lord's  Supper,  because  they  have  not  any  visible 
sign  or  ceremony  ordained  of  God. 

The  Sacraments  were  not  ordained  of  Christ  to  be 
gazed  upon,  or  to  be  carried  about;  but  that  we 
should  duly  use  them.  And  in  such  only  as  worthily 
receive  the  same  they  have  a  wholesome  effect  or 
operation:  but  they  that  receive  them  unworthily, 
purchase  to  themselves  condemnation,  as  Saint  Paul 
saith,  1  Cor.  11.  29. 

26 


Articles  of  Religion  19 


XVII.  Of  Baptism 

If  17.  Baptism  is  not  only  a  sign  of  profession  and 
mark  of  difference  whereby  Christians  are  distin- 
guished from  others  that  are  not  baptized;  but  it  Is 
also  a  sign  of  regeneration  or  the  new  birth.  The 
baptism  of  young  children  is  to  be  retained  in  the 
Church. 

XVIII.  Of  the  Lord's  Supper 

1  18.  The  Supper  of  the  Lord  is  not  only  a  sign  of 
the  love  that  Christians  ought  to  have  among  them- 
selves one  to  another,  but  rather  is  a  Sacrament  of 
our  redemption  by  Christ's  death;  insomuch  that,  to 
such  as  rightly,  worthily,  and  with  faith  receive  the 
same,  the  bread  which  we  break  is  a  partaking  of  the 
body  of  Christ;  and  likewise  the  cup  of  blessing  is 
a  partaking  of  the  blood  of  Christ. 

Transubstantiation,  or  the  change  of  the  substance 
of  bread  and  wine  in  the  Supper  of  our  Lord,  cannot 
be  proved  by  Holy  Writ,  but  is  repugnant  to  the  plain 
words  of  Scripture,  overthroweth  the  nature  of  a 
Sacrament,  and  hath  given  occasion  to  many  super- 
stitions. 

The  body  of  Christ  is  given,  taken,  and  eaten  in  the 
Supper,  only  after  a  heavenly  and  spiritual  manner. 
And  the  means  whereby  the  body  of  Christ  is  re- 
ceived and  eaten  in  the  Supper  is  faith. 

The  Sacrament  of  the  Lord's  Supper  was  not  by 
Christ's  ordinance  reserved,  carried  about,  lifted  up, 
or  worshiped. 

XIX.  Of  both  Kinds 

IT  19.  The  Cup  of  the  Lord  is  not  to  be  denied  to 
the  Lay  People;  for  both  the  parts  of  the  Lord's  Sup- 
27 


20  Articles  of  Keligion 


per,  by  Christ's  ordinance  and  commandment,  ought 
to  be  administered  to  all  Christians  alike. 

XX.  Of  the  one  Oblation  of  Christ,  finished  upon  the 
Cross 

IT  20.  The  offering  of  Christ,  once  made,  is  that 
perfect  redemption,  propitiation,  and  satisfaction  for 
all  the  sins  of  the  whole  world,  both  original  and 
actual;  and  there  is  none  other  satisfaction  for  sin 
but  that  alone.  Wherefore  the  sacrifice  of  masses,  in 
the  which  it  is  commonly  said  that  the  priest  doth 
offer  Christ  for  the  quick  and  the  dead,  to  have  remis- 
sion of  pain  or  guilt,  is  a  blasphemous  fable  and 
dangerous  deceit. 

XXI.  Of  the  Marriage  of  Ministers 
Tf  21.  The  Ministers  of  Christ  are  not  commanded 
by  God's  law  either  to  vow  the  estate  of  single  life, 
or  to  abstain  from  marriage;  therefore  it  is  lawful 
for  them,  as  for  all  other  Christians,  to  marry  at  their 
own  discretion,  as  they  shall  judge  the  same  to  serve 
best  to  godliness. 

XXII.  Of  the  Rites  and  Ceremonies  of  Churches 
H  22.  It  is  not  necessary  that  rites  and  ceremonies 
should  in  all  places  be  the  same,  or  exactly  alike;  for 
they  have  been  always  different,  and  may  be  changed 
according  to  the  diversity  of  countries,  times,  and 
men's  manners,  so  that  nothing  be  ordained  against 
God's  Word.  Whosoever,  through  his  private  judg- 
ment, willingly  and  purposely  doth  openly  break  the 
rites  and  ceremonies  of  the  Church  to  which  he  be- 
longs, which  are  not  repugnant  to  the  Word  of  God, 
and  are  ordained  and  approved  by  common  authority, 
ought  to  be  rebuked  openly  (that  others  may  fear  to 
28 


Articles  of  Eeligion 


do  the  like),  as  one  that  offendeth  against  the  com- 
mon order  of  the  Church,  and  woundeth  the  con- 
sciences of  weak  brethren. 

Every  particular  Church  may  ordain,  change,  or 
abolish  rites  and  ceremonies,  so  that  all  things  may 
be  done  to  edification. 

XXIII.  Of  the  Rulers  of  the  United  States  of  America 
If  23.  The  President,  the  Congress,  the  General  As- 
semblies, the  Governors,  and  the  Councils  of  State,  as 
the  Delegates  of  the  People,  are  the  Rulers  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  according  to  the  division 
of  power  made  to  them  by  the  Constitution  of  the 
United  States,  and  by  the  Constitutions  of  their  re- 
spective States.  And  the  said  States  are  a  sovereign 
and  independent  Nation,  and  ought  not  to  be  subject 
to  any  foreign  jurisdiction.1 

XXIV.  Of  Christian  Men's  Goods 

1f  24.  The  riches  and  goods  of  Christians  are  not 
common,  as  touching  the  right,  title,  and  possession 
of  the  same,  as  some  do  falsely  boast.  Notwithstand- 
ing, every  man  ought,  of  such  things  as  he  possesseth, 
liberally  to  give  alms  to  the  poor,  according  to  his 
ability. 

XXV.  Of  a  Christian  Man's  Oath 

7  25.  As  we  confess  that  vain  and  rash  swearing 
is  forbidden  Christian  men  by  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ 

'As  far  as  it  respects  civil  affairs  we  believe  it  the  duty  of  Chris- 
tians, and  especially  of  all  Christian  Ministers,  to  be  subject  to  the 
supreme  authority  of  the  country  where  they  may  reside,  and  to 
use  all  laudable  means  to  enjoin  obedience  to  the  powers  that  be; 
and  therefore  it  is  expected  that  all  our  Preachers  and  People,  who 
may  be  under  the  British  or  any  other  Government,  will  behave 
themselves  as  peaceable  and  orderly  subjects. 

29 


1f  26  The  General  Eules 

and  James  his  Apostle;  so  we  judge  that  the  Christian 
religion  doth  not  prohibit,  but  that  a  man  may  swear 
when  the  magistrate  requireth,  in  a  cause  of  faith 
and  charity,  so  it  be  done  according  to  the  Prophet's 
teaching,  in  justice,  judgment,  and  truth. 


DIVISION  II 
THE  GENERAL  RULES 

The  Nature,  Design,  and  General  Rules  of  our  United 
Societies 


1  26.  In  the  latter  end  of  the  year  1739  eight  or 
ten  persons  who  appeared  to  be  deeply  convicted  of 
sin,  and  earnestly  groaning  for  redemption,  came  to 
Mr.  Wesley  in  London.  They  desired,  as  did  two  or 
three  more  the  next  day,  that  he  would  spend  some 
time  with  them  in  prayer,  and  advise  them  how  to 
flee  from  the  wrath  to  come,  which  they  saw  contin- 
ually hanging  over  their  heads.  That  he  might  have 
more  time  for  this  great  work,  he  appointed  a  day 
when  they  might  all  come  together;  which  from 
thenceforward  they  did  every  week,  namely,  on  Thurs- 
day, in  the  evening.  To  these,  and  as  many  more 
as  desired  to  join  with  them  (for  their  number  in- 
creased daily),  he  gave  those  advices  from  time  to 
time  which  he  judged  most  needful  for  them;  and 
they  always  concluded  their  meeting  with  prayer 
suited  to  their  several  necessities. 

f  27.  This  was  the  rise  of  the  United  Society, 
first  in  Europe,  and  then  in  America.  Such  a  society 
is  no  other  than  "a  company  of  men  having  the  form 
30 


The  General  Rules 


and  seeking  the  power  of  godliness,  united  in  order 
to  pray  together,  to  receive  the  word  of  exhortation, 
and  to  watch  over  one  another  in  love,  that  they  may 
help  each  other  to  work  out  their  salvation." 

r  28.  That  it  may  the  more  easily  be  discerned 
whether  they  are  indeed  working  out  their  own  salva- 
tion, each  Society  is  divided  into  smaller  companies, 
called  Classes,  according  to  their  respective  places  of 
abode.  There  are  about  twelve  persons  in  a  Class, 
one  of  whom  is  styled  The  Leadeb.    It  is  his  duty, 

§  1.  To  see  each  person  in  his  Class  once  a  week 
at  least;  in  order,  (1.)  To  inquire  how  his  soul  pros- 
pers. (2.)  To  advise,  reprove,  comfort,  or  exhort,  as 
occasion  may  require.  (3.)  To  receive  what  he  is 
willing  to  give  toward  the  relief  of  the  Preachers, 
Church,  and  poor. 

§  2.  To  meet  the  Ministers  and  the  Stewards  of  the 
Society  once  a  week;  in  order,  (1.)  To  inform  the 
Minister  of  any  that  are  sick,  or  of  any  that  walk  dis- 
orderly and  will  not  be  reproved.  (2.)  To  pay  the 
Stewards  what  he  has  received  of  his  Class  in  the 
week  preceding. 

f  29.  There  is  only  one  condition  previously  re- 
quired of  those  who  desire  admission  into  these  So- 
cieties— "a  desire  to  flee  from  the  wrath  to  come,  and 
to  be  saved  from  their  sins."  But  wherever  this  is 
really  fixed  in  the  soul  it  will  be  shown  by  its  fruits. 

f  30.  It  is  therefore  expected  of  all  who  continue 
therein  that  they  shall  continue  to  evidence  their 
desire  of  salvation, 

First:  By  doing  no  harm,  by  avoiding  evil  of  every 
kind,  especially  that  which  is  most  generally  prac- 
ticed; such  as, 

The  taking  of  the  jiame  of  God  in  vain. 
31 


The  General  Rules 


The  profaning  the  day  of  the  Lord,  either  by  doiu 
ordinary  work  therein  or  by  buying  or  selling. 

Drunkenness,  buying  or  selling  spirituous  liquor 
or  drinking  them,  unless  in  cases  of  extreme  nece 
sity. 

Slaveholding;  buying  or  selling  slaves. 

Fighting,  quarreling,  brawling,  brother  going  1 
law  with  brother;  returning  evil  for  evil,  or  railir 
for  railing;  the  using  of  many  words  in  buying  ( 
selling. 

The  buying  or  selling  goods  that  have  not  paid  tl 
duty. 

The  giving  or  taking  of  things  on  usury — that  i 
unlawful  interest. 

Uncharitable  or  unprofitable  conversation;  partic 
larly  speaking  evil  of  Magistrates  or  of  Ministers. 

Doing  to  others  as  we  would  not  they  should  < 
unto  us. 

Doing  what  we  know  is  not  for  the  glory  of  God,  a 
The  putting  on  of  gold  and  costly  apparel. 
The  taking  such  diversions  as  cannot  be  used 

the  name  of  the  Lord  Jesus. 
The  singing  those  songs,  or  reading  those  bool 

which  do  not  tend  to  the  knowledge  or  love 

God. 

Softness  and  needless  self-indulgence. 

Laying  up  treasure  upon  earth. 

Borrowing  without  a  probability  of  paying; 
taking  up  goods  without  a  probability  of  paying  f 
them. 

If  31.  It  is  expected  of  all  who  continue  In  the 
Societies  that  they  shall  continue  to  evidence  th( 
desire  of  salvation, 

Second:  By  doing  good;  by  being  in  every  ki 

32 


The  General  Rules  32 

merciful  after  their  power;  as  they  have  opportunity, 
doing  good  of  every  possible  sort,  and,  as  far  as  pos- 
sible, to  all  men: 

To  their  bodies,  of  the  ability  which  God  giveth, 
by  giving  food  to  the  hungry,  by  clothing  the  naked, 
by  visiting  or  helping  them  that  are  sick  or  in 
prison: 

To  their  souls,  by  instructing,  reproving,  or  ex- 
horting all  we  have  any  intercourse  with;  trampling 
under  foot  that  enthusiastic  doctrine,  that  "we  are 
not  to  do  good  unless  our  hearts  be  free  to  it."  ■ 

By  doing  good,  especially  to  them  that  are  of  the 
household  of  faith  or  groaning  so  to  be;  employing 
them  preferably  to  others;  buying  one  of  another; 
helping  each  other  in  business;  and  so  much  the 
more  because  the  world  will  love  its  own  and  them 
only. 

By  all  possible  diligence  and  frugality,  that  the 
Gospel  be  not  blamed. 

By  running  with  patience  the  race  which  is  set  be- 
fore them,  denying  themselves,  and  taking  up  their 
cross  daily;  submitting  to  bear  the  reproach  of 
Christ,  to  be  as  the  filth  and  offscouring  of  the  world; 
and  looking  that  men  should  say  all  manner  of  evil 
of  them  falsely,  for  the  Lord's  sake. 

U  32.  It  is  expected  of  all  who  desire  to  continue 
in  these  Societies  that  they  shall  continue  to  evi- 
dence their  desire  of  salvation. 

Third:  By  attending  upon  all  the  ordinances  of 
God;  such  are, 

The  Public  Worship  of  God. 

The  Ministry  of  the  Word,  either  read  or  ex- 
pounded. 

The  Supper  of  the  Lord. 

33 


If  33     Organization  and  Government 


Family  and  private  Prayer. 
Searching  the  Scriptures. 
Fasting  or  Abstinence. 

If  33.  These  are  the  General  Rules  of  our  Socie- 
ties; all  which  we  are  taught  of  God  to  observe,  even 
in  his  written  Word,  which  is  the  only  rule,  and  the 
sufficient  rule,  both  of  our  faith  and  practice.  And 
all  these  we  know  his  Spirit  writes  on  truly  awak- 
ened hearts.  If  there  be  any  among  us  who  observes 
them  not,  who  habitually  breaks  any  of  them,  let  it 
be  known  unto  them  who  watch  over  that  soul  as 
they  who  must  give  an  account.  We  will  admonish 
him  of  the  error  of  his  ways.  We  will  bear  with  him 
for  a  season.  But  if  then  he  repent  not,  he  hath  no 
more  place  among  us.  We  have  delivered  our  own 
souls. 

DIVISION  III 

ARTICLES  OF  ORGANIZATION  AND 
GOVERNMENT 

Chapter  I 

Pastoral  Charges,  Quarterly  and  Annual  Conferences 

Abticxe  I.  Pastoral  Charges 
U  34.  Members  of  the  Church  shall  be  divided  in- 
to local  Societies,  one  or  more  of  which  shall  con- 
stitute a  Pastoral  Charge. 

Article  II.  Quarterly  Conferences 
f  35.  A  Quarterly  Conference  shall  be  organized 
in  each  Pastoral  Charge,  and  be  composed  of  such 
34 


Organization  and  Government     *l  38 


persons  and  have  such  powers  as  the  General  Con- 
ference may  direct. 

Article  III.  Annual  Conferences 
If  36.  The  Traveling  Preachers  shall  be  organized 
by  the  General  Conference  into  Annual  Conferences, 
the  sessions  of  which  they  are  required  to  attend. 


Chapter  II 

The  General  Conference 

Article  I.  How  Composed 

J  37.  The  General  Conference  shall  be  composed 
of  Ministerial  and  Lay  Delegates,  to  be  chosen  as 
hereinafter  provided. 

Article  II.  Ministerial  Delegates 

If  38,  §  1.  Each  Annual  Conference  shall  be  entitled 
to  at  least  one  Ministerial  Delegate.  The  General 
Conference  shall  not  allow  more  than  one  Ministerial 
Delegate  for  every  fourteen  Members  of  an  Annual 
Conference,  nor  less  than  one  for  every  forty-five; 
but  for  a  fraction  of  two  thirds  or  more  of  the  num- 
ber fixed  by  the  General  Conference  as  the  ratio  of 
representation  an  Annual  Conference  shall  be  en- 
titled to  an  additional  Delegate. 

§  2.  The  Ministerial  Delegates  shall  be  elected  by 
ballot  by  the  Members  of  the  Annual  Conference  at 
its  session  immediately  preceding  the  General  Con- 
ference. Such  Delegates  shall  be  Elders,  at  least 
twenty-five  years  of  age,  and  shall  have  been  Mem- 
bers of  an  Annual  Conference  four  successive  years, 
and  at  the  time  of  their  election  and  at  the  time  of 
the  session  of  the  General  Conference  shall  be  Mem- 
35 


^  39     Organization  and  Government 


bers  of  the  Annual  Conference  which  elected  them. 
An  Annual  Conference  may  elect  Reserve  Delegates, 
not  exceeding  three  in  number,  and  not  exceeding 
the  number  of  its  Delegates. 

§  3.  No  Minister  shall  be  counted  twice  in  the 
same  year  in  the  basis  for  the  election  of  Delegates 
to  the  General  Conference,  nor  vote  in  such  election 
where  he  is  not  counted,  nor  vote  in  two  Conferences 
in  the  same  year  on  a  constitutional  question. 

Aeticle  III.  Lay  Delegates 
If  39,  §  1.  A  Lay  Electoral  Conference  shall  be 
constituted  quadrennially,  or  whenever  duly  called 
by  the  General  Conference,  within  the  bounds  of 
each  Annual  Conference,  for  the  purpose  of  electing 
Lay  Delegates  to  the  General  Conference,  and  for  the 
purpose  of  voting  on  constitutional  changes.  It  shall 
be  composed  of  lay  members,  one  from  each  Pastoral 
Charge  within  its  bounds,  chosen  by  the  lay  members 
of  the  Charge  over  twenty-one  years  of  age,  in  such 
manner  as  the  General  Conference  may  determine. 
Each  Pastoral  Charge  shall  also  elect  in  the  same 
manner  one  Reserve  Delegate.  Members  not  less 
than  twenty-one  years  of  age,  and  holding  member- 
ship in  the  Pastoral  Charges  electing  them,  are 
eligible  to  membership  in  the  Lay  Electoral  Con- 
ference. 

§  2.  The  Lay  Electoral  Conference  shall  assemble 
at  the  seat  of  the  Annual  Conference  on  the  first 
Friday  of  the  session  immediately  preceding  the 
General  Conference,  unless  the  General  Conference 
shall  provide  otherwise. 

§  3.  The  Lay  Electoral  Conference  shall  organize 
by  electing  a  President  and  Secretary,  shall  adopt  its 
|  36 


Organization  and  Government     *[[  41 

own  Rules  of  Order,  and  shall  be  the  judge  of  the 
election,  returns,  and  qualifications  of  its  own  mem- 
bers. 

§  4.  Each  Lay  Electoral  Conference  shall  be  en- 
titled to  elect  as  many  Delegates  to  the  General  Con- 
ference as  there  are  Ministerial  Delegates  from  the 
Annual  Conference.  A  Lay  Electoral  Conference  may 
elect  Reserve  Delegates,  not  exceeding  three  in  num- 
ber, and  not  exceeding  the  number  of  its  Delegates. 
These  elections  shall  be  by  ballot. 

§  5.  Lay  members  twenty-five  years  of  age,  or  over, 
holding  membership  in  Pastoral  Charges  within  the 
bounds  of  the  Lay  Electoral  Conference,  and  having 
been  lay  members  of  the  Church  five  years  next  pre- 
ceding, shall  be  eligible  to  election  to  the  General 
Conference.  Delegates-elect  who  cease  to  be  mem- 
bers of  the  Church  within  the  bounds  of  the  Lay 
Electoral  Conference  by  which  they  were  elected 
shall  not  be  entitled  to  seats  in  the  General  Confer- 
ence. 

Article  IV.  Credentials 

,f  40.  The  Secretaries  of  the  several  Annual  and 
Lay  Electoral  Conferences  shall  furnish  certificates 
of  election  to  the  Delegates  severally,  and  send  a 
certificate  of  such  election  to  the  Secretary  of  the 
preceding  General  Conference  immediately  after  the 
adjournment  of  said  Annual  or  Lay  Electoral  Con- 
ference. 

Abticle  V.  Sessions 

If  41,  §  1.  The  General  Conference  shall  meet  at 
10  o'clock  on  the  morning  of  the  first  secular  day  in< 
the  month  of  May,  in  every  fourth  year  from  the 
date  of  the  first  Delegated   General  Conference — 
37 


If  42     Organization  and  Government 


namely,  the  year  of  our  Lord  1812 — and  at  such 
place  in  the  United  States  of  America  as  shall  have 
been  determined  by  the  preceding  General  Confer- 
ence, or  by  a  Commission  to  be  appointed  quadren- 
nially by  the  General  Conference,  and  acting  under 
its  authority;  which  Commission  shall  have  power 
also  in  case  of  emergency  to  change  the  place  for  the 
meeting  of  the  General  Conference,  a  majority  of  the 
General  Superintendents  concurring  in  such  change. 

§  2.  The  General  Superintendents,  or  a  majority 
of  them,  by  and  with  the  advice  of  two  thirds  of  all 
the  Annual  Conferences,  shall  have  the  power  to  call 
an  extra  session  of  the  General  Conference  at  any 
time,  constituted  in  the  usual  way;  such  session  to 
be  held  at  such  time  and  place  as  a  majority  of  the 
General  Superintendents,  and  also  of  the  above  Com- 
mission, shall  designate. 

§  3.  In  case  of  a  great  emergency  two  thirds  of  the 
General  Superintendents  may  call  special  sessions  of 
the  Annual  Conferences,  at  such  time  and  place  as 
they  may  think  wise,  to  determine  the  question  of  an 
extra  session  of  the  General  Conference,  or  to  elect 
Delegates  thereto.  They  may  also  in  such  cases  call 
extra  sessions  of  the  Lay  Electoral  Conferences  for 
the  purpose  of  electing  Lay  Delegates  to  the  General 
Conference. 

Article  VI.  Presiding  Officers 

f  42,  §  1.  The  General  Conference  shall  elect  by 
ballot  from  among  the  Traveling  Elders  as  many 
General  Superintendents  as  it  may  deem  necessary. 

§  2.  The  General  Superintendents  shall  preside  in 
the  General  Conference  in  such  order  as  they  may 
determine;  but  if  no  General  Superintendent  be  pres- 


Organization  and  Government  44 


ent,  the  General  Conference  shall  elect  one  of  its 
members  to  preside  pro  tempore. 

§  3.  The  presiding  officer  of  the  General  Confer- 
ence shall  decide  questions  of  order,  subject  to  an 
appeal  to  the  General  Conference;  but  questions  of 
law  shall  be  decided  by  the  General  Conference. 

Article  VII.  Organization 

I  43.  When  the  time  for  opening  the  General  Con- 
ference arrives  the  presiding  officer  shall  take  the 
chair,  and  direct  the  Secretary  of  the  preceding  Gen- 
eral Conference,  or  in  his  absence  one  of  his  assist- 
ants, to  call  the  roll  of  the  Delegates-elect.  Those 
who  have  been  duly  returned  shall  be  recognized  as 
members,  their  certificates  of  election  being  prima 
facie  evidence  of  their  right  to  membership;  pro- 
vided, however,  that  in  case  of  a  challenge  of  any 
person  thus  enrolled,  such  challenge  being  signed  by 
at  least  six  Delegates  from  the  territory  of  as  many 
different  Annual  Conferences,  three  such  Delegates 
being  Ministers  and  three  Laymen,  the  person  so 
challenged  shall  not  participate  in  the  proceedings 
of  the  General  Conference,  except  to  speak  on  his 
own  case,  until  the  question  of  his  right  shall  have 
been  decided.  The  General  Conference  shall  be  the 
judge  of  the  election,  returns,  and  qualifications  of 
its  own  members. 

Article  VIII.  Quorum 

f  44.  When  the  General  Conference  is  in  session 
it  shall  require  the  presence  of  two  thirds  of  the 
whole  number  of  Delegates  to  constitute  a  quorum 
for  the  transaction  of  business;  but  a  less  number 
may  take  a  recess  or  adjourn  from  day  to  day  in 
order  to  secure  a  quorum,  and  at  the  final  session 


f  45     Organization  and  Government 


may  approve  the  Journal,  order  the  record  of  the 
roll  call,  and  adjourn  sine  die. 

Article  IX.  Voting 
If  45.  The  Ministerial  and  Lay  Delegates  shall 
deliberate  together  as  one  body.  They  shall  also 
vote  together  as  one  body  with  the  following  ex- 
ception: A  separate  vote  shall  be  taken  on  any  ques- 
tion when  requested  by  one  third  of  either  order  of 
Delegates  present  and  voting.  In  all  cases  of  sepa- 
rate voting  it  shall  require  the  concurrence  of  the 
two  orders  to  adopt  the  proposed  measure;  except 
that  for  changes  of  the  Constitution  a  vote  of  two 
thirds  of  the  General  Conference  shall  be  sufficient, 
as  provided  in  Article  XI. 

Article  X.  Powers  and  Restrictions 
If  46.  The  General  Conference  shall  have  full  power 
to  make  rules  and  regulations  for  the  Church  under 
the  following  limitations  and  restrictions,  namely: 

§  1.  The  General  Conference  shall  not  revoke, 
alter,  nor  change  our  Articles  of  Religion,  nor  estab- 
lish any  new  standards  or  rules  of  doctrine  contrary 
to  our  present  existing  and  established  standards  of 
doctrine. 

§  2.  The  General  Conference  shall  not  organize  nor 
authorize  the  organization  of  an  Annual  Conference 
with  less  than  twenty-five  members. 

§  3.  The  General  Conference  shall  not  change  nor 
alter  any  part  or  rule  of  our  government  so  as  to  do 
away  Episcopacy,  nor  destroy  the  plan  of  our  itin- 
erant General  Superintendency ;  but  may  elect  a 
Missionary  Bishop  or  Superintendent  for  any  of  our 
foreign  Missions,  limiting  his  Episcopal  jurisdiction 
to  the  same  respectively. 

40 


Organization  and  Government     ^  47 

§  4.  The  General  Conference  shall  not  revoke  nor 
change  the  General  Rules  of  our  Church. 

§  5.  The  General  Conference  shall  not  deprive  our 
Ministers  of  the  right  of  trial  by  the  Annual  Confer- 
ence, or  by  a  select  number  thereof,  nor  of  an  ap- 
peal; nor  shall  it  deprive  our  members  of  the  right 
of  trial  by  a  committee  of  members  of  our  Church, 
nor  of  an  appeal. 

§  6.  The  General  Conference  shall  not  appropriate 
the  produce  of  the  Book  Concern,  nor  of  the  Char- 
tered Fund,  to  any  purpose  other  than  for  the  benefit 
of  the  Traveling,  Supernumerary,  and  Superannuated1 
Preachers,  their  wives,  widows,  and  children. 

Article  XI.  Amendments 
H  47.  The  concurrent  recommendation  of  two 
thirds  of  all  the  members  of  the  several  Annual  Con- 
ferences present  and  voting,  and  of  two  thirds  of  all 
the  members  of  the  Lay  Electoral  Conferences  pres- 
ent and  voting,  shall  suffice  to  authorize  the  next 
ensuing  General  Conference  by  a  two-thirds  vote  to 
alter  or  amend  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Consti- 
tution excepting  Article  X,  §  1;  and  also,  whenever 
such  alteration  or  amendment  shall  have  been  first 
recommended  by  a  General  Conference  by  a  two- 
thirds  vote,  then  so  soon  as  two  thirds  of  all  the 
members  of  the  several  Annual  Conferences  present 
and  voting,  and  two  thirds  of  all  the  members  of  the 
Lay  Electoral  Conferences  present  and  voting,  shall 
have  concurred  therein,  such  alteration  or  amend- 
ment shall  take  effect;  and  the  result  of  the  vote 
shall  be  announced  by  the  General  Superintendents. 


1  Elsewhere  designated  as  "Retired"  Ministers. 

41 


END  OF  THE  CONSTITUTION 


42 


LEGISLATION 


43 


PART  I 
THE  CHURCH 


45 


I.  MEMBERSHIP 
II.  SPECIAL  ADVICES 
III.  WORSHIP 


46 


CHAPTER  I 


MEMBERSHIP 


I.  Admission  into  the  Church 


H  48.  In  order  to  prevent  improper  persons  from 
gaining  admission  into  the  Church,  and  in  order  to 
exercise  the  power  of  godly  admonition  and  dis- 
cipline: 

§  1.  Let  great  care  be  taken  in  receiving  members, 
and  let  only  those  be  enrolled  as  probationers  who 
shall  give  satisfactory  evidence  of  an  earnest  desire 
to  be  saved  from  their  sins  and  to  enjoy  the  fellow- 
ship of  God's  people. 

§  2.  Let  the  Pastor  and  the  Class  Leaders  see  that 
all  who  seek  admission  are  made  acquainted  with  the 
doctrines,  rules,  and  regulations  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church  and  are  assigned  to  some  depart- 
ment of  the  Sunday  School  for  the  study  of  the  Bible. 
Those  so  admitted  are  expected  to  conform  closely  to 
the  rules  and  usages  of  the  Church  and  are  entitled 
to  all  its  spiritual  privileges  and  aids;  but  they  may 
not  be  members  of  the  Quarterly  Conference,  nor 
take  part  in  judicial  proceedings  except  as  witnesses. 

§  3.  Let  no  one  be  admitted  into  full  membership 
in  the  Church  until  he  has  been  recommended  by  the 
Official  Board  or  the  Leaders  and  Stewards'  Meet- 
ing, with  the  approval  of  the  Pastor;  has  been  bap- 
tized, and,  on  examination,  has  given  satisfactory 
assurance  both  of  the  correctness  of  his  faith  and 
of  his  willingness  to  observe  and  keep  the  rules 
47 


Membership 


of  the  Church;  when  he  may  be  admitted  in  accord- 
ance with  the  form  prescribed  in  the  Ritual. 

§  4.  A  member  in  good  standing  in  any  orthodox 
Evangelical  Church  who  desires  to  unite  with  us 
may  be  received  into  membership  upon  giving  satis- 
factory answers  to  the  usual  inquiries. 

§  5.  Let  the  Pastor  and  the  Committee  on  Church 
Records  be  careful  to  see  that  the  names  of  all  per- 
sons received  into  the  Church  are  duly  recorded. 
The  Pastor  shall  report  at  each  Quarterly  Conference 
all  changes  of  membership  that  have  occurred  during 
the  quarter. 


II.  Baptized  Children  and  the  Church 

H  49.  We  hold  that  all  children,  by  virtue  of  the 
unconditional  benefits  of  the  atonement,  are  members 
of  the  Kingdom  of  God,  and  therefore  graciously 
entitled  to  Baptism;  but,  as  infant  Baptism  con- 
templates a  course  of  religious  instruction  and  dis- 
cipline, it  is  expected  of  all  parents  or  guardians 
who  present  their  children  for  Baptism  that  they 
will  use  all  diligence  in  bringing  them  up  in  con- 
formity to  the  Word  of  God;  and  they  should  be 
solemnly  admonished  of  this  obligation,  and  ear- 
nestly exhorted  to  faithfulness  therein. 

H  50.  We  regard  all  children  who  have  been  bap- 
tized as  placed  in  visible  covenant  relation  to  God, 
and  as  probationers  under  the  special  care  and  super- 
vision of  the  Church. 

1  51.  The  Pastor  shall  make  an  accurate  register 
of  the  names  of  all  the  baptized  children  within  his 
pastoral  care,  giving  the  dates  of  their  birth  and 
baptism,  the  names  of  their  parents,  and  the  places 
48 


Membership 


of  their  residence.  He  shall  also  enroll  their  names 
as  probationers;  and  should  they  remove,  he  shall 
issue  Certificates  of  Registration  to  the  Pastor  of 
the  Charge  within  whose  bounds  they  have  moved. 

*\  52.  The  Pastor  shall  organize  the  baptized  chil- 
dren of  the  Church,  when  they  shall  have  reached 
the  age  of  ten  years,  or  at  an  earlier  age  when  it 
is  deemed  advisable,  into  classes  or  Junior  Epworth 
League  Chapters,  and  appoint  suitable  leaders,  whose 
duty  it  shall  be  to  meet  them  once  a  week,  and  in- 
struct them  in  the  nature,  design,  and  obligations  of 
Baptism,  and  in  the  truths  of  religion  necessary  to 
make  them  "wise  unto  salvation";  to  urge  them  to 
give  regular  attendance  upon  the  means  of  grace;  to 
advise,  exhort,  and  encourage  them  to  an  immediate 
consecration  of  their  hearts  and  lives  to  God,  and  to 
inquire  into  the  state  of  their  religious  experience; 
provided,  that  unbaptized  children  shall  not  be  ex- 
cluded from  such  classes  or  Junior  Epworth  League 
Chapters. 

1f  53.  Whenever  baptized  children  shall  under- 
stand the  obligations  of  religion,  and  shall  give  evi- 
dence of  piety,  they  may  be  admitted  into  member- 
ship in  the  Church,  on  recommendation  of  the  Official 
Board  or  the  Leaders  and  Stewards'  Meeting,  with 
the  approval  of  the  Pastor,  after  publicly  assent- 
ing before  the  Church  to  the  Baptismal  Covenant 
and  to  the  usual  questions  on  Doctrines  and  Discipline, 
as  prescribed  in  the  Ritual. 

1  54.  Whenever  a  baptized  child  shall  be  deprived 
of  Christian  guardianship,  by  orphanage  or  otherwise, 
the  Pastor  shall  ascertain  and  report  the  facts  in  the 
case  to  the  Official  Board  or  to  the  Leaders  and 
Stewards'  Meeting;  and  such  provision  shall  be  made 
49 


Membership 


for  the  Christian  training  of  the  child  as  the  circum- 
stances of  the  case  shall  admit  or  require. 


III.  Transfer  of  Membership 

f  55,  §  1.  An  acceptable  member  of  the  Church  de- 
siring to  remove  his  membership  from  one  Pastoral 
Charge  to  another  is  entitled  to  be,  transferred  as 
follows:  The  Pastor,  or,  if  there  be  no  Pastor,  the 
District  Superintendent,  shall  send  to  the  Pastor  of 
the  Charge  to  which  the  member  is  to  be  transferred 
a  Certificate  in  the  following  form: 

"This  is  to  certify  that  A.  B.,  who  holds  a  notice 

of  this  letter,  is  an  acceptable  Member  of  the  

Methodist  Episcopal  Church  in   ,  and, 

having  requested  that  his  membership  be  transferred 

to  the    Methodist  Episcopal  Church  in 

 is  affectionately  commended  to  the  fellow- 
ship of  said  Church.  When  the  Church  to  which  this 
Certificate  of  Transfer  is  issued  acknowledges  the  re- 
ceipt of  the  same  and  his  enrollment,  his  member- 
ship in  this  Church  shall  cease." 

§  2.  Notice  of  this  transfer  shall  be  given  to  the 
member  in  accordance  with  the  following  form: 

"At  your  request  I  this  day  have  sent  a  Certificate 

of  Transfer  of  your  membership  to  the   

Methodist  Episcopal  Church  in    When 

said  Certificate  is  acknowledged  and  your  name  is  re- 
corded in  the  records  of  said  Church,  your  member- 
ship in  this  Church  will  cease." 

§  S.  The  original  Certificate  shall  be  accompanied 
by  a  blank  for  the  acknowledgment  of  the  same,  in 
accordance  with  the  following  form: 
50 


Membership 


"The  Certificate  of  Transfer  of  the  membership  of 

A.  B.  from  the   Methodist  Episcopal 

Church  in  to  the  Methodist  Epis- 
copal Church  in                     is  hereby  acknowledged. 

  has  been  duly  received  as  a  Member 

of  this  Church  and  thereby  ceases  to  be  a  Member  of 
the  Church  which  issued  the  Certificate. 

 ,  Pastor." 

§  4.  A  complete  record  of  each  transfer  shall  be 
kept  on  the  stub  in  the  Certificate  book  in  the  fol- 
lowing form: 

Name  of  member  requesting  transfer  

Charge  to  which  the  Certificate  is  issued  

Date  on  which  Certificate  is  issued  

Date  of  acknowledgment  of  Certificate  and  actual 
transfer  of  membership  

Name  of  Pastor  or  District  Superintendent  issuing 
Certificate   

Name  of  Pastor  or  District  Superintendent  acknowl- 
edging Certificate. 

§  5.  When  a  Pastor  shall  have  received  a  member 
on  said  Certificate,  he  shall  notify  the  Pastor  of  the 
Church  from  which  it  was  issued  on  the  blank  form 
which  accompanies  Certificate,  as  provided  in  §  3. 

§  6.  Whenever  a  Pastor  is  appointed  to  another 
Charge  he  may  complete  the  record  of  his  pastorate 
by  entering  in  the  Church  Record  opposite  the 
names  of  the  members  of  his  family  who  are  Church 
members:   "Member  of  Pastor's  family,  transferred 

to  ";  and  enter  the  names  on  the  Record  of 

his  new  Charge  with  the  note:  "Member  of  Pastor's 
family,  transferred  from   " 

1f  56,  §  1.  A  Certificate  of  Membership  may  net 
be  refused,  if  demanded  by  a  member  removing  his 
51 


Membership 


residence,  except  for  reasons  that  justify  and  require 
judicial  proceedings  against  such  member;  but  a 
Certificate  of  Membership  shall  not  be  given  unless 
an  actual  change  of  the  place  of  holding  membership 
is  intended. 

§  2.  A  Pastor  may  give  a  note  of  recommendation 
to  any  member  who  wishes  to  unite  with  any  other 
Evangelical  Denomination. 


IV.  Non-Resident  Membership 
1  57.  If  the  residence  of  a  member  who  has  removed 
cannot  be  ascertained  for  one  year,  the  words,  "Re- 
moved without  Certificate,"  shall  be  written  opposite 
the  name  in  the  Record  of  Church  Membership;  and 
such  name  shall  not  be  counted  in  the  returns  of 
statistics;  but  no  member  shall  be  so  entered  unless 
his  post  office  address  shall  have  been  unknown  to 
the  Pastor  for  at  least  one  year. 


V.  Withdrawals 

1f  58,  §  1.  When  any  member  in  good  standing  pro- 
poses to  withdraw  from  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church  he  shall  communicate  his  purpose  in  writing 
to  the  Pastor  of  the  Church.  On  receiving  such  no- 
tice of  withdrawal,  the  Pastor  shall  enter  the  fact 
of  withdrawal  upon  the  Record  of  Church  Member- 
ship; and  such  withdrawal  cannot  be  retracted  ex- 
cept by  consent  of  the  Pastor  and  the  Quarterly 
Conference. 

§  2.  Membership  in  the  Church  can  be  terminated 
only  by  the  withdrawal,  expulsion,  or  death  of  a 
member.     A    member    of    the    Church    who  has 
united  with  another  denomination  without  a  Note 
52 


Membership 


of  Recommendation  shall  be  recorded  as  "With- 
drawn." 


VI.  Classes  and  Class  Meetings 

*T  59.  The  design  of  the  organization  of  Classes 
and  the  appointment  of  Leaders  is: 

§  1.  To  establish  a  system  of  pastoral  oversight 
that  shall  effectively  reach  every  member  of  the 
Church. 

§  2.  To  establish  and  maintain  such  a  meeting  for 
social  and  religious  worship,  for  instruction,  en- 
couragement, and  admonition,  as  shall  be  a  profitable 
means  of  grace  to  the  Church. 

§  3.  To  aid,  when  desired,  in  carrying  out  the 
Financial  Plan  of  the  Church. 

|  60,  §  1.  The  primary  object  of  distributing  the 
members  of  the  Church  into  Classes  is  to  secure  the 
subpastoral  oversight  made  necessary  by  our  itin- 
erant economy. 

§  2.  Let  the  Classes,  wherever  practicable,  be  com- 
posed of  not  more  than  twenty  persons,  and  let  the 
Leader  report  at  each  Quarterly  Conference  the  con- 
dition of  his  Class  as  follows: 

1.  Number  of  Members  in  the  Class. 

2.  Number  of  Probationers. 

3.  Average  attendance. 

4.  Number  habitually  absent. 

5.  Number  of  Class  Meetings  held. 

6.  Number  who  contribute  to  the  support  of  the 

Church. 

7.  Number  of  visits  made. 

8.  Number  of  heads  of  families  in  the  Class, 

and  the  number  who  observe  family 
worship. 

53 


Membership 


9.  Number   of  Church   papers  taken   by  Class 
members. 
10.  Miscellaneous  matters. 

§  3.  Let  each  Leader  be  careful  to  inquire  how 
every  member  of  his  Class  prospers;  not  only  how 
each  person  outwardly  observes  the  Rules,  but  also 
how  he  grows  in  the  knowledge  and  love  of  God. 

§  4.  Let  the  Leaders  converse  with  their  Pastors 
frequently  and  freely. 

H  61.  In  the  arrangement  of  Class  Meetings  two 
or  more  Classes  may  meet  together  and  be  conducted 
according  to  such  plan  as  shall  be  agreed  upon  by 
the  Leaders  in  concurrence  with  the  Pastor. 

f  62.  Let  care  be  observed  that  Class  Meetings  do 
not  fall  into  formality  through  the  use  of  a  uniform 
method.  Let  speaking  be  voluntary  or  the  exercises 
conversational,  the  Leader  taking  such  measures 
as  best  may  assist  in  making  the  services  fresh, 
spiritual,  and  of  permanent  religious  profit. 

H  63,  §  1.  In  order  to  render  Class  Meetings  in- 
teresting and  profitable,  let  the  Pastor  remove  im- 
proper Leaders  and  see  that  all  the  Leaders  are  of 
sound  judgment  and  truly  devoted  to  God. 

§  2.  Let  the  Leaders  be  directed  to  such  a  course 
of  reading  and  study  as  best  shall  qualify  them  for. 
their  work.  Especially  let  such  books  be  recom- 
mended as  will  tend  to  increase  their  knowledge  of 
the  Scriptures  and  make  them  familiar  with  those 
passages  best  adapted  to  spiritual  instruction.  When- 
ever practicable  let  the  Pastors  examine  the  Leaders 
in  the  studies  recommended. 


Note. — For  the  Course  of  Study  for  Class  Leaders,  see  Appendix. 


54 


Special  Advices  ft  66 


CHAPTER  II 
SPECIAL  ADVICES 
I.  Slavery 


f  64.  We  declare  that  we  are  as  much  as  ever 
convinced  of  the  great  evil  of  Slavery.  We  believe 
that  the  buying,  selling,  or  holding  of  human  beings 
as  chattels  is  contrary  to  the  laws  of  God  and  nature, 
and  inconsistent  with  the  Golden  Rule,  and  with  that 
Rule  in  our  Discipline  which  requires  all  who  desire 
to  continue  among  us  to  "do  no  harm,"  and  to  "avoid 
evil  of  every  kind."  We  therefore  affectionately  ad- 
monish all  our  Ministers  and  people  to  keep  them- 
selves pure  from  this  great  evil,  and  to  seek  its  extir- 
pation by  all  lawful  and  Christian  means. 


II.  Dress 

<T  65.  Let  all  our  people  be  exhorted  to  conform 
to  the  spirit  of  the  apostolic  precept,  not  to  adorn 
themselves  "with  gold,  or  pearls,  or  costly  array" 
(1  Tim.  2.  9). 


HI.  Marriage 

If  66,  §  1.  We  do  not  prohibit  our  people  from 
marrying  persons  who  are  not  of  our  Church,  pro- 
vided such  persons  have  the  form,  and  are  seeking 
the  power,  of  godliness;  but  we  are  determined  to 

55 


Special  Advices 


discourage  their  marrying  persons  who  do  not  come 
up  to  this  description.  Many  of  our  members  have 
married  unawakened  persons.  .  This  has  produced 
bad  effects;  they  either  have  been  hindered  for  life, 
or  have  turned  back  to  perdition. 

§  2.  To  discourage  such  marriages,  1.  Let  every 
Minister  publicly  enforce  the  Apostle's  caution,  "Be 
ye  not  unequally  yoked  together  with  unbelievers" 
(2  Cor.  6.  14).  2.  Let  all  be  exhorted  to  take  no 
step  in  so  weighty  a  matter  without  advising  with 
the  more  serious  of  their  brethren. 

§  3.  In  general,  a  woman  ought  not  to  marry  with- 
out the  consent  of  her  parents.  Yet  there  may  be 
exceptions.  For  if,  1.  A  woman  believes  it  to  be  her 
duty  to  marry;  if,  2.  Her  parents  absolutely  refuse 
to  let  her  marry  any  Christian;  then  she  may,  nay, 
ought  to  marry  without  their  consent.  Yet  even  then 
a  Methodist  Minister  ought  not  to  be  married  to  her. 


IV.  Divorce 

If  67.  No  divorce,  except  for  adultery,  shall  be  re- 
garded by  the  Church  as  lawful;  and  no  Minister 
shall  solemnize  marriage  in  any  case  where  there  is 
a  divorced  wife  or  husband  living;  but  this  rule 
shall  not  be  applied  to  the  innocent  party  to  a  di- 
vorce for  the  cause  of  adultery,  nor  to  divorced 
parties  seeking  to  be  reunited  in  marriage. 


V.  Amusements 
If  68.  Improper  amusements  and  excessive  indul- 
gence in  innocent  amusements  are  serious  barriers 
to  the  beginning  of  the  religious  life  and  fruitful 
56 


Special  Advices  If  68 

causes  of  spiritual  decline.  Some  amusements  in 
common  use  are  positively  demoralizing  and  furnish 
the  first  easy  steps  to  the  total  loss  of  character. 
We  therefore  look  with  deep  concern  on  the 
great  increase  of  amusements  and  on  the  general 
prevalence  of  harmful  amusements,  and  lift  up  a 
solemn  note  of  warning  and  entreaty  particularly 
against  theater-going,  dancing,  and  such  games  of 
chance  as  are  frequently  associated  with  gambling; 
all  of  which  have  been  found  to  be  antagonistic  to 
vital  piety,  promotive  of  worldliness,  and  especially 
pernicious  to  youth.  We  affectionately  admonish  all 
our  people  to  make  their  amusements  the  subject  of 
careful  thought  and  frequent  prayer,  to  study  the 
subject  of  amusements  in  the  light  of  their  tenden- 
cies, and  to  be  scrupulously  careful  in  this  matter  to 
set  no  injurious  example.  We  adjure  them  to  re- 
member that  often  the  question  for  a  Christian  must 
be,  not  whether  a  certain  course  of  action  is  posi- 
tively immoral,  but  whether  it  will  dull  the  spirit- 
ual life  and  be  an  unwise  example.  We  direct  all 
our  Bishops,  District  Superintendents,  and  Pastors 
to  call  attention  to  this  subject  with  solemn  urgency 
in  our  Annual  and  Quarterly  Conferences  and  in  all 
our  pulpits;  and  our  Editors,  Sunday  School  Offi- 
cers, Epworth  League  Officers,  and  Class  Leaders, 
to  aid  in  abating  the  evils  we  deplore.  We  deem 
it  our  bounden  duty,  to  summon  the  whole  Church 
to  apply  a  thoughtful  and  instructed  conscience  to 
the  choice  of  amusements,  and  not  to  leave  them  to 
accident,  or  taste,  or  passion;  and  we  affectionately 
advise  and  beseech  every  member  of  the  Church 
absolutely  to  avoid  "the  taking  such  diversions  as 
cannot  be  used  in  the  name  of  the  Lord  Jesus." 
57 


Special  Advices 


VI.  Temperance 
If  69.  Temperance,  in  its  broader  meaning,  is  dis- 
tinctively a  Christian  virtue,  enjoined  in  the  Holy 
Scriptures.  It  requires  the  subordination  of  all  the 
emotions,  passions,  and  appetites  to  the  control  of 
reason  and  conscience.  Dietetically,  it  means  a  wise 
use  of  suitable  articles  of  food  and  drink,  with  en- 
tire abstinence  from  such  as  are  known  to  be  hurt- 
ful. Both  science  and  human  experience  agree  with 
the  Holy  Scriptures  in  condemning  all  alcoholic  bev- 
erages as  being  neither  useful  nor  safe.  The  busi- 
ness of  manufacturing  and  of  vending  such  liquors 
is  also  against  the  principles  of  morality,  political 
economy,  and  the  public  welfare.  We  therefore  re- 
gard voluntary  total  abstinence  from  all  intoxicants 
as  the  obligation  of  the  citizen  and  the  complete  legal 
prohibition  of  the  traffic  in  alcoholic  drinks  as  the 
duty  of  civil  government.  We  heartily  approve  all 
lawful  and  Christian  efforts  to  save  society  from  the 
manifold  and  grievous  evils  resulting  from  intem- 
perance, and  earnestly  advise  our  people  to  cooperate 
with  all  measures  which  may  seem  to  them  wisely 
adapted  to  secure  that  end.  We  refer  to  our  General 
Rule  on  this  subject  (If  30),  and  affectionately  urge 
its  strict  observance  by  all  our  members.  Finally, 
we  are  fully  persuaded  that,  under  God,  hope  for  the 
ultimate  success  of  the  Temperance  Reform  rests 
chiefly  upon  the  combined  and  sanctified  •influence  of 
the  Family,  the  Church,  and  the  State. 


VII.    Christian  Stewardship 
U  70.  The  following  principles  concerning  Chris- 
tian Stewardship  should  be  fully  recognized  by  the 
58 


Special  Advices 


individual  Christian:  God  is  the  giver  and  the  abso- 
lute owner  of  all  things;  and  under  grace  man  Is  a 
steward,  who  holds  and  administers  as  a  sacred  trust 
that  which  he  possesses.  Such  responsibility  and 
stewardship  are  best  recognized  by  the  systematic 
application  of  a  portion  of  income  to  the  advance- 
ment of  the  Kingdom  of  God.  Sacred  history  suggests 
the  dedication  of  a  tenth  of  the  income  as  a  minimum 
requirement,  and  declares  the  Divine  sanction  of  such 
practice. 

There  should  be,  therefore,  such  careful,  intelligent, 
and  prayerful  consideration  of  the  uses  to  be  made 
of  the  money  so  dedicated  as  will  involve  the  study, 
not  only  of  local  conditions,  but  also  of  the  missionary 
and  other  benevolent  work  of  the  Church. 

The  following  course  may  be  pursued  profitably  by 
the  individual  Christian:  Let  there  be  set  aside  such  a 
proportion  of  income  as  shall  comply  with  the  fore- 
going principles;  let  a  pledge  be  given  in  writing  of 
the  amount  to  be  applied  to  the  regular  work  of  the 
Church,  and  let  weekly  payment  of  the  amounts  so 
subscribed  be  made  as  an  act  of  worship  at  one  of  the 
public  services  of  the  Church.  Out  of  the  amounts 
so  set  aside,  but  not  previously  pledged,  let  payment 
to  special  causes  be  made  from  time  to  time;  and  let 
those  who  cannot  attend  the  services  of  the  Church 
keep  a  fund  to  be  known  as  the  "Lord's  Treasury," 
to  be  disbursed  as  faithful  stewards,  and  let  all,  as 
opportunity  shall  be  given,  make  freewill  or  thank 
offerings  to  the  Lord. 


Worship 


CHAPTER  III 
WORSHIP 

t  Order  of  Public  Worship 


If  71,  §  1.  Let  all  services  begin  exactly  at  the 
time  appointed,  and  let  the  people  kneel  in  silent 
prayer  on  entering  the  sanctuary. 

I.  [Voluntary,  instrumental  or  vocal.] 1 

II.  Singing  from  the  Methodist  Hymnal,  the 
People  standing. 

III.  [The  Apostles'  Creed,  recited  by  all,  stand- 
ing. 

I  believe  in  God  the  Father  Almighty,  Maker  of  heaven 
and  earth  : 

And  in  Jesus  Christ  his  only  Son  our  Lord ;  who 
was  conceived  by  the  Holy  Ghost,  born  of  the  Virgin 
Mary,  suffered  under  Pontius  Pilate,  was  crucified,  dead, 
and  buried ;  the  third  day  he  rose  from  the  dead ;  he 
ascended  into  heaven,  and  sitteth  at  the  right  hand  of 
God  the  Father  Almighty ;  from  thence  he  shall  come  to 
judge  the  quick  and  the  dead. 

I  believe  in  the  Holy  Ghost ;  the  holy  catholic  Church — 
the  communion  of  saints ;  the  forgiveness  of  sins ;  the 
resurrection  of  the  body ;  and  the  life  everlasting. 
Amen.] 

IV.  Prayer,  concluding  with  the  Lord's  Prayer, 
repeated  audibly  by  all,  both  Minister  and  People 
kneeling. 

V.  [Anthem,  or  Voluntary.] 


1  Parts  inclosed  in  brackets  may  be  used  or  omitted. 


Worship 


VI.  Lesson  from  the  Old  Testament,  which  may 
be  read  responsively,  the  People  standing. 

VII.  [The  Gloria  Patri: 

Glory  be  to  the  Father,  and  to  the  Son.  and  to  the 
Holy  Ghost,  as  it  was  in  the  beginning,  is  now,  and 
ever  shall  be,  world  without  end.  Amen.] 

VIII.  Lesson  from  the  New  Testament. 

IX.  Notices,  followed  by  Collection;  during  or 
after  which  an  Offertory  may  be  rendered. 

X.  Singing  from  the  Methodist  Hymnal,  the 
People  standing. 

XI.  The  Sermon. 

XII.  Prayer,  the  People  kneeling. 

XIII.  Singing  from  the  Methodist  Hymnal,  the 
People  standing. 

XIV.  Doxology  and  the  Apostolic  Benediction. 
(2  Cor.  13.  14.) 

§  2.  At  the  service  during  which  the  Sacraments 
are  administered  any  of  the  items  of  the  preceding 
order  may  be  omitted  except  singing,  prayer,  and  the 
apostolic  benediction. 

§  3.  Let  the  people  be  earnestly  exhorted  to  take 
part  in  the  public  worship  of  God:  first,  by  singing; 
secondly,  by  prayer,  in  the  scriptural  attitude  of 
kneeling,  and  by  the  repetition  of  the  Lord's  Prayer. 


II.  The  Spirit  and  Truth  of  Singing 
f  72.  To  guard  against  formality  in  singing: 
§  1.  Choose  such  hymns  as  are  proper  for  the  oc- 
casion, and  do  not  sing  too  much  at  once;  seldom 
more  than  four  or  five  stanzas. 

61 


If  72  Worship 

§  2.  Let  the  tune  be  suited  to  the  sentiment,  and 
do  not  suffer  the  people  to  sing  too  slowly. 

§  3.  In  every  Congregation  let  due  attention  be 
given  to  the  cultivation  of  sacred  music. 

§  4.  Should  the  Pastor  desire  it,  let  the  Quarterly 
Conference  appoint  annually  a  Committee  of  three 
or  more  of  which  the  Pastor  shall  be  chairman, 
which,  cooperating  with  him,  shall  regulate  all 
matters  relating  to  this  part  of  divine  worship.  The 
action  of  said  Committee  shall  be  subject  in  every 
respect  to  the  control  of  the  Quarterly  Conference. 

§  5.  As  singing  is  a  part  of  divine  worship  in 
which  all  ought  to  unite,  therefore  exhort  every 
person  in  the  Congregation  to  sing. 


62 


PART  II 
CONFERENCES 


I.  GENERAL  CONFERENCE 
EE.  ANNUAL  CONFERENCES 
IH.  LAY  ELECTORAL  CONFERENCES 
IV.  CENTRAL  MISSION  CONFERENCES 
V.  MISSION  CONFERENCES 
VI.  DISTRICT  CONFERENCES 
VII.  QUARTERLY  CONFERENCES 
VIII.  OFFICIAL  BOARD 
IX.  LEADERS  AND  STEWARDS'  MEETING 
[For  JUDICIAL  CONFERENCE,  see  1  283] 


64 


CHAPTER  I 


GENERAL  CONFERENCE 

The  Composition,  Organization.  Powers,  and  Restrictions  of  the 
General  Conference  are  set  forth  in  the  Constitution  of  the 
Church,  Division  III,  Chapter  II,  11  34-47. 

CHAPTER  II 
ANNUAL  CONFERENCES 

I.  Number  and  Organization 


II  73,  §  1.  There  are  now  one  hundred  and  thirty- 
three  Annual  Conferences,  and  these  shall  become 
severally  bodies  corporate,  wherever  practicable,  under 
the  authority  of  the  laws  of  the  States  and  Terri- 
tories within  whose  bounds  they  are  located. 

§  2.  For  the  purpose  of  representation  on  the  Book 
Committee,  the  General  Committee,  the  Administra- 
tive Boards,  and  Committees  in  the  General  Confer- 
ence the  Annual  Conferences  shall  be  grouped  into 
as  many  General  Conference  Districts  as  the  General 
Conference  from  time  to  time  shall  determine.  For 
the  present  grouping,  see  Appendix,  H  538. 

U  74.  All  Members  of  an  Annual  Conference  and 
those  on  Trial  therein  shall  attend  its  sessions. 

1f  75.  The  Bishops  shall  appoint  the  times  for  hold- 
ing the  Annual  Conferences;  but  they  shall  allow 
each  Annual  Conference  to  sit  one  week  at  least. 

1f  76.  Each  Annual  Conference  shall  appoint  the 
place  of  its  own  session;  but  should  it  become  neces- 
sary, from  any  unforeseen  cause,  to  change  the  place 
65 


Annual  Conferences 


of  its  session  after  it  has  been  fixed  by  the  Confer- 
ence, the  Pastor  or  Pastors  in  the  place  where  the 
Conference  was  appointed  to  be  held,  and  the  District 
Superintendent,  shall  have  power  to  make  such 
change.  But  this  authority  shall  not  be  exercised 
without  first  consulting  the  other  District  Superin- 
tendents of  the  Conference  so  far  as  practicable. 

f  77.  A  Bishop  shall  preside  in  the  Annual  Con- 
ference. In  case  no  Bishop  is  present,  a  member  of 
the  Conference,  appointed  by  the  Bishop,  shall  pre- 
side. But  if  no  appointment  be  made,  or  if  the  person 
appointed  shall  not  attend,  the  Conference  shall  elect 
by  ballot,  without  debate,  a  President  from  among 
the  Elders. 

f  78.  A  record  of  the  proceedings  of  each  Annual 
Conference  shall  be  kept  by  a  Secretary  chosen  for 
the  purpose,  and  shall  be  signed  by  the  President 
and  Secretary;  and  a  copy  of  said  record  shall  be 
sent  to  the  General  Conference  for  examination. 
Journals  not  properly  attested  cannot  be  approved 
by  the  General  Conference. 


II.  Order  of  Business 
1T  79.  The  business  of  the  Annual  Conference  is  to 
inquire: 

§  1.  Is  this  Annual  Conference  Incorporated  ac- 
cording to  the  requirement  of  the  Discipline? 

§  2.  Who  have  been  Received  by  Transfer,  and 
from  what  Conferences? 

§  3.  Who  have  been  Readmitted? 

Note — Enter  date  of  Location  and  the  Conference  which  granted  it. 
§  4.  Who  have  been  Received  on  Credentials,  and 
from  what  Churches? 

66 


Annual  Conferences 


§  5.  Who  hare  been  Received  on  Trial? 

(a)  In  studies  of  First  Year. 

(ft.)  In  studies   of  Third  Year,    f  173,  §  2. 
§  6.  Who  have  been  Continued  on  Trial? 

(a)  In  studies  of  First  Year. 

(b)  In  studies  of  Second  Year. 

(c)  In  studies  of  Third  Year. 

(d)  In  studies  of  Fourth  Year. 
§  7.  Who  have  been  Discontinued? 

§  S.  Who  have  been  Admitted  into  Full  Member- 
ship? 

(a)  Elected  and  ordainod  Deacons  this  year. 
(&)  Elected  and  ordained  Deacons  previously. 
§  9.  What  Members  are  in  studies  of  Third  Year? 

(a)  Admitted    into    Full   Membership  this 
year. 

(b)  Admitted   into    Full   Membership  pre- 
viously. 

§  10.  What  Members  are  in  studies  of  Fourth  Year? 
§  11.  What  Members  have  completed  the  Confer- 
ence Course  of  Study? 

(a)  Elected  and  ordained  Elders  this  year. 

(b)  Elected  and  ordained  Elders  previously. 
§  12.  What  others  have  been  elected  and  ordained 

Deacons? 

(a)  As  Local  Preachers.    %  173,  §  1. 

(b)  Under  Missionary  Rule.    f  173,  §  4. 

(c)  Under  Seminary  Rule,    f  173,  §  2. 

§  13.  What  others  have  been  elected  and  ordained 
Elders? 

(a)  As  Local  Deacons,    f  17C,  §  1. 

(b)  Under  Missionary  Rule.    f  176.  §  4. 

(c)  Under  Seminary  Rule.    %  176,  §  3. 


f  79  Annual  Conferences 


§  14.  Was  the  character  of  each  Preacher  ex- 
amined? 

§  15.  Who  have  been  Transferred,  and  to  what  Con- 
ferences? 

§  16.  Who  have  Died? 

§  17.  Who  have  been  Located  at  their  own  request? 
§  18.  Who  have  been  Located? 
§  19.  Who  have  Withdrawn? 

§  20.  Who  have  been  permitted  to  Withdraw  under 
Charges  or  Complaints? 

§  21.  Who  have  been  Expelled? 

§  22.  What  other  Personal  Notation  should  be 
made? 

Note. — Enter  with  adequate  statement  of  facta,  the  names  of  (1) 
Those  whose  Orders  have  been  recognized  without  admission  to  the 
Annual  Conference.  (2)  Those  whose  Credentials  have  been  restored. 
(3)  Those  formerly  expelled,  but  now  restored  by  the  action  of  a  Judi- 
cial Conference  or  of  the  General  Conference. 

§  23.  Who  are  the  Supernumerary  Ministers,  and 
for  what  number  of  years  consecutively  has  each  held 
this  relation? 

§  24.  Who  are  the  Retired  Ministers? 

§  25.  Who  are  the  Triers  of  Appeals? 

§  26.  What  is  the  annual  report  of  the  Conference 
Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension? 

§  27.  What  is  the  annual  report  of  the  Conference 
Board  of  Foreign  Missions? 

§  28.  What  is  the  Statistical  Report? 

§  29.  What  is  the  Conference  Treasurer's  Report? 

§  30.  What  is  the  aggregate  of  the  Benevolent  Col- 
lections ordered  by  the  General  Conference,  as  re- 
ported by  the  Conference  Treasurer? 


An n  val  Conferences 


§  31.  What  are  the  claims  on  the  Conference  Fund? 

§  32.  What  has  been  received  on  these  claims,  and 
how  has  it  been  applied? 

§  33.  What  is  five  per  cent  of  the  amount  raised 
for  the  support  of  Conference  Claimants,  and  paid  by 
the  Conference  Treasurer  to  the  Board  of  Conference 
Claimants  for  Connectional  Relief? 

§  34.  What  amount  has  been  apportioned  to  the 
Pastoral  Charges  within  the  Conference,  to  be  raised 
for  the  Support  of  Conference  Claimants? 

§  35.  Where  are  the  Preachers  stationed? 

§  36.  Where  shall  the  next  Conference  he  held? 


III.  Powers  and  Duties 

*i  80.  An  Annual  Conference  has  power  to  hear 
complaints  against  its  members,  and  may  try,  re- 
prove, suspend,  deprive  of  Ministerial  Office  and  Cre- 
dentials, expel  or  acquit  any  of  them  against  whom 
charges  may  be  preferred,    ffl  243-260. 

f  81.  The  Election  and,  so  far  as  it  is  practicable, 
the  Ordination  of  Elders  and  Deacons  should  be  done 
at  the  Annual  Conference.    Iff  171-178. 

f  82.  Each  Annual  Conference  shall  appoint  an- 
nually for  each  District  a  District  Board  of  Church 
Location  and  Erection,  whose  powers  and  duties  are 
defined  in  \  429. 

K  83.  Each  Annual  Conference  shall  carefully  meet 
the  obligations  laid  upon  it  in  connection  with  all 
our  benevolent  causes. 

r  84.  Each  Annual  Conference  shall  appoint  a  Com- 
mittee on  Periodicals,  Publications,  and  Collections, 
whose  powers  and  duties  are  defined  in  f  382,  §  1. 
69 


f  85        '    Annual  Conferences 

If  85.  In  each  Annual  Conference,  the  Bishop  pre- 
siding shall  inquire  of  each  Pastor  if  he  has  carried 
out  the  Disciplinary  plan  for  the  support  of  the  min- 
istry and  the  benevolent  causes;  and  of  each  Dis- 
trict Superintendent,  if  he  has  required  the  pro  rata 
distribution  of  the  moneys  received  for  Ministerial 
Support  and  has  urged  in  the  Quarterly  Conferences 
the  collection  in  full  for  all  the  benevolent  causes. 


IV.  Statistician  and  Treasurer 

H  86.  That  the  Statistics  may  be  accurately  re- 
ported and  the  Benevolent  Collections  duly  accounted 
for,  let  the  following  rules  be  observed: 

§  1.  Bach  Annual  Conference  shall  appoint  a  Stat- 
istician and  a  Conference  Treasurer,  whose  names 
and  addresses  shall  be  printed  in  the  General  Minutes 
at  the  head  of  its  Statistical  Tables  and  also  in  the 
Methodist  Year  Book. 

§  2.  On  the  first  day  of  the  Conference  session 
each  Pastor  shall  present  his  Statistical  and  Finan- 
cial Reports,  correctly  and  plainly  written,  all  collec- 
tions and  other  moneys  being  reported  in  dollars 
only,  without  fractions  thereof. 

§  3.  In  connection  with  his  report  of  the  amount 
collected  for  each  benevolent  cause,  the  Pastor  shall 
deliver  to  the  Conference  Treasurer  either  the  money 
thus  collected  or  a  satisfactory  voucher  for  the  same; 
and  the  credit  given  to  his  Pastoral  Charge  shall 
correspond  exactly  with  the  money  and  vouchers 
thus  delivered. 

§  4.  At  the  opening  of  the  second  day's  session 
the  Bishop  presiding  shall  call  upon  the  Statistician 
and  the  Conference  Treasurer  respectively  to  read  the 
70 


Annual  Conferences 


names  of  all  Pastoral  Charges  from  which  reports 
have  not  been  received,  or  from  which  incorrect  or 
defective  reports  have  been  received.  This  call  shall 
be  made  at  the  beginning  of  each  day's  session  until 
correct  reports  have  been  received  from  every 
Pastoral  Charge. 

§  5.  In  case  any  Pastoral  Charge  fail  to  make  a 
report  the  Statistician  and  the  Conference  Treasurer 
shall  insert  the  report  for  the  preceding  year  and 
shall  indicate  this  fact  by  placing  the  figures  in 
brackets. 

§  6.  When  the  name  of  a  Pastoral  Charge  has  been 
changed  the  Statistician  and  Conference  Treasurer 
shall  print  the  former  name  in  parentheses  under 
the  present  name. 

§  7.  The  Conference  Treasurer  shall  receive  and 
account  for  such  other  moneys,  additional  to  the 
regular  benevolent  collections,  as  the  Conference  may 
direct;,  and  an  Auditing  Committee,  appointed  by  the 
Conference,  shall  audit  his  accounts. 

§  8.  When  the  provisions  of  §§  2  and  3  shall  have 
been  complied  with  the  Conference  Treasurer  shall 
return  the  "Conference  Treasurer's  Report"  to  the 
Pastor,  with  the  word  "Credited"  either  written  or 
stamped  over  the  Treasurer's  signature,  as  a  voucher 
to  be  delivered  by  the  Pastor  to  the  Quarterly  Confer- 
ence of  the  contributing  Charge. 

Note. — The  Pastor's  Summary-  Report  ('ISO,  §  3)  is  a  private  re- 
port furnished  by  earh  pastor  to  his  District  Superintendent,  for  Cab- 
inet uses,  only.  Do  not  hand  to  the  Statistician  or  to  Conference 
Treasurer. 

^  87,  §  1.  The  Publishing  Agents  shall  provide, 

(1)  Statistical  Blanks  for  the  Pastor  and  Statistician; 

(2)  Treasurer's  Blanks  for  the  Pastor  and  Confer- 
ence  Treasurer,  together  with  suitable  envelopes; 

71 


^  88  Annual  Conferences 

(3)  Blanks  for  the  Statistician's  and  the  Conference 
Treasurer's  Accounts. 

§  2.  Application  for  blanks  for  distribution  among 
the  Pastors  and  for  the  Statistician's  and  Conference 
Treasurer's  Accounts  should  be  made  to  The  Method- 
ist Book  Concern,  New  York,  by  the  Secretaries  of 
the  Annual  Conferences.  Orders  for  the  Spring  Con- 
ferences should  be  made  by  October  first,  and  will 
be  filled  by  December  first.  Orders  for  the  Fall 
Conferences  should  be  made  by  March  first  and  will 
be  filled  by  June  first.  Applications  should  state  the 
name  of  the  Annual  Conference,  the  number  of  Dis- 
tricts, the  number  of  Pastoral  Charges  and  how  many 
Districts  have  more  than  fifty  Pastoral  Charges. 

If  88,  §  1.  The  Statistical  Report  of  the  Pastor  to 
the  Annual  Conference  shall  be  presented  according 
to  the  form  prescribed  in  If  89. 

§  2.  The  several  Annual  Conferences  shall  pub- 
lish both  the  Statistical  Report  (except  the  "Sunday 
School  Statistics,"  which  are  prepared  for  the  use  of 
the  Sunday  School  Board)  and  the  Conference  Treas- 
urer's Report. 

§  3.  The  Statisticians  and  Treasurers  of  the  Con- 
ferences and  Missions  shall  forward  their  Reports  to 
the  Publishing  Agent  at  New  York  as  soon  after 
adjournment  as  practicable.  The  Statisticians  also 
shall  send  the  "Sunday  School  Statistics"  to  the  Cor- 
responding Secretary  of  the  Board  of  Sunday  Schools, 
Chicago. 

§  4.  The  amount  raised  for  "Ministerial  Support" 
shall  include  the  several  sums  raised  for  the  support 
of  the  Pastor,  the  support  of  Conference  Claimants, 
the  support  of  the  District  Superintendent,  and  the 
support  of  the  Bishops;  also  house  rent  paid  for  the 
72 


AXXUAL  COXFEREXCES  ^  89 


Pastor;  or  in  case  the  Pastor  occupies  a  parsonage, 
a  sum  equal  to  a  fair  rental  value  of  the  parsonage. 
Missionary  appropriations  should  not  be  included. 
If  desired,  separate  columns  may  be  used  for  House 
Rent  and  for  Traveling  Expenses. 

§  5.  Xon-resident  Members  shall  not  be  reckoned 
in  making  apportionments.   If  57. 

§  6.  "Baptized  Children"  shall  not  be  counted  as 
"Probationers"  in  making  reports  of  membership. 

r  89.  The  Statistical  Report  shall  be  in  the  follow- 
ing form: 

§1.  STATISTICAL  REPORT 

MINISTERIAL  SUPPORT 

Support  of  Pastor 
Total  Claim,  including  House  Rent. 
Total  Paid,  including  House  Rent. 
Deficiency. 

Support  of  District  Superintendent 

Claim. 
Paid. 

Support  of  Bishops 

Claim. 
Paid.1 

Support  of  Conference  Claimants 

Claim. 
Paid.1 

Total  Paid  for  Ministerial  Support. 
Total  Deficiency. 

SUNDAY  SCHOOLS 

Sunday  Schools. 

Officers  and  Teachers. 

Total  Enrollment  in  all  Departments. 


1  From  Conference  Treasurer's  Report,     1  90. 

73 


89  Annual  Conferences 


BAPTISMS 

Adults  Baptized. 
Children  Baptized. 

Baptized  Children  who  are  under  Instruction  as  Pro- 
bationers. 

CHURCH  MEMBERSHIP 

Probationers 
Enrolled  during  the  Year. 
Now  on  thevRoll. 

Full  Members 

Members  on  Roll. 
Non-resident  Members.  If  57. 

Local  Preachers. 
Deaths  during  Year. 

EPWORTH  LEAGUS 

Senior  Members. 
Junior  Members. 

CHURCH  PROPERTY 

Churches. 
Estimated  Value. 
Parsonages. 
Estimated  Value. 

Paid  for  Buildings  and  Improvements  on  Churches 
and  Parsonages. 

Paid  on  Old  Indebtedness  on  Churches  and  Parson- 
ages. 

Present  Indebtedness  on  Churches  and  Parsonages. 
Current  Expenses — Sexton,  Fuel,  Light,  etc. 

GENERAL  CONFERENCE  EXPENSES 

Apportioned  for  the  Quadrennium. 
Paid  this  Year. 
Balance  Due  for  the  Quadrennium. 

74 


Axxual  Conferences  <f  90 

§2.  SUNDAY  SCHOOL  STATISTICS 

See  r  88,  §§  2,  3 

Sunday  Schools. 
Officers  and  Teachers. 

Total  Enrollment  in  All  Departments;  including 
Cradle  Roll,  Home  Department,  Officers,  Teachers, 
and  Scholars. 

Average  Attendance  of  all  Grades. 

Members  in  the  Home  Department. 

Children  on  the  Cradle  Roll. 

Officers  and  Teachers  -who  are  Church  Members  or 
Probationers. 

Scholars,  including  the  Home  Department,  who  are 

Church  Members  or  Probationers. 
Members  of  Sunday  School  Converted  during  the 

Conference  Year. 
Sunday  School  Expenses:  Lesson  Leaves,  Books,  etc. 

r  90.  The  Report  to  the  Conference  Treasurer  shall 
be  made  in  the  following  form: 

CONFERENCE  TREASURER'S  REPORT 

DISCIPLINARY  BEXEVOLEXCES 

Board  of  Foreign  Missions 

Church 
Special  Gifts. 
Sunday  Schools. 

Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension 
Church. 
Special  Gifts. 
Sunday  Schools. 

Freedmen's  Aid  Society. 

75 


If  90  Annual  Conferences 


Education 

Board  of  Education 

Public  Educational  Collection. 

Children's  Day  Fund. 
Conference  Educational  Collection. 

Board  of  Sunday  Schools 

Church. 

Sunday  Schools. 

Conference  Claimants 
Board  of  Conference  Claimants 
Annual  Conference  Investments. 

Church  Temperance  Society. 

"Woman's  Foreign  Missionary  Society. 

"Woman's  Home  Missionary  Society. 

American  Bible  Society. 

City  Missionary  or  Church  Extension  Society. 

Central  Office  Expenses  of  Epworth  League. 

Methodist  Brotherhood  Dues. 

Total  Disciplinary  Benevolences. 

OTHER  BENEVOLENCES 

Hospital. 


Total  Benevolences. 

OTHER   CASH  ITEMS 

Support  of  Conference  Claimants.1 
Support  of  Bishops.1 
General  Conference  Expenses. 
Total. 


I  To  Statistician's  Report,  t 

76 


Lay  Electoral  Confluences       ^  91 


CHAPTER  III 
LAY  ELECTORAL  CONFERENCES 

The  Composition,  Organization,  and  Powers  of  the  Lay  Electoral 
Conference  are  set  forth  in  the  Constitution  of  the  Church,  Division 
III,  Chapter  II,  Article  III,  H  39-47. 


I.  Election  of  Delegates 


1  91,  §  1.  The  first  or  third  Quarterly  Conference 
of  each  Charge  for  the  Conference  year  within  which 
a  Lay  Electoral  Conference  is  to  be  convened  shall  ap- 
point one  Judge  of  Election  and  two  Tellers,  who 
shall  constitute  the  Election  Board  of  the  Charge; 
provided  the  said  Charge  be  composed  of  but  one 
Church.  The  Election  Board  shall  fix  the  time  and 
place  for  the  holding  of  an  election  for  one  Lay  Dele- 
gate to  the  Lay  Electoral  Conference  and  one  Re- 
serve Lay  Delegate  in  accordance  with  the  provisions 
of  Division  III  of  the  Constitution  of  the  Church. 

§  2.  The  Election  Board  shall  see  that  suitable  pub- 
lic notice  of  the  time  and  place  of  the  election  shall 
be  given,  public  announcement  of  the  same  being- 
made  at  two  regular  preaching  services  at  least,  on 
different  days,  within  the  six  weeks  immediately  pre- 
ceding the  election.  It  shall  take  charge  of  the 
election,  receive  and  count  the  ballots,  and  certify 
the  whole  number  of  votes  cast  and  for  whom  cast  to 
t'Ld  fourth  Quarterly  Conference,  which  shall  declare 
the  result  and  give  to  the  person  receiving  the  highest 
number  of  votes  for  each  place  a  certificate  of  elec- 
77 


^[  92       Lay  Electoral  Conferences 

tion,  which  shall  be  signed  by  the  District  Superin- 
tendent and  the  Secretary  of  the  Quarterly  Confer- 
ence. 

§  3.  In  every  Pastoral  Charge  which  consists  of 
more  than  one  Church  or  Society  the  Quarterly  Con- 
ference shall  appoint  a  Judge  of  Election  and  two 
Tellers  for  each  of  such  Churches  or  Societies,  and 
each  of  such  Boards  shall  proceed  as  is  provided  for 
the  Election  Board  of  a  single  Church.  The  Quarterly 
Conference  shall  proceed  in  the  same  manner  as  is 
provided  for  Pastoral  Charges  having  but  one  Church 
or  Society. 

§  4.  When  duly  convened  for  the  election,  in  case 
of  the  absence  of  one  or  more  members  of  the  Elec- 
tion Board  the  lay  members  assembled  shall  have 
power  to  fill  vacancies. 

§  5.  The  Secretary  of  the  fourth  Quarterly  Confer- 
ence shall  certify  the  result  of  the  ballot  without  de- 
lay to  the  Secretary  of  the  preceding  Lay  Electoral 
Conference,  or  to  any  other  person  designated  by 
said  Conference  to  prepare  the  roll  of  -he  ensuing 
Lay  Electoral  Conference.  Said  certificate  shall  con- 
tain the  names  of  the  Lay  Delegate  and  of  the 
Reserve  Lay  Delegate  elected,  the  post  office  of  each 
and  the  name  of  the  Pastoral  Charge. 


II.  Laymen's  Associations 
f  92.  There  may  be  assembled  at  the  seat  of  the 
Annual  Conference  a  Laymen's  Association  organized 
within  the  bounds  of  the  Conference,  composed  of 
Delegates  selected  from  the  Charges  in  such  manner 
as  the  Laymen's  Association  may  determine.  The 
78 


Central  Mission  Conferences      |  93 


purpose  of  such  Association  shall  be  to  advance  the 
local  and  Conference  interests  of  the  Church  and  to 
enlist  all  laymen  in  the  general  activities  of  the 
denomination. 


CHAPTER  IV 
CENTRAL  MISSION  CONFERENCES 

1f  93,  §  1.  When  in  any  of  our  foreign  Mission 
fields  there  is  more  than  one  Annual  Conference  or 
Mission,  if  ordered  by  the  General  Conference  it  shall 
be  lawful  to  organize  a  Central  Conference,  to  be 
composed  either  of  all  the  Members  of  those  Annual 
Conferences  or  Missions,  or  of  Delegates  from  the 
same,  elected  according  to  such  ratio  as  may  be 
agreed  upon  between  the  constituent  parties,  who 
may  also  provide  for  the  admission  of  Laymen  to 
such  Conference,  the  number  of  Lay  Delegates  not 
to  exceed  that  of  the  Clerical  Delegates. 

§  2.  The  first  meeting  of  the  Central  Conference 
shall  be  called  by  the  Bishop  in  charge,  at  such  time 
and  place  as  he  may  select,  to  which  all  the  Members 
of  the  Conferences  and  Missions  concerned  shall  be 
invited,  and  at  which  a  ratio  of  representation  shall 
be  fixed  by  the  Conference.  The  time  and  place  of 
future  meetings  shall  be  determined  by  the  Central 
Mission  Conference;  provided,  that  it  shall  meet  at 
least  once  in  four  years. 

§  3.  A  General  Superintendent  or  a  Missionary 
Bishop,  if  present,  shall  preside  over  a  Central  Mis- 
sion Conference;  but  in  his  absence  the  Conference 
shall  elect  a  President  from  among  its  own  Members. 
Missionary  Bishops  have  equal  rights  and  privileges 
79 


93      Central  Mission  Conferences 


with  General  Superintendents  in  the  sessions  of  the 
Central  Mission  Conferences  with  which  they  are 
connected. 

§  4.  A  Central  Conference  may  take  under  its  super- 
vision the  educational,  publishing,  and  other  connec- 
tional  interests  which  may  have  been  committed 
to  it  by  the  Annual  Conferences  and  Missions;  but 
never  in  contravention  of  the  Book  of  Discipline,  or 
the  orders  of  the  General  Conference;  and  it  shall 
have  no  authority  to  involve  the  Board  of  Foreign 
Missions  in  any  financial  responsibility,  nor  to  hold 
or  control  the  property  of  the  Board  without  the 
official  permission  of  said  Board. 

§  5.  In  the  Central  Conference  the  right  shall  be 
reserved  to  vote  by  Conferences  or  Missions  when- 
ever the  Delegations  from  one  third  of  the  several 
Conferences  or  Missions  represented  shall  so  demand. 
In  such  cases  the  concurrent  vote  of  the  Delegations 
from  two  thirds  of  all  the  Conferences  and  Missions 
present  and  voting  shall  be  necessary  to  complete 
an  action. 

§  6.  A  Central  Conference  may  fix  the  boundaries 
of  the  Annual  Conferences  within  its  bounds,  pro- 
posals for  changes  first  having  been  submitted  to  the 
Annual  Conferences  concerned  as  prescribed  in  rr  4S2- 
484,  provided,  however,  that  the  number  of  Annual 
Conferences  which  may  be  organized  within  the 
bounds  of  a  Central  Conference  shall  first  have  been 
determined  by  the  General  Conference;  and  provided, 
further,  that  no  Conference  shall  be  organized  with 
less  than  twenty-five  Members. 

§  7.  When  a  Central  Conference  has  been  duly  or- 
ganized it  shall  not  be  discontinued  except  by  order  or 
consent  of  the  General  Conference. 

80 


Mission  Conferences  94 

§  8.  The  Journal  of  the  proceedings  of  a  Central 
Mission  Conference,  duly  signed  by  the  President  and 
Secretary,  shall  be  sent  for  examination  to  the  Gen- 
eral Conference. 

§  9.  The  Central  Conference  of  Southern  Asia  is 
authorized  to  fix  the  residences  of  the  Missionary 
Bishops  for  Southern  Asia. 


CHAPTER  V 

MISSION  CONFERENCES 

1f  94,  §  1.  Any  Mission  established  under  the  pro- 
visions of  the  Discipline  may  be  constituted  a  Mission 
Conference  by  the  General  Conference. 

§  2.  A  Mission  Conference  is  authorized  to  exer- 
cise the  powers  of  an  Annual  Conference  subject  to 
the  approval  of  the  presiding  Bishop;  and  its  Mem- 
bers shall  share  pro  rata  in  the  proceeds  of  the  Book 
Concern  with  Members  of  the  Annual  Conferences, 
but  they  shall  not  elect  delegates  to  the  General  Con- 
ference nor  vote  on  Constitutional  changes. 

§  3.  The  Bishop  having  Episcopal  supervision  of 
a  Mission  Conference  may  appoint  a  Superintendent, 
who  may  also  be  the  District  Superintendent  where 
there  are  two  or  more  Districts.  It  shall  be  the  duty 
of  the  Superintendent  to  take  the  general  supervision 
of  the  Conference,  and  yet  not  so  as  to  interfere  with 
the  duties  of  the  District  Superintendents;  and  to 
represent  the  state  of  the  work  and  its  needs  to  the 
Bishop  having  charge,  and  to  the  Corresponding 
Secretaries  of  the  Missionary  Board  immediately 
concerned. 

81 


^[  95  District  Conferences 

§  4.  If  there  is  no  Bishop  present  at  an  Annual 
Session  of  a  Mission  Conference,  'he  Superintendent 
shall  preside;  but  if  there  is  no  Superintendent  pres- 
ent, the  presidency  shall  be  determined  as  in  an  An- 
nual Conference,    f  77. 

§  5.  Each  Mission  Conference  or  Mission  at  its 
Annual  Session  shall  appoint  a  Standing  Committee, 
whose  duty  it  shall  be,  with  the  concurrence  of  the 
President  of  the  Conference,  to  make  an  estimate  of 
the  amount  necessary  for  the  support  of  each  Pastoral 
Charge,  either  in  full  or  supplementary  to  the  amount 
raised  by  the  Charge.  >Such  estimates  shall  be  sub- 
ject to  modification  by  the  managers  of  the  Mission- 
ary Board  immediately  concerned,  and  in  the  aggre- 
gate shall  not  exceed  the  amount  appropriated  by  the 
General  Missionary  Committee. 

§  6.  A  Charge  within  a  Mission  Conference  may 
receive  aid  from  the  Missionary  Board  without  hav- 
ing been  designated  in  the  estimates  made  by  the 
Conference  at  its  Annual  Meeting. 

[For  Missions,  see  Iffl  410,  431.) 


CHAPTER  VI 
DISTRICT  CONFERENCES 

I.  Organization  and  Duties 


If  95.  The  District  Conference  shall  be  composed 
of  the  traveling  Ministers,  the  Local  Preachers,  the 

82 


District  Conferences  f  97 

Exhorters  and  the  District  Stewards  within  the  Dis- 
trict, together  with  one  Sunday  School  Superintend- 
ent, one  President  of  an  Epworth  League  Chapter, 
one  President  of  a  Methodist  Brotherhood,  one  Presi- 
dent of  a  Ladies'  Aid  Society,  one  Class  Leader,  one 
President  of  an  auxiliary  of  the  Woman's  Foreign 
Missionary  Society,  one  President  of  an  auxiliary  of 
the  Woman's  Home  Missionary  Society  from  each 
Pastoral  Charge  in  the  District;  also  any  lay  member 
of  our  Church  sent  to  any  of  our  Foreign  Mis- 
sions by  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  or  by  Che 
Woman's  Foreign  Missionary  Society,  who  are 
Members  of  a  Quarterly  Conference  within  the  Dis- 
trict. But  if  there  shall  be  in  any  Charge  more  than 
one  Sunday  School  Superintendent,  Class  Leader, 
Epworth  League  President,  Methodist  Brotherhood 
President,  President  of  the  Ladies'  Aid  Society,  Presi- 
dent of  the  auxiliary  of  the  Woman's  Foreign  Mis- 
sionary Society,  or  President  of  the  auxiliary  of  the 
Woman's  Home  Missionary  Society,  then  the  Quar- 
terly Conference  shall  designate  one  of  each  for  this 
service. 

\\  96.  The  District  Conference  shall  meet  once  or 
twice  each  year  as  it  may  determine.  The  District 
Superintendent  shall  designate  the  time  and  place 
for  the  first  meeting  after  the  adoption  of  this  plan 
by  the  District;  but  the  District  Conference  shall  at 
each  meeting  determine  the  place  for  its  next  meet- 
ing, the  time  to  be  fixed  by  the  District  Superintend- 
ent. 

f  97.  If  a  Bishop  be  present  at  the  District  Con- 
ference, he  shall  preside.  In  the  absence  of  a  Bishop 
the  District  Superintendent  shall  preside.  If  neither 
be  present,  the  District  Conference  shall  choose  its 

83 


If  98  District  Conferences 


own  President  by  ballot,  without  debate,  from  among 
the  Traveling  Elders. 

f  98.  A  record  of  the  proceedings  of  each  District 
Conference  shall  be  kept  by  a  Secretary  chosen  for 
the  purpose,  and  a  copy  of  said  record  shall  be  sent 
to  the  ensuing  Annual  Conference. 

1  99.  The  regular  business  of  the  District  Confer- 
ence shall  be: 

§  1.  To  take  the  general  oversight  of  all  the  tem- 
poral and  spiritual  affairs  of  the  District,  subject  to 
the  provisions  of  the  Discipline. 

§  2.  To  take  supervision  of  all  the  Local  Preachers 
and  Exhorters  in  the  District,  as  provided  in  1fi[  213- 
221,  and  to  arrange  a  plan  of  appointments  for  each 
until  the  next  District  Conference. 

§  3.  To  inquire  if  the  support  of  the  Ministry  and 
all  the  collections  for  the  benevolent  institutions  of 
the  Church,  as  recognized  by  the  Discipline,  have  re- 
ceived proper  attention  in  all  the  Pastoral  Charges, 
and,  if  necessary,  to  adopt  suitable  measures  for 
promoting  them. 

§  4.  To  inquire  into  the  condition  of  the  Sunday 
Schools  in  the  District,  and  to  adopt  suitable 
measures  for  insuring  their  success. 

§  5.  To  inquire  into  the  condition  of  the  Epworth 
League  Chapters  in  the  District,  and  to  adopt  suitable 
measures  for  insuring  their  success. 

§  6.  To  inquire  into  the  condition  of  the  Methodist 
Brotherhoods  in  the  District,  and  to  adopt  suitable 
measures  for  insuring  their  success. 

§  7.  To  inquire  into  the  condition  of  the  Ladies' 
Aid  Societies  in  the  District,  and  to  adopt  suitable 
measures  for  insuring  their  success. 

§  8.  To  inquire  into  the  condition  of  the  auxil- 
84 


District  Conferences  \  100 

iaries  of  the  Woman's  Foreign  Missionary  Society 
and  of  the  Woman's  Home  Missionary  Society  of  the 
District,  and  to  adopt  suitable  measures  for  insur- 
ing their  success. 

§  9.  To  inquire  respecting  opportunities  for  Mis- 
sionary and  Church  Extension  enterprises  within  the 
District,  and  to  provide  for  any  neglected  portion  of 
its  territory  by  the  establishment  of  Mission  Sunday 
Schools  or  by  appointments  for  Public  Worship. 

§  10.  To  provide  appropriate  religious  and  literary 
exercises  during  the  session. 


II.  Order  of  Business 

f  100.  The  order  of  business  for  the  District  Con- 
ference shall  be: 

§  L  To  inquire  what  members  of  the  District  Con- 
ference are  present. 

§  2.  To  appoint  Committees  on 

1.  Examination  of  candidates  for  License  to 

Preach. 

2.  Examination  of  Local  Preachers  in  each  of 

the  four  years  of  the  Course  of  Study. 

3.  Examination  of  candidates  for  Reception  on 

Trial  in  the  Annual  Conference. 

4.  Examination  of  candidates  for  Orders. 

5.  Home  Mission  work. 

6.  Appointments  of  Local  Preachers  and  Ex- 

horters. 

7.  Apportionment    to    each    Charge    of  the 

amounts  to  be  raised  for  benevolent  causes. 

8.  Program  of  religious  and  literary  exercises 

for  the  next  meeting. 

9.  Miscellaneous  matters. 

85 


100  District  Conferences 


§  3.  To  receive  Reports: 

1.  From  the  District  Superintendent,  as  to  the 

condition  of  the  work  under  his  charge, 
and  concerning  his  own  work  as  District 
Superintendent. 

2.  From  each  Pastor,  as  to  the  religious  condi- 

tion of  his  Charge,  his  pastoral  labors,  the 
benevolent  collections  and  the  circulation 
of  our  Church  periodicals  and  books. 

3.  From  each  Local  Preacher,  according  to  the 

form  prescribed  in  f  217. 

4.  From  each  Exhorter,  including  a  statement 

of  the  Prayer  Meetings  he  has  held,  and 
other  work  done,  especially  in  destitute 
places  and  among  the  sick  and  the  poor. 
11  221. 

5.  From  each  District  Steward,  as  to  the  tem- 

poral affairs  of  the  Charge  he  represents. 

6.  From  each  Sunday  School  Superintendent, 

as  to  the  condition  of  the  Sunday  Schools 
of  the  Charge  he  represents. 

7.  From  each  President  of  an  Epworth  League 

Chapter,  as  to  the  condition  of  the  Chap- 
ters of  the  Charge  he  represents. 

8.  From    each    President    of    the  Methodist 

Brotherhood,  as  to  the  condition  of  the 
Chapters  of  the  Charge  he  represents. 

9.  From  each  President  of  a  Ladies'  Aid  So- 

ciety, as  to  the  condition  of  the  Societies 
of  the  Charge  she  represents. 
10.  From  each  Class  Leader,  as  to  the  condi- 
tion of  the  Classes  of  the  Charge  he  repre- 
sents. 


District  Coxferexces  ^  101 


11  ..<rom  the  President  of  each  Auxiliary  of 
the  Woman's  Foreign  Missionary  Society 
and  of  the  Woman's  Home  Missionary  So- 
ciety, as  to  the  condition  of  the  Auxil- 
iary she  represents. 
12.  From  each  Committee. 
§  4.  To  inquire  concerning  Local  Preachers: 

L  Are  there  any  Charges  or  formulated  Com- 
plaints ? 

2.  Who  shall  have  their  Licenses  renewed? 

3.  Who  shall  be  Licensed  to  Preach? 

4.  Who  shall  be  recommended  for  Ordination? 

5.  Who  shall  be  recommended  for  Recognition 

of  Orders? 

6.  Who  shall  be  recommended  for  Reception 

on  Trial  in  the  Annual  Conference? 

7.  What    work    is   assigned    to    each  Local 

Preacher? 

§  5.  To  inquire  concerning  Exhorters: 

1.  Who  shall  have  their  Licenses  renewed? 

2.  What  work  is  assigned  to  each  Exhorter? 

§  6.  To  fix  the  seat  of  the  next  District  Conference. 

§  7.  To  transact  other  appropriate  business. 

§  S.  The  order  of  business  may  be  varied,  and  the 
business  interspersed  with  such  literary  and  religious 
exercises  as  the  District  Conference  may  direct 

III.  Discontinuance 
|  101.  The  provisions  for  District  Conferences 
shall  be  of  force  and  binding  only  in  those  Districts 
in  which  the  Quarterly  Conferences  of  a  majority  of 
the  Pastoral  Charges  shall  have  approved  the 
same  by  asking  the  District  Superintendent  to  con- 
vene a  District  Conference,  as  herein  provided.  A 
87 


f  102        Quarterly  Conferences 


District  Conference  may  be  discontinued  by  a  vote 
of  a  majority  of  the  members  present  at  any  regular 
session,  notice  thereof  having  been  given  at  a  pre- 
vious session,  with  the  concurrence  of  a  majority 
of  the  Quarterly  Conferences  in  the  District. 


CHAPTER  VII 
QUARTERLY  CONFERENCES 

I.  Organization  and  Duties 


If  102.  The  Quarterly  Conference  shall  be  com- 
posed of  all  the  Traveling  Ministers,  Local  Preachers, 
Exhorters,  Stewards,  Class  Leaders,  Trustees,  first 
Superintendents  of  Sunday  Schools,  Presidents  of 
Epworth  League  Chapters,  Superintendents  of 
Junior  Leagues,  Presidents  of  Chapters  of  the  Meth- 
odist Brotherhood,  Presidents  of  Ladies'  Aid  So- 
cieties, Presidents  of  Auxiliaries  of  the  Woman's 
Foreign  Missionary  Society,  Presidents  of  Auxiliaries 
of  the  Woman's  Home  Missionary  Society,  and  Dea- 
conesses employed  within  the  charge;  provided,  that 
said  Class  Leaders,  Trustees,  Superintendents,  Presi- 
dents, and  Deaconesses  are  members  of  our  Church 
in  the  Charge,  and  are  approved  by  the  Quarterly 
Conference  for  membership  therein;  also  any  lay 
member  of  the  Church  sent  to  any  of  our  Mis- 
sions by  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions,  or  by  the 
Woman's  Foreign  Missionary  Society,  who  is  as- 
signed to  said  Quarterly  Conference  and  regularly 
appointed  to  definite  work  by  the  Bishop  in  charge. 

1f  103,  §  1.  The  District  Superintendent  shall  pre- 
88 


Quarterly  Conferences        ^  105 


side  in  the  Quarterly  Conference;  or,  lie  may  ap- 
point a  Traveling  Elder  to  preside.  In  the  absence 
of  the  District  Superintendent,  and  of  the  Trav- 
eling Elder  so  appointed,  the  Pastor  shall  preside. 

§  2.  The  Quarterly  Conference  shall  appoint  a  Sec- 
retary, who  shall  take  minutes  of  the  proceedings 
thereof,  and  transmit  them  to  the  Recording  Steward. 

H  104,  §  1.  In  those  Districts  in  which  District  Con- 
ferences shall  be  held  the  powers  given  to  the  District 
Conferences  shall  not  be  exercised  by  the  Quarterly 
Conferences.  In  all  other  cases  the  powers  of  the 
Quarterly  Conferences  shall  remain  as  hereinafter 
provided. 

H  105.  The  regular  business  of  the  Quarterly  Con- 
ference shall  be: 

§  1.  To  hear  formulated  complaints,  and  to  receive 
and  try  charges  as  directed  in  jffl  262-268. 

§  2.  To  take  cognizance  of  all  Local  Preachers  and 
Exhorters  in  the  Circuit  or  Station,  as  provided  in 
n  213-217. 

§  3.  To  receive  the  annual  report  of  the  Trustees; 
to  elect  Trustees  where  the  laws  of  the  State  permit; 
and,  at  its  discretion,  to  approve  for  membership  in 
the  Quarterly  Conference  Trustees  who  are  members 
of  the  Church  within  the  Pastoral  Charge,  but  who 
were  elected  otherwise  than  by  the  Quarterly  Confer- 
ence. 

§  4.  To  elect  Stewards  for  the  Charge,  and  to  elect 
one  of  these  as  District  Steward  and  one  as  Record- 
ing Steward. 

§  5.  To  have  oversight  of  all  the  Sunday  Schools 
within  the  bounds  of  the  Pastoral  Charge,  and  to 
Inquire  into  the  condition  of  each;  to  confirm  or  re- 
ject   Sunday    School    Superintendents    elected  by 

89 


f  102        Quarterly  Conferences 


District  Conference  may  be  discontinued  by  a  vote 
of  a  majority  of  the  members  present  at  any  regular 
session,  notice  thereof  having  been  given  at  a  pre- 
vious session,  with  the  concurrence  of  a  majority 
of  the  Quarterly  Conferences  in  the  District. 


CHAPTER  VII 
QUARTERLY  CONFERENCES 

I.  Organization  and  Duties 


IT  102.  The  Quarterly  Conference  shall  be  com- 
posed of  all  the  Traveling  Ministers,  Local  Preachers, 
Exhorters,  Stewards,  Class  Leaders,  Trustees,  first 
Superintendents  of  Sunday  Schools,  Presidents  of 
Epworth  League  Chapters,  Superintendents  of 
Junior  Leagues,  Presidents  of  Chapters  of  the  Meth- 
odist Brotherhood,  Presidents  of  Ladies'  Aid  So- 
cieties, Presidents  of  Auxiliaries  of  the  Woman's 
Foreign  Missionary  Society,  Presidents  of  Auxiliaries 
of  the  Woman's  Home  Missionary  Society,  and  Dea- 
conesses employed  within  the  charge;  provided,  that 
said  Class  Leaders,  Trustees,  Superintendents,  Presi- 
dents, and  Deaconesses  are  members  of  our  Church 
in  the  Charge,  and  are  approved  by  the  Quarterly 
Conference  for  membership  therein;  also  any  lay 
member  of  the  Church  sent  to  any  of  our  Mis- 
sions by  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions,  or  by  the 
Woman's  Foreign  Missionary  Society,  who  is  as- 
signed to  said  Quarterly  Conference  and  regularly 
appointed  to  definite  work  by  the  Bishop  in  charge. 

11  103,  §  1.  The  District  Superintendent  shall  pre- 
88 


Quarterly  Conferences        ^  105 


side  in  the  Quarterly  Conference;  or,  he  may  ap- 
point a  Traveling  Elder  to  preside.  In  the  absence 
of  the  District  Superintendent,  and  of  the  Trav- 
eling Elder  so  appointed,  the  Pastor  shall  preside. 

§  2.  The  Quarterly  Conference  shall  appoint  a  Sec- 
retary, who  shall  take  minutes  of  the  proceedings 
thereof,  and  transmit  them  to  the  Recording  Steward. 

%  104,  §  1.  In  those  Districts  in  which  District  Con- 
ferences shall  be  held  the  powers  given  to  the  District 
Conferences  shall  not  be  exercised  by  the  Quarterly 
Conferences.  In  all  other  cases  the  powers  of  the 
Quarterly  Conferences  shall  remain  as  hereinafter 
provided. 

If  105.  The  regular  business  of  the  Quarterly  Con- 
ference shall  be: 

§  1.  To  hear  formulated  complaints,  and  to  receive 
and  try  charges  as  directed  in  Y&  262-268. 

§  2.  To  take  cognizance  of  all  Local  Preachers  and 
Exhorters  in  the  Circuit  or  Station,  as  provided  in 
f1f  213-217. 

§  3.  To  receive  the  annual  report  of  the  Trustees; 
to  elect  Trustees  where  the  laws  of  the  State  permit; 
and,  at  its  discretion,  to  approve  for  membership  in 
the  Quarterly  Conference  Trustees  who  are  members 
of  the  Church  within  the  Pastoral  Charge,  but  who 
were  elected  otherwise  than  by  the  Quarterly  Confer- 
ence. 

§  4.  To  elect  Stewards  for  the  Charge,  and  to  elect 
one  of  these  as  District  Steward  and  one  as  Record- 
ing Steward. 

§  5.  To  have  oversight  of  all  the  Sunday  Schools 
within  the  bounds  of  the  Pastoral  Charge,  and  to 
inquire  into  the  condition  of  each;  to  confirm  or  re- 
ject   Sunday    School    Superintendents    elected  by 

89 


^  105         Quarterly  Conferences 


the  Sunday  School  Board;  at  its  discretion,  to  ap- 
prove for  membership  in  the  Quarterly  Conference 
Superintendents  who  are  members  cf  the  Church 
within  the  Pastoral  Charge;  and  to  remove  any 
Superintendent  who  may  prove  unworthy  or  in- 
efficient. 

§  6.  To  have  general  oversight  of  the  Epworth 
League  Chapters  and  other  organizations  of  young 
people;  to  confirm  or  reject  Presidents  of  the  Ep- 
worth League  elected  by  the  Chapters,  and  Junior 
League  Superintendents  nominated  by  the  Pastor; 
at  its  discretion,  to  approve  for  membership  in  the 
Quarterly  Conference  Epworth  League  Presidents 
and  Junior  League  Superintendents  who  are  mem- 
bers of  the  Church  within  the  Pastoral  Charge;  and 
to  remove  any  Epworth  League  President  or  Junior 
League  Superintendent  who  may  prove  unworthy  or 
inefficient. 

§  7.  To  have  general  oversight  of  the  Methodist 
Brotherhoods,  and  other  organizations  of  similar 
character,  to  confirm  or  reject  Presidents  elected  by 
them;  at  its  discretion,  to  approve  for  membership 
in  the  Quarterly  Conference  Presidents  who  are  mem- 
bers of  the  Church  within  the  Charge;  and  to  remove 
any  President  who  may  prove  unworthy  or  inefficient. 

§  8.  To  have  general  oversight  of  Ladies'  Aid  So- 
cieties and  other  organizations  of  similar  designa- 
tion and  purpose;  to  confirm  or  reject  Presidents 
elected  by  these  Societies;  at  its  discretion,  to  ap- 
prove for  membership  in  the  Quarterly  Conference 
Presidents  who  are  members  of  the  Church  within 
the  Charge;  and  to  remove  any  President  who  may 
prove  unworthy  or  inefficient. 

§  9.  To  have  general  oversight  of  the  Auxiliaries 
90 


Quarterly  Conferences 


If  106 


of  the  Woman's  Foreign  Missionary  Society,  and  of 
the  Woman's  Home  Missionary  Society;  and  at 
its  discretion,  to  approve  for  membership  in  the 
Quarterly  Conference  Presidents  of  such  auxiliaries 
who  are  members  of  the  Church  within  the  Pastoral 
Charge. 

§  10.  To  meet  carefully  all  the  obligations  laid  by 
the  Discipline  upon  the  Quarterly  Conference  in  ref- 
erence to  the  support  of  the  Ministry  and  of  the 
benevolent  causes. 

§  11.  To  appoint  at  the  fourth  Quarterly  Confer- 
ence Committees  for  the  ensuing  Conference  year  on 
(1)  Foreign  Missions.  (2)  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension.  (3)  Sunday  Schools.  (4)  Tracts. 
(5)  Temperance.  (6)  Education.  (7)  Freedmen's 
Aid.  (8)  Hospitals.  (9)  Church  Records.  (10) 
Auditing  Accounts.  (11)  Parsonage  and  Furniture. 
(12)  Church  Music.  (13)  Estimating  Ministerial 
Support     (14)  Examination  of  Local  Preachers. 


II.  Order  of  Business 
H  106.  The  Order  of  Business  in  the  Quarterly  Con- 
ference, after  the  Roll  of  Members  has  been  called 
and  a  Secretary  appointed,  shall  be  to  inquire  as 
follows: 

Note. — Questions,  or  items  under  questions,  marked  thus 
are  to  be  considered  at  the  first  Quarterly  Conference;  those  marked 
[-1,  3,  3-]  at  the  first,  second,  and  third  Quarterly  Conferences; 
those  marked  [-4-]  at  the  fourth  Quarterly  Conference;  all  other 
questions  and  items  at  each  Quarterly  Conference. 

§  1.  What  Trustees  are  approved  as  members  of 
the  Quarterly  Conference?   J  105,  §  3. 

§  2.  What  Class  Leaders  are  approved  as  members 
of  the  Quarterly  Conference?    f  102. 

91 


106        Quarterly  Conferences 


§  3.  Who  are  confirmed — 

1.  As  Sunday  School  Superintendents?    If  105, 

§  5. 

2.  As  Presidents  of  Epworth  Leagues?    c  105, 

3.  As    Superintendents    of    Junior  Leagues? 

If  105,  §  6. 

4.  As  Presidents  of  Methodist  Brotherhoods? 

If  105,  §  7. 

5.  As    Presidents   of    Ladies'   Aid  Societies? 

15  105,  §  8. 

§  4.  Who  are  approved  as  members  of  the  Quar- 
terly Conference? 

1.  As  Sunday    School  Superintendents.    *[  105, 

2.  As  Presidents  of  Epworth  Leagues.    *[  105, 

§  6. 

3.  As    Superintendents    of    Junior  Leagues. 

If  105,  §  6. 

4.  As  Presidents  of  Methodist  Brotherhoods. 

1  105,  §  7. 

5.  As    Presidents    of    Ladies'    Aid  Societies. 

If  105,  §  8. 

6.  As   Presidents   of  the   Auxiliaries   of  the 

Woman's  Foreign  Missionary  Society. 
If  105,  §  9. 

7.  As  Presidents    of   the   Auxiliaries    of  the 

Woman's  Home  Missionary  Society. 
If  105,  §  9. 

8.  As     Deaconesses     employed     within  the 

Charge.    H  102. 
§  5.  Are  there  any  formulated  complaints?   Iflf  261- 
268. 


Qr.uiTERLY  Conferences 


If  106 


§  6.  [-4-]  Who  is  appointed  Trier  of  Appeals? 
1  297,  §  1. 

§  7.  [-1-]  What  is  the  complete  record  for  member- 
ship during  the  past  year? 

1.  Members  on  the  Roll  and  reported  to  last 

Conference. 

2.  Members  Received  after  Recommendation. 

3.  Members  Received  by  Certificate. 

4.  Members  Received   from  Other  Denomina- 

tions. 

5.  Whole  number  received  during  year. 

6.  Total. 

7.  Members  Dismissed  by  Certificate. 

8.  Members  Deceased. 

9.  Members  Removed  without  Letter. 

10.  Members  Withdrawn. 

11.  Members  Expelled. 

12.  Total  to  be  deducted. 

13.  Net  Membership  on  Roll. 

14.  Non-resident  Members. 

15.  Probationers  enrolled  during  the  year. 

16.  Probationers  now  on  the  Roll. 

17.  Have  acknowledgments  been  received  from 

all  Charges  to  which  Certificates  have  been 
issued? 

18.  Have  all  Certificates  received  been  acknowl- 

edged to  the  Charges  which  issued  them? 

19.  Have  Charges  to  which  members  have  re- 

moved without  Letter  been  notified? 

20.  Have  all  known  to  have  moved  into  this 

Charge  with  or  without  Letter  been 
visited? 

21.  Have  Certificates  of  Registration  been  issued 

93 


Quarterly  Conferences 


in  the  case  of  baptized  children  who  have 
removed  to  another  Pastoral  Charge?  If  51. 
§  8.  [-1-]  What  is  the  complete  Record  of  Minis- 
terial Support  for  the  year? 

1.  Paid  to  Pastor. 

2.  Paid  to  Assistant. 

3.  Paid  to  Conference  Claimants. 

4.  Paid  to  District  Superintendent. 

5.  Paid  to  Episcopal  Fund. 
§  9.  Are  there  any  Reports? 

1.  From  Pastor.    K  180,  §  1. 

2.  From  Local  Preachers,    f  217. 

3.  From  Exhorters.    If  221. 

4.  From  Sunday  School  Superintendents.   If  465, 

§  5. 

5.  From  Presidents  of  Epworth  League  Chap- 

ters.   J  475. 

6.  From  Superintendents  of  Junior  Leagues. 

7.  From  Presidents  of  Methodist  Brotherhoods. 

8.  [-4-]   From  Presidents  of  Ladies'  Aid  So- 

cieties.   If  368,  §  2. 

9.  From    Deaconesses    employed    within  the 

Charge.    If  228,  §  13. 

10.  From  Class  Leaders.    «f  60,  §  2. 

11.  [-4-]  From  Trustees.    <f  340. 

12.  [-4-]  From  the  Official  Board.    «f  109. 

13.  From  Committees,    f  105,  §  11. 

§  10.  [-1-]  "What  amounts  have  been  estimated  for, 
and  apportioned  to,  this  Charge  this  year  for  the  sup- 
port of  the  Ministry? 

1.  For  Pastor. 

2.  For  Assistant. 

3.  For  Conference  Claimants. 

4.  For  District  Superintendent. 

94 


Quarterly  Coxferexces 


«[  106 


5.  For  Episcopal  Fund. 

6.  For  Rent. 

7.  For  Traveling  and  Moving  Expenses. 

§  11.  What  is  the  Financial  Plan  adopted  Jpy  the 
Stewards?   rr  109,  312. 

§  12.  Have  the  directions  of  the  Discipline  for  rais- 
ing supplies  for  the  support  of  the  Ministry  been 
carried  out?    ff  313-316. 

§  13.  Have  the  directions  of  the  Discipline  for  the 
support  of  Conference  Claimants  been  carried  out, 
and  has  the  pro  rata  division  been  made?  ffl  313, 
314,  318,  321. 

§  14.  What  amounts  have  been  received  this  quarter 
for  the  support  of  the  Ministry,  and  how  have  they 
been  applied? 

Received: 

1.  For  Pastors. 

2.  For  Conference  Claimants. 

3.  For  District  Superintendent. 

4.  For  Episcopal  Fund. 

5.  For  Rent. 

6.  For  Traveling  and  Moving  Expenses. 
Applied: 

1.  To  Pastors. 

2.  To  Conference  Claimants. 

3.  To  District  Superintendent. 

4.  To  Episcopal  Fund. 

5.  To  Rent. 

6.  To  Traveling  and  Moving  Expenses. 

§  15.  [-1-]  What  amounts  have  been  apportioned 
to  this  Charge  this  year  for  benevolent  causes? 

1.  For  Board  of  Foreign  Missions. 

2.  For  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church 

Extension. 

95 


106         Quarterly  Conferences 


3.  For  Freedmen's  Aid  Society. 

4.  For  Education:  For  Board  of  Education,  a. 

Public   Educational    Collection.     b.  Chil- 
9    dren's  Day  Fund.    For  Conference  Educa- 
tional Collection. 

5.  For   Board   of   Sunday   Schools:    a.  From 

Church,    b.  From  Sunday  Schools. 

6.  For  Other  Purposes. 

§  16.  [-4-]  V.'hat  amounts  have  been  received  for 
benevolent  causes  this  year? 

1.  For  Board  of  Foreign  Missions:   a.  From 

Church,  b.  From  Sunday  Schools,  c.  From 
Special  Gifts. 

2.  For  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church 

Extension:  a.  From  Church,  b.  From  Sun- 
day Schools,    c.  From  Special  Gifts. 

3.  For  Freedmen's  Aid  Society. 

4.  For  Education:  For  Board  of  Education,  a. 

Public  Educational  Collection.  b.  Chil- 
dren's Day  Fund.  For  Conference  Educa- 
tional Collection. 

5.  For  Board  of  Sunday  Schools:    a.  From 

Church,    b.  From  Sunday  Schools. 

6.  For  Conference  Claimants:  a.  For  Board  of 

Conference  Claimants,  b.  For  Annual  Con- 
ference Investments. 

7.  For  Church  Temperance  Society. 

8.  For  Woman's  Foreign  Missionary  Society. 

9.  For  Woman's  Home  Missionary  Society. 

10.  For  American  Bible  Society. 

11.  For  City  Missionary  or  Church  Extension 

Society. 

12.  For  Central  Office  Expenses  of  Epworth 
League. 

96 


Quarterly  Conferences        If  106 


13.  For  Methodist  Brotherhood  Dues. 

14.  For  Other  Purposes. 

§  17.  o.  Are  the  Sunday  Schools  organized  into 
Missionary  Societies?  Ijf  415,  §  5;  435,  §  3;  467. 
b.  Are  they  organized  into  Temperance  Societies? 
ft  464,  §  3;  479,  §  6.  c.  Are  Home  Departments  or- 
ganized? d.  Are  they  furnished  with  the  publica-  t 
tions  authorized  by  our  Church?    f  463,  §§  3,  4. 

§  18.  Have  the  Rules  respecting  the  Instruction  of 
Children  been  observed?   K  52. 

§  19.  Who  are  licensed  to  preach,  or  recommended 
to  the  District  Conference  for  License  to  preach? 
I  214. 

§  20.  [-4-]  Was  the  Character  of  each  Local 
Preacher,  Exhorter,  and  Deaconess  examined?  ff  213, 
221,  238. 

§  21.  a.  What  Local  Preachers  and  Exhorters  are 
recommended  to  the  District  Conference  for  renewal 
of  License?    ff  214,  221. 

h.  [-4-]   What  Local   Preachers  and  Exhorters 
have  had  their  licenses  renewed?    ff  214,  221. 

§  22.  [-4-]  What  Local  Preachers  are  recommended 
for  Orders.    f  214,  §  3. 

§  23.  [-4-]  What  Local  Preachers  are  recommended 
for  the  recognition  of  Orders?    If  162,  §  2;  214,  §  3. 

§  24.  [-4-]  What  Local  Preachers  are  recommended 
for  Reception  on  Trial  in  the  Annual  Conference? 
•f  214,  §  3. 

§  25.  [-1,  2,  3-]  Is  any  change  desired  in  the  Board 
of  Stewards?   f  105,  §  4. 

§  26.  [-4-]  Who  shall  he  the  Stewards  for  the  en- 
suing Conference  year?    ff  105,  §  4;  305. 

§  27.  [-4-]  Who  shall  be  the  Recording  Steward? 
f  305. 

97 


1  io^ 


Quarterly  Conferences 


§  28.  [-4-]   Who  shall  he  the  District  Steward? 

Iff  305,  310. 

§  29.  [-4-]  Who  are  the  Trustees  of  Church  and 
Parsonage  property?    1H[  335-337. 

§  30.  [-4-]  What  Committees  are  appointed  for  the 
ensuing  Conference  year?   %  105,  §  11. 

§  31.  [-4-]  Have  the  General  Rules  been  read  this 
year?   f  179,  §  4. 

§  32.  [-4-]  Have  the  questions  prescribed  in  455, 
§  2,  been  asked  and  answered? 

§  33.  [-4-]  Has  the  Pastor  made  a  Visiting  List,  or 
Plan  of  his  Charge,  as  required  by  the  Discipline? 
IT  179,  §  30. 

§  34.  Are  the  Church  Records  properly  kept?  H  108. 

§  35.  [-4-]  Have  the  Records  of  the  Official  Board 
been  received  and  approved?    If  109. 

§  36.  How  much  Insurance  is  carried  on  each  item 
of  Church  Property?   flf  185,  §  9;  340. 

§  37.  Is  the  report  of  the  Auditing  Committee 

now  ready?    1f  107. 

§  38.  Have  the  inquiries  ordered  in  f  185,  §§  11, 
12,  been  duly  made? 

§  39.  Who  are  the  Custodians  of  the  Deeds  and 
other  legal  papers  affecting  the  Church  property? 

§  40.  Where  shall  the  next  Quarterly  Conference 
be  held? 

§  41.  Is  there  any  other  Business? 


III.  Auditing  and  Records 
H  107.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Committee  on 
Auditing  accounts  to  audit  the  books  of  the  Record- 
ing Steward  and  the  Treasurers  of  all  the  Boards  or 
98 


Official  Board 


1f  109 


organizations  of  the  local  Church  or  Churches  of  the 
Charge  represented  in  the  Quarterly  Conference,  and 
report  the  same  in  writing  at  the  first  Quarterly 
Conference. 

f  108.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Committee  on 
Church  Records  to  examine  the  records  of  member- 
ship, the  minutes  of  the  Quarterly  Conference,  the 
records  of  the  Trustees,  and  the  records  of  all  the 
boards  or  organizations  of  the  local  Church  or 
Churches  of  the  Pastoral  Charge,  represented  in  the 
Quarterly  Conference,  and  to  make  a  written  report 
thereon  at  the  fourth  Quarterly  Conference.  "When 
any  of  these  books  are  filled  and  are  no  longer  in 
use,  they  shall  be  deposited  with  the  Recording 
Steward  for  preservation. 


CHAPTER  VIII 

OFFICIAL  BOARD 

fl  109.  The  Quarterly  Conference  of  any  Charge 
may  organize  and  continue  during  its  pleasure  an 
Official  Board,  to  be  composed  of  all  the  members  of 
the  Quarterly  Conference.  In  the  case  of  circuits  the 
Quarterly  Conference  may  organize,  and  continue 
during  its  pleasure,  Official  Boards  for  the  several 
appointments  of  the  Charge,  such  Official  Boards  to 
be  composed  of  the  members  of  the  Quarterly  Con- 
ference attached  to  the  respective  appointments.  The 
Official  Board  shall  hold  its  meetings  at  such  times 
as  it  may  determine,  and  shall  be  presided  over  by 
the  Pastor,  or,  in  his  absence,  by  a  chairman  elected 
by  the  meeting.  When  so  organized  the  Official 
99 


*l  110  Leaders  and  Stewards'  Meeting 

Board  may  discharge  such  duties  as  the  Quarterly 
Conference  may  direct  from  time  to  time,  including 
those  of  the  Leaders  and  Stewards'  Meeting.  The 
Official  Board  may  direct  the  Stewards  and  Trustees 
to  submit  to  it  annually  the  amount  needed  for 
Ministerial  Support  and  for  the  current  expenses  of 
the  Church,  which  aggregate  amount  shall  be  appor- 
tioned among  the  members  of  the  Church  and  the 
attendants  of  the  congregation,  in  such  manner  as 
shall  seem  to  the  Official  Board  to  be  wise.  Should 
such  action  for  a  combined  financial  system  be  taken, 
the  Board  shall  elect  a  Treasurer  for  the  common 
fund,  and  such  other  officers  and  committees  as 
it  may  desire,  in  order  to  carry  out  the  plan.  When 
such  action  is  taken  it  shall  make  void  such  pro- 
visions of  the  Discipline,  under  Support  of  Minis- 
ters as  relate  to  the  financial  duties  of  the  stewards. 
11f  308,  310-318.  The  Board  shall  keep  a  record  of 
its  proceedings,  and  send  the  same  to  the  fourth 
Quarterly  Conference  for  approval. 


CHAPTER  IX 
LEADERS  AND  STEWARDS'  MEETING 

1[  110.  The  Pastor,  as  often  as  practicable,  shall 
hold  a  meeting  of  all  the  Leaders  and  Stewards  of 
the  Charge,  to  be  denominated  the  Leaders  and  Stew- 
ards' Meeting,  in  order  to  inquire,  1.  Are  there  any 
sick?  2.  Are  there  any  requiring  temporal  relief? 
3.  Are  there  any  who  walk  disorderly  and  will  not 
be  reproved?  4.  Are  there  any  who  willfully  neglect 
the  means  of  grace?  5.  Are  any  changes  to  be  made 
100 


Leaders  and  Stewards'  Meeting  110 

in  the  classes?  6.  Are  there  any  persons  to  be  recom- 
mended for  admission  into  the  Church?  7.  Are  there 
any  to  be  recommended  for  License  to  exhort  or 
preach?  8.  What  amount  has  been  received  for  the 
support  of  the  Pastor  or  Pastors?  9.  Is  there  any 
miscellaneous  business? 


101 


PART  m 
THE  MINISTRY 


103 


I.  QUALIFICATIONS  AND  WORK 
XL  MINISTERS  AND  ANNUAL  CONFERENCES 

III.  DEACONS 

IV.  ELDERS 

V.  PASTORS 

VL  SUPERNUMERARY  MINISTERS 
VTL  RETIRED  MINISTERS 
VIII.  DISTRICT  SUPERINTENDENTS 
IX.  MISSIONARY  BISHOPS 
X.  BISHOPS 
XL  RETIRED  BISHOPS 


104 


CHAPTER  I 
QUALIFICATIONS  AND  WORK 


I.  Call  to  Preach 


1  111.  In  order  that  we  may  try  those  persons 
who  profess  to  be  moved  by  the  Holy  Ghost  to  preach 
let  the  following  questions  be  asked,  namely: 

§  1.  Do  they  know  God  as  apardoning  God?  Have 
they  the  love  of  God  abiding  in  them?  Do  they  de- 
sire nothing  but  God?  Are  they  holy  in  all  manner 
of  conversation? 

§  2.  Have  they  gifts,  as  well  as  grace,  for  the  work? 
Have  they,  in  some  tolerable  degree,  a  clear,  sound 
understanding;  a  right  judgment  in  the  things  of 
God;  a  just  conception  of  salvation  by  faith?  Has 
God  given  them  any  degree  of  utterance?  Do  they 
speak  justly,  readily,  clearly? 

§  3.  Have  any  been  truly  convinced  of  sin  and  con- 
verted to  God,  and  are  believers  edified  by  their 
preaching? 

§  4.  As  long  as  these  marks  concur  in  anyone,  we 
believe  he  is  called  of  God  to  preach.  These  we  re- 
ceive as  sufficient  proof  that  he  is  moved  by  the  Holy 
Ghost. 


II.  Rules  for  a  Preacher's  Conduct 
1T  112.  Rule  1.  Be  diligent.   Never  be  unemployed. 
Never  be  triflingly  employed.     Never  trifle  away 
105 


]f  113       Qualifications  and  Work 

time;  neither  spend  any  more  time  at  any  place  than 
is  strictly  necessary. 

%  113.  Rule  2.  Be  serious.  Let  your  motto  be, 
"Holiness  to  the  Lord."  Avoid  all  lightness,  jesting, 
and  foolish  talking. 

If  114.  Rule  3.  Converse  sparingly  and  conduct 
yourself  prudently  with  women  (1  Tim.  5.  2). 

If  115.  Rule  4.  Believe  evil  of  no  one  without  good 
evidence;  unless  you  see  it  done  take  heed  how  you 
credit  it.  Put  the  best  construction  on  everything. 
You  know  the  judge  is  always  supposed  to  be  on  the 
prisoner's  side. 

If  116.  Rule  5.  Speak  evil  of  no  one,  because  your 
word,  especially,  would  eat  as  doth  a  canker.  Keep 
your  thoughts  within  your  own  breast  till  you  come 
to  the  person  concerned. 

f  117.  Rule  6.  Tell  everyone  under  your  care 
what  you  think  wrong  in  his  conduct  and  temper,  and 
that  lovingly  and  plainly,  as  soon  as  may  be;  else  it 
will  fester  in  your  heart.  Make  all  haste  to  cast  the 
fire  out  of  your  bosom. 

If  118.  Rule  7.  Avoid  all  affectation.  A  Preacher 
of  the  Gospel  is  the  servant  of  all. 

If  119.  Rule  8.  Be  ashamed  of  nothing  but  sin. 

f  120.  Rule  9.  Be  punctual.  Do  everything  ex 
actly  at  the  time.  And  do  not  mend  our  rules, 
but  keep  them;  not  for  wrath,  but  for  conscience* 
sake. 

If  121.  Rule  10.  You  have  nothing  to  do  but  to  save 
souls;  therefore  spend  and  be  spent  in  this  work; 
and  go  always  not  only  to  those  that  want  you,  but 
to  those  that  want  you  most. 

Observe!  it  is  not  your  business  only  to  preach  so 
many  times,  and  to  take  care  of  this  or  that  Society, 
106 


Qualifications  axd  Work 


but  to  save  as  many  as  you  can;  to  bring  as  many 
sinners  as  you  can  to  repentance,  and  with  all  your 
power  to  build  them  up  in  that  holiness  without 
which  they  cannot  see  the  Lord.  And  remember!  a 
Methodist  Preacher  is  to  mind  every  point,  great 
and  small,  in  the  Methodist  Discipline!  Therefore 
you  will  need  to  exercise  all  the  sense  and  grace 
you  have. 

H  122.  Rule  11.  Act  in  all  things  not  according  to 
your  own  will,  but  as  a  son  in  the  Gospel.  As  such, 
it  is  your  duty  to  employ  your  time  in  the  manner 
in  which  we  direct:  in  preaching,  and  visiting  from 
house  to  house;  in  reading,  meditation,  and  prayer. 
Above  all,  if  you  labor  with  us  in  the  Lord's  vine- 
yard, it  is  needful  you  should  do  that  part  of  the 
work  which  we  advise,  at  those  times  and  places 
which  we  judge  most  for  His  glory. 

fl  123.  Smaller  advices  which  might  be  of  use  to 
us  are  perhaps  these:  1.  Be  sure  never  to  disappoint 
a  congregation.  2.  Begin  at  the  time  appointed. 
3.  Let  your  whole  deportment  be  serious,  weighty, 
and  solemn.  4.  Always  suit  your  subject  to  your 
audience.  5.  Choose  the  plainest  text  you  can.  6. 
Take  care  not  to  ramble,  but  keep  to  your  text, 
and  make  out  what  you  take  in  hand.  7.  Take  care 
of  anything  awkward  or  affected,  either  in  your 
gesture,  phrase,  or  pronunciation.  8.  Do  not  usually 
pray  extempore  above  eight  or  ten  minutes  (at  most) 
without  intermission.  9.  Frequently  read  and  en- 
large upon  a  portion  of  Scripture;  and  let  young 
Preachers  often  exhort  without  taking  a  text.  10. 
Always  avail  yourself  of  the  great  festivals  by 
preaching  on  the  occasion. 


107 


124       Qualifications  and  Work 

III.  Spiritual  Qualifications 
If  124.  The  duty  of  the  Preacher  is:  1.  To  preach. 
2.  To  meet  the  Societies  and  Classes.   3.  To  visit  the 
sick. 

f  125.  A  Preacher  shall  be  qualified  for  his  charge 
by  walking  closely  with  God,  and  having  his  work 
greatly  at  heart,  and  by  understanding  and  loving 
discipline,  ours  in  particular. 

f  126.  We  do  not  sufficiently  watch  over  each 
other.  Should  we  not  frequently  ask  each  other,  Do 
you  walk  closely  with  God?  Have  you  now  fellow- 
ship with  the  Father  and  the  Son?  At  what  hour  do 
you  rise?  Do  you  punctually  observe  the  morning 
and  evening  hours  of  retirement?  Do  you  spend  the 
day  in  the  manner  which  the  Conference  advises?  Do 
you  converse  seriously,  usefully,  and  closely?  To  be 
more  particular:  Do  you  use  all  the  means  of  grace 
yourself,  and  enforce  the  use  of  them  on  all  other 
persons? 

1  127.  The  means  of  grace  are  either  Instituted 
or  Prudential. 

1f  128.  The  Instituted  are: 

§  1.  Prayer:  private,  family,  and  public;  consist- 
ing of  deprecation,  petition,  intercession,  and  thanks- 
giving. Do  you  use  each  of  these?  Do  you  forecast 
daily,  wherever  you  are,  to  secure  time  for  private 
devotion?  Do  you  practice  it  everywhere?  Do  you 
ask  everywhere,  Have  you  family  prayer?  Do  you 
ask  individuals,  Do  you  use  private  prayer  every 
morning  and  evening  in  particular? 

§  2.  Searching  the  Scriptures:  1.  Reading:  con- 
stantly, some  part  of  every  day;  regularly,  all  the 
Bible  in  order;  carefully,  with  notes;  seriously,  with 
108 


Qualifications  and  Work  130 

'  prayer  before  and  after;  fruitfully,  immediately  prac- 
ticing what  you  learn  there.  2.  Meditating:  at  set 
times;  by  rule.  3  Hearing:  at  every  opportunity; 
with  prayer  before,  at,  after.  Have  you  a  Bible 
always  about  you? 

§  3.  The  Lord's  Supper:  Do  you  use  this  at  every 
opportunity?  With  solemn  prayer  before?  With 
earnest  and  deliberate  self-devotion? 

§  4.  Fasting:  Do  you  use  as  much  abstinence  and 
fasting  every  week  as  your  health,  strength,  and 
labor  will  permit? 

§  5.  Christian  Conference:  Are  you  convinced  how 
important  and  how  difficult  it  is  to  order  your  con- 
versation aright?  Is  it  always  in  grace?  Seasoned 
with  salt?  Meet  to  minister  grace  to  the  hearers? 
Do  you  not  converse  too  long  at  a  time?  Is  not  an 
hour  commonly  enough?  Would  it  not  be  well  always 
to  have  a  determined  end  in  view?  And  to  pray  be- 
fore and  after  it? 

If  129.  Prudextial  means  we  may  use  either  as 
Christians,  as  Methodists,  or  as  Preachers. 

§  1.  As  Christians:  What  particular  rules  have  you 
in  order  to  grow  in  grace?   What  arts  of  holy  living? 

§  2.  As  Methodists:  Do  you  ever  miss  your  Class? 

§  3.  As  Preachers:  Have  you  thoroughly  consid- 
ered your  duty?  And  do  you  make  a  conscience  of 
executing  every  part  of  it?  Do  you  meet  every 
Society  and  their  Leaders? 

U  130.  These  means  may  be  used  without  fruit. 
But  there  are  some  means  which  cannot,  namely: 
watching,  denying  ourselves,  taking  up  our  cross, 
exercise  of  the  presence  of  God. 

§  1.  Do  you  steadily  watch  against  the  world? 
Yourself?    Your  besetting  sin? 

109 


If  131       Qualifications  and  Work 


§  2.  Do  you  deny  yourself  every  useless  pleasure  of 
sense?  imagination?  honor?  Are  you  temperate  in 
all  things?  For  instance,  1.  Do  you  use  only  that 
kind  and  that  degree  of  food  which  is  best  both  for 
body  and  soul?  Do  you  see  the  necessity  of  this?  Do 
you  eat  no  more  at  each  meal  than  is  necessary?  Are 
you  not  heavy  or  drowsy  after  dinner?  2.  Do  you  use 
only  that  kind  and  that  degree  of  drink  which  is  best 
both  for  your  body  and  soul?  Do  you  choose  and  use 
water  for  your  common  drink,  and  only  take  wine 
medicinally  or  sacramentally? 

§  3.  Wherein  do  you  take  up  your  cross  daily?  Do 
you  cheerfully  bear  your  cross,  however  grievous  to 
nature,  as  a  gift  of  God,  and  labor  to  profit  thereby? 

§  4.  Do  you  endeavor  to  set  God  always  before 
you?   To  see  his  eye  continually  fixed  upon  you? 

If  131.  Never  can  you  use  these  means  but  a  bless- 
ing will  ensue.  And  the  more  you  use-  them  the  more 
you  will  grow  in  grace. 


IV.  Profitable  Use  of  Time 
If  132.  As  a  general  method  of  employing  our  time 
we  advise  you,  1.  As  often  as  possible  to  rise  at  four. 
2.  From  four  to  five  in  the  morning  and  from  five  to 
six  in  the  evening  to  meditate,  pray,  and  read  the 
Scriptures  with  notes,  and  the  closely  practical  part 
of  what  Mr.  Wesley  has  published.  3.  From  six  in 
the  morning  till  twelve,  wherever  it  is  practicable,  let 
the  time  be  spent  in  appropriate  reading,  study,  and 
private  devotion. 

If  133.  Other  reasons  may  concur,  but  the  chief 
reason  that  the  people  under  our  care  are  not  better 
is  because  we  are  not  more  knowing  and  more  holy. 
110 


Qualifications  and  Work       ^  136 


IT  134.  And  we  are  not  more  knowing  because  we 
are  idle.  We  forget  our  first  rule:  "Be  diligent. 
Never  be  unemployed.  Never  be  trifiingly  employed. 
Neither  spend  any  more  time  at  any  place  than  is 
strictly  necessary."  We  fear  there  is  altogether  a 
fault  in  this  matter,  and  that  few  of  us  are  clear. 
Which  of  us  spend  as  many  hours  a  day  in  God's 
work  as  we  did  formerly  in  man's  work?  We  talk 
— talk — or  read  what  comes  next  to  hand.  We  must, 
absolutely  must,  cure  this  evil,  or  betray  the  cause  of 
God.  But  how?  i.  Read  the  most  useful  books,  and 
that  regularly  and  constantly.  2.  Steadily  spend  all 
the  morning  in  this  employment,  or  at  least  five 
hours  in  the  four  and  twenty.  "But  I  have  no  taste 
for  reading."  Contract  a  taste  for  it  by  use,  or  re- 
turn to  your  former  employment.  "But  I  have  no 
books."  Be  diligent  to  spread  the  books,  and  you  will 
have  the  use  of  them. 


V.  Necessity  of  Union  Among  Ourselves 
1  1.35.  Let  us  be  deeply  sensible  (from  what  we 
have  known)  of  the  evil  of  a  division  in  principle, 
spirit,  or  practice,  and  the  dreadful  consequences  to 
ourselves  and  others.  If  we  are  united,  what  can 
stand  before  us?  If  we  divide,  we  shall  destroy 
ourselves,  the  work  of  God,  and  the  souls  of  our 
people. 

H  136.  In  order  to  a  closer  union  with  each  other, 
1.  Let  us  be  deeply  convinced  of  the  absolute  neces- 
sity of  it.  2.  Pray  earnestly  for,  and  speak  freely  to, 
each  other.  3.  When  we  meet,  let  us  never  part  with- 
out prayer.  4.  Take  great  care  not  to  despise  each 
other's  gifts.  5.  Never  speak  lightly  of  each  other. 
Ill 


137       Qualifications  and  Work 


6.  Let  us  defend  each  other's  character  in  everything 
so  far  as  is  consistent  with  truth.  7.  Labor  in  honor 
each  to  prefer  the  other  before  himself.  We  recom- 
mend a  serious  perusal  of  The  Causes,  Evils,  and 
Cures  of  Heart  and  Church  Divisions. 


VI.  Deportment  at  Conference 
T  137.  It  is  desired  that  all  things  be  considered 
on  these  occasions  as  in  the  immediate  presence  of 
God;  that  every  person  speak  freely  whatever  is  in 
his  heart. 

If  138.  In  order,  therefore,  that  we  may  best  im- 
prove our  time  at  the  Conferences,  1.  While  we  are 
conversing  let  us  have  an  especial  care  to  set  God 
always  before  us.  2.  In  the  intermediate  hours  let 
us  redeem  all  the  time  we  can  for  private  exercises. 
3.  Therein  let  us  give  ourselves  to  prayer  for  one 
another,  and  for  a  blessing  on  our  labor. 


VII.  Where  and  How  to  Preach 

If  139.  It  is  by  no  means  advisable  for  us  to  preach 
in  as  many  places  as  we  can  without  forming  any 
Societies.  We  have  made  the  trial  in  various  places, 
and  that  for  a  considerable  time.  But  all  that  seed 
has  fallen  by  the  wayside.  There  is  scarcely  any 
fruit-  remaining. 

If  140.  We  should  endeavor  to  preach  most,  t. 
Where  there  is  the  greatest  number  of  quiet  and  will- 
ing hearers;  2.  Where  there  is  most  fruit. 

If  141.  We  ought  diligently  to  observe  in  what 
places  God  is  pleased  at  any  time  to  pour  out  his 
112 


Qualifications  and  Work       ^  144 


Spirit  more  abundantly,  and  at  that  time  to  send 
more  laborers  than  usual  into  that  part  of  the 
harvest. 

If  142.  The  best  general  method  of  preaching  is, 
1.  To  convince;  2.  To  offer  Christ;  3.  To  invite; 
4.  To  build  up.  And  to  do  this  in  some  measure  in 
every  sermon. 

IT  143.  The  most  effectual  way  of  preaching  Christ 
is  to  preach  him  in  all  his  offices;  and  to  declare  his 
law,  as  well  as  his  Gospel,  both  to  believers  and  unbe- 
lievers. Let  us  strongly  and  closely  insist  upon  in- 
ward and  outward  holiness  in  all  its  branches. 


VIII.  Pastoral  Fidelity 

f  144.  We  can  further  assist  those  under  our  care 
by  instructing  them  at  their  own  houses.  What  un- 
speakable need  is  there  of  this!  The  world  says, 
"The  Methodists  are  no  better  than  other  people." 
This  is  not  true  in  the  general;  but, 

§  1.  Personal  religion,  both  toward  God  and  man, 
is  too  superficial  among  us.  We  can  only  touch  on  a 
few  particulars.  How  little  faith  is  there  among  us! 
How  little  communion  with  God!  How  little  living  in 
heaven,  walking  in  eternity,  deadness  to  every  crea- 
ture! How  much  love  of  the  world!  Desire  of  pleas- 
ure, of  ease,  of  getting  money!  How  little  brotherly 
love!  What  continual  judging  one  another!  What 
gossiping,  evil-speaking,  talebearing!  What  want  of 
moral  honesty!  To  instance  only  one  particular: 
Who  does  as  he  would  be  done  by  in  buying  and 
selling? 

§  2.  Family  religion  is  wanting  in  many  branches. 
And  what  avails  public  preaching  alone,  though  we 
113 


145       Qualifications  and  Work 


could  preach  like  angels?  We  must,  yea,  every  Trav- 
eling Preacher  must,  instruct  the  people  from  house 
to  house.  Till  this  be  done,  and  that  in  good  earnest, 
Methodists  will  be  no  better. 

§  3.  Our  religion  is  not  sufficiently  deep,  universal, 
uniform;  but  superficial,  partial,  uneven.  It  will  be 
so  till  we  spend  half  as  much  time  in  this  visiting  as 
we  now  do  in  talking  uselessly.  Can  we  find  a  bet- 
ter method  of  doing  this  than  Mr.  Baxter's?  If  not, 
let  us  adopt  it  without  delay.  His  whole  tract,  en- 
titled Gildas  Salvianus ;  or,  The  Reformed  Pastor,  is 
well  worth  a  careful  perusal.  Speaking  of  this  visit- 
ing from  house  to  house  he  says  (p.  273),  "We  shall 
find  many  hindrances,  both  in  ourselves  and  the 
people."  1.  In  ourselves  there  is  much  dullness  and 
laziness,  so  that  there  will  be  much  ado  to  get  us  to  be 
faithful  in  the  work.  2.  We  have  a  base,  man-pleas- 
ing temper,  so  that  we  let  people  perish  rather  than 
lose  their  love;  we  let  them  go  quietly  to  hell  lest  we 
should  offend  them.  3.  Some  of  us  also  have  a  foolish 
bashfulness.  We  know  not  how  to  begin,  and  blush 
to  contradict  the  devil.  4.  But  the  greatest  hindrance 
is  weakness  of  faith.  Our  whole  motion  is  weak,  be- 
cause the  spring  of  it  is  weak.  5.  Lastly,  we  are  un- 
skillful in  the  work.  How  few  know  how  to  deal 
with  men,  so  as  to  get  within  them,  and  suit  all  our 
discourse  to  their  several  conditions  and  tempers;  to 
choose  the  fittest  subjects  and  follow  them  with  a 
holy  mixture  of  seriousness,  terror,  love,  and  meek- 
ness! 

If  145.  But  undoubtedly  this  private  application  is 
impli&d  in  those  solemn  words  of  the  Apostle:  "I 
charge  thee  before  God  and  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ, 
who  shall  judge  the  quick  and  the  dead  at  his  appear- 
114 


Qualification's  and  Work 


IT  148 


ing,  to  preach  the  word;  be  instant  in  season,  out  of 
season;  reprove,  rebuke,  exhort,  with  all  long-suffer- 
ing." 

f  146.  0  brethren,  if  we  could  but  set  this  work  on 
foot  in  all  our  Societies,  and  prosecute  it  zealously, 
what  glory  would  redound  to  God!  If  the  common 
lukewarmness  were  banished,  and  every  shop,  and 
every  house,  busied  in  speaking  of  the  words  and 
works  of  God,  surely  God  would  dwell  in  our  habita- 
tions, and  make  us  his  delight! 

|  147.  And  this  is  absolutely  necessary  to  the  wel- 
fare of  our  people,  some  of  whom  neither  repent  nor 
believe  to  this  day.  Look  around,  and  see  how  many 
of  them  are  still  in  apparent  danger  of  damnation. 
And  how  can  you  walk  and  talk,  and  be  merry  with 
such  people,  when  you  know  their  case?  When  you 
look  them  in  the  face,  you  should  break  forth  into 
tears,  as  the  prophet  did  when  he  looked  upon  Hazael, 
and  then  set  upon  them  with  the  most  vehement  ex- 
hortations. O,  for  God's  sake,  and  the  sake  of  poor 
souls,  bestir  yourselves,  and  spare  no  pains  that  may 
conduce  to  their  salvation!  What  cause  have  we  to 
mourn  before  the  Lord  that  we  have  so  long  neglected 
this  good  work!  If  we  had  but  engaged  in  it  sooner, 
how  many  more  might  have  been  brought  to  Christ! 
And  how  much  holier  and  happier  might  our  Socie- 
ties have  been  before  now!  And  why  might  we  not 
have  done  it  sooner?  There  were  many  hindrances; 
and  so  there  always  will  be.  But  the  greatest  hin- 
drance is  in  ourselves,  in  our  littleness  of  faith  and 
love. 

If  148.  But  it  is  objected: 

§  1.  "This  will  take  up  so  much  time  that  we  shall 
not  have  leisure  to  follow  our  studies."   We  answer, 
115 


149       Qualification's  and  Work 


1.  Gaining  knowledge  is  a  good  thing,  but  saving 
souls  is  a  better.  2.  By  this  very  thing  you  will 
gain  the  most  excellent  knowledge,  that  of  God  and 
eternity.  3.  You  will  have  time  for  gaining  other 
knowledge,  too,  only  sleep  no  more  than  you  need, 
"and  never  be  idle,  nor  triflingly  employed."  But, 

4.  If  you  can  do  but  one,  let  your  studies  alone. 
We  ought  to  throw  by  all  the  libraries  in  the  world, 
rather  than  be  guilty  of  the  loss  of  one  soul. 

§  2.  "The  people  will  not  submit  to  it."  If  some 
will  not,  others  will,  and  the  success  with  them  will 
repay  all  your  labor.  O  let  us  herein  follow  the  ex- 
ample of  St.  Paul!  1.  For  our  general  business, 
Serving  the  Lord  with  all  humility  of  mind:  2.  Our 
special  work,  Take  heed  to  yourselves  and  to  all  the 
flock:  3.  Our  doctrine,  Repentance  toward  God,  and 
faith  toward  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ:  4.  The  place,  I 
have  taught  you  publicly,  and  from  house  to  house: 

5.  The  object  and  manner  of  teaching,  I  ceased  not  to 
warn  everyone  night  and  day,  with  tears:  6.  His  in- 
nocence and  self-denial  herein,  I  have  coveted  no 
man's  silver  or  gold:  7.  His  patience,  Neither  count 
I  my  life  dear  unto  myself.  And  among  all  other 
motives  let  these  be  ever  before  our  eyes:  (1)  The 
Church  of  God,  which  he  hath  purchased  with  his 
own  blood:  (2)  Grievous  wolves  shall  enter  in;  yea, 
of  yourselves  shall  men  arise,  speaking  perverse 
things. 

If  149.  Write  this  upon  your  hearts,  and  it  will  do 
you  more  good  than  twenty  years'  study.  Then  you 
will  have  no  time  to  spare:  you  will  have  work 
enough.  Then  likewise  no  Preacher  will  stay  with 
us  who  is  as  salt  that  has  lost  its  savor.  For  to  such 
this  employment  would  be  mere  drudgery.  And  in 
116 


Qualifications  and  Work       |  152 


order  to  do  it,  you  will  have  need  of  all  the  knowledge 
you  can  procure,  and  grace  you  can  attain. 

If  150.  The  sum  is,  Go  into  every  house  in  course, 
and  teach  everyone  therein,  young  and  old,  to  be 
Christians  inwardly  and  outwardly:  make  every  par- 
ticular plain  to  their  understandings:  fix  it  in  their 
minds:  write  it  on  their  hearts.  In  order  to  this, 
there  must  be  precept  upon  precept,  line  upon  line. 
What  patience,  what  love,  what  knowledge  is  requi- 
site for  this!  We  must  needs  do  this,  were  it  only  to 
avoid  idleness.  Do  we  not  loiter  away  many  hours 
in  every  week?  Each  try  himself;  no  idleness  is  con- 
sistent with  a  growth  in  grace.  Nay,  without  exact- 
ness in  redeeming  time  you  cannot  retain  the  grace 
you  receive  in  justification. 

*  151.  Why  are  we  not  more  holy?  why  do  we  not 
live  in  eternity?  walk  with  God  all  the  day  long? 
why  are  we  not  all  devoted  to  God,  breathing  the 
whole  spirit  of  missionaries?  Chiefly  because  we  are 
enthusiasts;  looking  for  the  end  without  using  the 
means.  To  touch  only  upon  two  or  three  instances: 
Who  of  us  rise  at  four,  or  even  at  Ave,  when  we  do 
not  preach?  Do  we  know  the  obligation  and  benefit 
of  fasting  or  abstinence?  How  often  do  we  practice 
it?  The  neglect  of  this  alone  is  sufficient  to  account 
for  our  feebleness  and  faintness  of  spirit.  We  are 
continually  grieving  the  Holy  Spirit  of  God  by  the 
habitual  neglect  of  a  plain  duty.  Let  us  amend 
from  this  hour. 

IT  152.  In  order  to  guard  against  Sabbath-break- 
ing, evil-speaking,  unprofitable  conversation,  light- 
ness, expensiveness  or  gayety  of  apparel,  and  con- 
tracting debts  without  due  care  to  discharge  them, 
1.  Let  us  preach  expressly  on  each  of  these  heads. 
117 


153  Ministers  and  Annual  Conferences 


2.  Read  in  every  Society  the  Sermon  on  Evil-speak- 
ing. 3.  Let  the  Leaders  closely  examine  and  exhort 
every  person  to  put  away  the  accursed  thing.  4.  Let 
the  Preachers  warn  every  Society  that  none  who  is 
guilty  herein  can  remain  with  us.  5.  Extirpate  out 
of  our  Church  buying  or  selling  goods  which  have 
not  paid  the  duty  laid  upon  them  by  government. 
Let  none  remain  with  us  who  will  not  totally  abstain 
from  evil  in  every  kind  and  degree.  Extirpate 
bribery — receiving  anything,  directly  or  indirectly — 
for  voting  at  any  election.  Show  no  respect  to  per- 
sons herein,  but  expel  all  that  touch  the  accursed 
thing.  And  strongly  advise  our  people  to  discounte- 
nance all  treats  given  by  candidates  before  or  at  elec- 
tions, and  not  to  be  partakers,  in  any  respect,  of 
such  iniquitous  practices. 


CHAPTER  II 
MINISTERS  AND  ANNUAL  CONFERENCES 

I.  Reception  on  Trial 


K  153.  A  Preacher  is  to  be  received  on  Trial  by  an 
Annual  or  Mission  Conference. 

If  154,  §  1.  He  must  (1)  present  a  recommenda- 
tion duly  signed  by  the  President  and  Secretary  of 
the  District  Conference,  or,  where  no  District  Confer- 
ence exists,  of  the  Quarterly  Conference,  of  which 
he  is  a  member;  (2)  give  to  the  Annual  or  Mission 
Conference  satisfactory  evidence  of  his  knowledge  of 
the  studies  prescribed  for  candidates  for  Reception 
118 


Ministers  and  Annual  Conferences  f  156 


on  Trial;  and  (3)  have  previously  deposited  with 
the  Committee  on  Conference  Relations,  written 
answers  to  the  following  questions,  namely: 

L  Are  you  in  debt  so  as  to  embarrass  you  in  the 
work  of  the  Ministry? 

2.  Will  you  wholly  abstain  from  the  use  of  tobacco? 

Note. — Like  answers  shall  also  be  required  of  Ministers  proposing 
to  come  to  us  from  other  Churches. 

§  2.  Observe!  Taking  on  Trial  is  entirely  different 
from  admitting  a  Preacher  into  Full  Membership. 
One  on  Trial  may  be  either  admitted  or  rejected  with- 
out doing  him  any  wrong;  otherwise  it  would  be  no 
trial  at  all. 

If  155.  While  he  is  on  Trial  the  Annual  Confer- 
ence alone  has  jurisdiction  over  the  question  of  his 
authority  to  preach;  and  his  continuance  on  Trial 
shall  be  equivalent  to  the  renewal  of  his  License  to 
preach.  If  he  shall  be  discontinued,  he  shall  be  a 
member  of  the  Quarterly  Conference  of  the  Charge 
where  he  resides  at  the  time;  and,  if  he  is  not  a 
Deacon  or  Elder,  his  License  shall  expire  within  one 
year  unless  it  De  renewed. 

If  156.  When  an  unordained  Preacher  is  received 
on  trial  in  an  Annual  Conference,  and,  without  an 
ordained  colleague,  is  regularly  appointed  to  a  Pastoral 
Charge  by  the  Bishop  presiding  in  said  Conference; 
or  when  a  Local  Preacher,  not  on  trial,  is  employed 
by  the  District  Superintendent  to  supply  a  Pastoral 
Charge,  in  either  case  and  as  long  as  the  above  con- 
ditions exist,  the  Pastor  or  the  pastoral  supply  so 
appointed  shall  be  authorized  to  administer  the 
Sacrament  of  Baptism;  and  also  to  solemnize  Matri- 
mony, if  the  laws  of  the  State  in  whjch  he  lives 
permit. 

119 


I  157  Ministers  and  Annual  Conferences 

If  157.  At  each  Annual  Conference  those  who  are 
received  on  Trial  or  are  admitted  into  Full  Member- 
ship shall  be  asked  whether  they  are  willing  to  devote 
themselves  to  missionary  work;  and  a  list  of  the 
names  of  all  those  who  are  willing  to  do  so  shall  be 
taken  and  reported  to  the  Corresponding  Secretaries 
of  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions;  and  all  such  shall 
be  considered  as  ready  and  willing  to  be  employed 
as  Missionaries  whenever  called  for  by  any  of  the 
Bishops. 


II.  Admission  into  FulJ  Membership 

If  158.  A  Preacher  on  Trial  who  has  been  em- 
ployed in  the  regular  itinerant  work  on  Circuits  or 
Stations,  or  as  instructor  in  one  of  our  institutions 
of  learning,  for  two  successive  years  from  the  time 
he  was  received  on  Trial,  may  be  admitted  into  Full 
Membership  in  the  Annual  Conference  after  he  has 
given  satisfactory  evidence  of  his  knowledge  of  the 
first  two  years  of  the  Conference  Course  of  Study, 
and  after  the  examination  before  the  Conference  pre- 
scribed in  If  159;  provided,  this  shall  not  be  so  con- 
strued as  to  prevent  the  reception  into  Full  Member- 
ship of  one  who,  while  a  student  in  some  one  of  our 
literary  schools  or  theological  seminaries,  has  been 
for  the  proper  length  of  time  regularly  employed  as 
Pastor  in  a  Circuit  or  Station  under  the  appointment 
of  the  District  Superintendent. 

1f  159.  In  admitting  a  Preacher  at  the  Conference 
into  Full  Membership,  after  solemn  fasting  and 
prayer,  he  shall  be  asked,  before  the  Conference,  the 
following  questions,  with  any  others  which  may  be 
thought  necessary,  namely: 
120 


Ministers  and  Annual  Conferences  f  159 


L  Have  you  faith  in  Christ? 

2.  Are  you  going  on  to  perfection? 

3.  Do  you  expect  to  be  made  perfect  in  love  in  this 
life? 

A.  Are  you  earnestly  striving  after  it? 

5.  Are  you  resolved  to  devote  yourself  wholly  to 
God  and  his  work? 

6.  Do  you  know  the  General  Rules  of  our  Church? 

7.  Will  you  keep  them? 

8.  Have  you  studied  the  Doctrines  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church? 

9.  After  full  examination  do  you  believe  that  our 
Doctrines  are  in  harmony  with  the  Holy  Scriptures? 

10.  Will  you  preach  and  maintain  them? 

11.  Have  you  studied  our  form  of  Church  Discipline 
and  Polity? 

12.  Do  you  approve  our  Church  Government  and 
Polity? 

13.  Will  you  support  and  maintain  them? 

14.  Have  you  considered  the  Rules  for  a  Preacher, 
especially  those  relating  to  Diligence,  to  Punctuality, 
and  to  Doing  the  Work  to  which  you  are  assigned? 

15.  Will  you  keep  them  for  conscience'  sake? 

16.  Will  you  diligently  instruct  the  children  in 
every  place? 

17.  Will  you  visit  from  house  to  house? 

18.  Will  you  recommend  fasting  or  abstinence,  both 
by  precept  and  example? 

19.  Are  you  determined  to  employ  all  your  time  in 
the  work  of  God? 

Note. — The  candidate  for  Admission  into  Full  Membership  must 
again  deposit  with  the  Secretary  of  the  Conference,  or  with  the 
Committee  on  Conference  Relations,  written  answers  to  the  ques- 
tions set  forth  in  \  154,  §  1. 

121 


<[  160  Ministers  and  Annual  Conferences 


If  160.  A  Missionary  employed  in  a  Mission  may 
be  admitted  into  Full  Membership,  if  recommended 
by  the  Superintendent  of  the  Mission  where  he  la- 
bors, without  being  present  at  his  Annual  Conference 
for  examination;  but  whenever  practicable  he  shall 
be  asked  the  questions  in  %  159,  in  the  presence  of  the 
Members  of  the  Mission  at  the  Annual  Meeting,  other- 
wise in  the  presence  of  the  Superintendent. 

Tf  161.  A  Minister  who  has  been  located  at  his 
own  request  may  be  readmitted  by  an  Annual  Con- 
ference, at  its  discretion,  upon  his  Certificate  of 
Location. 


III.  Ministers  from  Other  Churches 

H  162,  §  1.  Ministers  duly  accredited  as  in  good 
standing  in  other  Evangelical  Churches  until  their 
withdrawal  or  dismissal  therefrom,  and  having  been 
blameless  in  life  and  doctrine  thereafter,  may  be  re- 
ceived into  our  ministry  in  the  following  manner: 

The  Quarterly  Conference  .may  receive  them  as 
Local  Preachers  not  entitled  to  administer  the  Sacra- 
ments. 

§  2.  Upon  the  recommendation  of  the  District  Con- 
ference, or  of  the  Quarterly  Conference  where  no 
District  Conference  exists,  the  Annual  Conference 
may  at  any  time  thereafter  recognize  the  Orders  of 
those  thus  received;  may  at  any  time  within  two 
years  thereafter,  upon  like  recommendation,  receive 
them  into  the  Conference,  either  on  Trial  or  in  Full 
Membership;  and  may,  at  its  discretion,  require  them 
to  pursue,  in  whole  or  in  part,  the  Conference  Course 
of  Study.  In  case  a  Minister  comes  from  a  Church 
122 


Ministers  axd  Annual  Conferences  ^  163 

having  but  a  single  Order  in  its  ministry,  the  Con- 
ference may  receive  him  either  as  a  Deacon  or  as 
an  Elder. 

§  3.  But  the  Ministers  of  the  above  description  may 
apply  directly  to  the  Annual  Conference,  which  may 
receive  their  Credentials  from  another  Church,  and, 
finding  them  of  unquestionable  validity  and  suffi- 
ciency, may  exercise  in  behalf  of  said  Ministers  all 
the  powers  conferred  in  the  preceding  section. 

§  4.  In  all  such  cases  the  candidates  for  Admission 
into  Full  Membership  must  answer  satisfactorily  the 
questions  set  forth  in  T  159;  and  candidates  who  come 
from  other  than  Methodist  Churches  before  the  recog- 
nition of  their  Orders,  must  take  upon  themselves 
our  Ordination  Vows,  and  give  satisfactory  evidence 
of  their  agreement  with  us  in  Doctrine  and  Discipline. 

§  5.  The  Annual  Conference  may  also  admit  to 
equal  grade  Preachers  who  are  on  Trial  in  the  minis- 
try of  another  Methodist  Church,  using,  however, 
special  care  that  before  they  are  admitted  to  Full 
Membership  their  examination  be  entirely  satisfac- 
tory. 

163.  Wherever  the  Orders  of  a  Minister  are  rec- 
ognized according  to  the  foregoing  provisions  he 
shall  be  furnished  with  a  Certificate,  signed  by  the 
Bishop,  in  the  following  words,  namely: 

"This  is  to  Certify  that  the    Annual  Confer- 
ence of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  having  ex- 
amined the  Credentials  of  the  Rev  as   

(an  Elder  or  a  Deacon)  of  the    Church,  and 

having  received  other  testimonials  of  his  Grace, 
Gifts,  and  Usefulness,  and  being  satisfied  therewith, 
has  this  day  accepted  and  recognized  him  in  due 

form  as    (an  Elder  or  a  Deacon)   in  the 

123 


If  164  Ministers  and  Annual  Conferences 


Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  entitled  to  exercise  un- 
der its  authority  all  the  functions  pertaining  to  that 
office,  so  long  as  his  life  and  doctrine  become  the 
Gospel  of  Christ. 

"Given  under  my  hand  and  seal  at   ,  this 

 day  of  ,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord   

"  President." 

1T  164.  When  the  Orders  of  a  Minister  of  another 
Church  shall  have  been  duly  recognized,  his  Cer- 
tificate of  Ordination  by  said  Church  shall  be  re- 
turned to  him  with  the  following  inscription  written 
plainly  across  its  face: 

"Accredited  by  the    Annual  Conference  of 

the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  this  ...  day  of  .... 
19...,  as  the  basis  of  new  Credentials. 

"  ,  President. 

"  Secretary." 


IV.  Ministers  in  Official  Positions 
If  165.  Traveling  Preachers  who  are  elected  to 
official  positions  by  the  General  Conference  shall  be 
Members  of  such  Annual  Conferences  as,  with  the 
approbation  of  the  Bishops,  they  may  select. 


V.  Termination  of  Conference  Membership 

1.  By  Location 
f  166.  An  Annual  Conference  may  grant  to  any 
Member  who  is  in  good  standing  therein  a  Location, 
certified  by  the  President  of  the  Conference.  Such 
Minister  shall  thereupon  hold  his  membership  as  a 
Local  Elder  or  Deacon  in  the  Quarterly  Conference 
where  he  resides.    \  215,  §  4. 

124 


Ministers  and  Annual  Conferences  |  169 


167.  Whenever  a  Member  of  an  Annual  Confer- 
ence applies  for  a  Location  it  shall  be  asked:  Is  he  in- 
debted to  the  Book  Concern?  If  it  be  ascertained  that 
he  is  so  indebted  the  Conference  shall  require  him 
to  secure  said  debt,  if  judged  necessary  or  proper, 
before  a  Location  is  granted. 

2.  By  the  Surrender  of  Ministerial  Office 
If  168.  Any  Member  of  an  Annual  Conference  in 
good  standing,  who  may  desire  to  surrender  his  Min- 
isterial Office  and  withdraw  from  the  Conference,  may 
be  allowed  to  do  so  by  the  Conference  at  its  session; 
in  which  case  his  Credentials  shall  be  filed  with  the 
papers  of  the  Annual  Conference  of  which  he  was 
a  Member,  and  his  membership  in  the  Church  shall 
be  recorded  in  the  Society  where  he  resided  at  the 
time  of  such  surrender. 

3.  By  Withdrawal 

If  169,  §  1.  When  a  Minister  in  good  standing 
withdraws  to  join  the  Ministry  of  another  Church, 
his  Credentials  should  be  surrendered  to  the  Confer- 
ence, and,  if  he  shall  desire  it,  they  may  be  returned 
to  him  with  the  following  inscription  written  plainly 
across  their  face,  namely: 

"A   B   has  this  day  been  honorably  dis- 
missed by  the    Annual  Conference  from  the 

ministry  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. 

"Dated  

"  ,  President, 

 Secretary." 

§  2.  When  in  the  interval  of  the  Annual  Conference 
a  Member  thereof  shall  deposit  with  a  Bishop  or  with 
his  District  Superintendent  a  letter  of  withdrawal 
125 


1f  170 


Deacons 


from  our  Ministry,  or  his  Credentials,  or  both,  the 
same  shall  be  presented  to  the  Annual  Conference 
at  its  next  session  for  its  action  thereon. 

4.  By  Judicial  Procedure 
\  170.  Conference  Membership  may  be  terminated 
also  by  Judicial  Procedure. 

For  Causes  and  Methods,  see  Iffl  243-260. 


CHAPTER  III 
DEACONS 

If  171.  A  Deacon  is  constituted  by  the  election  of 
the  Annual  Conference  and  the  laying  on  of  the 
hands  of  a  Bishop. 

f  172.  A  Deacon  has  authority  to  preach;  to  con- 
duct Divine  Worship;  to  solemnize  Matrimony;  to 
administer  Baptism;  and  to  assist  the  Elder  in  ad- 
ministering the  Lord's  Supper. 

H  173.  Preachers  of  the  following  classes  are  eli- 
gible to  the  Office  of  Deacon: 

§  1.  Those  who  (1)  have  been  Local  Preachers  for 
four  consecutive  years;  (2)  shall  present  a  recom- 
mendation for  Deacons'  Orders  from  the  District 
Conference  or  from  the  Quarterly  Conference  where 
no  District  Conference  exists,  duly  attested  by  the 
President  and  Secretary  thereof;  and  (3)  shall  have 
completed,  satisfactorily  to  the  Annual  Conference, 
the  studies  prescribed  for  Local  Preachers  who  are 
candidates  for  Deacons'  Orders. 

Note. — Preachers  on  Trial  in  an  Annual  Conference  are  for 
purposes  of  ordination,  as  for  amenability,  considered  as  Local 
Preachers. 

126 


Elders 


r  175 


§  2.  Those  who  (1)  have  been  Local  Preachers  for 
two  full  years;  and  (2)  also  at  and  during  the  same 
time  have  been  regular  students  in  one  of  our  theo- 
logical seminaries;  (3)  shall  have  been  received  on 
Trial;  and  (4)  shall  have  completed,  satisfactorily 
to  the  Annual  Conference,  the  first  two  years  of  the 
Conference  Course  of  Study. 

§  3.  Those  who  (1)  have  been  on  Trial  in  an  An- 
nual Conference  for  two  years,  and  (2)  shall  have 
completed,  satisfactorily  to  the  Annual  Conference, 
the  first  two  years  of  the  Conference  Course  of  Study. 

§  4.  Those  Preachers  on  Trial  who  shall  be  ap- 
pointed by  a  Bishop  to  a  foreign  Mission,  or  to  a 
remote  field  in  any  Conference,  or  to  a  Church  in  a 
foreign  country  outside  of  the  boundary  of  a  Mission 
or  Annual  Conference,  or  to  a  Chaplaincy  in  the 
Army  or  Navy,  in  a  Prison,  Reformatory,  Sanato- 
rium, or  a  Charitable  Institution,  provided,  that  the 
presiding  Bishop  and  a  majority  of  the  District 
Superintendents  recommend  such  election. 


CHAPTER  IV 
ELDERS 

1  174.  An  Elder  is  constituted  by  the  election  of 
the  Annual  Conference,  and  by  the  laying  on  of  the 
hands  of  a  Bishop  and  of  some  of  the  Elders  who 
are  present. 

1f  175.  An  Elder  has  authority  to  preach;  to  con- 
duct Divine  Worship;  to  solemnize  Matrimony,  and 
to  administer  the  Sacraments  of  Baptism  and  the 
Lord's  Supper. 

127 


11 


Elders 


f  176.  Preachers  of  the  following  classes  are  eli- 
gible to  the  Office  of  Elder: 

§  1.  Those  who  (1)  have  been  for  four  consecutive 
years  Local  Deacons;  (2)  shall  present  a  recom- 
mendation for  Elders'  Orders  from  the  District  Con- 
ference or  from  the  Quarterly  Conference  where  no 
District  Conference  exists,  duly  attested  by  the  Presi- 
dent and  Secretary  thereof;  and  (3)  shall  have  com- 
pleted, satisfactorily  to  the  Annual  Conference,  the 
Studies  prescribed  for  Local  Deacons  who  are  candi- 
dates for  Elders'  Orders. 

Note  1. — Preachers  on  Trial  in  an  Annual  Conference  are  for 
purposes  of  ordination,  as  for  amenability,  considered  as  Local 
Preachers. 

Note  2. — The  Election  of  such  Preachers  to  Elders'  Orders 
properly  precedes  their  Admission  to  Full  Membership. 

§  2.  Those  who  (1)  have  been  in  Full  Membership 
in  the  Annual  Conference  for  two  successive  years, 
and  (2)  also  Deacons  during  the  same  time,  and 
(3)  shall  have  completed,  satisfactorily  to  the  Con- 
ference, the  Conference  Course  of  Study. 

§  3.  Those  who  (1)  have  been  received  on  Trial, 
and  elected  to  the  office  of  Deacon  under  the  pro- 
vision of  %  173,  §  2;  (2)  have  completed,  satis- 
factorily to  the  Conference,  the  Conference  Course 
of  Study,  and  (3)  have  been  admitted  into  Full  Mem- 
bership. 

§  4.  Those  who  (1)  are  members  of,  or  have  been 
received  on  Trial  in  an  Annual  Conference,  and  (2) 
have  been  appointed  to  a  Chaplaincy  in  the  Army, 
or  Navy,  or  to  a  foreign  Mission,  or  to  the  Pastorate 
of  a  Church  in  a  foreign  country  outside  of  a  Mis- 
sion or  Conference,  or  to  a  Mission  among  foreign 
people  within  an  English-speaking  Conference. 

If  177.  When  a  Preacher  shall  have  passed  his  ex- 
128 


Pastors 


1  179 


amination,  and  shall  have  heen  admitted  into  Full 
Membership,  and  elected  to  the  OflBce  of  Deacon,  but 
fails  of  his  Ordination  through  the  absence  of  the 
Bishop,  his  eligibility  to  the  Office  of  Elder  shall 
count  from  the  time  of  his  election  to  the  Office  of 
Deacon. 

*"  178.  The  Annual  Conferences  in  India  are  au- 
thorized, with  the  concurrence  of  the  Bishop  presid- 
ing, to  elect  to  the  Office  of  Deacon  or  Elder,  Local 
Preachers  who  have  been  engaged  in  the  regular 
work  for  two  years,  or  four  years,  respectively. 

CHAPTER  V 

PASTORS  (Preachers  in  Charge) 

I.  Duties 

i  179.  The  duties  of  the  Pastor  of  a  Station  or 
Circuit  are: 

§  1.  To  have  the  oversight  of  the  other  Preachers 
in  his  Pastoral  Charge. 

§  2.  To  appoint  Class  Leaders;  to  change  them 
when  he  deems  it  necessary,  and  to  examine  each  of 
them,  with  all  possible  exactness,  at  least  once  a 
quarter,  concerning  his  method  of  leading  a  Class. 

§  3.  To  receive  persons  on  probation  and  instruct 
them  in  the  doctrines,  rules,  and  regulations  of  the 
Church  according  to  the  Probationers'  Manual 
officially  provided;  to  receive  persons  into  Full  Mem- 
bership when  properly  recommended;  to  receive  and 
dismiss  members  by  Certificate,  and  to  administer 
the  Discipline  within  his  Pastoral  Charge. 

§  4.  To  read  and  explain  the  General  Rules  at  least 
once  a  year  in  each  Congregation. 

129 


If  179 


Pastors 


§  5.  To  appoint  Prayer  Meetings  wherever  advis- 
able in  his  Pastoral  Charge. 

§  6.  To  arrange  the  appointments,  wherever  prac- 
ticable, so  as  to  give  the  Local  Preachers  regular 
and  systematic  employment  on  the  Sabbath. 

§  7.  To  license  such  persons  as  he  may  deem 
proper  to  officiate  as  Exhorters  in  the  Church,  accord- 
ing to  the  provisions  of  the  Discipline,  If  220. 

§  8.  To  hold  Watch-night  Meetings  yearly,  and 
Love  Feasts  quarterly,  suffering  no  Love  Feast  to 
last  above  an  hour  and  a  half;  to  hold  Quarterly 
Meetings  in  the  absence  of  the  District  Superintend- 
ent and  of  the  Traveling  Elder  appointed  by  him 
as  his  substitute. 

§  9.  To  take  care  that  every  Society  be  supplied 
with  our  Church  literature. 

§  10.  To  form  Classes  of  the  larger  children, 
youth,  and  adults  for  instruction  in  the  Word  of  God; 
and  to  attend  to  all  the  duties  prescribed  for  the 
training  of  children,    ffl  51-54. 

§  11.  To  catechize  the  children  publicly  in  the  Sun- 
day School,  at  special  meetings  appointed  for  that 
purpose,  and  also  privately;  to  report  to  each  Quar- 
terly Conference  the  extent  to  which  he  has  done  this 
work. 

§  12.  To  organize  and  maintain  if  practicable, 
Chapters  of  the  Epworth  League  and  of  the  Junior 
Epworth  League. 

§  13.  To  organize  and  maintain  if  practicable, 
Chapters  of  the  Methodist  Brotherhood. 

§  14.  To  organize  and  maintain  if  practicable, 
Ladies'  Aid  Societies. 

§  15.  To  organize  and  maintain  if  practicable,  a 
Home  Department  in  the  Sunday  School. 

130 


Pastors 


If  179 


§  16.  To  examine  the  accounts  of  the  Stewards. 

§  17.  To  see  that  the  Stewards  provide,  whenever 
practicable,  unfermented  wine  for  use  in  the  Sacra- 
ment of  the  Lord's  Supper. 

§  18.  To  teach  the  duty  of  Christian  Stewardship 
in  accordance  with  Special  Advices,    f  70. 

§  19.  In  the  absence  of  any  other  financial  plan  to 
appoint  a  person  to  receive  the  quarterly  collection 
In  the  Classes. 

§  20.  To  see  that  public  collections  be  made  quar- 
terly if  need  be. 

§  21.  To  call  the  Committee  on  Temperance  to- 
gether at  least  once  in  three  months  for  the  purpose 
of  considering  the  best  means  to  be  employed  for  pro- 
moting the  cause  of  Temperance  in  the  community. 

§  22.  To  recommend  everywhere  decency  and 
cleanliness. 

§  23.  To  attend  to  the  duties  enjoined  upon  Pas- 
tors in  reference  to  Conference  Claimants,  Foreign 
Missions,  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension,  Edu- 
cation, Sunday  Schools,  Freedmen's  Aid,  and  the 
distribution  of  Tracts;  to  form  societies  and  take 
collections  in  aid  of  these  objects  in  such  manner  as 
the  Discipline  shall  direct. 

§  24.  To  take  a  collection  or  subscription,  the  pro- 
ceeds of  which  shall  be  at  the  disposal  of  the  Pastor 
for  the  distribution  of  Tracts,  if  the  Annual  Confer- 
ence shall  not  give  other  directions  on  the  subject. 

§  25.  To  take  an  annual  collection  in  behalf  of  the 
American  Bible  Society. 

§  26.  To  take  a  collection  during  each  of  the  three 
Conference  years  preceding  the  session  of  the  General 
Conference  to  aid  in  providing  for  the  expenses  of  the 
General  Conference,  Judicial  Conferences,  Fraternal 
131 


1  ISO 


Pastors 


Delegates,  and  such  General  Conference  Commissions 
as  do  not  relate  to  the  publishing  interests. 

§  27.  To  take  an  annual  collection  in  behalf  of  the 
Board  of  Sunday  Schools,  and  to  see  that  a  collec- 
tion be  taken  annually  in  each  Sunday  School. 

§  28.  To  register  carefully  Marriages  and  Baptisms. 

§  29.  To  give  an  account  of  the  Charge  every  quar- 
ter to  the  District  Superintendent. 

§  30.  At  the  close  of  each  Conference  year  to  make 
a  Visiting  List  of  members  in  towns  and  cities,  by 
streets  and  numbers,  and  to  leave  it  to  his  succes- 
sor, together  with  a  particular  account  of  his  Charge 
and  a  list  of  subscribers  for  our  Periodicals. 


If  180.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Pastor  to  properly 
prepare  and  present  the  following  reports: 

§  1.  To  make  an  exact  report  to  the  Annual  Con- 
ference of  all  the  items  required  for  the  Statistics  of 
the  Conference,  and  to  deliver  to  the  Conference  Treas- 
urer all  moneys  raised  for  benevolent  causes,  or  satis- 
factory vouchers  for  the  same  (If  86,  §§  2,  3),  using 
the  forms  prescribed  in  flf  89  and  90;  and  to  report  in 
open  Conference  whether  or  not  he  has  presented  the 
claims  of  the  benevolent  causes  according  to  the  re- 
quirements of  the  Discipline. 

§  2.  To  make  a  written  report  at  each  Quarterly 
Conference  in  the  order,  covering  all  the  items,  set 
forth  in  the  following  form: 

The  Preacher  in  charge  of   Con- 
ference presents  the  following 


II.  Reports 


of  

ence  held  at 


QUARTERLY  REPORT 

Charge  to  the   ( 

I    19.... 

132 


Quarterly  Confer- 


Pastors 


1f  180 


I.  Sunday  Schools  and  Religious  Instruction 

1.  Number  of  Sunday  Schools. 

2.  State  of  the  Schools. 

3.  Average  Attendance. 

4.  Number  in  the  Home  Department. 

5.  Number  of  Sermons  preached  by  the  Pastor  to> 

the  Children. 

6.  Number  of  times  the  Pastor  has  catechized  the 

Children. 

7.  Number  of  Classes  of  Children  formed  for  re- 

ligious instruction. 

II.  Changes  in  Membership 
[Note. — Enter  under  each  item  the  names  of  the  persons  and 
places  concerned.] 

1.  Persons  desiring  to  Unite  with  the  Church. 

2.  Persons  Received  into  Membership  from  Pro- 
bation. 

3.  Persons  Received  into  Membership  by  Certificate. 

4.  Persons    Received    from    Other  Evangelical 

Churches. 

5.  Persons  Dismissed  by  Certificate  and  to  what 

Pastoral  Charge. 

6.  Certificates    Acknowledged    to    the  Pastoral 

Charges  issuing  the  same. 

7.  Certificates  issued  to  other  Charges  acknowl- 

edged by  the  same. 

8.  Deceased. 

9.  Removed  Without  Letter. 

10.  Where  new  address  is  known  has  the  Pastor 

been  Notified? 

11.  Withdrawn. 

12.  Expelled. 

III.  Pastoral  Labor 
1.  Number  of  Pastoral  Visits. 

133 


H  180 


Pastors 


2.  Other  Items. 

IV.  Benevolent  Collections  this  Quarter 

1.  Board  of  Foreign  Missions. 

2.  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension. 

3.  Freedmen's  Aid  Society. 

4.  Education. 

a.  Public  Educational  Collection.  b.  Chil- 
dren's Day  Fund.  c.  Conference  Educational 
Collection. 

5.  Board  of  Sunday  Schools. 

6.  Board  of  Conference  Claimants. 

7.  Church  Temperance  Society. 

8.  American  Bible  Society. 

9.  City  Missionary  or  Church  Extension  Society. 
10.  Other  Objects. 

V.  Subscribers  for  Periodicals 

[Note. — To  be  reported  only  at  Fourth  Quarterly  Conference. 1 

1   Christian  Advocate. 

2.  Methodist  Review. 

3.  Sunday  School  Journal. 

4.  Sunday  School  Advocate. 

5.  The  Classmate. 

6.  Epworth  Herald. 

7.  Other  Periodicals. 

 Preacher  in  Charge. 

§  3.  To  make  full  written  Pastor's  Summary  Re- 
port to  the  District  Superintendent  at  the  close  of 
each  year,  for  use  in  the  Bishop's  Cabinet  only,  in 
the  following  form: 

PASTOR'S  SUMMARY  REPORT 

(For  Cabinet  use  only) 
To  be  given  to  the  District  Superintendent  on  the  first  day  of  the 
Conference  session. 

134 


Pastoks 


If  180 


All  figures  should  check  with  the  Statistician's  and  Conference 
Treasurer's  reports.  All  blanks  should  be  filled  and  totals  recorded. 

L  Membership 
Number  of  Members  (full  members  only). 
Number  of  Accessions  during  the  year. 

II.  Property 
Value  of  Church  Property. 
Value  of  Parsonage  Property. 

Total. 
Amount  of  Debt. 
Net  Property. 

III.  Ministerial  Support 

Pastor. 

Cash. 

Parsonage  Rent. 
District  Superintendent. 
Conference  Claimants 
Bishops. 

Total  Ministerial  Support. 
(Do  not  report  Missionary  Money  as  salary) 

IV.  Disciplinary  Collections 
Board  of  Foreign  Missions: 
Church. 

Sunday  School. 
Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension: 

Church. 

Sunday  School. 
Freedmen*s  Aid  Society. 
Board  of  Education: 

Public  Educational  Collection. 

Children's  Fund. 
Board  of  Sunday  Schools: 

Church. 

Sunday  School. 

135 


If  181 


Pastors 


Board  of  Conference  Claimants. 

Church  Temperance  Society. 

Woman's  Foreign  Missionary  Society. 

Woman's  Home  Missionary  Society  (cash  only). 

American  Bible  Society. 

City  Missionary  or  Church  Extension  Society. 

Total  Collections  (Disciplinary). 
Special  Gifts,  Bequests,  and  Other  Collections: 

Special  Gifts  Foreign  Missions. 

Special  Gifts  Home  Missions  and  Church  Exten- 
sion. 

Conference  Educational  Collection. 
Annual  Conference  Investments. 
Central  Office  Expenses  of  Epworth  League. 
General  Conference  Expenses. 
Methodist  Brotherhood  Dues. 
Other  Collections. 
Total. 

Names  of  Pastors  serving  this  Charge  during  the 
previous  four  years. 

Names  of  my  own  appointments  during  the  previous 
four  years. 

When  appointed  to  present  Charge. 

H  181.  No  Pastor  shall  engage  an  Evangelist  other 
than  one  of  his  own  Conference  appointed  by  the 
Bishop  without  first  obtaining  the  written  consent 
of  his  District  Superintendent. 

f  182.  No  preaching  place  shall  be  discontinued 
in  the  Intervals  between  the  sessions  of  the  Annual 
Conference  without  the  consent  and  advice  of  the 
Quarterly  Conference  and  of  the  District  Superintend- 
ent; and  if  thus  discontinued,  the  names  of  the 
members  shall  be  transferred  to  such  contiguous 
Classes  as  the  members  may  select. 

136 


SrPEKXUMEliAKY  MINISTERS 


H  184 


CHAPTER  VI 
SUPERNUMERARY  MINISTERS 
1  183.  A  Supernumerary  Minister  is  one  who,  be- 
cause of  impaired  health,  or  other  equally  sufficient 
reason,  is  temporarily  unable  to  perform  full  work. 
This  relation  shall  not  be  granted  for  more  than  five 
years  in  succession.  He  may  receive  an  appoint- 
ment, or  be  left  without  one,  according  to  the  judg- 
ment of  the  Annual  Conference  of  which  he  is  a 
Member;  and  he  shall  be  subject  to  all  the  limitations 
of  the  Discipline  in  respect  to  reappointment  and 
continuance  in  the  same  Charge  that  apply  to  Effect- 
ive Ministers.  In  case  he  has  no  Pastoral  Charge 
he  shall  have  a  seat  in  the  Quarterly  Conference,  and 
all  the  privileges  of  membership,  in  the  place  where 
he  resides.  He  shall  report  to  the  fourth  Quarterly 
Conference  and  to  the  Pastor  all  Marriages  solem- 
nized and  all  Baptisms  administered.  Should  he  re- 
side beyond  the  bounds  of  his  Annual  Conference, 
he  shall  forward  to  it  annually  a  certificate  similar 
to  that  required  of  a  Retired  Minister,  and  in  case 
of  failure  to  do  so  the  Annual  Conference  may  locate 
him  without  his  consent.  He  shall  have  no  claim  on 
the  Conference  funds  except  by  vote  of  the  Confer- 
ence; such  claim  to  be  paid  out  of  the  necessitous 
fund. 


CHAPTER  VII 
RETIRED  MINISTERS 

If  184.  Every  Retired  Minister,  who  is  not  em- 
ployed as  Pastor  of  a  Charge,  shall  have  a  seat  in 
137 


]f  185       District  Superintendents 


the  Quarterly  Conference,  and  all  the  privileges  of 
membership  in  the  Church  where  he  resides.  He 
shall  report  to  the  fourth  Quarterly  Conference  and 
to  the  Pastor  all  Marriages  solemnized  and  all  Bap- 
tisms administered.  If  he  reside  without  the  bounds 
of  the  Conference  of  which  he  is  a  Member,  he  shall 
forward  annually  to  his  Conference  a  certificate  of 
his  Christian  and  Ministerial  conduct,  together  with 
an  account  of  the  number  and  circumstances  of  his 
family,  signed  by  the  District  Superintendent  of  the 
District  or  the  Pastor  of  the  Charge  within  whose 
bounds  he  resides;  without  which  the  Conference 
shall  not  be  required  to  allow  his  claim,  and  may, 
after  due  notice  and  due  form  and  record  of  trial, 
locate  him  without  his  consent. 


CHAPTER  VIII 
DISTRICT  SUPERINTENDENTS 

If  185.  District  Superintendents  are  to  be  chosen 
and  appointed  by  the  Bishops.        202,  203. 

f  186.  The  duties  of  a  District  Superintendent 
are: 

§  1.  To  travel  throughout  his  District. 

§  2.  In  the  absence  of  a  Bishop  to  take  charge  of 
all  the  Traveling  Ministers,  Local  Preachers,  and 
Exhorters  in  his  District,  as  the  Discipline  directs. 

§  3.  To  change  the  appointments  of  the  Preachers 
in  his  District,  if  necessary,  during  the  interval  be- 
tween the  sessions  of  the  Conference,  in  case  the 
Bishop  is  not  personally  present  within  the  bounds 
of  the  Annual  Conference. 

138 


District  Supeiuxtexdexts 


U  136 


§  4.  To  preside  in  the  District  Conference  in  the 
absence  of  a  Bishop.    1f  97. 

§  5.  To  be  present  as  far  as  practicable  at  all  the 
Quarterly  Meetings,  and  at  each  to  call  together  the 
Quarterly  Conference  to  transact  the  business  as- 
signed to  it  by  the  Discipline;  provided,  however, 
that  he  may  either  combine  the  second  and  third 
Quarterly  Conferences  or  may  omit  them,  as  may 
seem  best,  after  consultation  with  the  Pastor. 

§  6.  To  issue  Licenses  and  to  renew  them,  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  action  of  the  District  or  Quarterly 
Conferences.    U  214,  §  1. 

§  7.  To  oversee  the  spiritual  and  temporal  business 
of  the  Church  in  his  District. 

§  8.  To  see  that  all  Charters,  Deeds,  and  other  con- 
veyances of  Church  property  in  his  District  conform 
strictly  to  the  Discipline  and  to  the  laws,  usages,  and 
forms  of  the  State  or  Territory  within  which  such 
property  is  situated. 

§  9.  To  see  that  all  Church  property  is  well  in- 
sured. 

§  10.  To  promote  by  all  proper  means  the  interests 
of  Foreign  Missions,  Home  Missions  and  Church 
Extension,  Freedmen's  Aid,  Education,  Sunday 
Schools,  Conference  Claimants,  Epworth  Leagues, 
Junior  Epworth  League  Chapters,  Methodist  Brother- 
hoods, Temperance  and  Ladies'  Aid  Societies;  to  ad- 
minister the  rules  of  the  Church  as  to  these  and  other 
benevolent  causes,  and  to  secure  conformity  thereto 
on  the  part  of  both  Pastors  and  Quarterly  Confer- 
ences; and  to  report  in  open  Conference  whether  or 
not  the  provisions  of  the  Discipline  for  the  support 
of  the  various  benevolences  of  the  Church  have  been 
carried  out  in  his  District. 

139 


f  186       District  Superintendents 


§  11.  To  inquire  carefully  in  every  Charge  if  the 
apportionment  for  the  Episcopal  Fund  has  been  paid 
in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  Discipline. 

§  12.  To  inquire  carefully  in  every  Charge  if  the 
apportionments  for  the  expenses  of  the  General  Con- 
ference and  other  general  expenses  of  the  Church 
have  been  paid. 

§  13.  To  report  to  the  Annual  Conference  the  con- 
dition and  statistics  of  the  literary  and  theological 
institutions  located  in  his  District,  and  under  the 
care  of  our  Church;  and  at  the  last  Quarterly  Confer- 
ence of  each  Pastoral  Charge  to  ask  the  questions  set 
forth  in  If  455,  §  2. 

§  14.  To  inquire  carefully  at  each  Quarterly  Con- 
ference if  the  rules  respecting  the  instruction  of 
children,  including  instruction  in  Temperance,  have 
been  observed. 

§  15.  To  inquire  carefully  at  each  Quarterly  Con- 
ference if  the  provisions  for  the  pro  rata  division  of 
the  several  claims  for  Ministerial  Support  have  been 
observed.        313,  317,  319,  320. 

§  16.  To  see  in  his  District  that  every  part  of  our 
Discipline  is  enforced. 

§  17.  To  decide  all  Questions  of  Law  involved  in 
proceedings  pending  in  a  District  or  Quarterly  Con- 
ference, subject  to  an  appeal  to  the  President  of  the 
next  Annual  Conference.  But  in  all  cases  the  appli- 
cation of  law  shall  be  with  the  Conference.  IHf  255, 
304,  %i  13,  14. 

§  18.  To  attend  the  Bishop  when  he  is  present  in 
the  District,  and  when  he  is  absent  to  give  him  by 
letter  all  necessary  information  as  to  the  state  of 
the  District. 

§  19.  To  furnish  to  the  Membars  of  the  General 

140 


Missionary  Bishops  ^  189 


Committee  of  the  General  Conference  District  of 
which  his  Annual  Conference  is  a  part,  prior  to  the 
annual  meeting  of  the  General  Committee,  a  written 
statement  of  the  condition  of  the  Missions  under 
his  care  and  of  their  pecuniary  needs. 

§  20.  To  direct  the  attention  of  candidates  for  the 
Ministry  to  the  advantages  of  a  thorough  training  in 
the  literary  and  theological  schools  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church,  and  also  to  direct  those  who  are 
admitted  on  Trial  in  the  Annual  Conference  to  the 
Course  of  Study  prescribed  by  the  Bishops. 

§  21.  To  explain  to  Preachers  on  Trial,  as  well  as 
to  those  who  are  to  be  proposed  for  reception  on 
Trial,  that  the  Annual  Conference  may  refuse  to 
admit  them  to  Full  Membership  without  doing  them 
any  wrong. 

1  187.  If  any  Pastor  absent  himself  from  his 
Charge  the  District  Superintendent  shall  fill  his 
place,  if  possible,  with  another  Preacher,  who  shall 
be  paid  for  his  labors  out  of  the  allowance  of  the 
absent  Pastor,  and  in  proportion  thereto. 

IT  188.  A  District  Superintendent  shall  not  employ 
a  Preacher  who  has  been  rejected  by  the  previous 
Annual  Conference,  unless  the  Conference  give  him 
authority  to  do  co. 


CHAPTER  IX 
MISSIONARY  BISHOPS 

1i  189.  A  Missionary  Bishop  is  a  Bishop  elected 
for  a  specified  Foreign  Mission  field,  with  full 
Episcopal  powers,  but  with  Episcopal  jurisdiction 
limited  to  the  Foreign  Mission  field  for  which  he  was 
elected. 

141 


If  190 


Missionary  Bishops 


If  190.  A  Missionary  Bishop  is  amenable  for  his 
conduct  to  the  General  Conference,  as  is  a  General 
Superintendent,  and  shall  receive  his  support  from  the 
Episcopal  Fund. 

If  191.  A  Missionary  Bishop  is  not,  in  the  mean- 
ing of  the  Discipline,  a  General  Superintendent. 

If  192.  The  election  of  a  Missionary  Bishop  car- 
ries with  it  his  assignment  to  a  specified  Foreign  Mis- 
sion field,  and  such  Bishop  cannot  be  made  a  General 
Superintendent  except  by  a  distinct  election  to  that 
office. 

1f  193.  When  two  or  more  Missionary  Bishops  are 
located  in  the  same  Foreign  Mission  field  they  shall 
have  coordinate  authority. 

If  194.  A  Missionary  Bishop  is  not  subordinate  to 
the  General  Superintendents,  but  is  of  coordinate 
authority  in  the  field  to  which  he  is  appointed. 
In  the  practical  application  of  this  coordinate  au- 
thority, when  the  General  Superintendents  are  mak- 
ing their  assignments  to  the  Conferences,  any  Mis- 
sionary Bishop  who  may  be  in  the  United  States 
shall  sit  with  them  when  his  field  is  under  considera- 
tion; and  arrangements  shall  be  made  so  that  once  In 
every  quadrennium,  and  not  oftener  unless  a  serious 
emergency  arises,  every  Mission  over  which  a  Mis- 
sionary Bishop  has  jurisdiction  shall  be  administered 
conjointly  by  a  General  Superintendent  and  the 
Missionary  Bishop.  In  case  of  a  difference  of  judg- 
ment between  them  the  existing  status  shall  continue, 
unless  overruled  by  the  General  Superintendents, 
who  shall  have  power  to  decide  finally. 

If  195.  The  names  of  the  Missionary  Bishops  shall 
be  printed  in  the  Book  of  Discipline  and  the  Meth- 
142 


Bishops 


If  199 


odist  Hymnal  below  the  names  of  the  Bishops,  under 
the  title,  "Missionary  Bishops." 

r  196.  A  Missionary  Bishop  shall  be  cx  officio  a 
member  of  the  General  Committee  of  the  Board  of 
Foreign  Missions  and  in  his  field  shall  cooperate  with 
the  Board  precisely  as  a  General  Superintendent  is 
expected  to  cooperate  with  said  Board  in  a  Foreign 
Mission  field  over  which  he  has  Episcopal  charge. 

%  197.  When  a  Missionary  Bishop,  by  death  or  for 
other  cause,  ceases  to  perform  Episcopal  duty  for  the 
foreign  field  to  which  he  was  assigned  by  the  Gen- 
eral Conference,  the  General  Superintendents  shall 
at  once  take  supervision  of  said  field. 

j  198.  The  transfer  of  a  Preacher  from  a  field 
within  the  jurisdiction  of  a  Missionary  Bishop  to  a 
Conference  under  the  Episcopal  supervision  of  a  Gen- 
eral Superintendent,  or  from  a  Conference  under  the 
Episcopal  Supervision  of  a  General  Superintendent  to 
a  field  within  the  jurisdiction  of  a  Missionary  Bishop, 
shall  require  mutual  agreement  between  the  two 
Bishops;  and  a  similar  agreement  shall  be  required 
between  the  two  Bishops  having  charge  when  the  pro- 
posed transfer  is  between  two  foreign  fields  over 
which  there  are  Missionary  Bishops. 


CHAPTER  X 
BISHOPS 

L  How  Constituted 


T  199.  A  Bishop  shaH  be  constituted  by  the  elec- 
tion of  the  General  Conference  and  the  laying  on  of 
143 


I  200 


Bishops 


the  hands  of  three  Bishops,  or  at  least  of  one  Bishop 
and  two  Elders. 

H  200.  If  by  death,  or  otherwise,  there  be  no 
Bishop  remaining  in  our  Church,  the  General  Confer- 
ence shall  elect  a  Bishop,  and  the  Elders,  or  any  three 
of  them  who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  General  Con- 
ference for  that  purpose,  shall  consecrate  him  accord- 
ing to  the  Ritual. 


II.  Amenability 
H  201.  A  Bishop  is  amenable  for  his  conduct  to 
the  General  Conference,  which  also  shall  have  power 
to  order  the  manner  of  a  trial. 


III.  Duties 
f  202.  The  duties  of  a  Bishop  are: 
§  1.  To  preside  in  the  Annual  Conferences. 
§  2.  To  form  the  Districts  according  to  his  judg- 
ment. 

§  3.  To  fix  the  appointments  of  the  Preachers  un- 
der the  provisions  and  limitations  stated  in  If  203. 

§  4.  To  fix  within  their  own  Conferences  the  Quar- 
terly Conference  membership  of  all  Ministers  ap- 
pointed under  H  203,  §§  3,  4  (except  those  who  are 
Pastors  of  Churches) ;  also  of  those  Ministers  who 
are  left  without  appointment  to  attend  some  one 
of  our  schools. 

§  5.  In  the  interval  between  the  sessions  of  the 
Annual  Conference,  to  change  the  appointments  of 
the  Preachers,  as  necessity  may  require  and  the 
Discipline  direct. 

144 


Bishops 


1  203 


§  6.  To  travel  through  the  Connection  at  large. 

§  7.  To  oversee  the  spiritual  and  temporal  busi- 
ness of  the  Church. 

§  8.  To  preside  in  the  District  Conference. 

§  9.  To  consecrate  Bishops,  and  Ordain  Elders  and 
Deacons. 

§  10.  To  decide  all  Questions  of  Law  involved  in 
proceedings  pending  in  an  Annual  Conference,  sub- 
ject to  appeal  to  the  General  Conference.  But  in  all 
cases  the  application  of  law  shall  be  with  the  Con- 
ference. 

f  203.  The  following  provisions  and  limitations 
shall  be  observed  by  the  Bishop  when  fixing  the 
appointments: 

§  1.  He  shall  appoint  Preachers  to  Pastoral 
Charges  annually. 

§  2.  He  shall  not  allow  a  District  Superintendent  to 
preside  in  the  same  District  more  than  six  consecu- 
tive years,  nor  more  than  six  years  in  any  consecu- 
tive twelve.  Nevertheless,  if  in  any  case  the  term 
of  six  years  shall  expire  in  the  interval  between 
the  sessions  of  the  Annual  Conference,  he  may 
continue  him  until  the  next  session,  provided  the 
time  shall  not  be  more  than  six  months.  But  Dis- 
trict Superintendents  in  either  Missions  or  Mission 
Conferences  in  foreign  lands  may  be  appointed  to 
the  same  District  for  more  than  six  consecutive 
years. 

§  3.  He  may  make  the  following  appointments  an- 
nually : 

(1)  The  Corresponding  Secretaries,  Assistant 
Corresponding  Secretaries,  and  Recording 
Secretaries  of  our  Connectional  Benevolent 
Boards  and  Societies. 

145 


f  203 


Bishops 


(2)  The  Publishing  Agents  at  New  York,  Cin- 
cinnati, and  Chicago. 

(3)  The  Editors  and  Assistant  Editors  at  New 
York,  Syracuse,  Pittsburgh,  Cincinnati,  Chi- 
cago, Kansas  City,  San  Francisco,  Portland, 
New  Orleans,  and  Athens,  Tenn.,  and  the 
Editor  of  Zion's  Herald. 

(4)  Chaplains  in  the  Army  and  Navy,  and  to 
Prisons,  Reformatories,  Sanatoriums,  and 
Charitable  Institutions. 

(5)  Preachers  for  Seamen. 

(6)  Ministers  in  the  service  of  the  American 
Bible  Society,  or  of  any  State  Bible  So- 
ciety auxiliary  thereto;  or  of  the  Sunday 
League  of  America. 

(7)  The  Presidents,  Principals,  and  Teachers 
of  institutions  of  learning  under  our  care. 

(8)  The  Secretaries  and  Superintendents  of 
City  Missions. 

§  4.  If  requested  by  an  Annual  Conference,  he  may 
appoint: 

(1)  An  Agent  to  travel  throughout  such  Con- 
ference for  the  purpose  of  distributing 
Tracts. 

(2)  An  Agent  or  Agents  to  promote  the  cause 
of  Temperance. 

(3)  Instructors  in  Institutions  of  Learning 
not  under  our  care. 

(4)  An  Agent  or  Agents  for  the  benefit  of  our 
Institutions  of  Learning. 

(5)  An  Agent  for  the  German  Publishing 
Fund. 

(6)  Agents  for  other  benevolent  institutions. 

146 


Bishops 


1  205 


(7)  Editors  of  unofficial  Papers  or  Magazines 
published  in  the  interest  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church;  provided,  that  in  no 
such  case  shall  the  Church  incur  any- 
financial  responsibility. 

(8)  One  or  more  Members  of  an  Annual  Con- 
ference to  do  evangelistic  work  on  Charges 
within  that  Conference,  if  invited  by  the 
Pastors  and  in  cooperation  with  them;  or 
in  neglected  territory  within  any  District, 
when  requested  by,  and  in  cooperation 
with,  the  District  Superintendent  of  such 
District;  provided,  that  the  Conference 
shall  determine  by  vote  how  many  of  its 
members  may  be  thus  appointed;  and  that 
the  said  Annual  Conference  shall  by  vote 
of  two  thirds  of  its  members  present  and 
voting  request  such  appointment. 


IV.  Powers 

If  204.  The  Bishops  shall  prescribe  the  studies 
upon  which  those  applying  for  License  to  Preach,  for 
Orders  as  Local  Preachers,  and  for  Reception  on 
Trial,  respectively,  shall  be  examined;  also  a  Course 
of  Study  for  Local  Preachers,  extending  through  four 
years;  and  a  Conference  Course  of  Study,  extending 
through  four  years,  to  be  pursued  by  those  who  have 
been  received  on  Trial  in  an  Annual  Conference. 

r  205.  A  Bishop  may  leave  without  appointment 
a  Preacher  on  Trial  or  a  Member  of  an  Annual  Con- 
ference who  desires  to  attend  any  of  our  literary  or 
theological  seminaries,  whenever  he  shall  be  re- 
quested to  do  so  by  the  Annual  Conference  and  it 
147 


If  206 


Bishops 


shall  seem  to  him  expedient;  provided,  however,  that 
the  time  thus  spent  in  school  shall  not  count  on  that 
required  for  Trial  in  the  Annual  Conference,  except 
when  at  least  two  full  years  shall  have  been  spent  in 
regular  work  under  appointment  by  a  District  Super- 
intendent who,  together  with  the  Quarterly  Confer- 
ence, certifies  to  the  efficiency  of  his  work.  A 
preacher  thus  left  without  appointment  may  be  em- 
ployed as  a  supply  in  another  Conference  by  a  Dis- 
trict Superintendent  without  being  transferred. 

If  206.  Bishops  are  relieved  from  the  duty  of  in- 
vestigating and  reporting  upon  charges  of  erroneous 
teaching  in  our  theological  schools;  but  when  charges 
of  that  nature  are  made  to,  or  laid  before  them,  they 
may  refer  the  same  without  action  thereon  to  the 
Annual  Conference  of  which  the  accused  is  a  member 
for  such  proceeding  as  such  Conference  may  deem 
appropriate  in  the  premises.  If,  however,  the  Pro- 
fessor be  a  layman,  the  charges  shall  be  sent  to  his 
Pastor  and  he  shall  be  brought  to  trial  according  to 
the  provisions  of  If  247  of  the  Discipline.  But  in  case 
the  complaints  affect  the  manner  of  teaching,  or 
personal  fitness,  and  not  doctrinal  soundness,  the 
Bishops,  after  due  consideration,  shall  communicate 
their  judgment  in  the  case  to  the  governing  board  of 
the  school  directly  concerned. 

If  207.  A  Bishop,  when  he  judges  'it  necessary, 
may  unite  two  or  more  Pastoral  Charges  for  Quar- 
terly Conference  purposes,  without  affecting  their 
separate  financial  interests  or  pastoral  relations. 

If  208.  If  a  Bishop  cease  from  traveling  at  large 
among  the  people  without  the  consent  of  the  General 
Conference  he  shall  not  thereafter  exercise,  in  any 
degree,  the  Episcopal  Office  in  our  Church. 
148 


Retired  Bishops  ^  210 


H  209.  In  case  there  be  no  Bishop  to  travel  at 
large  through  the  Districts  and  exercise  the  Episcopal 
Office,  on  account  of  death  or  otherwise,  the  Districts 
shall  be  regulated  in  every  respect,  ordination  ex- 
cepted, by  the  Annual  Conferences  and  the  District 
Superintendents  in  the  interval  of  the  sessions  of  the 
General  Conference. 


CHAPTER  XI 
RETIRED  BISHOPS 

I.  General  Superintendent 


H  210,  §  1.  A  General  Superintendent  who  has 
reached  the  age  of  seventy  years  may  be  released  both 
from  the  obligation  to  travel  through  the  Connection 
at  large,  and  from  that  of  residential  supervision,  by 
giving  notice  in  writing  to  the  Board  of  Bishops  that  he 
so  elects;  and  when  a  General  Superintendent  has  been 
released,  in  this  manner,  the  Board  of  Bishops  shall 
report  the  fact  to  the  Book  Committee  and  to  the 
next  General  Conference. 

§  2.  A  General  Superintendent,  at  the  close  of  the 
General  Conference  nearest  his  seventy-third  birth- 
day, shall  be  released  from  the  obligation  to  travel 
through  the  Connection  at  large,  and  from  residential 
supervision. 

§  3.  A  General  Superintendent  at  any  age  and  foi 
any  reason  deemed  sufficient  by  the  General  Confer- 
149 


If  211  Retired  Bishops 


ence,  may  be  released  by  that  body  from  the  obliga- 
tion to  travel  through  the  Connection  at  large,  and 
from  residential  supervision. 


II.  Missionary  Bishop 
H  211,  §  1.  A  Missionary  Bishop  who  has  reached 

the  age  of  seventy  years  may  be  released  from  the 
obligation  to  travel  through  the  Foreign  Mission  field 
for  which  he  was  elected,  by  giving  notice  in  writing 
to  the  Board  of  Bishops,  the  Board  of  Foreign  Mis- 
sions, and  the  Book  Committee;  and  when  a  Mis- 
sionary Bishop  has  been  released,  in  this  manner  the 
Board  of  Bishops  shall  report  the  fact  to  the  next 
General  Conference. 

§  2.  A  Missionary  Bishop,  at  the  close  of  the  Gen- 
eral Conference  nearest  his  seventy-third  birthday, 
shall  be  released  from  the  obligation  to  travel  through 
the  Foreign  Mission  field  for  which  he  was  elected. 

§  3.  A  Missionary  Bishop,  at  any  age  and  for  any 
reason  deemed  sufficient  by  the  General  Conference, 
may  be  released  by  that  body  from  the  obligation  to 
travel  through  the  Foreign  Mission  field  for  which 
he  was  elected. 


III.  General  Provisions 
H  212,  §  1.  A  General  Superintendent  who  has 
been  released  from  the  obligation  to  travel  through 
the  Connection  at  large  in  accordance  with  any  of 
the  foregoing  provisions  shall  not  preside  thereafter 
over  any  Annual  Conference,  Mission  Conference,  or 
Mission,  nor  make  appointments,  nor  preside  at  the 
General  Conference,  but  may  take  the  chair  tempo- 
150 


Eetired  Bishops  1f  212 


rarily  in  any  Conference  if  requested  to  do  so  by  the 
Bishop  presiding.  He  shall  be  an  advisory  member 
of  the  Board  of  Bishops. 

§  2.  When  a  Missionary  Bishop  is  released  in  any 
of  the  cases  aforesaid,  he  shall  not  preside  there- 
after in  any  Conference  nor  make  appointments. 

§  3.  A  General  Superintendent  or  a  Missionary 
Bishop  who  has  been  released  under  any  of  the 
foregoing  provisions  may  continue  to  exercise  all  the 
rights  and  privileges  which  pertain  to  the  Episcopal 
office,  except  as  herein  otherwise  provided. 

§  4.  The  point  of  time  midway  between  two  Gen- 
eral Conferences  shall  be  deemed  to  fall  at  the  divi- 
sion between  May  15th  and  May  16th  of  the  second 
calendar  year  following  the  year  of  the  regular  ses- 
sion of  the  General  Conference. 

§  5.  These  provisions  concerning  the  retirement  of 
Bishops  shall  become  effective  at  the  beginning  of 
the  General  Conference  of  1916. 


131 


PART  IV 

LOCAL  PREACHERS,  EXHORTERS, 
DEACONESSES 


153 


L  LOCAL  PREACHERS 
n.  EXHORTERS 
EL  DEACONESSES 


154 


CHAPTER  I 


LOCAL  PREACHERS 

U  213.  Wherever  a  District  Conference  exists,  the 
powers  hereinafter  conferred  on  Quarterly  Confer- 
ences in  relation  to  Local  Preachers  and  Exhorters 
shall  be  exercised  only  by  the  District  Conference; 
but  it  shall  not  license  any  person  to  preach,  nor  re- 
new the  License  of  any  person  to  preach  or  exhort, 
nor  recommend  any  Local  Preacher  to  the  Annual 
Conference  for  Orders  or  for  Recognition  of  Orders 
or  for  Reception  on  Trial,  without  the  previous  rec- 
ommendation of  the  Quarterly  Conference,  or  of  the 
Leaders  and  Stewards'  Meeting  of  the  Pastoral 
Charge  of  which  such  person  or  Preacher  is  a  mem- 
ber, and  no  member  of  the  Church  shall  be  at  liberty 
to  preach  without  a  license. 

If  214.  The  Quarterly  Conference,  where  no  Dis- 
trict Conference  exists,  shall  have  authority: 

§  1.  To  license  proper  persons  to  preach;  provided, 
they  shall  have  been  previously  recommended  by  the 
Society  of  which  they  are  members,  or  by  the  Leaders 
and  Stewards'  Meeting;  shall  have  passed  a  satis- 
factory examination  in  the  studies  prescribed  for 
candidates  for  License  to  Preach;  shall  have  been 
examined  in  the  presence  of  the  Quarterly  Conference 
on  the  subject  of  Doctrines  and  Discipline,  and  also 
shall  have  answered  satisfactorily  the  question,  "Will 
you  wholly  abstain  from  the  use  of  tobacco?" 

§  2.  To  examine  Local  Preachers  in  the  Course  of 
Study  prescribed  for  them;  to  inquire  into  the  gifts, 
155 


215  Local  Preachers 


labors,  and  usefulness  of  each  by  name,  and  to  renew 
their  licenses  annually  when  in  the  judgment  of  the 
Conference  their  gifts,  grace,  and  usefulness,  and 
their  faithfulness  and  proficiency  in  study,  warrant 
such  renewal.  In  the  case  of  Local  Preachers  who 
are  candidates  for  the  traveling  ministry,  examina- 
tions may  be  suspended  while  they  are  pursuing  reg- 
ular courses"  of  study  in  our  theological  seminaries 
or  in  universities  or  colleges  approved  by  the  Uni- 
versity Senate. 

§  3.  To  recommend  to  the  Annual  Conference  Local 
Preachers  who  are  suitable  candidates  for  Deacons' 
or  Elders'  Orders  (ff  173,  §  1;  176,  §  1),  for  Recogni- 
tion of  Orders  (f  162,  §§1,  2),  or  for  Reception  on 
Trial  (If  154,  §  1);  such  candidates  having  been 
previously  examined  in  the  presence  of  the  Quarterly 
Conference  on  the  subject  of  Doctrine  and  Discipline. 

§  4.  To  try,  suspend,  deprive  of  Ministerial  Office 
and  Credentials,  expel,  or  acquit  any  Local  Preacher 
of  the  Circuit  or  Station  against  whom  Charges  shall 
have  been  preferred.   Iff  261-268. 

Note. — For  the  Licensing,  Amenability,  and  Appeal  of  Local 
Preachers  in  Missions  in  the  United  States  and  Territories,  see 
1269,  §1;  431,  §  3. 

f  215,  §  1.  Every  Local  Preacher,  ordained  or  un- 
ordained,  not  having  a  Pastoral  Charge,  shall  be  a 
member  of,  and  amenable  to,  the  Quarterly  Confer- 
ence where  he  resides.  And  when  he  shall  change 
his  residence  he  shall  procure  from  the  Pastor  of  the 
Charge  from  which  he  removes,  or  from  the  District 
Superintendent,  a  Certificate  of  his  Official  Standing 
and  of  Dismissal,  and  shall  present  it  to  the  pastor 
of  the  Charge  to  which  he  removes.  If  he,  neglect 
to  do  this  he  shall  not  be  recognized  nor  use  his 
156 


Local  Preachers  217 


office  as  a  Local  Preacher  in  the  Charge  to  which 
he  has  removed;  and  he  shall  continue  to  be  amen- 
able to  the  Quarterly  Conference  of  the'  Charge  from 
which  he  has  removed,  which,  if  the  neglect  be  long 
continued,  after  due  notice  may  try  him  for  per- 
sistent disobedience  to  the  order  of  the  Church,  and 
upon  conviction  thereof  deprive  him  of  Ministerial 
Office  and  Credentials. 

§  2.  If  a  Local  Preacher  be  appointed  to  a  Pastoral 
Charge,  he  shall  procure  from  the  Pastor  of  the 
Charge  from  which  he  removes,  or  from  the  District 
Superintendent,  a  Certificate  of  his  Official  Standing 
and  of  Dismissal,  and  at  its  next  session  shall  present 
it  to  the  Quarterly  Conference  of  the  Pastoral  Charge 
to  which  he  has  been  appointed,  and  his  Church  and 
his  Quarterly  Conference  membership  shall  be  in 
that  Charge. 

§  3.  An  unordained  Local  Preacher,  while  serving 
as  a  regularly  appointed  Pastor  of  a  Charge,  shall  be 
authorized  to  administer  the  rite  of  Baptism,  and 
when  the  laws  of  the  State  permit,  to  solemnize 
matrimony. 

§  4.  Whenever  a  Preacher  is  located  or  discon- 
tinued by  an  Annual  Conference,  he  shall  thereupon 
hold  his  Quarterly  Conference  membership  where  he 
resides  at  the  time  of  location  or  discontinuance. 

T  216.  The  District  Superintendents  and  the  Pas- 
tors are  required  to  arrange  the  appointments, 
wherever  it  is  practicable,  so  as  to  give  the  Local 
Preachers  regular  and  systematic  employment  on  the 
Sabbath. 

If  217.  Every  Local  Preacher  shall  be  enrolled  in 
a  Class,  and  meet  with  it.   He  shall  make  to  the  Dis- 
trict or  Quarterly  Conference  a  report  of  his  labors, 
157 


If  218 


EXHOETERS 


as  follows:  L  Number  of  Sermons  preached.  2. 
Number  of  Prayer  Meetings  attended.  3.  Number  of 
Class  Meetings  attended.  4.  Number  of  Sunday 
Schools  attended.  5.  Number  of  Funerals  conducted. 
6.  Miscellaneous  Items.  He  shall  also  report  (1) 
the  Number  of  Marriages  solemnized,  with  the  names 
of  the  persons  married;  and  (2)  the  Number  of  Bap- 
tisms administered,  with  the  names  and  ages  of  the 
persons  baptized,  that  due  entry  may  be  made  by  the 
Pastor  in  the  Church  Records. 

If  218.  Whenever  a  Local  Preacher  fills  the  place 
of  a  Pastor,  with  the  approbation  of  the  District 
Superintendent,  he  shall  be  paid  for  his  time  a  sum 
proportioned  to  the  allowance  of  the  Pastor,  which 
sum  shall  be  paid  by  the  Charge  at  the  next  Quar- 
terly Meeting,  if  the  Pastor  whose  place  he  filled  was 
either  sick  or  necessarily  absent;  and  in  other  cases, 
out  of  the  allowance  of  the  Pastor. 

*$  219.  If  a  Local  Preacher  be  distressed  in  his 
temporal  circumstances  on  account  of  his  service  in 
a  Pastoral  Charge,  he  may  apply  to  the  Quarterly 
Conference,  which  may  give  him  such  relief  as  is 
judged  proper,  after  the  claims  for  ministerial  sup- 
port shall  have  been  paid. 


CHAPTER  II 
EXHORTERS 
1f  220.  An  Exhorter  shall  be  constituted  by  the 
recommendation  of  the  Class  of  which  he  is  a  mem- 
ber, or  of  the  Leaders  and  Stewards'  Meetings  of  the 
Charge,  and  a  License  signed  by  the  Pastor. 

If  221.  The  duties  of  an  Exhorter  are,  to  hold 
158 


Deaconesses 


11  222 


Meetings  for  Prayer  and  Exhortation  wherever  op- 
>ortunity  is  afforded,  subject  to  the  direction  of  the 
Pastor;  to  attend  all  the  sessions  of  the  District  and 
Quarterly  Conferences,  and  to  present  a  written  re- 
port to  the  same.  He  shall  be  subject  to  an  annual 
examination  of  character  in  the  Quarterly  Confer- 
snce,  and  a  renewal  of  License,  to  be  signed  by  the 
President  thereof. 


CHAPTER  III 
DEACONESSES 
I.  A  Deaconess 


1  222,  §  1.  A  Deaconess  is  a  woman  who  has  been 
led  by  the  Spirit  and  by  the  providence  of  God  to 
forego  all  other  pursuits  in  life  that  she  may  devote 
herself  wholly  to  the  Christlike  service  of  doing 
good;  and  who,  having  received  this  divine  call,  has 
been  trained  and  tested  during  a  probation  of  at 
least  two  years;  and,  after  such  preparation,  has 
been  approved  by  the  Church  and  solemnly  set  apart 
to  this  vocation  in  the  Church. 

§  2.  No  vow  of  perpetual  service  is  required  of  a 
Deaconess.  She  renders  a  free-will  service,  and,  so 
long  as  she  is  in  good  standing  as  a  Deaconess,  is 
entitled  to  a  suitable  support.  Her  relation  a3 
Deaconess  being  voluntary,  she  may  withdraw  from 
it  at  any  time,  but  she  shall  give  reasonable  notice  of 
her  intention. 

§  3.  The  single  aim  and  controlling  purpose  of  the 
Deaconess  is  to  minister,  as  Jesus  did,  to  the  wants 
159 


If  223 


Deaconesses 


of  a  suffering,  sorowing,  and  sin-laden  world.  Her 
work  is  to  visit  the  sick,  to  pray  with  the  dying,  to 
comfort  the  sorrowing,  to  seek  the  wandering,  to 
save  the  sinning,  to  relieve  the  poor,  to  care  for  the 
orphan,  and  to  take  up  other  Christlike  service. 

§  4.  The  work  of  the  Deaconess  is  a  part  of  the 
work  which  the  Church  does  in  the  Master's  name, 
and  Deaconess  Homes  and  other  authorized  Deacon- 
ess Institutions  are  the  agencies  of  the  Church  for 
the  promotion  of  that  part  of  its  work  which  is  done 
by  the  Deaconess. 


II.  Episcopal  Supervision 
H  223.  The  Board  of  Bishops  shall  have  general 
oversight  of  the  deaconess  work  of  the  Church.  The 
General  Deaconess  Board  shall  annually  report  to  the 
Board  of  Bishops  such  information  as  they  may 
require. 


III.  General  Deaconess  Board 
If  224,  §  1.  There  shall  be  a  General  Deaconess 
Board  composed  of  twenty-one  members,  three  of 
whom  shall  be  General  Superintendents  elected  by 
the  Board  of  Bishops.  One  member  shall  be  nomi- 
nated by  the  Board  of  Bishops  from  each  General 
Conference  District  and  three  at  large,  and  elected 
quadrennially  by  the  General  Conference.  The  per- 
sons so  elected  shall  remain  in  office  until  their 
successors  are  elected.  The  Board  of  Bishops  shall 
have  authority  to  fill  vacancies  which  may  occur 
during  the  quadrennium. 

§  2.  The  Annual  Meeting  of  the  General  Deaconess 
Board  shall  be  held  at  such  time  and  place  as  shall 
160 


Deaconesses 


|  225 


be  determined  by  the  Board,  due  notice  thereof  hav- 
ing been  given.  This  Board  shall  be  incorporated, 
and  shall  elect  all  necessary  officers  and  an  execu- 
tive committee.  Said  General  Deaconess  Board  shall 
have  control  of  all  the  Deaconesses  in  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church,  but  shall  not  disturb  the  property 
rights  of  any  organization  or  local  institution.  The 
Board  shall  prescribe  the  Course  of  Study  and  shall 
have  appellate  authority  on  questions  arising  be- 
tween institutions  and  individuals. 

§  3.  The  General  Deaconess  Board,  with  the  consent 
of  the  Annual  Conference,  shall  have  power  to  author- 
ize the  establishment  of  any  Deaconess  Home  or 
Institution  in  which  Deaconesses  are  maintained  or 
employed.  During  the  interim  between  Annual  Con- 
ference sessions,  any  such  work  may  be  commenced 
by  the  authority  of  the  General  Deaconess  Board, 
with  the  consent  of  the  Annual  Conference  Deaconess 
Board.  The  General  Deaconess  Board  shall  satisfy 
itself  that  there  is  evident  need  of  the  proposed  in- 
stitution in  the  locality  designated;  that  it  would  not 
be  likely  to  affect  unfavorably  any  existing  institu- 
tion; that  there  is  good  prospect  for  its  adequate  sup- 
port, and  that  its  property,  of  whatever  form,  is 
not  financially  encumbered. 

H  225,  §  1.  To  increase  the  interest  of  the  Preach- 
ers and  people  in  the  Deaconess  Work,  it  is  recom- 
mended that  the  General  Deaconess  Board  publish 
in  our  Church  papers  each  year  a  report  or  state- 
ment in  behalf  of  this  cause  and  a  reference  to  the 
Relief  Funds.  This  Board  may  also  authorize  con- 
ventions and  other  general  meetings  for  the  promo- 
tion of  Deaconess  Work. 

§  2.  All  questions  of  difference  arising  between 
161 


f  225 


Deaconesses 


institutions  or  societies  in  the  administration  of 
Deaconess  Work  shall  be  presented  in  writing  to  the 
General  Deaconess  Board,  at  the  earliest  date  prac- 
ticable. The  final  determination  shall  be  with  the 
Board. 

§  3.  The  Deaconess  being  entitled  to  a  suitable  sup- 
port, the  General  Deaconess  Board  shall  fix  the  maxi- 
mum allowance,  and  the  support  shall  be  as  uniform 
as  practicable  throughout  the  Church. 

§  4.  The  General  Deaconess  Board  shall  have  gen- 
eral supervision  of  all  deaconess  work  throughout 
the  Church,  and  shall  approve  general  rules  for  the 
government  of  Deaconess  Homes  and  other  Deaconess 
institutions,  and  also  for  the  government  of  all  Dea- 
conesses, however  maintained  or  employed. 

§  5.  The  General  Deaconess  Board  shall  adopt  a 
distinctive  garb  to  be  worn  by  all  Deaconesses 
throughout  the  Church  for  their  designation  and 
for  the  protection  of  themselves  and  the  office.  It 
also  shall  adopt  a  distinctive  garb  to  be  worn  by  can- 
didates during  their  probation.  This  Board  shall 
secure  legal  protection  of  this  garb  as  the  distinctive 
dress  for  Deaconesses  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church. 

§  6.  Each  form  of  Deaconess  Administration  shall 
he  free  to  employ  secretaries  in  the  interest  of 
Deaconess  Work,  and  determine  their  duties. 

§  7.  The  German  Central  Deaconess  Board  may 
appoint  a  Superintendent  of  the  German  Methodist 
Deaconess  Work  in  America,  provided  that  such  ap- 
pointment shall  be  made  without  expense  or  financial 
responsibility  to  the  General  Conference,  and  shall 
in  no  wise  conflict  with  the  provisions  of  this 
chapter. 

162 


Deaconesses 


1  827 


IV.  In  Foreign  Fields 

\  226,  §  1.  In  the  foreign  fields  under  the  super- 
vision of  General  Superintendents  there  may  be  a 
Board  composed  of  the  Superintendent  in  charge 
and  four  other  members  to  be  nominated  by  the 
Board  of  Bishops  and  elected  quadrennially  by  the 
General  Conference. 

§  2.  In  a  mission  field  which  is  under  the  super- 
vision of  Missionary  Bishops  there  may  be  a  Board 
composed  of  the  Missionary  Bishops  of  that  field  and 
four  other  members,  two  al  large  and  two  from  the 
Woman's  Foreign  Missionary  Society,  to  be  nomi- 
nated by  the  said  Missionary  Bishops  and  elected 
quadrennially  by  the  General  Conference. 

§  3.  These  Boards  are  authorized  to  exercise  within 
their  respective  fields  the  functions  of  the  General 
Deaconess  Board  as  provided  herein.  Vacancies  shall 
be  filled  by  the  Bishop  having  jurisdiction  over  the 
field  where  the  vacancy  occurs. 


V.  Conference  Deaconess  Board 
•  227,  §  1.  In  each  Annual  Conference  a  Confer- 
ence Deaconess  Board  of  nine  members,  of  whom  at 
least  three  shall  be  women,  shall  be  appointed  by  the 
Conference,  the  members  to  serve  for  three  years; 
the  election  to  be  so  arranged  that  three  members 
shall  be  chosen  each  year. 

§  2.  The  Conference  Deaconess  Board  is  authorized 
to  license  Deaconesses;  to  transfer  Deaconesses  on 
the  recommendation  of  the  local  Board  of  a  Deacon- 
ess institution,  or  of  the  governing  body  of  any  one 
of  the  three  forms  of  Deaconess  Administration.  It 
163 


f  228 


Deaconesses 


shall  encourage  and  promote  the  establishment  and 
support  of  Deaconess  institutions,  as  it  deems  wise 
within  the  limits  of  the  Conference.  It  shall  see 
that  all  Charters,  Deeds,  and  other  Conveyances  of 
the  property  of  Deaconess  institutions  conform 
strictly  to  the  Discipline,  and  to  the  laws,  usages, 
and  forms  of  the  State  or  Territory  within  which 
such  property  is  situated;  that  all  property  be  well 
insured,  and  that  the  Disciplinary  regulations  for 
such  property  shall  be  observed. 

§  3.  The  Local  Board  of  Management  of  Deaconess 
institutions  shall  report  to  the  Conference  Deaconess 
Board  the  number  of  Deaconesses  connected  with 
each  institution,  and  how  employed,  the  amount  of 
money  received  and  expended,  and  such  other  in- 
formation as  may  be  desired.  Said  Local  Board  shall 
have  authority  to  assign  the  Deaconesses  under  its 
control  to  their  respective  fields  of  labor,  subject  to 
the  approval  of  the  Conference  Board. 

§  4.  The  Conference  Deaconess  Board  shall  report 
to  the  Annual  Conference  at  its  session  all  informa- 
tion furnished  by  Local  Boards  of  Management,  and 
such  other  information  as  may  be  requested  by  the 
Annual  Conference.  It  shall  also  annually  report 
the  same  information  to  the  General  Deaconess 
Board.  It  shall  secure  the  public  presentation  of  this 
cause  during  the  session  of  the  Annual  Conference. 


VI.  Regulations  for  Deaconesses 
H  228,  §  1.  The  Deaconess  License  may  be  given 
only  to  a   candidate   who  is  unmarried   and  over 
twenty-three  years  of  age,  provided  that  she  be  rec- 
164 


Deaconesses  228 

ommended  by  the  Quarterly  Conference  of  the 
Church  of  which  she  is  a  member;  that  she  present 
a  certificate  of  good  health  from  a  reputable  physi- 
cian; and  that  when  coming  from  a  Deaconess  Home, 
or  other  recognized  Deaconess  institution,  she  pre- 
sent a  recommendation  from  the  superintendent  or 
manager  of  the  same.  She  must  have  given  two  years 
of  continuous  probationary  service;  but  two  years 
of  satisfactory  study  in  a  training  school,  or  two 
years  of  service  in  a  hospital,  or  two  years  divided 
between  the  training  school  and  the  hospital  may 
be  counted  as  an  equivalent  of  these  years  of  pro- 
bationary service.  She  must  have  passed  an  exami- 
nation satisfactory  to  the  Annual  Conference  Board, 
as  to  her  religious  qualifications,  and  her  knowledge 
of  the  Course  of  Study  prescribed  for  Deaconesses  by 
the  General  Deaconess  Board. 

§  2.  The  Conference  Board  may  license  women 
thus  prepared  and  recommended,  and  when  so  li- 
censed they  are  entitled  to  consecration  as  Deacon- 
esses according  to  the  Order  of  Service  prescribed 
by  the  Discipline.  The  consecration  shall  take  place 
at  the  session  of  the  Annual  Conference  whenever 
practicable;  in  other  cases,  at  such  place  and  time  as 
the  Conference  Board  shall  determine. 

§  3.  No  woman  shall  be  recognized  or  employed  as 
a  Deaconess  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  who 
fails  to  comply  with  the  Disciplinary  requirements. 
Each  Deaconess  shall  wear  the  prescribed  distinctive 
garb;  and  the  wearing  of  this  distinctive  Deaconess 
garb  by  a  member  of  the  Church,  who  is  not  en- 
titled to  wear  it,  shall  be  regarded  as  a  violation  of 
our  Order  and  Discipline. 

§  4.  The  annual  renewal  of  the  License  of  a  Deacon- 
165 


If  228 


Deaconesses 


ess  by  the  Conference  Board,  on  the  recommendation 
of  the  Quarterly  Conference  of  the  Church  with 
which  she  is  connected,  is  necessary  to  her  recog- 
nition and  employment  as  a  Deaconess. 

§  5.  The  annual  approval  of  a  Deaconess  by  the 
Annual  Conference  within  whose  bounds  she  holds 
her  Deaconess  membership,  shall  be  necessary  for 
her  continuance  in  this  vocation;  and  such  approval 
may  not  be  given  without  a  recommendation  from 
her  Conference  Board  after  the  renewal  of  her 
License. 

§  6.  A  Deaconess  who  has  resigned,  or  has  been 
discontinued,  shall  return  her  License  and  Certifi- 
cate of  Consecration  to  the  Conference  Board  having 
jurisdiction  in  her  case,  and  shall  refrain  from  wear- 
ing the  distinctive  Deaconess  garb. 

§  7.  Any  Deaconess  who  has  faithfully  performed 
her  duties,  and  who,  for  reasons  satisfactory  to  the 
Board  of  Deaconess  Administration  with  which  she 
is  connected,  wishes  to  retire  from  the  service,  shall 
receive  from  that  Board  a  certificate  of  honorable 
discharge.  A  Deaconess  receiving  such  discharge, 
on  her  formal  request,  may  he  allowed  to  retain  her 
License  and  Certificate  of  Consecration;  but  the  date 
of  her  discharge  must  be  inscribed  on  each  hy  the 
president  of  the  Conference  Board.  Any  Deaconess 
having  been  honorably  discharged  may  be  restored 
to  the  service  and  receive  a  License  at  the  discretion 
of  the  Conference  Board  from  which  she  received 
her  discharge,  without  reexamination  in  the  Course 
of  Study  or  undergoing  a  new  probation,  but  she  shall 
present  a  recommendation  from  a  Quarterly  Confer- 
ence and  a  new  certificate  of  health.  When  a  Deacon- 
ess who  has  been  discharged  is  thus  restored,  the 
166 


Deaconesses 


President  of  the  Conference  Board  shall  inscribe  the 
date  of  such  restoration  on  her  Certificate  of  Conse- 
cration. 

§  8.  Each  Deaconess  shall  be  enrolled  as  a  member 
in  a  Deaconess  institution,  or  mother-house,  or  in  the 
list  of  Deaconesses  of  one  of  the  three  forms  of 
Deaconess  Administration,  and  shall  be  subordinate 
to  and  directed  by  the  superintendent  in  charge  or 
other  officer  invested  with  this  authority,  except  when 
absent  on  detached  service.  While  engaged  in  such 
detached  service  the  Deaconess  shall  bear  a  certifi- 
cate of  good  standing  from  the  institution  or  ad- 
ministration with  which  she  is  enrolled.  The  mem- 
bership of  a  Deaconess  may  be  changed  from  one 
Home  to  another  within  the  bounds  of  a  Conference 
by  the  mutual  agreement  of  the  Local  Boards  of  Man- 
agement of  the  Homes  concerned.  The  change,  when 
made,  shall  be  duly  noted  on  their  records  and 
promptly  reported  to  and  recorded  by  the  Conference 
Board. 

§  9.  A  Deaconess,  when  detailed  for  service  in  a 
particular  Church,  or  in  connection  with  a  particular 
institution,  during  such  detached  service,  shall  be 
under  the  direction  of  the  Pastor  of  the  Church  or  the 
officers  of  the  institution  in  which  she  is  engaged.  A 
Deaconess  engaged  in  other  detached  service  outside 
of  an  organized  Charge  or  in  institutions  not  related 
to  the  Conference  Board,  shall  be  under  the  direction 
of  the  form  of  Deaconess  Administration  to  which  she 
belongs. 

§  10.  A  Deaconess  may  be  transferred  from  one 
Conference  to  another  by  and  with  the  consent  of  the 
two   Conference   Boards  concerned,   if   such  trans- 
fer   has    been    arranged    by    the  administrative 
167 


t  228 


Deaconesses 


bodies  concerned;  and  the  change  of  a  Deaconess 
from  one  Conference  to  another  to  meet  a  pressing 
emergency  may  be  recorded  as  a  transfer  when  ap- 
proved by  the  Conference  Boards  concerned. 

§  11.  When  a  Deaconess  is  to  be  transferred  she 
shall  receive  a  Certificate  of  Transfer  issued  and 
recorded  by  authority  of  her  Conference  Board,  and, 
as  soon  as  practicable,  shall  present  the  same  to 
the  .Conference  Board  to  whose  jurisdiction  she  is 
transferred. 

§  12.  A  young  woman,  graduated  from  one  of  our 
advanced  schools,  or  having  an  educational  train- 
ing satisfactory  to  the  Deaconess  Administration  to 
which  she  belongs,  but  who  is  not  free  to  enter  the 
Deaconess  Work  for  a  lifelong  service,  but  earnestly 
desires  to  engage  in  it  as  a  duty  for  not  less  than 
three  years,  including  the  period  of  suitable  training, 
may  be  received  into  any  Deaconess  institution  on  the 
approval  of  the  governing  body  of  the  Deaconess  Ad- 
ministration with  which  she  is  connected.  Before 
approving  any  applicant  she  must  have  a  recom- 
mendation from  the  Quarterly  Conference  of  the 
Church  of  which  she  is  a  member;  and  also  shall 
furnish  evidence  of  satisfactory  educational  attain- 
ments, and  make  clear  that  she  seeks  this  service 
from  a  conviction  of  duty  and  for  Christ's  sake. 
Those  who  are  accepted  shall  be  subject  to  the  rules 
of  the  Deaconess  Administration  with  which  they  are 
associated,  and  shall  wear  the  probationer's  garb.  To 
continue  in  this  relation  they  must  receive  the  annual 
recommendation  of  the  Quarterly  Conference  and  the 
annual  approval  of  the  Conference  Board. 

§  13.  A  Deaconess  employed  by  the  Church  of 
which  she  is  a  member  shall  be  a  member  of  the 
168 


Deaconesses 


1j  229 


Quarterly  Conference  of  such  Church,  when  approved 
for  membership  therein,  and  shall  report  thereto. 


VI.  Retired  Deaconess  and  Her  Support 

J  229,  §  1.  A  Deaconess  who  is  no  longer  able  to 
continue  her  work  on  account  of  age,  loss  of  health, 
or  other  disability,  may  be  retired  from  active  service 
and  placed  in  the  list  of  retired  Deaconesses,  by 
action  of  the  governing  body  of  the  Deaconess  Admin- 
istration with  which  she  is  connected,  based  on  in- 
formation given  by  the  Superintendent  and  Local 
Board  of  Management  of  the  Deaconess  institution  of 
which  she  is  a  member. 

§  2.  Should  any  Deaconess  Administration  and  the 
Local  Board  unite  in  the  judgment  that  a  retired 
Deaconess  would  be  able  to  render  other  needful 
service,  and  should  concur  in  counseling  her  to  en- 
gage therein,  the  Deaconess  should  be  guided  by  this 
counsel;  but  her  rights  as  a  Retired  Deaconess  shall 
not  be  impaired  by  such  service. 

§  3.  Each  retired  Deaconess  who  entered  the  work 
under  forty  years  of  age,  so  long  as  she  is  approved 
by  the  Deaconess  Administration  with  which  she  is 
connected,  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  from  the  Relief 
Fund  of  said  Deaconess  Administration  such  an  al- 
lowance as  may  be  determined  by  the  General 
Deaconess  Board. 

S  4.  In  order  to  provide  adequate  support  for  re- 
tired Deaconesses,  the  establishment  of  Permanent 
Deaconess  Funds  is  approved,  and  it  is  recommended 
that  further  measures  be  taken. 

§  5.  Each  Deaconess  institution  shall  pay  into  the 
169 


1}  230 


Deaconesses 


Permanent  Deaconess  Fund  of  the  Deaconess  Admin- 
istration with  which  it  is  connected,  $10  per  annum 
for  each  licensed  Deaconess,  and  $5  per  annum  for 
each  probationer  or  unlicensed  worker.  Each  station 
served  by  a  Deaconess  shall  pay  $15  per  year  for  each 
licensed  Deaconess,  and  $10  per  year  for  each  proba- 
tioner or  unlicensed  Deaconess. 


VII.  Deaconess  Institutions 
H  230,  §  1.  No  institution  for  the  prosecution  or 
maintenance  of  any  form  of  Deaconess  Work  shall 
be  recognized  as  a  Deaconess  Institution  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church  until  it  has  been  au- 
thorized by  the  Annual  Conference  and  approved  by 
the  General  Deaconess  Board.  Every  such  Deaconess 
Institution  shall  conform  to  the  regulations  of  this 
chapter. 

§  2.  All  property  for  Homes  and  other  Deaconess 
institutions  shall  be  held  in  trust  for  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church,  and  this  may  be  done  by  the 
Woman's  Foreign  Missionary  Society,  the  Woman's 
Home  Missionary  Society,  the  German  Central  Dea- 
coness Board,  or  by  a  Board  of  Trustees  elected  by 
the  local  society  with  which  the  institution  is  con- 
nected. 

§  3.  The  provisions  of  this  paragraph  shall  not  dis- 
turb the  tenure  of  existing  Homes  or  Institutions 
.operated  for  Deaconess  Work,  nor  exclude  any  so- 
cieties or  associations  which  were  engaged  in  Dea- 
coness Work  in  May,  1900;  but  any  of  these  are 
-authorized  to  employ  Deaconesses,  and  to  establish 
and  operate  Homes  and  Institutions  for  the  Deacon- 
170 


Deaconesses 


1  231 


ess  Work  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  accord- 
ing to  the  provisions  of  this  chapter. 

§  4.  Training  schools  duly  recognized  as  Deaconess 
Institutions  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  ac- 
cording to  §  1  shall  have  the  same  opportunity  for 
securing  students  from  the  whole  Church  as  the  other 
educational  institutions  of  the  Church. 

§  5.  Each  institution  and  each  society  which  main- 
tains or  employs  Deaconesses,  or  holds  property  for 
Deaconess  uses  within  the  bounds  of  the  Annual  Con- 
ference, shall  report  regularly  to  the  Conference 
Board  at  least  one  month  before  the  meeting  of  the 
Conference,  according  to  such  form  as  the  General 
Deaconess  Board  shall  adopt  for  use  throughout  the 
Church,  and  shall  furnish  such  other  information 
as  its  Conference  Board  may  request. 

r  231.  The  foregoing  provisions  shall  apply  to 
all  Annual  Conferences,  Mission  Conferences,  and 
Missions.  But  in  those  parts  of  Europe  where  the 
Deaconess  Work  is  legally  incorporated  with  an  in- 
spector appointed  by  the  Annual  Conference,  any 
of  the  foregoing  provisions  not  compatible  with  the 
articles  of  such  legal  corporation  shall  be  inoperative. 


171 


PART  V 

JUDICIAL  ADMINISTRATION 


173 


I.  TRIAL  OF  A  BISHOP 
II.  TRIAL  OF  A  MISSIONARY  BISHOP 

III.  TRIAL   OF  A  MEMBER  OF  AN  ANNUAL 

CONFERENCE 

IV.  TRIAL  OF  A  PREACHER  ON  TRIAL 

V.  TRIAL  OF  A  LOCAL  PREACHER 
VI.  TRIAL  OF  A  CHURCH  MEMBER 

VII.  APPEAL  OF  A  BISHOP 

VIII.  APPEAL  OF  A  MEMBER  OF  AN  ANNUAL 
CONFERENCE — JUDICIAL  CONFERENCE 
IX.  RESTORATION  OF  CREDENTIALS 
X.  APPEAL  OF  A  LOCAL  PREACHER 

XI.  APPEAL  OF  A  CHURCH  MEMBER— COURT 

OF  APPEALS 

XII.  GENERAL  DIRECTIONS 


174 


CHAPTER  I 


TRIAL  OF  A  BISHOP 

Note. — Throughout  Part  V  of  the  Discipline — Judicial  Adminis- 
tration—the term  "Immorality"  is  used  to  include  any  violation  of 

the  Moral  Law.   

I.  Investigation 


H  232.  If  a  Bishop  shall  be  accused  of  any  viola- 
tion of  the  moral  law  in  the  interval  between  sessions 
of  the  General  Conference,  the  District  Superin- 
tendent within  whose  District  the  offense  is  said  to 
have  been  committed  shall  call  to  his  aid  four 
Traveling  Elders,  which  five  Ministers  shall  care- 
fully inquire  into  the  case;  and  if,  in  their  judgment, 
there  is  reasonable  ground  for  such  accusation,  they, 
or  a  majority  of  them,  shall  prepare  and  sign  the 
proper  charges  in  the  case,  unless  such  charges  have 
already  b§en  prepared,  shall  send  a  copy  of  the  same 
to  the  accused,  and  shall  give  notice  thereof  to  one 
of  the  Bishops,  furnishing  him  also  with  a  copy  of 
the  charges.  The  Bishop  so  notified  shall  convene  a 
Committee  of  Investigation  to  be  composed  of  the 
Triers  of  Appeals,  to  be  appointed  as  hereinafter 
provided,  of  four  neighboring  Conferences,  over 
which  Committee  a  Bishop  shall  preside.  The  ac- 
cused shall  have  the  right  of  peremptory  challenge, 
yet  so  as  not  to  reduce  the  number  of  the  Committee 
below  thirteen.  The  presiding  Bishop  shall  appoint 
a  Secretary,  who  shall  keep  a  correct  record  of  the 
proceedings  and  of  the  testimony.  The  Committee 
175 


Trial  of  a  Bishop 


thus  constituted  shall  have  full  power  to  investigate 
the  charges  in  the  case,  and  if  it  finds  them  sus- 
tained, shall  suspend  the  accused  from  all  ministerial 
functions  and  Church  privileges  until  the  ensuing 
General  Conference.  The  President  and  Secretary 
shall  sign  the  records  when  properly  approved,  and 
the  President  shall  transmit  the  same,  including  the 
charges,  specifications,  documents,  and  evidence,  to 
the  General  Conference,  on  which,  and  such  other 
evidence  as  may  be  admitted,  the  case  shall  finally 
be  determined.  Additional  charges  and  specifications 
may  be  presented  to  the  General  Conference;  provided, 
the  accused  has  been  given  due  notice  of  the  same. 

If  233,  In  case  of  imprudent  conduct,  the  District 
Superintendent  within  whose  District  the  alleged 
offense  is  said  to  have  occurred  shall  take  with  him 
two  Traveling  31ders,  and,  if  in  their  judgment  there 
is  sufficient  ground  for  such  accusation,  shall  ad- 
monish the  Bishop  so  offending.  If  he  persists  in  his 
imprudence,  the  matter  shall  be  investigated  in  the 
manner  provided  in  If  232,  or  he  may  be  brought  to 
trial  before  the  General  Conference.  , 

If  234.  If  it  be  alleged  that  a  violation  of  the  moral 
law  or  an  imprudence  has  been  committed  beyond 
the  bounds  of  any  District,  the  District  Superin- 
tendent within  the  bounds  of  whose  District  the 
Bishop  resides  shall  proceed  as  hereinbefore  provided. 

f  235.  If  a  Bishop  be  charged  with  disseminat- 
ing publicly  or  privately,  doctrines  which  are  con- 
trary to  our  Articles  of  Religion  or  our  other  pres- 
ent existing  and  established  standards  of  doctrine, 
the  same  procedure  shall  be  observed  as  is  prescribed 
in  If  232,  or  he  may  be  brought  to  trial  before  the 
General  Conference. 

176 


Trial  of  a  Bisnor 


r  237 


r  236.  Complaint  against  the  administration  of 
a  Bishop  may  be  forwarded  to  the  General  Confer- 
ence, and  entertained  there;  provided,  that  in  its 
judgment  he  has  had  due  notice  of  such  complaint. 


D.  Trial 

f  237.  When  a  Bishop  has  been  suspended  by  a 
Committee  of  Investigation,  or  when  charges  against 
a  Bishop  are  presented  directly  to  the  General  Con- 
ference, the  General  Conference  shall  try  the  accused 
in  due  form,  appointing  for  this  purpose  a  Select 
Number  of  its  own  Members,  who  shall  be  Ministers, 
to  consist  of  not  more  than  seventeen,  nor  fewer  than 
eleven,  the  accused  having  the  right  to  challenge 
for  cause.  Over  this  court  a  Bishop  shall  preside, 
and  one  of  the  secretaries  of  the  General  Conference 
shall  act  as  Secretary.  The  Court  as  thus  consti- 
tuted shall  have  full  power  to  try  the  accused  Bishop, 
and  to  suspend  him  from  the  functions  of  his  office, 
to  depose  him  from  the  Ministry,  or  to  expel  him  from 
the  Church,  as  it  may  deem  his  offense  requires.  Its 
findings  shall  be  final,  subject  to  appeal  to  the  Gen- 
eral Conference  as  hereinafter  provided,  and  shall 
be  reported  to  the  General  Conference  for  entry  on 
its  Journal;  and  the  records  of  the  trial  shall  be 
placed  in  the  custody  of  the  Secretary  of  the  General 
Conference,  together  with  all  the  documents  in  the 
case,  for  preservation  with  the  papers  of  the  General 
Conference  and  for  use  in  case  of  appeal. 


177 


*f  238    Trial  of  a  Missionary  Bishop 


CHAPTER  II 
TRIAL  OF  A  MISSIONARY  BISHOP 
I.  Investigation 

If  238.  If  a  Missionary  Bishop  be  accused  of  a 
violation  of  the  moral  law  during  the  interval  be- 
tween the  sessions  of  the  General  Conference,  the 
District  Superintendents  of  the  Annual  Conference 
within  which  the  offense  is  alleged  to  have  been 
committed  shall  inquire  into  the  same.  If  in  their 
opinion  the  accusations  appear  to  be  well  founded, 
they  shall  prepare  and  sign  the  proper  charges  in  the 
case,  and  shall  send  the  same  to  the  nearest  Bishop  or 
Missionary  Bishop,  and  a  copy  thereof  to  the  accused. 
The  said  Bishop  or  Missionary  Bishop  shall  call  not 
less  than  nine  nor  more  than  fifteen  Effective  Elders, 
all  of  whom  shall  be  Foreign  Missionaries  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  to  form  a  Committee 
of  Investigation,  and  a  Bishop  or  a  Missionary  Bishop 
shall  preside  over  the  same.  The  accused  shall  have 
the  right  of  peremptory  challenge,  yet  so  as  not  to 
reduce  the  number  below  seven.  If  this  Committee 
shall  find  the  charges  sustained,  it  shall  suspend  the 
accused  until  the  ensuing  General  Conference. 

1f  239.  If  a  Missionary  Bishop  be  accused  of  im- 
prudent conduct,  the  District  Superintendent  within 
whose  district  the  alleged  offense  is  said  to  have  oc- 
curred, shall  take  with  him  three  Effective  Elders, 
and,  if  in  their  judgment  there  is  sufficient  ground 
for  such  accusation,  shall  admonish  the  Missionary 
Bishop  so  offending.  If  he  persist  in  his  imprudence, 
the  case  shall  be  investigated  in  the  manner  pre- 
178 


TlilAL  of  Mkmbkk  of  Conference  I  243 


scribed  in  T  238,  or  the  offender  may  be  brought  to 
trial  before  the  General  Conference. 

r  240.  If  a  Missionary  Bishop  be  charged  with 
disseminating,  publicly  or  privately,  doctrines  which 
are  contrary  to  our  Articles  of  Religion,  or  our  other 
present  existing  and  established  standards  of  doctrine, 
the  same  procedure  shall  be  observed  as  is  prescribed 
in  U  238  or  \  241. 


II.  Trial 

H  241.  When  a  Missionary  Bishop  has  been  sus- 
pended by  a  Committee  of  Investigation,  or  when 
charges  against  a  Missionary  Bishop  are  presented 
directly  to  the  General  Conference,  the  General  Con- 
ference shall  try  the  accused  in  the  same  manner  as 
is  prescribed  for  the  trial  of  a  Bishop. 

V  242.  Complaint  against  the  administration  of  a 
Missionary  Bishop  may  be  forwarded  to  the  General 
Conference,  and  entertained  there;  provided,  that  in 
its  judgment  he  has  had  due  notice  that  such  com- 
plaint would  be  made. 


CHAPTER  III 

TRIAL  OF  A  MEMBER  OF  AN  ANNUAL 
CONFERENCE 

Note. — In  all  matters  of  Judicial  Administration  Ihe  rights, 
duties,  and  responsibilities  of  Members  of  Mission  Conferences  are 
the  same  as  those  in  Annual  Conferences,  and  the  procedure  shall 
be  the  same. 

I.    Preliminary  Investigation 


1l  243,  §  1.  If  a  Member  of  an  Annual  Conference 
be  accused  of  any  violation  of  the  moral  law  in  the 
179 


f  243  Tkial  of  Member  of  Conference 


interval  between  sessions  of  that  body,  his  District 
Superintendent,  or  the  Superintendent  of  the  District 
within  the  bounds  of  which  such  acts  are  alleged 
to  have  taken  place,  shall  call  not  less  than  five  nor 
more  than  nine  Members  of  the  Annual  Conference 
to  investigate  the  same,  and,  if  possible,  bring  the 
accused  and  accuser  face  to  face.  He  shall  preside 
throughout  the  proceedings,  and  shall  certify  and 
declare  the  judgment  of  the  Committee. 

§  2.  If  the  accused  be  a  District  Superintendent, 
three  of  the  senior  Effective  Elders  of  his  District 
shall  inquire  into  the  character  of  the  allegations, 
and,  if  they  deem  an  investigation  necessary,  shall 
call  in  the  Superintendent  of  any  District  of  the 
Annual  Conference,  who  shall  appoint  a  Committee 
of  not  less  than  five  nor  more  than  nine  Elders  of 
the  Annual  Conference  of  which  the  accused  is  a 
Member,  to  investigate  the  case;  and  he  shall  preside 
at  the  investigation;  but  in  case  there  be  only  one 
District  Superintendent  in  the  Conference,  or  if  the 
other  District  Superintendents  be  so  related  to  the 
case  as  to  make  it  improper  for  any  one  of  them  to 
serve,  then  the  matter  shall  be  reported  by  the  three 
senior  Effective  Elders  to  the  Bishop  in  Charge,  who 
shall  appoint  an  Elder  to  act  in  the  case. 

§  3.  If  in  either  case  the  charge  be  sustained,  the 
accused  shall  be  suspended  by  the  Committee  from 
all  ministerial  services  and  Church  privileges  until 
the  ensuing  Annual  Conference. 

§  4.  If  in  any  such  investigation  the  Committee 
finds  that  the  evidence  does  not  'sustain  the  charge 
of  immorality,  hut  does  show  that  the  accused  has 
been  guilty  of  imprudent  and  unministerial  conduct, 
it  may  so  declare,  and  may  suspend  the  offender  from 
180 


Trial  of  Member  or  Coxferexce  ^  24G 


all  ministerial  functions  until  the  ensuing  session 
of  his  Annual  Conference,  at  which  the  whole  case 
shall  be  disposed  of  as  the  said  Conference  may  de- 
termine. 

J  244.  Any  Member  of  an  Annual  Conference  who 
shall  hold  religious  service  within  the  bounds  of  any 
Pastoral  Charge,  when  requested  by  the  Preacher  in 
Charge  not  to  hold  such  service,  shall  be  deemed 
guilty  of  imprudent  conduct;  and  if,  after  admoni- 
tion by  the  Superintendent  of  the  District  within 
which  the  offense  has  been  committed,  he  shall  not 
refrain  from  such  conduct,  he  shall  be  liable  to 
charges  and  investigation,  or  trial. 

r  245.  If  a  Member  of  an  Annual  Conference  be 
charged  with  disseminating,  publicly  or  privately, 
doctrines  which  are  contrary  to  our  Articles  of 
Religion,  or  our  other  existing  and  established 
standards  of  doctrine,  the  same  procedure  shall 
be  observed  as  is  prescribed  in  f  243,  §  1.  But  if, 
after  the  charge  is  sustained,  the  Minister  so  offend- 
ing shall  solemnly  promise  the  Committee  of  Investi- 
gation not  to  disseminate  such  erroneous  doctrines 
in  public  or  private,  the  Committee  may  waive  sus- 
pension, that  the  case  may  be  laid  before  the  next 
Annual  Conference,  which  shall  determine  the  matter. 

r  246.  Whenever  specific  complaint  is  made  in 
writing  and  signed  by  five  responsible  persons,  Mem- 
bers or  Ministers  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church, 
charging  a  Teacher  in  one  of  our  Theological 
Schools,  who  is  a  Minister,  with  violating  his  pledge 
to  the  Bishops  of  loyalty  to  our  doctrine  and  polity, 
said  complaint  shall  be  lodged  with  the  Superin- 
tendent within  whose  District  the  accused  holds  his 
Quarterly  Conference  membership,  who  shall  care- 
1S1 


f  '217  Trial  of  Member  of  Conference 


fully  consider  the  same;  and  if  in  his  opinion  the 
complaint  is  of  sufficient  gravity  to  require  an  in- 
vestigation, he  shall  immediately  proceed  according 
to  the  provisions  of  the  Discipline  in  f  243. 

1  247.  If  the  Teacher  referred  to  in  r  246  be  a 
layman  or  a  Local  Preacher,  the  complaint  shall  be 
lodged  with  the  Preacher  in  Charge  of  the  Church 
to  which  the  said  Teacher  belongs,  who  shall  pro- 
ceed in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  Disci- 
pline for  the  investigation  or  trial  of  members  or 
Local  Preachers. 

IT  248.  If  in  the  interval  between  the  sessions  of 
his  Conference,  a  Member  of  an  Annual  Conference 
fail  to  do  the  work  to  which  he  was  duly  ap- 
pointed, except  in  case  of  sickness,  serious  disability, 
or  other  unavoidable  circumstances,  the  District 
Superintendent  shall  proceed  as  directed  in  H  243,  §  1. 
If  the  District  Superintendent  fails  so  to  do,  he  shall 
be  accountable  therefor  to  the  next  Annual  Confer- 
ence. 

f  249.  In  cases  of  improper  temper,  words,  or 
actions,  the  Minister  so  offending  shall  be  admon- 
ished by  his  senior  in  office.  Should  a  second  trans- 
gression take  place,  one,  two,  or  three  Ministers  are 
to  be  taken  as  witnesses.  If  he  continue  to  offend, 
the  District  Superintendent  shall  proceed -as  directed 
in  V  243,  §  1. 

U  250.  When  a  Member  of  an  Annual  Conference 
fails  in  business,  or  contracts  debts  which  he  is  not 
able  to  pay,  the  District  Superintendent  shall  ap- 
point two  judicious  Members  of  the  Church  and  one 
Minister  to  inspect  the  accounts,  contracts,  and  cir- 
cumstances of  the  supposed  delinquent;  and  if,  in 
their  opinion,  he  has  acted  dishonestly  or  contracted 
182 


Trial  of  Member  of  Conference  ^  254 


debts  without  a  reasonable  probability  of  paying, 
the  case  shall  be  disposed  of  according  to  If  243,  §  L 

r  251.  Any  Member  of  an  Annual  Conference  re- 
siding beyond  the  bounds  of  his  own  Conference 
shall  be  subject  to  the  investigation  prescribed  in 
*i  243,  under  the  authority  of  the  Superintendent  of 
the  District  within  which  he  resides  or  within  which 
he  is  employed,  by  a  Committee  of  Members  of  that 
Conference.  If  he  reside  or  be  employed  within  the 
bounds  of  a  Mission,  he  shall  be  subject  to  investiga- 
tion under  the  authority  of  the  Superintendent  of 
the  District  within  which  he  holds  his  Quarterly  Con- 
ference Membership  or  of  the  Superintendent  of  the 
Mission  and  a  Committee  of  Members  of  the  same. 
If  he  be  the  Superintendent  of  the  Mission,  the  Bishop 
or  Missionary  Bishop  in  charge  shall  appoint  an 
Elder  to  act  in  the  case. 

f  252.  In  all  the  foregoing  cases  the  papers,  in- 
cluding the  record  of  the  investigation,  charges,  evi- 
dence, and  findings,  shall  be  transmitted  to  the  ensu- 
ing session  of  the  Annual  Conference  of  which  the  ac- 
cused is  a  Member;  on  which  papers,  and  on  such 
other  evidence  as  may  be  admitted,  and  also  upon 
such  other  charges  or  specifications  as  may  be  pre- 
sented, due  notice  of  the  same  having  been  given  to 
the  accused,  the  case  shall  be  determined. 

K  253.  An  Annual  Conference  may  entertain  and 
try  charges  against  its  Members  though  no  investiga- 
tion upon  them  has  been  held,  or  though  the  investi- 
gation has  not  resulted  in  suspension,  due  notice 
having  been  given  the  accused. 

r  254.  When  it  is  alleged  of  a  Member  of  an  An- 
nual Conference  that  he  is  so  unacceptable  or  inef- 
ficient as  to  be  no  longer  useful  in  his  work,  or  that, 
183 


255  Trial  or  Member  of  Conference 


without  reason  of  impaired  health  of  himself  or  his 
family  disqualifying  him  for  pastoral  work,  he  en- 
gages in  secular  business,  his  case  shall  be  referred 
to  a  Committee  of  five  or  more  Members  of  his  Con- 
ference for  inquiry;  and  if  said  Committee  shall  find 
the  allegation  sustained,  and  shall  so  recommend,  the 
Conference  may  request  him  to  locate.  If  he  shall 
refuse,  and  the  conditions  complained  of  continue,  the 
Conference,  at  its  next  session,  after  formal  trial  and 
conviction,  may  locate  him  without  his  consent.  But 
he  shall  have  the  right  of  appeal  to  a  Judicial  Con- 
ference, which  may  restore  him. 


II.  Maladministration 

T  255,  §  1.  A  Minister  shall  be  answerable  to  his 
Conference  on  a  charge  of  corrupt,  negligent,  or  par- 
tisan administration,  but  not  for  errors  in  judgment. 

§  2.  Errors  or  defects  in  Judicial  Proceedings  shall 
be  duly  considered  when  presented  on  appeal.  But 
Errors  of  Law  or  Administration  connected  with 
investigations  under  %  243  which  are  not  followed  by 
trials  at  Conference,  and  Errors  of  Law  made  by  a 
District  Superintendent  in  cases  of  appeal,  are  to 
be  corrected  by  the  President  of  the  next  Annual  Con- 
ference on  appeal  in  open  session,  and  the  Conference 
may  also  order  just  and  suitable  remedies,  if  injury 
has  resulted  from  such  errors. 

§  3.  Errors  of  Administration  not  connected  with 
Judicial  Proceedings  may  be  presented  in  writing 
to  the  Annual  Conference,  for  its  judgment  thereon; 
and  the  Annual  Conference  may  order  just  and  suit> 
able  remedies  when  the  rights  of  Ministers  or  mem- 
184 


Trial  of  Member  of  Conference  f  256 


bers  of  the  Church  have  been  injuriously  affected  by 
6uch  errors. 


III.  Trial 

r  256.  The  Annual  Conference,  at  its  discretion, 
may  try  an  accused  Member  by  one  of  the  following 
methods: 

§  1.  The  trial,  Including  the  examination  of  wit- 
nesses, may  be  by  the  Conference  in  full  session. 

§  2.  The  Bishop  may  appoint  an  Elder  as  a  Com- 
missioner to  take  the  evidence  in  the  case,  in  whole 
or  in  part;  and  said  Commissioner  shall  cause  a  cor- 
rect record  of  the  proceedings  in  the  case  and  of  the 
evidence,  signed  by  the  witnesses  respectively,  to  he 
laid  before  the  Annual  Conference;  upon  which  evi- 
dence and  such  other  evidence  as  may  be  admitted 
■  the  case  shall  be  determined. 

§  3.  The  Conference  may  appoint  from  its  Mem- 
bers a  Select  Number  of  not  less  than  nine  nor  more 
than  fifteen,  to  try  the  accused,  who  shall  have  the 
right  to  challenge  for  cause;  which  Select  Number, 
in  the  presence  of  a  Bishop,  or  of  a  Chairman  whom 
the  President  of  the  Conference  shall  have  appointed, 
and  one  or  more  of  the  Secretaries  of  the  Conference, 
shall  have  full  power  to  consider  and  determine  the 
case  according  to  the  rules  which  govern  in  such 
proceedings;  and  they  shall  make  a  faithful  report 
in  writing  of  all  their  proceedings,  duly  attested  by 
the  President  and  Secretary  of  the  Select  Number, 
to  the  Secretary  of  the  Annual  Conference  before  its 
final  adjournment,  and  deliver  up  to  him  therewith 
the  bill  of  charges,  the  evidence  taken,  and  the  de- 
cision rendered,  with  all  documents  brought  into  the 
trial. 

185 


^  257  Trial  of  Member  of  Conference 


§  4.  But  if  a  case  cannot  be  tried  during  the  ses- 
sion for  want  of  testimony,  the  Annual  Conference 
may  refer  it  to  one  of  the  District  Superintendents, 
who  shall  proceed  as  directed  in  f  243,  §  1,  and  the 
Conference  shall  determine  whether  the  case  seems 
to  be  of  such  gravity  as  to  require  that  the  Minister 
be  left  without  appointment  until  investigation  shall 
be  held. 

*H  257.  When  a  Minister  is  tried  on  a  charge  of 
immorality,  and  the  Annual  Conference,  or  the 
Select  Number,  shall  find  that  this  charge  is  not 
sustained  by  the  evidence,  but  that  the  Minister  has 
been  proven  guilty  of  "high  imprudence  and  unminis- 
terial  conduct,"  it  may  declare  this  fact,  and  may 
by  this  finding  reprove  the  offender,  or  may  subject 
him  to  suspension,  or  deprivation  of  his  Ministerial 
Office  and  Credentials. 

%  258,  §  1.  In  case  any  Member  of  an  Annual 
Conference  shall  have  been  deposed  from  the  Ministry 
without  being  expelled  from  the  Church,  he  shall  have 
his  membership  in  the  Church  where  he  resided  at  the 
time  of  his  deposition. 

§  2.  In  case  any  Member  of  an  Annual  Conference 
shall  have  been  deposed  from  the  Ministry  or  expelled 
from  the  Church  for  teaching  publicly  or  privately 
doctrines  contrary  to  our  Articles  of  Religion,  or  our 
other  present  existing  and  established  standards  of 
doctrine,  he  shall  not  again  be  licensed  to  preach  until 
he  shall  have  satisfied  the  Conference  from  which 
he  was  deposed  or  expelled,  and  shall  have  promised 
in  writing  to  desist  wholly  from  disseminating  such 
doctrine. 

%  259.  After  a  Minister  shall  have  been  tried  regu- 
larly and  expelled  he  shall  have  no  Privileges  of 
186 


Tuial  of  a  Preacher  ox  Trial  262 


Society  or  Sacraments  in  our  Church,  without  con- 
trition, reformation,  and  confession,  satisfactory  to 
the  Annual  Conference  by  which  he  was  expelled. 

r  260.  When  a  Member  of  an  Annual  Conference 
is  accused  of  immorality  and  desires  to  withdraw 
from  the  Church,  the  Annual  Conference  may  per- 
mit him  to  withdraw:  in  which  case  the  record  shall 
be,  "Withdrawn  under  Complaints."  If  formal 
charges  of  immorality  have  been  presented,  he  may 
be  permitted  to  withdraw;  in  which  case  the  record 
shall  be,  "Withdrawn  under  Charges";  and  if  thus 
"Withdrawn  under  Complaints,"  or  "Withdrawn 
under  Charges,"  his  relation  to  the  Church  shall  be 
the  same  as  if  he  had  been  expelled. 


CHAPTER  IV 
TRIAL  OF  A  PREACHER  ON  TRIAL 
1  261.  A  Preacher  on  Trial  in  an  Annual  Con- 
ference, in  reference  to  Amenability  and  Appeal 
is  considered  as  a  Local  Preacher;  but  in  his  case  the 
District  Superintendent  shall  perform  the  duties 
•which  are  assigned  to  the  Preacher  in  Charge  in 
the  case  of  an  accused  Local  Preacher. 


CHAPTER  V 
TRIAL  OF  A  LOCAL  PREACHER 
r  262.  When  a  Local  Preacher,  ordained  or  unor- 
dained,  is  accused  of  any  violation  of  the  moral  law, 
the  Preacher  in  Charge  shall  call  a  Committee  of  In- 
187 


263     Trial  op  a  Local  Preacheu 


vestigation,  consisting  of  three  or  more  Local 
Preachers,  before  which  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the 
accused  to  appear,  and  by  which,  if  the  charge  be 
sustained,  he  shall  be  suspended  from  all  Ministerial 
services  and  Church  privileges  until  the  next  District 
or  Quarterly  Conference;  which  Conference  shall 
try  the  case,  and  if  the  accused  be  found  guilty  the 
Conference  shall  suspend,  deprive  of  ministerial  office 
and  credentials,  or  expel  him.  (If  214,  §  4.)  But  a 
Local  Preacher  may  be  tried  by  a  District  or  Quar- 
terly Conference  without  preliminary  investigation, 
provided  due  notice  shall  have  been  given  him. 

If  263.  Should  the  District  Conference  having  juris- 
diction in  the  case  of  an  accused  Local  Preacher 
judge  it  expedient  to  try  him  by  a  Select  Number,  It 
may  appoint  not  less  than  nine  nor  more  than  fifteen 
of  its  Members  for  that  purpose,  the  accused  having 
the  right  of  challenge  for  cause;  which  Select  Num- 
ber, in  the  presence  of  the  President  of  the  District 
Conference,  or  of  an  Elder  appointed  by  him,  and  a 
Secretary  appointed  by  the  said  Conference,  shall 
have  full  power  to  consider  and  determine  the  case 
according  to  the  rules  applicable  thereto;  and  the 
Secretary  shall  make  a  correct  report  in  writing 
of  all  the  proceedings  and  evidence  to  the  -Secretary 
of  the  District  Conference,  and  shall  deliver  to  him 
all  the  papers  in  the  case. 

If  264,  §  1.  In  case  of  improper  temper,  words, 
or  actions,  the  Local  Preacher  so  offending  shall  be 
admonished  by  the  Preacher  in  Charge.  Should  a 
second  transgression  take  place,  one  or  two  mem- 
bers of  the  church  are  to  be  taken  as  witnesses.  If 
he  continue  to  offend,  the  case  shall  be  investigated 
as  provided  in  If  262,  or  he  shall  be  tried  at  the  next 
188 


Trial  of  a  Local  Preacher     f  266 


Mstrict  or  Quarterly  Conference,  and,  if  found  guilty 
ind  impenitent,  he  shall  be  expelled  from  the  Church. 

§  2.  If,  on  due  trial  by  the  District  or  Quarterly 
Conference,  a  Local  Preacher  be  found  neglectful  of 
lis  duties  as  a  Local  Preacher  or  unacceptable  in 
lis  Ministry,  he  may  be  deprived  of  his  ministerial 
iffice;  in  which  case,  if  he  be  ordained,  the  District 
Superintendent  shall  require  him  to  deliver  up  his 
I  :redentials,  that  they  may  be  returned  to  the  Annual 
Conference. 

!  §  3.  A  Local  Preacher  who  shall  hold  religious 
services  within  the  bounds  of  a  Pastoral  Charge 
vhen  requested  by  the  Preacher  in  Charge  not  to  do 
to,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  imprudent  conduct,  and 
f  he  persist,  after  admonition  by  the  Superintendent 
)f  the  District  within  which  the  offense  has  been 
:ommitted,  he  may  be  brought  to  investigation  or 
:rial,  either  or  both  of  which  may  take  place  in  the 
:harge  and  under  the  proper  officers  of  the  Church 
where  the  forbidden  service  has  been  held. 

r  265.  If  a  Local  Preacher  disseminate,  publicly 
>r  privately,  doctrines  which  are  contrary  to  our 
Articles  of  Religion,  or  our  other  present  existing 
ind  established  standards  of  doctrine,  the  same  pro- 
cedure shall  be  observed  as  is  prescribed  in  ff  262, 
263. 

Note. — Touching  complaints  against  a  Local  Preacher  for  erro- 
leous  teaching  in  a  Theological  School,  see  UH  246,  247. 

1i  266.  If  a  Local  Preacher  shall  fail  in  business, 
Dr  contract  debts  which  he  is  not  able  to  pay,  the 
Preacher  in  Charge  shall  appoint  three  judicious 
members  of  the  Church  to  inspect  the  accounts,  con- 
Tacts,  and  circumstances  of  the  supposed  delinquent; 
189 


If  2G7      Trial  of  A  Local  Preacher 


and  if,  in  their  opinion,  he  has  behaved  dishonestly, 
or  contracted  debts  without  a  reasonable  probability 
of  paying,  the  same  procedure  shall  be  observed  as 
is  prescribed  in  Iflf  262,  263. 

t  267.  If,  in  the  judgment  of  the  District  Super- 
intendent, a  fair  and  impartial  trial  cannot  be  had 
in  the  Quarterly  Conference  where  the  accused  holds 
his  membership,  the  District  Superintendent  may 
refer  the  case  for  trial  to  some  other  Quarterly  Con- 
ference within  the  bounds  of  his  District. 

f  268.  If  the  trial  is  by  the  Quarterly  Conference, 
the  accused  shall  have  the  right  of  challenge  for 
cause.  If  by  reason  of  said  challenge  or  other  cause 
the  number  of  the  members  of  the  Quarterly  Confer- 
ence present  shall  fall  below  seven,  which  number 
shall  be  required  for  a  quorum  in  case  of  any  such 
trial,  the  Quarterly  Conference,  if  the  District  Super- 
intendent so  request,  shall  adjourn  to  a  subsequent 
date,  to  be  named  by  him,  to  try  the  case;  or,  the 
District  Superintendent  may  refer  it  to  some  other 
Quarterly  Conference  in  his  District. 

269,  §  1.  In  Missions  in  the  United  States,  its 
Territories,  and  insular  possessions  the  power  to  try 
Local  Preachers  shall  remain  with  the  respective 
Quarterly  Conferences;  but  Local  Preachers  so  tried 
and  convicted  shall  have  the  right  of  appeal  to  the 
Annual  Meeting  of  the  Mission. 

§  2.  The  Ministerial  members  of  the  General  Com- 
.mittee  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension  shall 
constitute  a  Judicial  Conference  to  hear  appeals  of 
Local  Preachers  convicted  at  an  Arnual  Meeting  of 
a  Mission;  such  Judicial  Conference  to  be  presided 
over  by  a  Bishop. 


100 


Trial  of  a  Church  Member  271 


CHAPTER  VI 

TRIAL  OF  A  CHURCH  MEMBER 

I.    Immoral  Conduct 

H  270,  §  1.  A  member  of  the  Church  accused  of 
a  violation  of  the  moral  law  shall  be  brought  to 
trial. 

§  2.  A  member  of  the  Church,  who,  after  private 
reproof  and  admonition  by  the  Pastor  or  Class 
Leader,  persists  in  using,  buying,  or  selling  intoxi- 
cating liquors  as  a  beverage,  or  who  signs  a  petition 
in  favor  of  granting  a  license  for  the  sale  of  such 
liquors,  or  who  signs  a  petition  of  consent  for  the 
sale  of  such  liquors,  or  who  procures  a  license  for 
the  sale  of  such  liquors,  or  who  becomes  bondsman 
for  any  person  or  persons  engaged  in  such  traffic,  or 
who  rents  his  property  as  a  place  in  which  or  on 
which  to  manufacture  or  sell  intoxicating  liquors, 
shall  be  brought  to  trial,  and  if  found  guilty  and 
there  be  no  sign  of  real  humiliation,  shall  be  expelled. 


II.    Imprudent  Conduct 

1  271.  In  cases  of  neglect  of  duties  of  any  kind; 
imprudent  conduct;  indulging  sinful  tempers  or 
words;  dancing;  playing  at  games  of  chance;  at- 
tending theaters,  horse-races,  circuses,  dancing 
parties,  or  patronizing  dancing  schools,  or  taking 
such  other  amusements  as  are  obviously  of  mis- 
leading or  questionable  moral  tendency;  or  dis- 
191 


*l\  272     Trial  of  a  Church  Member 


obedience  to  the  order  and  Discipline  of  the  Church 
— on  the  first  offense,  let  private  reproof  be  given  by 
the  Pastor  or  Class  Leader,  and  if  there  be  an  ac- 
knowledgment of  the  fault  and  proper  humiliation, 
the  person  may  be  borne  with.  On  the  second  offense 
the  Pastor  or  Class  Leader  may  take  with  him  one 
or  two  discreet  members  of  the  Church.  On  the 
third  offense  let  him  be  brought  to  trial,  and  if  found 
guilty  and  there  be  no  sign  of  real  humiliation,  he 
shall  be  expelled. 


III.  Neglect  of  Means  of  Grace 
IT  272.  If  a  member  of  the  Church  shall  habitually 
neglect  the  means  of  grace,  such  as  the  Public  Wor- 
ship of  God,  the  Lord's  Supper,  family  and  private 
Prayer,  searching  the  Scriptures,  Class  Meetings, 
and  Prayer  Meetings,  the  Preacher  in  Charge 
shall  visit  him  and  explain  to  him  the  consequences 
if  he  continue  his  neglect.  If  he  do  not  amend,  he 
shall  be  brought  to  trial,  and  if  found  guilty  of  will- 
ful neglect,  he  shall  be  expelled. 


IV.  Causing  Dissension 
If  273.  If  a  member  of  the  Church  shall  be  accused 
of  endeavoring  to  sow  dissension  in  the  Church 
by  inveighing  against  its  Doctrines  or  Discipline, 
its  Ministers,  or  in  any  other  manner,  the  person 
so  offending  shall  first  be  reproved  by  the  Preacher 
in  Charge;  and  if  he  persist  in  such  pernicious 
practice,  he  shall  be  brought  to  trial,  and,  if  found 
guilty,  shall  be  expelled. 

Note. — For  the  method  of  disposing  of  complaints  against  a 
layman  for  erroneous  teaching  in  a  Theological  School,  see  U  247. 
192 


Trial  of  a  Church  Member     If  276 


V.  Disagreement  In  Business — Arbitration 
J  274.  In  case  of  any  disagreement  between  two 
or  more  members  of  the  Church  concerning  business 
transactions,  which  cannot  be  settled  by  the  parties, 
the  Preacher  in  Charge  shall  inquire  into  the  cir- 
cumstances of  the  case,  and  shall  recommend  to  the 
parties  that  such  disagreement  be  submitted  to  arbi- 
tration. If  this  method  of  settlement  be  agreed  upon, 
two  arbitrators  shall  be  chosen  by  one  party,  and 
two  by  the  other,  which  four  shall  choose  a  fifth. 
The  said  arbitrators  shall  be  members  of  our  Church, 
who  have  no  personal  or  pecuniary  interests  in  the 
result.  The  Preacher  in  Charge  shall  preside,  and 
the  Disciplinary  forms  of  trial  shall  be  observed. 
If  either  party  refuse  to  abide  by  the  judgment  of 
the  arbitrators,  he  shall  be  brought  to  trial,  and  if  he 
fail  to  show  sufficient  cause  for  such  refusal,  he  shall 
be  expelled. 

If  275.  If  any  member  of  the  Church,  in  case  of 
debt  or  other  dispute,  shall  refuse  to  refer  the  matter 
to  arbitration,  when  recommended  to  do  so  by  the 
Preacher  in  Charge,  or  shall  enter  into  a  lawsuit 
with  another  member  before  these  measures  are 
taken,  he  shall  be  brought  to  trial,  and  if  he  fail  to 
show  that  the  "case  is  of  such  a  nature  as  to  require 
and  justify  such  a  course,  he  shall  be  expelled. 

<I  276.  If,  in  the  case  of  debt  or  dispute,  one  of 
the  parties  is  a  Minister,  the  duties  assigned  to  the 
Preacher  in  Charge  in  the  foregoing  paragraphs 
shall  be  performed  by  the  District  Superintendent 
of  the  Minister  concerned.  If  both  be  Ministers, 
the  District  Superintendent  of  either  may  act  in  the 
case. 

193 


%  277     Trial  of  a  Church  Member 


VI.  Insolvency 
If  277,  §  1.  Preachers  in  Charge  are  required  to  ex- 
ecute faithfully  the  rules  against  all  frauds,  and 
particularly  against  dishonest  insolvencies,  suffering 
no  one  to  remain  in  the  Church  who  is  found  guilty 
of  fraud. 

§  2.  To  prevent  scandal,  when  any  member  of  the 
Church  fails  in  business,  or  contracts  debts  which 
he  is  not  able  to  pay,  two  or  three  judicious 
members  of  the  Church,  designated  by  the  Preacher 
in  charge,  shall  inspect  the  accounts,  contracts,  and 
circumstances  of  the  supposed  delinquent;  and  if 
they  believe  that  he  has  behaved  dishonestly,  or 
borrowed  money  without  a  reasonable  probability  of 
paying,  he  shall  be  brought  to  trial,  and,  if  found 
guilty,  shall  be  expelled. 

H  278.  In  all  the  foregoing  cases  of  trial  enumer- 
ated in  this  chapter  the  accused  member  shall  be 
brought  to  trial  before  a  Committee  of  not  less  than 
five  members  of  the  Church.  They  shall  be  chosen  by 
the  Preacher  in  Charge,  and,  if  he  judge  it  necessary, 
he  may  select  them  from  any  part  of  the  District. 
The  accused  may  challenge  for  cause.  The  Preacher 
in  Charge  shall  preside  at  the  trial. 


VII.  Penalties 
If  279.  If  the  accused  person  be  found  guilty  by 
the  decision  of  a  majority  of  the  Committee,  the 
Preacher  in  Charge  shall  then  and  there  pronounce 
the  sentence  of  expulsion. 

If  280.  But    if,    in    view    of    mitigating  circum- 
stances and  of  humble  and  penitent  confession,  the 
194 


AprEAL  of  a  Bisiior 


1,  282 


Committee  find  that  a  lower  penalty  wculd  be  proper, 
it  may  impose  censure  on  the  offender,  at  its  discre- 
tion, or  suspend  him  from  all  Church  privileges  for  a 
definite  time. 

%  281.  An  expelled  person  shall  have  no  Privi- 
leges of  Society  or  of  the  Sacraments  of  the  Church 
without  confession,  contrition,  and  satisfactory 
reformation. 


CHAPTER  VII 
APPEAL  OF  A  BISHOP 
f  282,  §  1.  A  Bishop  or  Missionary  Bishop  shall 
have  the  right  to  appeal  to  the  General  Conference 
in  case  of  an  adverse  decision  by  the  trial  court 
hereinbefore  prescribed  in  such  cases;  provided,  that 
within  thirty  days  after  his  conviction  he  notify  the 
Secretary  of  the  General  Conference  of  his  intention 
to  appeal.  All  such  appeals  shall  be  heard  and  deter- 
mined by  the  General  Conference  Committee  on  the 
Judiciary. 

§  2.  If  during  the  session  of  a  General  Conference 
a  Bishop  or  a  Missionary  Bishop  shall  have  been  con- 
victed, the  General  Conference  shall  extend  the  term 
of  service  of  the  Committee  on  the  Judiciary  until 
it  shall  have  disposed  of  a  possible  appeal  in  the  case. 

§  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Secretary  of  the 
General  Conference,  on  receiving  notice  of  such  ap- 
peal, to  inform  the  senior  effective  Bishop,  whose 
duty  it  shall  be,  after  conference  with  the  parties 
in  interest,  to  fix  the  time  and  place  for  the  hearing 
of  the  appeal,  and  to  instruct  the  Secretary  of  the 
General  Conference  to  serve  due  notice  of  the  same 
to  all  concerned. 

195 


283  Appeal  of  Member  of  Conference 


CHAPTER  VIII 

APPEAL  OF  A  MEMBER  OF  AN  ANNUAL  CON- 
FERENCE— JUDICIAL  CONFERENCE 

If  283.  The  several  Annual  Conferences  shall  at 
each  session  select  five  Elders,  men  of  experience 
and  sound  judgment  in  the  affairs  of  the  Church, 
who  shall  be  known  as  Triers  of  Appeals,  and  also 
two  reserve  Triers  of  Appeals.  The  reserves  shall 
serve  in  the  absence  or  disqualification  of  the  prin- 
cipals. 

If  284.  When  notice  of  an  appeal  has  been  given 
to  the  President  of  an  Annual  Conference,  he  shall 
proceed,  with  due  regard  to  the  wishes  and  rights  of 
the  Appellant,  to  designate  three  Annual  Conferences 
conveniently  near  to  that  from  the  decision  of  which 
the  appeal  is  taken,  and  the  Triers  of  Appeals  of 
such  Conferences  shall  constitute  a  Judicial  Confer- 
ence. He  shall  fix  also  the  time  and  place  of  its 
session.  He  shall  also  give  notice  thereof  to  the  said 
Triers  of  Appeals  and  to  all  others  concerned.  Such 
Judicial  Conference  shall  he  competent  to  hear  ap- 
peals which  may  be  presented  to  it  from  any  Con- 
ference conveniently  near,  due  notice  having  been 
given  to  all  concerned. 

If  285.  The  Appellant  shall  have  the  right  of  per- 
emptory challenge,  yet  so  that  the  number  of  Triers 
of  Appeals  present  and  qualified  shall  not  fall  below 
nine,  which  number  shall  be  required  for  a  quorum. 

If  286.  A  Bishop  shall  preside  in  a  Judicial  Con- 
ference and  shall  decide  all  questions  of  law  arising 
in  its  proceedings,  subject  to  an  appeal  to  the  Gen- 
eral Conference.  The  Judicial  Conference  shall  ap- 
196 


ArpEAL  of  Member  of  Conference  ^  289 

point  a  Secretary,  who  shall  keep  a  faithful  record 
of  all  the  proceedings,  and  at  the  close  of  the  hearing 
shall  transmit  the  records  made  and  the  papers  sub- 
mitted in  the  case,  or  certified  copies  thereof,  to  the 
Secretary  of  the  General  Conference,  to  be  filed  for 
use  by  the  General  Conference  in  case  of  appeal. 
In  all  cases  the  findings  of  the  Judicial  Conference 
shall  be  reported  by  its  Secretary  to  the  Secretary 
of  the  Annual  Conference  whose  membership  is 
affected  thereby,  and  if  no  further  appeal  shall  have 
been  taken  on  a  question  of  law,  the  same  shall  be 
published  in  the  Minutes  of  said  Annual  Conference. 

If  287.  In  all  cases  of  trial  and  conviction  of 
Members  of  an  Annual  Conference,  an  appeal  shall 
be  allowed  to  a  Judicial  Conference,  constituted  as 
hereinbefore  provided,  if  the  condemned  person, 
within  thirty  days  after  his  conviction,  shall  signify 
In  writing  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Annual  Conference 
his  intention  to  appeal. 

U  288.  Appeals  from  an  Annual  Conference  within 
the  United  States,  not  easily  accessible,  at  the  dis- 
cretion of  the  President  thereof  may  be  heard  by  a 
Judicial  Conference  selected  from  among  more  ac- 
cessible Conferences.  Appeals  from  an  Annual  or 
Mission  Conference  not  in  the  United  States  may  be 
heard  at  the  discretion  of  the  Bishop  in  charge  thereof, 
due  regard  being  had  to  the  rights  and  interests  of  all 
concerned,  either  by  a  Judicial  Conference  called  by 
said  Bishop  from  neighboring  foreign  Conferences,  or 
by  a  Judicial  Conference  called  by  him  to  meet  at  or 
near  New  York,  or  by  the  General  Conference  through 
a  special  Appellate  Committee  appointed  for  the 
purpose. 

f  289.  When  the  case  of  any  Minister  who  has 

197 


290      Restoration  of  Credentials 

been  suspended  or  expelled  is  remanded  for  a  new 
trial,  his  suspension  from  all  ministerial  functions 
shall  continue  until  the  next  ensuing  session  of  the 
Annual  Conference. 

IT  290.  Should  a  Member  of  an  Annual  Confer- 
ence be  suspended  by  a  Committee  of  Investigation 
in  the  interval  between  the  sessions  of  his  Confer- 
ence, and  subsequently  be  found  guilty  by  his  Confer- 
ence and  expelled,  his  claim  upon  the  funds  of  the 
Conference  shall  cease  from  the  time  of  his  suspen- 
sion. Should  a  Member  of  an  Annual  Conference  be 
suspended  and  afterward  be  restored,  he  shall  have 
no  claim  upon  the  Pastoral  Charge  nor  upon  the 
funds  of  the  Conference  during  the  period  of  such 
suspension. 

If  291.  The  General  Conference,  on  appeal,  or  on 
Complaint,  shall  carefully  review  the  decisions  of 
Questions  of  Law  contained  in  the  records  and  docu- 
ments transmitted  to  it  from  Judicial  Conferences; 
and  in  case  of  serious  error  therein,  shall  take  such 
action  as  justice  may  require.  The  papers  submitted 
shall  be  returned  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Committee 
on  Judiciary  to  the  Chairman  of  the  Delegation  of 
the  Annual  Conference  of  which  the  accused  is  a 
Member. 

CHAPTER  IX 

RESTORATION  OF  CREDENTIALS 

I.    "When  Voluntarily  Surrendered 

%  292.  When  an  ordained  Minister  of  any  class 
who  is  in  good  standing  shall  surrender  his  Cre- 
dentials for  any  reason,  the  Annual  Conference  at 

198 


Eestoratiok  of  Credentials     %  294 


any  subsequent  time  may  restore  the  same  upon  the 
recommendation  of  the  District  or  Quarterly  Con- 
ference of  the  Charge  in  which  he  has  membership  as 
a  Local  Preacher. 


II.  When  Involuntarily  Surrendered 
J  293.  When  a  Member  of  an  Annual  Conference 
by  expulsion  or  otherwise  shall  have  been  deprived 
of  his  Credentials,  they  shall  be  filed  with  the  papers 
of  his  Conference;  and  in  case  the  said  Member 
has  come  to  us  from  another  Church,  so  that  he 
holds  the  certificate  of  our  Church  and  his  original 
credentials  indorsed  by  our  Church,  he  shall  be 
required  to  surrender  to  his  Conference  both  the 
certificate  of  our  Church  and  the  original  Credentials 
bearing  our  indorsement.  If  at  any  future  time 
he  shall  give  satisfactory  evidence  to  said  Annual 
Conference  of  his  amendment,  and  procure  a  cer- 
tificate from  the  Quarterly  Conference  of  the  Charge 
in  which  he  resides,  or  from  an  Annual  Conference 
which  may  have  received  him  on  Trial,  recommend- 
ing to  the  Annual  Conference  of  which  he  wa9 
formerly  a  Member  the  restoration  of  his  Credentials, 
the  said  Annual  Conference  may  restore  them. 

H  294.  When  a  Local  Elder  or  Deacon  shall  have 
been  expelled  or  deprived  of  his  Ministerial  Office, 
the  District  Superintendent  shall  require  of  him  the 
Credentials  of  his  ordination,  to  be  filed  with  the 
papers  of  the  Annual  Conference  within  the  bounds 
of  which  the  expulsion  has  taken  place.  Should  he, 
at  any  future  time,  produce  to  the  Annual  Conference 
a  certificate  of  his  restoration,  signed  by  the  Presi- 
dent and  countersigned  by  the  Secretary  of  his 
199 


295     Appeal  of  a  Local  Preacher 


Quarterly  Conference,  his  Credentials  may  be  re- 
stored to  him. 


CHAPTER  X 
APPEAL  OF  A  LOCAL  PREACHER 

"I  295.  In  case  of  conviction,  a  Local  Preacher  shall 
be  allowed  to  appeal  to  the  next  Annual  Conference; 
provided,  that  within  thirty  days  after  his  convic- 
tion he  shall  signify  in  writing  to  the  President  or 
Secretary  of  the  District  or  Quarterly  Conference  by 
which  he  was  tried,  his  determination  to  appeal; 
and  the  said  Annual  Conference,  in  full  session,  or 
by  a  Select  Number  of  not  less  than  nine  nor  more 
than  fifteen  shall  hear  the  appeal.  If  the  hearing 
be  by  a  Select  Number,  the  Appellant  shall  have  the 
right  of  peremptory  challenge.  The  decision  of  said 
Annual  Conference  shall  be  the  final  determination 
of  the  case,  subject  only  to  an  appeal  to  the  General 
Conference  by  either  party  on  Questions  of  Law. 

1f  296.  An  appeal  by  a  Local  Preacher  from  a 
Quarterly  Conference  within  the  jurisdiction  of  a 
Mission  shall  be  to  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the  said 
^Mission. 


CHAPTER  XI 

APPEAL  OF  A  CHURCH  MEMBER — COURT  OF 
APPEALS 

H  297,  §  1.  At  the  Fourth  Quarterly  Conference  of 
each  year  each  Pastoral  Charge  shall  select  from 
among  the  members  of  the  Church  one  person  of 
experience  and  sound  judgment  in  the  affairs  of  the 
Church,  who  shall  be  known  as  a  Trier  of  Appeals 
for  Members. 

200 


ArrEAL  of  a  Chcrch  Member    ^  298 

§  2.  When  due  notice  of  appeal  has  been  given  to 
the  Superintendent  of  any  District,  he  shall  proceed, 
with  due  regard  to  the  wishes  and  rights  of  the 
Appellant,  to  convene  a  Court  of  Appeals,  which 
shall  be  constituted  of  such  of  the  Triers  of  Appeals 
on  his  District  as  he  shall  summon,  the  number  so 
summoned  by  him  to  be  not  more  than  fifteen  nor 
less  than  nine;  but  the  Trier  of  Appeals  of  the  Charge 
to  which  the  accused  member  belongs  shall  not  be 
one  of  the  number  so  summoned.  The  District  Super- 
intendent shall  give  not  less  than  ten  nor  more 
than  thirty  days'  notice  of  the  time  and  place  at 
which  the  Court  of  Appeals  will  assemble,  and  such 
notice  shall  be  given  to  all  concerned.  The  Appellant 
shall  have  the  right  of  peremptory  challenge;  pro- 
vided, that  the  Triers  of  Appeals  present  and  ready 
to  proceed  with  the  hearing  shall  not  fall  below 
seven,  which  number  shall  constitute  a  quorum.  The 
District  Superintendent  shall  preside. 

§  3.  Said  Court  of  Appeals  shall  be  competent  to 
hear  appeals  which  may  be  presented  to  it  from  any 
Pastoral  Charge  on  the  District,  due  notice  having 
been  given  to  all  concerned. 

§  4.  If  the  District  Superintendent  shall  find  the 
convening  of  such  a  Court  to  be  impracticable,  or 
seriously  inconvenient  to  the  parties  involved,  with 
due  regard  to  the  rights  and  wishes  of  the  Appel- 
lant, he  shall  have  the  appeal  heard  by  a  Quar- 
terly Conference  within  his  District;  in  which  case 
no  one  who  was  in  any  way  connected  with  the  trial 
shall  sit  as  a  member  of  the  Quarterly  Conference, 
to  hear  the  appeal. 

t  298.  Any  member  of  the  Church  against  whom 
judgment  is  rendered  by  a  Committee  of  Trial,  may 
201 


]f  299  General  Directions 

appeal  from  such  judgment  to  the  Court  of  Appeals 
for  Members  as  hereinafter  constituted,  by  giving 
written  notice  of  his  intention  to  the  Preacher  in 
Charge  and  to  the  District  Superintendent  within 
thirty  days  after  said  judgment  is  rendered. 


CHAPTER  XII 
GENERAL  DIRECTIONS 
I.    Testimony  and  Notice 

U  299,  §  1.  The  testimony  of  a  witness  who  is  not 
a  member  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  shall 
not  be  rejected  on  that  account. 

§  2.  The  testimony  of  an  absent  witness  may  be 
taken  before  the  Preacher  in  Charge  where  such  wit- 
ness resides,  or  before  a  Preacher  appointed  by  the 
District  Superintendent  of  the  District  within  which 
such  witness  resides;  provided,  that  sufficient  notice 
of  the  time  and  place  of  taking  such  testimony  shall 
have  been  given  to  the  adverse  party. 

§  3.  If  in  any  case  the  accused  person,  after  due 
notice  has  been  given  him,  shall  refuse  or  neglect  to 
appear  at  the  time  and  place  set  for  a  hearing,  the 
Investigation  or  trial  may  proceed  in  his  absence. 


II.  Records 

If  300,  §  1.  In  all  investigations  or  trials  the 
records  should  be  accurate  and  full;  they  shall  in- 
clude the  proceedings  in  detail  and  all  the  docu- 
ments admitted,  together  with  the  charges,  speci- 
fications, and  findings,  and  shall  he  approved  and 
202 


General  Directions  ^  301 


attested  by  the  President  and  Secretary.  In  all 
inrestlgations  the  Presiding  Officer  shall  appoint  a 
Secretary  to  keep  a  record  of  the  proceedings  and 
documents,  of  which  records,  when  properly  attested, 
the  said  Presiding  Officer  shall  be  the  custodian. 
The  custodian  shall  deliver  the  entire  record  to  the 
President  or  Secretary  of  the  Conference  or  Com-' 
mittee  to  which  the  case  shall  go  for  final  disposition. 

§  2.  In  the  trial  of  a  member  of  the  Church  the 
Preacher  in  Charge  shall  appoint  the  Secretary,  and 
the  said  Preacher  in  Charge  shall  be  the  custodian  of 
the  records,  when  properly  attested.  If  no  appeal  be 
taken,  he  shall  deliver  the  records  to  the  Recording 
Steward  for  preservation.  If  an  appeal  be  taken,  he 
shall  deliver  the  records  to  the  President  of  the 
proper  Appellate  Court,  and  after  they  have  beea 
used  in  this  Court  they  shall  be  returned  by  the  Sec- 
retary to  the  Recording  Steward  of  the  Charge  from 
which  they  came. 

§  3.  The  Secretaries  of  Quarterly,  District,  and 
Annual  Conferences  and  of  the  General  Conference 
shall  be  the  custodians  of  the  records,  which  in  all 
cases  shall  be  made  by  them  or  their  Assistants,  of 
all  trials  occurring  in  their  bodies  respectively;  and 
in  case  of  appeal,  they  shall  deliver  said  records  to 
the  President  or  Secretary  of  the  proper  Appellate 
Court.  After  the  said  appeal  has  been  heard,  the 
records  shall  be  returned  to  the  Secretary  of  the 
Conference  from  which  they  came. 


III.  Counsel 

If  301,  §  1.  In  all  cases  of  investigation  or  trial 
where  counsel  has  not  been  provided  for  either  the 
203 


302  General  Directions 

Church  or  the  accused,  such  counsel  shall  be  ap- 
pointed as  follows:  In  the  investigation  of  a  Bishop 
or  of  a  Missionary  Bishop  counsel  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  officer  presiding;  and  in  case  of  a  trial,  counsel 
shall  be  appointed  by  the  General  Conference.  Such 
counsel  shall  be  either  Ministers  or  members  in  good 
standing  in  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. 

§  2.  In  the  investigation  of  a  Member  of  an  Annual 
Conference,  counsel  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Dis- 
trict Superintendent;  and  in  case  of  trial  the  appoint- 
ment shall  be  by  the  Annual  Conference.  In  either 
case  such  counsel  shall  be  Members  of  an  Annual 
Conference. 

§  3.  In  all  other  cases,  counsel  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Presiding  Officer  and  shall  be  Ministers  or 
members  in  good  standing  in  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church. 


IV.  Charges 

IT  302,  §  1.  In  no  case  shall  charges  or  testimony 
be  held  as  privileged  so  as  to  protect  the  accuser  from 
the  consequences  of  false  and  malicious  prosecution; 
and  both  Ministers  and  members  should  be  warned 
against  making  hasty  or  insufficiently  supported 
charges. 

§  2.  Amendments  may  be  made  to  a  bill  of  charges 
up  to  the  time  of  the  opening  of  the  trial,  at  the  dis- 
cretion of  the  Presiding  Officer,  provided  they  relate 
to  the  form  of  statement  only  and  do  not  change  the 
nature  of  the  alleged  offense  and  do  not  introduce 
new  matter  of  which  the  accused  has  not  had  due 
notice. 

§  3.  Amendments  to  charges  against  Members  of 
204 


General  Directions  ^  303 


an  Annual  Conference  shall  be  presented  in  the  Con- 
ference and  ruled  upon  by  the  Bishop  presiding  be- 
fore the  case  is  committed  to  the  Select  Number  for 
trial. 

§  4.  A  charge  of  slander  shall  not  be  entertained 
unless  signed  by  the  person  alleged  to  have  been 
slandered. 


V.  Trials 

f  303,  §  1.  In  all  cases  of  investigation  or  trial 
the  required  notification  to  persons  accused  and  to  such 
witnesses  as  either  party  may  name  shall  be  in  writ- 
ing, and  shall  issue  in  the  name  of  the  Church  and 
be  signed  by  the  President  or  the  last  appointed  Sec- 
retary of  the  tribunal  which  is  to  investigate  or  try 
the  case.  Said  notification  shall  be  delivered  per- 
sonally or  sent  by  registered  mail  to  the  last  known 
post-office  address  of  the  person  to  be  notified. 

§  2.  In  all  cases,  sufficient  time  shall  be  allowed  for 
the  person  to  appear  at  the  given  place  and  time, 
and  for  the  accused  to  prepare  for  the  investigation 
or  trial;  and  the  President  of  the  tribunal  to  investi- 
gate or  try  the  case  shall  decide  what  constitutes 
"sufficient  time." 

§  3.  In  all  cases  of  investigation  or  trial  both 
parties  shall  have  the  right  to  challenge  for  cause,  and 
it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Presiding  Officer  to  see,  if 
possible,  that  there  be  present  a  sufficient  number  of 
properly  qualified  persons  as  substitutes  to  prevent 
the  number  from  being  reduced  below  that  required 
for  the  investigation  or  trial. 

§  4.  In  case  of  investigation,  trial,  or  appeal  the 
Presiding  Officer  shall  not  deliver  a  charge,  review- 
205 


f  304  General  Directions 


ing  or  explaining  the  evidence  or  setting  forth  the 
merits  of  the  case;  but  he  shall  remain  and  preside 
until  the  judgment  is  expressed,  the  findings  com- 
pleted, and  the  record  signed;  but  without  expressing 
any  opinion  on  the  law  or  facts  unless  the  parties  In 
interest  be  called  in. 


VI.  Appeals 

IT  304,  §  1.  An  appeal  shall  not  be  allowed  in  any 
case  in  which  the  accused  has  failed  or  refused  to  be 
present  in  person  or  by  counsel  at  his  trial.  But  ap- 
peals, regularly  taken,  shall  be  heard  by  the  proper 
Appellate  Court  unless  it  shall  appear  to  the  said 
Court  that  the  Appellant  has  forfeited  his  right  to  ap- 
peal by  misconduct,  such  as  refusal  to  abide  by  the 
finding  of  the  Trial  Court,  withdrawal  from  the 
Church,  or  failure  to  appear  ip  person  or  by  counsel 
to  prosecute  the  appeal. 

§  2.  The  right  of  appeal  when  once  forfeited  by 
neglect  or  otherwise  cannot  be  revived  by  any  sub- 
sequent Appellate  Court. 

§  3.  The  right  to  take  and  to  prosecute  an  appeal 
shall  not  be  affected  by  the  death  of  the  person  en- 
titled to  such  right.  His  heirs  or  legal  representa- 
tives may  prosecute  such  appeal  as  he  would  be  en- 
titled to  do  if  he  were  living. 

§  4.  In  no  case  shall  an  appeal  operate  as  a  suspen- 
sion of  sentence.  The  finding  of  the  Trial  Court 
must  stand  until  it  is  modified  or  reversed  by  the 
proper  Appellate  Court. 

§  5.  The  records  and  documents  of  the  trial,  and 
these  only,  shalj  be  used  as  evidence  in  the  hearing 
of  any  appeal. 

206 


General  Directions 


*  304 


§  6.  In  all  cases  where  an  appeal  is  made,  and  ad- 
mitted by  the  Appellate  Court,  after  the  charges, 
findings,  and  evidence  have  been  read  and  the  argu- 
ments concluded,  the  parties  shall  withdraw,  and 
the  Appellate  Court  shall  consider  and  decide  the 
case.  It  may  reverse,  in  whole  or  in  part,  the  findings 
of  the  Trial  Court,  or  it  may  remand  the  case  for  a 
new  trial.  It  may  determine  what  penalty,  not  higher 
than  that  affixed  at  the  trial,  shall  be  imposed.  If 
it  neither  reverse,  in  whole  or  in  part,  the  judgment 
of  the  Trial  Court,  nor  remand  the  case  for  a  new 
trial,  nor  modify  the  penalty,  that  judgment  shall 
stand.  But  the  Appellate  Court  shall  not  reverse 
the  judgment,  nor  remand  the  case  for  a  new  trial 
on  account  of  errors  plainly  not  affecting  the  result. 

§  7.  In  all  cases  the  right  of  appeal  shall  be  exhausted 
when  the  case  has  been  heard  once  on  its  merits  in 
the  proper  Appellate  Court;  but  Questions  of  Law 
may  he  carried  on  appeal,  step  by  step,  to  the  Gen- 
eral Conference. 

§  8.  If  in  any  case  of  appeal  of  a  Member  of  an  An- 
nual Conference,  of  a  Bishop,  or  of  a  Missionary 
Bishop,  the  Appellate  Court  is  convinced  that  new 
evidence  has  been  discovered  material  to  the  issue, 
It  may  remand  the  case  for  a  new  trial. 

§  9.  If,  within  sixty  days  after  the  conviction  of  a 
member  of  the  Church,  he  shall  make  application  in 
writing  to  the  Preacher  in  Charge  for  a  new  trial 
on  the  ground  of  newly  discovered  evidence,  and 
submit  therewith  a  written  statement  of  the  same, 
and  if  it  shall  appear  to  the  Preacher  in  Charge  that 
such  evidence  is  material  to  the  issue  involved,  ho 
shall  grant  a  new  trial. 

§  10.  In  no  case  shall  a  new  trial  be  granted  upon 
207 


f  304 


General  Directions 


newly  discovered  evidence  which  could  have  been 
obtained  for  the  trial  in  the  exercise  of  due  diligence, 
or  which  is  merely  cumulative  in  its  effect. 

§  11.  In  all  cases  of  appeal  the  Appellant,  at  the 
time  he  gives  notice  of  his  appeal,  shall  furnish  to 
the  officer  receiving  such  notice,  and  to  the  counsel 
for  the  Church,  a  written  statement  of  the  grounds 
of  his  appeal;  and  the  hearing  in  the  Appellate  Court 
shall  be  limited  to  the  grounds  set  forth  in  such  state- 
ment. 

§  12.  When  any  Appellate  Court  shall  reverse,  in 
whole  or  in  part,  the  findings  of  a  Trial  Court,  or 
remand  the  case  for  a  new  trial,  or  change  the 
penalty  imposed  by  that  court,  it  shall  return  to  the 
Annual  Conference  or  to  the  secretary  of  the  Trial 
Court  a  statement  of  the  grounds  of  its  action. 

§  13.  The  order  of  appeals  on  Questions  of  Law 
shall  be  as  follows:  From  the  decision  of  the  Preacher 
in  Charge  to  the  District  Superintendent  presiding 
in  the  Quarterly  or  District  Conference;  from  the 
decision  of  the  District  Superintendent  to  the  Bishop 
presiding  in  the  Annual  Conference;  and  from  the 
decision  of  the  Bishop  to  the  Judicial  Conference,  in 
case  of  appeal;  otherwise  to  the  General  Conference. 

§  14.  When  an  appeal  is  taken  on  a  Question  of 
Law,  written  notice  of  the  same  shall  be  served  on  the 
Secretary  of  the  body  in  which  the  decision  has  been 
rendered,  whose  duty  it  shall  be  to  see  that  an  exact 
statement  of  the  question  submitted  and  the  ruling 
of  the  Chair  thereon  be  entered  on  the  Journal.  He 
shall  then  make  and  certify  a  copy  of  the  said  ques- 
tion and  ruling  and  transmit  the  same  to  the  Sec- 
retary of  the  body  to  which  the  appeal  goes.  The 
Secretary  who  thus  receives  said  certified  copy  shall 
208 


General  Directions 


«f  304 


present  the  same  in  open  Conference  and  as  soon  as 
practicable  lay  it  before  the  Presiding  Officer  for  his 
ruling  thereon;  which  ruling,  must  be  rendered  be- 
fore the  final  adjournment  of  that  body,  that  said 
ruling  together  with  the  original  question  and  rul- 
ing may  be  entered  on  the  Journal  of  that  Conference. 
The  same  course  shall  be  followed  in  all  subsequent 
appeals. 


209 


PART  VI 
TEMPORAL  ECONOMY 


211 


I.  MINISTERIAL  SUPPORT 
II.  CHURCH  PROPERTY 
III.  LADIES'  AID  SOCIETIES 


212 


CHAPTER  I 


MINISTERIAL  SUPPORT 


I.  Stewards 


'  305.  There  shall  be  not  less  than  three  nor 
more  than  twenty-one  Stewards  in  each  Circuit  or 
Station.  After  each  annual  election  one  of  the  Stew- 
ards shall  be  appointed  by  the  Quarterly  Conference 
a  Recording  Steward,  and  one  a  District  Steward. 
But  when  two  or  more  Pastoral  Charges  shall  be 
united,  the  Stewards  of  the  several  Pastoral  Charges 
shall  hold  office  until  the  Quarterly  Conference  shall 
elect  a  new  Board. 

r  306.  Let  the  Stewards  be  persons  of  solid  piety 
who  are  members  of  the  Church  in  the  Pastoral 
Charge,  who  both  know  and  love  Methodist  Doctrine 
and  Discipline,  and  are  of  good  natural  and  acquired 
abilities  to  transact  the  temporal  business  of  the 
Church. 

K  307.  The  Pastor  shall  have  the  right  to  nomi- 
nate the  Stewards,  but  the  Quarterly  Conference  shall 
confirm  or  reject  such  nominations.  The  Stewards 
elected  at  the  Fourth  Quarterly  Conference  shall  en- 
ter upon  the  discharge  of  their  duties  on  the  adjourn- 
ment of  the  next  Annual  Conference,  and  shall  hold 
office  for  one  year,  or  until  their  successors  are 
elected. 

r  308.  The  duties  of  Stewards  are:  To  take  an 
exact  account  of  all  the  money  or  other  resources  re- 
ceived for  the  support  of  the  Ministers  in  the  Charge, 

213 


^  309  Ministerial  Support 

and  to  apply  the  same  as  the  Discipline  directs;  to 
make  an  accurate  return  of  every  expenditure  of 
money,  whether  for  the  Ministers  or  the  poor  mem- 
bers of  the  Church;  to  seek  the  needy  and  distressed 
in  order  to  relieve  and  comfort  them;  to  inform  the 
Ministers  of  any  sick  or  disorderly  persons;  to  tell 
the  Ministers  what  they  think  wrong  in  them;  to 
attend  the  Quarterly  Meetings,  the  Official  Board 
Meetings,  and  the  Leaders  and  Stewards'  Meetings  of 
the  Charge;  to  give  advice,  if  asked,  in  planning  the 
Circuit;  to  attend  committees  for  the  application  of 
money  to  Churches;  to  give  counsel  in  matters  of 
arbitration;  to  provide  the  elements  for  the  Lord's 
Supper;  to  write  circular  letters  to  the  Societies  in 
the  Pastoral  Charge,  exhorting  them  to  greater  liber- 
ality, if  need  be,  and  urging  systematic  giving  in  ac- 
cordance with  Special  Advice  VII,  and  also  to  let 
them  know,  when  occasion  requires,  the  state  of  the 
temporal  concerns  of  the  Charge. 

II  309.  Stewards  are  accountable  for  the  faithful 
performance  of  their  duties  to  the  Quarterly  Confer- 
ence of  the  Charge,  which  shall  have  power  to  dis- 
miss or  change  them  at  pleasure. 


II.  Stewards  and  Ministerial  Support 
1  310.  The  more  effectually  to  raise  the  amount 
necessary  to  meet  the  estimates  made  for  the  sup- 
port of  Ministers,  let  the  Stewards  at  the  beginning 
of  the  year  estimate  the  amount  needed  monthly. 
Then  let  them  ascertain  from  each  member  of  the 
Church,  and,  as  far  as  practicable,  from  each  attend- 
ant of  the  Congregation,  what  each  will  give  as  his 
monthly  contribution. 

214 


Ministerial  Support 


T  313 


f  311.  Let  these  sums  be  entered  by  the  Record- 
ing Steward  in  a  book  which  he  shall  keep  as  Treas- 
urer of  the  Board  of  Stewards.  If  the  total  amount 
of  these  sums  shall  not  equal  the  amount  needed 
monthly,  then  let  the  Stewards  apportion  the  defi- 
ciency among  all  such  as  are  willing  to  assume  suoh 
deficiency,  setting  down  to  each  person,  with  his 
consent,  the  additional  amount  which  they  think  he 
ought  to  pay. 

If  312.  Let  the  Stewards  then  adopt  and  carry  out 
a  Financial  Plan  by  which  everyone,  except  such  as 
prefer  to  make  weekly  contributions  through  their 
Class  Leaders,  shall  have  the  opportunity  of  regularly 
contributing  each  month  or  oftener,  not  grudgingly 
or  of  necessity,  the  sum  which  has  been  pledged  by 
him.  Let  these  contributions  be  paid  regularly 
to  the  Recording  Steward  or  Class  Leader,  and  be 
brought  by  them  to  the  Leaders  and  Stewards'  Meet- 
ing, Official  Board,  or  Quarterly  Conference,  as  the 
case  may  be;  and  let  the  Stewards  report  to  the  first 
Quarterly  Conference  of  each  year  the  details  of  the 
Financial  Plan.  Also,  let  them  report  to  each  subse- 
quent Quarterly  Conference  whether  the  Financial 
Plan,  including  the  further  directions  contained  in 
this  chapter,  has  been  faithfully  carried  out.  The 
Recording  Steward  shall  keep  an  individual  account 
of  all  the  pledges  and  contributions,  and  shall 
pay  the  money  collected  under  the  direction  of 
the  Stewards,  to  the  Ministers  authorized  to  receive 
it. 

I     If  313.  The  Stewards  of  each  Pastoral  Charge  shall 
provide  for  raising  the  amount  apportioned  to  it  by 
the  Annual  Conference  for  the  support  of  Conference 
Claimants,  either  by  a  public  collection,  or  in  such 
215 


<[  314  Ministerial  Support 


other  ways  as  they  may  deem  best.  The  amount 
apportioned  shall  be  a  claim  for  Ministerial  Support, 
in  common  with  that  of  the  Pastor,  the  District 
Superintendent,  and  the  Episcopal  Fund,  and  the 
moneys  raised  for  Ministerial  Support  shall  be  ap- 
plied pro  rata  to  these  several  claims  on  the  basis 
of  the  authorized  apportionment  for  each. 


III.  Support  of  Pastors 

1f  314,  §  1.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Quarterly 
Conference  of  each  Pastoral  Charge  at  the  session  im- 
mediately preceding  the  Annual  Conference  to  ap- 
point an  Estimating  Committee,  consisting  of  three 
or  more  members  of  the  Church;  which  committee 
may  be  authorized  by  vote  of  the  Quarterly  Confer- 
ence to  determine  the  minimum  amount  the  Charge 
shall  pay  for  Pastoral  Support  for  the  ensuing  Con- 
ference year,  and  report  the  same  to  the  Superin- 
tendent of  the  District  before  the  next  session  of 
the  Annual  Conference;  to  which  amount  shall  be 
added  the  amount  apportioned  for  the  support  of 
Conference  Claimants,  Bishops,  and  the  District  Su- 
perintendent; and  the  Stewards  shall  provide  for 
raising  the  sum  thus  required  in  accordance  with 
1f1f  311,  313.  In  case  of  failure  to  authorize  the 
Estimating  Committee  as  above,  or  in  case  it  may 
seem  desirable  to  increase  the  estimate,  the  Com- 
mittee, after  conferring  with  the  Pastor,  shall  report 
the  amount  of  support  agreed  upon  for  that  year 
to  the  first  Quarterly  Conference,  to  the  action  of 
which  the  report  shall  be  subject. 

§  2.  The  Traveling  and  Moving  Expenses  of  the 
216 


Ministerial  Supfobt 


«  318 


Ministers  shall  not  be  included  in  the  estimate,  but 
shall  be  paid  by  the  Stewards  as  a  separate  item. 

f  315.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  each  Annual  Confer- 
ence, whenever  practicable,  to  organize  Conference 
Sustentation  Fund  Societies  to  supplement  the  inade- 
quate ministerial  support  in  those  Pastoral  Charges 
which  are  unable  to  furnish  a  sufficient  support. 

If  316.  Should  the  people  among  whom  a  Member 
of  an  Annual  Conference  has  labored  fail  to  pay 
him  his  allowance,  he  may  present  a  claim  for  the 
same  to  the  Conference,  and  the  Conference  may 
authorize  the  Conference  Stewards  to  pay  a  part  or 
all  of  said  claim  out  of  funds  at  its  disposal  for  such 
purpose,  and  shall  include  in  its  report  the  name 
of  the  Pastoral  Charge  with  the  amount  paid.  In  no 
case,  however,  shall  the  Church  or  the  Conference  be 
held  accountable  for  a  final  deficiency. 


IV.  District  Stewards  and  Support  of  District  Superin- 
tendents 

•"317.  The  duties  of  District  Stewards  are:  To 
attend  the  annual  District  Stewards'  Meeting  when 
called  by  the  District  Superintendent,  to  cooperate 
with  the  District  Superintendent  in  carrying  out 
uniformly  in  the  District  the  Disciplinary  plans  for 
Ministerial  Support,  and  to  perform  the  duties  speci- 
fied in  |  318. 

1T  318.  There  shall  be  held  annually,  in  every  Dis- 
trict, a  meeting  of  the  District  Stewards  (If  310), 
whose  duty  it  shall  be,  with  the  advice  of  the  District 
Superintendent  presiding  in  such  District  Stewards' 
Meeting,  to  make  an  estimate  of  the  amount  neces- 
217 


1  319 


Ministerial  Support 


sary  to  furnish  a  comfortable  support  for  the  District 
Superintendent;  and  to  apportion  the  same,  includ- 
ing House  Rent  and  Traveling  Expenses,  and  also  the 
claims  for  the  support  of  Conference  Claimants  and 
Bishops  as  apportioned  to  the  District  by  the  Annual 
Conference,  among  the  Pastoral  Charges  in  the  Dis- 
trict, according  to  their  several  ability;  and  in  all 
cases  the  District  Superintendent  shall  share  with 
the  Pastors  in  his  District  in  proportion  to  what  they 
have  respectively  received.  The  minutes  of  the 
District  Stewards'  Meeting  shall  be  kept  by  a  Secre- 
tary chosen  for  the  purpose,  who  shall  also  record 
the  same  in  a  book  of  which  the  District  Superin- 
tendent shall  be  the  custodian. 


V.  Support  of  Bishops 
t  319,  §  1.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Book  Com- 
mittee to  make  an  estimate  of  the  amount  necessary 
to  furnish  a  competent  support  for  each  Effective 
Bishop,  considering  the  number  and  condition  of 
his  family. 

§  2.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Book  Committee, 
in  fixing  the  allowance  of  Retired  Bishops  and  of  the 
widows  of  Bishops,  to  inquire  carefully  into  the 
financial  condition  of  each  and  to  fix  the  allowance 
in  every  case  at  such  a  sum  as  may  be  required  for 
a  comfortable  support;  provided,  that  the  amount  so 
fixed  for  a  Retired  Bishop  shall  not  exceed  one  half 
the  amount  allowed  for  his  support  during  the  year 
prior  to  his  retirement. 

<f  320.  The  Bishops  are  authorized  to  draw  on  the 
Treasurer  of  the  Episcopal  Fund  for  the  amounts 
218 


Ministerial  Support 


allowed  to  them,  inclusive  of  properly  audited  accounts 
for  official  travel,  clerical  assistance,  and  house  rent 
or  maintenance,  aa  authorized  by  the  General  Con- 
ference. 

*"  321.  The  Book  Committee  shall  apportion  the  ag- 
gregate sum  required  to  be  raised  for  these  purposes 
among  the  Annual  Conferences,  on  the  basis  of  the 
total  amount  raised  in  the  respective  Annual  Confer- 
ences for  Ministerial  Support,  exclusive  of  Missionary 
appropriations,  and  the  Annual  Conferences  shall  ap- 
portion the  same  to  the  several  Districts,  and  the  Dis- 
trict Stewards  shall  apportion  the  amount  apportioned 
to  the  District  among  the  several  Pastoral  Charges. 
The  amount  apportioned  to  each  Pastoral  Charge  for 
the  support  of  the  Bishops  shall  be  a  pro  rata  claim 
with  that  of  the  Pastor,  Conference  Claimants,  and  the 
District  Superintendent;  and  the  Pastor,  Conference 
Claimants,  and  District  Superintendent  shall  be  en- 
titled to  their  allowances  only  to  the  extent  to  which 
the  claims  of  the  Bishops  are  also  met  by  the  Charge 
or  District  with  which  such  Pastor,  Conference 
Claimants,  and  District  Superintendent  are  connected, 
in  accordance  with  TIF  313,  314,  318.  It  shall  be  the 
duty  of  the  Annual  Conferences  to  see  that  the 
amounts  apportioned  to  the  different  Pastoral  Charges 
for  the  support  of  the  Bishops  be  raised  and  forwarded 
quarterly,  when  practicable,  to  the  Treasurer  of  the 
Episcopal  Fund. 

322.  The  Treasurer  shall  charge  the  sums  paid 
to  the  Bishops  and  to  the  widows  and  children  of 
deceased  Bishops,  to  the  Episcopal  Fund;  and  all 
collections  received  from  the  different  Charges  for 
the  support  of  the  Bishops  shall  be  credited  to  said 
Fund.  The  Treasurer  shall  report  annually  to  the 
219 


323  Ministerial  Support 


Annual  Conferences  the  amount  received  from  the 
several  Annual  Conferences  on  account  of  said  Fund, 
and  also  the  expenditures  made;  and  shall  also  make 
to  the  General  Conference  a  full  and  detailed  exhibit 
of  such  receipts  and  expenditures  for  the  preceding 
four  years. 


VI.  Support  of  Conference  Claimants 

1.  Claim 

<[  323,  §  1.  The  claim  to  a  comfortable  support 
inheres  in  the  Gospel  Ministry  and  rightfully  inures 
to  the  benefit  of  the  Preacher  in  the  Methodist  Epis- 
copal Church,  when  he  is  admitted  to  membership 
in  an  Annual  Conference.  Such  claim  is  not  in- 
validated by  his  being  retired,  and  at  his  death 
passes  to  the  dependent  members  of  his  family. 

§  2.  Retired  Ministers,  the  widows  of  deceased 
Ministers  (during  their  widowhood,  and  while  they 
remain  members  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church), 
and  their  children  under  sixteen  years  of  age,  are 
Conference  Claimants  and  beneficiaries  of  the  moneys 
hereinafter  provided.  For  a  year  at  a  time  and  with- 
out prejudice  to  their  rights,  such  claimants  may 
voluntarily  relinquish  their  claim;  or  on  recommen- 
dation of  the  Conference  Stewards  the  claim  may  be 
disallowed  by  action  of  the  Annual  Conference,  taken 
after  opportunity  to  be  heard  has  been  given. 

2.  Permanent  Endowments 

II  324,  §  1.  Moneys  for  the  permanent  endowment 
of  the  Conference  Claimants  of  the  entire  Church 

220 


Ministerial  Support         f  325 


shall  be  held  by  the  Board  of  Conference  Claimants 
located  at  Chicago,  Illinois,  and  shall  be  administered 
through  its  connectional  Permanent  Fund.  The  Board 
of  Conference  Claimants  shall  also  administer  all 
gifts  and  bequests  the  custody  of  which  is  not  other- 
wise designated,  the  income  of  which  is  intended  for 
the  use  of  Conference  Claimants. 

§  2.  Annual  Conferences  are  authorized  to  estab- 
lish and  maintain  investment  Funds,  Preachers'  Aid 
Societies,  and  organizations  and  funds  of  similar 
character,  under  such  names,  plans,  rules,  and  regu- 
lations as  they  may  determine,  the  income  from 
which  shall  be  applied  to  the  support  of  Conference 
Claimants.  It  is  recommended  that  each  Annual 
Conference  provide  an  incorporated  Board  to  ad- 
minister its  permanent  funds. 

3.  Anniversaries 

r  325,  §  1.  Conference  Anniversary.  Each  An- 
nual Conference  shall  hold  one  service  during  its  ses- 
sion, to  be  known  as  the  Conference  Claimants'  An- 
niversary, for  the  promotion  of  the  interests  of  Con- 
ference Claimants. 

§  2.  Joint  Session.  The  Annual  and  Lay  Electoral 
Conferences  are  recommended  to  hold  a  Joint  Session 
quadrennially  in  the  interests  of  Conference  Claim- 
ants, and,  jointly,  to  adopt  such  measures  as  shall 
promote  the  active  cooperation  of  Preachers  and 
people  in  the  liberal  support  of  this  cause. 

§  3.  Veterans'  Day.  Each  Congregation  shall  ob- 
serve annually  one  Sunday  as  Conference  Claimants' 
Day.  The  second  Sunday  in  May  shall  be  so  observed, 
unless  another  day  be  substituted  by  the  Annual 
Conference,  and  shall  be  known  as  "Veterans'  Day." 
221 


^  526  Ministerial  SurpoRT 


4.  Apportionment 

f  326.  There  shall  be  only  one  apportionment. 
It  shall  be  the  right  and  duty,  solely,  of  the 
Annual  Conference  to  make  its  own  apportionment. 
The  Conference  Stewards,  in  determining  the  total 
amount  which  shall  be  apportioned  to  the  Pastoral 
Charges  in  the  Conference,  shall  first  estimate  the 
total  amount  required  for  the  support  of  all  its  Con- 
ference Claimants.  From  this  amount  they  shall 
subtract  the  income  received  during  the  previous 
year  from  the  Chartered  Fund,  Book  Concern,  Con- 
nectional Relief,  and  from  all  other  sources  for  this 
purpose,  except  the  receipts  from  the  Pastoral 
Charges  for  annual  distribution;  to  this  remainder 
shall  be  added  five  per  cent  for  "Conference  Per- 
centages," as  fixed  by  the  General  Conference,  to  be 
divided  as  follows,  namely:  three  per  cent  for  Con- 
nectional  Relief  to  be  distributed  to  the  Annual  Con- 
ferences in  accordance  with  H  472,  and  two  per  cent 
for  the  salary  and  office  expenses  of  the  Correspond- 
ing Secretary;  provided,  that,  when  the  income  from 
such  two  per  cent  shall  exceed  ten  thousand  dollars 
per  annum,  the  surplus  shall  be  paid  to  Connectional 
Relief.  This  final  sum,  when  approved  by  the  Annual 
Conference,  shall  be  equitably  apportioned  among 
the  several  Pastoral  Charges  in  such  manner  as  the 
Annual  Conference  may  determine. 

J  327.  Moneys  contributed  to  the  Board  of  Confer- 
ence Claimants,  either  for  Connectional  Relief  or 
for  the  connectional  Permanent  Fund,  shall  be  sent 
to  the  Treasurer  of  the  Board  of  Conference  Claim- 
ants (Chicago,  Illinois),  who  shall  issue  a  voucher 
for  the  same;  or  they  may  be  paid  to  the  Treasurer 
of  the  Annual  Conference,  who  shall  receipt  therefor 
222 


Ministerial  Support  f  320 


and  forward  the  amounts  so  received  to  the  Treasurer 
of  the  Board  of  Conference  Claimants. 

5.  Estimating  Committee 

7  328.  The  Quarterly  Conference  of  the  Pastoral 
Charge  to  which  a  Conference  Claimant  is  related 
shall  require  its  Committee  on  Estimating  Minis- 
terial Support  to  estimate  also  the  amount  necessary 
to  provide  a  comfortable  support  for  such  Confer- 
ence Claimant,  giving  full  information  in  case  of 
special  need.  After  this  estimate  has  been  considered 
and  approved  by  the  Quarterly  Conference,  it  shall  be 
certified  by  the  president  and  secretary  thereof  and 
sent  to  the  secretary  of  the  Conference  Stewards  for 
their  guidance. 

6.  Conference  Stewards 

H  329,  §  1.  Each  Annual  Conference  shall  elect 
Conference  Stewards,  who  may  be  either  Preachers 
or  laymen,  arranged  in  classes  so  that  one  third 
of  the  Members  shall  be  elected  each  year, 

§  2.  The  Conference  Stewards  shall  ascertain  what 
Claimants  are  in  special  need  (that  is,  whose  needs 
require  more  than  can  be  paid  to  them  from  the 
Annuity  Distribution)  and,  using  as  a  general  basis 
the  estimates  received  from  the  Quarterly  Confer- 
ences and  other  available  information,  shall  make 
an  equitable  allowance  to  them,  which  shall  be  paid 
pro  rata  from  moneys  available  for  that  purpose. 

§  3.  Upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Annual  Con- 
ference, the  Conference  Stewards  may  consider  and 
act  upon  any  claim  which  the  Quarterly  Conference 
may  have  overlooked. 

§  4.  Each  Annual  Conference  shall  determine 
whether  or  not  its  Conference  Stewards  shall  make  a 
223 


1f  330 


Ministerial  Sutport 


preliminary  report;  and,  if  so,  whether  or  not  it 
shall  be  read  in  open  Conference,  or  the  action  of  the 
Conference  Stewards  be  final. 

§  5.  An  Annual  Conference  shall  have  authority 
to  recognize  as  Claimants  the  widow  and  minor  chil- 
dren of  a  former  Member  by  agreement  with  the 
Conference  of  which  he  was  a  Member  at  the  time  of 
his  death. 

7.  Methods  of  Distribution 
U  330,  §  1.  There  are  three  methods  for  the  dis- 
tribution of  moneys  raised  for  the  support  of  Con- 
ference Claimants,  viz.: 

1.  The  Annuity  Distribution  to  Conference  Claim- 
ants, by  Annual  Conferences.    If  331. 

2.  The  Necessitous  Distribution  to  Conference 
Claimants,  by  Annual  Conferences.   If  333. 

3.  The  Connectional  Relief  Distribution  to  Annual 
Conferences,  by  the  Board  of  Conference  Claimants. 
II  472. 

§  2.  Moneys  for  the  above  mentioned  purposes 
shall  be  derived  from  public  collections,  private  gifts, 
bequests,  and  other  sources;  and  that  the  Church  may 
effectually  meet  the  sacred  obligation  to  provide  a 
comfortable  support  for  Conference  Claimants,  the 
rules  and  regulations  for  obtaining  and  administer- 
ing the  funds  established  for  such  purpose  shall  be 
observed  by  all  Pastors,  District  Superintendents, 
and  Bishops,  and  by  all  Pastoral  Charges,  Quarterly, 
District,  and  Annual  Conferences. 

1.  The  Annual  Conference  Annuity  Distribution 
If  331.  The  Annuity  Distribution  shall  be  made 

to  Conference  Claimants  by  the  Conference  Stewards 

according  to  the  following  regulations: 
224 


Ministerial  Support 


If  332 


§  1.  The  annuity  claim  of  a  Retired  Minister  who 
has  been  in  the  effective  relation  for  thirty-five  years 
as  a  Member  of  an  Annual  Conference  shall  not 
be  less  than  one  half  of  the  average  annual  salary 
paid  to  the  effective  members  of  his  Annual  Con- 
ference, House  Rent  excluded. 

§  2.  The  annuity  claim  of  any  Retired  Minister 
determined  by  this  standard,  shall  be  not  less  than 
one  seventieth  (1-70)  of  the  average  salary  of  the 
effective  members  of  his  Conference  multiplied  by  the 
number  of  years  of  his  effective  service,  including 
two  years  on  trial. 

§  3.  The  annuity  claim  of  a  widow  shall  be  de- 
termined by  the  number  of  years  during  which  she 
was  the  wife  of  a  preacher  while  he  was  in  the 
effective  relation,  as  a  member  of.  an  Annual  Confer- 
ence, and  shall  be  one  half  of  the  annuity  claim  of 
a  Retired  Minister  for  such  term  of  years. 

§  4.  The  term  of  a  father's  effective  service  shall 
determine  the  annuity  claim  of  his  child,  which  shall 
be  one  fifth  of  the  claim  of  a  Retired  Minister,  for 
such  term. 

§  5.  Whenever  a  Conference  Claimant  shall  be  in 
debt  to  the  Book  Concern,  the  Conference  shall  have 
power  to  appropriate  the  amount  of  the  annuity  claim, 
or  any  part  thereof,  to  the  payment  of  such  debt. 

If  332.  Moneys  designated  for  Annuity  Distribu- 
tion shall  be  distributed  on  the  basis  of  service,  and 
shall  consist  of: 

§  1.  The  dividends  of  the  Book  Concern  and  the 
Chartered  Fund. 

§  2.  The  income  from  any  investments  made  by 
the  Annual  Conference  for  Annuity  Distribution  and 
held  in  trust  for  this  purpose. 

225 


]f  333  Ministerial  Support 


§  3.  Such  gifts  and  bequests  as  are  made  for  An- 
nuity Distribution. 

§  4.  Such  part  of  the  annual  support  for  Conference 
Claimants  furnished  by  the  Pastoral  Charges  as  the 
Annual  Conference  may  determine. 

2.  The  Annual  Conference  Necessitous  Distribution 
f  333.  Moneys   designated   for   Necessitous  Dis- 
tribution  shall   be   distributed   by  the  Conference 
Stewards  on  the  basis  of  special  need  and  shall  con- 
sist of: 

§  1.  The  annual  Dividend  for  Connectional  Relief 
paid  to  the  Annual  Conference  by  the  Board  of  Con- 
ference Claimants. 

§  2.  Such  part  of  the  support  for  Conference  Claim- 
ants furnished  by  the  Pastoral  Charges,  as  the  An- 
nual Conference  may  determine. 

§  3.  The  income  from  such  gifts  and  bequests  as 
are  made  for  necessitous  distribution. 

§  4.  Gifts  and  bequests  made  for  immediate  dis- 
tribution. 

§  5.  Income  arising  from  investments  made  by 
Relief  and  Aid  Societies  of  Annual  Conferences,  if 
so  determined  by  them. 

3.  Connectional  Relief  Distribution 
IF  334.  For  the  Connectional  Relief  Distribution  to 
Annual   Conferences  by   the   Board   of  Conference 
Claimants,  see  J  472. 


226 


Church  Property  338 


CHAPTER  II 
CHURCH  PROPERTY 

I.  Trustees — Appointment  and  Dirties 


r  335.  Each  Board  of  Trustees  of  our  Church 
property  shall  consist  of  not  less  than  three  nor  more 
than  nine  persons,  each  of  whom  shall  be  not  less 
than  twenty-one  years  of  age,  and  two  thirds  of 
whom  shall  be  members  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church. 

%  336.  In  all  cases  where  the  law  of  the  State  or 
Territory  fixes  the  mode  of  election,  the  qualifications 
of  voters  and  of  Trustees,  or  any  other  matters  per- 
taining to  their  election,  let  its  requirements  be  care- 
fully observed. 

f  337.  In  all  other  cases  the  Trustees  shall  be 
elected  by  ballot  by  members  of  the  Church  not  less 
than  twenty-one  years  of  age.  at  a  meeting  called  for 
that  purpose  at  a  date  near  to  and  not  later  than  the 
fourth  Quarterly  Conference.  Ten  or  more  members 
of  the  required  age  must  unite  in  a  written  request 
for  such  meeting,  and  shall  present  it  to  the  Pastor, 
or,  if  there  be  no  Pastor,  to  the  District  Superintend- 
ent, who  shall  thereupon  fix  the  date  and  place  of 
the  election,  and  notice  thereof  shall  be  given  publicly 
from  the  pulpit  for  two  Sundays  prior  to  the  date 
fixed. 

U  338.  But  in  Churches  which  do  not  come  under 
the  provisions  of  r  337,  and  when  no  such  written 
request  shall  have  been  made  by  the  members,  the 
Trustees  shall  be  elected  annually  by  the  fourth  Quar- 
227 


339  Church  Property 


terly  Conference  of  the  Charge.  In  case  of  failure  to 
elect  at  the  proper  time  a  subsequent  Quarterly  Con- 
ference may  elect.  Trustees  shall  hold  their  office 
until  the  close  of  the  Quarterly  Conference  at  which 
their  successors  shall  have  been  elected. 

If  339,  §  1.  All  the  foregoing  provisions  shall  apply 
both  to  the  creation  of  new  Boards  and  to  the  filling 
of  vacancies,  whether  for  houses  of  worship  or  for 
•dwellings  for  the  Preachers. 

§  2.  Charters  obtained  for  Church  property,  in  the 
manner  of  creating  and  filling  Boards  of  Trustees, 
shall  conform  to  the  provisions  of  this  chapter. 

%  340.  The  Board  or  Boards  of  Trustees  in  any 
Charge  shall  hold  all  Church  property,  using  so  much 
of  the  proceeds  as  may  be  needful  to  pay  debts  or  to 
make  repairs,  and  shall  be  amenable  to  the  Quarterly 
Conference.  They  shall  make  to  the  fourth  Quarterly 
Conference  an  annual  report,  embracing  the  follow- 
ing items:  1.  Number  of  Churches  and  Parsonages. 
2.  Their  probable  value.  3.  Title  by  which  held.  4. 
Income.  5.  Expenditures.  6.  Debts  and  how  con- 
tracted. 7.  Insurance.  8.  Amount  raised  during  the 
year  for  building  or  improving  Churches  or  Parson- 
ages. 

If  341.  In  no  case  shall  the  Trustees  of  Church  or 
Parsonage  property  mortgage  or  encumber  the  real 
estate  for  the  current  expenses  of  the  Church. 


II.  Conveyance  of  Charch  Property 
If  342.  Before  any  real  estate  is  purchased  for 
either  Church,  Parsonage,  or  other  purpose,  let  the 
Society,  in  all  States  and  Territories  where  the  stat- 
utes will  permit,  first  incorporate.    Let  the  articles 
228 


■ 


CHURCH  Property 


«  Mil 


of  incorporation  provide  that  the  Society  shall  be  sub- 
ject to  the  provisions  of  the  Discipline,  and  to  the 
Usage  and  Ministerial  Appointments  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church  in  the  United  States  of  America, 
as  from  time  to  time  authorized  and  declared  by  the 
General  Conference  of  said  Church,  and  to  the  Annual 
Conference  within  whose  bounds  such  corporation 
is  situated;  and  that  the  secular  affairs  of  such  cor- 
poration shall  be  managed  and  controlled  by  a  Board 
of  Trustees  elected  and  organized  according  to  the 
provisions  of  said  Discipline.  Let  such  articles  fur- 
ther provide  that  such  corporation  shall  have  power 
to  acquire,  hold,  sell,  and  convey  property,  both  real 
and  personal.  When  this  is  done,  let  all  property 
acquired  be  deeded  directly  to  the  Society  in  its 
corporate  name. 

*[  343.  In  States  where  Church  property  is  re- 
quired to  be  held  by  Trustees,  let  all  deeds  under 
which  the  Church  acquires  property,  whether  de- 
signed for  Church  or  Parsonage  purposes,  be  made 
to  the  Trustees,  naming  them,  and  their  successors 
in  office,  followed  by  these  words:  "In  trust  for  the 
use  and  benefit  of  the  Ministry  and  Membership  of 
the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  in  the  United  States 
of  America,  subject  to  the  Discipline,  Usage,  and 
Ministerial  Appointments  of  said  Church,  as  from 
time  to  time  authorized  and  declared;  and  if  sold, 
the  proceeds  shall  be  disposed  of  and  used  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  provisions  of  said  Discipline." 

f  344,  In  all  other  parts  of  such  conveyances,  at, 
well  as  in  their  attestation,  acknowledgment,  and 
the  placing  of  them  upon  record,  let  a  careful  con- 
formity be  had  to  the  laws,  usages,  and  forms  of  the 
particular  State  or  Territory  in  which  the  property 
229 


If  345 


Church  Property 


may  be  situated,  so  as  to  secure  the  ownership  of 
the  premises  in  fee  simple. 

If  345.  In  future  we  will  admit  no  Charter,  Deed, 
or  Conveyance  for  any  house  of  worship  to  be  used 
by  us,  unless  it  be  provided  in  such  Charter,  Deed,  or 
Conveyance  that  the  Trustees  of  said  house  shall  at 
all  times  permit  such  Ministers  belonging  to  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church  as  shall  from  time  to 
time  be  duly  authorized  by  the  General  Conference  of 
our  Church,  or  by  the  Annual  Conferences,  to  preach 
and  expound  therein  God's  Holy  Word,  to  execute  the 
Discipline  of  the  Church,  and  to  administer  the  Sac- 
raments therein,  according  to  the  true  meaning  and 
purport  of  our  Deed  of  Settlement. 

If  346.  Wherever  it  shall  be  found  by  any  District 
Superintendent  that  it  is  impracticable  to  incorporate 
a  local  Society,  or  to  form  a  Board  of  Trustees,  at 
places  where  work  should  be  undertaken  and  main- 
tained, property  acquired  for  Church  or  Parsonage 
purposes  may  be  deeded  to  the  Annual  Conference 
within  the  bounds  of  which  the  property  is  located,  if 
the  laws  of  the  State  will  permit,  in  trust  for  the 
local  Society  existing  or  in  contemplation.  In  similar 
cases  where  the  State  law  requires  Church  property 
to  be  held  by  Boards  of  Trustees,  the  Board  of  Trus- 
tees of  the  Annual  Conference  may  hold  the  property 
in  trust  for  the  local  Society  until  such  time  as  the 
local  Society  shall  form  a  Board  of  Trustees,  or 
until  other  Disciplinary  disposal  of  the  property 
shall  be  made. 


III.  Building  Churches 
f  347.  Let  all   our  Churches  be   plain  and  de- 
cent,  and   with   free   seats  wherever  practicable; 

230 


Church  Property  350 


and  not  more  expensive  than  is  absolutely  unavoid- 
able. 

IT  348.  In  order  more  effectually  to  prevent  our 
people  from  contracting  debts  which  they  are  not 
able  to  discharge,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Quar- 
terly Conference  of  every  Charge  where  it  is  con- 
templated to  build  a  house  or  houses  of  worship,  to 
secure  the  ground  or  lot  on  which  such  house  or 
houses  are  to  be  built,  according  to  our  Deed  of  Set- 
tlement, which  Deed  must  be  legally  executed;  and 
said  Quarterly  Conference  shall  also  appoint  a  ju- 
dicious Committee  of  at  least  three  members  of  our 
Church,  who  shall  form  an  estimate  of  the  amount 
necessary  to  build;  and  three  fourths  of  the  money 
required,  according  to  such  estimate,  shall  be  se- 
cured or  subscribed  before  any  such  building  shall 
be  commenced. 

If  349.  In  all  cases  where  debts  for  building 
houses  of  worship  have  been,  or  may  be,  incurred 
contrary  to,  or  in  disregard  of  the  foregoing  recom- 
mendation, our  members  and  friends  are  requested 
to  discountenance  such  a  course  by  declining  to  give 
pecuniary  aid  to  any  agents  who  shall  travel  beyond 
their  own  Circuits  or  Districts  for  the  collection  of 
funds  for  the  discharge  of  such  debts;  except  in  such 
peculiar  cases  as  may  be  approved  by  an  Annual 
Conference,  or  in  case  of  such  agents  as  may  be  ap- 
pointed by  their  authority. 


IV.  Sale  of  Church  Property 
If  350.  If  the  Trustees  of  Church  property,  or  any 
of  them,  have  advanced  any  sum  or  sums  of  money, 
or  are  responsible  for  any  sum  or  sums  of  money  on 
231 


^[  351  Church  Property 


account  of  the  said  property,  and  they,  the  said 
Trustees,  are  obliged  to  pay  the  said  sums  of  money, 
they,  or  a  majority  of  them,  shall  be  authorized  to 
raise  the  said  sum  or  sums  of  money  by  a  mortgage 
on  the  said  premises;  or  by  selling  the  said  premises 
after  notice  given  to  the  Pastor  or  Minister  of  the 
Congregation  attending  divine  service  on  the  said 
premises,  if  the  money  due  be  not  paid  to  the  said 
Trustees,  or  their  successors,  within  one  year  after 
such  notice  is  given.  If  such  sale  take  place,  the 
said  Trustees,  or  their  successors,  after  paying  the 
debt  and  other  expenses  which  are  due  from  the 
money  arising  from  such  sale,  shall  pay  the  balance, 
if  not  needed  and  applied  for  the  purchase  or  im- 
provement_  of  other  property  for  the  use  of  the 
Church,  to  the  Annual  Conference  within  whose 
bounds  such  property  is  located;  and  in  case  of  the 
reorganization  of  the  said  Society,  and  the  erection 
of  a  new  Church  building  within  five  years  after 
such  transfer  of  funds,  then  the  said  Annual  Con- 
ference shall  repay  to  said  new  corporation  the 
moneys  which  it  has  received  from  the  Church  or 
Society. 

If  351.  Whenever  it  shall  become  necessary  for 
the  payment  of  debts,  or  with  a  view  to  reinvest- 
ment, to  make  a  sale  of  Church  property  that  may 
have  been  conveyed  to  Trustees  of  a  Church  corpora- 
tion for  either  of  the  foregoing  purposes,  said  Trus- 
tees or  their  successors,  upon  application  to  the 
Quarterly  Conference,  may  obtain  an  order  for  the 
sale — a  majority  of  all  the  Members  of  such  Quarterly 
Conference  concurring,  and  the  Pastor  and  the  Dis- 
trict Superintendent  of  the  District  consenting — with 
such  limitations  and  restrictions  as  said  Quarterly 
232 


Church  Froperty  ^  352 


Conference  may  judge  necessary;  and  said  Trus- 
tees, so  authorized,  may  sell  and  convey  such  prop- 
erty; 

Provided,  that  in  States  or  countries  where  the 
civil  or  statute  law  provides  any  manner  of  aliena- 
tion, conveyance,  and  control  of  real  estate  incon- 
sistent with  the  foregoing,  such  sale,  alienation,  or 
control  may  be  effected  pursuant  to  the  provisions 
of  the  laws  of  such  State  or  country;  and 

Provided,  that  in  all  cases  the  proceeds  of  the  sale, 
after  the  payment  of  debts,  if  any,  if  not  applied  to 
the  purchase  or  improvement  of  other  property  for 
the  same  uses,  and  deeded  to  the  corporation  in  the 
same  manner,  shall  be  held  by  such  corporation  sub- 
ject to  the  order  of  the  Annual  Conference  within 
the  bounds  of  which  such  property  is  located,  or  of 
the  Trustees  of  the  Conference  Fund;  and 

Provided,  that  nothing  contained  in  this  or  the  last 
preceding  paragraph  shall  prevent  the  establishment 
and  maintenance  of  an  endowment  fund  for  the  use 
and  benefit  of  an  existing  Church  Society  or  Societies, 
and  said  fund  shall  not  be  subject  to  the  order  of 
the  Annual  Conference,  or  the  Trustees  of  the  Con- 
ference Fund,  except  as  provided  in  H  352. 

H  352.  In  all  cases  where  Church  property  is 
abandoned,  or  no  longer  used  for  the  purpose 
originally  designed,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Trus- 
tees, if  any  remain,  to  sell  such  property  and  pay 
over  the  proceeds  to  the  Annual  Conference  within 
the  bounds  of  which  it  is  located;  and  where  no  such 
lawful  Trustees  remain,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  said 
Annual  Conference  to  secure  the  custody  of  such 
Church  property  by  such  means  as  the  laws  of  the 
State  may  afford,  subject  to  return  in  the  same 
233 


353  Church  Peopeety 


manner  and  upon  the  same  contingencies  as  named 
in  If  351. 

1f  353.  Houses  of  worship  and  Parsonages  may  be 
removed  from  one  place  to  another  on  the  same  con- 
ditions as  those  on  which  they  may  be  sold. 


V.  Building  and  Renting  Parsonages 

T  354.  It  is  recommended  by  the  General  Confer- 
ence that  our  Ministers  advise  our  friends  in  general 
to  purchase  a  lot  of  ground  in  each  Charge,  to  build 
a  Parsonage  thereon,  and  to  furnish  it  with  at  least 
heavy  furniture. 

%  355.  The  General  Conference  recommends  to 
each  Charge,  in  case  it  is  not  able  to  comply  with  the 
above  request,  to  rent  a  house  for  its  married  Pastor 
and  his  family,  and  that  the  Annual  Conference  as- 
sist in  providing  the  rental  for  such  houses  as  far  as 
it  can,  when  the  Pastoral  Charges  cannot  do  it. 

%  356.  Wherever  there  are  two  or  more  Societies 
on  a  Pastoral  Charge  a  separate  Board  of  Trustees, 
consisting  of  not  less  than  three  nor  more  than  nine 
persons,  shall  be  elected  by  the  Societies  on  said 
Charge,  to  be  the  custodians  of  the  Parsonage  prop- 
erty on  such  Charge.  Such  Trustees  shall  have  the 
qualifications  required  by  If  335  of  the  Discipline  for 
Trustees  of  Church  property,  and  shall  become  bodies 
corporate  wherever  practicable  under  the  laws  of  the 
States  and  Territories  within  whose  bounds  such 
Parsonage  property  is  located. 

If  357.  The  Stewards  in  each  Charge  shall  be  a 
standing  Committee,  where  no  Trustees  are  consti- 
tuted for  that  purpose,  to  provide  houses  for  the 
families  of  our  married  Ministers,  or  to  assist  the 
234 


Church  Property 


If  360 


Ministers  to  obtain  houses  for  themselves,  when  they 
are  appointed  to  labor  among  them. 

If  358.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  District  Super- 
intendents and  Ministers  to  use  their  influence  to 
carry  into  effect  the  above  rules,  respecting  building 
and  renting  houses  for  the  accommodation  of  Min- 
isters and  their  families.  In  order  to  accomplish 
this,  unless  other  measures  be  adopted,  each  Quar- 
terly Conference  shall  appoint  a  Committee,  which, 
with  the  advice  and  aid  of  the  Ministers  and  District 
Superintendents,  shall  devise  such  means  as  may 
seem  wise  to  raise  moneys  for  that  purpose.  And  it 
is  recommended  to  the  Annual  Conferences  to  make 
a  special  inquiry  of  their  Members  respecting  this 
part  of  their  duty. 


VI.  Trustees  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church 
H  359.  There  shall  be  an  incorporated  Board  of 
Trustees  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  located 
at  Cincinnati,  composed  of  twelve  members,  divided 
into  classes  of  three  Ministers  and  three  Laymen 
each.  The  term  of  office  shall  be  eight  years.  Each 
General  Conference  shall  elect  one  class,  and  fill 
vacancies  caused  by  death,  resignation,  cessation  of 
membership  in  the  Church,  or  otherwise.  Vacancies 
occurring  in  'the  interval  of  the  General  Conference 
shall  be  filled  for  the  remainder  of  the  quadrennium 
by  the  Bishops. 

H  360.  The  Trustees  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church  located  at  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  and  incorporated 
under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Ohio,  pursuant  to  the 
action  of  the  General  Conference,  should  not  be  con- 
founded with  local  Boards  of  Trustees  of  Church 
235 


^  3G1  Church  Property 

property  referred  to  in  Iffl  335-342  of  the  Discipline, 
which  local  Boards  have  the  care  only  of  Church 
property  within  the  several  Pastoral  Charges  to 
which  they  are  related,  and  are  amenable  to  their 
respective  Quarterly  Conferences.  The  Trustees  of 
the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  are  constituted  by 
the  General  Conference  and  made  amenable  thereto, 
in  order  that  the  Church  may  have  competent  repre- 
sentation in  legal  proceedings  and  have  an  authorized 
body  to  care  for  and  administer  all  the  property 
conveyed  to  it,  or  committed  to  it  in  trust,  within 
the  jurisdiction  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church 
of  the  United  States  of  America. 

If  361.  This  corporation  shall  hold  in  trust,  for 
the  benefit  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  any 
and  all  donations,  bequests,  gifts,  grants,  and  funds 
in  trust,  etc.,  that  may  be  given  or  conveyed  directly 
to  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  or  to  the  Corpora- 
tion for  the  benefit  of  said  Church  or  for  the  bene- 
fit of  Conference  Claimants,  or  for  the  benefit  of 
any  of  the  benevolent  Societies  or  other  Insti- 
tutions under  the  patronage  or  direction  of  the 
Church,  or  for  any  other  benevolent  purpose  that  the 
Corporation  may  judge  to  be  in  harmony  with  the 
purposes  for  which  it  was  instituted,  and  to  admin- 
ister the  said  funds,  and  the  proceeds  of  the  same,  in 
accordance  with  the  directions  of  the  donors,  and 
the  interests  of  the  Church  contemplated  by  said 
donors;  provided,  that  any  sums  thus  donated  or 
bequeathed,  but  not  especially  designated  for  any 
benevolent  object,  shall  be  added  to  the  "Permanent 
Fund";  and  provided,  also,  that  the  Corporation  shall 
not  be  required  to  accept  any  gift,  bequest,  or  trust 
to  which  may  be  attached  conditions  deemed  by  the 
236 


OhuhoH  Property 


T  3G6 


Corporation  to  be  unreasonable  or  inconsistent  with' 
the  terms  of  the  trust,  or  likely  to  produce  embarrass- 
ment in  administration;  and  having  accepted  any 
gift  or  bequest  in  trust,  it  shall  be  responsible  only 
for  the  careful  and  economical  administration  of 
the  same,  and  shall  not  be  held  to  account  to  any 
beneficiary  for  either  the  principal  or  income  there- 
from beyond  what  may  be  secured  by  fidelity  and 
diligence.  Each  trust  shall  be  charged  with  the  ex- 
pense necessary  to  its  care  and  administration. 

T  362.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Pastor  within 
the  bounds  of  whose  Charge  any  donation,  bequest, 
gift,  grant,  or  trust  is  made  directly  to  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church,  or  to  this  Corporation — the  Trus- 
tees of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church — to  give 
prompt  notice  thereof  to  the  said  Trustees,  in  order 
that  they  may  protect  and  administer  the  same  with- 
out delay. 

U  363.  This  Corporation  shall  make  to  each  Gen- 
eral Conference  a  full  report  in  which  shall  be  shown 
the  Funds  and  Properties  held  in  trust  and  the  re- 
ceipts and  disbursements  during  the  quadrennium. 

If  364.  There  shall  be  a  Fund  known  as  "The  Per- 
manent Fund,"  to  be  held  by  the  Trustees  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  the  principal  of  which 
shall  be  intact  forever,  and  which  shall  be  invested 
by  said  Trustees  on  first-class  securities,  and  at  as 
favorable  rates  as  can  be  legally  secured. 

«"  365.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  all  Ministers  to 
obtain,  as  far  as  practicable,  contributions  to  said 
Fund,  by  donations,  bequests,  and  otherwise. 

ijf  366.  The  interest  accumulating  from  said  Fund 
shall  be  subject  to  the  order  of  the  General  Confer- 
ence for  the  following  purposes:  1.  To  pay  the  ex- 
237 


f  367  Ladies'  Aid  Societies 


penses  of  the  General  Conference.  2.  To  pay  the  ex- 
penses of  Delegations  appointed  by  the  General  Con- 
ference to  Corresponding  Bodies.  3.  To  make  up 
any  deficiencies  in  the  salaries  of  the  Bishops.  4. 
To  relieve  the  necessities  of  the  Retired  Ministers, 
and  of  the  widows  and  children  of  those  who  have 
died  in  the  work. 


VII.  Auditing  and  Bonding 
If  367.  All  persons  holding  trust  funds,  either  of 
an  Annual  or  the  General  Conference,  shall  be  bonded 
in  a  reliable  company  in  a  good  and  sufficient  sum, 
as  the  Conference  may  direct,  and  the  Conference 
shall  pay  the  expense  of  said  bonding.  These  accounts 
shall  be  audited  at  least  once  a  year. 


CHAPTER  III 
LADIES'  AID  SOCIETIES 
If  368,  §  1.  For  the  promotion  of  the  social  and 
financial  interests  of  the  Churches,  Ladies'  Aid  So- 
cieties, or  Societies  of  similar  designation  and  pur- 
pose, may  be  organized  in  the  local  Charge,  which 
.Societies  shall  be  under  the  control  of  the  Quarterly 
Conference. 

§  2.  The  President  of  a  Ladies'  Aid  Society  shall 
be  elected  by  the  Society  and  confirmed  by  the  Quar- 
terly Conference.  If  a  member  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church,  she  shall  then  become  a  Member 
of  the  Quarterly  Conference  if  approved  by  it  for 
membership  therein.  It  shall  be  her  duty  to  present 
238 


Ladies'  Aid  Societies 


«!  368 


to  the  fourth  Quarterly  Conference  a  report  of  her 
Society,  together  with  such  other  information  as  the 
Quarterly  Conference  may  require  and  she  may  be 
able  to  give. 

§  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  District  Superintend- 
ents when  holding  District  or  Quarterly  Conferences 
to  inquire  into  the  condition  of  the  Ladies'  Aid 
Societies,  and  to  ascertain  if  they  are  conducting 
their  affairs  in  harmony  with  the  purpose  and  Dis- 
cipline of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. 

§  4.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  Pastors  to  organize 
and  maintain,  if  practicable,  Ladies'  Aid  Societies. 


239 


PART  VII 
INSTITUTIONS,  BOARDS,  AND 
SOCIETIES 


241 


I.  THE  BOOK  CONCERN 
II.  BOARD  OF  FOREIGN  MISSIONS 
IH.  WOMAN'S  FOREIGN  MISSIONARY  SOCIETY 
IV.  BOARD  OF  HOME  MISSIONS  AND  CHURCH 

EXTENSION 
V.  WOMAN'S  HOME  MISSIONARY  SOCIETY 
VL  CITY  SOCIETIES 
VII.  FREEDMEN'S  AID  SOCIETY 
VIII.  BOARD  OF  EDUCATION 
IX.  BOARD  OF  SUNDAY  SCHOOLS 
X.  BOARD  OF  CONFERENCE  CLAIMANTS 
XI.  EPWORTH  LEAGUE 
XII.  METHODIST  BROTHERHOOD 

XIII.  CHURCH  TEMPERANCE  SOCIETY 

XIV.  CHARTERED  FUND 


242 


CHAPTER  I 


THE  BOOK  CONCERN 


I.  The  Methodist  Book  Concern 


V  369,  §  1.  The  Methodist  Book  Concern  com- 
prises the  publishing  interests  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church — as  set  forth  in  the  Discipline  and 
In  its  articles  of  incorporation,  under  the  corporate 
name,  The  Methodist  Book  Concern — and  consists 
of  the  publishing  houses  located  in  New  York  City 
and  in  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  respectively;  the  Deposi- 
tories connected  therewith;  the  books,  periodicals, 
and  publications  of  the  Church;  and  such  other  prop- 
erty, equipment,  and  appliances  for  their  production, 
sale,  and  distribution,  as  the  General  Conference  or 
the  Book  Committee  from  time  to  time  may  authorize 
and  direct. 

§  2.  The  objects  and  purposes  for  which  The 
Methodist  Book  Concern  was  established  and  is  car- 
ried on  are:  the  promotion  of  Christian  education; 
the  dissemination  of  moral  and  religious  literature; 
the  spread  of  Christianity  by  the  publication,  sale, 
and  distribution  of  moral  and  religious  literature; 
the  transaction  of  such  other  business  as  is  properly 
connected  with  book-publishing,  book-making,  and 
book-selling;  the  produce  of  the  same  to  be  applied 
for  the  benefit  of  the  Traveling,  Supernumerary,  and 
Retired  Preachers,  their  wives,  widows,  and  children, 
in  accordance  with  the  Constitution  and  Discipline  of 
the  Church. 

243 


I  370  The  Book  Concern 

II.  Book  Committee 

f  370,  §  1.  Beginning  with  A.  D.  1900,  the  Gen- 
eral Conference  shall  elect  quadrennially  a  Book  Com 
mittee,  consisting  of  one  member  from  each  of  the 
General  Conference  Districts  into  which  the  Annual 
Conferences  are  distributed,  and  ten  members  con- 
stituting the  Local  Committees  as  denned  in  §  2 
hereof.  Those  elected  from  the  Districts  designated 
by  odd  numbers  shall  be  elected  for  a  term  of  eight 
years,  and  those  from  the  districts  designated  by 
even  numbers  for  a  term  of  four  years;  and  here- 
after each  General  Conference  shall  elect  for  a  term 
of  eight  years  one  member  for  each  District,  who 
shall  be  nominated  by  the  delegations  representing 
that  District,  to  take  the  place  of  the  member  whose 
term  is  then  expiring,  or  to  fill  any  vacancy  in  the 
Committee  for  the  unexpired  term;  provided,  that  in 
any  such  case  the  person  elected  to  fill  such  vacancy 
in  a  General  Conference  District  membership  shall 
be  from  the  Annual  Conference  to  which  the  re- 
tiring member  belonged,  or  within  the  bounds  of 
which  he  resided.  Any  vacancy  occurring  in  the 
District  membership  of  the  Book  Committee,  by  a 
member's  removal  from  the  District  from  which  he 
was  elected,  or  by  any  cause  whatsoever,  shall  be 
filled  by  the  Book  Committee  until  the  next  session 
of  the  General  Conference. 

§  2.  In  1912  the  General  Conference  shall  elect 
five  members  of  the  Book  Committee  from  New  York 
City  and  the  territory  contiguous  thereto,  two  of 
whom  shall  serve  for  four  years  and  three  for  eight 
years;  and  shall  elect  five  members  from  Cincinnati, 
Ohio,  and  the  territory  contiguous  thereto,  three  of 
-whoxn  shall  serve  for  four  years,  and  two  for  eight 
244 


The  Book  Concern 


f  371 


years.  Thereafter  each  General  Conference  shall 
elect  for  eight  years  members  from  the  respective 
territories  to  take  the  place  of  those  whose  terms  are 
then  expiring,  and  shall  fill  for  the  unexpired  term 
any  vacancy  by  the  election  of  a  member  from 
the  territory  in  which  such  vacancy  occurs.  The 
Standing  Committee  on  Book  Concern  shall  nominate 
the  members  of  the  Local  Committees.  The  mem- 
bers provided  for  by  this  section  shall  be  known  as 
the  Local  Committee  at  New  York  and  at  Cincinnati 
respectively,  and  at  least  two  members  of  each  Local 
Committee  shall  be  ministers.  Any  vacancy  occur- 
ring in  the  membership  of  the  Local  Committee  shall 
be  filled  by  the  Book  Committee  until  the  next  ses- 
sion of  the  General  Conference. 

f  371,  §  1.  The  Book  Committee  shall  have  gen- 
eral supervision  and  direction  of  the  publishing 
interests.  The  Committee  shall  meet  immediately 
after  the  adjournment  of  the  General  Conference  and 
organize  by  the  election  of  a  chairman,  a  secretary, 
and  such  other  officers  as  may  be  required  by  the 
laws  of  the  States  under  which  its  articles  of  in- 
corporation are  obtained.  It  may  also  appoint  such 
other  officers  and  committees  and  adopt  such  rules 
and  regulations  for  the  transaction  of  its  affairs  as 
it  may  deem  necessary.  The  officers  shall  perform 
such  duties  as  are  usually  performed  by  similar 
officers. 

§  2.  The  annual  meeting  of  the  Book  Committee 
shall  be  held  on  the  third  "Wednesday  in  April,  or 
at  such  other  time  as  the  Book  Committee  may  de- 
termine, and  special  meetings  may  be  held  at  such 
times  and  places  as  the  Committee  may  appoint,  or 
at  the  call  of  the  chairman,  or  upon  the  written  re- 
245 


If  372  The  Book  Concern 


quest  of  ten  members  of  the  Committee.  At  all 
meetings  of  the  Book  Committee  a  majority  of  the 
members  shall  constitute  a  quorum. 

%  372,  §  1.  The  Book  Committee  shall  keep  a  cor- 
rect record  of  its  proceedings  and  shall  examine 
carefully  into  the  condition  of  the  affairs  of  the  Book 
Concern  and  make  report  thereof  to  the  Annual  Con- 
ferences and  to  the  General  Conference. 

§  2.  The  Book  Committee  shall  have  full  power  to 
discontinue  any  depository  or  periodical  when,  in  its 
judgment,  the  interests  of  the  Church  or  Book  Con- 
cern demand  it;  but  said  action  shall  not  be  taken 
except  by  a  two-thirds  vote  of  the  members  of  the 
Committee,  and  after  due  notice  of  such  contemplated 
action  shall  have  been  given  to  the  Publishing  Agents 
and  Editors  concerned.  The  Book  Committee  shall 
have  power  to  order  expenses  curtailed  in  any  of  the 
departments  of  the  Book  Concern,  and  when  such  ac- 
tion as  above  specified  shall  have  been  taken,  the 
Publishing  Agents  shall  proceed  at  once  to  carry  out 
the  instructions  of  the  Committee.  The  Book  Com- 
mittee shall  also  attend  to  all  matters  referred  to 
it  for  action  or  counsel  by  the  Publishing  Agents  or 
Editors. 

§  3.  The  Book  Committee  shall  annually  fix  the 
salaries  of  the  Bishops,  Publishing  Agents,  and  all 
official  Editors  elected  by  the  General  Conference 
or  the  Book  Committee,  not  otherwise  provided  for, 
and  shall  determine  the  amount  and  the  distribution 
of  the  Correspondence  Fund  allowed  to  the  official 
periodicals. 

If  373.  The  Book  Committee  shall  elect  quad- 
rennially a  Book  Editor,  whose  duties  are  hereinafter 

defined,    f  385. 

246 


The  Book  Concern  f  374 


%  374,  §  1.  At  the  beginning  of  each  quadrennium 
the  Book  Committee  shall  estimate  the  amount  of 
money  necessary  to  meet  the  expenses  of  the  next 
General  Conference,  and  of  the  Judicial  Conferences, 
General  Conference  Commissions,  and  such  other 
expenses  as  the  General  Conference  may  have  au- 
thorized to  be  paid  from  this  fund.  The  District 
Superintendents,  within  sixty  days  after  the  adjourn- 
ment of  their  respective  Annual  Conferences  in  the 
first  year  of  the  quadrennium,  shall  make  an  equi- 
table apportionment  of  the  amount  asked  from  their 
Districts  for  the  quadrennium,  and  send  a  copy  of 
this  apportionment  to  the  charges  of  the  District  and 
to  the  Treasurer  of  the  General  Conference  Commis- 
sion. Should  any  District  Superintendent  fail  to 
make  such  an  apportionment  within  the  time  named 
above,  the  Treasurer  of  the  General  Conference  Com- 
mission is  authorized  to  make  the  apportionment  on 
the  basis  ordered  by  the  Book  Committee.  One 
third  of  the  full  amount  of  the  apportionment  shall 
be  raised  in  each  of  the  three  Conference  years 
preceding  the  session  of  the  General  Conference 
and  shall  be  promptly  remitted  to  the  Treasurer  of 
the  General  Conference  Commission. 

§  2.  Any  part  of  the  apportionment  unpaid  at  the 
close  of  the  Annual  Conference  session  preceding 
the  General  Conference  shall  be  reapportioned  and 
raised  within  the  coming  Conference  year.  Should 
there  remain  any  deficiency  at  the  close  of  the  first 
Annual  Conference  session  succeeding  the  General 
Conference,  it  shall  be  added  to  the  regular  appor- 
tionment for  the  next  year,  and  shall  be  collected 
with  it. 

§  3.  All  sums  collected  by  the  Pastor  for  General 
247 


If  375 


The  Book  Concern 


Conference  expenses  shall  be  paid  promptly  to  the 
Treasurer  of  the  General  Conference  Commission, 
who  shall  give  a  voucher  for  the  same. 


III.  Local  Committees 
H  375.  The  five  members  of  the  Book  Committee 
chosen  from  the  territory  contiguous  to  New  York 
and  Cincinnati,  respectively,  shall  assemble  as  soon 
after  their  election  as  practicable  and  organize  sep- 
arately by  the  election  of  a  Chairman  and  a  Secre- 
tary for  each  of  said  Local  Committees;  and  there- 
after shall  meat  monthly  to  examine  into  the  affairs 
under  their  charge;  and,  as  directed  by  the  Book 
Committee,  shall  have  the  general  supervision  and 
direction  of  the  affairs  of  the  Publishing  Houses  and 
Depositories  under  their  immediate  charge;  and  dur- 
ing the  intervals  of  the  Book  Committee  meetings, 
the  Local  Committees  shall  also  perform  such 
duties  as  commonly  belong  to  the  Executive  Com- 
mittee of  a  Board  of  Trustees.  A  majority  of  the 
members  of  each  Local  Committee  shall  constitute 
a  quorum.  The  duties  of  the  Chairman  of  the  Book 
Committee,  in  case  of  his  absence  or  disability,  may 
be  performed  by  the  Chairman  of  either  of  the  Local 
Committees. 

%  376,  §  1.  The  Local  Committees  respectively 
shall  meet  monthly  and  shall  keep  correct  records  of 
their  proceedings,  and  when  requested  they  shall 
submit  the  records  either  to  the  Book  Committee  or 
to  the  Local  Committees  in  Joint  Session.  At  the 
beginning  of  the  quadrennium  each  Local  Committee 
shall  value  all  the  real  estate  under  its  supervision; 
248 


The  Book  Concern 


\  377 


which  valuation  shall  be  entered  in  the  records  and 
shall  not  be  changed  during  the  quadrennium,  except 
as  property  may  be  purchased,  improved,  sold,  or 
destroyed. 

§  2.  The  Methodist  Book  Concern  shall  not  buy, 
sell,  or  exchange  any  real  estate,  except  by  order  of 
the  General  Conference,  or  between  sessions  of  the 
General  Conference,  by  a  three-fourths  vote  of  all 
the  members  of  the  Book  Committee.  But  this  pro- 
vision shall  not  prevent  the  making  of  investments 
on  mortgage  security  or  the  protection  of  the  same 
or  the  collection  of  claims  and  judgments. 

1f  377,  §  1.  The  Local  Committees  shall  meet  in 
Joint  Session  semiannually  at  such  time  and  place 
as  they  may  determine,  or  at  the  call  of  the  Chair- 
man of  the  Book  Committee,  or  at  the  written  re- 
quest of  three  members  of  each  of  the  Local  Com- 
mittees; and  when  in  Joint  Session  they  shall  act 
as  a  Joint  Executive  Committee.  The  chairman  of 
the  Book  Committee  shall  be  ex-officio  Chairman, 
and  shall  preside  at  the  Joint  Sessions  of  the  Local 
Committees;  and  a  majority  of  the  members  of  each 
of  the  Local  Committees  shall  be  required  for  a 
quorum. 

§  2.  The  Local  Committees,  acting  jointly,  shall 
have  power  to  suspend  a  Publishing  Agent  or  an 
Editor,  for  cause  to  them  sufficient;  and  in  such 
case,  a  time  shall  be  fixed  at  as  early  a  day  as  prac- 
ticable for  the  investigation  of  the  official  conduct 
of  said  Publishing  Agent  or  Editor.  Due  notice 
of  the  time  and  of  the  nature  of  the  charges  shall 
he  given  by  the  Chairman  of  the  Book  Committee  to 
such  Publishing  Agent  or  Editor,  and  also  to  the 
Bishops  through  their  secretary.  The  Bishops  there- 
249 


If  378 


The  Book  Concern 


upon  shall  elect  one  of  their  number  to  be  present 
and  preside  at  the  investigation. 

§  3.  The  investigation  shall  be  before  the  members 
of  the  Book  Committee  elected  from  the  Gen- 
eral Conference  Districts,  who  by  a  two-thirds  vote 
may  remove  from  office  said  Publishing  Agent  or 
Editor,  between  the  sessions  of  the  General  Con- 
ference. 

§  4.  In  case  a  vacancy  occur  in  either  the  pub- 
lishing, editorial,  or  other  official  departments  of 
the  Book  Concern  authorized  by  the  General  Confer- 
ence, it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Book  Committee, 
two  at  least  of  the  General  Superintendents  being 
present,  and  a  majority  of  those  present  concurring, 
to  provide,  as  soon  as  possible,  for  such  vacancy  until 
the  session  of  the  next  General  Conference. 


IV.  Publishing  Agents 

If  378,  §  1.  The  General  Conference  shall  elect 
quadrennially  four  Publishing  Agents,  who,  under 
the  supervision  and  direction  of  the  Book  Committee, 
shall  have  authority,  as  the  administrative  officers 
of  the  Book  Concern,  to  regulate  the  production  and 
distribution  of  the  publications  and  to  conduct  the 
affairs  of  The  Methodist  Book  Concern. 

§  2.  At  its  meeting  for  organization,  the  Book 
Committee  shall  designate  one  of  these  Publishing 
Agents  as  the  General  Agent.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of 
said  General  Agent  to  classify  and  distribute  to  the 
several  Publishing  Houses  and  administrative  officers 
herein  described,  the  work  of  producing  and  circu- 
lating the  various  publications  of  the  Church.  He 
shall  be  responsible  for  the  administration  and  man- 
250 


The  Book  Concern-  f  380 


agement  of  the  affairs  of  the  Book  Concern  and  shall 
perform  such  other  duties  as  the  General  Conference 
or  the  Book  Committee  from  time  to  time  may  direct. 

§  3.  At  the  meeting  for  organization  the  Book  Com- 
mittee shall  designate  one  of  the  Publishing  Agents, 
who  shall  have  immediate  charge  and  administration 
of  the  publishing  interests  at  New  York  City;  one 
with  like  duties  at  Cincinnati;  and  one  with  like 
duties  at  Chicago.  The  Publishing  Agents  thus  desig- 
nated, subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Local  Committee 
in  charge,  shall  appoint  such  superintendents  and 
heads  of  departments  as  may  be  deemed  necessary 
to  promote  the  efficiency  and  success  of  the  Book 
Concern. 

1  379,  §  1.  It  shall  he  the  duty  of  the  Publishing 
Agents  to  publish,  purchase,  sell,  and  distribute  such 
books,  tracts,  periodicals,  and  publications  as  are 
authorized  by  the  General  Conference  or  the  Book 
Committee. 

§  2.  Tracts  supplied  to  the  different  societies  of 
the  Church  by  order  of  the  Book  Committee  shall 
be  charged  at  the  actual  cost  of  publication. 

If  380,  §  1.  The  Publishing  Agents  shall  keep  the 
accounts  of  the  Book  Concern  by  such  uniform  system 
as  shall  be  authorized  by  the  Book  Committee. 

§  2.  The  Publishing  Agents  shall  annually  take  a  com- 
plete inventory,  including  therein  all  assets  of  whatever 
nature  belonging  to  the  respective  departments  under 
their  charge,  and  by  a  uniform  system  accurately 
determine  their  cash  value;  and  shall  include  the  real 
estate  at  the  valuation  made  by  the  Local  Committees 
at  the  beginning  of  each  quadrennium,  noting  any 
changes  made  therein  and  the  reasons  therefor.  The 
annual  account  shall  be  submitted  to  the  Book  Com- 
251 


f  381  The -Book  Concerx 


mittee  at  its  first  session,  and  shall  contain  a  full  and 
detailed  statement  of  all  assets  and  liabilities,  in- 
come and  disbursements  in  the  respective  depart- 
ments of  the  Book  Concern. 

§  3.  The  Publishing  Agents  shall  deliver  to  their 
successors  in  office  such  statements  of  assets  and  lia- 
bilities as  shall  be  ordered,  approved  and  certified 
by  the  Book  Committee. 

If  381,  §  1.  The  Publishing  Agents  shall  keep  a 
separate  account  with  the  several  departments  of 
the  Book  Concern  under  their  charge,  including  real 
estate,  and  in  their  reports  of  the  same  to  the  Book 
Committee,  to  the  Annual  Conferences,  and  to  the 
General  Conference  shall  set  forth  the  amount  of 
sales,  receipts,  and  expenditures  for  books  and 
periodicals,  including  sales  by  the  Depositories  un- 
der their  management. 

§  2.  The  Publishing  Agents  shall  furnish  to  the 
Local  Committees  a  full  and  satisfactory  statement  of 
the  transactions  of  each  month,  and  when  the  Local 
Committees  require  shall  present  for  examination 
proper  vouchers  for  all  payments  made  by  them 
during  the  period  specified,  and  shall  afford  said  Local 
Committees  every  possible  means  and  facility  for  a 
full  and  intelligent  understanding  of  the  affairs  of 
the  several  departments  under  their  care. 

|  382,  §  1.  The  Publishing  Agents  shall  send  to 
the  Annual  Conferences  a  statement  of  the  accounts 
due  the  Book  Concern  from  the  several  Members 
thereof  and  early  in  the  session  the  Conference  shall 
appoint  a  Committee  on  Periodicals,  Publications,  and 
Collections,  composed  of  one  Pastor  for  each  Super- 
intendent's District,  which  Committee  shall  assist  in 
the  collection  of  the  accounts  forwarded,  and  pay  all 
252 


The  Book  Concern- 


1  383 


collections  to  the  Publishing  Agent  or  his  repre- 
sentative, if  present;  and  if  not  present,  the  Com- 
mittee shall  make  prompt  and  accurate  return  for 
the  same  to  the  Publishing  House  from  which  they 
were  received,  and  shall  receive  a  voucher  for  the 
same.  This  Committee  shall  make  a  careful  canvass  of 
the  preachers  in  each  of  the  Districts  and  ascertain 
what  periodicals  are  supplied  by  the  Book  Concern, 
and  what  publications  issued  by  other  societies  in  the 
Church  are  taken,  reporting  the  names  and  number 
of  these  publications  in  open  Conference;  and  shall 
also  send  a  copy  of  said  report  to  the  Publishing 
Agent  by  whom  the  accounts  are  issued.    If  84. 

§  2.  Every  District  Superintendent  and  Pastor, 
when  requested  by  the  Publishing  Agents,  shall  do 
all  in  his  power  to  collect  debts  due  the  Book  Con- 
cern; and  should  any  Minister  or  member  of  our 
Church  who  is  indebted  to  the  Book  Concern  refuse 
or  neglect  to  make  payment  or  to  effect  a  just  settle- 
ment of  his  account,  he  shall  be  reported  and  dealt 
with  in  the  same  manner  as  in  other  cases  of  debt 
or  disputed  accounts. 

If  383.  The  produce  of  the  Book  Concern,  after  the 
Book  Committee  has  determined  and  retained  a  suf- 
ficient amount  with  which  to  carry  on  its  affairs, 
shall  be  regularly  applied  to  the  benefit  of  the  Travel- 
ing, Supernumerary,  and  Retired  Preachers,  their 
wives,  widows,  and  children.  The  division  of  the 
produce  of  the  Book  Concern  available  for  distribu- 
tion according  to  this  paragraph  shall  be  made 
equitably  to  the  Annual  Conferences  upon-  the  basis 
of  membership.  In  making  this  distribution  the 
Publishing  Agents  shall  forward  to  each  Annual  Con- 
ference, during  its  session,  a  statement  showing  the 
253 


f  381  The  Book  Concern 


amount  due  the  Conference,  together  with  a  draft 
for  the  same. 


V.  Depositories 

If  384,  §  1.  There  shall  be  Depositories  for  the  sale 
and  distribution  of  the  books  and  publications  of 
The  Methodist  Book  Concern,  at  Pittsburgh,  Pennsyl- 
vania; Boston,  Massachusetts;  and  Detroit,  Michigan, 
which  shall  be  in  charge  of  The  Methodist  Book  Con- 
cern in  New  York;  and  Depositories  at  Chicago,  Illi- 
nois; Kansas  City,  Missouri;  and  San  Francisco,  Cali- 
fornia, which  shall  be  in  charge  of  The  Methodist 
Book  Concern  in  Cincinnati;  also  Depositories  at 
such  other  places  as  the  General  Conference  may 
determine  from  time  to  time.  Each  Depository  shall 
be  supplied  with  a  full  stock  of  the  books  of  the 
General  Catalogue,  Sunday  School  Books,  Sunday 
School  Supplies,  and  Tracts,  to  be  sold  for  the  Pub- 
lishing House  with  which  the  Depository  is  connected. 

§  2.  After  the  expenses  incident  to  the  transpor- 
tation, management,  and  sale  of  books  and  publi- 
cations at  the  Depositories  have  been  paid  out  of 
the  sales,  the  net  proceeds  for  the  same  shall  be 
forwarded  to  the  Publishing  House  by  which  they 
were  supplied;  to  which  full  statements  of  the 
amounts  of  sales  and  expenses  shall  be  made  at  dates 
fixed,  cash  sales  being  distinguished  from  those  on 
credit.  Statements  of  the  amount  of  stock  shall  also 
be  made  and  sent  to  the  Publishing  House,  when 
required. 

VI.  Editors 

T  385.  The  Book  Editor  shall  have  editorial  super- 
vision of  all  manuscripts  and  printed  matter  in- 
254 


The  Book  Concern  f  387 

tended  for  publication  in  *book  form,  or  intended  to 
bear  the  imprint  of  The  Methodist  Book  Concern, 
as  hereinbefore  provided.  The  Book  Editor  shall  also 
be  the  editor  of  the  tracts  published  by  the  Book 
Concern. 

If  386.  There  shall  be  elected  quadrennially  by  bal- 
lot by  the  General  Conference  an  Editor  for  each  of 
the  following  periodicals:  The  Methodist  Review,  The 
Christian  Advocate,  the  Southwestern  Christian  Ad- 
vocate, Der  Christliche  Apologete,  Haus  und  Herd, 
the  Epworth  Herald,  and  also  an  Editor  of  Sunday 
School  Literature.  Nominations  for  the  foregoing 
Editors  shall  be  sent  to  the  Secretary's  desk  in  writ- 
ing. 

If  387,  §  1.  The  General  Conference,  on  nomina- 
tion by  the  several  Districts  as  herein  provided,  shall 
elect  the  Editors  of  the  following  periodicals:  The 
Western  Christian  Advocate,  the  Northwestern  ChiHs- 
tian  Advocate,  the  Central  Christian  Advocate,  the 
Pacific  Christian  Advocate,  the  California  Christian 
Advocate,  and  the  Methodist  Advocate-Journal. 

§  2.  For  the  purpose  of  making  nominations  of  Edi- 
tors for  these  Advocates,  the  Annual  Conferences 
naturally  tributary  to  the  several  publications  shall 
be  divided  into  nominating  districts  as  follows: 

Western  Christian  Advocate. — Cincinnati,  Central 
Ohio,  Ohio,  Indiana,  North  Indiana,  Northwest 
Indiana,  and  Kentucky  Conferences. 

§  3.  Northwestern  Christian  Advocate. — Rock 
River,  Illinois,  Central  Illinois,  Michigan,  Detroit, 
Wisconsin,  West  Wisconsin,  Minnesota,  Northern 
Minnesota,  Dakota,  North  Dakota,  Upper  Iowa,  Des 
Moines,  Iowa,  and  Northwest  Iowa  Conferences. 

§  4.  Central  Christian  Advocate. — Southern  Illi- 
255 


*[  387  The  Book  Concern 


nois,  Saint  Louis,  Missouri,  Kansas,  South  Kansas, 
Northwest  Kansas,  Southwest  Kansas,  Nebraska, 
North  Nebraska,  Northwest  Nebraska,  West  Nebraska, 
Oklahoma,  Arkansas,  and  Colorado  Conferences. 

§  5.  Pacific  Christian  Advocate. — Columbia  River, 
Oregon,  Puget  Sound,  Idaho,  Montana,  and  North 
Montana  Conferences. 

§  6.  California  Christian  Advocate. — California  and 
Southern  California  Conferences. 

§  7.  Methodist  Advocate-Journal. — Holston,  Ala- 
bama, Blue  Ridge-Atlantic,  Central  Tennessee, 
Georgia,  Saint  Johns  River,  and  Gulf  Conferences. 

§  8.  The  General  Conference  delegates  from  each  of 
the  nominating  districts  above  described  shall  place 
in  nomination  before  the  General  Conference  one  or 
more  persons  for  Editor  of  the  Advocate  related  to 
such  district — the  number  thus  nominated  to  be  gov- 
erned by  the  desire  of  those  representing  such  dis- 
tricts and  present  at  a  regular  meeting  thereof  to  be 
called  by  the  Secretary  of  the  General  Conference. 
The  General  Conference  shall  then  elect  by  ballot  the 
Editor  of  each  Advocate.  While  the  privilege  of 
nomination  shall  reside  in  these  several  districts, 
the  rights  of  any  member  of  the  General  Conference 
to  vote  for  whomsoever  he  pleases  as  Editor  of  any 
one  of  these  publications  shall  not  be  abridged. 

§  9.  In  the  above  distribution  of  the  Annual  Con- 
ferences, the  former  North  Ohio  portion  of  the  North- 
East  Ohio  Conference  shall  be  considered  as  common 
patronizing  territory  for  the  Pittsburgh  and  the 
Western  Christian  Advocates;  and  the  Northwest  In- 
diana Conference,  as  common  patronizing  territory 
for  the  Western  and  the  Northwestern  Christian  Ad- 
vocates. 

256 


The  Book  Concern  393- 


f  388.  The  Editor  of  the  Pittsburgh  Christian  Ad- 
vocate shall  be  elected  quadrennially  by  ballot  by  the 
General  Conference,  on  nomination  of  the  delegates 
of  the  patronizing  Conferences. 

f  389.  The  Book  Committee  may  elect  such  Edi- 
tors of  publications  conducted  by  The  Methodist  Book 
Concern  as  have  not  been  elected  by  the  General 
Conference. 

|  390.  The  Editor  of  Haus  und  Herd  shall  also  be 
Editor  of  German  Sunday  School  books,  periodicals, 
and  tracts. 

K  391.  The  Editors  shall  perform  such  duties  as 
properly  belong  to  the  editorial  office,  and  in  such 
manner  as  the  interests  of  the  Church  may  require, 
the  General  Conference  may  authorize,  or  the  Book 
Committees  in  its  business  relations  to  the  Editors 
may  direct;  and  they  shall  give  their  undivided  atten- 
tion to  these  duties. 

1  392.  There  shall  be  a  Publishing  Committee, 
for  the  Pittsburgh  Christian  Advocate,  elected  by  the 
General  Conference,  consisting  of  three  members  from 
the  Pittsburgh  Conference,  three  from  the  Erie  Con- 
ference, three  from  the  North-East  Ohio  Conference, 
and  three  from  the  West  Virginia  Conference.  Such 
Publishing  Committee  shall  fix  the  salary  of  the 
Editor,  keep  an  account  of  the  receipts  and  expendi- 
tures of  the  paper,  and  report  annually  its  financial 
condition  to  the  patronizing  Conferences.  A  copy 
of  said  report  shall  be  sent  also  to  the  Publishing 
Agent  at  New  York,  and  any  balance  remaining  after 
defraying  current  expenses  shall  be  subject  to  the 
order  of  said  Publishing  Agent. 

5  393.  The  Annual  and  District  Conferences  are 
earnestly  requested  not  to  establish  or  encourage  the 
257 


^  394  The  Book  Concern 


establishing  of  Conference  or  local  Church  papers,  ex- 
cept such  as  are  approved  and  authorized  by  the  Gen- 
eral Conference  or  the  Book  Committee;  and  where 
such  papers  exist  the  Conferences  are  requested  to 
discontinue  the  same,  when  it  can  be  done  consistently 
with  existing  obligations.  They  are  also  requested  to 
discourage  the  display  or  sale  of  other  than  our  own 
publications  at  the  sessions  of  the  Annual  Confer- 
ences. 


VII.  Circulation  of  Religious  Tracts 

T  394.  It  is  recommended  to  our  people  every- 
where to  form  Tract  Societies  for  the  distribution  of 
tracts  and  religious  literature. 

U  395.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  each  District  Su- 
perintendent to  bring  the  subject  of  tract  distribution 
before  the  fourth  Quarterly  Conference  in  each 
Charge  within  his  District;  and  said  Conference  shall 
appoint  a  Committee,  of  which  the  Pastor  shall  be 
Chairman,  whose  duty  it  shall  be  to  devise  and  exe- 
cute plans  for  local  tract  distribution. 

1  396.  No  books  shall  hereafter  be  sold  on  com- 
mission, either  from  New  York,  Cincinnati,  or  any 
Depository  or  establishment  under  direction  of  the 
Book  Concern;  provided,  however,  that  this  shall  not 
prohibit  the  Publishing  Agents  from  opening  up 
limited  "On  Sale"  accounts  with  our  Ministers,  the 
same  to  be  governed  by  the  general  rules  of  credit 
of  the  Book  Concern. 


258 


Board  or  Foreign  Missions      ^  399 


CHAPTER  II 
BOARD  OF  FOREIGN  MISSIONS 

!•  Incorporation 


f  397.  There  shall  be  a  Board  of  Foreign  Mis- 
sions, duly  incorporated  according  to  law,  and  hav- 
ing its  office  in  New  York  City;  said  Board  of  Foreign 
Missions  being  subject  to  such  rules  and  regulations 
as  the  General  Conference  from  time  to  time  may 
prescribe. 

Note. — For  Charter,  By-Laws,  etc.,  see  Annual  Report  of  Board 
of  Foreign  Missions. 


II  Constitution 

If  398.  Article  I.  Name  and  Object.  The  name 
of  this  organization  shall  be  the  Board  of  Foreign 
Missions  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church.  Its  ob- 
jects are  religious  and  philanthropic,  designed  to  dif- 
fuse more  generally  the  blessings  of  Christianity,  by 
the  promotion  and  support  of  Christian  Missions 
and  educational  institutions  in  foreign  countries,  and 
also  in  such  other  places  subject  to  the  sovereignty 
of  the  United  States,  but  not  on  the  continent  of 
North  America  or  the  islands  adjacent  thereto,  as 
may  be  committed  to  the  care  of  said  organization 
by  the  General  Conference  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church,  under  such  rules  and  regulations  as  said 
General  Conference  may  from  time  to  time  prescribe. 

f  399.  Article  H.  Life  Members,  Honorary  Mem- 
259 


400      Board  of  Foreign  Missions 

hers,  and  Patrons.  All  members  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church,  contributing  to  the  funds  of  the 
Board  of  Foreign  Missions,  shall  be  nominally  mem- 
bers of  said  Board.  Any  person  contributing  $20  at 
one  time  shall  be  a  Life  Member.  Any  person  giving 
$200  at  one  time  shall  be  an  Honorary  Life  Member. 
Any  person  giving  $500  at  one  time  shall  be  an  Honor- 
ary Manager  for  life,  and  any  person  giving  $1,000 
at  one  time  shall  be  a  Patron  for  life;  and  such  Man- 
ager or  Patron  shall  be  entitled  to  a  seat  and  the  right 
of  speaking,  but  not  of  voting,  in  the  meetings  of  the 
Board  of  Managers.  Honorary  Managers  not  to  ex- 
ceed twenty  in  number  may  be  elected  by  the  Gen- 
eral Conference,  and,  in  case  of  vacancies,  may  be 
elected  by  the  Board  of  Managers  during  the  interval 
between  the  sessions  of  the  General  Conference, 
said  Honorary  Managers  being  entitled  to  speak  in 
the  meetings  of  the  Board  of  Managers,  but  not  to 
vote. 

1T  400,  §  1.  Article  III.  General  Committee  of 
Foreign  Missions.  There  shall  be  a  General  Commit- 
tee of  Foreign  Missions,  composed  of  the  General 
Superintendents,  the  Missionary  Bishops,  the  Corre- 
sponding Secretaries,  the  Recording  Secretary,  the 
Treasurer,  the  Assistant  Treasurer,  two  representa- 
tives, one  lay  and  one  ministerial,  from  each  General 
Conference  District,  and  as  many  representatives  from 
the  Board  of  Managers  as  there  are  General  Confer- 
ence Districts. 

§  2.  The  representatives  of  the  Board  of  Managers 
shall  be  elected  by  the  Board  from  its  own  members, 
and  shall  include  as  nearly  as  may  be  an  equal  num- 
ber of  Ministers  and  Laymen. 

§  3.  The  representatives  of  the  General  Conference 
260 


Board  of  Foreign  Missions      f  401 

Districts  shall  be  elected  by  the  General  Conference, 
on  nomination  of  the  delegates  within  the  respective 
Districts,  for  a  term  of  four  years. 

§  4.  If  a  vacancy  should  occur  in  the  General  Com- 
mittee by  the  death,  resignation,  or  removal  of  a 
District  representative  from  the  District  of  his  Con- 
ference or  Church  membership,  or  otherwise,  the 
Board  of  Bishops  shall  fill  such  vacancy  by  the  ap- 
pointment of  a  successor  from  the  Annual  Confer- 
ence to  which  such  representative  belonged;  or,  if  a 
Layman,  from  within  the  bounds  of  the  Annual 
Conference  within  which  he  resided;  such  appointee 
to  hold  office  until  the  end  of  the  quadrennium. 

f  401,  §  1.  The  General  Committee  of  Foreign 
Missions  shall  meet  annually  at  such  place  in  the 
United  States  as  the  General  Committee,  from  year 
to  year,  may  determine,  and  at  such  time  in  the  month 
of  November  as  shall  be  determined  by  the  Cor- 
responding Secretaries  and  Treasurers,  due  notice  of 
which  shall  be  given  to  each  member.  But  the 
annual  meeting  of  the  said  Committee  shall  not  be 
held  in  the  same  General  Conference  District  more 
frequently  than  once  in  four  years.  The  Bishops 
shall  preside  over  said  Annual  Meeting. 

§  2.  The  General  Committee  of  Foreign  Missions 
shall  determine  what  fields  shall  be  occupied  as 
Foreign  Missions  and  the  amount  necessary  for  the 
support  of  each,  and  shall  make  appropriations  for 
the  same,  including  an  Emergency  Fund  of  fifty 
thousand  dollars  ($50,000);  provided,  that  the  General 
Committee  of  Foreign  Missions  shall  not  appropriate 
for  a  given  year,  including  the  emergency  appropria- 
tion of  fifty  thousand  dollars  ($50,000),  more  than 
the  total  income  for  the  year  immediately  preceding. 
261 


]f  402      Board  of  Foreign  Missions 

In  the  intervals  between  the  meetings  of  the  General 
Committee  of  Foreign  Missions,  the  Board  of  Man- 
agers may  provide,  from  the  Emergency  Fund,  for 
any  unforeseen  emergency  that  may  arise  in  any  of 
our  Foreign  Missions. 

§  3.  The  General  Committee  of  Foreign  Missions 
shall  be  amenable  to  the  General  Conference,  to  which 
it  shall  make  a  full  report  of  its  doings.  Any  ex- 
pense incurred  in  the  discharge  of  its  duties  shall  be 
paid  from  the  treasury  of  the  Board  of  Foreign 
Missions. 

H  402,  §  1.  Article  IV.  Board  of  Managers. 
The  management  and  disposition  of  the  affairs  and 
property  of  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  and  the 
administration  of  the  appropriations  and  all  other 
funds  shall  be  vested  in  a  Board  of  Managers,  con- 
sisting of  the  General  Superintendents  and  the  Mis- 
sionary Bishops,  who  shall  be  ex  officio  members  of 
said  Board,  thirty-two  Laymen,  and  thirty-two 
Traveling  Ministers  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church,  elected  by  the  General  Conference,  accord- 
ing to  the  requirements  of  the  existing  Charter  of 
said  Board  of  Foreign  Missions.  Vacancies  in  the 
Board  shall  be  filled  as  the  Charter  provides;  and  the 
absence,  without  reasonable  excuse,  of  any  member 
from  six  consecutive  meetings  of  the  Board  shall 
create  a  vacancy.  The  Board  shall  also  have  au- 
thority to  make  By-laws,  not  inconsistent  with  this 
Constitution  or  the  Charter;  to  print  books,  periodi- 
cals, and  tracts  for  Foreign  Missions;  to  elect  a  Presi- 
dent, Vice-Presidents,  a  Recording  Secretary,  and 
such  Assistant  Secretaries  as  may  be  necessary;  to 
fill  vacancies  that  may  occur  among  the  officers 
elected  by  the  Board.  It  shall  present  a  statement 
262 


Board  of  Foreign  Missions  403 


of  its  transactions  and  funds  to  the  Church  In  its 
annual  report,  and  shall  lay  before  the  General  Con- 
ference a  report  of  its  transactions  for  the  preceding 
four  years,  and  the  state  of  its  funds. 

§  2.  The  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  shall  have 
power  to  suspend  a  Corresponding  Secretary,  Treas- 
urer, Assistant  Treasurer,  or  any  elected  member  of 
the  Board  of  Managers,  for  cause  to  it  sufficient; 
and  a  time  and  place  shall  be  fixed  by  the  Board  of 
Managers,  at  as  early  a  day  as  practicable,  for  the 
investigation  of  the  official  conduct  of  the  person 
against  whom  complaint  shall  have  been  made.  Due 
notice  shall  be  given  by  the  Board  to  the  Bishops, 
who  shall  select  one  of  their  number  to  preside  at 
the  investigation,  which  shall  be  before  a  Committee 
of  twelve  persons,  six  Ministers  and  six  Laymen,  none 
of  whom  shall  be  members  of  the  Board  of  Managers. 
Said  Committee  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Bishop 
selected  to  preside  at  the  investigation.  Two  thirds 
of  said  Committee  shall  have  power  of  removal  from 
office,  in  the  interval  of  General  Conference,  of  the 
official  against  whom  complaint  has  been  made. 

§  3.  In  case  a  vacancy  shall  occur  in  the  office  of 
Corresponding  Secretary,  Treasurer,  or  Assistant 
Treasurer,  the  Bishops  shall  have  power  to  fill  the 
vacancy;  and,  until  they  do  so,  the  Board  of  Managers 
shall  provide  for  the  duties  of  the  office. 

§  4.  Thirteen  members  present  at  any  meeting  of 
the  Board  of  Managers  shall  be  a  quorum. 

§  5.  The  Board  shall  have  authority  to  solicit  and 
receive  funds  for  the  publication  and  distribution  of 
tracts. 

%  403,  §  1.  Article  V.  Corresponding  Secretaries. 
There  shall  be  three  Corresponding  Secretaries,  hav- 

263 


404      Board  of  Foreign  Missions 

ing  coordinate  power,  who  shall  be  the  executive 
officers  of  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions,  all  of  whom 
shall  be  elected  by  the  General  Conference  quad- 
rennially. 

§  2.  They  shall  be  subject  to  the  direction  of  the 
Board  of  Managers,  and  their  salaries,  which  shall 
be  fixed  by  the  Board  of  Managers,  shall  be  paid  out 
of  the  treasury.  They  shall  be  employed  exclusively 
in  conducting  the  correspondence  of  the  Board,  in  fur- 
nishing the  Church  with  missionary  intelligence,  in 
supervising  the  foreign  missionary  work  of  the 
Church,  and  by  correspondence,  traveling,  and  other- 
wise shall  promote  the  general  interests  of  the  cause. 

If  404.  Article  VI.  Election  of  Officers.  The 
officers  to  be  elected  by  the  Board  shall  be  chosen  and 
hold  their  office  for  the  term  of  one  year,  or  until 
their  successors  shall  be  elected;  or,  if  a  vacancy 
should  occur  during  the  year  by  death,  resignation, 
or  otherwise,  it  may  be  filled  at  any  regular  meeting 
of  the  Board.  The  first  election  of  each  quadrennium 
shall  be  held  at  the  regular  meeting  of  the  Board 
next  succeeding  the  General  Conference. 

If  405.  Article  VII.  Presiding  Officer.  At  all 
meetings  of  the  Board,  the  President  shall  preside. 
But  if  he  should  be  absent,  one  of  the  Vice-Presidents 
shall  take  his  place.  In  the  absence  of  the  President 
and  of  all  the  Vice-Presidents,  a  member  appointed 
by  the  meeting  for  the  purpose  shall  preside.  The 
minutes  of  each  meeting  shall  be  signed  by  the  Chair- 
man of  the  meeting  at  which  the  same  are  read  and 
approved,  and  by  the  Recording  Secretary. 

1f  406,  §  1.  Article  VIII.  Special  Gifts.  Credit 
shall  be  given  for  special  gifts  from  any  Charge 
when  said  Charge,  including  the  Sunday  School, 
264 


Board  of  Foreign  Missions      r  407 


shall  have  raised  its  full  apportionment  for  the  Board 
of  Foreign  Missions,  and  such  special  donation  shall 
be  received  by  the  Board  for  the  specified  purpose. 
Special  donations  shall  be  applied  in  full  to  the  pur- 
poses designated  by  the  donors,  but  shall  be  included 
in  estimating  the  cost  of  collection  and  administra- 
tion. Nevertheless,  whenever  a  Charge  or  an  indi- 
vidual or  group  of  individuals  in  any  Charge  shall 
support  entirely  one  of  our  Missionaries  in  the  foreign 
field,  who  is  a  regularly  appointed  Missionary  of  the 
Board,  and  assigned  to  the  Charge,  the  entire  amount 
may  be  credited,  irrespective  of  apportionments. 

§  2.  The  General  Committee  shall  make  supple- 
mental appropriations  for  the  work  to  the  several 
Missions,  of  the  average  amount  of  special  gifts  re- 
ceived and  applied  in  the  previous  three  years,  such 
supplemental  appropriations  not  to  be  paid,  except  as 
special  gifts  are  received  for  the  Missions.  Obliga- 
tions beyond  the  amount  of  the  money  thus  appro- 
priated shall  not  be  assumed  in  the  Missions,  except 
as  the  necessary  funds  are  received.  All  special 
gifts  received  for  the  fields  shall  be  paid  through  the 
office  of  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions,  though  the 
total  thereof  shall  exceed  the  appropriation. 

§  3.  The  Board  shall  exercise  general  supervision 
over  appeals  for  special  gifts. 

If  407.  Article  IX.  Support  of  Retired  and  other 
Missionaries.  The  Board  may  provide  for  the  sup- 
port of  Retired  Missionaries,  and  of  the  widows  and 
orphans  of  Missionaries,  who  may  not  be  provided  for 
by  their  Annual  Conferences  respectively;  provided, 
they  shall  not  receive  more  than  is  usually  allowed 
Retired  Ministers,  their  widows  and  orphans  in  home 
Conferences. 

.  265 


^[  408      Board  of  Foreign  Missions 


1T  408.  No  one  shall  be  acknowledged  as  a  Mis- 
sionary or  receive  support  as  such  from  the  funds  of 
the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  who  has  not  been 
approved  by  the  Board  of  Managers,  and  been  as- 
signed to  some  definite  field,  except  as  above  provided. 
Ministerial  Missionaries  shall  be  constituted  by  the 
joint  action  of  a  General  Superintendent  and  the 
Board.  Lay  Missionaries  shall  be  appointed  by  the 
Board  of  Managers. 

f  409.  Article  X.  Amendments.  This  Constitu- 
tion shall  be  subject  to  amendment  or  alteration  only 
by  the  General  Conference. 


III.  Administration  of  Foreign  Missions 
If  410,  §  1.  When  a  Mission  is  established  in  a 
foreign  country,  outside  of  an  Annual  Conference,  the 
Bishop  having  Episcopal  supervision  of  the  same  may 
appoint  a  member  of  the  Mission  as  Superintendent, 
who  may  also  be  a  District  Superintendent.  It  shall 
be  the  duty  of  the  Superintendent,  in  the  absence  of 
a  Bishop,  to  preside  in  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the 
Mission  and  to  arrange  the  work  and  take  general 
supervision  of  the  entire  Mission.  Also,  from  time 
to  time,  he  shall  represent  the  state  of  the  Mission 
and  its  needs  to  the  Bishop  in  charge  and  to  the 
Corresponding  Secretaries. 

§  2.  The  Bishop  having  Episcopal  supervision  of 
a  Mission  shall  designate  annually  a  time  at  which 
all  the  members  of  the  Mission  and  also  the  native 
preachers  employed  as  supplies  or  helpers  in  the 
Mission  shall  come  together  for  the  purpose  of  hold- 
ing an  Annual  Meeting,  said  meeting  having,  in 
266  . 


Board  of  Foreign  Missions  411 


all  ecclesiastical  matters,  the  duties  and  powers  of  a 
District  Conference;  and  transacting  such  other  busi- 
ness as  may  be  assigned  to  it  by  the  Board  or  grow 
out  of  the  local  interests  of  the  work.  In  the  absence 
of  a  Bishop  or  the  Superintendent,  the  Annual  Meet- 
ing shall  choose  its  presiding  officer  in  the  manner 
provided  for  District  Conferences. 

§  3.  When  a  Mission  in  a  foreign  country  is  organ- 
ized into  a  Mission  Conference  or  an  Annual  Confer- 
ence the  administration  of  the  Board  of  Foreign  Mis- 
sions shall  not  be  disturbed  thereby,  but  shall  be  con- 
tinued as  in  other  Foreign  Missions. 


IV.  Annual  Conference  Board 
411,  §  1.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  each  Annual 
Conference  to  organize  within  its  bounds  an  Annual 
Conference  Board  of  Foreign  Missions.  This  Annual 
Conference  Board  shall  consist  of  the  District  Super- 
intendents, District  Missionary  Secretaries,  and  Dis- 
trict Epworth  League  Presidents,  ex  officio,  and  one 
Sunday  School  Superintendent,  and  one  lay  member 
from  each  District,  to  be  elected  by  the  Annual  Con- 
ference on  the  nomination  of, the  District  Superin- 
tendents. The  Annual  Conference  shall  elect  the 
officers  of  the  said  Board  from  among  its  members, 
on  the  nomination  of  the  District  Superintendents. 

§  2.  The  said  Board  shall  present  an  annual  re- 
port to  the  Annual  Conference  through  its  President; 
and  shall  have  charge  of  the  Annual  Conference  anni- 
versary of  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions,  to  which 
an  entire  evening  shall  be  given. 

§  3.  There  shall  be  at  least  one  meeting  of  the 
267 


*l  412      Board  of  Foreign"  Missions 

Annual  Conference  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  each 
year  for  the  consideration  and  furtherance  of  the 
interests  of  Foreign  Missions  within  the  bounds  of 
the  Conference,  at  which  meeting  a  Secretary  or 
other  representative  of  the  Board  of  Foreign  Mis- 
sions shall  be  present  if  possible,  and  the  said  Board 
shall  provide  for  the  presentation  of  the  cause  of 
Foreign  Missions  within  the  bounds  of  the  Confer- 
ence and  may  arrange  for  conventions. 


V.  District  Board 

IT  412,  §  1.  There  shall  be  in  each  District  Super- 
intendent's District  a  District  Board  of  Foreign  Mis- 
sions composed  of  the  members  of  the  Annual  Con- 
ference Board  of  Foreign  Missions  from  the  District. 
The  District  Superintendent  shall  be  the  President 
of  said  District  Board  and  the  District  Missionary 
Secretary  shall  be  its  Secretary.  Meetings  of  the. 
said  District  Board  shall  be  held  at  the  call  of  the 
President;  provided,  that  at  least  one  meeting  shall 
be  held  each  year. 

§  2.  The  said  District  Board  shall  aid  the  Pastors 
in  the  presentation  of  the  cause  of  Foreign  Missions 
within  the  District,  and  may  arrange  for  conven- 
tions. 


VI.  District  Missionary  Secretaries 

11  413.  The  presiding  Bishop,  on  nomination  of 
the  District  Superintendent,  shall  appoint  a  Mem- 
ber of  the  Annual  Conference  as  Missionary  Secre- 
tary for  each  District  Superintendent's  District,  who 
shall  serve  without  salary,  and  whose  duty  it  shall  be 
.  268 


Board  of  Foreign*  Missions  41i 


to  assist  the  District  Superintendent  in  carrying  out 
the  plans  in  the  interests  of  Foreign  Missions  on  the 
District;  and  who,  by  correspondence  and  otherwise, 
shall  aid  in  securing  the  distribution  of  mission- 
ary literature  in  every  Pastoral  Charge,  cooperate 
with  the  missionary  office  in  New  York  City  in  the 
distinctive  work  of  the  Missionary  Education  Depart- 
ment, and  keep  said  office  informed  as  to  foreign 
missionary  conditions  on  the  District. 


VII.  District  Superintendents 
f  414,  §  1.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  District 
Superintendent  to  see  that  the  provisions  of  the  Dis- 
cipline concerning  Foreign  Missions  are  faithfully 
executed  in  his  District,  and  in  order  thereto  he  shall 
inquire  at  each  session  of  the  several  Quarterly  Con- 
ferences, what  has  been  done  toward  raising  funds 
for  the  support  of  Foreign  Missions  during  the  pre- 
ceding quarter,  and  particularly  what  has  been  done 
in  the  Sunday  Schools  for  this  cause. 

§  2.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  District  Superin- 
tendent to  see  that  there  be  appointed  at  the  fourth 
Quarterly  Conference  of  each  Pastoral  Charge,  a  Com- 
mittee on  Foreign  Missions,  consisting  of  five  or  more 
persons,  including  one  Sunday  School  Superintendent 
and  one  Epworth  League  President,  of  which  Com- 
mittee the  Pastor  shall  be  Chairman.  Its  duty  shall 
be  to  aid  the  Pastor  in  disseminating  missionary  in- 
formation, planning  for  the  Annual  Foreign  Mission- 
ary Day,  and  securing  a  thorough  canvass  of  the 
members  of  the  Churches  and  Congregations  in  the 
interest  of  Foreign  Missions. 


If  415      Board  of  Foreign  Missions 


VIII.  Pastors  and  Churches 

IT  415,  §  1.  The  support  of  Foreign  Missions  is 
committed  to  Pastors,  Congregations,  Sunday  Schools, 
and  Epworth  Leagues. 

§  2.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Pastor,  aided  by 
the  Committee  on  Foreign  Missions,  to  provide  for 
the  diffusion  of  missionary  information  among  the 
members  of  his  Church,  Congregation,  Sunday  School, 
and  Epworth  League. 

§  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Pastor,  aided  by  the 
Committee  on  Foreign  Missions,  to  institute  a 
monthly  missionary  prayer  meeting  or  missionary 
address  in  his  Pastoral  Charge,  for  the  purpose  of 
imploring  the  divine  blessing  upon  Missions  through- 
out the  world,  and  for  the  diffusion  of  missionary 
intelligence  among  the  people. 

§  4.  The  Pastor,  aided  by  the  Official  Board  and 
the  Committee  on  Foreign  Missions,  shall  provide 
for  a  thorough  foreign  missionary  canvass,  and  an 
Annual  Missionary  Day,  when  the  Pastor,  or  some 
one  invited  by  him,  shall  present  the  cause  of 
Foreign  Missions,  and  contributions  shall  be  taken 
for  the  foreign  work  exclusively.  If  so  desired,  the 
contributions  may  be  paid  weekly  or  monthly,  and 
the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  shall  supply  envelopes 
for  the  same. 

§  5.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Pastor  to  see  that 
each  Sunday  School  on  his  Pastoral  Charge  is  organ- 
ized into  a  Missionary  Society,  and  that  at  least  one 
Sunday  in  each  month  is  observed  in  the  interest  of 
Missions  and  a  collection  taken,  which  shall  be 
divided  as  follows:  forty-five  per  cent  to  the  Board 
of  Foreign  Missions,  forty-five  per  cent  to  the  Board 
270 


Woman's  Foreign*  Miss'y  Society  416 

of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension,  and  ten 
per  cent  to  the  Board  of  Sunday  Schools;  and  all 
contributions  of  the  Sunday  Schools  shall  be  reported 
in  a  separate  column  in  the  Annual  and  General 
Minutes.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Sunday  School 
Missionary  Society,  with  the  consent  of  the  Sunday 
School  Board,  to  provide  brief  missionary  exercises 
on  the  day  that  is  set  apart  for  the  monthly  mis- 
sionary collection  to  be  taken,  to  cause  suitable 
literature  to  be  distributed  in  the  Sunday  Schools, 
and  to  arrange  for  occasional  missionary  concerts. 
The  Sunday  School  Missionary  Society  shall  include 
Foreign  Missions,  Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension, and  the  Board  of  Sunday  Schools. 

§  6.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Pastor  to  organize 
Mission  Study  Classes  on  his  Charge  where  prac- 
ticable. 


CHAPTER  III 
WOMAN'S  FOREIGN  MISSIONARY  SOCIETY 

^[  416,  §  1.  For  the  more  successful  prosecution  of 
the  missionary  work  of  the  Church  among  women  in 
foreign  lands,  there  shall  be  an  organization  known 
as  the  Woman's  Foreign  Missionary  Society  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  to  be  governed  and 
regulated  by  its  Constitution,  which  may  be  altered 
or  amended  by  the  General  Conference  as  the  neces- 
sities of  the  work  may  require. 

§  2.  This  Society  shall  work  in  harmony  with,  and 
under  the  supervision  of,  the  authorities  of  the  Board 
of   Foreign   Missions   of   the    Methodist  Episcopal 
Church.    The  appointment,  recall,  and  remuneration 
271 


^  417  Woman's  Foreign-  Miss'y  Society 


of  Missionaries,  and  the  designation  of  their  fields 
of  labor,  shall  be  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Board 
of  Managers  of  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church;  and  annual  appropria- 
tions to  Mission  fields  shall  be  submitted  for  revision 
and  approval  to  the  General  Committee  of  Foreign 
Missions. 

§  3.  All  Missionaries  sent  out  by  this  Society  shall 
labor  under  the  direction  of  the  particular  Confer- 
ences or  Missions  of  the  Church  in  which  severally 
they  may  be  employed.  They  shall  be  appointed 
annually  by  the  President  of  the  Conference  or  Mis- 
sion, and  shall  be  subject  to  the  same  rules  of  re- 
moval that  govern  other  Missionaries. 

§  4.  All  the  work  of  the  Woman's  Foreign  Mission- 
ary Society  in  foreign  lands  shall  be  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  Conferences  or  Missions  and  their  Com- 
mittees in  exactly  the  same  manner  as  the  work  of 
the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church;  the  Superintendent  or  District 
Superintendent  having  the  same  relation  to  the  work 
and  the  person  in  charge  of  it  that  he  would  have 
were  it  a  work  in  the  Pastoral  Charge  of  any  Member 
of  the  Conference  or  Mission. 

If  417,  §  1.  The  funds  of  the  Society  shall  not  be 
raised  by  collections  or  subscriptions  taken  during 
any  of  our  regular  Church  services,  nor  in  any  Sunday 
School,  but  shall  be  raised  by  such  methods  as  the 
Constitution  of  the  Society  shall  provide,  none  of 
which  shall  interfere  with  the  contributions  of  our 
people  and  Sunday  Schools  to  the  treasury  of  the 
Board  of  Foreign  Missions  of  the  Methodist  Episco- 
pal Church;  and  the  amount  so  collected  shall  be 
reported  by  the  Pastor  to  the  Annual  Conference, 
272 


Home  Missions  and  Ch.  Extension  ^  419 


and  be  entered  in  a  column  among  the  Benevolent 
Collections  in  the  Annual  and  General  Minutes. 

§  2.  The  provisions  of  §  1  of  this  paragraph  shall 
not  be  interpreted  so  as  to  prevent  the  Woman's 
Foreign  Missionary  Society  from  taking  collections 
in  meetings  convened  in  the  interest  of  their  So- 
cieties; nor  from  securing  memberships  and  life 
memberships  in  audiences  where  their  work  is  repre- 
sented; nor  from  holding  festivals  or  arranging  lec- 
tures in  the  interest  of  their  work. 


CHAPTER  IV 

BOARD  OF  HOME  MISSIONS  AND  CHURCH 
EXTENSION 

I.  Incorporation 

If  418.  For  the  prosecution  of  Missionary  and 
Church  Extension  work  in  the  United  States,  its 
Territories,  and  insular  possessions,  there  shall  be  a 
Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension,  duly 
incorporated  according  to  law  and  having  its  office 
in  the  city  of  Philadelphia;  said  Board  being  subject 
to  such  rules  and  regulations  as  the  General  Confer- 
ence from  time  to  time  may  prescribe. 

Note. — For  Charter,  Constitution,  By-Laws,  etc.,  see  Annual  Re- 
port and  other  publications  of  the  Board  of  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension. 


II.  General  Committee  of  Home  Missions  and  Church 
Extension 

1  419,  §  1.  There  shall  be  a  General  Committee 
of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension  consisting 

273 


420  Home  Missions  and  Ch.  Extension 

of  (1)  the  Bishops,  one  of  whom,  as  they  may  deter- 
mine from  time  to  time,  shall  be  chairman;  (2)  the 
three  Corresponding  Secretaries  elected  by  the  Gen- 
eral Conference;  the  President,  the  Treasurer,  and 
Recording  Secretary  of  the  Board  of  Home  Missions 
and  Church  Extension;  the  Recording  Secretary  being 
ex  officio  Secretary  of  the  General  Committee  of  Home 
Missions  and  Church  Extension;  (3)  two  repre- 
sentatives from  each  General  Conference  District — 
one  Minister  and  one  Layman — elected  by  the  General 
Conference  on  the  nomination  of  the  delegates  of 
the  Districts,  respectively,  who  shall  be  the  same 
persons  elected  to  serve  on  the  General  Committee 
of  Foreign  Missions;  (4)  as  many  representatives 
elected  by  the  Board  as  there  are  General  Conference 
Districts,  not  more  than  five  of  whom  shall  be  from 
any  one  Annual  Conference,  and  including,  as  nearly 
as  may  be,  an  equal  number  of  Ministers  and  Lay- 
men; (5)  the  representatives  provided  for  in  the 
chapter  on  City  Societies. 

§  2.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  General  Committee 
to  meet  annually  in  such  place  and  on  such  day  in 
the  month  of  November  as  shall  be  appointed  by  the 
Corresponding  Secretaries. 

11  420.  The  General  Committee  of  Home  Mis- 
sions and  Church  Extension  shall  determine:  (1) 
What  amount  each  Annual  Conference,  Mission  Con- 
ference, and  Mission  shall  be  asked  to  raise  by  collec- 
tions for  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension;  (2) 
what  amount  shall  be  appropriated  for  Home  Mis- 
sions and  what  amount  shall  be  authorized  for  Church 
Extension  within  each  Annual  Conference,  Mission 
Conference,  and  Mission;  (3)  what  amount  shall  be 
set  apart  for  the  Contingent  Fund  for  Home  Mission 
274 


Home  Missions  and  Ch.  Extension  If  422 


purposes  and  what  amount  shall  be  set  apart  as  an 
Emergency  Fund  in  the  Church  Extension  Depart- 
ment; (4)  what  amount  shall  be  set  apart  for  office 
expenses,  salaries,  traveling  expenses,  publications, 
and  other  items;  (5)  what  amount  shall  be  set 
apart  for  the  education  of  missionaries  among 
foreign-speaking  peoples  in  the  United  States. 

If  421.  The  General  Committee  of  Home  Missions 
and  Church  Extension  shall  have  authority  to  coun- 
sel and  direct  the  Board  in  the  administration  of  the 
trusts  committed  to  its  care;  provided,  however,  that 
no  direction  shall  be  given  to  the  Board  as  to  dona- 
tions or  loans  to  particular  Churches. 

If  422,  §  1.  Expenses  incurred  by  the  General 
Committee  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension 
in  discharge  of  its  duties  shall  be  paid  by  the  Treas- 
urer of  the  Board. 

§  2.  The  General  Committee  of  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension  may  set  apart  a  sum  to  be  used 
as  a  Contingent  Fund  for  Home  Mission  purposes. 
This  fund  shall  be  used  only  in  the  case  of  unforeseen 
and  unexpected  need,  and  the  Board  may  grant  aid 
from  the  Contingent  Fund  on  the  application  of  the 
Pastor,  indorsed  by  the  Executive  Committee  of  the 
Conference  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension, with  the  approval  of  the  District  Superin- 
tendent. 

§  3.  The  General  Committee  of  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension  may  appropriate  an  amount  each 
year  as  an  Emergency  Fund  for  Church  Extension 
purposes. 

§  4.  The  General  Committee  of  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension  shall  have  power  to  make  such  ap- 
propriations as  it  may  deem  necessary  to  aid  in  the 

275 


1J  423  Home  Missions  and  Ch.  Extension 

education  of  Missionaries  among  foreign-speaking 
peoples  in  the  United  States. 

§  5.  The  General  Committee  shall  not  appropriate 
in  any  year  more  than  the  total  available  net  income 
received  by  the  Treasurer  during  the  preceding  fiscal 
year. 

§  6.  The  General  Committee  of  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension  shall  make  a  Quadrennial  Report 
to  the  General  Conference. 

If  423,  §  1.  If  a  vacancy  should  occur  in  the  Gen- 
eral Committee  by  the  death,  resignation,  or  removal 
of  a  District  representative  from  the  District  of  his 
Conference  or  Church  membership,  or  otherwise,  the 
Board  of  Bishops  shall  fill  such  vacancy  by  the 
appointment  of  a  successor  from  the  Annual  Confer- 
ence to  which  such  representative  belonged;  or,  if 
a  Layman,  from  within  the  bounds  of  the  Annual 
Conference  within  which  he  resided,  such  appointee 
to  hold  office  until  the  end  of  the  quadrennium. 

§  2.  The  General  Committee  shall  have  authority 
to  fill  any  existing  vacancy  in  the  Board. 


III.  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension 

If  424,  §  1.  The  Board  of  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension  shall  consist  of  thirty-four  Minis- 
ters and  thirty-six  Laymen,  to  be  appointed  by  the 
General  Conference.  The  Corresponding  Secretaries 
shall  be  ex  officio  members,  to  be  included  in  this 
number.  The  Board  shall  have  such  powers  and 
prerogatives  as  may  be  needful  for  the  successful 
prosecution  of  its  work,  and  shall  be  subject  to  the 
control  of  the  General  Conference. 

276 


Home  Missions  and  Ch.  Extension  \  424 


§  2.  The  term  of  service  of  the  members  of  the 
Board  shall  begin  on  the  second  Wednesday  in  June 
following  their  appointment,  and  continue  during  the 
ensuing  four  years,  or  until  their  duly  chosen  succes- 
sors shall  have  entered  upon  their  duties,  unless 
otherwise  ordered  by  the  General  Conference. 

§  3.  The  Board  shall  have  authority  to  declare  the 
seat  of  any  member  vacant  for  inattention  to  the 
duties  of  his  office  or  for  other  sufficient  cause.  When 
there  shall  be  a  vacancy  by  death,  resignation,  or 
otherwise  during  the  interval  between  the  sessions 
of  the  General  Committee  of  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension,  the  Board  shall  have  power  to 
fill  the  vacancy  until  the  next  meeting  of  said  Gen- 
eral Committee. 

§  4.  The  officers  of  the  Board  shall  be  a  President, 
five  Vice-Presidents,  three  Corresponding  Secretaries, 
the  said  Corresponding  Secretaries  being  the  execu- 
tive officers  of  the  Board,  and  coordinate  in  authority; 
together  with  a  Recording  Secretary,  a  Treasurer,  and 
Assistant  Treasurer. 

§  5.  The  three  Corresponding  Secretaries  shall  be 
elected  by  the  General  Conference.  They  shall,  under 
the  provisions  of  the  Discipline  and  the  directions  of 
the  General  Committee  of  Home  Missions  and  Church 
Extension  and  of  the  Board,  conduct  its  correspond- 
ence, and  shall,  in  all  their  official  conduct,  be  sub- 
ject to  the  authority  and  control  of  the  Board,  by 
which  their  salaries  shall  be  fixed  and  paid.  They 
shall  be  employed  exclusively  in  conducting  the 
affairs  of  the  Board  and  in  promoting  its  general 
interest  by  traveling  or  otherwise.  Should  a  vacancy 
occur  by  death,  resignation,  or  otherwise,  the  Board 
shall  have  power  to  provide  for  the  duties  of  the 
277 


425  Home  Missions  and  Ch.  Extension 

office  until  the  Bishops  shall  fill  the  vacancy.  The 
President,  the  five  Vice-Presidents,  the  Recording 
Secretary,  the  Treasurer,  and  the  Assistant  Treasurer 
shall  be  elected  by  the  Board  at  the  regular  meeting 
in  November  of  each  year. 

§  6.  The  Board  shall  have  power  to  elect  Field 
Secretaries. 

1f  425.  When  a  Bishop  shall  have  been  assigned  to 
the  Presidency  of  a  Mission  or  a  Mission  Conference, 
the  Boaird  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension, 
through  its  executive  officers,  shall  communicate  to 
him  such  information  as  it  may  possess  concerning 
the  Mission  or  Mission  Conference  so  assigned. 

If  426,  §  1.  The  Board  shall  hold  its  meetings  in 
the  city  of  Philadelphia.  It  shall  have  power  to  make 
By-laws  for  the  regulation  of  its  proceedings  not  in 
conflict  with  the  Charter,  the  Discipline,  or  the  direc- 
tions of  the  General  Committee  of  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension;  to  provide  for  and  administer  a 
Loan  Fund;  to  establish  and  administer  Annuity 
Funds,  either  in  connection  with,  or  separate  from,  the 
Loan  Fund  as  it  may  deem  wise;  to  take  and  hold  in 
trust  for  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  any  real 
or  personal  property;  to  dispose  of  the  same  for  the 
use  and  benefit  of  the  Church;  and  generally  to  do  all 
and  singular  the  matters  and  things  which  shall  be 
necessary  and  lawful  in  the  execution  of  its  trust; 
provided,  however,  that  all  amounts  received  on  the 
Loan  Fund  shall  be  used  only  for  loans  on  adequate 
security;  and  provided,  further,  that  the  aggregate 
amount  of  interest  and  annuities  payable  shall  never 
be  allowed  to  exceed  the  aggregate  amount  of  interest 
receivable;  and  provided,  also,  that  an  equitable  pro- 
portion of  the  expenses  of  administration  of  the  busi- 
278 


Home  Missions  and  Ch.  Extension  1[  427 

ness  of  the  Board  shall  be  charged  to  and  defrayed 
out  of  the  interest  received. 

§  2.  The  Board  also  shall  have  authority  to  aid, 
either  by  donation  or  by  loan,  or  both,  in  the  erec- 
tion of  parsonages. 

§  3.  The  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension shall  have  authority  to  apply  any  unused 
portion  of  the  appropriation  made  to  an  Annual 
Conference  to  any  Charge  within  the  bounds  of  that 
Conference. 

§  4.  At  all  meetings  of  the  Board  fifteen  mem- 
bers shall  constitute  a  quorum.  The  minutes  of 
each  meeting  shall  be  signed  by  the  secretary 
thereof. 

§  5.  The  Board  shall  publish  quarterly,  or  oftener, 
full  information  concerning  its  work;  and  shall  sub- 
mit to  the  General  Conference  a  report  of  its  pro- 
ceedings for  the  preceding  four  years,  and  of  the 
state  of  its  funds. 

§  6.  The  Board  shall  have  authority  to  solicit  and 
receive  funds  for  the  publication  and  distribution  of 
tracts. 

§  7.  The  Board  shall  report  annually  to  the  Gen- 
eral Committee  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Exten- 
sion. 


IV.  Department  of  Cities 
f  427,  §  1.  The  more  effectively  to  promote  the 
work  of  City  Evangelization,  the  Board  of  Home 
Missions  and  Church  Extension  shall  organize  a  De- 
partment of  Cities,  to  be  directed  and  administered 
by  the  Board  in  harmony  with  its  other  departments. 
In  the  cities  where  Local  City  Societies  have  been 
279 


427  Home  Missions  and  Ch.  Extension 


duly  organized,  according  to  the  provisions  of  the 
Discipline,  and  are  in  active  operation,  all  appropri- 
ations for  missionary  work  under  the  supervision  of 
said  Society  shall  be  made  to  and  administered  by  such 
Societies,  the  appropriations  for  Church  Extension 
being  provided  for  otherwise,  as  stated  in  this  chap- 
ter; provided,  however,  that  in  the  case  of  the  foreign- 
speaking  Annual  Conferences,  Mission  Conferences,  or 
Missions,  the  General  Committee  of  Home  Missions 
and  Church  Extension  shall  be  authorized  to  desig- 
nate exceptions  to  this  rule. 

§  2.  All  City  Societies  shall  report  annually  to  the 
Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension  their 
requests  for  appropriations,  indicating  the  special 
purpose  for  which  grants  are  to  be  used.  They  shall 
also  report  each  year  to  what  work  the  moneys  have 
been  applied  and  shall  give  in  detail  a  statement 
which  may  include  (1)  number  of  Churches  or  Sun- 
day Schools  organized;  (2)  number  of  buildings 
erected;  (3)  number  of  Ministers  or  Missionaries  sup- 
ported in  part  or  in  whole  and  the  amount  paid  to 
them;  (4)  membership;  (5)  the  amount  invested 
during  the  year  in  real  estate  and  in  buildings;  (6) 
expenses  of  administration;  (7)  the  total  amount 
raised  and  expended  by  the  local  Society  for  the 
support  of  current  work  and  for  permanent  improve- 
ments. The  summaries  of  such  statements  shall  be 
published  in  connection  with  the  report  of  the 
General  Committee  of  Home  Missions  and  Church 
Extension  as  a  special  report,  and  quadrennially  re- 
ported to  the  General  Conference.  The  aim  of  the 
Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension  shall 
be  to  encourage  with  resources  and  influence  all  City 
Societies  and  to  promote  similar  organizations  so 
280 


Home  Missions  and  Ch.  Extension  %  428 

far  as  practicable  in  all  the  cities  of  the  United 
States.    (See  Iff  439-441.) 


V.  Annual  Conference  Board 
If  428,  §  1.  In  each  Annual  Conference  there  shall 
be  a  Conference  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church 
Extension,  composed  of  an  equal  number  of  Ministers 
and  Laymen,  of  which  the  District  Superintendents 
shall  be  ex  officio  members,  the  remaining  members 
to  be  elected  by  the  Annual  Conference  on  the 
nomination  of  the  Presiding  Bishop.  The  Conference 
Board  shall  elect  a  President,  Vice-President,  Secre- 
tary, and  Treasurer.  These  officers,  together  with  three 
additional  members,  to  be  elected  by  the  Conference 
Board,  shall  constitute  an  Executive  Committee. 
The  Executive  Committee  shall  have  power  to  recom- 
mend emergency  or  contingent  applications.  The  Sec- 
retaries of  the  Annual  Conferences  shall  notify  the 
office  in  Philadelphia  of  the  names  and  post-office 
addresses  of  the  officers  of  the  Conference  Board,  and 
shall  publish  the  same  in  the  Printed  Journal. 

§  2.  The  Annual  Conference  Board  shall  hold  its 
regular  annual  meeting  at  such  time  and  place  as 
shall  be  named  by  the  President  of  such  Board,  and 
shall  make  a  report  through  the  President  to  the 
Annual  Conference  during  its  session,  giving  a  full 
account  of  its  transactions  during  the  preceding  year. 
Other  meetings  may  be  called  at  any  time  by  the 
President  or  three  members. 

§  3.  The  District  Superintendents  of  each  Annual 
Conference,  with  a  representative  from  the  Board  of 
Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension,  whenever  pos- 
281 


^[  428  Home  Missions  and  Ch.  Extension 

&ible,  shall  be  a  Committee  to  distribute  all  Home 
Mission  funds  at  the  disposal  of  the  Annual  Confer- 
ence, subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Presiding  Bishop 
and  the  Annual  Conference. 

§  4.  The  Corresponding  Secretaries  shall  send 
drafts  for  missionary  appropriations  and  Church  Ex- 
tension Donations  and  Loans  to  the  Secretary  of  the 
Annual  Conference  Board,  payable  to  the  Treasurer, 
who  shall  disburse  them  except  as  otherwise  ordered 
in  the  chapter  on  City  Societies  (1f  438,  §  1).  The 
Treasurer  of  the  Annual  Conference  Board  of  Home 
Missions  and  Church  Extension  shall  keep  an  accurate 
account  of  all  its  receipts  and  disbursements  for  the 
year  and  report  annually  to  the  Annual  Conference 
and  also  to  the  Board  in  Philadelphia,  and  shall 
transmit  with  such  reports  vouchers  for  all  sums  dis- 
bursed. 

§  5.  The  Annual  Conference  Board  shall  be  auxil- 
iary to  the  Board  at  Philadelphia,  and,  under  its 
direction,  shall  have  general  supervision  of  all  the 
interests  and  work  of  Home  Missions  and  Church 
Extension  within  the  Conference.  Each  Annual  Con- 
ference shall  arrange  for  an  anniversary  of  the 
Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension  to  be 
held  during  the  session  of  the  Conference,  giving  to 
the  anniversary  an  entire  evening  whenever  prac- 
ticable. Under  the  authority  of  the  Conference  Board, 
the  District  Superintendents  shall  apportion  to  the 
several  Districts  and  Pastoral  Charges  the  amounts 
asked  of  the  Conference,  and  early  in  the  year  shall 
notify  each  pastor  and  Quarterly  Conference  of  the 
amount  of  the  apportionment.  The  apportionment 
so  made  shall  be  subject  to  revision  by  the  Board  of 
Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension. 

282 


Home  Missions  and  Ch.  Extension  429 


VI.  District  Board 

TI  429,  §  L  There  shall  be  a  District  Board  of 
Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension  in  each  Dis- 
trict Superintendent's  District,  consisting  of  the 
District  Superintendent  and  two  Ministers  and  two 
Laymen  (one  of  whom  shall  be  the  Secretary  of  the 
District  Board),  who  shall  be  appointed  by  the 
Bishop  with  the  approval  of  the  Annual  Conference. 

§  2.  The  Board  shall  aid  in  every  possible  way  In 
creating  interest  among  the  people  and  increasing 
their  general  intelligence  concerning  the  work  of  the 
Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension. 
The  District  Board  shall  aid  also  in  every  reasonable 
way  in  the  collection  of  loans. 

§  3.  The  District  Board  shall  make  an  annual  re- 
port of  all  its  transactions  during  the  year  to  the 
Secretary  of  the  Annual  Conference  Board,  and  also 
to  the  Annual  Conference. 

§  4.  The  District  Board  shall  be  also  a  Board  of 
Church  Location.  As  such  it  shall  prevent,  as  far 
as  possible,  the  selection  of  improper  sites,  and  shall 
consider  and  determine  all  questions  relating  to  the 
selection  of  new  church  locations  which  may  be  re- 
ferred to  it  by  the  District  Superintendent  or  by  the 
vote  of  any  Quarterly  Conference.  The  decision  of 
said  Board  shall  be  final,  unless  overruled  by  the 
Annual  Conference.  It  shall  be  also  the  duty  of 
this  Board,  when  requested  by  the  District  Superin- 
tendent or  the  Quarterly  Conference  of  the  Church 
undertaking  the  erection  of  a  new  edifice  or  the 
extensive  remodeling  of  an  existing  one,  to  review 
carefully  the  necessities  and  conditions  of  the  case, 
as  well  as  the  subscriptions  for  the  new  enterprise 
283 


^  430  Home  Missions  and  Ch.  Extension 


and  other  assets,  together  with  the  plaus  and  speci- 
fications, with  a  view  of  determining  whether  the 
same  is  feasible  or  not.  The  Board  shall  report 
its  conclusions  to  the  District  Superintendent  and 
Quarterly  Conference.  Its  decision  in  such  instance 
shall  be  considered  advisory. 


VII.  Boards  in  Mission  Conferences  and  Missions 

If  430.  In  Mission  Conferences  and  Missions  (the 
Italian  Mission  excepted)  there  shall  be  a  Board  of 
Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension  appointed  by 
the  Bishop  and  approved  by  the  Mission  Conference 
or  Mission,  consisting  of  the  Superintendent  and  two 
other  Ministers  and  two  Laymen.  These  shall  have 
the  same  powers  and  duties  within  the  bounds  of  the 
Mission  Conference  or  Mission  that  the  Annual  Con- 
ference Board  has  within  the  bounds  of  an  Annual 
Conference. 


VIII.  Administration  of  Missions 
If  431,  §  1.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Superin- 
tendent, in  the  absence  of  the  Bishop,  to  preside  at 
the  Annual  Meeting  of  a  Mission,  to  arrange  the  work, 
to  take  general  supervision  of  the  entire  Mission,  and 
to  represent  the  state  of  the  Mission  and  its  needs  to 
the  Bishop  in  charge  and  to  the  Corresponding  Sec- 
retaries of  the  Board. 

§  2.  The  Bishop  having  Episcopal  supervision  of  a 
Mission  shall  designate  a  time  at  which  all  the  mem- 
bers of  the  Mission  shall  come  together  for  the  pur- 
pose of  holding  an  Annual  Meeting,  said  meeting 
possessing,  in  all  ecclesiastical  matters,  the  func- 
284 


Home  Missions  and  Ch.  Extexsiox  f  431 


tions  and  privileges  of  a  District  Conference;  and 
for  transacting  such  other  business  as  may  be  as- 
signed to  it  by  the  Board  or  may  grow  out  of  the 
local  interests  of  the  work.  In  the  absence  of  a 
Bishop  or  Superintendent  the  Annual  Meeting  shall 
choose  its  presiding  officer  in  the  manner  provided 
for  District  Conferences  in  such  cases. 

§  3.  In  Missions  in  the  United  States,  its  Terri- 
tories, and  insular  possessions,  the  power  to  license 
and  to  try  Local  Preachers  and  to  renew  the  Licenses 
of  Local  Preachers  and  Exhorters  shall  remain  with 
the  respective  Quarterly  Conferences;  and  Local 
Preachers  tried  and  convicted  shall  have  their  right 
of  appeal  to  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Mission,  save 
that  two  or  more  Quarterly  Conferences  may  be 
united  for  the  purpose  of  licensing  preachers. 

§  4.  The  Ministerial  members  of  the  General  Com- 
mittee of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension  shall 
constitute  a  Judicial  Conference  to  hear  appeals  of 
Local  Preachers  convicted  at  an  Annual  Meeting, 
said  Judicial  Conference  to  be  presided  over  by  a 
Bishop. 

§  5.  Wherever  Methodist  Episcopal  Churches  are 
organized  in  territory  outside  of  an  Annual  Confer- 
ence, or  of  any  regular  Mission  of  our  Church,  such 
work  may  be  attached  to  such  Annual  Conference  as 
the  said  Churches  may  elect,  with  the  concurrence 
of  the  Bishop  having  charge  of  said  Conference,  and 
may  be  constituted  a  District  Superintendent's  Dis- 
trict. 

§  6.  Unless  an  Annual  Conference,  Mission  Con- 
ference, or  Mission  shall  determine  otherwise,  the 
Treasurer  of  its  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church 
Extension  shall  pay  missionary  appropriations  directly 
285 


432  Home  Missions  and  Ch.  Extension 


to  the  Pastors  entitled  to  receive  the  same,  except  in 
the  case  of  City  Societies,  as  provided  for  In  1  438, 
§  1. 


IX.  Italian  Missions 

1[  432,  §  1.  Where  Quarterly  Conferences  are  prop- 
erly organized,  the  English-speaking  District  Super- 
intendent within  the  bounds  of  whose  District  the 
Italian  work  is  being  carried  on  shall  preside  in  the 
Quarterly  Conference  and  have  charge  of  the  local 
administration,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Bishop 
in  charge  of  the  Mission.  Where  there  are  no 
regularly  organized  Quarterly  Conferences  within  the 
bounds  of  the  Mission,  the  English-speaking  District 
Superintendent  shall  visit  such  local  Missions  at 
least  twice  a  year  for  the  purpose  of  intelligently 
directing  the  work. 

§  2.  The  appointment  of  Italian-speaking  Ministers 
and  workers  shall  be  under  the  direction  of  the  Mis- 
sion, and  said  appointment  shall  be  made  by  the 
Bishop  in  charge. 

§  3.  Where  there  are  city  organizations  they  shall 
have  the  right  to  elect  from  three  to  five  persons  to 
membership  in  the  Mission  Quarterly  Conference, 
either  from  the  membership  of  the  said  organizations 
or  otherwise,  as  the  city  organizations  may  designate. 
The  persons  so  elected  shall  enjoy  all  the  rights  and 
privileges  of  membership  in  the  Quarterly  Conference. 

§  4.  All  regular  statistical  reports  and  all  moneys 
collected  for  the  Church  benevolences  within  the 
bounds  of  the  Mission  shall  be  reported  by  the  Mis- 
sion and  shall  not  appear  in  the  report  of  the  Annual 
Conferences  except  as  supplementary. 

286 


Home  Missions  and  Ch.  Extension  ^  433 


§  5.  A  committee  on  estimate,  composed  of  the 
Bishop  in  charge  of  the  Mission,  a  secretary  from  the 
Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension,  the 
Superintendent  of  the  Mission,  and  one  Italian  Min- 
ister and  one  Layman  (the  last  two  to  be  named  by 
the  Bishop  in  charge  of  the  Mission),  shall  prepare 
a  report  prior  to  the  meeting  of  the  General  Com- 
mittee, which,  after  due  presentation  of  the  claims  of 
the  Mission  through  the  District  Superintendent,  shall 
be  transmitted  to  the  General  Committee  through  the 
District  Representative. 

§  6.  All  Italian  candidates  for  our  Ministry,  either 
traveling  or  local,  shall  be  examined  in  the  prescribed 
course  of  studies  by  the  committee  appointed  for 
that  purpose  in  the  Mission,  and  such  candidates 
shall  be  examined  in  the  Italian  language,  and  all 
recommendations  for  admission  into  Annual  Con- 
ferences shall  come  from  said  Mission. 


X.  Annual  Conferences  and  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension 
r  433.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  each  Annual  Confer- 
ence to  examine  strictly  into  the  state  of  the  Missions 
within  its  bounds,  and  to  allow  none  to  remain  on 
its  list  of  Missions  which,  in  the  judgment  of  the 
Conference,   are   capable   of  self-support.     It  shall 
annually  report  through  its  Secretary  to  the  Board 
of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension  at  Phila- 
delphia the  name  of  each  District  and  Charge,  within 
its  bounds,  sustained  in  whole  or  in  part  by  said  Con- 
ference as  a  Mission,  together  with  the  amount  of 
missionary  money  appropriated  to  such  for  the  year; 
287 


434:  Home  Missions  and  Ch.  Extension 

and  shall  publish  the  same  in  the  Journal  of  the  An- 
nual Conference.  The  detailed  statement  shall  be 
given,  with  totals  by  Districts  and  for  the  Conference, 
with  the  certified  approval  of  the  Bishop.  It  shall 
furnish  such  other  information  as  may  be  required 
by  the  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Exten- 
sion. Each  Annual  Conference  shall  send  through  its 
Secretary  to  the  office  of  the  Board  of  Home  Mis- 
sions and  Church  Extension  a  copy  of  its  printed 
Journal  as  soon  as  may  be  practicable. 

Each  Annual  Conference  shall  arrange,  in  such  way 
as  it  may  deem  best,  for  an  anniversary  of  the  Board 
of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension,  to  be  held 
during  the  session  of  the  Conference. 


XI.  District  Superintendents 
H  434.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  each  District  Super- 
intendent to  bring  the  subject  of  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension  before  the  Quarterly  Conference 
of  each  Charge  within  his  District  at  the  last  Quar- 
terly Conference  in  each  year;  and  said  Quarterly 
Conference  shall  appoint  a  Committee,  of  which  one 
Epworth  League  President  and  one  Sunday  School 
Superintendent  shall  be  members,  to  be  called  the 
Committee  on  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension, 
whose  duty  it  shall  be  to  aid  the  Pastor  in  carry- 
ing into  effect  the  provisions  of  the  Discipline  and 
the  plans  of  the  Board  for  the  support  of  this  cause, 
and  in  securing  at  least  the  amount  asked  of  the 
Pastoral  Charge;  and  the  District  Superintendent 
shall  inquire  in  each  Quarterly  Conference  of  each 
year  what  has  been  done  for  this  cause,  and  whether 
288 


Home  Missions  and  Ch.  Extension  435 


the  amount  asked  has  been  received;  and  if  not,  he 
shall  urgently  request  that  such  measures  be  taken 
as  will  secure  the  amount  before  the  close  of  the 
year.  He  shall  see  that  the  provisions  of  this  section 
are  faithfully  executed  in  his  District.  He  shall  in- 
quire at  each  session  of  the  Quarterly  Conference  if 
the  Sunday  Schools  have  been  organized  into  Mission- 
ary Societies,  and  if  the  cause  of  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension  has  been  properly  represented  in 
each  school.  He  shall  also  urge  that  the  cause  of 
Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension  shall  be  pre- 
sented to  the  Congregations  and  people  separately 
from  every  other  cause. 


XII.  Pastors 

K  435,  §  1.  The  support  of  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension  is  committed  to  the  Churches,  Con- 
gregations, and  Societies  as  such.  It  shall  be  the 
duty  of  the  Pastor,  aided  by  the  Committee  on  Home 
Missions  and  Church  Extension,  to  provide  for  the 
diffusion  of  information  concerning  the  work  of  the 
Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension.  He 
shall  preach,  or  cause  to  be  preached,  a  sermon  on 
this  subject  in  each  Congregation  every  year.  He 
shall  secure  a  separate  presentation  of  the  cause  of 
Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension,  and  a  collec- 
tion separate  from  every  other  cause  for  the  Board 
of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension,  and, 
aided  by  the  Committee  on  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension,  shall  solicit  a  contribution  from 
each  member  of  the  Church  and  Congregation, 
endeavoring  to  secure  at  least  the  amount  asked 
as  above  provided;  and  he  shall,  at  the  Annual  Con- 
289 


435  Home  Missions  and  Ch.  Extension 


ference,  report  the  amount  received.  He  shall  invite 
also  special  contributions  in  aid  of  the  Annuity  and 
Loan  Fund  of  the  Board.  Each  Pastor  is  exhorted 
to  utilize  the  services  of  the  Committee  appointed  by 
the  Quarterly  Conference. 

§  2.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Pastor,  aided  by  the 
Committee  on  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension, 
to  institute  a  bimonthly  missionary  prayer  meeting 
or  lecture  in  each  Society,  Church,  Congregation,  or 
Sunday  School  wherever  practicable,  for  the  purpose 
of  imploring  the  divine  blessing  on  Home  Missions 
and  Church  Extension,  and  for  the  diffusion  of  mis- 
sionary intelligence. 

§  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Pastor  to  see  that 
each  Sunday  School  on  his  Charge  is  organized  into 
a  Missionary  Society,  and  that  at  least  one  Sunday 
of  each  month  is  observed  in  the  interest  of  Missions 
and  a  collection  taken,  which  shall  be  divided  as 
follows:  forty-five  per  cent  to  the  Board  of  Foreign 
Missions,  forty-five  per  cent  to  the  Board  of  Home 
Missions  and  Church  Extension,  and  ten  per  cent  to 
the  Board  of  Sunday  Schools;  and  all  contributions 
of  the  Sunday  Schools  shall  be  reported  in  a  separate 
column  in  the  Annual  and  General  Minutes.  With 
the  cooperation  of  the  Local  Sunday  School  Board, 
it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Sunday  School  Missionary 
Society  to  provide  brief  missionary  exercises  in  the 
Sunday  School  on  the  day  that  the  monthly  mis- 
sionary collection  is  taken,  to  cause  suitable  litera- 
ture to  be  distributed  in  the  Sunday  School,  and  to 
arrange  for  occasional  missionary  concerts.  The 
Sunday  School  Missionary  Society  shall  include 
Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension,  Foreign  Mis- 
sions, and  the  Board  of  Sunday  Schools. 

290 


Woman's  Home  Missionary  Society 'f  437 


XIII.  Applications  for  Church  Extension  Aid 
t  436,  §  1.  All  applications  for  Church  Extension 
aid  shall  be  made  in  accordance  with  blank  forms,  to 
be  furnished  by  the  Board  of  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension.  Every  such  application  shall  be 
forwarded  to  the  Conference  Board,  and  the  Confer- 
ence Board  shall  forward  the  same,  with  proper 
recommendations,  to  the  Corresponding  Secretaries, 
who  shall  submit  all  applications  to  the  Board  of 
Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension  at  a  regular 
or  special  meeting.  The  Board  shall  not  consider 
any  application  without  the  recommendation  of  the 
Conference  Board,  except  as  hereinbefore  provided. 

§  2.  Nothing  in  the  chapter  defining  the  Conference 
organization  of  the  work  of  the  Board  of  Home  Mis- 
sions and  Church  Extension  shall  supersede  or  affect 
the  administration  of  the  missionary  work  and  ap- 
propriations in  cities  as  provided  for  in  the  chapter 
on  City  Societies. 


CHAPTER  V 
WOMAN'S  HOME  MISSIONARY  SOCIETY 

U  437.  There  shall  be  an  organization  known  as 
the  Woman's  Home  Missionary  Society  of  the  Meth- 
odist Episcopal  Church,  which  Society  shall  have 
authority  to  collect  and  disburse  money,  employ  Mis- 
sionaries, and  do  work  among  the  neglected  popula- 
tions in  the  home  field  under  the  same  Disciplinary 
rules  and  regulations  as  those  which  apply  to  the 
Woman's  Foreign  Missionary  Society,  except  the  re- 
quirements contained  in  If  416,  §§  3,  4. 

291 


f  438  City  Societies 


CHAPTER  VI 
CITY  SOCIETIES 

I.  Board  of  Management 


If  438,  §  1.  For  the  promotion  of  evangelization 
and  the  coordination  of  community  work  in  cities,  It 
is  reeommended  that  in  every  city  and  in  other  com- 
munities contiguous  to  each  other  where  the  Meth- 
odist Episcopal  Church  has  three  or  more  Pastoral 
Charges,  a  local  City  Society  be  organized  with  such 
name  and  Board  of  Management  as  it  shall  deter- 
mine; provided,  that  every  regular  Pastor  in  the 
territory  covered  by  the  Society's  Constitution  or 
Charter  and  every  District  Superintendent  having 
jurisdiction  therein,  and  the  resident  Bishop,  if  there 
he  one,  shall  be  recognized  as  members  of  the  Board 
of  Management  and  that  each  Quarterly  Conference 
shall  be  entitled  to  at  least  one  representative  in 
said  Board. 

§  2.  The  City  Society,  in  the  scope  of  its  work,  may 
properly  include  among  other  objects  the  organiza- 
tion of  Churches  and  Sunday  Schools,  the  aid  of  weak 
Churches,  the  purchase  of  property  and  the  erection 
of  buildings,  the  changing  of  downtown  Churches  into 
new  religious  centers  with  modern  methods  of  service, 
the  conducting  of  Missions  among  foreign-speaking 
populations,  the  maintaining  of  kindergartens  and  in- 
dustrial schools,  the  promotion  of  evangelistic,  social, 
and  settlement  work,  the  support  of  Rescue  Missions 
and  of  institutions  for  the  relief  of  the  sick  and  the 


City  Societies  439 


destitute  and  for  the  recovery  of  the  outcast.  A  City- 
Society  may  also  combine  with  its  plans  for  Mis- 
sionary, Church  Extension,  and  Industrial  work, 
methods  for  promoting  the  connectional  social  life 
of  the  Methodism  of  the  city  and  for  developing  and 
strengthening  the  community  of  interest  among  the 
several  Methodist  Episcopal  Churches. 


EL  City  Societies  of  the  First  Class 
r  439,  §  1.  There  shall  be  recognized  two  classes 
of  City  Societies.  To  City  Societies  of  the  First 
Class  belong  those  City  Societies  which  meet  the  fol- 
lowing conditions:  They  shall  be  organized  in  har- 
mony with  the  provisions  of  the  Discipline  (<[  438); 
shall  have  an  Executive  Board  which  meets  at 
least  once  in  every  three  months;  shall  be  ac- 
tively and  effectively  at  work;  shall  annually  raise 
funds  in  substantial  amount,  and  in  any  case  an 
amount  equal  to  that  appropriated  to  it  by  the  Gen- 
eral Committee  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension, exclusive  of  appropriations  made  for  work 
among  foreign-speaking  peoples. 

§  2.  The  City  Societies  of  the  First  Class  shall  be 
entitled  to  three  representatives  in  the  General  Com- 
mittee of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension,  who 
shall  be  chosen  by  a  Council  composed  of  two  dele- 
gates from  each  such  City  Society,  the  executive  offi- 
cers of  the  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension, and  three  members  of  the  Department  of 
Cities.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Department  of 
Cities  annually  to  convene  this  Council  at  a  suitable 
time  and  place. 

293 


I  440  City  Societies 


§  3.  If  in  any  year  the  Council,  for  sufficient  reason, 
shall  not  convene,  the  Board  of  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension  shall  elect  the  representatives 
herein  provided.  In  so  doing  it  shall  confine  its 
selection  to  members  of  the  executive  boards  of  City 
Societies  of  the  First  Class,  and  shall  see  that  not 
more  than  one  representative  from  any  one  City 
Society  shall  be  chosen  to  the  General  Committee. 

§  4.  To  City  Societies  of  the  First  Class,  appropria- 
tions shall  be  made  by  the  General  Committee  of 
Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension,  to  be  admin- 
istered as  provided  in  1f  427.  Drafts  in  payment  of 
such  appropriations  shall  be  sent  directly  to  the 
Treasurer  of  such  organization,  a  separate  notice  of 
the  draft  being  transmitted  to  the  Treasurer  of  the 
Conference  Board,  who  shall  report  the  same  to  the 
Annual  Conference.  Where  parts  of  two  or  more 
Conferences  are  in  the  same  city  separate  drafts  shall 
be  sent  for  the  work  in  each  Conference,  and  notice 
of  such  drafts  shall  be  transmitted  to  the  Treasurers 
of  the  General  Conference  Boards. 


III.  City  Societies  of  the  Second  Class 

U  440,  §  1.  To  City  Societies  of  the  Second  Class 
belong  City  Societies  which  either  from  lack  of  local 
interest  or  from  inadequate  organization  or  resources 
are  but  partly  developed.  In  the  case  of  City  Socie- 
ties of  the  Second  Class,  the  mode  of  administration 
shall  be  determined  by  the  General  Committee  of 
Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension,  and  the  rela- 
tion of  the  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension shall  be  directive,  the  aim  of  the  Board  being 
294 


City  Societies 


r  4il 


to  develop  such  City  Societies  so  that  when  duly 
organized  and  in  effective  operation  they  may  carry 
on  the  missionary  work  in  the  cities  in  which  they 
exist  and  as  rapidly  as  possible  may  be  placed  among 
the  City  Societies  of  the  First  Class. 

§  2.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  all  City  Societies, 
through  their  Superintendents  or  other  officers,  to 
furnish  to  the  District  Superintendent  and  the  Bishop 
who  are  administering  the  work  under  the  Society's 
care  full  information  concerning  the  Pastoral  Charges 
receiving  aid  from  the  Society. 

§  3.  City  Societies  shall  have  authority,  each  in  the 
territory  covered  by  its  Constitution  or  Charter,  to 
collect  and  disburse  money  for  the  objects  contem- 
plated in  their  organization. 


IV.  District  Superintendents,  Pastors,  etc. 

r  441,  §  1.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  District 
Superintendent,  whose  District  covers  in  whole  or  in 
part  a  city,  or  contiguous  communities  where  there 
are  three  or  more  Charges,  to  cooperate  with  the  De- 
partment of  Cities  of  the  Board  of  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension  in  securing  the  organization  of  a 
City  Society  as  herein  provided,  and  he  shall  exercise 
special  supervision  over  it  until  other  provision  be 
made  for  its  superintendence,  and  shall  include  in 
his  report  to  the  Annual  Conference  a  statement  of 
the  needs  and  conditions  of  the  City  Societies  on  his 
District.  He  shall  also  urge  that  the  cause  of  City 
Missions  be  presented  to  the  congregation  and  people 
separately  from  every  other  collection. 

§  2.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  each  Pastor  stationed 
295 


f  442 


Freedmen's  Aid  Society 


within  the  territory  included  in  the  Charter  or  Con- 
stitution of  any  City  Society  once  each  year  to 
present  the'  cause  of  city  evangelization  to  his  con- 
gregation, to  take  a  collection  for  the  City  Society, 
and  to  report  the  amount  to  the  Annual  Conference. 

§  3.  The  Annual  Conferences  are  directed  to  take 
such  friendly  interest  in  the  City  Societies  within 
their  bounds  as  shall  promote  their  efficiency  and 
facilitate  their  work;  to  arrange  for  the  publication 
of  their  reports  in  the  Conference  Minutes,  and  to 
provide  a  separate  column  in  connection  with  the 
statement  of  the  General  Benevolent  collections  for 
the  itemized  report  of  the  offerings  for  their  work. 


CHAPTER  VII 
FREEDHEN'S  AID  SOCIETY 

I.  General  Object 

If  442.  The  work  of  the  Freedmen's  Aid  Society 
shall  be  the  establishment  and  maintenance  of  insti- 
tutions for  Christian  education  among  the  colored 
people  in  the  Southern  States  and  elsewhere.  The 
instruction  in  these  institutions  shall  include  such 
literary,  professional,  and  biblical  courses  of  study 
and  such  industrial  training  as  will  tend  to  develop 
the  highest  Christian  character.  These  institutions 
shall  be  located  with  reference  to  an  educational 
system  comprising  collegiate  centers  and  cooperative 
preparatory  academies,  so  that  with  the  greatest 
economy  the  educational  needs  of  the  people  may  be 
296 


Fkeedmex's  Aid  Society 


If  443 


most  fully  met.  Contributions  shall  be  taken  through 
the  Church  for  the  maintenance  and  support  of  this 
work,  and  for  this  purpose  Lincoln's  Birthday  shall 
be  observed  wherever  practicable.  The  schools  shall 
be  made  self-supporting  as  rapidly  as  the  financial 
condition  of  the  people  will  permit.  Special  efforts 
shall  be  made  to  secure  permanent  endowments  for 
the  various  institutions,  and  the  Board  of  Managers, 
whenever  it  is  satisfied  that  the  support  will  be  ample 
and  that  the  property  will  be  maintained  and  per- 
petuated, may  convey  the  control  of  said  schools  to 
a  local  Board  of  Trustees. 


II.  Board  of  Managers 
H  443.  There  shall  be  a  Board  of  Managers  consist- 
ing of  five  Bishops,  twelve  Ministers,  and  twelve  Lay- 
men, to  be  elected  quadrennially  by  the  General  Con- 
ference, upon  nomination  by  the  Bishops;  their 
term  of  service  shall  begin  on  the  second  Wednesday 
in  June  following  their  election,  and  continue  until 
their  successors  shall  enter  upon  their  duties.  An 
interim  vacancy  shall  be  filled  by  the  Bishops  until 
the  session  of  the  ensuing  General  Conference,  and 
the  absence  of  any  member  from  four  consecutive 
meetings  of  the  Board  without  reasonable  excuse  shall 
create  a  vacancy.  The  Board  of  Managers,  being 
incorporated  according  to  law,  shall  be  subject  to  the 
control  of  the  General  Conference  and  the  provisions 
of  the  Discipline,  and  shall  have  such  powers  and 
prerogatives  as  are  needed  to  conduct  the  work  of  the 
Society,  except  in  such  matters  as  are  placed  under 
the  authority  of  the  General  Committee.  Eleven 
297 


\  444        Fkeedmen's  Aid  Society 

members  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for  the  transac- 
tion of  all  business,  except  the  appropriation  or  dis- 
position of  funds  under  the  direct  control  of  the 
General  Committee  and  the  purchase  and  sale  of 
real  estate,  in  which  cases  a  majority  of  the  members 
shall  constitute  a  quorum  and  the  concurrent  vote  of 
eleven  members  shall  be  necessary  to  complete  any 
such  transaction.  The  Board  shall  make  a  quadren- 
nial report  to  the  General  Conference,  and  shall  pub- 
lish quarterly,  or  oftener,  full  information  concerning 
its  work. 


III.  Officers 

T  444,  §  1.  The  officers  of  the  Board  shall  be  a 
President,  three  or  more  Vice-Presidents,  two  co- 
ordinate Corresponding  Secretaries,  a  Recording  Sec- 
retary, a  Treasurer,  and  an  Assistant  Treasurer,  all 
of  whom,  except  the  Corresponding  Secretaries,  shall 
be  elected  by  the  Board  at  its  annual  meeting  each 
year;  but  a  vacancy  may  be  filled  at  any  meeting. 

§  2.  The  Corresponding  Secretaries  shall  be  elected 
by  the  General  Conference,  .and  as  administrative 
Officers  shall  be  in  all  official  acts  subject  to  the  au- 
thority and  control  of  the  Board  of  Managers  and 
the  direction  of  the  General  Committee.  Their  time 
shall  be  occupied,  under  the  direction  of  the  Board,  in 
promoting  the  interests  of  the  Society  by  conducting 
the  correspondence  and  office  work,  traveling  through 
the  Church,  giving  general  supervision  to  the  insti- 
tutions of  learning  under  the  care  of  the  Society, 
and  rendering  other  needful  forms  of  service.  In 
case  of  vacancy  by  death,  resignation,  or  otherwise, 
the  Board  shall  provide  for  the  duties  of  the  office 
298 


FiiEHDM kx 's  Aid  Society  445 


until  the  Bishops  shall  fill  the  vacancy.  The  Board 
shall  fix  and  pay  the  respective  salaries  of  all  its 
salaried  Officers. 

§  3.  The  Publishing  Agent  at  Cincinnati  shall  be 
the  Treasurer  of  the  Society,  and  the  Board  of  Man- 
agers may  appoint  such  Assistant  Treasurers  as  it 
deems  wise. 


IV.  General  Committee 
•  445,  §  1.  There  shall  be  a  General  Committee  of 
the  Freedmen's  Aid  Society,  composed  as  follows:  (1) 
The  Bishops;  (2)  the  Corresponding  Secretaries, 
Treasurer,  and  Recording  Secretary  of  the  Board  of 
Managers,  who  shall  be  ex  officio  Secretary  of  the 
General  Committee;  (3)  the  two  representatives 
of  each  General  Conference  District  elected  by  the 
General  Conference  to  the  General  Committee  of 
Foreign  Missions;  (4)  fifteen  representatives,  to  be 
selected  by  the  Board  of  Managers  from  its  own  body. 
The  General  Committee  shall  meet  annually  in  such 
place  and  on  such  day  in  November  as  shall  be  fixed 
by  the  Corresponding  Secretaries:  To  receive  and 
consider  the  annual  report  of  the  Board  of  Managers; 
to  designate  what  institutions  shall  receive  aid  for 
the  ensuing  year,  and,  as  far  as  practicable,  the 
amount  each  school  shall  receive;  to  determine  the 
total  amount  to  be  expended  in  the  support  of  the 
schools  and  for  administrative  purposes;  to  fix  the 
amount  to  be  apportioned  to  each  Annual  Confer- 
ence to  be  raised  for  the  use  of  the  Board,  and  to 
counsel  and  direct  the  Board  in  the  general  adminis- 
tration of  its  affairs.  It  shall  have  authority,  for 
neglect  of  official  duties  or  for  other  cause,  to  de- 
299 


Tf  446 


Freedmex's  Aid  Society 


clare  vacant  the  seat  of  any  member  of  the  Board  of 

Managers. 

§  2.  If  a  vacancy  should  occur  in  the  General  Com- 
mittee by  death,  resignation,  or  the  removal  of  a 
District  representative  from  the  District  of  his  Con- 
ference or  Church  membership,  or  otherwise,  the 
Board  of  Bishops  shall  fill  such  vacancy  by  the  ap- 
pointment of  a  successor  from  the  Annual  Conference 
to  which  such  representative  belonged;  or,  if  a  Lay- 
man, from  within  the  bounds  of  the  Annual  Confer- 
ence within  which  he  resided,  such  appointee  to  hold 
office  until  the  end  of  the  quadrennium. 


V.  District  Superintendents  and  Pastors 
%  446,  §  1.  Each  District  Superintendent,  as  early 
in  the  Conference  year  as  possible,  shall  inform  each 
Pastor  in  his  District  of  the  amount  to  be  raised  in 
his  Pastoral  Charge,  and  he  shall  also  inquire  at  the 
third  Quarterly  Conference  if  the  amount  asked  for 
has  been  raised,  and  if  not,  he  shall  urge  that  it  be 
secured  before  the  close  of  the  Conference  year. 

§  2.  At  the  last  Quarterly  Conference  of  each  year 
a  Committee  of  not  less  than  three  nor  more  than 
nine  shall  be  appointed,  of  which  the  Pastor  shall  be 
the  Chairman,  to  be  called  the  Committee  on  Freed- 
men's  Aid,  whose  duty  it  shall  be  to  aid  in  carrying 
into  effect  the  provisions  of  the  Discipline  and  the 
plans  of  the  Officers  and  Managers  of  the  Society 
for  the  support  of  this  cause,  so  that  at  least  the 
amount  asked  for  each  year  from  the  Pastoral  Charge 
shall  be  secured.  The  Committee  shall  also  see  that 
information  concerning  this  work  is  diffused  among 
300 


Board  of  Education 


U  448 


the  people,  using  as  one  means  for  this  purpose  the 
literature  published  by  the  Society. 

r  447.  The  Pastor  once  a  year  shall  present  the 
claims  of  this  work  to  his  people,  and  ask  contribu- 
tions for  the  support  of  the  same,  and  the  Committee 
on  Freedmen's  Aid  shall  cooperate  in  securing  and 
collecting  contributions.  To  this  end  the  Pastor  shall 
preach,  or  cause  to  be  preached,  a  sermon  on  this 
subject;  and  shall  report  the  amount  secured  to 
the  Annual  Conference  for  publication  in  both  the 
General  Minutes  and  the  Minutes  of  the  Annual 
Conference. 


CHAPTER  VIII 
BOARD  OF  EDUCATION 

I.  Incorporation  and  Officers 


S  448,  §  1.  For  the  promotion  of  the  educational 
work  of  the  Church  there  shall  foe  a  Board  known 
as  the  Board  of  Education  of  the  Methodist  Episco- 
pal Church.  The  Board  of  Education  of  the  Meth- 
odist Episcopal  Church,  as  now  duly  incorporated 
according  to  the  laws  of  the  State  of  New  York,  shall 
be  recognized  as  said  Board  of  Education  until 
changed  by  the  General  Conference;  and  the  said 
Board  shall  manage  its  affairs  and  property  in  such 
manner  as  shall  not  be  inconsistent  with  its  Charter 
or  the  rules  and  regulations  of  said  General  Confer- 
ence. 

§  2.  The  Board  of  Education  shall  consist  of  thirty- 
six  members,  one  half  to  be  Laymen,  and  at  least 
301 


II  449 


Board  of  Education 


three  to  be  Bishops,  with  at  least  one  member  resi- 
dent in  each  General  Conference  District.  These 
members  shall  be  elected  by  the  General  Conference 
and  shall  hold  office  for  twelve  years;  one  third  ot 
the  Board  shall  be  elected  at  each  General  Conference, 
provided  that  upon  the  first  election  one  third  of  the 
members  shall  be  elected  for  four  years,  one  third 
for  eight  years,  and  one  third  for  twelve  years. 

f  449,  §  1.  The  Corresponding  Secretary  shall  be 
elected  by  the  General  Conference,  and,  under  the 
provisions  of  the  Discipline  and  the  direction  of  the 
Board,  he  shall  conduct  the  correspondence,  and  in  all 
his  official  conduct  shall  be  subject  to  the  authority 
and  control  of  the  Board,  by  which  his  salary  shall 
be  fixed  and  paid.  His  time  shall  be  employed  in 
conducting  the  affairs  of  the  Board  and,  under  its 
direction,  in  promoting  its  general  interests  by  trav- 
eling or  otherwise. 

§  2.  Any  vacancy  in  this  office,  caused  by  death, 
resignation,  or  otherwise,  shall  be  filled  by  the  Board, 
until  the  Bishops,  or  a  majority  of  them,  shall  fill 
the  vacancy. 


II.  Functions  of  the  Board 
f  450,  §  1.  The  Board  of  Education  shall  have 
an  advisory  relation  to  the  business  and  educational 
management  of  our  schools  and  colleges.  It  shall 
devise  ways  and  means  for  the  aid  of  institutions, 
and  shall  receive  and  disburse  such  funds  as  shall 
be  committed  to  it  from  time  to  time.  It  may  serve 
as  a  Board  of  Reference  or  Arbitration,  and  when 
necessary  may  take  measures  to  protect  the  property 
interests  of  our  educational  institutions. 


Board  of  Education 


r  458 


§  2.  No  institution  of  learning  shall  be  recognized  by 
the  Board  of  Education  as  under  the  auspices  of  tho 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  be  named  in  its  clas- 
sified list  of  such  institutions,  or  receive  aid  from 
its  connectional  educational  funds,  unless  it  first 
receive  the  approval  of  the  Annual  Conference  w  ithin 
whose  bounds  it  is  located,  and  of  the  Conferences 
associated  in  its  management,  as  well  as  the  approval 
of  the  Board  of  Education. 

§  3.  The  Board  of  Education  shall  recognize  as 
auxiliaries  such  Educational  Societies  as  now  exist, 
or  may  hereafter  be  created,  provided  that  such  So- 
cieties shall  prosecute  their  work  in  harmony  with  the 
principles  and  methods  of  the  Board  of  Education. 

*[  451,  §  1.  The  Board  of  Education  shall  receive, 
invest,  and  disburse  the  fund  known  as  the  "Sunday 
School  Children's  Fund"  and  such  other  funds  as  are 
now  in  its  hands  or  may  be  committed  to  it  for  edu- 
cational purposes  (f  456). 

§  2.  The  Board  of  Education  shall  administer  the 
Children's  Fund  to  assist  worthy  young  people,  mem- 
bers of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  in  obtaining 
a  more  advanced  education.  Aid  shall  be  granted 
only  in  the  form  of  loans;  but,  by  a  two-thirds  vote  of 
the  members  present  and  voting,  the  Board  shall  have 
the  authority  to  cancel  said  loans,  in  part  or  in  whole, 
for  causes  which  seem  to  them  sufficient. 


III.  Annual  Conference  Board 
r  452,  S      It  shall  be  the  duty  of  each  Annual 
Conference  to  organize  within  its  bounds  an  Annual 
Conference  Board  of  Education.    This  Annual  Con- 

303 


ff  452  Board  op  Education 


ference  Board  shall  consist  of  one  Minister  and  one 
Layman  or  two  Ministers  and  two  Laymen  from  each 
District,  as  the  Annual  Conference  shall  determine, 
to  be  elected  by  the  Annual  Conference  upon  nom- 
ination by  the  Conference  Committee  on  Education, 
or  by  such  other  method  as  the  Annual  Conference 
may  direct.  All  presidents  of  colleges  or  universities, 
and  principals  of  secondary  schools,  which  have  no 
organic  relation  with  such  institutions,  within  the 
bounds  of  the  Annual  Conference,  if  approved  by  the 
University  Senate,  shall  be  members  ex  officio  of  this 
Annual  Conference  Board. 

§  2.  The  said  Board  shall  organize  by  the  election 
of  a  President  and  a  Secretary.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of 
this  Board  to  provide  for  the  visitation  once  each 
year  of  the  approved  educational  institutions  within 
the  Annual  Conference,  and  to  make  a  report  upon 
such  institutions  to  the  Annual  Conference  and  to 
the  Board  of  Education  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church.  The  said  Annual  Conference  Board  shall 
have  charge  of  the  anniversary  of  the  Board  of  Edu- 
cation at  the  Annual  Conference  session,  provided  that 
the  Annual  Conference  shall  so  order.  There  shall  be 
at  least  one  meeting  of  the  Annual  Conference  Board 
of  Education  each  year  for  the  consideration  and 
promotion  within  the  Annual  Conference  of  the  gen- 
eral and  local  interests  of  education,  at  which  meet- 
ing the  Corresponding  Secretary  or  other  representa- 
tive of  the  Board  of  Education  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church  shall  be  present  if  possible.  The 
said  Annual  Conference  Board  shall  provide  for  the 
presentation  of  the  cause  of  education  within  the 
bounds  of  the  Annual  Conference,  and  may  arrange 
for  conventions  or  other  public  meetings. 

304 


Board  of  Education 


11  453 


IV.  Educational  Institutions 

f  453,  §  1.  The  educational  institutions  under  the 
patronage  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  shall 
be  classified  as  follows: 

1.  Primary  Schools. 

2.  Secondary  Schools. 

3.  Colleges. 

4.  Universities. 

5.  Schools  of  Theology. 

§  2.  In  mission  fields  and  elsewhere,  if  inadequate 
provision  has  been  made  for  elementary  instruction, 
primary  schools  may  be  established. 

§  3.  Wherever  the  conditions  are  favorable,  each 
Conference  may  have  under  its  direct  supervision  one 
or  more  secondary  schools  known  as  academies,  sem- 
inaries, or  collegiate  institutes. 

§  4.  Conferences  shall  not  approve  the  multiplica- 
tion of  colleges  or  universities  beyond  the  needs  of 
the  people  or  their  ability  to  equip  and  sustain  them. 

§  5.  Theological  schools,  whose  professors  are  nom- 
inated or  confirmed  by  the  Bishops,  exist  for  the 
benefit  of  the  whole  Church.  It  is  the  duty  of  the 
Bishops,  District  Superintendents,  and  Pastors  to 
direct  the  attention  of  our  young  people  to  our 
literary  institutions,  and  of  the  candidates  for  the 
Ministry,  having  proper  qualifications,  to  our  theo- 
logical seminaries. 

§  6.  The  Board  of  Education  shall  publish  in  its 
annual  report  a  list  of  all  the  educational  institu- 
tions under  the  patronage  of  the  Methodist  Episco- 
pal Church,  classifying  the  same  according  to  the 
provisions  contained  in  §  1  of  this  paragraph.  It 
shall  be  the  duty  of  the  President  or  other  admin- 
305 


'•jf  452  Board  op  Education 


ference  Board  shall  consist  of  one  Minister  and  one 
Layman  or  two  Ministers  and  two  Laymen  from  each 
District,  as  the  Annual  Conference  shall  determine, 
to  be  elected  by  the  Annual  Conference  upon  nom- 
ination by  the  Conference  Committee  on  Education, 
or  by  such  other  method  as  the  Annual  Conference 
may  direct.  All  presidents  of  colleges  or  universities, 
and  principals  of  secondary  schools,  which  have  no 
organic  relation  with  such  institutions,  within  the 
bounds  of  the  Annual  Conference,  if  approved  by  the 
University  Senate,  shall  be  members  ex  officio  of  this 
Annual  Conference  Board. 

§  2.  The  said  Board  shall  organize  by  the  election 
of  a  President  and  a  Secretary.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of 
this  Board  to  provide  for  the  visitation  once  each 
year  of  the  approved  educational  institutions  within 
the  Annual  Conference,  and  to  make  a  report  upon 
such  institutions  to  the  Annual  Conference  and  to 
the  Board  of  Education  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church.  The  said  Annual  Conference  Board  shall 
have  charge  of  the  anniversary  of  the  Board  of  Edu- 
cation at  the  Annual  Conference  session,  provided  that 
the  Annual  Conference  shall  so  order.  There  shall  be 
at  least  one  meeting  of  the  Annual  Conference  Board 
of  Education  each  year  for  the  consideration  and 
promotion  within  the  Annual  Conference  of  the  gen- 
eral and  local  interests  of  education,  at  which  meet- 
ing the  Corresponding  Secretary  or  other  representa- 
tive of  the  Board  of  Education  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church  shall  be  present  if  possible.  The 
said  Annual  Conference  Board  shall  provide  for  the 
presentation  of  the  cause  of  education  within  the 
bounds  of  the  Annual  Conference,  and  may  arrange 
for  conventions  or  other  public  meetings. 

304 


Boahd  of  Education 


If  453 


IV.  Educational  Institutions 

IT  453,  §  1.  The  educational  institutions  under  the 
patronage  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  shall 
be  classified  as  follows: 

1.  Primary  Schools. 

2.  .Secondary  Schools. 

3.  Colleges. 

4.  Universities. 

5.  Schools  of  Theology. 

§  2.  In  mission  fields  and  elsewhere,  if  inadequate 
provision  has  been  made  for  elementary  instruction, 
primary  schools  may  be  established. 

§  3.  Wherever  the  conditions  are  favora.ble,  each 
Conference  may  have  under  its  direct  supervision  one 
or  more  secondary  schools  known  as  academies,  sem- 
inaries, or  collegiate  institutes. 

§  4.  Conferences  shall  not  approve  the  multiplica- 
tion of  colleges  or  universities  beyond  the  needs  of 
the  people  or  their  ability  to  equip  and  sustain  them. 

§  5.  Theological  schools,  whose  professors  are  nom- 
inated or  confirmed  by  the  Bishops,  exist  for  the 
benefit  of  the  whole  Church.  It  is  the  duty  of  the 
Bishops,  District  Superintendents,  and  Pastors  to 
direct  the  attention  of  our  young  people  to  our 
literary  institutions,  and  of  the  candidates  for  the 
Ministry,  having  proper  qualifications,  to  our  theo- 
logical seminaries. 

§  6.  The  Board  of  Education  shall  publish  in  its 
annual  report  a  list  of  all  the  educational  institu- 
tions under  the  patronage  of  the  Methodist  Episco- 
pal Church,  classifying  the  same  according  to  the 
provisions  contained  in  §  1  of  this  paragraph.  It 
shall  be  the  duty  of  the  President  or  other  admin- 
305 


H  454 


Board  of  Education 


istrative  officer  of  each  educational  institution  to  fur- 
nish to  the  Board  of  Education  such  statistics  or  other 
information  as  may  enable  the  Board  to  make  a 
report  of  the  standing  and  equipment  of  each  of  our 
schools. 


V.  University  Senate 

If  454,  §  1.  There  shall  be  a  University  Senate  of 
the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  quadrennially  ap- 
pointed by  the  Bishops  under  the  authority  of  the 
General  Conference.  It  shall  be  composed  of  persons 
actively  engaged  in  the  work  of  education,  one  from 
each  General  Conference  District  and  one  at  large. 
It  is  not  required  that  the  Conference  relation  of  a 
ministerial  member  be  held  in  the  General  Confer- 
ence District  which  he  represents,  provided  his  resi- 
dence and  educational  work  are  within  such  District. 
If,  in  consequence  of  the  retirement  of  a  member 
from  educational  work,  or  from  any  other  cause,  a 
vacancy  occur  in  the  body  during  the  quadrennium, 
it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Bishops  at  their  next  semi- 
annual meeting  to  fill  such  vacancy. 

§  2.  The  Senate  shall  determine  and  at  least  quad- 
rennially revise  the  minimum  equivalents  of  aca- 
demic work  to  be  required  for  promotion  to  the 
Baccalaureate  degrees  in  the  educational  institutions 
of  the  Church.  The  curricula  thus  determined  shall 
provide  for  the  historical  and  literary  study  of  the 
Bible  in  the  vernacular.  In  general,  the  Senate  shall 
have  authority  to  protect  the  educational  standards 
of  our  Church. 

§  3.  At  the  written  request  of  the  President  and 
Corresponding  Secretary  of  the  Board  of  Education, 
306 


Board  of  Education*     -      \  4")."). 

or  at  the  written  request  of  any  three  of  its  own 
members,  the  Senate  shall  investigate  the  scholastic 
requirements  and  methods  of  any  designated  insti- 
tution claiming  to  be  under  the%  patronage  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  and  shall  report  to  the 
Board  of  Education  its  decision  as  to  whether  the 
requirements  and  methods  of  said  institution  are 
such  as  to  justify  its  official  recognition  by  the  au- 
thorities of  the  Church.  Such  decision  shall  govern 
thereafter  the  action  of  the  Board  of  Education. 

§  4.  The  Senate  shall  report  at  least  quadrennially 
to  the  Board  of  Education  its  requirements  and  de- 
cisions, and  on  the  basis  of  these  the  Board  of  Edu- 
cation shall  in  its  official  lists  and  in  its  administra- 
tion classify  the  educational  institutions  of  the 
Church,  whatever  their  legal  or  self-chosen  names 
may  be. 


VI.  District  Superintendents 
r  455,  §  1.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  each  District 
Superintendent  to  bring  the  subject  of  education  be- 
fore the  fourth  Quarterly  Conference  of  each  Pastoral 
Charge  within  his  District,  and  the  Quarterly  Con- 
ference shall  appoint  a  Committee  on  Education,  con- 
sisting of  not  less  than  three  nor  more  than  seven 
persons,  of  which  Committee  the  Pastor  shall  be  chair- 
man. This  Committee  shall  aid  the  Pastor  in  can- 
vassing the  Charge  for  the  purpose  of  stimulating 
interest  in  the  higher  education  of  our  youth,  by  dis- 
tributing the  catalogues  and  circulars  of  the  secondary 
schools,  colleges,  universities,  and  theological  institu- 
tions of  the  Church,  and  by  seeking  to  secure  the  at- 
tendance of  our  young  people  upon  these  institutions. 
307 


11  456 


Board  of  Education 


§  2.  The  District  Superintendent  at  the  fourth 
Quarterly  Conference  of  each  Pastoral  Charge  shall 
inquire: 

1.  Has  the  Sermon  on  Education  been  preached 
during  the  year,  when,  and  by  whom? 

2.  Has  the  canvass  for  education  been  made,  and 
the  collection  for  Education  been  taken?'  Has  Chil- 
dren's Day  been  observed,  and  have  its  collections 
been  taken  as  required  by  the  Discipline?  How  much 
was  contributed  for  each  of  these  purposes? 

3.  What  students  within  the  Pastoral  Charge  are 
attending  any  of  the  secondary  schools,  colleges,  uni- 
versities, or  theological  schools  of  the  Church? 

4.  What  young  people  within  the  Pastoral  Charge 
should  attend  our  schools  and  colleges  in  the  near 
future?  Have  their  names  been  sent  to  the  educa- 
tional institutions  supported  by  the  Conference? 


VII.  Pastors 

11  456,  §  1.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  every  Pastor  to 
take  one  public  collection  annually  in  each  Society 
in  aid  of  the  general  work  of  education.  Of  the 
money  so  received,  eighty  per  cent  shall  be  paid  to 
such  institutions  or  to  such  auxiliaries  of  the  Board 
of  Education  as  the  Annual  Conference  may  direct, 
and  twenty  per  cent  shall  be  paid  to  the  Board  of 
Education.  The  moneys  received  by  the  Board  of 
Education  from  this  collection  shall  constitute  a  fund 
for  the  aid  of  institutions,  which  fund  shall  be  ad- 
ministered by  the  Board  of  Education  under  such 
rules  as  it  may  adopt;  provided,  however,  that  all 
Moneys  received  from  the  said  public  collections  shall 
308 


Board  of  Education 


If  4r>s 


oe  entered  in  a  separate  account  on  the  books  of  the 
Board  of  Education,  and  shall  be  used  only  for  educa- 
tional purposes  in  connection  with  our  schools  of 
learning  in  the  United  States. 

§  2.  In  the  distribution  of  this  fund  the  Board 
of  Education  shall  give  consideration  by  way  of 
special  appropriations  to  institutions  during  the 
period  of  endowment  or  building  campaigns,  and  shall 
be  authorized  to  pay  over  the  twenty  per  cent  re- 
ceived from  the  public  educational  collection,  or  so 
much  of  it  as  may  be  deemed  advisable,  to  institu- 
tions which  are  dependent  upon  exceptionally  large 
Conference  collections. 

%  457.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  every  Pastor  to  cause 
every  Sunday  School  under  his  charge  to  observe  the 
second  Sunday  in  June,  or  such  other  Sunday  as  may 
be  more  convenient,  as  Children's  Day,  and  upon  said 
day,  as  part  of  the  service,  he  shall  take  a  collection 
to  be  devoted  to  the  Sunday  School  Children's  Fund. 
The  Pastor  shall  forward  the  collection  aforesaid  di- 
rectly to  the  Secretary  of  the  Board  of  Education, 
and  report  the  same  to  his  Annual  Conference  un- 
der the  head  of  "Children's  Fund." 

<[  458.  The  Treasurer  of  each  Annual  Conference 
at  the  close  of  each  Conference  session  shall  report  to 
the  Board  of  Education  the  amount  of  all  moneys 
raised  for  educational  purposes  and  the  objects  to 
which  they  have  been  applied. 


369 


Board  or  Sunday  Schools 


CHAPTER  IX 
BOARD  OF  SUNDAY  SCHOOLS 

I.  Incorporation 


*I  459,  §  1.  For  the  moral  and  religious  instruc- 
tion of  our  children,  and  for  the  promotion  of  Bible 
knowledge  among  all  our  people,  there  shall  be  a 
Board  of  Sunday  Schools,  duly  incorporated  accord- 
ing to  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Illinois,  and  having 
its  headquarters  in  the  city  of  Chicago.  The  said 
Board  shall  have  general  oversight  of  all  the  Sunday 
School  interests  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church, 
and  shall  be  subject  to  such  rules  and  regulations  as 
the  General  Conference  from  time  to  time  may  pre- 
scribe. 

§  2.  The  Board  of  Sunday  Schools  shall  be  com- 
posed of  the  Corresponding  Secretary  of  said  Board 
and  the  Editor  of  Sunday  School  Publications,  who 
shall  be  ex  officio  members  thereof;  three  effective 
Bishops,  one  member  from  each  General  Conference 
District,  who  shall  reside  therein,  and  a  sufficient 
number  of  members  at  large  to  make  up  the  number 
of  twenty-nine  as  the  entire  membership  of  said 
Board.  There  shall  be  both  lay  and  clerical  members, 
such  as  are  expert  in  Sunday  School  work.  All  the 
members  of  said  Board  except  the  two  cx  officio 
members  shall  be  elected  by  the  General  Conference 
upon  nomination  of  the  Board  of  Bishops. 

§  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  said  Board  to  found 
Sunday  Schools  in  needy  neighborhoods;  to  contrib- 
310 


Board  of  Sunday  Schools       %  459 

ute  to  the  support  of  Sunday  Schools  requiring  assist- 
ance; to  educate  the  Church  in  all  phases  of  Sunday 
School  work,  constantly  endeavoring  to  raise  ideals 
and  improve  methods;  to  determine  the  Sunday 
School  curriculum,  including  the  courses  for  teacher 
training;  and,  in  general,  to  give  impulse  and  direc- 
tion to  the  study  of  the  Bible  in  the  Church.  It  shall 
also  be  the  duty  of  said  Board,  after  consultation 
with  the  Editor  of  Sunday  School  Publications,  to 
recommend  to  the  Book  Committee  the  kind  and 
character  of  literature,  requisites,  supplies,  etc., 
needed  for  use  in  our  Sunday  Schools;  and  the  Pub- 
lishing Agents  shall  provide  and  publish  such  litera- 
ture, requisites,  and  supplies  as,  in  the  judgment  of 
the  Book  Committee,  the  best  interests  of  the  Church 
may  demand.  The  Board  of  Sunday  Schools  each 
year  shall  make  an  estimate  of  the  amount  of  money 
needed  for  its  work  and  notify  the  Conferences,  the 
District  Superintendents,  and  the  Pastors  of  the 
amount  required  from  the  respective  charges. 

§  4.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Board  of  Sunday 
Schools  to  revise  annually  its  list  of  (members.  In 
case  any  member  representing  a  General  Conference 
District  remove  therefrom,  it  shall  declare  his  office 
vacant,  and  in  case  any  member  be  inattentive  to  the 
duties  of  his  office,  or  guilty  of  improper  conduct, 
it  may  remove  him  by  a  majority  vote  of  all  of  the 
members  of  said  Board.  All  vacancies  in  said  Board 
may  be  filled  by  a  majority  vote  of  the  remaining 
members  thereof. 

§  5.  The  executive  officers  of  the  Board  shall  be  the 
Corresponding  Secretary  and  the  Editor  of  Sunday- 
School  Publications,  whose  duties  shall  be  as  herein- 
after defined. 

311 


^  460       Board  of  Sunday  Schools 


§  6.  The  German  Editor  of  Sunday  School  Publi- 
cations in  Cincinnati  shall  be  the  German  Assistant 
Secretary  of  the  Board  of  Sunday  Schools,  without 
additional  salary.  He  shall  also  be  an  advisory 
member  of  the  Board. 


II.  Corresponding  Secretary 

«[  460,  §  1.  The  General  Conference  shall  elect 
quadrennially  a  Corresponding  Secretary  of  the 
Board  of  Sunday  Schools.  Under  the  provisions  of  the 
Discipline  and  the  authority,  direction,  and  control  of 
said  Board,  he  shall  conduct  its  correspondence  and 
business,  except  so  far  as  they  relate  to  the  duties  of 
the  Editor  of  Sunday  School  Publications.  It  shall 
be  his  duty  to  recommend  to  the  Book  Committee  the 
preparation  and  publication  of  such  Sunday  School 
requisites  and  supplies  as  in  his  judgment  may  be 
necessary.  His  salary  shall  be  fixed  by  the  Board  of 
Sunday  Schools  and  paid  out  of  the  funds  thereof. 
He  shall  be  ex  officio  a  member  of  the  Board. 

§  2.  The  Corresponding  Secretary  of  the  Board  of 
Sunday  Schools  may  be  suspended  by  said  Board  for 
any  cause  it  may  deem  sufficient.  In  case  of  such 
suspension  said  Board  shall  fix  a  time,  at  as  early  a 
date  as  practicable,  for  the  investigation  of  his  con- 
duct, and  shall  send  due  notice  thereof  to  the  Board 
of  Bishops,  who  shall  select  one  of  their  number 
to  be  present  and  preside  at  said  investigation.  Af- 
ter such  investigation,  said  Corresponding  Secretary 
may  be  removed  by  a  majority  vote  of  the  entire 
Board  of  Sunday  Schools. 

§  3.  Any  vacancy  in  this  office .  caused  by  death, 
312 


Board  of  Sunday  Schools       \  462 

resignation,  or  otherw  ise,  shall  be  filled  by  the  Board 
until  the  Bishops,  or  a  majority  of  them,  shall  fill 
the  vacancy. 


HI.  Editor  of  Sunday  School  Publications 

IT  461,  §  L  The  General  Conference  shall  elect 
quadrennially  an  Editor  of  Sunday  School  Publica- 
tions. 

§  2.  He  shall  prepare  and  edit  all  books  and  litera- 
ture included  in  the  Sunday  School  Curriculum,  and 
all  other  required  Sunday  School  publications. 

§  3.  He  shall  be  ex  officio  a  member  of  the  Board 
of  Sunday  Schools,  but  his  salary  shall  be  fixed  by 
the  Book  Committee  and  paid  by  the  Publishing 
Agents.  He  shall  be  amenable  to  the  Book  Committee 
as  provided  in  the  Discipline. 


IV.  Other  Officers 
IT  462,  §  1.  The  Board  shall  elect  from  among  Its 
members  a  President,  two  Vice-Presidents,  a  Record- 
ing Secretary,  and  a  Treasurer.  It  may,  at  its  dis- 
cretion, elect  an  Assistant  Corresponding  Secretary 
and  such  other  Assistants  as  it  may  deem  necessary 
for  the  proper  and  efficient  conduct  of  the  work  of  the 
Board. 

§  2.  All  these  officers  shall  be  amenable  to  the 
Board  for  the  faithful  performance  of  their  duties 
and  may  be  discontinued  or  removed  by  a  majority 
vote  of  the  Board.  Their  compensation  shall  be  fixed 
by  the  Board  and  paid  out  of  its  funds. 

313 


f  463       Board  of  Sunday  Schools 


V.  Conference  Board  of  Sunday  Schools 

H  463,  §  1.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  each  Annual 
Conference  to  organize  a  Conference  Board  of  Sunday 
Schools.  Said  Board^  shall  consist  of  the  Superin- 
tendent of  each  District  ex  officio  and  an  equal  num- 
ber of  Laymen  and  Ministers  from  each  District. 
This  Conference  Board  shall  be  auxiliary  to  the 
General  Board  of  Sunday  Schools  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church.  The  said  Conference  Board  shall 
have  general  oversight  of  the  Sunday  School  interests 
of  the  Conference.  The  officers  of  said  Board  shall  be 
a  President,  Vice-President,  and  Secretary.  In  ad- 
dition to  his  ordinary  duties  the  Secretary  shall 
keep  the  statistics  of  the  Sunday  Schools  within  the 
Annual  Conference,  including  the  record  of  new- 
schools  established  and  of  those  disbanded. 

§  2.  Among  the  duties  of  the  Board  will  be  the 
holding  of  a  Sunday  School  Institute  during  the 
progress  of  the  Annual  Conference,  whenever  pos- 
sible; also  the  maintenance  of  a  Pastors'  Institute 
annually  in  each  Superintendent's  District,  to  con- 
sider the  work  of  ingathering  and  upbuilding,  the 
relation  of  the  District  Superintendent  and  the  Pas- 
tor to  the  Sunday  School,  and  other  topics  of  vital 
interest.  Such  meetings  shall  be  held  whenever  prac- 
ticable in  connection  with  the  meeting  of  the  District 
Conference  or  Ministers'  Association.  To  this  meet- 
ing Sunday  School  workers  in  general  may  be  invited. 

§  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Conference  Board 
to  present  the  following  Standard  Requirements  for 
Sunday  Schools: 

(a)  A  Cradle  Roll. 

(b)  A  Home  Department. 

314 


Board  of  Sunday  Schools       r  $63 

(c)  Departments  or  Class  groups  for  the  follow- 
ing approximate  ages:  Beginners.  3  to  6  years;  Pri-» 
mary,  6  to  9  years;  Junior,  9  to  13  years;  Intermedi- 
ate, 13  to  17  years;  Senior,  17  to  20  years;  Adult, 
over  20  years. 

(d)  The  use  of  lesson  helps  authorized  by  the 
General  Conference  and  published  for  these  depart- 
ments, either  in  the  Uniform  or  the  Graded  Course. 

(e)  Supplemental  lessons  taught  in  the  first  four 
departments  or  groups  of  classes,  whenever  these  de- 
partments or  groups  use  the  Uniform  Lesson  Series. 

(f)  A  teacher-training  class,  or  students  using 
one  of  the  Courses  approved  by  the  Board  of  Sunday 
Schools. 

(g)  One  or  more  organized  adult  Bible  classes. 

(h)  A  Sunday  School  Missionary  organization. 

(i)  A  Sunday  School  Temperance  organization, 
(j)     A  Committee  on  Sunday  School  Evangelism 

with  the  observance  of  Decision  Day  or  Its  equivalent. 

(k)  The  observance  of  Sunday  School  Rally  Day, 
with  an  offering  for  the  Board  of  Sunday  Schools, 
as  authorized  by  the  General  Conference. 

§  4.  It  shall  be  also  the  duty  of  this  Board  to  dis- 
tribute at  the  Annual  Conference  and  elsewhere  litera- 
ture issued  by  the  Board  of  Sunday  Schools,  to  stimu- 
late better  organization,  instruction,  and  equipment 
in  the  Sunday  Schools,  to  promote  Sunday  School 
growth  and  extension,  and  to  devise  wise  plans  for 
evangelistic  efforts  in  the  Sunday  Schools.  Said 
Board  shall  take  the  place  of  the  usual  Annual  Con- 
ference Committee  on  Sunday  Schools,  and  shall 
make  an  annual  report  on  Sunday  School  conditions 
and  progress  to  the  Conference  and  to  the  Corre- 
sponding Secretary  of  the  Board  of  Sunday  Schools. 
315 


If  464       Board  of  Sunday  Schools 


VI.  Local  Sunday  School  Board 

1  464,  §  1.  Every  Sunday  School  of  the  Method- 
ist Episcopal  Church  shall  he  under  the  supervision 
of  a  Local  Sunday  School  Board,  and  shall  be  auxil- 
iary to  the  Board  of  Sunday  Schools  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church. 

§  2.  The  Local  Sunday  School  Board  shall  consist 
of  the  Pastor,  who  shall  foe  ex  officio  Chairman,  the 
Sunday  School  Committee  appointed  by  the  Quarterly 
Conference,  the  Superintendent,  who  shall  be  ex 
officio  Vice-Chairman,  the  Assistant  Superintendents, 
the  heads  of  departments,  the  duly  elected  Secretaries, 
Treasurer,  and  Librarians,  the  Teachers  of  the  Schools, 
the  Assistant  Teachers,  who  are  nominated  and 
elected  in  the  same  way  as  the  Teachers,  and  the 
Presidents  of  the  Sunday  School  Missionary  and 
Temperance  Societies.  Home  Department  visitors 
shall  be  elected  in  the  same  manner  as  the  Teachers, 
and  shall  be  members  of  the  Local  Sunday  School 
Board.  In  case  of  the  withdrawal  of  Officers  or  Teach- 
ers from  the  school,  they  shall  cease  to  be  members 
of  the  Board. 

§  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Local  Sunday  School 
Board,  wherever  practicable,  to  organize  the  Sunday 
Schools  into  Temperance  Societies,  under  such  rules 
and  regulations  as  the  Local  Board  may  prescribe. 
The  duty  of  such  Societies  shall  be  to  see  that  tem- 
perance instruction  is  imparted  in  the  Sunday  School, 
and  to  secure,  so  far  as  possible,  the  pledging  of  its 
members  to  total  abstinence. 

§  4.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Superintendent, 
together  with  the  Local  Sunday  School  Board,  to 
observe  Sunday  School  Rally  Day  in  each  School 
316 


Board  of  Sunday  Schools      f  465 

under  his  charge  as  provided  in  1f  467,  §  1,  and  to 
take  a  collection  in  said  School  at  least  once  a  year 
for  the  Board  of  Sunday  Schools. 


VII.  Sunday  School  Officers  and  Teachers 

If  465,  §  1.  The  Superintendent  shall  he  elected 
annually  by  ballot  by  the  Local  Sunday  School  Board, 
subject  to  confirmation  by  the  Quarterly  Conference 
at  its  first  session  after  such  election,  and  in  case  of 
a  vacancy  the  Pastor  shall  superintend  or  secure  the 
superintending  of  the  School  until  such  time  as  a 
Superintendent  elected  by  the  Local  Sunday  School 
Board  shall  be  confirmed  by  the  Quarterly  Confer- 
ence. 

§  2.  The  other  Officers  of  the  School  shall  be  elected 
annually  by  ballot  by  the  Local  Sunday  School  Board. 

§  3.  The  Teachers  of  the  School  shall  be  nomi- 
nated by  the  Superintendent,  with  the  concurrence  of 
the  Pastor,  and  shall  be  elected  annually  by  the  Local 
Sunday  School  Board. 

§  4.  The  place  of  any  Officer  or  Teacher  habitually 
neglectful,  inefficient,  or  guilty  of  improper  conduct, 
or  of  teaching  contrary  to  the  accepted  doctrines  of 
our  Church,  may  be  declared  vacant  by  a  vote  of  two 
thirds  of  the  Local  Sunday  School  Board  present 
at  any  regular  or  special  meeting.  When  a  Teacher 
ceases  to  teach,  without  the  consent  of  the  Superin- 
tendent, his  membership  in  the  Local  Sunday  School 
Board  shall  thereby  be  discontinued. 

§  5.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Superintendent  to 
report  to  each  Quarterly  Conference: 

1.  Name  of  Sunday  School. 

2.  Number  of  Officers  and  Teachers. 

317 


I  466       Board  of  Sunday  Schools 

?.  Number  of  Scholars  in  all  grades. 

4.  Average  Attendance. 

5.  Number  of  Scholars  in  Home  Department. 
G.  Number  of  Members  on  the  Cradle  Roll. 

7.  Number  of  Officers  and  Teachers  members  of  the 
Church  or  Probationers. 

8.  Number  of  Scholars  (whether  attendants  or 
members  of  Home  Department)  members  of  the 
Church  or  Probationers. 

9.  Number  of  Sunday  School  Scholars  converted 
and  uniting  with  the  Church  during  the  quarter. 

10.  Current  expenses  for  the  quarter. 

11.  Amount  raised  for  Missions  during  the  quarter. 

12.  Amount  raised  for  the  Board  of  Sunday  Schools 
during  the  quarter. 


VIII.  District  Superintendents 
1  466,  §  1.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  District 
Superintendent  to  apportion  to  the  Charges  on  his 
District  such  part  of  the  total  amount  assumed  by  the 
Annual  Conference  for  the  Board  of  Sunday  Schools 
as  properly  belongs  to  his  District. 

§  2.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  District  Superin- 
tendent to  bring  the  subject  of  Sunday  Schools  before 
the  fourth  Quarterly  Conference;  and  said  Quarterly 
Conference  shall  appoint  a  Committee  of  members 
of  our  Church  of  not  less  than  three  nor  more  than 
nine  for  each  Sunday  School  in  the  Charge,  to  be 
called  the  Committee  on  Sunday  Schools,  whose 
duty  shall  be  as  hereinafter  described. 

§  3.  It  shall  he  the  duty  of  the  District  Superin- 
318 


Board  of  Sunday  Schools       ^  46? 


tendent  to  aid  in  all  possible  ways  in  developing  the 
efficiency  of  existing  Sunday  Schools  and  especially 
in  establishing  and  fostering  new  schools. 


IX.  Pastors 

1  467,  §  1.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Pastor, 
aided  >by  the  Superintendent  and  the  Committee  on 
Sunday  Schools,  to  decide  as  to  what  books  and  other 
publications  shall  be  used  in  the  Sunday  Schools. 

§  2.  It  shall  be  the  special  duty  of  the  Pastor,  with 
the  aid  of  the  other  Preachers  and  the  Committee  on 
Sunday  Schools,  to  form  Sunday  Schools  in  all  our 
Congregations  where  ten  persons  can  be  collected  for 
that  purpose,  which  Schools  shall  be  auxiliary  to  the 
Board  of  Sunday  Schools  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church;  to  engage  the  cooperation  of  as  many  of  our 
members  as  he  can;  to  visit  the  Schools  as  often  as 
practicable;  to  preach  on  the  subject  of  Sunday 
Schools  and  the  religious  instruction  of  children  in 
each  Congregation  at  least  once  in  six  months;  to 
form  classes,  wherever  practicable,  for  the  instruc- 
tion of  the  larger  children,  youth,  and  adults  in  the 
Word  of  God;  and  where  he  cannot  superintend  them 
personally,  to  see  that  suitable  Teachers  are  provided 
for  that  purpose. 

§  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Pastor  faithfully 
to  enforce  upon  parents  and  Sunday  School  Teacher* 
the  great  importance  of  instructing  children  in  the 
doctrines  and  duties  of  our  holy  religion;  to  see  that 
our  Catechisms  be  used  as  extensively  as  possible  in 
our  Sunday  Schools  and  families;  and  to  preach  to 
the  children  and  catechize  them  publicly  in  the  Sun- 
319 


1  467 


Board  of  Sunday  Schools 


day  Schools  and  at  public  meetings  appointed  for 
that  purpose. 

§  4.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Pastor  in  his  pas- 
toral visits  to  pay  special  attention  to  the  children; 
to  speak  to  them  personally  and  kindly  according 
to  their  capacity  on  the  subject  of  experimental  and 
practical  godliness;  to  pray  earnestly  for  them;  and 
diligently  to  instruct  and  exhort  all  parents  to  dedi- 
cate their  children  to  the  Lord  in  Baptism  as  early  as 
convenient. 

§  5.  Each  Pastor  shall  lay  before  the  Quarterly 
Conference,  to  be  entered  on  its  Journal,  the  number 
and  state  of  the  Sunday  Schools  in  his  Pastoral 
Charge,  and  the  extent  to  which  he  has  preached  to 
the  children  and  catechized  them,  and  shall  make  the 
required  report  on  Sunday  Schools  to  his  Annual 
Conference. 

§  6.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  every  Pastor  to  cause 
each  Church  under  his  Charge  to  observe  the  last 
Sunday  in  October,  or  such  other  Sunday  as  may  be 
more  convenient,  as  Sunday  School  Day,  and  upon 
said  day  as  part  of  the  service  he  shall  take  a  collec- 
tion to  be  devoted  to  the  maintenance  and  advance- 
ment of  Sunday  School  work  throughout  the  bounds 
of  the  Church.  The  Pastor  shall  forward  the  said 
collection  directly  to  the  Corresponding  Secretary  of 
the  Board  of  Sunday  Schools. 

§  7.  The  monthly  Missionary  offering  taken  in  the 
Sunday  School,  as  provided  in  IHf  415,  §  1,  and  435, 
§  3,  shall  be  divided  as  follows:  to  the  Board  of 
Foreign  Missions,  forty-five  per  cent;  to  the  Board 
of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension,  forty-five 
per  cent;  and  to  the  Board  of  Sunday  Schools,  ten 
per  cent. 

320 


Board  of  Conference  Claimants  469 


X.  Quarterly  Conference  Sunday  School  Committee 
H  468.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Sunday  School 
Committee  appointed  by  the  Quarterly  Conference  to 
be  in  regular  attendance  at  the  Sunday  School  ses- 
sion, and  to  assist  the  Pastor  and  the  local  Sunday 
School  Board  by  suggesting  to  the  Superintendent  the 
names  of  suitable  teachers;  to  see  that  the  School 
reaches  and  maintains  the  "standard  points  of  excel- 
lence" established  by  the  Board  of  Sunday  Schools;  to 
secure  needed  supplies  and  requisites  for  the  Sunday 
School;  and  to  cooperate  in  providing  facilities  for 
the  week-day  recreational  life  of  the  young  people. 

It  shall  further  secure  adequate  time  for  the  Sun- 
day School  session;  provide  for  a  Sunday  School  anni- 
versary in  the  Church  service  every  year;  promote 
an  annual  house-to-house  visitation  to  increase  Sun- 
day School  membership,  Bible  study  and  family 
worship  in  the  home,  and  also  aim  to  secure  every 
member  of  the  Church  as  a  member  of  some  depart- 
ment of  the  Sunday  School. 


CHAPTER  X 
BOARD  OF  CONFERENCE  CLAIMANTS 

I*  Authorization  and  Officers 

IT  469,  §  1.  There  shall  be  a  Board  of  Conference 
Claimants,  nominated  by  the  Bishops  and  elected  by 
the  General  Conference,  consisting  of  one  effective 
Bishop,  seven  Ministers,  and  seven  Laymen.    No  An- 
321 


f  470    Board  or  Conference  Claimants 


nual  Conference  shall  have  more  than  one  repre- 
sentative on  the  Board. 

§  2.  The  Board  of  Conference  Claimants  shall  be 
duly  and  legally  incorporated,  according  to  the  laws 
of  the  State  of  Illinois,  with  such  powers  and  pre- 
rogatives as  shall  be  needful  for  the  accomplishing  of 
the  objects  of  the  Board  as  herein  stated.  This  Board 
is  authorized  to  adopt  such  measures  as  in  its  judg- 
ment are  necessary  to  build  up  and  administer  a 
Connectional  Permanent  Fund  which  is  hereby  estab- 
lished, and  to  increase  the  revenues  for  the  benefit 
of  Conference  Claimants;  provided,  however,  that  it 
shall  not  have  authority  to  make  any  apportionment 
whatever  either  to  the  Annual  Conferences  or  to  the 
Pastoral  Charges.  Seven  members  shall  constitute 
a  quorum.  The  office  of  the  Board  shall  be  in  Chi- 
cago, Illinois. 

§  3.  The  expenses  of  administration  shall  be  taken 
from  the  two  per  cent  of  collections  from  Pastoral 
Charges,  and  any  other  funds  in  the  hands  of  the 
Board  not  otherwise  designated. 

§  4.  The  term  of  service  of  the  members  of  this 
Board  shall  be  four  years,  or  until  their  successors 
are  duly  elected  and  qualified.  Vacancies  occurring 
during  the  interval  of  the  General  Conference  shall 
be  filled  by  the  Board  upon  nomination  by  the  Bishops. 


II.  Corresponding  Secretary 
11  470.  There  shall  be  a  Corresponding  Secretary 
who  shall  be  elected  by  the  General  Conference,  and 
shall  be  the  chief  executive  officer  of  the  Board. 
Under  the  provisions  of  the  Discipline  and  the  au- 
322 


Board  of  Conference  Claimants   f  472 


thority,  direction,  and  control  of  the  Board,  of  which 
he  shall  be  an  advisory  member,  he  shall  conduct  the 
correspondence  and  business.  His  time  shall  be 
employed  in  conducting  the  affairs  and  promoting 
the  general  interests  for  which  the  Board  was  created. 


III.  Connectional  Relief 

f  471,  §  1.  Connectional  Relief  for  Conference 
Claimants  is  established  that  the  Preachers  and 
people  of  the  stronger  Annual  Conferences  may  be 
united  with  those  of  the  weaker  Conferences  in  one 
connectional  or  general  plan  in  order  that,  by  such 
cooperation,  a  more  equitable  and  general  support 
may  be  secured  for  Retired  Ministers  and  other  Con- 
ference Claimants,  especially  for  those  in  the  more 
needy  Conferences. 

§  2.  Such  Connectional  Relief  shall  consist  of: 

1.  The  three  per  cent  of  the  annual  collections  for 
Conference  Claimants  forwarded  from  the  Annual 
Conferences  *"  326. 

2.  The  income  from  all  other  sources  the  use  of 
which  is  not  otherwise  designated  and  which  is  not 
required  for  the  maintenance  of  the  Board. 


IV.  Administration  of  Connectional  Relief 

If  472,  §  1.  Moneys  for  Connectional  Relief  shall 
be  distributed  by  the  Board  of  Conference  Claimants 
at  its  Annual  Meeting. 

§  2.  The  distribution  of  Connectional  Relief  shall 
be  made  to  the  Annual  Conferences  severally  and  not 
to  the  individual  claimant. 

323 


f  473   Board  of  Conference  Claimants 

§  3.  The  Board  of  Conference  Claimants,  In  de- 
termining the  Dividend  for  Connectional  Relief,  shall 
ascertain  from  the  authorized  reports  of  the  Confer- 
ence Stewards  of  the  several  Annual  Conferences 
what  Conferences  are  in  need  of  Connectional  Relief, 
and  shall  make  the  distribution  to  such  Conferences 
according  to  their  need  as  this  shall  appear  from 
such  reports. 

§  4.  The  Remainder  of  the  available  funds  shall 
be  distributed  among  the  other  Conferences  as  the 
Board  of  Conference  Claimants  may  determine  to  be 
wise  and  equitable  in  view  of  all  the  data  in  its 
possession. 

§  5.  No  Conference  shall  receive  Connectional  Re- 
lief unless  its  share  of  the  annual  collections  shall 
have  been  paid  to  the  Board  of  Conference  Claimants. 


V.  Reports 

H  473,  §  1.  The  Treasurer  of  the  Board  of  Confer- 
ence Claimants  shall  send  to  the  Treasurer  of  the 
Annual  Conference  a  draft  for  the  Dividend  for  Con- 
nectional Relief,  together  with  the  last  Annual  Re- 
port of  the  Board;  in  which  shall  be  shown  the  re- 
sources of  the  Board,  the  amount  and  distribution 
of  its  income,  and  such  other  information  concerning 
the  work  of  the  Church  in  behalf  of  Conference  Claim- 
ants as  the  Board  may  obtain. 

§  2.  The  Conference  Stewards  shall  forward  to- the 
Board  of  Conference  Claimants  a  certified  copy  of 
their  Report,  made  on  blanks  furnished  by  the  Board 
of  Conference  Claimants,  in  which  shall  be  shown 
the  annuities  and  allowances  made  to  each  Confer- 
324 


Epworth  League 


If  474 


ence  Claimant,  together  with  additional  data  for  the 
guidance  of  the  Board  of  Conference  Claimants  in 
making  its  Dividend  for  Connectional  Relief  and  in. 
preparing  its  Annual  Report. 


CHAPTER  XI 
EPWORTH  LEAGUE 

I.  Constitution 


H  474,  §  1.  For  the  purpose  of  promoting  intelli- 
gence and  vital  piety  among  the  young  people  of  our 
Churches  and  Congregations,  and  of  training  them  in 
works  of  mercy  and  help,  there  shall  be  an  organiza- 
tion under  the  authority  of  the  General  Conference 
of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  and  governed  by 
the  following  Constitution: 

Constitution 

Article  I.  Name.  The  title  of  this  organization 
shall  be  "The  Epworth  League  of  the  Methodist  Epis- 
copal Church." 

§  2.  Article  II.  Object.  The  object  of  the  League 
shall  be  to  promote  intelligence  and  vital  piety  in 
the  young  members  and  friends  of  the  Church,  to  aid 
them  in  the  attainment  of  purity  of  heart  and 
constant  growth  ia  grace,  and  to  train  them  in 
works  of  mercy  and  help. 

§  3.  Article  III.  Organization.  With  a  view  of 
carrying  out  the  objects  of  the  League,  the  Chapters 
and  such  other  Young  People's  Societies  as  may 
325 


474  Epworth  League 

be  approved  by  the  Quarterly  Conferences  shall 
be  organized  into  District  Superintendents'  District 
Leagues,  and  may  also  be  formed  into  General  Con- 
ference District  Leagues.  Other  groupings  may  be 
arranged  for  the  advantage  of  the  work,  such  as  An- 
nual Conference  Leagues,  State  Leagues,  and  City 
Leagues.  The  Chapter  shall  be  under  the  control  of 
the  Quarterly  Conference  and  Pastor.  Any  Young 
People's  Society  may  become  an  affiliated  Chapter  of 
the  Epworth  League,  provided  that  it  adopt  the  aims 
of  the  League,  that  its  President  and  other  Officers 
and  its  general  plans  of  work  are  approved  by  the 
Pastor  and  Official  Board  or  Quarterly  Conference, 
and  that  it  is  enrolled  at  the  Central  Office. 

§  4.  Article  IV.  Government.  The  management 
of  the  Epworth  League  shall  be  vested  in  a  Board 
of  Control,  which  shall  consist  of  a  Bishop  and 
one  member  from  each  General  Conference  District, 
nominated  by  the  delegates  of  the  respective  General 
Conference  Districts,  and  elected  by  the  Gen- 
eral Conference,  the  odd  Districts  to  be  represented 
by  Ministers,  the  even  Districts  by  Laymen.  There 
shall  also  be  three  members  at  large,  consisting  of 
two  Laymen  and  one  Minister,  appointed  by  the 
Board  of  Bishops.  The  Bishop  shall  be  President  of 
the  Epworth  League  and  of  the  Board  of  Control. 
The  Editor  of  the  Epworth  Herald,  the  General  Sec- 
retary, the  German  Assistant  Secretary,  and  the  As- 
sistant Secretary  for  Colored  Conferences  shall  be 
advisory  members  of  the  Board  of  Control.  In  case 
of  a  vacancy  in  the  office  of  General  Secretary  dur- 
ing the  quadrennium,  the  same  shall  be  filled  by  the 
Board  of  Control.  The  Board  of  Control  shall  meet 
at  least  four  times  during  each  quadrennium. 
326 


Epworth  League 


If  474 


§  5.  Article  V.  Officers.  The  Officers  of  the  League 
shall  be  a  President,  a  Vice-President,  a  General  Sec- 
retary, and  a  Treasurer.  The  President  shall  be 
chosen  as  hereinbefore  provided.  The  Vice-President 
shall  be  chosen  by  the  Board  of  Control  from  its  own 
body.  The  General  Secretary  shall  be  elected  by  the 
General  Conference,  and  shall  be  the  executive  officer 
of  the  League.  He  shall  have  charge  of  the  corre- 
spondence, shall  keep  the  records  of  the  League, 
and  perform  such  other  duties  as  the  Board  of  Con- 
trol may  direct.  The  Editor  of  the  Epworth  Herald 
shall  be  elected  by  the  General  Conference,  and  shall 
perform  such  duties  as  relate  to  the  editorial  depart- 
ments of  Epworth  League  publications.  The  Treas- 
urer shall  be  elected  by  the  Board  of  Control. 

These  Officers  shall  be  elected  quadrennially,  and 
shall  hold  office  until  their  successors  are  chosen. 

Vacancies  in  any  of  the  above-mentioned  posi- 
tions, except  the  Presidency  and  the  Editorship  of 
the  Epworth  Herald,  shall  be  filled  by  the  Board  of 
Control. 

§  6.  Article  VI.  German  Assistant  Secretary. 
The  Editor  of  Haus  und  Herd  is  constituted  the  Ger- 
man Assistant  Secretary  of  the  Epworth  League. 

§  7.  Article  VII.  Assistant  Secretary  for  Colored 
Conferences.  There  shall  be  an  Assistant  Secretary 
of  the  Epworth  League  for  work  within  colored  Con- 
ferences, to  be  elected  quadrennially  by  the  Board  of 
Control,  who  shall  perform  such  duties  as  the  Board 
of  Control  may  direct. 

§  8.  Article  VIII.  Finances.  The  salary  of  the 
Editor  of  the  Epworth  Herald  shall  be  fixed  by  the 
Book  Committee  and  paid  by  the  Book  Concern. 
The  salaries  of  the  General  Secretary  and  Assistant 
327 


474  Epworth  League 

be  approved  by  the  Quarterly  Conferences  shall 
be  organized  into  District  Superintendents'  District 
Leagues,  and  may  also  be  formed  into  General  Con- 
ference District  Leagues.  Other  groupings  may  be 
arranged  for  the  advantage  of  the  work,  such  as  An- 
nual Conference  Leagues,  State  Leagues,  and  City 
Leagues.  The  Chapter  shall  be  under  the  control  of 
the  Quarterly  Conference  and  Pastor.  Any  Young 
People's  Society  may  become  an  affiliated  Chapter  of 
the  Epworth  League,  provided  that  it  adopt  the  aims 
of  the  League,  that  its  President  and  other  Officers 
and  its  general  plans  of  work  are  approved  by  the 
Pastor  and  Official  Board  or  Quarterly  Conference, 
and  that  it  is  enrolled  at  the  Central  Office. 

§  4.  Article  IV.  Government.  The  management 
of  the  Epworth  League  shall  be  vested  in  a  Board 
of  Control,  which  shall  consist  of  a  Bishop  and 
one  member  from  each  General  Conference  District, 
nominated  by  the  delegates  of  the  respective  General 
Conference  Districts,  and  elected  by  the  Gen- 
eral Conference,  the  odd  Districts  to  be  represented 
by  Ministers,  the  even  Districts  by  Laymen.  There 
shall  also  be  three  members  at  large,  consisting  of 
two  Laymen  and  one  Minister,  appointed  by  the 
Board  of  Bishops.  The  Bishop  shall  be  President  of 
the  Epworth  League  and  of  the  Board  of  Control. 
The  Editor  of  the  Epworth  Herald,  the  General  Sec- 
retary, the  German  Assistant  Secretary,  and  the  As- 
sistant Secretary  for  Colored  Conferences  shall  be 
advisory  members  of  the  Board  of  Control.  In  case 
of  a  vacancy  in  the  office  of  General  Secretary  dur- 
ing the  quadrennium,  the  same  shall  be  filled  by  the 
Board  of  Control.  The  Board  of  Control  shall  meet 
at  least  four  times  during  each  quadrennium. 
326 


Epworth  League 


f  474 


§  5.  Article  V.  Officers.  The  Officers  of  the  League 
shall  be  a  President,  a  Vice-President,  a  General  Sec- 
retary, and  a  Treasurer.  The  President  shall  be 
chosen  as  hereinbefore  provided.  The  Vice-President 
shall  be  chosen  by  the  Board  of  Control  from  its  own 
body.  The  General  Secretary  shall  be  elected  by  the 
General  Conference,  and  shall  be  the  executive  officer 
of  the  League.  He  shall  have  charge  of  the  corre- 
spondence, shall  keep  the  records  of  the  League, 
and  perform  such  other  duties  as  the  Board  of  Con- 
trol may  direct.  The  Editor  of  the  Epworth  Herald 
shall  be  elected  by  the  General  Conference,  and  shall 
perform  such  duties  as  relate  to  the  editorial  depart- 
ments of  Epworth  League  publications.  The  Treas- 
urer shall  be  elected  by  the  Board  of  Control. 

These  Officers  shall  be  elected  quadrennially,  and 
shall  hold  office  until  their  successors  are  chosen. 

Vacancies  in  any  of  the  above-mentioned  posi- 
tions, except  the  Presidency  and  the  Editorship  of 
the  Epworth  Herald,  shall  be  filled  by  the  Board  of 
Control. 

§  6.  Article  VI.  German  Assistant  Secretary. 
The  Editor  of  Haus  und  Herd  is  constituted  the  Ger- 
man Assistant  Secretary  of  the  Epworth  League. 

§  7.  Article  VII.  Assistant  Secretary  for  Colored 
Conferences.  There  shall  be  an  Assistant  Secretary 
of  the  Epworth  League  for  work  within  colored  Con- 
ferences, to  be  elected  quadrennially  by  the  Board  of 
Control,  who  shall  perform  such  duties  as  the  Board 
of  Control  may  direct. 

§  8.  Article  VIII.  Finances.  The  salary  of  the 
Editor  of  the  Epworth  Herald  shall  be  fixed  by  the 
Book  Committee  and  paid  by  the  Book  Concern. 
The  salaries  of  the  General  Secretary  and  Assistant 
327 


1  475 


Epworth  League 


Secretary  for  work  within  colored  Conferences  shall 
be  fixed  by  the  Board  of  Control,  and  shall  be  paid, 
together  with  such  administrative  expenses  as  may 
be  authorized  by  the  Board  of  Control,  and  in  such 
amount  as  the  Board  of  Control  may  designate,  from 
contributions  by  the  Local  Chapters,  and  the  profits 
on  Epworth  League  publications  and  supplies. 

§  9.  Aeticle  IX.  Central  Office.  The  Central 
Office  of  the  Epworth  League  shall  be  in  Chicago, 
Illinois. 

§  10.  Article  X.  Local  Constitution.  The  Consti- 
tution for  Local  Chapters  shall  be  determined  by  the 
Board  of  Control;  provided,  however,  that  no  enact- 
ment shall  be  made  which  shall  in  any  manner  con- 
flict with  this  General  Constitution. 

§  11.  Article  XI.  By-Laws.  The  Board  of  Con- 
trol shall  have  power  to  enact  such  By-Laws  for  its 
own  government  as  will  not  conflict  with  this  Con- 
stitution. 

§  12.  Article  XII.  Amendments.  This  Constitu- 
tion shall  he  altered  or  amended  only  by  the  General 
Conference. 


II.  The  President 
T  475.  The  President  of  an  Epworth  League  Chap- 
ter must  be  a  member  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church,  and  shall  be  elected  by  the  Chapter  and  con- 
firmed by  the  Quarterly  Conference,  of  which  body 
he  shall  then  become  a  member  if  approved  by  it  for 
membership  therein.  It  shall  be  his  duty  to  present 
to  the  Quarterly  Conference  a  report  of  his  Chapter, 
together  with  such  other  information  as  the  Confer- 
ence may  require  and  he  may  be  able  to  give. 
328 


Methodist  Brotherhood  478 


III.  District  Superintendents  and  Pastors 
«[  476.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  District  Superin- 
tendents when  holding  District  or  Quarterly  Confer- 
ences to  inquire  into  the  condition  of  Epworth 
League  Chapters  and  such  other  Young  People's  So- 
cieties as  may  be  under  the  control  of  the  Quarterly 
and  District  Conferences,  and  to  ascertain  whether 
they  are  conducting  their  affairs  in  harmony  with  the 
purpose  and  Discipline  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church. 

r  477.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  Pastors  to  organize 
and  maintain,  if  practicable,  Chapters  of  the  Epworth 
League. 


CHAPTER  XII 
METHODIST  BROTHERHOOD 

Constitution 

r  478,  §  L  Abticle  I.  Name.  This  organization 
shall  be  called  the  Methodist  Brotherhood. 

§  2.  Article  II.  Purpose.  The  aim  of  this  organi- 
zation is  to  effect  the  mutual  improvement  of  its  mem- 
bers by  religious,  social,  literary,  and  physical  cul- 
ture; to  promote  the  spirit  and  practice  of  Chris- 
tian brotherhood;  to  increase  fraternal  interest 
among  men;  to  develop  their  activity  and  stimulate 
their  efficiency  in  all  that  relates  to  religious,  social, 
civic,  and  industrial  betterment;  to  build  up  the 
Church  by  leading  men  into  its  communion  and  fel- 
lowship; and,  in  general,  to  extend  the  kingdom  of 
the  Lord  Jesus  Christ 

§  3.  Article  III.  Membership.  All  men's  organl- 
329 


'If  475 


Epworth  League 


Secretary  for  work  within  colored  Conferences  shall 
be  fixed  by  the  Board  of  Control,  and  shall  be  paid, 
together  with  such  administrative  expenses  as  may 
be  authorized  by  the  Board  of  Control,  and  in  such 
amount  as  the  Board  of  Control  may  designate,  from 
contributions  by  the  Local  Chapters,  and  the  profits 
on  Epworth  League  publications  and  supplies. 

§  9.  Article  IX.  Central  Office.  The  Central 
Office  of  the  Epworth  League  shall  be  in  Chicago, 
Illinois. 

§  10.  Article  X.  LocaZ  Constitution.  The  Consti- 
tution for  Local  Chapters  shall  be  determined  by  the 
Board  of  Control;  provided,  however,  that  no  enact- 
ment shall  be  made  which  shall  in  any  manner  con- 
flict with  this  General  Constitution. 

§  11.  Article  XI.  By-Laws.  The  Board  of  Con- 
trol shall  have  power  to  enact  such  By-Laws  for  its 
own  government  as  will  not  conflict  with  this  Con- 
stitution. 

§  12.  Article  XII.  Amendments.  This  Constitu- 
tion shall  he  altered  or  amended  only  by  the  General 
Conference. 


II.  The  President 
f  475.  The  President  of  an  Epworth  League  Chap- 
ter must  be  a  member  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church,  and  shall  be  elected  by  the  Chapter  and  con- 
firmed by  the  Quarterly  Conference,  of  which  body 
he  shall  then  become  a  member  if  approved  by  it  for 
membership  therein.  It  shall  be  his  duty  to  present 
to  the  Quarterly  Conference  a  report  of  his  Chapter, 
together  with  such  other  information  as  the  Confer- 
ence may  require  and  he  may  be  able  to  give. 
328 


Methodist  Brotherhood        ^  478 


III.  District  Superintendents  and  Pastors 

If  476.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  District  Superin- 
tendents when  holding  District  or  Quarterly  Confer- 
ences to  inquire  into  the  condition  of  Epworth 
League  Chapters  and  such  other  Young  People's  So- 
cieties as  may  be  under  the  control  of  the  Quarterly 
and  District  Conferences,  and  to  ascertain  whether 
they  are  conducting  their  affairs  in  harmony  with  the 
purpose  and  Discipline  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church. 

r>  477.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  Pastors  to  organize 
and  maintain,  if  practicable,  Chapters  of  the  Epworth 
League. 


CHAPTER  XII 
METHODIST  BROTHERHOOD 

Constitution 

If  478,  §  1.  Article  I.  Name.  This  organization 
shall  be  called  the  Methodist  Brotherhood. 

§  2.  Article  II.  Purpose.  The  aim  of  this  organi- 
zation is  to  effect  the  mutual  improvement  of  its  mem- 
bers by  religious,  social,  literary,  and  physical  cul- 
ture; to  promote  the  spirit  and  practice  of  Chris- 
tian brotherhood;  to  increase  fraternal  interest 
among  men;  to  develop  their  activity  and  stimulate 
their  efficiency  in  all  that  relates  to  religious,  social, 
civic,  and  industrial  betterment;  to  build  up  the 
Church  by  leading  men  into  its  communion  and  fel- 
lowship; and,  in  general,  to  extend  the  kingdom  of 
the  Lord  Jesus  Christ. 

§  3.  Article  III.  Membership.  All  men's  organi- 
329 


][  478        Methodist  Brotherhood 


zations,  of  whatever  name,  existing  in  Methodist 
Churches,  or  that  may  hereafter  exist,  approved  by 
the  Quarterly  Conference,  are  eligible  to  member- 
ship in  the  Methodist  Brotherhood,  and  may  become 
Chapters  of  the  same  by  making  application  for  and 
receiving  the  Charter,  and  by  adopting  a  Constitu- 
tion which  does  not  conflict  with  the  General  Con- 
stitution. 

§  4.  Article  IV.  Officers.  The  officers  shall  be  a 
President,  five  Vice-Presidents,  a  General  Secretary, 
a  Corresponding  Secretary,  a  Recording  Secretary, 
and  a  Treasurer. 

§  5.  Article  V.  Managing  Board.  1.  The  Managing 
Board  shall  consist  of  three  Bishops  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church,  who  shall  be  appointed  biennially 
by  the  Board  of  Bishops;  the  General  Officers  of  the 
Brotherhood;  one  member  from  each  General  Con- 
ference District,  and  seven  additional  members  at 
large,  who  shall  be  elected  by  the  General  Convention, 
as  hereinafter  provided;  and  such  other  members  as 
may  be  elected  by  affiliating  Methodist  bodies;  all 
of  whom  shall  hold  office  for  two  years,  or  until  their 
successors  are  chosen.  Vacancies  in  the  Managing 
Board  shall  be  filled  by  the  Board. 

2.  Seven  members  shall  constitute  a  quorum. 

3.  Regular  meetings  of  the  Managing  Board  shall 
be  held  in  May  and  November  of  each  year. 

4.  Any  General  Men's  Organization,  in  any  Branch 
of  Ecumenical  Methodism,  which  unites  with  the 
Methodist  Brotherhood  shall  have  such  representa- 
tion on  the  Managing  Board  as  the  members  of  said 
Board  may  approve. 

§  6.  Article  VI.    General  Convention.  1.  The  Gen- 
eral Convention  shall  be  held  biennially,  or  otherwise, 
330 


METHODIST  BliOTITERUOOD  *[f  478 


at  such  time  and  place  as  the  Managing  Board  shall 
direct. 

2.  Each  active  Chapter  shall  be  entitled  to  repre- 
sentation in  the  General  Convention  by  one  accredited 
delegate,  and  by  one  additional  accredited  delegate  for 
each  fifty  members  in  excess  of  the  first  fifty.  The 
General  Officers,  the  Managing  Board,  and  the  Annual 
Conference  Presidents  and  Secretaries  shall  also  be 
delegates  to  the  General  Convention. 

§  7.  Article  VII.  Elections.  The  officers  shall  be 
elected  at  the  General  Convention  by  'ballot,  and  shall 
hold  office  for  two  years,  or  until  their  successors 
are  elected  and  have  qualified.  The  officers  shall  per- 
form the  duties  usually  devolving  upon  their  re- 
spective offices.  Vacancies  in  office  shall  be  filled  by 
the  Managing  Board. 

§  8.  Article  VIII.  Conference  Organization.  Dele- 
gates from  local  chapters  are  empowered  to  form 
Annual  Conference  and  District  organizations  which 
shall  elect  their  own  officers.  When  there  is  no  Con- 
ference organization,  the  Annual  Conference  shall 
appoint  a  Conference  President  and  Secretary.  In 
the  absence  of  District  organizations,  the  Conference 
officers  shall  appoint  District  Vice-Presidents.  These 
officers,  with  the  District  Superintendents,  shall  con- 
stitute an  Executive  Committee,  which  shall  en- 
courage the  formation  of  chapters  and  seek  to  pro- 
mote Brotherhood  work.  In  case  of  default  the  Man- 
aging Board  shall  appoint  the  Conference  President, 
who  shall  select  the  Conference  Secretary  and  Dis- 
trict Vice-Presidents. 

§  9.  Article  IX.  Amendments.  This  Constitution 
may  be  amended  at  any  regular  General  Convention 
by  a  two-thirds  vote;  provided,  that  the  proposed 
331 


1  479     Church  Temperance  Society 


amendment  shall  have  been  submitted  previously  in 
-writing  to  the  Managing  Board,  or  referred  to  it  by  the 
Convention.  The  Managing  Board  shall  report  its 
recommendations  to  the  Convention  for  final  action. 


CHAPTER  XIII 
CHURCH  TEMPERANCE  SOCIETY 
If  479,  §  1.  In  order  to  make  more  effectual  the 
efforts  of  the  Church  to  create  public  sentiment  and 
crystallize  the  same  into  successful  opposition  to  the 
organized  traffic  in  intoxicating  liquors,  the  General 
Conference  hereby  authorizes  the  organization  of 
"The  Temperance  Society  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church,"  under  the  following  Constitution: 

Constitution 

Article  I.  The  object  of  this  Society  is  to  promote 
voluntary  total  abstinence  from  all  intoxicants  and 
narcotics  by  the  members  of  the  Church,  Sunday 
School,  and  Epworth  League,  and  to  secure  the 
speedy  enactment  of  statutory  and"  constitutional 
laws  prohibiting  the  traffic  in  alcoholic  liquors. 

§  2.  Article  II.  The  management  of  the  Society 
shall  be  vested  in  a  Board  of  Managers,  consisting 
of  a  Bishop,  who  shall  be  President,  and  twenty  per- 
sons at  least  two  thirds  of  whom  shall  reside  in  the 
territory,  in,  or  near,  or  convenient  of  access  to  To- 
peka,  Kansas.  These  shall  be  nominated  by  the 
Bishops  and  elected  by  the  General  Conference.  The 
Board  of  Managers  shall  meet  annually,  and  at  such 
332 


Church  Temperance  Society     ^  479 


annual  meetings  may  fill  vacancies  in  the  Board 
caused  by  death,  resignation,  or  otherwise. 

5  3.  Article  III.  The  Officers  of  the  Board  shall 
be  a  President,  Vice-President,  Secretary,  and  Treas- 
urer. The  President  shall  be  a  Bishop  chosen  by  the 
Board  of  Bishops.  The  other  Officers  shall  be  elected 
by  the  Board  of  Managers  at  its  first  meeting,  which 
shall  be  held  within  two  months  after  the  adjourn- 
ment of  the  General  Conference,  at  which  meeting 
said  Board  shall  have  power  to  fill  any  vacancies  in 
these  offices  other  than  that  of  President.  The  central 
office  of  the  Society  shall  be  located  at  Topeka, 
Kansas.  The  Board  of  Managers  shall  have  the 
power  to  enact  such  By-Laws  and  to  employ  such 
representatives  of  its  work  as  it  may  deem  necessary. 

§  4.  Article  IV.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Board 
of  Managers  to  represent  the  Church  officially  in  every 
wise  movement  for  the  promotion  of  voluntary  per- 
sonal total  abstinence,  and  the  securing  of  legal  pro- 
hibition of  the  liquor  traffic;  to  publish,  approve,  and 
distribute  literature  on  the  liquor  traffic,  the  use  of 
narcotics  and  manufactured  articles  containing  a 
large  percentage  of  alcoholic  spirits;  to  devise  such 
plans  and  make  such  advices  as  shall  enable  the 
Church  most  successfully  to  oppose  and  overthrow 
this  great  foe  of  society,  the  legalized  liquor  traffic; 
to  make  such  use  of  the  money  paid  into  its  treasury 
as  the  work  demands;  to  publish  an  annual  report 
of  its  work,  and  to  make  a  quadrennial  report  to  the 
General  Conference. 

§  5.  Article  V.  Each  Annual  Conference  shall 
form  within  its  bounds  a  Conference  Temperance 
Society,  which  shall  elect  its  own  officers  and  other- 
wise regulate  its  own  administration.  It  shall  elect 
333 


ir  480 


ClIAKTEKED  FUND 


a  Temperance  Committee  in  each  District  Superin- 
tendent's District,  consisting  of  the  District  Super- 
intendent and  two  others  nominated  by  the  District 
Superintendents  and  elected  by  the  Conference.  It 
shall  be  the  duty  of  the  District  Committee  to  co- 
operate with  other  reliable  temperance  organizations, 
and  to  give  all  possible  aid  to  No-License  campaigns. 
At  each  session  of  the  Annual  Conference  a  Confer- 
ence anniversary  or  mass  meeting  shall  be  held  in 
the  interest  of  temperance  and  prohibition. 

§  6.  Article  VI.  It  is  recommended  that  Pastors, 
with  the  aid  of  the  Committee  on  Temperance,  pre- 
sent annually  to  each  Congregation  the  cause  of 
temperance,  and  ask  a  public  collection  and  contri- 
bution for  the  support  of  the  same;  which  collections 
and  contributions  shall  be  paid  over  to  the  Treasurer 
of  the  Temperance  Society  and  reported  to  the  Annual 
Conference  in  the  same  manner  that  other  collections 
are  reported.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Pastors  to 
see  that  each  Sunday  School  is  organized  into  a  Tem- 
perance Society,  that  temperance  instruction  be  given, 
and  that  as  far  as  possible  the  members  of  the 
School  be  pledged  to  total  abstinence.  It  shall  be 
the  duty  of  the  District  Superintendent  at  the  fourth 
Quarterly  Conference  to  inquire  if  the  requirements 
of  this  Article  have  been  observe!. 


CHAPTER  XIV 
CHARTERED  FUND 
f  480,  §  1.  To  make   further   provision  for  dis- 
tressed Effective  Ministers,  for  the  families  of  Ef- 
fective Ministers,  for  Retired  Ministers,  and  for  the 
334 


Chartered  FrxD 


T  480 


widows  and  orphans  of  Ministers,  there  shall  be  a 
Chartered  Fund,  to  be  supported  by  voluntary  con- 
tributions; the  principal  of  which  shall  be  funded 
under  the  direction  of  Trustees  chosen  by  the  General 
Conference,  and  the  interest  applied  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  General  Conference,  according  to  the  fol- 
lowing regulations,  namely: 

§  2.  The  District  Superintendents  and  the  Pastors 
shall  be  collectors  and  receivers  of  subscriptions  for 
this  Fund. 

§  3.  The  money  shall  be  sent  to  the  General  Pub- 
lishing Agents,  who  shall  pay  it  to  the  Trustees  of 
the  Fund.  Otherwise  it  shall  be  brought  to  the  en- 
suing Annual  Conference. 

§  4.  The  interest  shall  be  divided  into  as  many 
equal  parts  as  there  are  Annual  Conferences,  and 
each  Annual  Conference  shall  have  authority  to  draw 
one  of  these  parts  out  of  the  Fund;  and  if  one  or 
more  Conferences  shall  draw  out  of  this  Fund  in  any 
given  year  less  than  one  of  these  parts,  then  in  such 
case  or  cases  the  other  Annual  Conferences,  held  in 
the  same  year,  shall  have  authority,  if  they  judge  it 
necessary,  to  draw  out  of  the  Fund  such  surplus  of 
the  interest  as  has  not  been  applied  by  the  former 
Conferences.  The  Bishops  shall  bring  the  necessary 
information  of  the  state  of  the  interest  of  the  Fund, 
respecting  the  year  in  question,  from  Conference  to 
Conference. 

§  5.  All  drafts  on  the  Chartered  Fund  shall  be 
made  on  the  Treasurer  of  the  said  Fund,  by  order  of 
the  Annual  Conference,  signed  by  the  President  and 
countersigned  by  the  Secretary  of  the  said  Conference. 

§  6.  The  money  subscribed  for  the  Chartered  Fund 
may  be  lodged,  on  proper  securities,  in  the  respective 
335 


H  481 


Chartered  Fund 


States  in  which  it  has  been  subscribed  under  the 
direction  of  deputies  living  in  such  States  respec- 
tively; provided,  that  such  securities  be  accepted  and 
such  deputies  be  appointed  as  shall  be  approved  by 
the  Trustees  in  Philadelphia,  and  the  stock  in  which 
it  is  proposed  to  invest  the  money  be  sufficiently 
productive  to  give  satisfaction  to  the  Trustees. 

U  481.  The  Board  of  Trustees  shall  have  power  to 
fill  any  vacancy  or  vacancies  that  may  occur  by 
death,  resignation,  or  otherwise,  subject,  however, 
to  the  approval  of  the  first  General  Conference  that 
may  be  held  after  such  vacancy  or  vacancies  shall 
have  occurred. 


336 


PART  VIII 
BOUNDARIES 


3:57 


L  DETERMINING  BOUNDARIES 
II.  BOUNDARIES  OF  ANNUAL  CONFERENCES 
in.  BOUNDARIES  OF  MISSION  CONFERENCES 

AND  MISSIONS 
IV.  CENTRAL  MISSION  CONFERENCES 
V.  ENABLING  ACTS 


CHAPTER  I 


DETERMINING  BOUNDARIES 

TI  482.  The  General  Conference  shall  appoint  a 
Committee  on  Boundaries,  consisting  of  two  mem- 
bers, one  Minister  and  one  Layman,  from  each  An- 
nual Conference,  to  be  nominated  by  the  delegations 
severally,  over  which  one  of  the  Bishops  shall  pre- 
side, of  which  one  of  the  General  Conference  Secre- 
taries shall  be  the  Secretary,  and  of  which  Committee 
thirty-five  shall  be  a  quorum.  All  matters  pertain- 
ing to  Conference  lines  shall  be  referred  to  this 
Committee;  and  when  the  Committee  shall  have  fixed 
the  boundaries  of  all  the  Conferences,  it  shall  sub- 
mit its  report  to  the  General  Conference,  which  shall 
immediately  act  upon  the  same  as  a  whole  without 
amendment  and  without  debate;  provided,  however, 
that  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  *[  93,  §  6,  a 
Central  Mission  Conference  may  fix  the  boundaries 
of  the  Annual  Conferences  within  its  bounds,  the 
General  Conference  first  having  determined  the  num- 
ber of  Annual  Conferences  that  may  be  allowed  in 
that  field. 

r  483.  Any  two  or  more  Conferences  which  may 
be  mutually  interested  in  the  readjustment  of  their 
common  boundaries  may  at  any  time  raise  a  Joint 
Commission,  consisting  of  five  members  from  each 
Conference  directly  interested,  and  the  decision  of 
such  Joint  Commission,  in  which  it  shall  be  necessary 
for  a  majority  of  the  five  members  representing  each 
of  said  Conferences  to  concur,  when  it  shall  be  ap- 
339 


484        Determining  Boundaries 

proved  by  the  Bishop  or  Bishops  who  may  preside 
at  these  Conferences  at  their  sessions  next  ensuing, 
shall  be  final.  But  if  the  Commission  eo  appointed 
shaH  fail  to  agree,  or  if  the  presiding  Bishop  shall  not 
concur,  then  the  case,  with  a  statement  of  the  facts, 
together  with  the  records  of  the  Commission,  shall 
come  to  the  General  Conference  for  final  adjudica- 
tion. 

If  484.  No  petition,  resolution,  or  memorial  involv- 
ing change  of  boundaries  of  Annual  Conferences  or 
Mission  Conferences,  or  the  division  or  absorption  of 
Annual  Conferences  or  Mission  Conferences,  or  the 
organization  of  new  Annual  Conferences  or  Mission 
Conferences  out  of  the  territory  already  occupied  by 
organized  Conferences,  shall  be  entertained  by  the 
Committee  on  Boundaries  until  notice  shall  have 
been  given  by  the  Annual  Conference  or  Conferences, 
the  Mission  Conference  or  Missions  desiring  such 
change,  or  by  a  majority  of  the  District  Superin- 
tendents and  Mission  Superintendents  thereof,  to 
all  of  the  Annual  Conferences  and  Mission  Confer- 
ences affected  thereby;  provided,  however,  that  upon 
a  petition  of  a  majority  of  the  delegates  representing 
the  Annual  Conference  or  Conferences  to  be  affected 
thereby,  the  Committee  on  Boundaries  may  adjust 
the  matters  involved  in  said  petition,  subject  to  the 
approval  of  all  the  Annual  and  Mission  Conferences 
named  in  such  petition  at  their  annual  sessions  mext 
succeeding  the  General  Conference. 


240 


Boundaries  of  Annual  Conferences   f  485 


CHAPTER  II 
BOUNDARIES  OF  ANNUAL  CONFERENCES 

L  United  States  and  Territories 


If  485,  §  1.  Alabama  Conference  shall  include  the 
work  among  the  white  people  in  the  State  of  Alabama 
and  in  that  part  of  the  State  of  Florida  west  of  the 
Apalachicola  River;  and  also  the  work  among  the 
white  people  within  the  territory  of  the  Upper  Mis- 
sissippi Conference. 

§  2.  Arkansas  Conference  shall  include  the  work 
among  the  white  people  in  the  State  of  Arkansas 
and  in  that  part  of  the  State  of  Oklahoma  east  of  and 
adjacent  to  the  Port  Arthur  &  Gulf  Railroad,  along 
the  west  line  of  the  State  of  Arkansas. 

§  3.  Atlanta  Conference  shall  include  the  colored 
work  in  that  part  of  the  State  of  Georgia  not  included 
in  the  Savannah  Conference. 

§  4.  Baltimore  Conference  shall  include  the  Dis- 
trict of  Columbia,  the  Western  Shore  of  Maryland, 
except  that  part  of  Garrett  County  lying  west  of  the 
dividing  ridge  of  the  Allegheny  Mountains  and 
Grantsville  and  Swanton;  so  much  of  the  State  of 
Pennsylvania  as  lies  within  the  Hancock,  Flintstone, 
Union  Grove,  and  Hyndman  Circuits;  and  that  part 
of  the  State  of  Virginia  lying  between  the  Wil- 
mington and  West  Virginia  Conferences,  excepting 
Bayard,  Blaine,  and  Gormania. 

§  5.  Blue  Ridge-Atlantic  Conference  shall  include 
341 


J  4S5   Boundaries  of  Annual  Conferences 


the  work  among  the  white  people  in  the  State  of 
North  Carolina,  and  in  the  counties  of  Mecklenburg, 
Brunswick,  Greenesville,  Southampton,  Nansemond. 
Norfolk,  and  Princess  Anne  in  the  State  of  Virginia; 
and  in  the  counties  of  Oconee,  Pickens,  Greenville, 
Spartanburg,  York,  Chester,  Union,  Anderson,  Lau- 
rens, Abbeville,  Newberry,  and  Fairfield  in  the  State 
of  South  Carolina. 

§  6.  California  Conference  shall  include  that  part 
of  the  State  of  California  lying  west  of  the  summit 
of  the  Sierra  Nevada  Mountains,  and  north  of  the 
northern  boundary  of  the  Southern  California  Con- 
ference. 

§  7.  California  German  Conference  shall  include 
the  German  work  within  the  State  of  California. 

§  8.  Central  Alabama  Conference  shall  include 
the  colored  work  in  the  State  of  Alabama  and  in 
that  part  of  Florida  west  of  the  Apalachicola  River. 

§  9.  Central  German  Conference  shall  comprise 
the  German  work  within  the  States  of  Ohio,  West 
Virginia,  Michigan,  and  Indiana  except  those  appoint- 
ments which  belong  at  present  to  the  Chicago  Ger- 
man Conference;  also  the  German  work  in  Western 
Pennsylvania,  and  in  the  Southern  States  not  in- 
cluded in  the  East  German,  Saint  Louis  German,  and 
Southern  German  Conferences,  exclusive  of  Emman- 
uel Church,  Williams  County,  Ohio. 

§  10.  Central  Illinois  Conference  shall  embrace 
that  part  of  the  State  of  Illinois  north  of  the  Illinois 
Conference  and  south  of  the  following  lines,  namely: 
beginning  on  the  Mississippi  River  at  Albany; 
thence  southeasterly  to  the  northwest  corner  of 
Bureau  County;  thence  east  to  the  southwest  corner 
of  Lee  County;  thence  south  to  the  Chicago,  Burling- 
342 


BorN'DARIES  OF  A XX UAL  CoXFEREXCE*     r  485 


ton  &  Quincy  Railway  crossing  of  the  Chicago.  Rock 
Island  &  Pacific  Railway;  thence  along  said  railway 
to  Bureau  Junction;  thence  to  the  Illinois  River; 
thence  up  said  river  to  the  mouth  of  the  Kankakee 
River,  leaving  Albany,  Leon,  and  Ottawa  in  the  Rock 
River  Conference,  and  Bureau  Junction  in  the  Central 
Illinois  Conference;  thence  up  the  Kankakee  River 
to  a  point  directly  west  of  the  north  line  of  Kankakee 
County;  thence  east  to  the  Indiana  line. 

§  11.  Central  Missouri  Conference  shall  include 
the  colored  work  in  the  States  of  Missouri,  Iowa,  and 
that  part  of  the  State  of  Illinois  lying  west  of  the 
following  line:  Beginning  at  the  city  of  Cairo,  and 
running  north  along  the  Illinois  Central  Railroad 
to  the  city  of  Mendota,  and  including  all  the  towns 
on  said  line  of  railroad;  thence  north  to  the  Wiscon- 
sin State  line,  and  thence  west  along  said  State  line 
to  the  Mississippi  River. 

§  12.  Central  New  York  Conference  shall  be 
bounded  on  the  west  by  the  west  lines  of  the  towns  of 
Williamson,  Marion,  and  Palmyra,  in  Wayne  County, 
and  of  the  towns  of  Farmington  and  Canandaigua, 
in  Ontario  County,  and  of  Yates  and  Schuyler  Coun- 
ties, and  of  the  towns  of  Hornby  and  Caton,  in  Steu- 
ben County;  and  in  the  State  of  Pennsylvania  by  the 
railroad  running  from  Lawrenceville  to  Blossburg,  in- 
cluding Mansfield  and  Blossburg  Charges;  on  the 
south  by  Central  Pennsylvania  Conference;  on  the 
east  by  Wyoming  and  Northern  New  York  Confer- 
ences; on  the  north  by  Northern  New  York  Confer- 
ence and  Lake  Ontario. 

§  13.  Central  Ohio  Conference  shall  be  bounded 
on  the  north  by  the  north  line  of  the  State  of  Ohio; 
on  the  east  by  the  North-East  Ohio  Conference,  ex- 
,  343 


485   Boundaries  of  Annual  Conferences 

eluding  Asbury  Church,  in  Delaware;  on  the  south  by 
the  Springfield  branch  of  the  Cleveland,  Cincinnati, 
Chicago  &  Saint  Louis  Railroad  to  the  west  line  of  the 
Ohio  Conference,  yet  so  as  to  include  Marysville; 
thence  to  the  west  line  of  the  State  of  Ohio,  by  the 
north  line  of  the  Cincinnati  Conference;  and  on  the 
west  by  the  west  line  of  the  State  of  Ohio,  inclusive 
of  Emmanuel  Church,  Williams  County,  Ohio. 

§  14.  Central  Pennsylvania  Conference  shall  be 
bounded  as  follows:  On  the  south  by  the  State  line 
from  the  Susquehanna  River  to  the  west  boundary  of 
Bedford  County,  excepting  so  much  of  the  State  of 
Pennsylvania  as  is  included  in  the  Baltimore  Confer- 
ence; on  the  west  by  the  west  line  of  Bedford,  Blair, 
and  Clearfield  Counties,  including  New  Washington 
Circuit  and  excluding  so  much  of  Clearfield  County 
as  is  embraced  in  the  Erie  Conference,  and  a  line 
from  the  north  of  Clearfield  County  to  Saint  Marys; 
on  the  north  by  a  line  extending  from  Saint  Marys 
eastward  to  Emporium,  including  Keating  Summit 
Circuit;  thence  by  the  southern  boundary  of  Potter 
and  Tioga  Counties,  including  Austin,  Costello,  Whar- 
ton Circuit,  Cross  Fork,  Hammersley  Fort  Circuit, 
Hoytville,  Blackwell,  and  Liberty  Valley  Circuits; 
thence  through  Sullivan  County  north  of  Laporte  to 
the  west  line  of  Wyoming  County;  thence  on  the  east 
by  the  present  limits  of  the  Wyoming  Conference,  be- 
ing the  east  line  of  Sullivan  County,  to  the  north 
line  of  Columbia  County;  thence  a  line  southeasterly 
through  Luzerne  County  to  the  north  line  of  the 
Philadelphia  Conference,  near  White  Haven;  thence 
on  the  south  by  the  northern  line  of  Carbon,  Schuyl- 
kill, and  Dauphin  Counties  to  the  Susquehanna  River, 
including  Hickory  Run,  Weatherly,  Beaver  Meadows, 


Boundaries  of  Annual  Conferences   \  485 


and  Ashland;  and  thence  by  the  Susquehanna  River 
to  the  place  of  beginning,  including  Harrisburg. 

§  15.  Central  Swedish  Conference  shall  include 
all  of  the  Swedish  work  within  the  States  of  Illinois, 
Indiana,  and  Ohio,  the  city  of  Racine,  in  the  State  of 
Wisconsin,  and  also  the  Swedish  work  in  the  State 
of  New  York  west  of  the  Genesee  River,  and  in  the 
State  of  Pennsylvania  west  of  the  Susquehanna 
River. 

§  16.  Central  Tennessee  Conference  shall  include 
the  work  among  the  white  people  in  all  that  part 
of  the  State  of  Tennessee  west  of  and  excluding  the 
counties  of  Marion,  Grundy,  Van  Buren,  Cumberland, 
and  Fentress. 

§  17.  Chicago  German  Conference  shall  include 
the  German  work  in  the  State  of  Wisconsin,  except 
those  appointments  along  the  Mississippi  River,  and 
in  that  part  of  the  State  of  Illinois  north  of  an  east 
and  west  line  passing  along  the  north  line  of  the  city 
of  Bloomington,  excepting  the  territory  now  in  the 
Saint  Louis  German  Conference,  and  east  of  a  north 
and  south  line  passing  through  the  city  of  Freeport; 
and  in  that  part  of  the  State  of  Indiana  west  of  the 
line  between  the  counties  of  Saint  Joseph  and  Elk- 
hart, and  north  of  the  line  between  Stark  and  Pulaski 
Counties.  It  shall  also  include  Danville,  in  the  State 
of  Illinois,  and  the  Upper  Peninsula  of  Michigan. 

§  18.  Cincinnati  Conference  shall  be  bounded  on 
the  north  by  a  line  commencing  at  Union  City,  on 
the  Indiana  State  line,  running  thence  along  the  Day- 
ton &  Union  Railroad  to  Greenville,  Darke  County, 
Ohio,  including  the  railroad  stations  on  the  line  of 
said  railroad,  and  Greenville  also;  thence  along  the 
Panhandle  Railroad  to  Milford  Center,  excluding 
345 


*f  485   Boundaries  of  Annual  Conferences 

Gettysburg,  Bradford,  Lockington,  and  Saint  Paris 
Charges,  and  including  the  cities  of  Piqua  and  Ur- 
bana,  and  the  Tremont  City,  Concord  and  Westville, 
and  Kings  Creek  Charges;  on  the  east  by  the  Ohio 
Conference;  on  the  south  by  the  Ohio  River;  and  on 
the  west  by  the  State  of  Indiana,  but  excluding  Eliza- 
beth, Hamilton  County,  Ohio,  which  belongs  to  the 
Indiana  Conference. 

§  19.  Colorado  Conference  shall  include  the  State 
of  Colorado  and  Chama  in  New  Mexico. 

§  20.  Columbia  River  Conference  shall  include  the 
counties  of  Wasco,  Umatilla,  Crook,  Morrow,  Gilliam, 
Sherman,  and  Wheeler  in  the  State  of  Oregon;  and 
all  of  the  State  of  Washington  east  of  the  summit  of 
the  Cascade  Mountains;  and,  in  the  State  of  Idaho, 
the  counties  of  Shoshone,  Kootenai,  Latah,  Nez  Perce, 
and  all  of  Idaho  County  lying  north  of  a  line  running 
parallel  with  the  Salmon  River  ten  miles  south  of 
said  river. 

§  21.  Dakota  Conference  shall  include  that  part  of 
the  State  of  South  Dakota  lying  east  of  the  meridian 
101  degrees  west  longitude. 

§  22.  Delaware  Conference  shall  include  the  col- 
ored work  in  the  States  of  Delaware,  New  Jersey,  and 
New  York,  excepting  the  colored  work  in  the  boroughs 
of  the  Bronx  and  Manhattan  in  the  city  of  New  York; 
all  of  the  Eastern  Shore  of  Virginia,  and  all  of  the 
States  of  Maryland  and  Pennsylvania  not  included  in 
the  Washington  Conference. 

§  23.  Des  Moines  Conference  shall  include  that 
part  of  the  State  of  Iowa  west  and  south  of  the  follow- 
ing lines:  Beginning  at  the  southeast  corner  of 
Wayne  County;  thence  north  to  the  south  line  of 
Marshall  County,  leaving  Knoxville  in  the  Iowa  Con- 
346 


Boundaries  of  Annual  Conference*    r  £88 

ference  and  the  Monroe  Charge  in  the  Des  Moines 
Conference;  thence  west  to  the  southeast  corner  of 
Story  County;  thence  north  to  the  northeast  corner 
of  Story  County;  thence  west  to  the  northeast  corner 
of  Crawford  County;  thence  south  to  the  north  line 
of  township  eighty-three;  thence  west  to  the  east 
line  of  Monona  County;  thence  south  and  west  on 
the  line  of  Monona  County  to  the  Missouri  River. 

§  24.  Detroit  Conference  shall  include  that  part 
of  the  State  of  Michigan  in  the  Lower  Peninsula  east 
of  the  principal  meridian  as  far  north  as  the  southern 
boundary  of  Roscommon  County;  thence  west  to  the 
southwest  corner  of  said  county;  thence  north  to 
the  southern  boundary  of  Charlevoix  County;  thence 
east  to  the  southeast  corner  of  Charlevoix  County; 
thence  north  to  the  Straits  of  Mackinaw  including 
Mackinaw  City.  It  shall  also  include  the  Upper  Pen- 
insula. 

§  25.  "East  German-  Conference  shall  embrace  all 
the  German  work  east  of  the  Allegheny  Mountains, 
including  all  the  German  work  in  the  State  of  New 
York. 

§  26.  East  Maine  Conference  shall  include  that 
part  of  the  State  of  Maine  not  included  in  the  Maine 
Conference. 

§  27.  East  Tennessee  Conference  shall  include  the 
colored  work  in  that  part  of  the  State  of  Tennessee 
which  is  not  in  the  Tennessee  Conference;  in  that 
part  of  the  State  of  Virginia  west  of  and  including 
the  counties  of  Carroll.  Floyd,  Montgomery,  and 
Giles;  and  in  the  counties  of  Mercer,  Wyoming,  and 
McDowell,  in  the  State  of  West  Virginia. 

§  28.  Eastern  Swedish  Conference  shall  include 
all  the  Swedish  work  in  the  six  New  England  States, 
347 


485   Boundaries  of  Annual  Conferences 

the  States  of  New  Jersey  and  Delaware,  and  the 
territory  included  in  the  New  York,  New  York  East, 
and  Philadelphia  Conferences. 

§  29.  Erie  Conference  shall  be  bounded  on  the 
north  by  Lake  Erie,  on  the  east  by  a  line  commencing 
at  the  mouth  of  Cattaraugus  Creek;  thence  up  said 
creek  to  Gowanda,  leaving  said  town  in  the  Genesee 
Conference;  thence  to  the  Allegheny  River  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Tunungwant  Creek;  thence  up  said 
creek  southward,  excluding  the  city  of  Bradford  on 
said  creek,  to  the  ridge  dividing  between  the  waters 
of  Clarion  and  Sinnemahoning  Creeks;  thence  south- 
ward to  Mahoning  Creek;  thence  down  said  Creek 
to  the  Allegheny  River,  excluding  the  Milton  Society, 
but  including  Valier  and  the  Horatio  Society,  In  the 
Frostburg  Circuit,  the  Perryville  Society,  in  the 
Ringgold  Circuit,  the  Putneyville  Society,  In  the  Put- 
ney ville  Circuit,  and  those  portions  of  the  boroughs 
of  Punxsutawney  and  Clayville  lying  south  and  east 
of  Mahoning  Creek;  thence  across  said  river  in  a 
northwesterly  direction  to  the  southwest  corner  of 
Lawrence  County,  including  Wampum;  thence  along 
the  Ohio  State  line  to  the  place  of  beginning,  exclud- 
ing Orangeville  Church. 

§  30.  Florida  Conference  shall  include  the  colored 
work  in  the  State  of  Florida  except  that  part  lying 
west  of  the  Apalachicola  River,  and  that  part  south  of 
parallel  twenty-nine. 

§  31.  Genesee  Conference  shall  include  all  that 
part  of  the  State  of  New  York  lying  west  of  the 
Central  New  York  Conference  except  that  part  of 
Chautauqua  and  Cattaraugus  Counties  which  is  now 
included  in  the  Erie  Conference.  It  shall  also  inc'ude 
Gowanda  and  Corning,  in  the  State  of  New  York, 
348 


Boundaries  of  Annual  Conferences   f  485 

and  so  much  of  Tioga  County,  including  Tioga 
Charge,  in  the  State  of  Pennsylvania,  as  is  not  em- 
braced in  the  Central  New  York  Conference;  also  so 
much  of  Potter  County,  in  the  State  of  Pennsylvania, 
as  is  not  included  in  Central  Pennsylvania  Confer- 
ence; also  including  so  much  of  McKean  County,  in 
the  State  of  Pennsylvania,  as  is  embraced  in  the 
Olean  District,  including  the  city  of  Bradford. 

§  32.  Georgia  Conference  shall  include  the  work 
among  the  white  people  in  the  State  of  Georgia. 

§  33.  Gulf  Conference  shall  include  the  white 
English,  Italian,  and  French-speaking  work  in  the 
State  of  Louisiana;  also  that  portion  of  the  State  of 
Texas  separated  from  the  Oklahoma  Conference  by  a 
line  beginning  at  the  city  of  Brownsville,  Texas,  run- 
ning northwest  along  the  Rio  Grande  River  to  Devil's 
River,  a  point  on  the  Southern  Pacific  Railroad; 
thence  east  along  the  Southern  Pacific  Railroad  to 
San  Antonio;  thence  northeast  along  the  Interna- 
tional &  Great  Northern  Railroad  through  the  City 
of  Austin  to  Hearne;  thence  north  along  the  Houston 
&  Texas  Railroad  to  Ennis;  thence  northeast  along 
the  Texas  Midland  and  the  Frisco  Railroads  to  the 
Red  River,  all  intermediate  points  to  be  in  the  Gulf 
Conference;  also  the  work  among  the  white  people 
within  the  territory  of  the  Mississippi  Conference. 

§  34.  Holston  Conference  shall  include  the  work 
among  the  white  people  in  that  part  of  the  State  of 
Tennessee  not  included  in  the  Central  Tennessee  Con- 
ference, and  including  that  part  of  the  State  of  Vir- 
ginia embraced  between  the  West  Virginia  and  North 
Carolina  Conferences. 

§  35.  Idaho  Conference  shall  include  all  the  State 
of  Idaho  not  embraced  in  the  Columbia  River  Confer- 
349 


If  483   Boundaries  of  Annual  Conferences 

ence,  together  with  the  following-named  territory  of 
the  State  of  Oregon,  namely:  the  counties  of  Baker, 
Malheur,  Harney,  Grant,  Wallowa,  and  Union. 

§  36.  Illinois  Conference  shall  include  that  part 
of  the  State  of  Illinois  not  within  the  Southern  Illi- 
nois Conference,  south  of  the  following  line,  namely: 
Beginning  at  Warsaw,  on  the  Mississippi  River; 
thence  to  Vermont;  thence  to  the  mouth  of  the  Spoon 
River;  thence  up  the  Illinois  River  to  the  north- 
west corner  of  Mason  County;  thence  to  the  junction 
of  the  Illinois  Central  and  the  Chicago  &  Alton 
Railroads;  thence  to  the  southwest  corner  of  Iroquois 
County;  thence  east  to  the  State  of  Indiana,  leav- 
ing Bentley,  Vermont,  Manito,  Mackinaw  Circuit, 
and  Normal  in  the  Central  Illinois  Conference, 
and  Warsaw  and  Bloomington  in  the  Illinois  Con- 
ference. 

§  37.  Indiana  Conference  shall  be  bounded  on  the 
north  and  east  by  a  line  beginning  where  the  National 
Road  intersects  the  west  line  of  the  State  of  Indiana; 
thence  along  said  road  to  Terre  Haute;  thence  along 
the  Vandalia  Railroad  to  Belmont  Street,  West  In- 
dianapolis, including  Locust  Street  Charge  in  Green- 
castle;  thence  north  to  Michigan  Street;  thence  east 
to  the  Belt  Railroad;  thence  north  and  east  along 
said  railroad  to  a  point  due  west  of  Ninth  Street; 
thence  east  to  the  Lafayette  &  Indianapolis  Rail- 
road; thence  north  on  said  railroad  to  the  Michigan 
Road;  thence  on  said  road  to  the  north  line  of  Marlon 
County;  thence  east  on  said  county  line  to  the  north- 
east corner  of  said  county;  thence  south  on  the  east 
line  of  said  county  to  the  National  Road;  thence  east 
on  said  road  to  the  State  line;  on  the  east  by  the 
State  of  Ohio,  including  Elizabeth,  Hamilton  County, 
350 


Boundaries  of  Annual  Conferences    *[  48-5 


Ohio;  on  the  south  by  the  Ohio  River,  and  on  the 
west  by  the  State  of  Illinois. 

§  38.  Iowa  Conference  shall  be  bounded  on  the 
east  by  the  Mississippi  River;  on  the  south  by  the 
Missouri  State  line;  on  the  west  and  north  by  a  line 
commencing  at  the  southwest  corner  of  Appanoose 
County;  thence  north  to  Marshall  County,  leaving 
Knoxville  in  the  Iowa  Conference  and  Monroe  in  the 
Des  Moines  Conference;  thence  on  the  south  line  of 
Marshall  County  due  east  to  the  Iowa  River;  thence 
down  said  river  to  Iowa  City;  thence  on  the  Chicago, 
Rock  Island  &  Pacific  Railroad  to  Davenport,  leav- 
ing Davenport  and  Iowa  City  in  the  Upper  Iowa  Con- 
ference, and  all  intermediate  towns  in  the  Iowa  Con- 
ference. 

§  3-9.  Kansas  Conference  shall  include  that  portion 
of  the  State  of  Kansas  lying  east  of  the  sixth  princi- 
pal meridian  and  north  of  the  south  line  of  township 
sixteen,  including  the  towns  of  Pomona  and  Quenemo, 
lying  south  of  said  line,  but  excluding  Louisburg, 
Ottawa,  and  Baldwin,  lying  north  of  said  line,  and  Sol- 
omon City  Circuit,  lying  east  of  the  sixth  meridian. 

§  40.  Kentucky  Conference  shall  include  the  work 
among  the  whites  in  the  State  of  Kentucky. 

§  41.  Lexington  Conference  shall  include  the  col- 
ored work  in  the  States  of  Kentucky,  Ohio,  Michigan, 
Indiana,  and  Illinois,  excepting  so  much  of  the  State 
of  Illinois  as  is  included  in  the  Central  Missouri 
Conference. 

§  42.  Lincoln  Conference  shall  include  all  the 
work  among  the  colored  people  in  the  States  of  Ne- 
braska, Kansas,  Oklahoma,  and  Colorado. 

§  43.  Little  Rock  Conference  shall  include  the 
colored  work  in  the  State  of  Arkansas. 

351 


If  485   Boundaries  of  Annual  Conferences 


§  44.  Louisiana  Conference  shall  include  the  col- 
ored work  in  the  State  of  Louisiana. 

§  45.  Maine  Conference  shall  include  that  part  of 
the  State  of  Maine  west  of  the  Kennebec  River,  from 
the  town  of  Winslow  north  of  Sebasticook  River,  and 
of  a  line  running  thence  north  to  the  State  line; 
including  Skowhegan  and  Augusta  and  that  part  of 
the  town  of  Winslow  north  of  Sebasticook  River,  and 
also  that  part  of  New  Hampshire  east  of  the  White 
Hills  and  north  of  the  waters  of  Ossipee  Lake,  and 
the  towns  of  Gorham  and  Berlin. 

§  46.  Michigan  Conference  shall  include  the  State 
of  Michigan  in  the  Lower  Peninsula  west  of  the  prin- 
cipal meridian  as  far  north  as  the  southern  boundary 
of  Roscommon  County;  thence  west  to  the  southwest 
corner  of  said  county;  thenee  north  to  the  southern 
boundary  of  Charlevoix  County;  thence  east  to  the 
southeast  corner  of  said  county;  thence  north  to  the 
Straits  of  Mackinaw. 

§  47.  Minnesota  Conference  shall  include  that  part 
of  the  State  of  Minnesota  lying  south  of  the  following 
line:  Beginning  at  the  eastern  boundary  of  the  State 
at  the  northeast  corner  of  Washington  County; 
thence  running  west  to  the  northwest  corner  of  said 
county;  thence  south  to  the  northeast  corner  of 
Ramsey  County;  thence  following  the  line  of  Ram- 
sey County  to  where  it  strikes  the  east  line  of  Hen- 
nepin County;  thence  following  the  east  and  south 
lines  of  Hennepin  County  to  the  point  where  the  Hast- 
ings &  Dakota  Railroad  crosses  the  line  of  said 
county;  thence  following  the  line  of  the  Hastings  & 
Dakota  Railroad  to  Ortinville;  all  towns  on  the  Has- 
tings &  Dakota  Railroad  to  be  in  the  Northern  Minne- 
sota Conference. 

352 


Boundaries  of  Annual  Conferences  485 

§  48.  Mississippi  Conference  shall  include  all  of 
the  colored  work  in  the  State  of  Mississippi  south 
Of  a  line  beginning  at  the  northeast  corner  of  Kem- 
per County,  and  running  along  the  northern  border 
of  said  county,  and  of  the  counties  of  Neshoba,  Leake, 
Madison,  Yazoo,  Sharkey,  and  Issaquena  to  the  Mis- 
sissippi River. 

§  49.  Missouri  Conference  shall  include  so  much 
of  the  State  of  Missouri  as  lies  north  of  the  Mis- 
souri River. 

§  50.  Montana  Conference  shall  include  all  that 
part  of  the  State  of  Montana  not  included  in  the 
North  Montana  Conference;  also  the  National  Park, 
and  that  part  of  North  Dakota  which  lies  between  the 
Missouri  and  the  Yellowstone  Rivers. 

§  51.  Nebraska  Conference  shall  include  all  that 
part  of  the  State  of  Nebraska  lying  south  of  the 
Platte  River  and  east  of  the  west  line  of  range  twelve 
west  of  the  sixth  principal  meridian. 

§  52.  New  England  Conference  shall  include  all 
the  State  of  Massachusetts  east  of  the  Green  Moun- 
tains not  included  in  the  New  Hampshire  and  the 
New  England  Southern  Conferences. 

§  53.  New  England  Southern  Conference  shall  in- 
clude that  part  of  the  State  of  Connecticut  lying  east 
of  the  Connecticut  River,  the  State  of  Rhode  Island, 
with  the  town  of  Blackstone,  in  Massachusetts.and  that 
part  of  the  State  of  Massachusetts  south  of  the  towns 
of  Wrentham,  Walpole,  Dedham,  Milton,  and  Quincy. 

§  54.  New  Hampshire  Conference  shall  include  the 
State  of  New  Hampshire,  except  that  part  within  the 
Maine  Conference;  also  that  part  of  the  State  of 
Massachusetts  northeast  of  the  Merrimac  River  ex- 
cept that  part  of  Lowell  north  of  the  Merrimac. 
353 


^  485   Boundaries  op  Annual  Conferences 


§  55.  New  Jersey  Conference  shall  include  that 
part  of  the  State  of  New  Jersey  lying  south  of  the 
following  line,  namely:  Commencing  at  Raritan 
Bay;  thence  up  said  bay  and  river  to  New  Bruns- 
wick; thence  along  the  turnpike  road  to  Lambertville 
on  the  Delaware,  including  the  city  of  New  Bruns- 
wick and  Lambertville  Station. 

§  5G.  New  York  Conference  shall  consist  of  the 
territory  now  in  the  New  York,  Poughkeepsie  (includ- 
ing Gaylordsville),  Newburgh,  and  Kingston  Dis- 
tricts. 

§  57.  New  York  East  Conference  shall  include 
Long  Island;  those  charges  in  Manhattan  and  Bronx 
east  of  South  Ferry,  Whitehall  Street,  Broadway, 
Park  Row,  Chatham  Square,  Bowery,  Third  Avenue 
to  Pelham  Avenue;  west  to  the  Harlem  Railroad 
track;  north  to  Mount  Vernon;  thence  including 
Mount  Vernon,  New  Rochelle,  Mamaroneck,  Harrison, 
and  all  between  them  and  Long  Island  Sound  to  the 
State  of  Connecticut;  thence  following  the  State  line, 
Including  Pound  Ridge  but  excluding  Gaylordsville,  to 
Sharon  Township;  east  to  the  Housatonic  River; 
north  to  Canaan  Township;  east  to  Winchester,  ex- 
cluding North  Goshen;  north  to  State  line;  east  to 
the  Connecticut  River,  and  following  the  river  to 
the  Sound. 

§  58.  Newark  Conference  shall  include  that  part 
of  the  State  of  New  Jersey  not  included  in  the  New 
Jersey  Conference,  with  the  Borough  of  Richmond, 
city  of  New  York,  in  the  State  of  New  York,  and  such 
portions  of  Rockland,  Orange,  and  Sullivan  Counties, 
in  the  State  of  New  York,  as  lie  south  and  west  of  a 
line  extending  from  Tompkins  Cove,  on  the  Hudson 
River,  intersecting  the  New  Jersey  State  line  at  a 
354 


Boundaries  of  Annual  Conferences   ^  485 

point  south  of  Sloatsburg;  thence  along  said  State 
line  to  the  Wallkill  River;  thence  due  north,  inter- 
secting the  Erie  Railroad  at  a  point  west  of  Middle- 
town;  thence  in  a  northwesterly  direction  to  a  point 
where  the  Port  Jervis  &  Monticello  Railroad  crosses 
the  northern  line  of  Forestburg  Township,  in  Sulli- 
van County;  thence  southwest  to  a  point  on  the 
Delaware  River  below  Lackawaxen,  in  Pennsylvania; 
also  such  portions  of  Pike  and  Monroe  Counties,  in 
the  State  of  Pennsylvania,  as  lie  north  of  the  Phila- 
delphia Conference  and  east  of  the  Wyoming  Con- 
ference, the  same  being  now  included  in  the  Mata- 
moras,  Milford,  Dingmans,  and  Coolbaugh  Charges. 

§  59.  North  Carolina  Conference  shall  include  the 
colored  work  in  the  State  of  North  Carolina  and  in 
that  part  of  the  State  of  Virginia  lying  south  of  a 
line  beginning  at  Cape 'Henry  and  running  to  Hamp- 
ton Roads;  thence  with  Hampton  Roads  to  the  James 
River;  thence  with  the  southern  bank  of  the  James 
River  to  Chesterfield  County;  thence  with  the  north- 
ern boundary  of  the  following  counties:  Prince 
George,  Dinwiddie,  Nottoway,  Prince  Edward,  Char- 
lotte, and  Halifax,  to  the  northeast  corner  of  Pittsyl- 
vania; thence  in  a  southwesterly  direction  to  "the 
northeast  corner  of  Henry;  thence  With  the  county 
lines  of  Pittsylvania,  Franklin,  and  Bedford  to  the 
corner  of  Bedford  and  Roanoke;  thence  with  the  Blue 
Ridge  Mountains  to  the  North  Carolina  line. 

§  60.  North  Dakota  Conference  shall  include 
the  State  of  North  Dakota  except  that  part  which 
lies  between  the  Missouri  and  the  Yellowstone 
Rivers. 

§  61.  North  Indiana  Conference  shall  be  bounded 
on  the  north  by  the  State  of  Michigan;  on  the  east 

355 


f  485   Boundaries  of  Annual  Conferences 

toy  the  State  of  Ohio,  including  Union  City;  on  the 
south  by  the  National  Road  from  the  State  line  west 
to  Marion  County;  thence  north  to  the  northeast 
corner  of  said  county;  thence  west  to  the  Michigan 
Road;  on  the  west  by  said  Michigan  Road  to  South 
Bend;  and  thence  by  the  Saint  Joseph  River  to  the 
Michigan  State  line,  including  Logansport  and  all  the 
towns  on  the  National  Road  east  of  Indianapolis. 

§  62.  North  Montana  Conference  shall  be  bounded 
as  follows:  Beginning  at  the  northeast  corner  of 
Montana,  south  to  Mondak;  thence  west  along  the 
Missouri  River  to  the  mouth  of  Squaw  Creek;  thence 
along  said  creek  to  the  watershed  of  the  Musselshell 
and  Yellowstone  Rivers  to  the  North  Fork  of  the 
Musselshell  to  Copperopolis;  thence  north  to  the 
north  line  of  township  ten,  north,  leaving  White 
Sulphur  Springs  in  the  Montana  Conference;  thence 
west  through  the  Montana  Wesleyan  University  build- 
ing in  the  Prickly  Pear  Valley  to  the  Great  Northern 
Railway;  thence  along  said  railway  to  the  station  of 
Mitchell,  leaving  said  station  in  the  North  Montana 
Conference;  thence  northwest  to  the  Continental  Di- 
vide; thence  along  said  Divide  to  the  southeast  corner 
of  Flathead  County;  thence  along  the  former  bound- 
ary of  Flathead  County  to  the  Idaho  line;  thence 
north  to  the  Canadian  line;  thence  east  to  the 
houndary  between  Montana  and  North  Dakota. 

§  63.  North  Nebraska  Conference  shall  include  all 
that  part  of  the  State  of  Nebraska  lying  north  of  the 
Platte  River  and  east  of  the  west  line  of  range 
twelve  west  of  the  sixth  principal  meridian. 

§  64.  North-East  Ohio  Conference  shall  be 
bounded  as  follows:  Beginning  at  the  north  point 
of  the  line  separating  Ohio  from  Pennsylvania; 
356 


Boundaries  of  Annual  Conferences   1  485 

thence  south  along  said  line  to  the  Ohio  River,  includ- 
ing Orangeville  Church;  thence  down  said  river  to 
the  Muskingum  River;  thence  up  the  Muskingum 
River  to  Dresden,  excluding  Marietta,  Zanesville,  and 
Dresden;  thence  westerly  to  the  main  road  passing 
through  Delaware  and  Marion,  including  Utica, 
Homer,  and  Galena  Circuits  and  excluding  Stratford; 
on  the  west  by  the  main  road  passing  through 
Delaware  and  Marion  to  Upper  Sandusky,  and  by 
the  Sandusky  River  to  its  mouth;  thence  due  north 
to  the  State  line,  including  the  towns  of  Tiffin,  Port 
Clinton,  and  Lakeside  and  excluding  so  much  of  the 
town  of  Delaware  as  lies  west  of  Sandusky  Street, 
yet  including  Asbury  Church  in  the  city  of  Delaware; 
also  excluding  the  towns  of  Marion,  Fremont,  and 
Upper  Sandusky;  thence  east  on  the  northern  line 
of  the  State  of  Ohio  to  the  place  of  beginning. 

§  65.  Northern  German  Conference  shall  include 
the  German  work  in  the  States  of  Minnesota  and 
North  Dakota,  and  also  appointments  in  the  State  of 
Wisconsin  along  the  Mississippi  River  north  of  the 
city  of  La  Crosse  which  are  not  included  in  the 
Chicago  German  Conference. 

§  66.  Northern  Minnesota  Conference  shall  in- 
clude all  of  the  State  of  Minnesota  not  included  in  the 
Minnesota  Conference. 

§  67.  Northern  Newt  York  Conference  shall  in- 
clude so  much  of  the  county  of  Franklin  as  is  not 
-within  the  Troy  Conference,  and  the  counties  of 
Saint  Lawrence,  Jefferson,  Lewis,  Oneida,  and  Her- 
kimer, and  all  of  Oswego  County  except  Phoenix,  and 
so  much  of  the  county  of  Madison  as  lies  on  and 
east  of  the  New  York,  Ontario  &  Western  Rail- 
road, together  with  Cherry  Valley,  Springfield,  and 
357 


485   Boundaries  of  Annual  Conferences 

Richfield  Springs  in  Otsego  County,  Saint  Johnsville 
in  Montgomery  County,  and  Lassellsville,  Oppen- 
heim,  and  Stratford  in  Fulton  County. 

§  68.  Northern  Swedish  Conference  shall  include 
all  of  the  Swedish  work  in  Minnesota,  Northern 
Michigan,  Wisconsin  (except  Racine),  North  Dakota, 
and  that  part  of  Montana  lying  east  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains. 

§  69.  Northwest  German  Conference  shall  include 
the  German  work  in  the  State  of  South  Dakota;  and 
in  that  part  of  the  State  of  Iowa  north  of  an  east 
and  west  line  passing  along  the  south  line  of  the  city 
of  Clinton;  and  in  that  part  of  the  State  of  Illinois 
lying  west  of  the  Chicago  German  Conference;  and 
all  appointments  in  the  State  of  Wisconsin  south  of 
and  including  the  cities  of  La  Crosse  and  Tomah 
which  are  not  included  in  the  Chicago  German  Con- 
ference. 

§  70.  Northwest  Indiana  Conference  shall  be 
bounded  on  the  north  by  Lake  Michigan  and  the  State 
line;  on  the  east  by  the  Saint  Joseph  River  and  the 
Michigan  Road;  on  the  south  by  the  Indiana  Con- 
ference, and  on  the  west  by  Illinois,  including  all  the 
towns  on  the  Michigan  Road  except  Logansport,  and 
all  the  towns  on  the  southern  boundary,  excluding 
Locust  Street  Charge,  in  Greencastle. 

§  71.  Northwest  Iowa  Conference  shall  include 
that  part  of  the  State  of  Iowa  west  of  the  Upper  Iowa 
and  north  of  the  Des  Moines  Conferences. 

§  72.  Northwest  Kansas  Conference  shall  be 
bounded  on  the  west  and  north  by  the  Kansas  State 
line;  on  the  east  by  the  sixth  principal  meridian,  but 
including  the  Solomon  City  Circuit;  and  on  the  south 
by  the  south  line  of  township  seventeen  as  far  west 
358 


Boundaries  of  Annual  Conferences   *[  485 

as  to  the  east  line  of  Lane  County;  thence  north  to 
the  north  line  of  said  Lane  County;  thence  west  to 
the  State  line. 

§  73.  Northwest  Nebraska  Conference  shall  in- 
clude all  that  portion  of  the  State  of  Nebraska  lying 
west  of  the  west  line  of  range  twelve  west  of  the  sixth 
principal  meridian,  and  north  of  the  sixth  standard 
parallel  north,  including  such  portions  of  Sheridan, 
Boxbutte,  and  Sioux  Counties  as  are  south  of  such 
line. 

§  74.  Norwegian-  and  Danish  Conference  shall  in- 
clude all  the  work  among  the  Norwegians  and  Danes 
between  the  Allegheny  and  Rocky  Mountains. 

§  75.  Ohio  Conference  shall  be  bounded  as  fol- 
lows: Commencing  on  the  Muskingum  River  north 
of  Dresden;  thence  down  said  river  to  the  Ohio 
River,  including  Zanesville  and  Marietta;  thence 
down  the  Ohio  River  to  the  mouth  of  Ohio  Brush 
Creek;  thence  north  to  the  southeast  corner  of 
Fayette  County;  thence  northwest  to  the  west  line  of 
Fayette  County,  not  including  Center  Church;  thence 
north  on  the  west  line  of  Fayette  and  Madison  Coun- 
ties to  the  Springfield  Branch  of  the  Cleveland,  Cin- 
cinnati, Chicago  &  Saint  Louis  Railroad,  leaving 
Vienna,  Dunbarton,  and  Sinking  Spring  Circuits 
west  of  said  line;  thence  east  on  the  southern  bound- 
aries of  Central  Ohio  and  North-East  Ohio  Confer- 
ences to  the  place  of  beginning,  including  Milford 
and  Stratford,  and  Saint  Paul's  Charge,  Delaware, 
Ohio. 

§  76.  Oklahoma  Conference  shall  include  the  State 
of  Oklahoma,  except  the  three  counties  of  Beaver, 
Texas,  and  Cimarron  and  the  portion  included  in  the 
Arkansas  Conference;  also  the  entire  State  of  Texas, 
359 


f  485   Boundaries  of  Annual  Coxferexces 


except  El  Paso  County  and  that  portion  included  in 
the  Gulf  Conference. 

§  77.  Oregon  Confekence  shall  include  all  that  part 
of  the  State  of  Oregon  not  included  in  the  Columbia 
River  and  the  Idaho  Conferences. 

§  78.  Pacific  German  Conference  shall  include  the 
German  work  of  the  States  of  Oregon,  Washington, 
Idaho,  and  Montana. 

§  79.  Philadelphia  Conference  shall  be  bounded 
on  the  east  by  the  Delaware  River;  on  the  south  by 
the  Pennsylvania  State  line;  on  the  west  by  the  Sus- 
quehanna River,  excluding  Harrisburg,  Curtin  Heights 
and  Epworth  Charges;  on  the  north  by  the  north 
line  of  Dauphin,  Schuylkill,  Carbon,  and  Monroe 
Counties,  excepting  Ashland  and  Beaver  Meadows 
Circuit. 

§  80.  Pittsburgh  Conference  shall  be  bounded  on 
the  north  by  the  Erie  Conference;  on  the  east  by  the 
Central  Pennsylvania  Conference;  on  the  south  by 
the  West  Virginia  Conference;  on  the  west  by  the 
North-East  Ohio  Conference. 

§  81.  Puget  Sound  Conference  shall  include  all 
that  part  of  the  State  of  Washington  lying  west  of 
the  summit  of  the  Cascade  Mountains. 

§  82.  Rock  River  Conference  shall  include  that 
part  of  the  State  of  Illinois  north  of  Central  Illinois 
Conference  except  East  Dubuque.  This  Conference 
shall  include  the  work  among  the  Welsh  people  of 
the  States  of  Illinois  and  Wisconsin. 

§  83.  Saint  Johns  River  Conference  shall  include 
the  work  among  the  white  people  in  the  State  of 
Florida,  except  that  portion  lying  west  of  the  Apa- 
lachicola  River. 

§  84.  Saint  Louis  Conference  shall  Include  that 
360 


Boundaries  of  Annual  Conferences  485 

part  of  the  State  of  Missouri  lying  south  of  the  Mis- 
souri River. 

§  85.  Saint  Louis  German  Conference  shall  in- 
clude the  German  work  in  that  part  of  the  State  of 
Illinois  south  of  the  Chicago  German  Conference; 
and  in  the  State  of  Iowa  south  of  the  Northwest 
German  Conference;  and  all  of  the  German  work  in 
the  State  of  Missouri  which  is  not  within  the  West 
German  Conference. 

§  86.  Savannah  Conference  shall  include  the  col- 
ored work  in  that  part  of  the  State  of  Georgia  lying 
south  of  a  line  running  east  and  west  on  a  line  of 
the  northern  boundaries  of  Richmond,  McDuffie,  War- 
ren, Hancock,  Putnam,  Jasper,  and  Butts  Counties; 
that  part  of  Spalding  County  embracing  Liberty  Hill 
Circuit;  all  of  Pike  County  except  the  church  known 
as  Free  Liberty;  that  part  of  Meriwether  County 
embracing  Greenville;  and  that  part  of  Troup  County 
embracing  La  Grange  Station  and  La  Grange  Cir- 
cuit. 

§  87.  South  Carolina  Conference  shall  include  the 
colored  work  in  the  State  of  South  Carolina. 

§  88.  South  Kansas  Conference  shall  include  that 
part  of  the  State  of  Kansas  lying  east  of  the  west 
line  of  Chautauqua,  Elk,  Greenwood,  and  Chase 
Counties,  and  south  of  the  line  of  township  sixteen, 
including  Louisburg,  Ottawa,  and  Baldwin,  lying 
north  of  that  line,  and  excluding  Pomona  and  Que- 
nemo,  lying  south  of  that  line. 

§  89.  Southern  California  Conference  shall  em- 
brace that  portion  of  the  State  of  California  lying 
south  of  the  line  beginning  at  the  summit  of  the 
Sierra  Nevada  Mountains;  following  the  middle  fork 
of  the  Merced  River  until  it  reaches  the  northern 
361 


485   Boundaries  of  Annual  Conferences 

boundary  of  Merced  County;  thence  north  and  west 
along  said  boundary,  including  Newman  Circuit,  to 
the  northwest  corner  of  Merced  County;  thence  south 
to  the  northwest  corner  of  Fresno  County;  thence  in 
a  direct  line  to  the  mouth  of  the  Carmel  River,  on 
Carmel  Bay;  also  that  portion  of  the  State  east  of 
the  Sierra  Nevada  Mountains  and  south  of  Inyo 
County,  except  Needles.  It  shall  also  include  the 
territory  of  Lower  California  in  the  republic  of 
Mexico. 

§  90.  Southern  German  Conference  shall  include 
the  German  work  in  the  States  of  Texas  and  Lou- 
isiana. 

§  91.  Southern  Illinois  Conference  shall  include 
all  that  part  of  the  State  of  Illinois  south  of  the  fol- 
lowing line,  namely:  Beginning  at  a  point  on  the 
Mississippi  River  at  the  northwest  corner  of  Cal- 
houn County;  thence  east  along  the  north  line  of  said 
county  to  the  Illinois  River;  thence  down  the  Illi- 
nois River  to  Columbiana;  thence  east  to  the  north- 
east corner  of  Jersey  County,  leaving  Carrollton  and 
Rockbridge  in  the  Illinois  Conference;  thence  in  a 
southeasterly  direction,  leaving  Chesterfield  in  the 
Illinois  Conference  and  Litchfield  in  the  Southern 
Illinois  Conference;  thence  to  Hillsboro,  leaving 
Hillsboro  in  the  Illinois  Conference;  thence  to  the 
northwest  corner  of  Fayette  County;  thence  along 
the  north  line  of  Fayette  County  and  Effingham 
County  to  the  west  line  of  Cumberland  County,  leav- 
ing Herrick  and  Holliday  in  the  Southern  Illinois 
Conference;  thence  south  to  the  southwest  corner  of 
Cumberland  County;  thence  east  along  the  south 
line  of  Cumberland  and  Clark  Counties  to  the  Wa- 
bash River. 

362 


Boundaries  of  Annual  Conferences   $  483 


§  92.  Southwest  Kansas  Conference  shall  include 
all  that  part  of  the  State  of  Kansas  not  included  in 
the  Kansas,  the  Northwest  Kansas,  and  the  South 
Kansas  Conferences,  and  also  Beaver,  Texas,  and 
Cimarron  Counties  in  the  State  of  Oklahoma.  w 

§  93.  Tennessee  Conference  shall  include  the  col- 
ored work  in  that  portion  of  the  State  of  Tennessee 
west  of  and  including  the  counties  of  Franklin,  Cof- 
fee, Warren,  White,  Putnam,  Overton,  and  Pickett, 
in  said  State. 

§  94.  Texas  Conference  shall  include  the  colored 
work  in  so  much  of  the  State  of  Texas  as  lies  east  of 
a  line  beginning  at  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  on  the  east 
line  of  Matagorda  County,  and  running  along  said 
line  and  the  east  line  of  Wharton  and  Colorado 
Counties  to  the  north  point  of  Colorado  County; 
thence  north  until  it  strikes  the  Central  Railroad  at 
Calvert;  thence  along  the  line  of  the  railroad  to  the 
northern  boundary  of  Texas,  excluding  Calvert  and 
all  the  towns  on  the  line  of  said  road. 

§  95.  Troy  Conference  shall  include  that  portion 
of  the  State  of  New  York  embraced  in  the  counties  of 
Rensselaer,  Washington,  Clinton,  Essex,  Warren, 
Saratoga,  Schenectady,  Montgomery  (except  Saint 
Johnsville),  Fulton  (except  the  towns  of  Oppenheim 
and  Stratford),  Albany  (except  Coeymans,  Coeymans 
Hollow,  and  South  Bethlehem),  Schoharie  (except 
Blenheim,  Charlottesville,  Eminence,  Gilboa,  Living- 
stonville,  and  Summit) ;  in  Columbia  County,  the 
towns  of  Stuyvesant.  Kinderhook,  New  Lebanon,  and 
Chatham  (except  Chatham  Village  and  East  Chat- 
ham);  in  Franklin  County,  the  towns  of  Standish, 
Saranac  Lake,  and  the  appointments  connected  with 
Bloomingdale  Circuit;  in  Hamilton  County,  the  towns 
363 


485   Boundaries  of  Annual  Conferences 

of  Benson,  Hope,  Wells,  Indian  Lake,  Long  Lake, 
and  Blue  Mountain  Lake;  and  in  Otsego  County, 
Center  Valley;  also  that  portion  of  the  State  of 
Vermont  embraced  in  the  counties  of  Addison  (ex- 
cept the  towns  of  Granville  and  Hancock),  Benning- 
ton (except  the  towns  of  Landgrove  and  Peru),  Rut- 
land (except  Mechanicsville  and  Cuttingsville,  Mount 
Holly,  East  Wallingford,  Summit,  and  Healdsville) ; 
and  in  Chittenden  County,  the  towns  of  Charlotte, 
Hinesburg,  Huntington,  Williston,  Shelburne,  Bur- 
lington, and  Winooski;  also  in  the  State  of  Massa- 
chusetts all  that  part  of  Berkshire  County  lying  upon 
the  line  of  the  Boston  &  Albany  Railroad,  and  north 
of  said  line. 

§  96.  Upper  Iowa  Conference  shall  be  bounded  as 
follows,  namely:  Beginning  at  the  northeast  corner 
of  the  State  of  Iowa;  thence  down  the  Mississippi 
River  to  Davenport,  including  East  Dubuque,  in  the 
State  of  Illinois;  thence  west  on  the  north  line  of  the 
Iowa  Conference  to  the  southeast  corner  of  Story 
County;  thence  north  to  the  State  line,  so  as  to  In- 
clude Iowa  Falls;  thence  east  on  said  line  to  the 
place  of  beginning. 

§  97.  Upper  Mississippi  Conference  shall  include 
the  colored  work  in  the  State  of  Mississippi  not  in- 
cluded in  the  Mississippi  Conference. 

§  98.  Vermont  Conference  shall  include  the  State 
of  Vermont,  except  that  section  lying  south  of  the 
Winooski  River  and  west  of  the  Green  Mountain 
divide;  said  boundary  to  leave  Winooski  Charge  In 
the  Troy  Conference,  and  Mechanicsville  and  Cut- 
tingsville in  the  Vermont  Conference. 

§  99.  Washington  Conference  shall  include  the 
colored  work  in  Western  Maryland,  the  District  of 
364 


Boundaries  of  Annual  Conferences   ^  485 

Columbia,  the  State  of  West  Virginia,  except  the 
counties  of  Mercer,  Wyoming,  and  McDowell;  so  much 
of  the  State  of  Pennsylvania  as  lies  west  of  the 
Susquehanna  River,  including  the  towns  on  said 
river;  and  so  much  of  the  State  of  Virginia  as  is  not 
included  in  the  East  Tennessee,  Delaware,  and  North 
Carolina  Conferences. 

§  100.  West  Germax  Coxferexce  shall  include  the 
German  work  in  the  States  of  Kansas,  Nebraska, 
Colorado,  and  Oklahoma,  and  so  much  of  the  State  of 
Missouri  as  lies  west  of  a  line  commencing  at  the 
southeast  corner  of  the  State  of  Kansas;  thence  direct 
to  the  southeast  corner  of  Morgan  County,  Missouri; 
thence  north  to  the  northeast  corner  of  Chariton 
County,  Missouri;  thence  to  the  northeast  corner  of 
Worth  County,  Missouri. 

§  101.  West  Nebraska  Coxferexce  shall  include  all 
that  part  of  the  State  of  Nebraska  lying  west  of  the 
west  line  of  range  twelve  west  of  the  sixth  principal 
meridian,  and  south  of  the  sixth  standard  parallel 
north,  except  such  portions  of  Sheridan,  Boxbutte, 
and  Sioux  Counties  as  are  south  of  said  line. 

§  102.  West  Texas  Coxferexce  shall  embrace  the 
colored  work  in  that  part  of  the  State  of  Texas 
which  is  not  included  in  the  Texas  Conference. 

§  103.  West  Virgixia  Coxferexce  shall  be  bounded 
as  follows:  Beginning  at  the  southwest  corner  of 
Pennsylvania;  thence  along  the  west  line  of  Penn- 
sylvania to  the  northeast  corner  of  Ohio  County,  West 
Virginia,  so  .as  to  include  Dallas  Circuit  and  Triadel- 
phia  Circuit;  thence  by  the  most  direct  way  to  Short 
Creek,  so  as  to  include  Short  Creek  and  Liberty  Cir- 
cuit; thence  down  Short  Creek  to  the  Ohio  River; 
thence  down  said  river  to  the  mouth  of  the  Big 
365 


%  485   Boundaries  of  Annual  Conferences 


Sandy  River;  on  the  west  by  the  State  line;  on  the 
south  by  the  Kentucky  and  Holston  Conferences,  in- 
cluding the  counties  of  Highland,  Augusta,  Rock- 
bridge, Botetourt,  Alleghany,  and  Craig  in  the  State 
of  Virginia;  on  the  east,  so  as  to  include  Bayard, 
Blaine,  Gorrnania,  Swanton,  and  Grantsville  Charges, 
to  the  Pennsylvania  State  line;  thence  westward 
along  said  line  to  the  place  of  beginning. 

§  104.  West  Wisconsin  Conference  shall  include 
that  part  of  the  State  of  Wisconsin  not  embraced  in 
the  Wisconsin  Conference. 

§  105.  Western  Norwegian-Danish  Conference 
shall  include  the  Norwegian  and  Danish  work  in 
the  States  of  Oregon,  Washington,  Idaho,  Montana, 
and  California. 

§  106.  Western  Swedish  Conference  shall  include 
all  of  the  Swedish  work  in  the  States  of  Iowa,  Mis- 
souri, Kansas,  Nebraska,  Colorado,  Wyoming,  and 
South  Dakota. 

§  107.  Wilmington  Conference  shall  include  the 
State  of  Delaware,  the  Eastern  Shore  of  Maryland, 
and  all  that  part  of  the  State  of  Virginia  east  of  the 
Baltimore  Conference. 

§  108.  Wisconsin  Conference  shall  include  all  that 
part  of  the  State  of  Wisconsin  lying  east  and  north  of 
a  line  beginning  at  the  southeast  corner  of  Green 
County,  on  the  south  line  of  the  State;  thence  north 
on  the  range  line  between  ranges  nine  and  ten  east, 
to  the  north  line  of  town  twenty;  thence  west  on  the 
said  line  to  the  east  line  of  range  three;  thence  north 
on  said  line  to  the  Michigan  State  line,  excluding 
Avon  Church,  McFarland,  Goodman  Church,  Brook- 
lyn, and  the  town  of  Pine  Grove  in  Portage  County. 

§  109.  Wyoming  Conference  shall  include  that  por- 
366 


J5oi  XDAniES  of  Axxual  Coxferexces    ^  486 


tion  of  the  southern  part  of  the  State  of  New  York 
which  is  not  included  in  the  New  York,  New  York 
East,  Newark,  Central  New  York,  and  Genesee  Con- 
ferences; and  that  part  of  the  State  of  Pennsylvania 
which  is  bounded  on  the  west  by  Central  New  York 
Conference,  including  the  territory  east  of  the  Sus- 
quehanna River,  and  on  the  south  by  the  Central 
Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia,  and  Newark  Confer- 
ences, including  Narrowsburg,  and  on  the  east  by 
the  Newark  and  New  York  Conferences. 


II.  Foreign  Countries 
r  486,  §  1.  Bengal  Conference  shall  include  Ben- 
gal, Assam,  Chota,  Nagpur,  Orissa,  and  so  much  of 
Bihar  as  lies  east  and  south  of  the  Bhagalpur  Civil 
District. 

§  2.  Bombay  Conference  shall  include  all  of  the 
Bombay  Presidency  north  of  the  Belgaum  District, 
and  such  parts  of  Central  India  as  lie  south  of  the 
twenty-fifth  parallel  of  north  latitude  and  west  of  the 
Central  Provinces  Mission  Conference. 

§  3.  Central  China  Conference  shall  include  Cen- 
tral China,  with  its  central  station  at  the  city  of 
Nanking,  on  the  Yang-tse  River. 

§  4.  Chile  Conference  shall  include  the  Republics 
of  Chile  and  Bolivia. 

§  5.  Denmark  Conference  shall  include  the  King- 
dom of  Denmark. 

§  6.  Eastern  South  America  Conference  shall  In- . 
elude  the  Republics  of  Argentina,  Uruguay,  Para- 
guay, and  Brazil. 

§  7.  Finland  Conference  shall  include  Finland. 
367 


■f  486   Boundaries  of  Axxual  Coxferexces 


§  8.  Foochow  Conference  shall  include  the  Foklen 
Province  in  China,  excepting  so  much  as  is  included 
within  the  Hinghwa  Conference. 

§  9.  Hinghwa  Conference  shall  include  the  Hing- 
hwa Prefecture  and  the  adjoining  territory  in  which 
the  Hinghwa  dialect  is  spoken;  and  the  Ingchung 
Prefecture  and  the  adjoining  territory  in  which  the 
Amoy  dialect  is  spoken. 

§  10.  Italy  Conference  shall  include  the  Kingdom 
of  Italy,  and  those  parts  of  contiguous  countries 
In  which  the  Italian  language  is  spoken. 

§  11.  Korea  Conference  shall  include  Korea. 

§  12.  Liberia  Conference  shall  include  the  western 
coast  of  Africa  north  of  the  Equator. 

§  13.  Malaysia  Conference  shall  include  the 
Straits  Settlements,  the  Malay  Peninsula,  French  In- 
do-China,  Borneo,  Celebes,  Java,  Sumatra,  and  the 
adjacent  Islands  (not  including  the  Philippines)  in- 
habited by  the  Malay  race. 

§  14.  Mexico  Conference  shall  include  the  Repub- 
lic of  Mexico,  except  the  States  of  Chihuahua  and 
Sonora  and  the  Territory  of  Lower  California;  it 
shall  also  include  Central  America. 

§  15.  North  China  Conference  shall  include  that 
portion  of  the  Chinese  Republic  including  and  north 
of  the  Provinces  of  Shantung  and  Honan. 

§  1G.  North  Germany  Conference  shall  include  all 
that  part  of  Germany  north  of  a  line  running  from 
the  northwest  to  the  southeast,  between  the  Provinces 
of  the  Rhine  and  Westphalia,  and  from  the  southern 
point  of  Westphalia  to  the  northern  point  of  Bavaria; 
thence  by  the  north  and  northeast  boundary  of 
Bavaria,  between  Bavaria  on  the  one  side  and  the 
Turingen  States  and  the  Kingdom  of  Saxony  on  the 
368 


Boundaries  of  Annual  Conferences   f  486 

other,  so  as  to  include  the  present  districts  of  Ber- 
lin, Bremen,  and  Leipzig  and  the  circuit  of  Cassel. 

§  17.  North  India  Conference  shall  include  the 
United  Provinces  of  Agra  and  Oude  east  of  the 
Ganges  River  and  so  much  of  Bihar  as  is  not  included 
in  the  Bengal  Conference. 

§  18.  Northwest  India  Conference  shall  include 
that  portion  of  the  United  Provinces  of  Agra  and 
Oude  which  lies  south  and  west  of  the  Ganges;  the 
Punjab,  and  such  parts  of  Rajputana  and  Central 
India  as  lie  north  of  the  twenty-fifth  parallel  of 
north  latitude. 

§  19.  Norway  Conference  shall  include  the  King- 
dom of  Norway. 

§  20.  Philippine  Islands  Conference  shall  include 
the  Philippine  Archipelago  and  the   Sulu  Islands. 

§  21.  South  Germany  Conference  shall  include  all 
of  the  Empire  of  Germany  not  included  in  the  North 
Germany  Conference. 

§  22.  South  India  Conference  shall  include  all 
that  part  of  India  lying  south  of  the  Bombay  and 
Bengal  Conferences  and  the  Central  Provinces  Mis- 
sion Conference. 

§  23.  Sweden  Conference  shall  include  the  King- 
dom of  Sweden. 

§  24.  Switzerland  Conference  shall  include  the 
Republic  of  Switzerland. 


369 


f  487        Boundaries  of  Missions 


CHAPTER  III 

BOUNDARIES  OF  MISSION  CONFERENCES  AND 
MISSIONS 

I.  United  States  and  Territories 


487,  §  1.  Alaska  Mission  shall  include  the  Ter- 
ritory of  Alaska. 

§  2.  Arizona  Mission  shall  include  the  State 
of  Arizona,  Needles  in  the  State  of  California,  and 
the  State  of  Sonora  in  the  Republic  of  Mexico. 

§  3.  Black  Hills  Mission  shall  include  Crook 
County,  Wyoming,  and  all  that  part  of  the  State  of 
South  Dakota  west  of  the  meridian  101  degrees  west 
longitude. 

§  4.  Chinese  Mission  shall  include  all  the  Chinese 
work  on  the  Pacific  Coast,  except  in  Oregon  and 
Washington. 

§  5.  Hawaii  Mission  shall  include  the  Hawaiian 
Islands. 

§  6.  Italian  Mission  shall  include  all  the  Italian 
work  in  the  territory  included  between  the  Atlantic 
Ocean  and  the  Mississippi  River,  except  that  included 
in  the  Gulf  Conference. 

§  7.  Nevada  Mission  shall  include  the  State  of  Ne- 
vada, and  as  much  of  the  State  of  California  as  liea 
east  of  the  west  summit  of  the  Sierra  Nevada 
Mountains. 

§  8.  New  Mexico  English  Mission  shall  include  the 
State  of  New  Mexico  excepting  Chama;   also  the 
370 


Boundaries  of  Missions 


If  487 


county  of  El  Paso  in  the  State  of  Texas,  and  the 
State  of  Chihuahua  in  the  Republic  of  Mexico. 

§  9.  New  Mexico  Spanish  Mission  Conference 
shall  include  the  work  among  the  Spanish-speaking 
peoples  in  the  States  of  New  Mexico,  Arizona,  and 
Colorado;  El  Paso,  Texas,  and  the  States  of  Chihua- 
hua and  Sonora  in  the  Republic  of  Mexico. 

§  10.  Pacific  Chinese  Mission  shall  include  all  the 
Chinese  work  between  the  Mississippi  River  and  the 
Pacific  Ocean,  excepting  that  this  action  shall  only 
become  operative  as  regards  the  Chinese  work  in 
Portland,  Oregon,  upon  the  concurrence  of  the  Bishops 
resident  in  Portland  and  San  Francisco. 

§  11.  Pacific  Japanese  Mission  shall  include  all 
the  Japanese  work  west  of  the  Mississippi  River. 

§  12.  Pacific  Swedish  Mission  Conference  shall 
include  the  Swedish  work  in  the  States  of  California, 
Oregon,  Washington,  Utah,  Nevada,  Idaho,  and  Ari- 
zona, and  that  part  of  Montana  west  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains. 

§  13.  Porto  Rico  Mission  shall  include  Porto  Rico 
and  the  adjacent  islands  belonging  to  its  civil  juris- 
diction, together  with  any  work  which  may  be  estab- 
lished by  our  Church  or  come  under  its  care  in  any 
of  the  islands  known  as  the  West  Indies. 

§  14.  South  Florida  Mission  shall  include  the 
colored  work  in  that  part  of  the  State  of  Florida  lying 
south  of  parallel  twenty-nine,  including  New  Smyrna, 
Daytona,  Ormond,  and  De  Land. 

§  15.  Southern  Swedish  Mission  Conference  shall 
include  all  the  Swedish  work  in  Texas. 

§  16.  Utah  Mission  shall  include  the  State  of 
Utah. 

§  17.  Wyoming  Mission  shall  include  the  State  of 
371 


I  488        Boundaries  of  Missions 


Wyoming,  except  the  National  Park  and  Crook 
County. 


II.  Foreign  Countries 

If  488.  South  America.  North  Andes  Mission 
Conference  shall  include  all  of  South  America  not 
included  in  the  Eastern  South  America  and  the  Chile 
Conferences. 

If  489,  §  1.  Europe.  Austria-Hungary  Mission  Con- 
ference shall  include  the  Empire  of  Austria-Hungary. 

§  2.  Bulgaria  Mission  Conference  shall  include 
the  Principality  of  Bulgaria  north  of  the  Balkan 
Mountains,  and  other  contiguous  countries  of  the 
Balkan  Peninsula  lying  north  and  west  of  said  sec- 
tion. 

§  3.  France  Mission  Conference  shall  include  the 
Republic  of  France. 

§  4.  Russia  Mission  shall  include  the  Empire  of 
Russia. 

II  490,  §  1.  Asia.  Burma  Mission  Conference  shall 
include  Burma. 

§  2.  Central  Provinces  Mission  Conference  shall 
include  all  the  Central  Provinces,  and  the  Feudatory 
States  under  the  supervision  of  the  Central  Provinces 
Government,  Berar,  and  such  portion  of  Central 
India  not  embraced  in  the  Bombay  Conference  as 
lies  north  of  the  Central  Provinces  and  south  of 
the  twenty-fifth  parallel  of  north  latitude;  that  por- 
tion of  the  Nizam's  Dominions  lying  north  of  the 
Godavery  Valley  Railway,  from  Jalna  in  the  Aurunga- 
bad  District,  to  the  point  where  that  railway  crosses 
the  Godavery  River;  such  country  as  lies  north  of  the 
Godavery  River  from  this  point  eastward  to  a  point 
372 


Central  Mission-  Conferences  4i)3 


twenty-five  miles  west  of  Sironcha.  The  boundary 
line  shall  be  thence  southeastward  along  the  Goda- 
very  River. 

§  3.  West  China  Mission  Conference  shall  include 
the  work  in  the  western  part  of  the  Chinese  Republic 
and  in  Tibet. 

11  491,  §  1.  Afbica.  East  Central  Africa  Mission 
Conference  shall  include  the  work  in  East  Africa, 
south  of  the  Equator. 

§  2.  Xorth  Africa  Missio?i  Conference  shall  include 
the  work  in  North  Africa. 

§  3.  West  Central  Africa  Mission  Conference  shall 
include  the  work  in  West  Africa,  south  of  the  Equator, 
and  the  Madeira  Islands. 


CHAPTER  IV 
CENTRAL  MISSION  CONFERENCES 
If  492,  §  1.  European  Central  Conference 
L  Austria-Hungary  Mission  Conference. 

2.  Bulgaria  Mission  Conference. 

3.  Denmark  Annual  Conference. 

4.  Finland  Annual  Conference. 

5.  France  Mission  Conference. 

6.  Italy  Annual  Conference. 

7.  North  Germany  Annual  Conference. 

8.  Norway  Annual  Conference. 

9.  Russia  Mission. 

10.  South  Germany  Annual  Conference. 

11.  Sweden  Annual  Conference. 

12.  Switzerland  Annual  Conference. 

r-        ?v  373 


If  493 


Enabling  Acts 


§  2.  Eastern  Asia  Central  Conference 

1.  Central  China  Annual  Conference. 

2.  East  Japan  Mission  Council. 

3.  Foochow  Annual  Conference. 

4.  Hinghwa  Annual  Conference. 

5.  Korea  Annual  Conference. 

6.  North  China  Annual  Conference. 

7.  West  China  Mission  Conference. 

8.  West  Japan  Mission  Council. 

§  3.  Southern  Asia  Central  Conference 

1.  Bengal  Annual  Conference. 

2.  Bomhay  Annual  Conference. 

3.  Burma  Mission  Conference. 

4.  Central  Provinces  Mission  Conference. 

5.  Malaysia  Annual  Conference. 

6.  North  India  Annual  Conference. 

7.  Northwest  India  Annual  Conference. 

8.  Philippine   Islands  Annual  Conference. 

9.  South  India  Annual  Conference. 


CHAPTER  V 
ENABLING  ACTS 
H  493.  The  following  Enabling  Acts  are  in  force; 
provided,  that  the  number  of  Members  in  any  ad- 
joining Annual  Conference,  Mission  Conference,  or 
Mission  shall  not  be  diminished  to  less  than  twenty- 
five.  .  ,  

I.  In  the  United  States 

To  Unite  Conferences  or  Missions 
IT  494,  §  1.  The  Cincinnati  and  the  Central  Ohio 
Conferences,  during  the  next  quadrennium,  by  a  ma- 
374 


Enabling  Acts 


If  494 


jority  vote  of  each  Conference  and  with  the  concur- 
rence of  the  Bishop  or  Bishops  presiding,  may  unite 
and  form  one  Annual  Conference  to  include  the  terri- 
tory of  both  Conferences  under  such  name  as  may  be 
adopted. 

§  2.  The  Dakota  Conference  and  the  Black  Hills 
Mission,  during  the  next  quadrennium,  by  a  two- 
thirds  vote  of  the  Members  of  said  Conference  and 
Mission  present  and  voting  and  with  the  concurrence 
of  the  Bishop  or  Bishops  presiding,  may  unite  and 
form  one  Annual  Conference. 

§  3.  In  the  event  of  the  rejection  of  this  Enabling 
Act,  the  line  between  the  Black  Hills  Mission  and  the 
Conference  shall  be  fixed  as  follows:  Beginning  at 
the  Missouri  River,  at  the  north  line  of  the  State  of 
South  Dakota,  following  the  river  to  the  north  line 
of  Lyman  County,  thence  west  to  the  northwest 
corner  of  Lyman  County,  thence  south  to  the  north 
line  of  Mellette  County,  thence  west  to  the  northwest 
corner  of  Mellette  County,  thence  south  to  the  State 
line;  subject  to  the  ratification  of  a  two-thirds  vote 
of  the  members  of  said  Mission  and  Conference 
present  and  voting. 

§  4.  The  Kansas  and  the  South  Kansas  Conferences, 
during  the  next  quadrennium,  by  a  majority  vote  of 
each  Conference  and  with  the  concurrence  of  the 
Bishop  or  Bishops  presiding,  may  unite  and  form  one 
Conference  under  such  name  as  may  be  adopted. 

§  5.  The  Missouri  and  the  Saint  Louis  Conferences, 
during  the  next  quadrennium,  by  a  majority  vote 
of  each  Conference  and  with  the  concurrence  of  the 
Bishop  or  Bishops  presiding,  may  unite  and  form 
one  Conference,  to  be  called  the  Missouri  Conference, 
covering  the  entire  State  of  Missouri. 

375 


\\  494  Enabling  Acts 


§  6.  The  Annual  Conferences  in  the  State  of  Ne- 
braska, during  the  next  quadrennium,  by  a  majority 
vote  of  each  Conference  and  with  the  concurrence 
of  the  Bishop  or  Bishops  presiding,  may  lift  the 
present  boundaries  so  as  to  form  one  Conference,  to 
be  known  as  the  Nebraska  Conference,  to  include 
the  entire  State  of  Nebraska. 

§  7.  If  the  above  proposition  should  fail,  the  pres- 
ent boundary  between  the  West  Nebraska  and  the 
Northwest  Nebraska  Conferences  may  be  changed 
by  a  majority  vote  of  each  Conference  60  that  the 
Northwest  Nebraska  Conference  shall  be  bounded 
as  follows:  Beginning  at  a  point  where  the  west 
line  of  range  twelve  west  of  the  sixth  principal 
meridian  meets  the  boundary  line  between  Nebraska 
and  South  Dakota;  thence  south  to  the  northeast 
corner  of  Garfield  County;  thence  west  to  the  north- 
east corner  of  Blaine  County;  thence  south  to  the 
northeast  corner  of  Logan  County;  thence  west  to  the 
southwest  corner  of  Grant  County;  thence  south  to 
the  southeast  corner  of  Garden  County;  thence  on 
the  county  line  to  the  southeast  corner  of  Morrill 
County;  thence  west  on  the  south  line  of  Banner 
County  to  the  Wyoming  line;  thence  north  to 
the  South  Dakota  line;  thence  east  to  the  west 
line  of  range  twelve  west  of  the  sixth  principal 
meridian. 

§  8.  Should  the  above  proposition  (§  6)  fail, 
the  Nebraska,  the  North  Nebraska,  and  the  West 
Nebraska  Conferences,  by  a  majority  vote  of  each 
Conference  and  with  the  concurrence  of  the  Bishop 
or  Bishops  presiding,  may  form  one  Conference,  which 
shall  be  called  the  Nebraska  Conference  and  shall 
be  bounded  as  follows:  The  Nebraska  Conference 
376 


Enabling  Acts 


shall  include  all  that  part  of  the  State  of  Nebraska 
not  included  in  the  Northwest  Nebraska  Conference. 

§  9.  Should  the  foregoing  propositions  in  §§  6,  7, 
and  S  fail,  the  Nebraska  and  the  North  Nebraska  Con- 
ferences, by  a  majority  vote  of  each  Conference  and 
with  the  concurrence  of  the  Bishop  or  Bishops  pre- 
siding, may  unite  and  form  one  Conference,  to  be 
called  the  East  Nebraska  Conference,  to  be  bounded 
as  follows:  The  East  Nebraska  Conference  shall  in- 
clude all  that  part  of  the  State  of  Nebraska  lying 
east  of  the  west  line  of  range  twelve,  west  of  the 
sixth  principal  meridian. 

To  Organize  Conferences  or  Missions 

r  495,  §  1.  The  Bohemian-Slavonic  work,  during 
this  quadrennium,  by  and  with  the  approval  of  the 
Board  of  Bishops,  may  be  organized  into  a  Mission, 
embracing  the  Bohemian-Slavonic  work  between  the 
Atlantic  Ocean  and  the  Mississippi  River. 

§  2.  New  Mexico  Spanish  Mission  Conference  and 
the  New  Mexico  English  Mission,  during  the  next 
quadrennium,  by  a  majority  vote  of  each  body  and 
with  the  concurrence  of  the  Bishop  or  Bishops  pre- 
siding, may  unite  and  form  an  Annual  Conference 
under  such  name  as  may  be  adopted. 

§  3.  Oklahoma  Conference,  during  the  next  quad- 
rennium, by  a  majority  vote  of  the  Conference  and 
with  the  concurrence  of  the  Bishop  presiding,  may 
organize  a  Mission  in  the  Panhandle  of  Texas,  with 
such  boundary  and  name  as  may  be  adopted. 

§  4.  Porto  Rico  Mission,  during  the  next  quadren- 
nium, by  a  two-thirds  vote  of  the  members  present 
and  voting  and  with  the  concurrence  of  the  Bishop 
presiding,  may  organize  into  a  Mission  Conference, 
377 


^  496 


Enabling  Acts 


§  5.  South  Florida  Mission,  during  the  next  quad- 
rennium,  by  a  two-thirds  vote  of  the  members  present 
and  voting  and  with  the  concurrence  of  the  Bishop 
presiding,  may  organize  into  an  Annual  Conference. 

§  6.  Wyoming  Mission,  during  the  next  quadren- 
nium,  by  a  majority  vote  of  the  Mission  and  with  the 
concurrence  of  the  Bishop  presiding,  may  be  organ- 
ized into  an  Annual  Conference,  under  such  name  as 
may  be  adopted. 

To  Divide  Conferences  and  Rearrange  Boundaries 
If  496,  §  1.  Annual  Conferences  of  the  State  of 
Ohio  are  authorized  and  requested  to  appoint  Com- 
missions which  may  so  adjust  boundaries  as  to  con- 
stitute four  Annual  Conferences  in  the  State  of  Ohio, 
such  action  to  be  approved  by  each  of  the  Conferences 
and  by  the  Bishop  or  Bishops  presiding  at  said 
Conferences. 

§  2.  Louisiana  Conference,  during  the  next  quad- 
rennium,  by  a  vote  of  two-thirds  of  the  members  pres- 
ent and  voting  and  with  the  concurrence  of  the 
Bishop  presiding,  may  divide  into  two  Conferences, 
with  such  boundaries  and  names  as  may  be  adopted. 

§  3.  Nortli  Dakota  Conference,  during  the  next 
quadrennium,  by  a  majority  vote  of  the  members 
present  and  voting  and  with  the  concurrence  of  the 
Bishop  presiding,  may  divide  its  territory  into  two 
Conferences,  on  such  lines  and  under  such  names 
as  may  be  adopted. 

§  4.  South  Carolina  Conference,  during  the  next 
quadrennium,  by  a  two-thirds  vote  of  the  members 
present  and  voting  and  with  the  concurrence  of  the 
Bishop  presiding,  may  divide  into  two  Conferences, 
with  such  names  and  boundaries  as  may  be  adopted. 
378 


Exablixg  Acts  f  497 


§  5.  Norwegian  and  Danish  work  in  the  city  of 
Buffalo,  New  York,  during  the  coming  quadrennium, 
by  a  majority  vote  of  the  Genesee  and  the  Norwegian 
and  Danish  Conferences,  at  their  sessions  immedi- 
ately succeeding  the  General  Conference  of  1912  and 
with  the  concurrence  of  the  Bishop  or  Bishops  pre- 
siding, may  be  transferred  to  the  Genesee  Confer- 
ence. 


II.  In  Foreign  Countries 

r  497,  §  1.  Central  China  Conference,  during  the 
next  quadrennium,  by  a  majority  vote  of  those  pres- 
ent and  voting  and  with  the  concurrence  of  the 
Bishop  presiding,  may  divide  into  two  Annual  Con- 
ferences, or  into  an  Annual  Conference  and  a  Mis- 
sion Conference. 

§  2.  Central  Conference  of  Southern  Asia,  during 
the  next  quadrennium,  may  organize  the  English- 
speaking  work  of  India  into  a  Mission,  under  the 
advice  and  with  the  consent  of  the  Missionary  Bishop 
of  Southern  Asia,  with  such  boundaries  and  name  as 
may  be  adopted. 

§  3.  Central  Provinces  Mission  Conference  of  India, 
during  the  next  quadrennium,  by  a  majority  vote  of 
the  Conference  and  with  the  concurrence  of  the 
Bishop  presiding,  may  organize  into  an  Annual  Con- 
ference. 

§  4.  East  Central  Africa  Mission  Conference,  dur- 
ing the  next  quadrennium,  by  a  majority  vote  of  the 
members  present  and  voting  and  with  the  concur- 
rence of  the  Bishop  presiding,  may  divide  into  two 
Mission  Conferences,  with  such  boundaries  and  names 
as  may  be  adopted. 

379 


f  497 


Enabling  Acts 


§  5.  (1)  Malaysia  Annual  Conference,  during  the 
coming  quadrennium,  by  a  two-thirds  vote  of  the 
members  present  and  voting  and  with  the  concur- 
rence of  the  Bishop  presiding,  may  organize  that 
portion  of  the  Conference  now  included  'in  the  Nether- 
lands Indies  District  into  a  Mission  Conference,  to  be 
known  as  the  Netherlands  Indies  Mission  Conference. 
(2)  Such  Netherlands  Indies  Mission  Conference, 
during  the  next  quadrennium,  by  a  vote  of  two  thirds 
of  the  members  present  and  voting  and  with  the  con- 
currence of  the  Bishop  presiding,  may  be  organized 
into  an  Annual  Conference. 

§  6.  North  Africa  Mission  Conference,  during  the 
next  quadrennium,  by  a  vote  of  a  majority  of  the 
members  present  and  voting  and  with  the  concur- 
rence of  the  Bishop  presiding,  may  be  organized  into 
an  Annual  Conference. 

§  7.  Russia  Mission,  during  the  next  quadrennium, 
by  a  two-thirds  vote  and  with  the  concurrence  of  the 
Bishop  presiding,  may  organize  into  a  Mission  Con- 
ference under  such  name  as  may  be  adopted. 

§  8.  Sweden  Conference,  during  the  next  quadren- 
nium, by  a  majority  vote  of  the  members  present 
and  voting  and  with  the  concurrence  of  the  Bishop 
presiding,  may  be  divided  into  two  Annual  Confer- 
ences, with  such  boundaries  and  names  as  may  be 
adopted. 

§  9.  West  China  Mission,  during  the  next  quadren- 
nium, by  a  two-thirds  vote  and  with  the  concurrence 
of  the  Bishop  presiding,  may  be  organized  into  an 
Annual  Conference,  with  such  name  and  boundaries 
as  may  be  adopted. 


380 


PART  IX 
RITUAL 


351 


I.  BAPTISM 

II.  RECEPTION  OF  MEMBERS 

III.  THE  LORD'S  SUPPER 

IV.  MATRIMONY 

V.  BURIAL  OF  THE  DEAD 

VI.  CONSECRATION  AND  ORDINATION 

VII.  CORNER  STONE  AND  DEDICATION 


382 


CHAPTER  I 


BAPTISM 

[Let  every  adult  person,  and  the  parents  of  every  child  to  be  baptized, 
have  the  choice  of  either  sprinkling,  pouring,  or  immersion.] 

[We  will  on  no  account  whatever  make  a  charge  for  administering 
Baptism.] 


IT  498.    Order  for  the  Administration  of  Baptism  to 
Infants 


The  Minister,  coming  to  the  Font,  which  is  to  be 
filled  with  pure  Water,  shall  use  the  following: 
Dearly  Beloved,  forasmuch  as  all  men  are  con- 
ceived and  born  in  sin,  and  that  our  Saviour  Christ 
saith,  Except  a  man  be  born  of  water  and  of  the 
Spirit  he  cannot  enter  into  the  kingdom  of  God;  I 
beseech  you  to  call  upon  God  the  Father,  through  our 
Lord  Jesus  Christ,  that  having,  of  his  bounteous 
mercy,  redeemed  this  child  by  the  blood  of  his  Son, 
he  will  grant  that  he,  being  baptized  with  water,  may 
also  be  baptized  with  the  Holy  Ghost,  be  received 
into  Christ's  holy  Church,  and  become  a  lively  Mem- 
ber of  the  same. 

Then  shall  the  Minister  say: 
Let  us  pray. 

Almighty  and  Everlasting  God,  who  of  thy  great 
mercy  hast  condescended  to  enter  into  covenant  rela- 

383 


1  498 


Bai>tism 


tions  with  man,  wherein  thou  hast  included  children 
as  partakers  of  its  gracious  benefits,  declaring  that 
of  such  is  thy  kingdom;  and  in  thy  ancient  Church 
didst  appoint  divers  baptisms,  figuring  thereby  the 
renewing  of  the  Holy  Ghost;  and  by  thy  well-beloved 
Son  Jesus  Christ  gavest  commandment  to  thy  holy 
Apostles  to  go  into  all  the  world  and  disciple  all 
nations,  baptizing  them  in  the  name  of  the  Father, 
and  of  the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost:  we  beseech 
thee,  that  of  thine  infinite  mercy  thou  wilt  look  upon 
this  child:  wash  him  and  sanctify  him;  that  he,  being 
saved  by  thy  grace,  may  be  received  into  Christ's 
holy  Church,  and  being  steadfast  in  faith,  joyful 
through  hope,  and  rooted  in  love,  may  so  overcome 
the  evils  of  this  present  world  that  finally  he 
may  attain  to  everlasting  life,  and  reign  with  thee, 
world  without  end,  through  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord. 
Amen. 

O  Merciful  God,  grant  that  all  carnal  affections 
may  die  in  him,  and  that  all  things  belonging  to  the 
Spirit  may  live  and  grow  in  him.  Amen. 

Grant  that  he  may  have  power  and  strength  to 
have  victory,  and  to  triumph  against  the  devil,  the 
world,  and  the  flesh.  Amen. 

Grant  that  whosoever  is  dedicated  to  thee  by  our 
office  and  ministry  may  also  be  endued  with  heaven- 
ly virtues,  and  everlastingly  rewarded  through  thy 
mercy,  O  blessed  Lord  God,  who  dost  live  and  govern 
all  things,  world  without  end.  Amen. 

Almighty,  Everliving  God,  whose  most  dearly  be- 
loved Son  Jesus  Christ,  for  the  forgiveness  of  our 
sins,  did  shed  out  of  his  most  precious  side  both 
water  and  blood,  regard,  we  beseech  thee,  our  suppli- 
cations. Sanctify  this  water  for  this  Holy  Sacra- 
384 


Baptism 


ment;  and  grant  that  this  child,  now  to  be  baptized, 
may  receive  the  fullness  of  thy  grace,  and  ever  re- 
main in  the  number  of  thy  faithful  and  elect  chil- 
dren, through  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord.  Amen. 

Then  shall  the  Minister  address  the  Parents  or 
Guardians  as  followeth: 

Dearly  Beloved,  forasmuch  as  this  child  is  now  pre- 
sented by  you  for  Christian  Baptism,  you  must  re- 
member-that  it  is  your  part  and  duty  to  see  that  he 
be  taught,  as  soon  as  he  shall  be  able  to  learn,  the 
nature  and  end  of  this  Holy  Sacrament.  And  that  he 
may  know  these  things  the  better,  you  shall  call  upon 
him  to  give  reverent  attendance  upon  the  appointed 
means  of  grace,  such  as  the  ministry  of  the  word, 
and  the  public  and  private  worship  of  God;  and 
further,  you  shall  provide  that  he  shall  read  the  Holy 
Scriptures,  and  learn  the  Lord's  Prayer,  the  Ten 
Commandments,  the  Apostles'  Creed,  the  Catechism, 
and  all  other  things  which  a  Christian  ought  to  know 
and  believe  to  his  soul's  health,  in  order  that  he  may 
be  brought  up  to  lead  a  virtuous  and  holy  life,  re- 
membering always  that  Baptism  doth  represent  unto 
us  that  inward  purity  which  disposeth  us  to  follow 
the  example  of  our  Saviour  Christ;  that  as  he  died 
and  rose  again  for  us,  so  should  we,  who  are  baptized, 
die  unto  sin  and  rise  again  unto  righteousness,  con- 
tinually mortifying  all  corrupt  affections,  and  daily 
proceeding  in  all  virtue  and  godliness. 

Do  you  therefore  solemnly  engage  to  fulfill  these 
duties,  so  far  as  in  you  lies,  the  Lord  being  your 
helper? 

Ans.  We  do. 

385 


1  498 


Baptism 


Then  shall  the  People  stand  up,  and  the  Minister 
shall  say: 

Hear  the  words  of  the  Gospel,  written  by  Saint  Mark. 
[Chap.  10.  13-16.] 

They  brought  young  children  to  Christ,  that  he 
should  touch  them.  And  his  disciples  rebuked  those 
that  brought  them.  But  when  Jesus  saw  it,  he  was 
much  displeased,  and  said  unto  them,  Suffer  the  little 
children  to  come  unto  me,  and  forbid  them  not;  for 
of  such  is  the  kingdom  of  God.  Verily  I  say  unto 
you,  Whosoever  shall  not  receive  the  kingdom  of  'God 
as  a  little  child,  he  shall  not  enter  therein.  And  he 
took  them  up  in  his  arms,  put  his  hands  upon  them, 
and  blessed  them. 

Then  the  Minister  shall  take  the  Child  into  his  hands, 
and  say  to  the  friends  of  the  Child: 

Name  this  child. 

And  then,  naming  it  after  them,  he  shall  sprinkle  or 
pour  Water  upon  it,  or,  if  desired,  immerse  it  in 
Water,  saying: 

N.,  I  baptize  thee  in  the  name  of  the  Father,  and  of 
the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  Amen. 

Then  shall  the  Minister  offer  the  following  Prayer, 
the  People  kneeling: 

0  God  of  infinite  mercy,  the  Father  of  all  the  faith- 
ful seed,  be  pleased  to  grant  unto  this  child  an  under- 
standing mind  and  a  sanctified  heart.  May  thy 
providence  lead  him  through  the  dangers,  tempta- 
tions, and  ignorance  of  his  youth,  that  he  may  never 
386 


Baptism 


1  198 


run  into  folly,  nor  into  the  evils  of  an  unbridled  ap- 
petite. We  pray  thee  so  to  order  the  course  of  his 
life  that,  by  good  education,  by  holy  examples,  and 
by  thy  restraining  and  renewing  grace,  he  may  be 
led  to  serve  thee  faithfully  all  his  days;  so  that,  when 
he  has  glorified  thee  in  his  generation,  and  has 
served  the  Church  on  earth,  he  may  be  received  into 
thine  eternal  kingdom,  through  Jesus  Christ  our 
Lord.  Amen. 

Almighty  and  Most  Merciful  Father,  let  thy  loving 
mercy  and  compassion  descend  upon  these,  thy  serv- 
ant and  handmaid,  the  parents  [or  guardians]  of  this 
child.  Grant  unto  them,  we  beseech  thee,  thy  Holy 
Spirit,  that  they  may,  like  Abraham,  command  their 
household  to  keep  the  way  of  the  Lord.  Direct  their 
actions,  and  sanctify  their  hearts,  words,  and  pur- 
poses, that  their  whole  family  may  be  united  to  our 
Lord  Jesus  Christ  in  the  bands  of  faith,  obedience, 
and  charity;  and  that  they  all,  being  in  this  life  thy 
holy  children  by  adoption  and  grace,  may  be  ad- 
mitted into  the  Church  of  the  firstborn  in  heaven, 
through  the  merits  of  thy  dear  Son,  our  Saviour  and 
Redeemer.  Amen. 

Then  may  the  Minister  offer  extemporary  Prayer. 
Then  shall  be  said,  all  kneeling: 

Our  Father  who  art  in  heaven,  hallowed  be  thy 
name.  Thy  kingdom  come.  Thy  will  be  done  in 
earth,  as  it  is  in  heaven.  Give  us  this  day  our  daily 
bread:  and  forgive  us  our  trespasses,  as  we  forgive 
those  who  trespass  against  us:  and  lead  us  not  into 
temptation,  but  deliver  us  from  evil:  for  thine  is  the 
kingdom,  and  the  power,  and  the  glory,  forever. 
Amen. 

387 


1  499 


Baptism 


IT  499.    Order  for  the  Administration  of  Baptism  to  such 
as  are  of  Riper  Years 

Dearly  Beloved,  forasmuch  as  all  men  are  con- 
ceived and  born  in  sin;  and  that  which  is  born  of  the 
flesh  is  flesh,  and  they  that  are  in  the  flesh  cannot 
please  God,  but  live  in  sin,  committing  many  actual 
transgressions;  and  our  Saviour  Christ  saith,  Except 
a  man  be  born  of  water  and  of  the  Spirit  he  cannot 
enter  into  the  kingdom  of  God:  I  beseech  you  to  call 
upon  God  the  Father,  through  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ, 
that  of  his  bounteous  goodness  he  will  grant  to  these 
■persons  that  which  by  nature  they  cannot  have;  that 
they,  being  baptized  with  water,  may  also  be  baptized 
with  the  Holy  Ghost,  and,  being  received  into  Christ's 
holy  Church,  may  continue  lively  Members  of  the 
same. 

Then  shall  the  Minister  say: 
Let  us  pray. 

Almighty  and  Immortal  God,  the  aid  of  all  that 
need,  the  helper  of  all  that  flee  to  thee  for  succor,  the 
life  of  them  that  believe,  and  the  resurrection  of  the 
dead:  we  call  upon  thee  for  these  persons,  that  they, 
coming  to  thy  Holy  Baptism,  may  also  be  filled  with 
thy  Holy  Spirit.  Receive  them,  O  Lord,  as  thou  hast 
promised  by  thy  well-beloved  Son,  saying,  Ask,  and 
ye  shall  receive;  seek,  and  ye  shall  find;  knock,  and 
it  shall  be  opened  unto  you:  so  give  now  unto  us  that 
ask;  let  us  that  seek,  find;  open  the  gate  unto  us  that 
knock;  that  these  persons  may  enjoy  the  everlasting 
benediction  of  thy  heavenly  washing,  and  may  come 
to  the  eternal  kingdom  which  thou  hast  promised, 
by  Christ  our  Lord.  Amen. 

388 


Baptism 


1  ioo 


Then  shall  the  People  stand  up,  and  the  Minister 
shall  say: 

Hear  the  words  of  the  Gospel,  written  by  Saint  John. 
[Chap.  3.  1-S.] 
There  was  a  man  of  the  Pharisees,  named  Nico- 
demus,  a  ruler  of  the  Jews:  the  same  came  to  Jesus 
by  night,  and  said  unto  him,  Rabbi,  we  know  that 
thou  art  a  teacher  come  from  God:  for  no  man  can 
do  these  miracles  that  thou  doest,  except  God  be  with 
him.  Jesus  answered  and  said  unto  him,  Verily, 
verily,  I  say  unto  thee,  Except  a  man  be  born  again, 
he  cannot  see  the  kingdom  of  God.  Nicodemus  saith 
unto  him,  How  can  a  man  be  born  when  he  is  old? 
Can  he  enter  the  second  time  into  his  mother's  womb, 
and  be  born?  Jesus  answered,  Verily,  verily,  I  say 
unto  thee,  Except  a  man  be  born  of  water  and  of  the 
Spirit,  he  cannot  enter  into  the  kingdom  of  God. 
That  which  is  born  of  the  flesh  is  flesh;  and  that 
which  is  born  of  the  Spirit  is  spirit.  Marvel  not  that 
I  said  unto  thee,  Ye  must  be  born  again.  The  wind 
bloweth  where  it  listeth,  and  thou  hearest  the  sound 
thereof,  but  canst  not  tell  whence  it  cometh,  and 
whither  it  goeth:  so  is  everyone  that  is  born  of  the- 
Spirit. 

Then  the  Minister  shall  speak  to  the  Persons  to  be 
baptized  on  this  wise: 
Well  Beloved,  who  have  come  hither  desiring  to  re- 
ceive Holy  Baptism,  you  have  heard  how  the  Congre- 
gation hath  prayed  that  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ  would 
vouchsafe  to  receive  you,  to  bless  you,  and  to  give  you 
the  kingdom  of  heaven,  and  everlasting  life.  And 
our  Lord  Jesus  Christ  hath  promised  in  his  holy 
word  to  grant  all  those  things  that  we  have  prayed 
389 


1  499 


Baptism 


for:  which  promise  he  for  his  part  will  most  surely 
keep  and  perform. 

Wherefore,  after  this  promise  made  by  Christ,  you 
must  also  faithfully,  for  your  part,  promise  in  the 
presence  of  this  whole  Congregation,  that  you  will 
renounce  the  devil  and  all  his  works,  and  constantly 
believe  God's  Holy  Word,  and  obediently  keep  his 
commandments. 

Then  shall  the  Minister  demand  of  each  of  the  Per- 
sons to  be  baptized: 

Quest.  Dost  thou  renounce  the  devil  and  all  his 
works,  the  vain  pomp  and  glory  of  the  world,  with 
all  covetous  desires  of  the  same,  and  the  carnal  de- 
sires of  the  flesh,  so  that  thou  wilt  not  follow  nor  be 
led  by  the;n? 

Ans.  I  renounce  them  all. 

Quest.  Dost  thou  believe  in  God  the  Father  Al- 
mighty, Maker  of  heaven  and  earth: 

And  in  Jesus  Christ,  his  only  begotten  Son  our 
Lord;  and  that  he  was  conceived  by  the  ..ioly  Ghost, 
born  of  the  Virgin  Mary;  that  he  suffered  under 
Pontius  Pilate,  was  crucified,  dead,  and  buried;  that 
he  rose  again  the  third  day;  that  he  ascended  into 
heaven,  and  sitteth  at  the  right  hand  of  God  the 
Father  Almighty;  and  from  thence  shall  come  again 
at  the  end  of  the  world,  to  judge  the  quick  and  the 
dead? 

And  dost  thou  believe  in  the  Holy  Ghost;  the  holy 
catholic1  Church,  the  communion  of  saints;  the  for- 
giveness of  sins;  the  resurrection  of  the  body;  and 
everlasting  life  after  death? 

Ans.  All  this  I  steadfastly  believe. 


i  The  one  universal  Church  of  Christ. 
390 


Baptism 


1  499 


Quest.  Wilt  thou  be  baptized  in  this  faith? 
Ans.  Such  is  my  desire. 

Quest.  Wilt  thou  then  obediently  keep  God's  holy 
will  and  commandments,  and  walk  in  the  same  all 
the  days  of  thy  life? 

Ans.  I  will  endeavor  so  to  do,  God  being  my  helper. 

Then  shall  the  Minister  say: 

0  Merciful  God,  grant  that  all  carnal  affections 
may  die  in  these  persons,  and  that  all  things  belong- 
ing to  the  Spirit  may  live  and  grow  in  them.  Amen. 

Grant  that  they  may  have  power  and  strength  to 
have  victory,  and  triumph  against  the  devil,  the 
world,  and  the  flesh.  Amen. 

Grant  that  they,  being  here  dedicated  to  thee  by 
our  office  and  ministry,  may  also  be  endued 
with  heavenly  virtues,  and  everlastingly  rewarded 
through  thy  mercy,  0  blessed  Lord  God,  who  dost 
live,  and  govern  all  things,  world  without  end.  Amen. 

Almighty,  Everliving  God,  whose  most  dearly  be- 
loved Son  Jesus  Christ,  for  the  forgiveness  of  our 
sins,  did  shed  out  of  his  most  precious  side  both 
water  and  blood;  and  gave  commandment  to  his  dis- 
ciples that  they  should  go  teach  all  nations,  and  bap- 
tize them  in  the  name  of  the  Father,  and  of  the  Son, 
and  of  the  Holy  Ghost;  regard,  we  beseech  thee,  our 
supplications;  and  grant  that  the  persons  now  to  be 
baptized  may  receive  the  fullness  of  thy  grace,  and 
ever  remain  in  the  number  of  thy  faithful  and  elect 
children,  through  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord.  Amen. 


391 


^[  500         Reception  op  Members 


Then  shall  the  Minister  ask  the  name  of  each  Person 
to  be  baptized,  and  shall  sprinkle  or  pour  Water 
upon  him  (or,  if  he  shall  desire  it,  shall  immerse 
him  in  Water),  saying: 

N.,  I  baptize  thee  in  the  name  of  the  Father,  and  of 
the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  Amen. 

Then  shall  be  said  the  Lord's  Prayer,  all  kneeling: 
Our  Father  who  art  in  heaven,  hallowed  be  thy 
name.  Thy  kingdom  come.  Thy  will  be  done  in 
earth,  as  it  is  in  heaven.  Give  us  this  day  our  daily 
bread:  and  forgive  us  our  trespasses,  as  we  forgive 
those  who  trespass  against  us:  and  lead  us  not  into 
temptation,  but  deliver  us  from  evil:  for  thine  is  the 
kingdom,  and  the  power,  and  the  glory,  forever. 
Amen. 

Then  may  the  Minister  conclude  with  extemporary 
Prayer. 


CHAPTER  II 
RECEPTION  OF  MEMBERS 

H  500.  Form  I 


Those  ivho  are  to  be  received  into  the  Church  as  pro- 
bationers shall  be  called  forward  by  name,  and  the 
Minister,  addressing  the  Congregation,  shall  say: 
Dearly  Beloved  Brethren,  that  none  may  be  ad- 
mitted hastily  into  the  Church,  we  receive  persons 
who  seek  fellowship  with  us  on  profession  of  faith  into 
392 


Reception  of  Members         1  500 


a  preparatory  membership;  in  which  proof  may  be 
made,  both  to  themselves  and  to  the  Church,  of  the 
sincerity  and  depth  of  their  convictions  and  of  the 
strength  of  their  purpose  to  lead  a  new  life. 

The  persons  here  present  desire  to  be  so  admitted. 
You  will  hear  their  answers  to  the  questions  put  to 
them,  and  if  you  make  no  objection  they  will  be 
received. 

It  is  needful,  however,  that  you  be  reminded  of 
your  own  responsibility,  as  having  previously  entered 
this  holy  fellowship  and  now  representing  the  Church 
into  which  they  seek  admission.  Remembering  their 
inexperience,  and  how  much  they  must  learn  in  order 
to  become  good  soldiers  of  Jesus  Christ,  see  to  it  that 
they  find  in  you  holy  examples  of  life  and  loving 
help  in  the  true  serving  of  their  Lord  and  ours.  I 
beseech  you  so  to  order  your  own  lives  that  these 
new  disciples  may  take  no  detriment  from  you,  but 
that  it  may  ever  be  to  them  a  cause  for  thanksgiving 
to  God  that  they  were  led  into  this  fellowship. 

Then,  addressing  the  Persons  seeking  Admission,  the 
Minister  shall  say: 

Dearly  Beloved,  you  have,  by  the  grace  of  God, 
made  your  decision  to  follow  Christ  and  to  serve  him. 
Your  confidence  in  so  doing  is  not  to  be  based  on 
any  notion  of  fitness  or  worthiness  in  yourselves,  but 
solely  on  the  merits  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  and  on 
his  death  and  intercession  for  us. 

That  the  Church  may  know  your  purpose,  you  will 
answer  the  questions  I  am  now  to  ask  you. 

Have  you  an  earnest  desire  to  be  saved  from  your 
sins? 

Ans.  I  have. 

393 


T  501         Reception  of  Members 


Will  you  guard  yourselves  against  all  things  con- 
trary to  the  teaching  of  God's  word,  and  endeavor 
to  lead  a  holy  life,  following  the  commandments  of 
God? 

Ans.  I  will  endeavor  so  to  do. 

Are  you  purposed  to  give  reverent  attendance  upon 
the  appointed  means  of  grace  in  the  ministry  of  the 
Word,  and  the  private  and  public  worship  of  God? 

Ans.  I  am  so  determined,  with  the  help  of  God. 

No  objection  being  offered,  the  Minister  shall  an- 
nounce that  the  Candidates  are  admitted,  and  shall 
assign  them  to  classes. 

Then  shall  the  Minister  offer  extemporary  Prayer. 


K50I.  Form  II 

On  the  day  appointed,  all  that  are  to  be  received  into 
the  Church  shall  be  called  forward,  and  the  Minis- 
ter, addressing  the  Congregation,  shall  say: 
Dearly  Beloved  Brethren,  the  Scriptures  teach 
us  that  the  Church  is  the  household  of  God,  the  body 
of  which  Christ  is  the  head;  and  that  it  is  the  design 
of  the  Gospel  to  bring  together  in  one  all  who  are  in 
Christ.    The  fellowship  of  the  Church  is  the  com- 
munion that  its  Members  enjoy  one  with  another. 
The  ends  of  this  fellowship  are  the  maintenance  of 
sound  doctrine  and  of  the  ordinances  of  Christian 
worship,  and  the  exercise  of  that  power  of  godly  ad- 
monition and  discipline  which  Christ  has  committed 
to  his  Church  for  the  promotion  of  holiness. 

It  is  the  duty  of  all  men  to  unite  in  this  fellowship; 
for  only  those  who  are  "planted  in  the  house  of  the 
394 


Rkceptiox  of  Members 


1  501 


Lord  shall  flourish  in  the  courts  of  our  God."  Its 
more  particular  duties  are,  to  promote  peace  and. 
unity;  to  bear  one  another's  burdens;  to  prevent  each 
other's  stumbling;  to  seek  the  intimacy  of  friendly 
society  among  themselves;  to  continue  steadfast  in 
the  faith  and  worship  of  the  Gospel;  and  to  pray  and 
sympathize  with  each  other.  Among  its  privileges 
are  peculiar  incitements  to  holiness  from  the  hear- 
ing of  God's  Word  and  the  sharing  in  Christ's  ordi- 
nances; the  being  placed  under  the  watchful  care  of 
Pastors;  and  the  enjoyment  of  the  blessings  which, 
are  promised  only  to  those  who  are  of  the  Household 
of  Faith. 

Into  this  holy  fellowship  the  persons  before  you, 
who  have  already  received  the  Sacrament  of  Baptism, 
and  have  been  properly  recommended,  come  seeking 
admission.  We  now  propose,  in  the  fear  of  God,  to 
question  them  as  to  their  faith  and  purposes,  that  you 
may  know  that  they  are  proper  persons  to  be  admit- 
ted into  the  Church. 

Then,  addressing  the  Applicants  for  Admission,  the 
Minister  shall  say: 
Dearly  Beloved,  you  are  come  hither  seeking  the 
great  privilege  of  union  with  the  Church  our  Saviour 
has  purchased  with  his  own  blood.  We  rejoice  in  the 
grace  of  God  vouchsafed  unto  you  in  that  he  has- 
called  you  to  be  his  followers.  You  have  heard  how 
blessed  are  the  privileges,  and  how  solemn  are  the 
duties,  of  membership  in  Christ's  Church;  and  before 
you  are  fully  admitted  thereto,  it  is  proper  that  you 
do  here  publicly  renew  your  vows,  confess  your  faith, 
and  declare  your  purpose,  by  answering  the  following 
questions: 

395 


T  50]  Reception  of  Members 

Do  you  here,  in  the  presence  of  God  and  of  this 
Congregation,  renew  the  solemn  promise  contained 
in  the  Baptismal  Covenant,  ratifying  and  confirming 
the  same,  and  acknowledging  yourselves  bound  faith- 
fully to  observe  and  keep  that  Covenant? 

Ans.  I  do. 

Have  you  saving  faith  in  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ? 
Ans.  I  trust  I  have. 

Do  you  believe  in  the  Doctrines  of  the  Holy  Scrip- 
tures as  set  forth  in  the  Articles  of  Religion  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church? 

Ans.  I  do. 

Will  you  cheerfully  be  governed  by  the  Rules  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  hold  sacred  the  Ordi- 
nances of  God,  and  endeavor,  as  much  as  in  you  lies, 
to  promote  the  welfare  of  your  brethren  and  the  ad- 
vancement of  the  Redeemer's  kingdom? 

Ans.  I  will. 

Will  you  contribute  of  your  earthly  substance,  ac- 
cording to  your  ability,  to  the  support  of  the  Gos- 
pel and  the  various  benevolent  enterprises  of  the 
Church? 

Ans.  I  will. 

Then  the  Minister,  addressing  the  Church,  shall  say: 
Brethren,  these  persons  having  given  satisfactory 
responses  to  our  inquiries,  have  any  of  you  reason  to 
allege  why  they  should  not  be  received  into  mem- 
bership in  the  Church? 

No  objections  being  alleged,  the  Minister  shall  say 
to  the  Candidates : 
We  welcome  you  to  the  communion  of  the  Church 
of  God;  and,  in  testimony  of  our  Christian  affection 

396 


The  Lord's  SurrER  ^  502 


and  the  cordiality  with  which  we  receive  you,  I  here- 
by extend  to  you  the  right  hand  of  fellowship:  and 
may  God  grant  that  you  may  be  a  faithful  and  useful 
Member  of  the  Church  militant  till  you  are  called  to 
the  fellowship  of  the  Church  triumphant,  which  is 
"without  fault  before  the  throne  of  God." 

Then  shall  the  Minister  offer  extemporary  Prayer. 


CHAPTER  III 
THE  LORD'S  SUPPER 

l  Whenever  practicable,  let  none  but  the  pure,  unfermented  juice  of  the 
grape  be  used  in  administering  the  Lord's  Supper.] 

[Let  persons  who  have  scruples  concerning  the  receiving  of  the  Sacra- 
ment of  the  Lord's  Supper  kneeling  be  permitted  to  receive  it  either 
standing  or  sitting. 1 

(Xo  person  shall  be  admitted  to  the  Lord's  Supper  among  us  who  is> 
guilty  of  any  practice  for  which  we  would  exclude  a  Member  of  our 
Church.) 


1  502.  Order  for  the  Administration  of  the  Lord's  Supper 


The  Elder  shall  say  one  or  more  of  these  Sentences, 
during  the  reading  of  which  the  Persons  appointed 
for  that  purpose  shall  receive  the  Alms  for  the 
Poor: 

Let  your  light  so  shine  before  men,  that  they  may 
see  your  good  works,  and  glorify  your  Father  which 
is  in  heaven.    [Matt.  5.  16.] 

397 


502  The  Lord's  Suppek 


Lay  not  up  for  yourselves  treasures  upon  earth, 
•where  moth  and  rust  doth  corrupt,  and  where  thieves 
break  through  and  steal:  hut  lay  up  for  yourselves 
treasures  in  heaven,  where  neither  moth  nor  rust 
doth  corrupt,  and  where  thieves  do  not  break  through 
nor  steal.    [Matt.  6.  19,  20.] 

Whatsoever  ye  would  that  men  should  do  to  you, 
do  ye  even  so  to  them:  for  this  is  the  law  and  the 
prophets.    [Matt.  7.  12.] 

Not  every  one  that  saith  unto  me,  Lord,  Lord,  shall 
enter  into  the  kingdom  of  heaven;  but  he  that  doeth 
the  will  of  my  Father  which  is  in  heaven.  [Matt. 
7.  21.] 

Zaccheus  stood,  and  said  unto  the  Lord:  Behold, 
Lord,  the  half  of  my  goods  I  give  to  the  poor;  and  if 
I  have  taken  anything  from  any  man  by  false  accusa- 
tion, I  restore  him  fourfold.    [Luke  19.  8.] 

He  which  soweth  sparingly  shall  reap  also  spar- 
ingly; and  he  which  soweth  bountifully  shall  reap 
also  bountifully.  Every  man  according  as  he  pur- 
poseth  in  his  heart,  so  let  him  give;  not  grudgingly, 
or  of  necessity:  for  God  loveth  a  cheerful  giver. 
[2  Cor.  9.  6,  7.] 

As  we  have  therefore  opportunity,  let  us  do  good 
unto  all  men,  especially  unto  them  who  are  of  the 
household  of  faith.    [Gal.  6.  10.] 

Godliness  with  contentment  is  great  gain;  for  we 
brought  nothing  into  this  world,  and  it  is  certain  we 
can  carry  nothing  out.    [1  Tim.  6.  6,  7.] 

Charge  them  that  are  rich  in  this  world,  that  they 
be  not  high-minded,  nor  trust  in  uncertain  riches, 
but  in  the  living  God,  who  giveth  us  richly  all  things 
to  enjoy;  that  they  do  good,  that  they  be  rich  in  good 
works,  ready  to  distribute,  willing  to  communicate; 
398 


The  Lord's  Supper  ^  502 


laying  up  in  store  for  themselves  a  good  foundation 
against  the  time  to  come,  that  they  may  lay  hold  on 
eternal  life.    [1  Tim.  6.  17-19.] 

God  is  not  unrighteous  to  forget  your  work  and 
labor  of  love,  which  ye  have  showed  toward  his  name, 
in  that  ye  have  ministered  to  the  saints,  and  do  min- 
ister.   [Heb.  6.  10.] 

To  do  good  and  to  communicate  forget  not;  for 
with  such  sacrifices  God  is  well  pleased.  [Heb. 
13.  16.] 

Whoso  hath  this  world's  good,  and  seeth  his 
brother  have  need,  and  shutteth  up  his  bowels  of 
compassion  from  him,  how  dwelleth  the  love  of  God 
in  him?    [1  John  3.  17.] 

He  that  hath  pity  upon  the  poor  lendeth  unto  the 
Lord;  and  that  which  he  hath  given  will  he  pay  him 
again.    [Prov.  19.  17.] 

Blessed  is  he  that  considereth  the  poor:  the  Lord 
will  deliver  him  in  time  of  trouble.    [Psa.  41.  1.] 

Thou  shalt  open  thine  hand  wide  unto  thy  brother, 
to  thy  poor.    [Deut.  15.  11.] 

After  which  the  Elder  shall  give  the  following  Invu 
tation,  the  People  standing: 

If  any  man  sin,  we  have  an  advocate  with  the 
Father,  Jesus  Christ  the  righteous:  and  he  is  the  pro- 
pitiation for  our  sins:  and  not  for  ours  only,  but  also 
for  the  sins  of  the  whole  world. 

Wherefore  ye  that  do  truly  and  earnestly  repent  of 
your  sins,  and  are  in  love  and  charity  with  your 
neighbors,  and  intend  to  lead  a  new  life,  following 
the  commandments  of  God.  and  walking  from  hence- 
forth in  his  holy  ways,  draw  near  with  faith,  and 
399 


%  502 


The  Lord's  Supper 


grant  that  we,  receiving  these  thy  creatures  of  bread 
and  wine,  according  to  thy  Son  our  Saviour  Jesus 
Christ's  holy  institution,  in  remembrance  of  his  death 
and  passion,  may  be  partakers  of  his  most  blessed 
body  and  blood;  who,  in  the  same  m  jie).e  ihe 
night  that  he  was  betrayed,  took  Elder  may  take 
bread  (');  and  when  he  had  given  the  plate  of 
thanks,  he  broke  it,  and  gave  it  to  his  bread  in  his 
disciples,  saying,  Take,  eat;  this  is  my  hand. 
body  which  is  given  for  you;  do  this  in  remembrance 
of  me. 

Likewise  after  supper  he  took  (2)  C)  Here  he 
the  cup;  and  when  he  had  given  nMV  the 
thanks,  he  gave  it  to  them,  saying,  CUP  in  his 
Drink  ye  all  of  this;  for  this  is  my  hand- 
blood  of  the  New  Testament,  which  is  shed  for  you, 
and  for  many,  for  the  remission  of  sins;  do  this,  as 
oft  as  ye  shall  drink  it,  in  remembrance  of  me. 
Amen. 

Then  shall  the  Minister  receive  the  Communion  in 
both  kinds,  and  proceed  to  deliver  the  same  to  the 
other  Ministers,  if  any  be  present;  after  which  he 
shall  say: 

It  is  very  meet,  right,  and  our  bounden  duty  that  we 
should  at  all  times  and  in  all  places  give  thanks  unto 
thee,  O  Lord,  holy  Father,  Almighty,  Everlasting  God. 

Therefore  with  angels  and  archangels,  and  with  all 
the  company  of  heaven,  we  laud  and  magnify  thy 
glorious  name,  evermore  praising  thee,  and  saying, 
Holy,  Holy,  Holy,  Lord  God  of  Hosts,  heaven  and 
earth  are  full  of  thy  glory.  Glory  be  to  thee,  0  Lord 
most  high!  Amen. 

402 


The  Lord's  Supper 


1  50* 


The  Minister  shall  then  proceed  to  administer  the 
Communion  to  the  People  in  order,  kneeling,  into 
their  uncovered  hands;  and  when  he  delivereth 
the  Bread,  he  shall  say: 

The  body  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  which  was 
given  for  thee,  preserve  thy  soul  and  body  unto  ever- 
lasting life.  Take  and  eat  this  in  remembrance  that 
Christ  died  for  thee;  and  feed  on  him  in  thy  heart 
by  faith,  with  thanksgiving. 

And  the  Minister  that  delivereth  the  Cup  shall  say: 
The  blood  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  which  was 
shed  for  thee,  preserve  thy  soul  and  body  unto  ever- 
lasting life.    Drink  this  in  remembrance  that  Christ's 
blood  was  shed  for  thee,  and  be  thankful. 

[If  the  Consecrated  bread  or  wine  shall  he  all  spent  before  all  have 
communed,  the  Elder  may  Consecrate  more  by  repeating  the  Prayer  of 
Consecratlon-l 

[When  all  have  communed,  the  Minister  shall  return  to  the  Lord's 
table  and  place  upon  It  what  remaineth  of  the  Consecrated  elements, 
covering  the  same  with  a  fair  linen  cloth.l 

Then  shall  the  Elder  say  the  Lord's  Prayer;  the  Peo- 
ple kneeling,  and  repeating  after  him  every  petition: 
Our  Father  who  art  in  heaven,  hallowed  be  thy  name. 
Thy  kingdom  come.  Thy  will  be  done  in  earth,  as  it  is 
in  heaven.  Give  us  this  day  our  daily  bread:  and  for- 
give us  our  trespasses,  as  we  forgive  those  who  trespass 
against  us  :  and  lead  us  not  into  temptation,  but  deliver 
us  from  evil :  for  thine  is  the  kingdom,  and  the  power, 
and  the  glory,  forever.  Amen. 

After  which  shall  be  said  as  folloueth: 
O  Lord  our  heavenly  Father,  we  thy  humble  serv- 
ants desire  thy  Fatherly  goodness  mercifully  to  ac- 
cept this   our   sacrifice    of  praise   and  thanksgiving; 

403 


^[  502  The  Lord's  Suiter 


most  humbly  beseeching  thee  to  grant,  that,  by  the 
merits  and  death  of  thy  Son  Jesus  Christ,  and 
through  faith  in  his  blood,  we  and  thy  whole  Church 
may  obtain  forgiveness  of  our  sins,  and  all  other  ben- 
efits of  his  passion.  And  here  we  offer  and  present 
unto  thee,  O  Lord,  ourselves,  our  souls  and  bodies,  to 
be  a  reasonable,  holy,  and  lively  sacrifice  unto  thee; 
humbly  beseeching  thee  that  all  we  who  are  par- 
takers of  this  Holy  Communion  may  be  filled  with 
thy  grace  and  heavenly  benediction.  And  although 
we  be  unworthy,  through  our  manifold  sins,  to  offer 
unto  thee  any  sacrifice,  yet  we  beseech  thee  to  accept 
this  our  bounden  duty  and  service ;  not  weighing  our 
merits,  but  pardoning  our  offenses,  through  Jesus 
Christ  our  Lord;  by  whom,  and  with  whom,  in  the 
unity  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  all  honor  and  glory  be  unto 
thee,  O  Father  Almighty,  world  without  end.  Amen. 

Then  shall  be  said  or  sung: 
Glory  be  to  God  on  high,  and  on  earth  peace,  good 
will  toward  men !  We  praise  thee,  we  bless  thee,  we 
worship  thee,  we  glorify  thee,  we  give  thanks  to  thee  for 
thy  great  glory,  O  Lord  God,  heavenly  King,  God  the 
Father  Almighty ! 

O  Lord,  the  only  begotten  Son  Jesus  Christ :  O  Lord 
God,  Lamb  of  God,  Son  of  the  Father,  that  takest  away 
the  sins  of  the  world,  have  mercy  upon  us.  Thou  that 
takest  away  the  sins  of  the  world,  have  mercy  upon 
us.  Thou  that  takest  away  the  sins  of  the  world,  re« 
ceive  our  prayer.  Thou  that  sittest  at  the  right  hand 
of  God  the  Father,  have  mercy  upon  us.  For  thou  only 
art  holy ;  thou  only  art  the  Lord ;  thou  only,  O  Christ, 
with  the  Holy  Ghost,  art  most  high  in  the  glory  of  God 
the  Father.  Amen. 

404 


Matrimony 


1  503 


Then  the  Elder,  if  he  see  it  expedient,  may  put  up  an 
extemporary  Prayer;  and  afterward  shall  let  the 
People  depart  with  this  Blessing: 
The  peace  of  God,  which  passeth  all  understanding, 
keep  your  hearts  and  minds  in  the  knowledge  and 
love  of  God,  and  of  his  Son  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord: 
and  the  blessing  of  God  Almighty,  the  Father,  the 
Son,  and  the  Holy  Ghost,  be  among  you,  and  remain 
with  you  always.  Amen. 

N.  B.— If  the  Elder  is  straitened  for  time  in  the  usual  administration 
of  the  Holy  Communion,  he  may  omit  any  part  of  the  service  except  the 
Invitation,  the  Confession,  and  the  Prayer  of  Consecration ;  and  in  its 
administration  to  t  he  Sick  he  may  omit  any  part  of  the  service  except  the 
Confession,  the  Prayer  of  Consecration,  and  the  usual  sentences  in  deliv- 
ering the  Bread  and  Wine,  closing  with  the  Lord's  Prayer,  extempore 
supplication,  and  the  Benediction. 


CHAPTER  IV 
MATRIMONY 

IT  503.  Form  for  the  Solemnization  of  Matrimony 


[The  parts  in  brackets  throughout  may  be  used  or  not  at  discretion.] 

At  the  day  and  time  appointed  for  the  Solemnization 
of  Matrimony,  the  pzrsons  to  be  married — having 
been  qualified  according  to  law — standing  together, 
the  Man  on  the  right  hand  and  the  Woman  on  the 
left,  the  Minister  shall  say: 

Dearly  Beloved,  we  are  gathered  together  here  in 
the  sight  of  God,  and  in  the  presence  of  these  wit- 
nesses, to  join  together  this  man  and  this  woman  in 
holy  Matrimony;  which  is  an  honorable  estate,  insti- 
tuted of  God  in  the  time  of  man's  innocency,  signify- 
405 


f  503 


Matrimony 


ing  unto  us  the  mystical  union  that  exists  between 
Christ  and  his  Church;  which  holy  estate  Christ 
adorned  and  beautified  with  his  presence,  and  first 
miracle  that  he  wrought,  in  Cana  of  Galilee,  and  is 
commende'd  by  Saint  Paul  to  be  honorable  among  all 
men;  and  therefore  is  not  by  any  to  be  entered  into 
unadvisedly,  but  reverently,  discreetly,  and  in  the 
fear  of  God. 

Into  which  holy  estate  these  two  persons  present 
come  now  to  be  joined.  Therefore  if  any  can  show 
just  cause  why  they  may  not  lawfully  be  joined  to- 
gether, let  him  now  speak,  or  else  hereafter  forever 
hold  his  peace. 

[And  also  speaking  unto  the  persons  that  are  to  le 
married,  the  Minister  shall  say: 
I  require  and  charge  you  both,  that  if  either  of  you 
know  any  impediment  why  you  may  not  be  lawfully 
joined  together  in  Matrimony,  you  do  now  confess  it: 
for  be  ye  well  assured,  that  so  many  as  are  coupled 
together  otherwise  than  God's  Word  doth  allow,  are 
not  joined  together  by  God,  neither  is  their  Matri- 
mony lawful.] 

If  no  impediment  be  alleged,  then  shall  the  Minister 
say  unto  the  Man: 
M.,  wilt  thou  have  this  woman  to  be  thy  wedded 
wife,  to  live  together  after  God's  ordinance  in  the 
holy  estate  of  Matrimony?  Wilt  thou  love  her,  com- 
fort her,  honor  and  keep  her,  in  sickness  and  in 
health;  and  forsaking  all  other,  keep  thee  only  unto 
her,  so  long  as  ye  both  shall  live? 

The  Man  shall  answer: 
I  will. 
406 


Matrimon-y 


1  5U3 


Then  shall  the  Miyiister  say  unto  the  Woman:  . 
N.,  wilt  thou  have  this  man  to  be  thy  wedded  hus- 
band, to  live  together  after  God's  ordinance  in  the 
holy  estate  of  Matrimony?  Wilt  thou  love,  honor, 
and  keep  him,  in  sickness  and  in  health;  and  for- 
saking all  other,  keep  thee  only  unto  him,  so  long  a» 
ye  both  shall  live? 

The  Woman  shall  answer: 
I  will. 

[Then  the  Minister  shall  cause  the  Man  with  his 
right  hand  to  take  the  Woman  by  her  right  hand, 
and  to  say  after  him  as  followeth: 
I,  M.,  take  thee,  N.,  to  be  my  wedded  wife,  to  have 
and  to  hold,  from  this  day  forward,  for  better,  for 
worse,  for  richer,  for  poorer,  in  sickness  and  in 
health,  to  love  and  to  cherish,  till  death  us  do  part, 
according  to  God's  holy  ordinance;   and  thereto  I 
plight  thee  my  faith. 

Then  shall  they  loose  their  hands,  and  the  Woman, 
with  her  right  hand  taking  the  Man  by  his  right 
hand,  shall  likewise  say  after  the  Minister: 
I,  N.,  take  thee,  M.,  to  be  my  wedded  husband,  to 
have  and  to  hold,  from  this  day  forward,  for  better, 
for  worse,  for  richer,  for  poorer,  in  sickness  and  in 
health,  to  love  and  to  cherish,  till  death  us  do  part, 
according  to  God's  holy  ordinance;   and  -  thereto  I 
plight  thee  my  faith.]  C2*&  'ttJLAJJ' 

Then  shall  the  Minister  pray  thus: 
O  Eternal  God,  Creator  and  Preserver  of  all  man- 
kind, Giver  of  all  spiritual  grace,  the  Author  of  ever- 
lasting life:  send  thy  blessing  upon  these  thy  serv- 
407 


f  503 


Matrimony 


ants,  this  man  and  this  woman,  whom  we  bless  in  thy 
name;  that  as  Isaac  and  Rebecca  lived  faithfully  to- 
gether, so  these  persons  may  surely  perform  and  keep 
the  vow  and  covenant  between  them  made,  and  may 
ever  remain  in  perfect  love  and  peace  together,  and 
live  according  to  thy  laws,  through  Jesus  Christ  our 
Lord.  Amen. 

[If  the  parties  desire  it,  the  Man  shall  here  hand  a 
Ring  to  the  Minister,  who  shall  return  it  to  him, 
and  direct  Mm  to  place  it  on  the  third  finger  of  the 
Woman's  left  hand.  And  the  Man  shall  say  to  the 
Woman,  repeating  after  the  Minister: 
With  this  ring  I  thee  wed,  and  with  my  worldly 
goods  I  thee  endow,  in  the  name  of  the  Father,  and 
of  the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  Amen.~i 

Then  shall  the  Minister  join  their  right  hands  to- 
gether, and  say: 
Forasmuch  as  M.  and  N.  have  consented  together 
in  holy  wedlock,  and  have  witnessed  the  same  before 
God  and  this  company,  and  thereto  have  pledged 
their  faith  either  to  other,  and  have  declared  the 
same  by  joining  of  hands;  I  pronounce  that  they  are 
husband  and  wife  together,  in  the  name  of  the  Father, 
and  of  the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  Those  whom 
God  hath  joined  together,  let  no  man  put  asunder. 
Amen. 

And  the  Minister  shall  add  this  Blessing: 
God,  the  Father,  the  Son,  and  the  Holy  Ghost, 
bless,  preserve,  and  keep  you;  the  Lord  mercifully 
with  his  favor  look  upon  you,  and  so  fill  you  with  all 
spiritual  benediction  and  grace  that  ye  may  so  live 
408 


Matrimony 


H  503 


together  in  this  life  that  in  the  world  to  come  ye  may 
have  life  everlasting.  Amen. 

Then  shall  the  Minister  offer  the  folloicing  Prayer: 
0  God  of  Abraham,  God  of  Isaac,  God  of  Jacob, 
bless  this  man  and  this  woman,  and  sow  the  seed  of 
eternal  life  in  their  hearts,  that  whatsoever  in  thy 
holy  word  they  shall  profitably  learn,  they  may  in- 
deed fulfill  the  same.  Look,  O  Lord,  mercifully  on 
them  from  heaven,  and  bless  them:  as  thou  didst 
send  thy  blessings  upon  Abraham  and  Sarah  to  their 
great  comfort,  so  vouchsafe  to  send  thy  blessings 
upon  this  man  and  this  woman,  that  they,  obeying 
thy  will,  and  always  being  in  safety  under  thy  pro- 
tection, may  abide  in  thy  love  unto  their  lives'  end, 
through  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord. 

Almighty  God,  who  at  the  beginning  didst  create 
our  first  parents,  Adam  and  Eve,  and  didst  sanctify 
and  join  them  together  in  marriage,  pour  upon  these 
persons  the  riches  of  thy  grace,  sanctify  and  bless 
them,  that  they  may  please  thee  both  in  body  and 
soul,  and  live  together  in  holy  love  unto  their  lives' 
end.  Amen. 

Here  the  Minister  may  use  extemporary  Prayer. 

Then  the  Minister  shall  repeat  the  Lord's  Prayer: 
Our  Father  who  art  in  heaven,  hallowed  be  thy 
name.  Thy  kingdom  come.  Thy  will  be  done  in 
earth,  as  it  is  in  heaven.  Give  us  this  day  our  daily 
bread:  and  forgive  us  our  trespasses,  as  we  forgive 
those  who  trespass  against  us:  and  lead  us  not  into 
temptation,  but  deliver  us  from  evil:  for  thine  is  the 
kingdom,  and  the  power,  and  the  glory,  forever. 
Amen. 

409 


T  504 


Burial  of  the  Dead 


CHAPTER  V 
BURIAL  OF  THE  DEAD 

[We  will  on  no  account  whatever  make  a  ch  arge  for  burying  the  dead.] 
If  504.  Form  for  Burial  of  the  Dead 


The  Minister,  going  before  the  Corpse,  shall  say: 
I  am  the  resurrection,  and  the  life:  he  that  be- 
lieveth  in  me,  though  he  were  dead,  yet  shall  he  live: 
and  whosoever  liveth  and  believeth  in  me  shall  never 
die.    [John  11.  25,  26.] 

I  know  that  my  Redeemer  liveth,  and  that  he  shall 
stand  at  the  latter  day  upon  the  earth:  and  though 
after  my  skin  worms  destroy  this  body,  yet  in  my 
flesh  shall  I  see  God:  whom  I  shall  see  for  myself, 
and  mine  eyes  shall  behold,  and  not  another.  [Job 
19.  25-27.] 

We  brought  nothing  into  this  world,  and  it  is  cer- 
tain we  can  carry  nothing  out.  The  Lord  gave,  and 
the  Lord  hath  taken  away;  blessed  be  the  name  of 
the  Lord.    [1  Tim.  6.  7;  Job  1.  21.] 

In  the  House  or  Church  may  be  read  one  or  both  of 
the  following  Psalms,  or  some  other  suitable  por- 
tion of  the  Holy  Scriptures: 

Psalm  39: 

I  said,  I  will  take  heed  to  my  ways,  that  I  sin  not 
with  my  tongue:  I  will  keep  my  mouth  with  a  bridle, 
410 


Burial  of  the  Dead 


T  504 


while  the  wicked  is  before  me.  I  was  dumb  with 
silence,  I  held  my  peace,  even  from  good;  and  my 
sorrow  was  stirred.  My  heart  was  hot  within  me; 
while  I  was  musing  the  fire  burned:  then  spake  I 
with  my  tongue,  Lord,  make  me  to  know  mine  end, 
and  the  measure  of  my  days,  what  it  is;  that  I  may 
know  how  frail  I  am.  Behold,  thou  hast  made  my 
days  as  a  handbreadth;  and  mine  age  is  as  nothing 
before  thee:  verily  every  man  at  his  best  state  is  al- 
together vanity.  Surely  every  man  walketh  in  a  vain 
show:  surely  they  are  disquieted  in  vain:  he  heapeth 
up  riches,  and  knoweth  not  who  shall  gather  them. 
And  now,  Lord,  what  wait  I  for?  my  hope  is  in  thee. 
Deliver  me  from  all  my  transgressions:  make  me  not 
the  reproach  of  the  foolish.  I  was  dumb,  I  opened 
not  my  mouth;  because  thou  didst  it.  Remove  thy 
stroke  away  from  me;  I  am  consumed  by  the  blow  of 
thine  hand.  When  thou  with  rebukes  dost  correct 
man  for  iniquity,  thou  makest  his  beauty  to  consume 
away  like  a  moth:  surely  every  man  is  vanity.  Hear 
my  prayer,  0  Lord,  and  give  ear  unto  my  cry;  hold 
not  thy  peace  at  my  tears:  for  I  am  a  stranger  with 
thee,  and  a  sojourner,  as  all  my  fathers  were.  0 
spare  me,  that  I  may  recover  strength,  before  I  go 
hence,  and  be  no  more. 

Psalm  90: 

Lord,  thou  hast  been  our  dwelling-place  in  all  gen- 
erations. Before  the  mountains  were  brought  forth, 
or  ever  thou  hadst  formed  the  earth  and  the  world, 
even  from  everlasting  to  everlasting,  thou  art  God. 
Thou  turnest  man  to  destruction;  and  sayest,  Return, 
ye  children  of  men.  For  a  thousand  years  in  thy 
sight  are  but  as  yesterday  when  it  is  past,  and  as  a 
411 


504  Burial  of  the  Dead 

watch  in  the  night.  Thou  carriest  them  away  as 
with  a  flood;  they  are  as  a  sleep:  in  the  morning 
they  are  like  grass  which  groweth  up.  In, the  morn- 
ing it  flourisheth,  and  groweth  up;  in  the  evening  it 
is  cut  down,  and  withereth.  For  we  are  consumed 
by  thine  anger,  and  by  thy  wrath  are  we  troubled. 
Thou  hast  set  our  iniquities  before  thee,  our  secret 
sins  in  the  light  of  thy  countenance.  For  all  our 
days  are  passed  away  in  thy  wrath:  we  spend  our 
years  as  a  tale  that  is  told.  The  days  of  our  years  are 
threescore  years  and  ten;  and  if  by  reason  of  strength 
they  be  fourscore  years,  yet  is  their  strength  labor 
and  sorrow;  for  it  is  soon  cut  off,  and  we  fly  away. 
Who  knoweth  the  power  of  thine  anger?  even  accord- 
ing to  thy  fear,  so  is  thy  wrath.  So  teach  us  to  num- 
ber our  days,  that  we  may  apply  our  hearts  unto 
wisdom.  Return,  O  Lord,  how  long?  and  let  it  repent 
thee  concerning  thy  servants.  O  satisfy  us  early 
with  thy  mercy;  that  we  may  rejoice  and  be  glad  all 
our  days.  Make  us  glad  according  to  the  days  where- 
in thou  hast  afflicted  us,  and  the  years  wherein  we 
have  seen  evil.  Let  thy  work  appear  unto  thy  serv- 
ants, and  thy  glory  unto  their  children.  And  let  the 
beauty  of  the  Lord  our  God  be  upon  us:  and  establish 
thou  the  work  of  our  hands  upon  us;  yea,  the  work 
of  our  hands  establish  thou  it. 

Then  may  follow  the  reading  of  the  Epistle,  as  follows: 
1  Corinthians  15.  41-58: 

There  is  one  glory  of  the  sun,  and  another  glory  of 
the  moon,  and  another  glory  of  the  stars;  for  one  star 
differeth  from  another  star  in  glory.  So  also  is  the 
resurrection  of  the  dead.   It  is  sown  in  corruption,  it 

m 


.Burial  of  the  Dead  504 

is  raised  in  incorruption:  it  is  sown  in  dishonor,  it  is 
raised  in  glory:  it  is  sown  in  weakness,  it  is  raised  in 
power:  it  is  sown  a  natural  body,  it  is  raised  a  spir- 
itual body.  There  is  a  natural  body,  and  there  is  a 
spiritual  body.  And  so  it  is  written,  The  first  man 
Adam  was  made  a  living  soul;  the  last  Adam  was 
made  a  quickening  spirit.  Howbeit  that  was  not  first 
which  is  spiritual,  but  that  which  is  natural;  and 
afterward  that  which  is  spiritual.  The  first  man  is 
of  the  earth,  earthy:  the  second  man  is  the  Lord  from 
heaven.  As  is  the  earthy,  such  are  they  also  that  are 
earthy:  and  as  is  the  heavenly,  such  are  they  also 
that  are  heavenly.  And  as  we  have  borne  the  image 
of  the  earthy,  we  shall  also  bear  the  image  of  the 
heavenly.  Now  this  I  say,  brethren,  that  flesh  and 
blood  cannot  inherit  the  kingdom  of  God;  neither 
doth  corruption  inherit  incorruption.  Behold,  I  show 
you  a  mystery;  We  shall  not  all  sleep,  but  we  shall  all 
be  changed,  in  a  moment,  in  the  twinkling  of  an  eye, 
at  the  last  trump:  for  the  trumpet  shall  sound,  and 
the  dead  shall  be  raised  incorruptible,  and  we  shall 
be  changed.  For  this  corruptible  must  put  on  incor- 
ruption, and  this  mortal  must  put  on  immortality. 
So  when  this  corruptible  shall  have  put  on  incorrup- 
tion, and  this  mortal  shall  have  put  on  immortality, 
then  shall  be  brought  to  pass  the  saying  that  is  writ- 
ten, Death  is  swallowed  up  in  victory.  O  death, 
where  is  thy  sting?  O  grave,  where  is  thy  victory? 
The  sting  of  death  is  sin;  and  the  strength  of  sin  is 
the  law.  But  thanks  be  to  God,  which  giveth  us  the 
victory  through  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ.  Therefore, 
my  beloved  brethren,  be  ye  steadfast,  unmovable, 
always  abounding  in  the  work  of  the  Lord,  forasmuch 
as  ye  know  that  your  labor  is  not  in  vain  in  the  Lord. 
413 


r  504 


Burial  of  the  Dead 


At  the  grave,  when  the  Corpse  is  laid  in  the  Earth, 
the  Minister  shall  say: 

Man  that  is  born  of  a  woman  hath  but  a  short  time 
to  live,  and  is  full  of  misery.  He  cometh  up,  and  is 
cut  down  like  a  flower:  he  fleeth  as  it  were  a  shadow, 
and  never  continueth  in  one  stay. 

In  the  midst  of  life  we  are  in  death:  of  whom  may 
we  seek  for  succor,  but  of  thee,  O  Lord,  who  for  our 
sins  art  justly  displeased?  , 

Yet,  O  Lord  God  most  holy,  O  Lord  most  mighty,  O 
holy  and  most  merciful  Saviour,  deliver  us  not  into 
the  bitter  pains  of  eternal  death. 

Thou  knowest,  Lord,  the  secrets  of  our  hearts;  shut 
not  thy  merciful  ears  to  our  prayers,  but  spare  us, 
Lord  most  holy;  O  God  most  mighty,  O  holy  and 
merciful  Saviour,  thou  most  worthy  Judge  eternal, 
suffer  us  not  at  our  last  hour  for  any  pains  of  death 
to  fall  from  thee. 

Then,  while  the  Earth  shall  be  cast  upon  the  Body  by 
some  standing  by,  the  Minister  shall  say: 
Forasmuch  as  it  hath  pleased  Almighty  God,  in  his 
wise  providence,  to  take  out  of  the  world  the  soul  of 
the  departed,  we  therefore  commit  7m  body  to  the 
ground,  earth  to  earth,  ashes  to  ashes,  dust  to  dust; 
rooking  for  the  general  resurrection  in  the  last  day, 
and  the  life  of  the  world  to  come,  through  our  Lord 
Jesus  Christ;  at  whose  second  coming  in  glorious 
majesty  to  judge  the  world,  the  earth  and  the  sea 
shall  give  up  their  dead;  and  the  corruptible  bodies 
of  those  who  sleep  in  him  shall  be  changed  and  made 
like  unto  his  own  glorious  body;  according  to  the 
mighty  working  whereby  he  is  able  to  subdue  all 
things  unto  himself. 

414 


Burial  of  the  Dead 


1  504 


Then  shall  be  said: 
I  heard  a  voice  from  heaven  saying  unto  me,  Write, 
From  henceforth  blessed  are  the  dead  who  die  in  the 
Lord:  Even  so,  saith  the  Spirit;  for  they  rest  from 
their  labors. 

Then  shall  the  Minister  say: 
Lord,  have  mercy  upon  us. 
Christ,  have  mercy  upon  us. 
Lord,  have  mercy  upon  us. 

Then  the  Minister  may  offer  this  Prayer: 
Almighty  God,  with  whom  do  live  the  spirits  of 
those  who  depart  hence  in  the  Lord,  and  with  whom 
the  souls  of  the  faithful,  after  they  are  delivered  from 
the  burden  of  the  flesh,  are  in  joy  and  felicity:  we 
give  thee  hearty  thanks  for  the  good  examples  of  all 
those  thy  servants,  who,  having  finished  their  course 
in  faith,  do  now  rest  from  their  labors.  And  we  be- 
seech thee,  that  we,  with  all  those  who  are  departed 
in  the  true  faith  of  thy  holy  name,  may  have  our  per- 
fect consummation  and  bliss,  both  in  body  and  soul, 
in  thy  eternal  and  everlasting  glory,  through  Jesus 
Christ  our  Lord.  Amen. 

The  Collect 

O  Merciful  God,  the  Father  of  our  Lord  Jesus 
Christ,  who  is  the  resurrection  and  the  life;  in  whom 
whosoever  believeth  shall  live,  though  he  die,  and 
whosoever  liveth  and  believeth  in  him  shall  not  die 
eternally:  we  meekly  beseech  thee,  O  Father,  to  raise 
us  from  the  death  of  sin  unto  the  life  of  righteous- 
ness; that  when  we  shall  depart  this  life  we  may  rest 
415 


*I  5<U  Burial  op  the  Dead 

in  him;  and  at  the  general  resurrection  on  the  last 
day  may  be  found  acceptable  in  thy  sight,  and  receive 
that  ble'ssing  which  thy  well-beloved  Son  shall  then 
pronounce  to  all  that  love  and  fear  thee,  saying, 
Come,  ye  blessed  children  of  my  Father,  receive  the 
kingdom  prepared  for  you  from  the  beginning  of  the 
world.  Grant  this,  we  beseech  thee,  O  Merciful 
Father,  through  Jesus  Christ  our  Mediator  and  Re- 
deemer. Amen. 

Our  Father  who  art  in  heaven,  hallowed  be  thy 
name.  Thy  kingdom  come.  Thy  will  be  done  in 
earth,  as  it  is  in  heaven.  Give  us  this  day  our  daily 
bread:  and  forgive  us  our  trespasses,  as  we  forgive 
those  who  trespass  against  us:  and  lead  us  not  into 
temptation,  but  deliver  us  from  evil:  for  thine  is  the 
kingdom,  and  the  power,  and  the  glory,  forever. 
Amen. 

The  grace  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  and  the  love  of 
God.  and  the  fellowship  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  be  with  us 
all  evermore.  Amen. 


410 


Consecration  and  Ordination    %  505 


CHAPTER  VI 
CONSECRATION  AND  ORDINATION 


H  505.  Form  of  Consecrating  Bishops 


[This  service  is  not  to  be  understood  as  an  ordination  to  a  higher  Order 
in  the  Christian  Ministry,  beyond  and  above  that  of  Elders  or  Presbyters, 
but  as  a  solemn  and  fitting  Consecration  for  the  special  and  most  sacred 
duties  of  Superlntendency  in  the  Church.] 

The  Collect 

Almighty  God,  who  by  thy  Son  Jesus  Christ  didst 
give  to  thy  holy  Apostles,  Elders^,  and  Evangelists 
many  excellent  gifts,  and  didst  charge  them  to  feed 
thy  flock:  give  grace,  we  beseech  thee,  to  all  the 
Ministers  and  Pastors  of  thy  Church,  that  they  may 
diligently  preach  thy  Word  and  duly  administer  the 
godly  discipline  thereof;  and  grant  to  the  People  that 
they  may  obediently  follow  the  same,  that  all  may 
receive  the  crown  of  everlasting  glory,  through  Jesus 
Christ  our  Lord.  Amen. 

Then  shall  be  read  by  one  of  the  Elders: 
The  Epistle.    Acts  20.  17-35 
From  Miletus  Paul  sent  to  Ephesus,  and  called  the 
elders  of  the  Church.    And  when  they  were  come  to 
him,  he  said  unto  them,  Ye  know,  from  the  first  day 
that  I  came  to  Asia,  after  what  manner  I  have  been 
with  you  at  all  seasons,  serving  the  Lord  with  all 
417 


*|f  505       Consecration  of  Bishops 

humility  of  mind,  and  with  many  tears,  and  tempta- 
tions, which  befell  me  by  the  lying  in  wait  of  the 
Jews:  and  how  I  kept  back  nothing  that  was  profit- 
able unto  you,  but  have  showed  you,  and  have  taught 
you  publicly,  and  from  house  t.o  house,  testifying  both 
to  the  Jews,  and  also  to  the  Greeks,  repentance  to- 
ward God,  and  faith  toward  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ. 
And  now,  behold,  I  go  bound  in  the  spirit  unto  Jeru- 
salem, not  knowing  the  things  that  shall  befall  me 
there:  save  that  the  Holy  Ghost  witnesseth  in  every 
city,  saying  that  bonds  and  afflictions  abide  me.  But 
none  of  these  things  move  me,  neither  count  I  my  life 
dear  unto  myself,  so  that  I  might  finish  my  course 
with  joy,  and  the  ministry,  which  I  have  received  of 
the  Lord  Jesus,  to  testify  the  Gospel  of  the  grace  of 
God.  And  now,  behold,  I  know  that  ye  all,  among 
whom  I  have  gone  preaching  the  kingdom  of  God, 
shall  see  my  face  no  more.  Wherefore  I  take  you  to 
record  this  day,  that  I  am  pure  from  the  blood  of  all 
men.  For  I  have  not  shunned  to  declare  unto  you  all 
the  counsel  of  God.  Take  heed  therefore  unto  your- 
selves, and  to  all  the  flock,  over  the  which  the  Holy 
Ghost  hath  made  you  overseers,  to  feed  the  Church  of 
God,  which  he  hath  purchased  with  his  own  blood. 
For  I  know  this,  that  after  my  departing  shall  griev- 
ous wolves  enter  in  among  you,  not  sparing  the  flock. 
Also  of  your  own  selves  shall  men  arise,  speaking 
perverse  things,  to  draw  away  disciples  after  them. 
Therefore  watch,  and  remember,  that  by  the  space 
of  three  years  I  ceased  not  to  warn  everyone  night 
and  day  with  tears.  And  now,  brethren,  I  commend 
you  to  God,  and  to  the  word  of  his  grace,  which  is 
able  to  build  you  up,  and  to  give  you  an  inheritance 
among  all  them  which  are  sanctified.  I  have  coveted 
418 


Consecration  of  Bishops        ^[  505 


no  man's  silver,  or  gold,  or  apparel.  Yea,  ye  your- 
selves know,  that  these  hands  have  ministered  unto 
my  necessities,  and  to  them  that  were  with  me.  I 
have  showed  you  all  things,  how  that  so  laboring  ye 
ought  to  support  the  weak,  and  to  remember  the 
words  of  the  Lord  Jesus,  how  he  said,  It  is  more 
blessed  to  give  than  to  receive. 

Then  another  shall  read: 

The  Gospel.    Saint  John  21.  15-17 

Jesus  saith  to  Simon  Peter,  Simon,  son  of  Jonas, 
lovest  thou  me  more  than  these?  He  saith  unto 
him,  Yea,  Lord;  thou  knowest  that  I  love  thee.  He 
saith  unto  him,  Feed  my  lambs.  He  saith  to  him 
again  the  second  time,  Simon,  son  of  Jonas,  lovest 
thou  me?  He  saith  unto  him,  Yea,  Lord;  thou  know- 
est that  I  love  thee.  He  saith  unto  him,  Feed  my 
sheep.  He  saith  unto  him  the  third  time,  Simon, 
son  of  Jonas,  lovest  thou  me?  Peter  was  grieved 
because  he  said  unto  him  the  third  time,  Lovest  thou 
me?  And  he  said  unto  him,  Lord,  thou  knowest  all 
things;  thou  knowest  that  I  love  thee.  Jesus  saith 
unto  him,  Feed  my  sheep. 

Or  this:  Saint  Matthew  28.  18-20 

Jesus  came  and  spake  unto  them,  saying,  All  power 
is  given  unto  me  in  heaven  and  in  earth.  Go  ye 
therefore,  and  teach  all  nations,  baptizing  them  in  the 
name  of  the  Father,  and  of  the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy 
Ghost:  teaching  them  to  observe  all  things  whatso- 
ever I  have  commanded  you:  and,  lo,  I  am  with  you 
alway,  even  unto  the  end  of  the  world. 

419 


T  505        Consecration  op  Bishops 


After  the  Gospel  and  the  Sermon  are  ended,  the 
Elected  Person  shall  be  presented  by  two  Elders 
unto  the  Bishop,  saying: 

We  present  unto  you  this  holy  man  to  be  conse- 
crated a  Bishop. 

Then  the  Bishop  shall  move  the  Congregation  present 
to  pray,  saying  thus  to  them: 

Brethren,  it  is  written  in  the  Gospel  of  Saint  Luke 
that  our  Saviour  Christ  continued  the  whole  night  in 
prayer  before  he  did  choose  and  send  forth  his  twelve 
Apostles.  It  is  written  also  in  the  Acts  of  the  Apos- 
tles that  the  disciples  who  were  at  Antioch  did  fast 
and  pray  before  they  laid  hands  on  Paul  and  Barna- 
bas, and  sent  them  forth  on  their  first  mission  to  the 
Gentiles.  Let  us  therefore,  following  the  example 
of  our  Saviour  Christ,  and  his  Apostles,  first  fall  to 
prayer  before  we  admit  and  send  forth  this  person 
presented  to  us  to  the  work  whereunto  we  trust  the 
Holy  Ghost  hath  called  him. 

Then  shall  the  following  Prayer  be  offered: 

Almighty  God,  Giver  of  all  good  things,  who  by  thy 
Holy  Spirit  hast  appointed  divers  Offices  in  thy 
Church:  mercifully  behold  this  thy  servant  now 
called  to  the  Work  and  Ministry  of  a  Bishop,  and  re- 
plenish him  so  with  the  truth  of  thy  doctrine,  and 
adorn  him  with  innocency  of  life,  that  both  by  word 
and  deed  he  may  faithfully  serve  thee  in  this  Office, 
to  the  glory  of  thy  name,  and  the  edifying  and  well 
governing  of  thy  Church,  through  the  merits  of  our 
Saviour  Jesus  Christ,  who  liveth  and  reigneth  with 
thee  and  the  Holy  Ghost,  world  without  end.  Amen. 
420 


Consecration  of  Bishops       1  505 


Then  the  Bishop  shall  say  to  him  that  is  to  bi 
Consecrated: 

Brother,  forasmuch  as  the  Holy  Scriptures  com- 
mand that  we  should  not  be  hasty  in  laying  on  hands 
and  admitting  any  person  to  government  in  the 
Church  of  Christ,  which  he  hath  purchased  with  no 
less  price  than  the  shedding  of  his  own  blood;  before 
you  are  admitted  to  this  administration,  you  will,  in 
the  fear  of  God,  give  answer  to  the  questions  which  I 
now  propound: 

Are  you  persuaded  that  you  are  truly  called  to  this 
Ministration,  according  to  the  will  of  our  Lord  Jesus 
Christ? 

Ans.  I  am  so  persuaded. 

The  Bishop.  Are  you  persuaded  that  the  Holy 
Scriptures  contain  sufficiently  all  doctrine  required 
of  necessity  for  eternal  salvation,  through  faith  in 
Jesus  Christ?  And  are  you  determined  out  of  the 
same  Holy  Scriptures  to  instruct  the  people  com- 
mitted to  your  charge,  and  to  teach  or  maintain  noth- 
ing as  required  of  necessity  to  eternal  salvation  but 
that  which  you  shall  be  persuaded  may  be  concluded 
and  proved  by  the  same? 

Ans.  I  am  so  persuaded  and  determined,  by  God's 
grace. 

The  Bishop.  Will  you  then  faithfully  exercise  your- 
self in  the  same  Holy  Scriptures,  and  call  upon  God 
by  prayer  for  the  true  understanding  of  the  same, 
so  that  you  may  be  able  by  them  to  teach  and  exhort 
with  wholesome  doctrine,  and  to  withstand  and  con- 
vince the  gainsayers? 

Ans.  I  will  do  so,  by  the  help  of  God. 

The  Bishop.  Are  you  ready  with  faithful  diligence 
to  banish  and  drive  away  all  erroneous  and  strange 
421 


S  505       Consecration  of  Bishops 


octrines  contrary  to  God's  word,  and  both  privately 
and  openly  to  call  upon  and  encourage  others  to  the 
same? 

Ans.  I  am  ready,  the  Lord  being  my  helper. 

The  Bishop.  Will  you  deny  all  ungodliness  and 
worldly  lust,  and  live  soberly,  righteously,  and  godly 
in  this  present  world,  that  you  may  show  yourself  in 
all  things  an  example  of  good  works  unto  others,  that 
the  adversary  may  be  ashamed,  having  nothing  to 
say  against  you? 

Ans.  I  will  do  so,  the  Lord  being  my  helper. 

The  Bishop.  Will  you  maintain  and  set  forward,  as 
much  as  shall  lie  in  you,  quietness,  love,  and  peace 
among  all  men;  and  such  as  shall  be  unquiet,  dis- 
obedient, and  criminal,  correct  and  punish  according 
to  such  authority  as  you  have  by  God's  word,  and  as 
shall  be  committed  unto  you? 

Ans.  I  will  do  so,  by  the  help  of  God. 

The  Bishop.  Will  you  be  faithful  in  Ordaining,  or 
laying  hands  upon  and  sending  others,  and  in  all  the 
other  duties  of  your  office? 

Ans.  I  will  so  be,  by  the  help  of  God. 

The  Bishop.  Will  you  show  yourself  gentle,  and  be 
merciful,  for  Christ's  sake,  to  poor  and  needy  people, 
and  to  all  strangers  destitute  of  help? 

Ans.  I  will  so  show  myself,  by  God's  help. 

Then  the  Bishop  shall  say: 
Almighty  God,  our  heavenly  Father,  who  hath  given 
you  a  good  will  to  do  all  these  things,  grant  also  unto 
you  strength  and  power  to  perform  the  same,  that  he 
accomplishing  in  you  the  good  work  which  he  hath 
begun,  you  may  be  found  blameless  at  the  last  day, 
through  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord.  Amen. 

422 


Consecration  of  Bishops       T  505 


Then  shall  Veni,  Creator  Spiritus,  be  said: 

Come,  Holy  Ghost,  our  souls  inspire, 

And  lighten  with  celestial  fire. 

Thou  the  anointing  Spirit  art, 

Who  dost  thy  sevenfold  gifts  impart. 

Thy  blessed  unction  from  above 

7s  comfort,  life,  and  fire  of  love.  * 

Enable  with  perpetual  light 
The  dullness  of  our  blinded  sight; 
Anoint  and  cheer  our  soiled  face 
With  the  abundance  of  thy  graces- 
Keep  far  our  foes,  give  peace  at  tome; 
Where  thou  art  Guide,  no  ill  can  ccme. 

Teach  us  to  know  the  Father,  Son, 
And  Thee  of  both  to  be  but  ONE; 
That  through  the  ages  all  along 
This  may  be  our  endless  song: 
Praise  to  thy  eternal  merit, 
Father,  Son,  and  Holy  Spirit. 

That  ended,  the  Bishop  shall  say: 

Lord,  hear  our  Prayer. 

Ans.  And  let  our  cry  come  unto  thee. 

The  Bishop  shall  then  say: 
Let  us  pray. 

Almighty  and  Most  Merciful  Father,  who  of  thine 
infinite  goodness  hast  given  thine  only  and  dearly 
heloved  Son  Jesus  Christ  to  be  our  Redeemer,  and 
the  author  of  everlasting  life;  who,  after  he  had 
made  perfect  our  redemption  by  his  death,  and  was 
ascended  into  heaven,  poured  down  his  gifts  abun- 
dantly upon  men,  making  some  Apostles,  some 
423 


505       Consecration  of  Bishops 

Prophets,  some  Evangelists,  some  Pastors  and  Teach, 
ers,  to  the  edifying  and  making  perfect  of  his 
Church:  grant,  we  beseech  thee,  to  this  thy  servant, 
such  grace  that  he  may  evermore  be  ready  to  spread 
abroad  thy  Gospel,  the  glad  tidings  of  reconciliation 
with  thee,  and  use  the  authority  given  him,  not  to 
destruction,  but  to  salvation;  not  to  hurt,  but  to 
help;  so  that  as  a  wise  and  faithful  servant,  giving  to 
the  family  their  portion  in  due  season,  he  may  at  last 
he  received  into  everlasting  joy,  through  Jesus  Christ 
our  Lord,  who,  with  thee  and  the  Holy  Ghost,  liveth 
and  reigneth,  one  God,  world  without  end.  Amen. 

Then  the  Bishop  and  Elders  present  shall  lay  their 
hands  upon  the  head  of  the  Elected  Person,  kneel- 
ing before  them,  the  Bishop  saying: 

The  Lord  pour  upon  thee  the  Holy  Ghost  for  the 
Office  and  Work  of  a  Bishop  in  the  Church  of  God 
now  committed  unto  thee  by  the  authority  of  the 
Church  through  the  imposition  of  our  hands,  in  the 
name  of  the  Father,  and  of  the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy 
Ghost.  Amen.  And  remember  that  thou  stir  up  the 
grace  of  God  which  is  in  thee;  for  God  hath  not  given 
us  the  spirit  of  fear,  but  of  power,  and  love,  and  of 
a  sound  mind. 

Then  shall  the  Bishop  deliver  to  him  the  Bible, 

saying : 

Give  heed  unto  reading,  exhortation,  and  doctrine. 
Think  upon  the  things  contained  in  this  book.  Be 
diligent  in  them,  that  the  increase  coming  thereby 
may  be  manifest  unto  all  men.  Take  heed  unto  thy- 
self, and  to  thy  doctrine;  for  by  so  doing  thou  shalt 
424 


Consecration  of  Bishops  ^>05 


both  save  thyself  and  them  that  hear  thee.  Be  to  the 
flock  of  Christ  a  shepherd,  not  a  wolf;  feed  them, 
devour  them  not.  Hold  up  the  weak,  heal  the  sick, 
bind  up  the  broken,  bring  again  the  outcast,  seek  the 
lost;  be  so  merciful  that  you  may  not  be  too  remiss; 
so  minister  discipline  that  you  forget  not  mercy; 
that  when  the  chief  Shepherd  shall  appear,  you  may 
receive  the  never-fading  crown  of  glory,  through 
Jesus  Christ  our  Lord.  Amen. 

[Then  the  Bishop  shall  administer  the  Lord's  Supper  to  the  newly  Con- 
secrated Bishop  and  other  persons  present.] 

Then  shall  be  offered  the  following  Prayers: 

Most  Merciful  Father,  we  beseech  thee  to  send 
down  upon  this  thy  servant  thy  heavenly  blessing, 
and  to  so  endue  him  with  thy  Holy  Spirit  that  he, 
preaching  thy  word,  and  exercising  authority  in  thy 
Church,  may  not  only  be  earnest  to  reprove,  beseech, 
and  rebuke  with  all  patience  and  doctrine,  but  also 
may  be,  to  such  as  believe,  a  wholesome  example  in 
word,  in  conversation,  in  love,  in  faith,  and  in  purity; 
that  faithfully  fulfilling  his  course,  at  the  last  day 
he  may  receive  the  crown  of  righteousness  laid  up  by 
the  Lord,  the  righteous  Judge,  who  liveth  and  reign- 
eth,  one  God  with  the  Father  and  the  Holy  Ghost, 
world  without  end.  Amen. 

Prevent  us,  O  Lord,  in  all  our  doings  with  thy  most 
gracious  favor,  and  further  us  with  thy  continual 
help,  that  in  all  our  works,  begun,  continued,  and 
ended  in  thee,  we  may  glorify  thy  holy  name;  and 
finally,  by  thy  mercy,  obtain  everlasting  life,  through 
Jesus  Christ  our  Lord.  Amen. 

425 


%  50o"         Ordination  of  Elders 


The  peace  of  God,  which  passeth  all  understand- 
ing, keep  your  hearts  and  minds  in  the  knowledge 
and  love  of  God,  and  of  his  Son  Jesus  Christ  our 
Lord:  and  the  blessing  of  God  Almighty,  the  Father, 
the  Son,  and  the  Holy  Ghost,  be  among  you,  and  re- 
main with  you  always.  Amen. 


H  506.  Form  of  Ordaining  Elders 

[When  the  day  appointed  by  the  Bishop  is  come,  there  shall  be  a  Ser- 
mon or  Exhortation,  declaring  the  Duty  and  Office  of  such  as  come  to  be 
admitted  Elders ;  how  necessary  that  Order  is  in  the  Church  of  Christ, 
and  also  how  the  People  ought  to  esteem  the  Elders  in  their  Office.] 

After  which,  one  of  the  Elders  shall  present  unto  the 
Bishop  all  them  that  are  to  be  Ordained,  and  say: 

I  present  unto  you  these  persons  to  be  ordained  as 
Elders. 

Then,  their  names  being  read  aloud,  the  Bishop  shall 
say  to  the  People: 

Brethren,  these  are  they  whom  we  purpose,  God 
willing,  this  day  to  ordain  Elders.  For  after  due 
examination,  we  find  not  to  the  contrary,  but  that 
they  are  lawfully  called  to  this  function  and  minis- 
try, and  that  they  are  persons  meet  for  the  same. 
But  if  there  be  any  of  you  who  knoweth  any  crime  or 
impediment  in  any  of  them,  for  the  which  he  ought 
not  to  be  received  into  this  holy  Ministry,  let  him 
come  forth  in  the  name  of  God,  and  show  what  the 
crime  or  impediment  is. 

If  any  crime  or  Impediment  be  objected,  the  Bishop  shall  surcease 
from  ordaining  that  person  until  such  time  as  the  party  accused  shall  be 
found  clear  of  the  same.] 

426 


Ordination  of  Elders  1"  0U6 


Then  shall  be  said  the  Collect,  Epistle,  and  Gospel, 
as  folloiceth: 

The  Collect 

Almighty  God,  Giver  of  all  good  things,  who  by  thy 
Holy  Spirit  hast  appointed  divers  Orders  of  Ministers 
in  thy  Church:  mercifully  behold  these  thy  servants 
now  called  to  the  Office  of  Elders,  and  replenish  them 
so  with  the  truth  of  thy  doctrine,  and  adorn  them 
with  innocency  of  life,  that  both  by  word  and  good 
example  they  may  faithfully  serve  thee  in  this  Office, 
to  the  glory  of  thy  name,  and  the  edification  of  thy 
Church,  through  the  merits  of  our  Saviour  Jesus 
Christ,  who  liveth  and  reigueth  with  thee  and  the 
Holy  Ghost,  world  without  end.  Amen. 

The  Epistle.    Ephesians  4.  7-13 

Unto  every  one  of  us  is  given  grace  according  to 
the  measure  of  the  gift  of  Christ.  Wherefore  he 
saith,  When  he  ascended  up  on  high,  he  led  captivity 
captive,  and  gave  gifts  unto  men.  Now  that  he  as- 
cended, what  is  it  but  that  he  also  descended  first  into 
the  lower  parts  of  the  earth?  He  that  descended  is 
the  same  also  that  ascended  up  far  above  all  heavens, 
that  he  might  fill  all  things.  And  he  gave  some, 
Apostles;  and  some,  Prophets;  ^nd  some,  Evangel- 
ists; and  some,  Pastors  and  Teachers;  for  the  per- 
fecting of  the  saints,  for  the  work  of  the  ministry, 
for  the  edifying  of  the  body  of  Christ:  till  we  all 
come  in  the  unity  of  the  faith,  and  of  the  knowledge 
of  the  Son  of  God,  unto  a  perfect  man,  unto  the  meas- 
ure of  the  stature  of  the  fullness  of  Christ. 

427 


T  5(Xj         Ordination  of  Elders 


The  peace  of  God,  which  passeth  all  understand- 
ing, keep  your  hearts  and  minds  in  the  knowledge 
and  love  of  God,  and  of  his  Son  Jesus  Christ  our 
Lord:  and  the  blessing  of  God  Almighty,  the  Father, 
the  Son,  and  the  Holy  Ghost,  be  among  you,  and  re- 
main with  you  always.  Amen. 


1!  506.  Form  of  Ordaining  Elders 

[When  the  day  appointed  by  the  Bishop  is  come,  there  shall  be  a  Ser- 
mon or  Exhortation,  declaring  the  Duty  and  Office  of  such  as  come  to  be 
admitted  Elders ;  how  necessary  that  Order  is  in  the  Church  of  Christ, 
and  also  how  the  People  ought  to  esteem  the  Elders  in  their  Office.] 

After  which,  one  of  the  Elders  shall  present  unto  the 
Bishop  all  them  that  are  to  be  Ordained,  and  say: 

I  present  unto  you  these  persons  to  be  ordained  as 
Elders. 

Then,  their  names  being  read  aloud,  the  Bishop  shall 
say  to  the  People: 

Brethren,  these  are  they  whom  we  purpose,  God 
willing,  this  day  to  ordain  Elders.  For  after  due 
examination,  we  find  not  to  the  contrary,  but  that 
they  are  lawfully  called  to  this  function  and  minis- 
try, and  that  they  are  persons  meet  for  the  same. 
But  if  there  be  any  of  you  who  knoweth  any  crime  or 
impediment  in  any  of  them,  for  the  which  he  ought 
not  to  be  received  into  this  holy  Ministry,  let  him 
come  forth  in  the  name  of  God,  and  show  what  the 
crime  or  impediment  is. 

If  any  crime  or  impediment  be  ob.iected,  the  Bishop  shall  surcease 
from  ordaining  that  person  until  such  time  as  the  party  accused  shall  be 
found  clear  of  the  same.] 

426 


Ordixatiox  of  Elders 


f  506 


Then  shall  be  said  the  Collect,  Epistle,  and  Gospel, 
as  folloiceth: 

The  Collect 

Almighty  God,  Giver  of  all  good  things,  who  by  thy 
Holy  Spirit  hast  appointed  divers  Orders  of  Ministers 
in  thy  Church:  mercifully  behold  these  thy  servants 
now  called  to  the  Office  of  Elders,  and  replenish  them 
so  with  the  truth  of  thy  doctrine,  and  adorn  them 
with  innocency  of  life,  that  both  by  word  and  good 
example  they  may  faithfully  serve  thee  in  this  Office, 
to  the  glory  of  thy  name,  and  the  edification  of  thy 
Church,  through  the  merits  of  our  Saviour  Jesus 
Christ,  who  liveth  and  reigueth  with  thee  and  the 
Holy  Ghost,  world  without  end.  Amen. 

The  Epistle.    Ephesians  4.  7-13 

Unto  every  one  of  us  is  given  grace  according  to 
the  measure  of  the  gift  of  Christ.  Wherefore  he 
saith,  When  he  ascended  up  on  high,  he  led  captivity 
captive,  and  gave  gifts  unto  men.  Now  that  he  as- 
cended, what  is  it  but  that  he  also  descended  first  into 
the  lower  parts  of  the  earth?  He  that  descended  is 
the  same  also  that  ascended  up  far  above  all  heavens, 
that  he  might  fill  all  things.  And  he  gave  some, 
Apostles;  and  some,  Prophets;  ^nd  some,  Evangel- 
ists; and  some,  Pastors  and  Teachers;  for  the  per- 
fecting of  the  saints,  for  the  work  of  the  ministry, 
for  the  edifying  of  the  body  of  Christ:  till  we  all 
come  in  the  unity  of  the  faith,  and  of  the  knowledge 
of  the  Son  of  God,  unto  a  perfect  man,  unto  the  meas- 
ure of  the  stature  of  the  fullness  of  Christ. 

427 


f  506 


Ordination  of  Elders 


After  this  shall  be  read  for  the  Gospel  part  of  the 
tenth  chapter  of  Saint  John: 
Saint  John  10.  1-16 

Verily,  verily,  I  say  unto  you,  He  that  entereth  not 
by  the  door  into  the  sheepfold,  but  climbeth  up  some 
other  way,  the  same  is  a  thief  and  a  robber.  But  he 
that  entereth  in  by  the  door  is  the  shepherd  of  the 
sheep.  To  him  the  porter  openeth;  and  the  sheep 
hear  his  voice:  and  he  calleth  his  own  sheep  by  name, 
and  leadeth  them  out.  And  when  he  putteth  forth 
his  own  sheep,  he  goeth  before  them,  and  the  sheep 
follow  him;  for  they  know  his  voice.  And  a  stranger 
will  they  not  follow,  but  will  flee  from  him;  for  they 
know  not  the  voice  of  strangers.  This  parable  spake 
Jesus  unto  them;  but  they  understood  not  what 
things  they  were  which  he  spake  unto  them.  Then 
said  Jesus  unto  them  again.  Verily,  verily,  I  say  unto 
you,  I  am  the  door  of  the  sheep.  All  that  ever  came 
before  me  are  thieves  and  robbers:  but  the  sheep  did 
not  hear  them.  I  am  the  door:  by  me  if  any  man 
enter  in,  he  shall  be  saved,  and  shall  go  in  and  out, 
and  find  pasture.  The  thief  cometh  not  but  for  to 
steal,  and  to  kill,  and  to  destroy:  I  am  come  that  they 
might  have  life,  and  that  they  might  have  it  more 
abundantly.  I  am  the  good  shepherd:  the  good  shep- 
herd giveth  his  life  for  the  sheep.  But  he  that  is  a 
hireling,  and  not  the  shepherd,  whose  own  the  sheep 
are  not,  seeth  the  wolf  coming,  and  leaveth  the  sheep, 
and  fleeth;  and  the  wolf  catcheth  them,  and  scatter- 
eth  the  sheep.  The  hireling  fleeth,  because  he  is  a 
hireling,  and  careth  not  for  the  sheep.  I  am  the 
good  shepherd,  and  know  my  sheep,  and  am.  known 
of  mine.  As  the  Father  knoweth  me,  even  so  know 
428 


Ordination  of  Eldkrs 


1  50G 


I  the  Father:  and  I  lay  down  my  life  for  the  sheep. 
And  other  sheep  I  have,  which  are  not  of  this  fold: 
them  also  I  must  bring,  and  they  shall  hear  my  voice; 
and  there  shall  be  one  fold  and  one  shepherd. 

And  that  done,  the  Bishop  shall  say  unto  the  Persons 
to  be  Ordained  Elders: 

You  have  heard,  brethren,  in  your  private  examina- 
tion, and  in  the  holy  lessons  taken  out  of  the  Gospel 
and  the  writings  of  the  Apostles,  of  what  dignity  and 
of  how  great  importance  this  Office  is  whereunto  ye 
are  called.  And  now  again  we  exhort  you,  in  the 
name  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  that  ye  have  in  re- 
membrance into  how  high  a  dignity  and  to  how 
weighty  an  Office  ye  are  called:  that  is  to  say,  to  be 
Messengers,  Watchmen,  and  Stewards  of  the  Lord; 
to  teach  and  to  premonish,  to  feed  and  provide  for, 
the  Lord's  family;  to  gather  the  outcasts,  to  seek  the 
lost,  and  to  be  ever  ready  to  spread  abroad  the  Gos- 
pel, the  glad  tidings  of  reconciliation  with  God. 

Have  always  therefore  printed  in  your  remem- 
brance how  great  a  treasure  is  committed  to  your 
charge.  For  they  are  the  sheep  of  Christ,  which  he 
bought  with  his  death  and  for  whom  he  shed  his 
blood.  The  Church  which  you  must  serve  is  his 
spouse  and  his  body.  And  if  it  shall  happen,  the 
same  Church,  or  any  member  thereof,  do  take  any 
hurt  or  hindrance  by  reason  of  your  negligence,  ye 
know  the  greatness  of  the  fault,  and  also  the  fearful 
punishment  that  will  ensue.  Wherefore  consider 
with  yourselves  the  end  of  the  ministry  toward  the 
children  of  God,  toward  the  spouse  and  body  of 
Christ;  and  see  that  you  never  cease  your  labor,  your 
care  and  diligence,  until  you  have  done  all  that  lieth 
429 


506         Ordination  of  Elders 

in  you,  according  to  your  bounden  duty,  to  bring  all 
such  as  are  or  shall  be  committed  to  your  charge  unto 
that  agreement  in  the  faith  and  knowledge  of  God, 
and  to  that  ripeness  and  perfectness  of  age  in  Christ, 
that  there  be  no  place  left  among  you  either  for  error 
in  religion  or  for  viciousness  in  life. 

Forasmuch  then  as  your  Office  is  both  of  so  great 
excellency,  and  of  so  great  difficulty,  ye  see  with  how 
great  care  and  study  ye  ought  to  apply  yourselves,  as 
well  that  ye  may  show  yourselves  dutiful  and  thank' 
ful  unto  that  Lord  who  hath  placed  you  in  so  high 
a  dignity;  as  also  to  beware  that  neither  you  your- 
selves offend,  nor  be  occasion  that  others  offend. 
Howbeit  ye  cannot  have  a  mind  and  will  thereto  of 
yourselves,  for  that  will  and  ability  are  given  of  God 
alone;  therefore  ye  ought,  and  have  need,  to  pray 
earnestly  for  his  Holy  Spirit.  And  seeing  that  ye 
cannot  by  any  other  means  compass  the  doing  of  so 
weighty  a  work,  pertaining  to  the  salvation  of  man, 
but  with  doctrine  and  exhortation  taken  out  of  the 
Holy  Scriptures,  and  with  a  life  agreeable  to  the 
same;  consider  how  studious  ye  ought  to  be  in  read- 
ing and  learning  the  Scriptures,  and  in  framing  the 
manners,  both  of  yourselves  and  of  them  that  spe- 
cially pertain  unto  you,  according  to  the  rule  of  the 
same  Scriptures;  and  for  this  selfsame  cause,  how  ye 
ought  to  forsake  and  set  aside,  as  much  as  you  may, 
all  worldly  cares  and  studies. 

We  have  good  hope  that  you  have  all  weighed  and 
pondered  these  things  with  yourselves  long  before 
this  time:  and  that  you  have  clearly  determined,  by 
God's  grace,  to  give  yourselves  wholly  to  this  Office, 
whereunto  it  has  pleased  God  to  call  you:  so  that,  as 
much  as  lieth  in  you,  you  will  apply  yourselves 
430 


Ordination  of  Elders 


«[  506 


wholly  to  this  one  thing,  and  draw  all  your  cares  and 
studies  this  way,  and  that  you  will  continually  pray 
to  God  the  Father,  by  the  mediation  of  our  only 
Saviour  Jesus  Christ,  for  the  heavenly  assistance  of 
the  Holy  Ghost;  that  by  daily  reading  and  weighing 
of  the  Scriptures  ye  may  wax  riper  and  stronger  in 
your  ministry;  and  that  ye  may  so  endeavor  to  sanc- 
tify the  lives  of  you  and  yours,  and  to  fashion  them 
after  the  rule  and  doctrine  of  Christ,  that  ye  may  be 
wholesome  and  godly  examples  and  patterns  for  the 
people  to  follow. 

And  now,  that  this  present  Congregation  of  Christ 
here  assembled  may  also  understand  your  minds  and 
wills  in  these  things,  and  that  this  your  promise  may 
the  more  move  you  to  do  your  duties,  ye  shall  answer 
plainly  to  these  things  which  we,  in  the  name  of  God 
and  his  Church,  shall  demand  of  you  touching  the 
same: 

Do  you  think  in  your  heart  that  you  are  truly 
called,  according  to  the  will  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ, 
to  the  Order  of  Elders? 

Ans.  I  think  so. 

The  Bishop.  Are  you  persuaded  that  the  Holy 
Scriptures  contain  sufficiently  all  doctrine  required 
of  necessity  for  eternal  salvation  through  faith  in 
Jesus  Christ?  And  are  you  determined  out  of  the- 
said  Scriptures  to  instruct  the  people  committed  to- 
your  charge,  and  to  teach  nothing  as  required  of 
necessity  to  eternal  salvation  but  that  which  you 
shall  be  persuaded  may  be  concluded  and  proved  by 
the  Scriptures? 

Ans.  I  am  so  persuaded,  and  have  so  determined, 
by  God's  grace. 

The  Bishop.  Will  you  then  give  your  faithful  dil- 
431 


1  506 


Ordination  of  Elders 


igence  always  so  to  minister  the  Doctrine,  and  Sacra- 
ments, and  Discipline  of  Christ,  as  the  Lord  hath 
commanded? 

Ans.  I  will  so  do,  by  the  help  of  the  Lord. 

The  Bishop.  Will  you  be  ready  with  all  faithful 
diligence  to  banish  and  drive  away  all  erroneous  and 
strange  doctrines  contrary  to  God's  Word,  and  to  use 
both  public  and  private  monitions  and  exhortations, 
as  well  to  the  sick  as  to  the  whole  within  your  charge, 
as  need  shall  require  and  occasion  shall  be  given? 

Ans.  I  will,  the  Lord  being  my  helper. 

The  Bishop.  Will  you  be  diligent  in  Prayers,  and 
in  reading  of  the  Holy  Scriptures,  and  in  such  studies 
as  help  to  the  knowledge  of  the  same,  laying  aside 
the  study  of  the  world  and  the  flesh? 

Ans.  I  will  endeavor  so  to  do,  the  Lord  being  my  helper. 

The  Bishop.  Will  you  be  diligent  to  frame  and 
fashion  yourselves,  and  your  families,  according  to 
the  doctrine  of  Christ;  and  to  make  both  yourselves 
and  them,  as  much  as  in  you  lieth,  wholesome  ex- 
amples and  patterns  to  the  flock  of  Christ? 

Ans.  I  will  apply  myself  thereto,  the  Lord  being 
my  helper. 

The  Bishop.  Will  you  maintain  and  set  forward, 
as  much  as  lieth  in  you,  quietness,  peace,  and  love, 
amoDg  all  Christian  people,  and  especially  among 
them  that  are  or  shall  be  committed  to  your  charge? 

Ans.  I  will  so  do,  the  Lord  being  my  helper. 

The  Bishop.  Will  you  reverently  obey  your  chief 
Ministers,  unto  whom  is  committed  the  charge  and 
government  over  you,  following  with  a  glad  mind 
and  will  their  godly  admonitions,  submitting  your- 
selves to  their  godly  judgments? 

Ans.  I  will  so  do,  the  Lord  being  my  helper. 
432 


Ordination  of  Elders 


1  506 


Then  shall  the  Bishop,  standing  up,  say: 

Almighty  God,  who  hath  given  you  this  will  to  do 
all  these  things,  grant  also  unto  you  strength  and 
power  to  perform  the  same;  that  he  may  accomplish 
his  work  which  he  hath  begun  in  you,  through  Jesus 
Christ  our  Lord.  Amen. 

[After  this  the  Congregation  shall  be  desired  secretly  in  their  Prayers 
to  make  their  humble  supplications  to  God  for  all  these  things:  for  the 
which  Prayers  there  shall  be  silence  kept  for  a  space.] 

After  which  shall  be  said  by  the  Bishop,  the  Persons 
to  be  Ordained  Elders  all  kneeling,  Veni,  Creator 
Spiritus,  the  Bishop  beginning,  and  the  Elders  and 
others  that  are  present  answering  by  verse  as  fol- 
loweth : 

Come,  Holy  Ghost,  our  souls  inspire, 
And  lighten  with  celestial  fire. 
Thou  the  anointing  Spirit  art. 
Who  dost  thy  sevenfold  gifts  impart. 
Thy  blessed  unction  from  above 
Is  comfort,  life,  and  fire  of  love. 

Enable  with  perpetual  light 

The  dullness  of  our  blinded  sight; 

Anoint  and  cheer  our  soiled  face 

With  the  abundance  of  thy  grace; 

Keep  far  our  foes,  give  peace  at  home ; 

Where  thou  art  Guide,  no  ill  can  come. 

Teach  us  to  know  the  Father,  Son, 
And  Thee  of  both  to  be  but  ONE; 
That  through  the  ages  all  along 
This  may  be  our  endless  song: 
Praise  to  thy  eternal  merit. 
Father,  Son.  and  Holy  Spirit. 

433 


1  506  Ordination  of  Elders 

That  done,  the  Bishop  shall  pray  in  this  wise,  and  say: 
Let  us  pray. 

Almighty  God  and  heavenly  Father,  who  of  thine 
infinite  love  and  goodness  toward  us  hast  given  to  us 
thine  only  and  most  dearly  beloved  Son  Jesus  Christ 
to  be  our  Redeemer,  and  the  author  of  everlasting 
life;  who,  after  he  had  made  perfect  our  redemption 
by  his  death,  and  was  ascended  into  heaven,  sent 
abroad  into  the  world  his  Apostles,  Prophets,  Evan- 
gelists, Teachers,  and  Pastors,  by  whose  labor  and 
ministry  he  gathered  together  a  great  flock  in  all 
parts  of  the  world,  to  set  forth  the  eternal  praise  of 
thy  holy  name:  for  these  so  great  benefits  of  thy 
eternal  goodness,  and  for  that  thou  hast  vouchsafed 
to  call  these  thy  servants  here  present  to  the  same 
Office  and  Ministry  appointed  for  the  salvation  of 
mankind,  we  render  unto  thee  most  hearty  thanks; 
we  praise  and  worship  thee;  and  we  humbly  beseech 
thee  by  the  same,  thy  blessed  Son,  to  grant  unto  all 
who  either  here  or  elsewhere  call  upon  thy  name, 
that  we  may  continue  to  show  ourselves  thankful 
unto  thee  for  these,  and  all  other  thy  benefits,  and 
that  we  may  daily  increase  and  go  forward  in  the 
knowledge  and  faith  of  thee  and  thy  Son,  by  the 
Holy  Spirit.  So  that  as  well  by  these  thy  Ministers, 
as  by  them  over  whom  they  shall  be  appointed  thy 
Ministers,  thy  holy  name  may  be  forever  glorified, 
and  thy  blessed  kingdom  enlarged,  through  the  same, 
thy  Son  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord,  who  liveth  and  reign- 
eth  with  thee  in  the  unity  of  the  same  Holy  Spirit, 
world  without  end.  Amen. 


434 


Ordination  of  Elders 


1  506 


When  this  Prayer  is  done,  the  Bishop  and  the  Elders 
present  shall  lay  their  hands  severally  upon  the 
head  of  every  one  that  receiveth  the  Order  of 
Elders;  the  Receivers  humbly  kneeling,  and  the 
Bishop  saying: 

The  Lord  pour  upon  thee  the  Holy  Ghost  for  the 
Office  and  Work  of  an  Elder  in  the  Church  of  God, 
now  committed  unto  thee  by  the  authority  of  the 
Church,  through  the"  imposition  of  our  hands.  And 
be  thou  a  faithful  dispenser  of  the  Word  of  God,  and 
of  his  Holy  Sacraments;  in  the  name  of  the  Father, 
and  of  the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  Amen. 

Then  the  Bishop  shall  deliver  to  every  one  of  them, 
kneeling,  the  Bible  into  his  hands,  saying: 

Take  thou  authority  as  an  Elder  in  the  Church,  to 
preach  the  Word  of  God,  and  to  administer  the  Holy 
Sacraments  in  the  Congregation. 

Then  the  Bishop  shall  offer  the  following  Prayer: 

Most  Merciful  Father,  we  beseech  thee  to  send  upon 
these  thy  servants  thy  heavenly  blessings,  that  they 
may  be  clothed  with  righteousness,  and  that  thy  word 
spoken  by  their  mouths  may  have  such  success  that 
it  may  never  be  spoken  in  vain.  Grant  also  that  we 
may  have  grace  to  hear  and  receive  what  they  shall 
deliver  out  of  thy  most  holy  Word,  or  agreeably  to  the 
same,  as  the  means  of  our  salvation;  and  that  in  all 
our  words  and  deeds  we  may  seek  thy  glory,  and  the 
increase  of  thy  kingdom,  through  Jesus  Christ  our 
Lord.  Amen. 

435 


^[  507         Ordination  of  Deacons 


Prevent  us,  O  Lord,  in  all  our  doings,  with  thy 
most  gracious  favor,  and  further  us  by  thy  continual 
help;  that  in  all  our  works,  begun,  continued,  and 
ended  in  thee,  we  may  glorify  thy  holy  name,  and 
finally,  by  thy  mercy,  obtain  everlasting  life,  through 
Jesus  Christ  our  Lord.  Amen. 

The  peace  of  God,  which  passeth  all  understanding, 
keep  your  hearts  and  minds  in  the  knowledge  and 
love  of  God,  and  of  his  Son  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord: 
and  the  blessing  of  God  Almighty,  the  Father,  the 
Son,  and  the  Holy  Ghost,  be  among  you,  and  remain 
with  you  always.  Amen. 

[If  on  the  same  day  the  Order  of  Deacons  he  given  to  some,  and  that 
of  Elders  to  others,  the  Deacons  shall  be  first  presented,  and  then  the 
Elders.  The  Collects  shall  both  be  used;  first,  that  for  Deacons,  then 
that  for  Elders.  The  Epistle  shall  be  Ephesians  4.  7-13,  as  before  in  this 
Office,  immediately  after  which,  they  who  are  to  be  ordained  Deacons 
shall  be  examined  and  ordained  as  is  below  prescribed.  Then  one  of 
them  having  read  the  Gospel,  which  shall  be  Saint  John  10. 1-16,  as  before 
In  this  Office,  they  who  are  to  be  ordained  Elders  shall  likewise  be 
examined  and  ordained,  as  in  this  Office  before  appointed.] 


If  507.  Form  of  Ordaining  Deacons 

[When  the  day  appointed  by  the  Bishop  is  come,  there  shall  be  a  Ser- 
mon or  Exhortation,  declaring  the  Duty  and  Office  of  such  as  come  to  be 
admitted  to  the  Order  of  Deacons.l 

After  which  one  of  the  Elders  shall  present  unto  the 
Bishop  the  Persons  to  be  Ordained  Deacons,  and 
their  names  being  read  aloud  the  Bishop  shall  say 
unto  the  People: 

Brethren,  if  there  be  any  of  you  who  knoweth  any 
crime  or  impediment  in  any  of  these  persons  pre- 
sented to  be  ordained  Deacons,  for  the  which  he  ought 
not  to  be  admitted  to  that  Office,  let  him  come  forth 

436 


Ordination  of  Deacons 


1  507 


in  the  name  of  God,  and  show  what  the  crime  or 
impediment  is. 

[If  any  crime  or  Impediment  be  objected,  the  Bishop  shall  surcease 
from  ordaining  that  person  until  such  time  as  the  party  accused  shall  be 
found  clear  of  the  same.] 

Then  shall  be  read  the  following  Collect  and  Epistle- 
The  Collect 

Almighty  God,  who  by  thy  divine  providence  hast 
appointed  divers  Orders  of  Ministers  in  thy  Church, 
and  didst  inspire  thy  Apostles  to  choose  into  the 
Order  of  Deacons  thy  first  martyr,  Saint  Stephen, 
with  others:  mercifully  behold  these  thy  servants, 
now  called  to  the  like  Office  and  Administration;  re- 
plenish them  so  with  the  truth  of  thy  doctrine,  and 
adorn  them  with  innocency  of  life,  that  both  by  word 
and  good  example  they  may  faithfully  serve  thee  in 
this  Office  to  the  glory  of  thy  name,  and  the  edifica- 
tion of  thy  Church,  through  the  merits  of  our  Saviour 
Jesus  Christ,  who  liveth  and  reigneth  with  thee  and 
the  Holy  Ghost,  now  and  forever.  Amen. 

The  Epistle.  1  Timothy  3.  8-13 
Likewise  must  the  Deacons  be  grave,  not  double- 
tongued,  not  given  to  much  wine,  not  greedy  of  filthy 
lucre;  holding  the  mystery  of  the  faith  in  a  pure  con- 
science. And  let  these  also  first  be  proved;  then  let 
them  use  the  Office  of  a  Deacon,  being  found  blame- 
less. Even  so  must  their  wives  be  grave,  not  slan- 
derers, sober,  faithful  in  all  things.  Let  the  Deacons 
be  the  husbands  of  one  wife,  ruling  their  children 
and  their  own  houses  well.  For  they  that  have  used 
the  Office  of  a  Deacon  well  purchase  to  themselves  a 
good  degree,  and  great  boldness  in  the  faith  which  is 
in  Christ  Jesus. 

437 


507        Ordination  of  Deacons 


Then  shall  the  Bishop,  in  the  presence  of  the  People, 
examine  every  one  of  those  who  are  to  be  Ordained, 
after  this  manner  following: 

Do  you  trust  that  you  are  inwardly  moved  by  the 
Holy  Ghost  to  take  upon  you  the  Office  of  the  Minis- 
try in  the  Church  of  Christ,  to  serve  God  for  the  pro- 
moting of  his  glory  and  the  edifying  of  his  people? 

Ans.  I  trust  so. 

The  Bishop.    Do  you  unfeignedly  believe  all  the 
canonical  Scriptures  of  the  Old  and  New  Testaments? 
Ans.  I  do  believe  them. 

The  Bishop.  Will  you  diligently  read  or  expound 
the  same  unto  the  people  whom  you  shall  be  ap- 
pointed to  serve? 

Ans.  I  will. 

The  Bishop.  It  appertaineth  to  the  Office  of  a  Dea- 
con to  assist  the  Elder  in  divine  service,  and  es- 
pecially when  he  ministereth  the  Holy  Communion, 
to  help  him  in  the  distribution  thereof;  to  read  and 
expound  the  Holy  Scriptures;  to  instruct  the  youth; 
and  to  baptize.  And  furthermore,  it  is  his  office  to 
search  for  the  sick,  poor,  and  impotent,  that  they 
may  be  visited  and  relieved.  Will  you  do  this  gladly 
and  willingly? 

Ans.  I  will  do  so,  by  the  help  of  God. 

The  Bishop.  Will  you  apply  all  your  diligence  to 
frame  and  fashion  your  own  lives  and  the  lives  of 
your  families  according  to  the  doctrine  of  Christ;  and 
to  make  both  yourselves  and  them,  as  much  as 
in  you  lieth,  wholesome  examples  of  the  flock  of 
Christ? 

Ans.  I  will  do  so,  the  Lord  being  my  helper. 
The  Bishop.  Will   you   reverently   obey  them  to 
whom  the  charge  and  government  over  you  is  com- 

438 


Ordination  of  Deacons        %  507 

mitted,  following  with  a  glad  mind  and  will  their 
godly  admonitions? 

Ans.  I  will  endeavor  so  to  do,  the  Lord  being  my 
helper. 

Then  the  Bishop,  laying  his  hands  severally  upon  the 
head  of  every  one  of  them,  shall  say: 

Take  thou  authority  to  execute  the  Office  of  a  Dea- 
con in  the  Church  of  God;  in  the  name  of  the  Father, 
and  of  the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  Amen. 

Then  shall  the  Bishop  deliver  to  every  one  of  them 
the  Bible,  saying: 

Take  thou  authority  to  read  the  Holy  Scriptures 
in  the  Church  of  God,  and  to  preach  the  same. 

Then  one  appointed  by  the  Bishop  shall  read  the 
Gospel: 

Luke  12.  35-38 

Let  your  loins  be  girded  about,  and  your  lights 
burning;  and  ye  yourselves  like  unto  men  that  wait 
for  their  lord,  when  he  will  return  from  the  wedding; 
that,  when  he  cometh  and  knocketh,  they  may  open 
unto  him  immediately.  Blessed  are  those  servants, 
whom  the  Lord  when  he  cometh  shall  find  watching: 
verily  I  say  unto  you,  that  he  shall  gird  himself,  and 
make  them  to  sit  down  to  meat,  and  will  come  forth 
and  serve  them.  And  if  he  shall  come  in  the  second 
watch,  or  come  in  the  third  watch,  and  find  them  so, 
blessed  are  those  servants. 

439 


■[  507        Ordination  of  Deacons 

Immediately  before  the  Benediction  shall  be  said 
these  Collects  following: 

Almighty  God,  Giver  of  all  good  things,  who  of  thy 
great  goodness  hast  vouchsafed  to  accept  and  take 
these  thy  servants  into  the  Office  of  Deacons  in  thy 
Church:  make  them,  we  beseech  thee,  O  Lord,  to  be 
modest,  humble,  and  constant  in  their  ministration, 
and  to  have  a  ready  will  to  observe  all  spiritual  dis- 
cipline; that  they,  having  always  the  testimony  of  a 
good  conscience,  and  continuing  ever  stable  and 
strong  in  thy  Son  Christ,  may  so  well  behave  them- 
selves in  this  inferior  office  that  they  may  be  found 
worthy  to  be  called  into  the  higher  Ministries  in  thy 
Church,  through  the  same,  thy  Son  our  Saviour  Jesus 
Christ:  to  whom  be  glory  and  honor,  world  without 
end.  Amen. 

Prevent  us,  0  Lord,  in  all  our  doings,  with  thy 
most  gracious  favor,  and  further  us  with  thy  contin- 
ual help;  that  in  all  our  works,  begun,  continued, 
and  ended  in  thee,  we  may  glorify  thy  holy  name, 
and  finally,  by  thy  mercy,  obtain  everlasting  life, 
through  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord.  Amen. 

The  peace  of  God,  which  passeth  all  understanding, 
keep  your  hearts  and  minds  in  the  knowledge  and 
love  of  God,  and  of  his  Son  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord: 
and  the  blessing  of  God  Almighty,  the  Father,  the 
Son,  and  the  Holy  Ghost,  be  among  you,  and  remain 
with  you  always.  Amen. 


440 


Consecration  of  Deaconesses    1"  508 


^  508.  Form  for  Consecration  of  Deaconesses 

(Devotional  Exercises  and  suitable  Addresses  may  precede  the  follow- 
ing Order  of  Serviced 

1.  PRESENTATION  OF  CANDIDATE 
2.  HYMN 

(Or  selection  from  Church  Hymnal,  if  preferred.) 

Saviour,  thy  dying  love 

Thou  gavest  me, 
Nor  should  I  aught  withhold, 

Dear  Lord,  from  thee. 
In  love  my  soul  would  bow, 
My  heart  fulfill  its  vow, 
Some  offering  bring  thee  now, 

Something  for  thee. 

Give  me  a  faithful  heart, 

Likeness  to  thee, 
That  each  departing  day 

Henceforth  may  see 
Some  work  of  love  begun, 
Some  deed  of  kindness  done, 
Some  wanderer  sought  and  won, 

Something  for  thee. 


3.  RESPONSIVE  READING 

Leader.  The  Spirit  of  the  Lord  God  is  upon  me;  be- 
cause the  Lord  hath  anointed  me  to  preach  good 
tidings  unto  the  meek;  he  hath  sent  me  to  bind  up 
the  broken-hearted,  to  proclaim  liberty  to  the  captives, 
and  the  opening  of  the  prison  to  them  that  are  bound. 
441 


%  508    Consecration  op  Deaconesses 

Cong.  For  ye  know  the  grace  of  our  Lord  Jesus 
Christ,  that  though  he  was  rich,  yet  for  your  sakes 
he  became  poor,  that  ye  through  his  poverty  might 
be  rich. 

Leader.  He  telleth  the  number  of  the  stars;  he  call- 
eth  them  all  by  their  names.  Great  is  our  Lord,  and 
of  great  power:  his  understanding  is  infinite. 

Cong.  The  Lord  lifteth  up  the  meek:  he  casteth  the 
wicked  down  to  the  ground.  Sing  unto  the  Lord  with 
thanksgiving;  sing  praise  upon  the  harp  unto  our 
God:  for  he  hath  strengthened  the  bars  of  thy  gates; 
he  hath  blessed  thy  children  within  thee. 

Leader.  Have  respect  unto  the  covenant:  for  the 
dark  places  of  the  earth  are  full  of  the  habitations  of 
cruelty. 

Cong.  0  let  not  the  oppressed  return  ashamed:  let 
the  poor  and  needy  praise  thy  name. 

Leader.  Thou  lovest  righteousness,  and  hatest  wick- 
edness: therefore  God,  thy  God,  hath  anointed  thee 
with  the  oil  of  gladness  above  thy  fellows. 

Cong.  All  thy  garments  smell  of  myrrh,  and  aloes, 
and  cassia,  out  of  the  ivory  palaces,  whereby  they 
have  made  thee  glad. 

Leader.  Kings'  daughters  were  among  thy  honor- 
able women:  upon  thy  right  hand  did  stand  the  queen 
in  gold  of  Ophir. 

Cong.  Hearken,  O  daughter,  and  consider,  and  in- 
cline thine  ear;  forget  also  thine  own  people,  and  thy 
father's  house. 

Leader.  So  shall  the  King  greatly  desire  thy 
beauty:  for  he  is  thy  Lord;  and  worship  thou  him. 

Cong.  The  King's  daughter  is  all  glorious  within: 
her  clothing  is  of  wrought  gold. 

Leader.  She  shall  be  brought  unto  the  King  in  rai- 
442 


Consecration  of  Deaconesses    1  508 

ment  of  needlework:  the  virgins  her  companions  that 
follow  her  shall  be  brought  unto  thee. 

Cong.  "With  gladness  and  rejoicing  shall  they  be 
brought:  they  shall  enter  into  the  King's  palace. 

Leader.  I  will  make  thy  name  to  be  remembered 
in  all  generations:  therefore  shall  the  people  praise 
thee  forever  and  ever. 

Cong.  Let  thy  work  appear  unto  thy  servants,  and 
thy  glory  unto  their  children.  And  let  the  beauty  of 
the  Lord  our  God  be  upon  us:  and  establish  thou  the 
work  of  our  hands  upon  us;  yea,  the  work  of  our 
hands  establish  thou  it. 

4.  PRAYER 
Let  us  pray: 

O  Eternal  God,  the  Father  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ, 
the  Creator  of  man  and  of  woman,  who  didst  replenish 
with  thy  Spirit  Miriam  and  Deborah  and  Anna  and 
Huldah;  who  didst  not  disdain  that  thy  only  begotten 
Son  should  be  born  of  a  woman;  who  also  in  the 
tabernacle  of  the  testimony,  and  in  the  temple,  didst 
ordain  women  to  be  keepers  of  thy  holy  gates — do 
thou  now  also  look  down  upon  these  thy  servants  who 
are  to  be  set  apart  to  the  office  of  Deaconess,  and 
grant  them  thy  Holy  Spirit  that  they  may  worthily 
discharge  the  work  which  is  committed  to  them,  to 
thy  glory,  and  the  praise  of  thy  Christ,  with  whom 
glory  and  adoration  be  to  thee  and  the  Holy  Spirit 
forever.  Amen. 

5.  ADDRESS  TO  THE  CANDIDATES 
Dear  Sisters,  we  rejoice  with  you  that  in  the  good 
providence  of  God  an  open  door  of  usefulness  has  been 
443 


1  508    Consecration  of  Deaconesses 

found  for  you  in  the  service  of  the  Church  of  Christ. 
In  our  Master's  wide  vineyard  there  are  a  thousand 
forms  of  labor,  and  to  each  disciple  some  fitting  task 
is  assigned;  but  to  you  are  accorded  peculiar  priv- 
ileges and  priceless  opportunities.  Released  from 
other  cares,  you  give  yourselves  without  reservation 
to  the  service  of  the  Lord  of  the  Vineyard,  ready  for 
any  duty  which  may  fall  to  your  lot.  Like  our  blessed 
Master,  you  will  henceforth  go  about  doing  good,  min- 
istering as  he  did  to  the  wants  of  a  suffering,  sorrow- 
ing, and  sin-laden  world.  The  Church  now  solemnly 
sets  you  apart  for  her  special  service.  You  are  to 
work  for  Jesus  only.  You  are  to  minister  to  the  poor, 
visit  the  sick,  pray  with  the  dying,  care  for  the 
orphan,  seek  the  wandering,  comfort  the  sorrowing, 
save  the  sinning,  and  ever  be  ready  to  take  up  any 
other  duty  for  which  willing  hands  cannot  otherwise 
be  found.  Such  a  ministry  is  one  which  confers 
upon  you  a  great  honor,  but  also  a  solemn  responsi- 
bility. You  have  not  entered  upon  it  lightly,  and  no 
doubt  in  the  sacred  stillness  of  the  sanctuary  of  the 
heart  you  have  already  consecrated  yourselves  to  this 
office  and  work.  What  you  have  done  alone  with  God, 
you  now  do  formally  and  publicly  in  the  presence  of 
the  Church. 

Quest.  Do  you  believe  that  you  have  been  led  by 
the  Spirit  and  providence  of  God  to  engage  in  this 
work,  and  assume  the  duties  of  this  office? 

Ans.  I  do. 

Quest.  Do  you,  in  the  presence  of  God  and  of  this 
congregation,  promise  faithfully  to  perform  the  duties 
of  a  Deaconess  in  the  Church  of  God? 

Ans.  I  do. 

Quest.  Do  you  accept  the  Bible  as  God's  Word,  and 
444 


Coxsecratiox  of  Deaconesses    T  508 


will  you  make  it  a  lamp  unto  your  feet,  and  a  light 
unto  your  path? 

Ans.  I  so  accept  it,  and  will  so  walk  in  its  light. 

Quest.  Will  you  strive  to  walk  so  close  to  your 
Saviour's  side  that  you  will  ever  carry  his  blessed 
presence  to  the  hearts  and  homes  of  those  to  whom 
you  minister? 

Ans.  I  will  endeavor  so  to  do. 

Quest.  Will  you  cheerfully  accept  the  direction  of 
those  whom  the  Church  may  set  over  you  in  the  prose- 
cution of  your  work? 

Ans.  I  will  cheerfully  do  so. 

[Congregation  and  Candidates,  kneeling,  after  a  brief 
season  of  silent  prayer  unite  in  singing.'i 

6.  HYMN 

(Or  selection  from  Church  Hymnal,  if  preferred.) 

Take  my  life  and  let  it  be 
Consecrated,  Lord,  to  thee ; 
Take  my  hands  and  let  them  move 
At  the  impulse  of  thy  love. 

Take  my  feet  and  let  them  be 
Swift  and  beautiful  for  thee ; 
Take  my  voice  and  let  me  sing 
Always,  only,  for  my  King. 

Take  my  will  and  make  it  thine, 
It  shall  be  no  longer  mine  ; 
Take  my  heart,  it  is  thine  own. 
It  shall  be  thy  royal  throne. 
445 


1"  508    Consecration  of  Deaconesses 

Take  my  love,  my  God,  I  pour 
At  thy  feet  its  treasure  store ; 
Take  myself,  and  I  will  be 
Ever,  only,  all  for  thee. 

[The  Congregation    rise  while  Candidates  remain 
kneeling.'] 

7.   INVOCATION  OF  THE  HOLY  SPIRIT 

May  the  Spirit  of  the  Living  God  descend  upon  you 
and  abide  with  you  evermore.  May  his  holy  anoint- 
ing impart  to  you  grace  for  every  trial,  and  gifts  for 
every  duty.  May  his  presence  be  to  you  a  pillar  of 
cloud  by  day,  and  a  pillar  of  fire  by  night,  all  along 
the  journey  of  life;  and  may  the  blessing  of  God  the 
Father,  Son,  and  Holy  Spirit  be  with  you  now  and 
evermore.  Amen. 

[The  Candidates  rise,  and  the  Minister,  talcing  the 
right  hand  of  each  Candidate,  shall  say:] 

I  admit  thee  to  the  office  of  Deaconess  in  the  Church 
of  God,  in  the  name  of  the  Father,  and  of  the  Son,  and 
of  the  Holy  Ghost.  Amen. 

8.   DISMISSAL,  WITH  BENEDICTION 

The  peace  of  God,  which  passeth  all  understanding, 
keep  your  hearts  and  minds  in  the  knowledge  and  love 
of  God,  and  of  his  Son  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord:  and  the 
blessing  of  God  Almighty,  the  Father,  the  Son,  and 
the  Holy  Ghost,  be  among  you,  and  remain  with  you 
always.  Amen: 


44.; 


Laying  a  Corner  Stone        *|f  509 


CHAPTER  VII 
CORNER  STONE  AND  DEDICATION 

H  509.  Form  for  Laying  the  Corner  Stone  of  a  Church 

The  Minister,  standing  near  the  place  where  the  Stone 
is  to  be  laid,  shall  say  unto  the  Congregation: 
Dearly  Beloved,  we  are  taught  in  the  Word  of  God, 
that,  although  the  heaven  of  heavens  cannot  contain 
the  Eternal  One,  much  less  the  walls  of  temples  made 
with  hands,  yet  his  delight  is  ever  with  the  sons  of 
men,  and  that  wherever  two  or  three  are  gathered  in 
his  name,  there  is  he  in  the  midst  of  them.    And  in 
all  ages  his  servants  have  separated  certain  places 
for  his  worship:  as  Jacob  erected  a  stone  in  Bethel 
for  God's  house;  as  Moses  made  a  tabernacle  in  the 
desert;  as  Solomon  builded  a  temple  for  the  Lord, 
which  he  filled  with  the  glory  of  his  presence  before 
all  the  people.   We  are  now  assembled  to  lay  the 
Corner  Stone  of  a  new  house  for  the  worship  of 
the  God  of  our  fathers.    Let  us  not  doubt  that  he  will 
favorably  approve  our  godly  purpose,  and  let  us  now 
devoutly  unite  in  singing  his  praise,  and  in  prayer 
for  his  blessing  on  this  our  undertaking. 
Let  one  of  the  Hymns  656-666,  Church  Hymnal, 
be  sung. 
Then  shall  the  Minister  say: 
Let  us  pray. 

Most  glorious  God,  the  heaven  is  thy  throne  and 
the  earth  is  thy  footstool;  what  house  then  can  be 
447 


1  500        Laying  a  Corner  Stone 

builded  for  thee,  or  where  is  the  place  of  thy  rest? 
Yet,  blessed  be  thy  name,  O  Lord  God,  that  it  hath 
pleased  thee  to  have  thy  habitation  among  the  sons  of 
men,  and  to  dwell  in  the  midst  of  the  assembly  of  the 
saints  upon  the  earth.  And  now,  especially,  we  ren- 
der thanks  unto  thy  holy  name  that  it  hath  pleased 
thee  to  put  it  into  the  hearts  of  thy  servants  to  erect 
in  this  place  a  house  for  thy  worship.  We  thank 
thee  for  thy  grace  which  has  inclined  them  to  con- 
tribute of  their  substance  for  the  glory  of  thy  name: 
and  we  pray  thee  to  continue  thy  blessing  upon  their 
pious  undertaking.  Amen. 

May  many  unite  with  them  in  their  holy  work, 
until  this  habitation  of  thy  house  shall  be  completed, 
and  ready  for  dedication  to  thy  service,  free  from  all 
debt  or  claim  of  man.  Amen. 

May  peace  and  harmony  prevail  in  the  counsels  of 
thy  servants,  and  may  no  selfish  or  divided  aims  find 
place  among  them.  May  the  work  of  this  building 
be  completed  without  hurt  or  accident  to  any  person. 
And  when  thou  shalt  have  prospered  the  work  of 
their  hands  upon  them,  and  this  house  shall  be  pre- 
pared and  finished  for  thy  service,  grant  that  all  who 
shall  enjoy  the  benefit  of  this  pious  work  may  show 
forth  their  thankfulness  by  making  a  right  use  of  it, 
to  the  glory  of  thy  blessed  name,  through  Jesus 
Christ  our  Lord.  Amen. 

Grant  that  all  who  shall  hereafter  worship  thee  in 
the  temple  here  to  be  builded  may  so  serve  and  please 
thee  in  all  holy  exercises  of  godliness,  that  in  the  end 
they  may  come  to  that  temple  on  high,  even  to  the 
holy  place  made  without  hands,  whose  builder  and 
maker  is  God.  Amen. 

44S 


Laying  a  Corner  Stone  509 ' 


Hear  us,  0  Lord,  for  thou  art  our  God  in  whom  we 
trust.  And  when  we  shall  cease  to  pray  unto  thee  on 
earth,  may  we,  with  all  those  who  in  like  manner 
have  erected  such  places  to  thy  name,  and  with  all 
thy  saints  and  redeemed  ones,  eternally  praise  thee 
for  all  thy  goodness  vouchsafed  unto  us  here  on 
earth  and  laid  up  for  us  there  in  heaven.  Amen. 

Accept  these  our  prayers,  we  beseech  thee,  for  the 
sake  of  thy  dear  Son;  and  to  thee,  the  only  true  and 
living  God,  Father,  Son,  and  Holy  Ghost,  be  honor, 
praise,  and  glory,  forever  and  ever.  Amen. 

Then  shall  the  Minister  read  the  following  Psalm,  or 
the  Minister  and  People  may  read  it  in  alternate 
verses;  the  parts  in  italics  to  be  read  by  the  Peopler 

Psalm  132 

Lord,  remember  David,  and  all  his  afflictions: 

How  he  sicare  unto  the  Lord,  and  vowed  unto  the- 
mighty  God  of  Jacob; 

Surely  I  will  not  come  into  the  tabernacle  of  my~ 
house,  nor  go  up  into  my  bed; 

1  will  not  give  sleep  to  mine  eyes,  nor  slumber  to- 
mine  eyelids, 

Until  I  find  out  a  place  for  the  Lord, 

A  habitation  for  the  mighty  God  of  Jacob. 

Lo,  we  heard  of  it  at  Ephratah:  we  found  it  in  the 
fields  of  the  wood. 

We  will  go  into  his  tabernacles :  we-  will  worship- 
at  his  footstool. 

Arise,  0  Lord,  into  thy  rest;  thou,  and  the  ark  of: 
thy  strength. 

Let  thy  priests  be  clothed  with  righteousness  '„ 

And  let  thy  saints  shout  for  joy. 

449 


509        Laying  a  Corner  Stone 

For  thy  servant  David's  sake  turn  not  away  the 
face  of  thine  anointed. 

The  Lord  hath  sworn  in  truth  unto  David;  he  will 
not  turn  from  it; 

Of  the  fruit  of  thy  body  will  I  set  upon  thy  throne. 

If  thy  children  will  keep  my  covenant  and  my  testi- 
mony that  I  shall  teach  them,  their  children  shall 
also  sit  upon  thy  throne  for  evermore. 

For  the  Lord  hath  chosen  Zion;  he  hath  desired  it 
for  Ms  habitation. 

This  is  my  rest  forever;  here  will  I  dwell;  for  I 
have  desired  it. 

I  will  abundantly  bless  her  provision: 

I  will  satisfy  her  poor  with  bread. 

I  ivill  also  clothe  her  priests  with  salvation:  , 

And  her  saints  shall  shout  aloud  for  joy. 

There  will  I  make  the  horn  of  David  to  bud: 

I  have  ordained  a  lamp  for  mine  anointed. 

His  enemies  will  I  clothe  with  shame: 

But  upon  himself  shall  his  crown  nourish. 

The  Lesson.  1  Corinthians  3.  9-23 
For  we  are  laborers  together  with  God:  ye  are 
God's  husbandry,  ye  are  God's  building.  According 
to  the  grace  of  God  which  is  given  unto  me,  as  a  wise 
master  builder,  I  have  laid  the  foundation,  and  an- 
other buildeth  thereon.  But  let  every  man  take  heed 
how  he  buildeth  thereupon.  For  other  foundation 
can  no  man  lay  than  that  is  laid,  which  is  Jesus 
Christ.  Now  if  any  man  build  upon  this  foundation 
gold,  silver,  precious  stones,  wood,  hay,  stubble; 
every  man's  work  shall  be  made  manifest:  for  the 
day  shall  declare  it,  because  it  shall  be  revealed  by 
fire;  and  the  fire  shall  try  every  man's  work  of  what 
450 


Laying  a  Corxer  Stoxe        •[  509 


sort  it  is.  If  any  man's'  work  abide  which  he  hath 
built  thereupon,  he  shall  receive  a  reward.  If  any 
man's  work  shall  be  burned,  he  shall  suffer  loss:  but 
he  himself  shall  be  saved;  yet  so  as  by  fire.  Know  ye 
not  that  ye  are  the  temple  of  God,  and  that  the  Spirit 
of  God  dwelleth  in  you?  If  any  man  defile  the  tem- 
ple of  God,  him  shall  God  destroy;  for  the  temple  of 
God  is  holy,  which  temple  ye  are.  Let  no  man  de- 
ceive himself.  If  any  man  among  you  seemeth  to  be 
wise  in  this  world,  let  him  become  a  fool,  that  he 
may  be  wise.  For  the  wisdom  of  this  world  is  fool- 
ishness with  God:  for  it  is  written,  He  taketh  the 
wise  in  their  own  craftiness.  And  again,  The  Lord 
knoweth  the  thoughts  of  the  wise,  that  they  are  vain. 
Therefore  let  no  man  glory  in  men:  for  all  things  are 
yours,  whether  Paul,  or  Apollos,  or  Cephas,  or  the 
world,  or  life,  or  death,  or  things  present,  or  things 
to  come;  all  are  yours;  and  ye  are  Christ's;  and 
Christ  is  God's. 

Then  shall  follow  the  Sermon,  or  an  address  suitable 
to  the  occasion,  after  tohich  the  Contributions  of 
the  People  shall  be  received. 

Then  shall  the  Minister,  standing  by  the  Stone,  e.rhitiit  to  the  Congregation 
a  box  to  be  placed  in  an  excavation  of  the  Stone.  It  may  contain  a  copy  of 
the  Bible,  the  Hymnal,  the  Discipline,  the  Church  Year  Book  for  the 
year.  Church  periodicals  of  recent  date,  the  names  of  the  Pastor,  Trustees, 
and  Building  Committee  of  the  Church,  with  such  other  documents  as 
may  be  desired.  A  list  of  these  may  be  read,  after  wt  ich  the  Minister  may 
deposit  theboxin  the  Stone  and  cover  it ;  and  the  Stone  shall  be  laid  and 
adjusted  by  the  Minister,  assisted  by  the  Bu  ilder. 

Then  shall  the  Minister  say: 
In  the  name  of  the  Father,  and  of  the  Son,  and  of 
the  Holy  Ghost,  we  lay  this  Corner  Stone  for  the 
foundation  of  a  house  to  be  builded  and  consecrated 
451 


^[  510       Dedication  of  a  Church 


to  the  service  of  Almighty  God,  according  to  the 
Order  and  Usages  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. 
Amen. 

The  service  may  conclude  ivith  extemporary  Prayer, 
the  Lord's  Prayer,  and  the  Benediction 


/ 

If  510.  Form  for  Dedication  of  a  Church 

The  Congregation  being  assembled  in  the  Church, 
the  Minister  shall  say: 

Dearly  Beloved,  the  Scriptures  teach  us  that  God 
is  well  pleased  with  those  who  build  temples  to  his 
name.  We  have  heard  how  he  filled  the  temple  of 
Solomon  with  his  glory,  and  how  in  the  second  tem- 
ple he  manifested  himself  still  more  gloriously.  And 
the  Gospel  approves  and  commends  the  centurion 
who  built,  a  synagogue  for  the  people.  Let  us  not 
doubt  that  he  will  also  favorably  approve  our  pur- 
pose of  dedicating  this  place  in  solemn  manner,  for 
the  performance  of  the  several  offices  of  religious 
worship;  and  let  us  now  devoutly  join  in  praise  to 
his  name,  that  this  godly  undertaking  hath  been  so 
far  completed,  and  in  prayer  for  his  further  blessing 
upon  all  who  have  been  engaged  therein,  and  upon, 
all  who  shall  hereafter  worship  his  name  in  this 
place. 

Let  one  of  the  Hymns  656-666,  Church  Hymnal,  be 
sung.  Afterward  let  extemporary  Prayer  be  of~ 
fered,  the  Congregation  all  kneeling. 

452 


Dedication  of  a  Church        ^[  510 


Then  shall  the  Minister,  or  some  one  appointed  by 
him,  read: 

The  First  Lesson.    2  Chronicles  6.  1,  2,  18-21,  40-42;. 
7.  1-4 

Then  said  Solomon,  The  Lord  hath  said  that  he 
would  dwell  in  the  thick  darkness.  But  I  have  built 
a  house  of  habitation  for  thee,  and  a  place  for  thy 
dwelling  forever. 

But  will  God  in  very  deed  dwell  with  men  on  the 
earth?  Behold,  heaven  and  the  heaven  of  heavens 
cannot  contain  thee;  how  much  less  this  house  which 
I  have  built!  Have  respect  therefore  to  the  prayer 
of  thy  servant,  and  to  his  supplication,  O  Lord  my 
God,  to  hearken  unto  the  cry  and  the  prayer  which 
thy  servant  prayeth  before  thee:  that  thine  eyes  may 
be  open  upon  this  house  day  and  night,  upon  the 
place  whereof  thou  hast  said  that  thou  wouldest  put 
thy  name  there;  to  hearken  unto  the  prayer  which 
thy  servant  prayeth  toward  this  place.  Hearken 
therefore  unto  the  supplications  of  thy  servant,  and 
of  thy  people  Israel,  which  they  shall  make  toward 
this  place:  hear  thou  from  thy  dwelling-place,  even, 
from  heaven;  and  when  thou  hearest,  forgive. 

Now,  my  God,  let,  I  beseech  thee,  thine  eyes  be 
open,  and  let  thine  ears  be  attent  unto  the  prayer 
that  is  made  in  this  place.  Now  therefore  arise,  0> 
Lord  God,  into  thy  resting-place,  thou,  and  the  ark 
of  thy  strength:  let  thy  priests,  0  Lord  God,  be 
clothed  with  salvation,  and  let  thy  saints  rejoice  in 
goodness.  0  Lord  God,  turn  not  away  the  face  of  thine 
anointed:  remember  the  mercies  of  David  thy  servant. 

Now  when  Solomon  had  made  an  end  of  pray- 
ing, the  fire  came  down  from  heaven,  and  consumed 
453 


510       Dedication  of  a  Church 

the  burnt  offering  and  the  sacrifices;  and  the  glory 
of  the  Lord  filled  the  house.  And  the  priests  could 
not  enter  into  the  house  of  the  Lord,  because  the 
glory  of  the  Lord  had  filled  the  Lord's  house.  And 
when  all  the  children  of  Israel  saw  how  the  fire  came 
down,  and  the  glory  of  the  Lord  upon  the  house,  they 
bowed  themselves  with  their  faces  to  the  ground  up- 
on the  pavement,  and  worshiped,  and  praised  the 
Lord,  saying,  For  he  is  good;  for  his  mercy  endureth 
forever.  Then  the  king  and  all  the  people  offered 
sacrifices  before  the  Lord. 

The  Second  Lesson.  Hebrews  10.  19-26 
Having  therefore,  brethren,  boldness  to  enter  into 
the  holiest  by  the  blood  of  Jesus,  by  a  new  and  living 
way,  which  he  hath  consecrated  for  us,  through  the 
veil,  that  is  to  say,  his  flesh;  and  having  a  high 
priest  over  the  house  of  God;  let  us  draw  near  with  a 
true  heart  in  full  assurance  of  faith,  having  our 
hearts  sprinkled  from  an  evil  conscience,  and  our 
bodies  washed  with  pure  water.  Let  us  hold  fast  the 
profession  of  our  faith  without  wavering;  for  he  is 
faithful  that  promised;  and  let  us  consider  one  an- 
other to  provoke  unto  love  and  to  good  works:  not 
forsaking  the  assembling  of  ourselves  together,  as 
the  manner  of  some  is;  but  exhorting  one  another: 
and  so  much  the  more,  as  ye  see  the  day  approaching. 
For  if  we  sin  willfully  after  that  we  have  received 
the  knowledge  of  the  truth,  there  remaineth  no  more 
sacrifice  for  sins. 

Then  shall  one  of  the  Hymns  656-666,  Church  Hymnal, 
be  sung;  after  which  the  Minister  shall  deliver  a 
Sermon  suitable  to  the  occasion.  Contributions 
shall  then  be  received  from  the  People. 

454 


Dedication  of  a  Church       "jf  510 


Then  shall  the  Minister  read  the  following  Psalm,  or 
the  Minister  and  the  Congregation  may  read  it 
alternately ;  the  parts  in  italics  to  be  read  by  the 
Congregation. 

Psalm  122 

I  was  glad  when  they  said  unto  me,  Let  us  go  into 
the  house  of  the  Lord. 

Our  feet  shall  stand  within  thy  gates,  0  Jerusalem. 

Jerusalem  is  builded  as  a  city  that  is  compact  to- 
gether : 

Whither  the  tribes  go  up,  the  tribes  of  the  Lord, 

Unto  the  testimony  of  Israel,  to  give  thanks  unto 
the  name  of  the  Lord. 

For  there  are  set  thrones  of  judgment,  the  thrones 
of  the  house  of  David. 

Pray  for  the  peace  of  Jerusalem: 

They  shall  prosper  that  love  thee. 

Peace  be  within  thy  walls, 

And  prosperity  within  thy  palaces. 

For  my  brethren  and  companions'  sakes,  I  will  now 
say,  Peace  be  within  thee. 

Because  of  the  house  of  the  Lord  our  God  I  will 
seek  thy  good. 

Then  let  the  Trustees  stand  up  before  the  Altar,  and 
one  of  them,  or  some  one  in  their  behalf,  say  unto 
the  Minister: 

We  present  unto  you  this  Building,  to  be  dedicated 
as  a  Church  for  the  service  and  worship  of  Almighty 
God. 


Then  shall  the  Minister  request  the  Congregation  to 
stand,  while  he  repeats  the  following 
455 


510       Dedication  of  a  Church 

DECLARATION: 

Dearly  Beloved,  it  is  meet  and  right,  as  we  learn 
from  the  Holy  Scriptures,  that  houses  erected  for  the 
public  worship  of  God  should  be  specially  set  apart 
and  dedicated  to  religious  uses.  For  such  a  dedica- 
tion we  are  now  assembled.  With  gratitude,  there- 
fore, to  Almighty  God,  who  has  signally  blessed  his 
servants  in  their  holy  enterprise  of  erecting  this 
Church,  we  dedicate  it  to  his  service,  for  the  reading 
of  the  Holy  Scriptures,  the  preaching  of  the  Word  of 
God,  the  administration  of  the  Holy  Sacraments,  and 
for  all  other  exercises  of  religious  worship  and  serv- 
ice, according  to  the  Discipline  and  Usages  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church.  And,  as  the  dedication 
of  the  temple  is  vain  without  the  solemn  consecra- 
tion of  the  worshipers  also,  I  now  call  upon  you  all  to 
dedicate  yourselves  anew  to  the  service  of  God.  To 
him  let  our  souls  be  dedicated,  that  they  may  be  re- 
newed after  the  image  of  Christ.  To  him  let  our 
bodies  be  dedicated,  that  they  may  be  fit  temples  for 
the  indwelling  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  To  him  may  our 
labors  and  business  be  dedicated,  that  their  fruit  may 
tend  to  the  glory  of  his  great  name,  and  to  the  ad- 
vancement of  his  kingdom.  And  that  he  may 
graciously  accept  this  solemn  act,  let  us  pray. 

The  Congregation  kneeling,  the  Minister  shall  offer 
the  following  Prayer: 

O  Most  Glorious  Lord,  we  acknowledge  that  we  are 
not  worthy  to  offer  unto  thee  anything  belonging 
unto  us;  yet  we  beseech  thee,  in  thy  great  goodness, 
graciously  to  accept  the  dedication  of  this  place  to 
thy  service,  and  to  prosper  this  our  undertaking;  re- 
456 


Dedication  of  a  Church       %  510 


ceive  the  prayers  and  intercessions  of  all  those  thy 
servants  who  shall  call  upon  thee  in  this  house; 
and  give  them  grace  to  prepare  their  hearts  to  serve 
thee  with  reverence  and  godly  fear;  affect  them  with 
an  awful  apprehension  of  thy  divine  majesty,  and  a 
deep  sense  of  their  own  un worthiness;  that  so  ap- 
proaching thy  sanctuary  with  lowliness  and  devo- 
tion, and  coming  before  thee  with  clean  thoughts 
and  pure  hearts,  with  bodies  undefiled,  and  minds 
sanctified,  they  may  always  perform  a  service  accept- 
able to  thee,  through  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord.  Amen* 

Regard,  O  Lord,  the  supplication  of  thy  servants, 
and  grant  that  whosoever  shall  be  dedicated  to  thee 
in  this  house  by  Baptism  may  ever  remain  in  the 
number  of  thy  faithful  children.  Amen. 

Grant,  0  Lord,  that  whosoever  shall  receive  in  this 
place  the  blessed  Sacrament  of  the  Body  and  Blood 
of  Christ  may  come  to  that  holy  Ordinance  with; 
faith,  charity,  and  true  repentance;  and,  being  filled; 
with  thy  grace  and  heavenly  benediction,  may,  to' 
their  great  and  endless  comfort,  obtain  forgiveness  of 
their  sins,  and  all  other  benefits  of  his  death.  Amen. 

Grant,  0  Lord,  that  by  thy  holy  Word  which  shall 
be  read  and  preached  in  this  place,  and  by  thy  Holy 
Spirit  grafting  it  inwardly  in  the  heart,  the  hearers 
thereof  may  both  perceive  and  know  what  things 
they  ought  to  do,  and  may  have  power  and  strength 
to  perform  the  same.  Amen. 

Now,  therefore,  arise,  O  Lord,  and  come  into  this, 
place  of  thy  rest,  thou  and  the  ark  of  thy  strength- 
457 


^  510       Dedication  op  a  Church 

Let  thine  eye  be  open  toward  this  house  day  and 
night;  and  let  thine  ears  be  ready  toward  the  prayers 
of  thy  children  which  they  shall  make  unto  thee  in 
this  place:  and  whensoever  thy  servants  shall  make 
to  thee  their  petitions  here,  do  thou  hear  them  from 
heaven,  thy  dwelling-place,  the  throne  of  the  glory 
of  thy  kingdom;  and  when  thou  hearest,  forgive. 
And  grant,  O  Lord,  we  beseech  thee,  that  here  and 
elsewhere  thy  ministers  may  be  clothed  with  right- 
eousness, and  thy  saints  rejoice  in  thy  salvation. 
And  may  we  all,  with  thy  people  everywhere,  grow 
up  into  a  holy  temple  in  the  Lord,  and  be  at  last  re- 
ceived into  the  glorious  temple  above;  the  house  not 
made  with  hands,  eternal  in  the  heavens.  And  to 
the  Father,  and  the  Son,  and  the  Holy  Spirit,  be  glory 
and  praise,  world  without  end.  Amen. 

The  service  to  conclude  with  a  Doxology  and 
Benediction 

Note.— The  Central  Conference  of  Southern  Asia  is  authorized  to 
prepare  and  translate  into  the  vernaculars  simplified  and  adapted  forms 
of  such  parts  of  the  Ritual  as  may  be  deemed  necessary,  such  portions  to 
receive  the  sanction  of  the  Board  of  Bishops. 


458 


APPENDIX 


Note. — The  matter  contained  in  the  Appendix  to  the  Discipline  is 
sufficiently  important  to  justify  publication.  Some  of  it  is  taken  from 
the  General  Conference  Journals,  and  is  therefore  the  action  of  the 
General  Conference,  although  not  ordered  as  part  of  the  Discipline. 
Some  of  it,  as  the  Courses  of  Study,  has  been  prepared  by  the  Bish- 
ops, under  the  authority  of  the  General  Conference,  and  is  inserted 
for  convenient  reference;  while  other  portions  of  it  are  suggestive  and 
useful,  such  as  Post  Office  Addresses,  Administrative  Boards,  Forms, 
and  the  Rules  of  Order  of  the  General  Conference. 

While  unnecessary  changes  have  been  avoided,  students  of  the  Book 
of  Discipline  will  note  with  pleasure  a  more  distinct  separation  be- 
tween The  Constitution  and  the  Legislation;  and  also  the  refer- 
ence by  paragraphs  (HU)  instead  of  pages  in  both  the  Contents  and 
the  Index. 

The  statistical  scheme  has  been  greatly  simplified  and  improved 
by  action  of  the  authorized  Committee  on  Statistical  Forms;  and  the 
Rules  of  Order  have  been  restated  by  the  Committee  on  Rules  of 
Order  appointed  by  the  General  Conference. 

Our  study  of  its  Constitution  and  statutory  enactments  has  deep- 
ened our  love  and  strengthened  our  respect  for  the  Methodist  Epis- 
copal Church,  and  we  commend  to  the  Ministry  and  Membership- 
this  new  edition  of  the  Discipline. 

Luther  Barton  Wilson, 
Joseph  Beaumont  Hingelet, 
James  Monroe  Buckley, 

Editors  of  the  Discipline. 


459 


I.  POST  OFFICE  ADDRESSES  OF  BISHOPS 

AND  GENERAL  OFFICERS 
II.  ADMINISTRATIVE  BOARDS  AND  SOCIE- 
TIES 

III.  THE  GENERAL  CONFERENCE 

IV.  GENERAL  CONFERENCE  REPORTS 
V.  GENERAL  CONFERENCE  DECISIONS 

VI.  GENERAL  CONFERENCE  RESOLUTIONS 
VII.  FORMS  AND  CONSTITUTIONS 
VIII.  COURSES  OF  STUDY 


460 


CHAPTER  I 


POST  OFFICE  ADDRESSES  OF  BISHOPS  AND 
GENERAL  OFFICERS 


*I  511.  Bishops 

Orange,  New  Jersey 
220  Fourth  Avenue,  West,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 
5700  Washington  Avenue,  Chicago,  Illinois 
The  Ontario,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Indianapolis,  Indiana 
36  Bromfield  Street,  Boston,  Massachusetts 
1026  Arch  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 
Wiixiam  F.  McDowell,  14  West  Washington  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois, 
James  W.  Bashford,  Methodist  Episcopal  Mission,  Peking,  China 
455  Franklin  Street,  Buffalo,  New  York 
150  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York 
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 
220  Fourth  Avenue,  West,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 
Zurich,  Switzerland 
Saint  Paul,  Minnesota 
Saint  Louis,  Missouri 
Foochow,  China 

Edwin  H.  Hughes,  435  Buchanan  Street,  San  Francisco,  California 
Robert  McInttre,  Oklahoma  City,  Oklahoma 

Frank  M.  Bristol,  Omaha,  Nebraska 

Homer  C.  Stuntz,  Buenos  Ayres,  Argentina,  South  America 

Theodore  S.  Henderson,  Chattanooga,  Tennessee 

William  O.  Shepard,  Kansas  City,  Kansas 

Naphtali  Luccock,  Helena,  Montana 

Francis  J.  McConnell,  Denver,  Colorado 

Frederick  D.  Leeti,  Atlanta,  Georgia 

Richard  J.  Cooke,  Portland,  Oregon 

Wilbur  P.  Thiskibld,  New  Orleans,  Louisiana 

461 


Thomas  Bowman, 
John  M.  Walden, 
John  H.  Vincent, 
Earl  Cranston, 
David  H.  Moore, 
John  W.  Hamilton, 
Joseph  F.  Berrt, 


William  Burt, 
Luther  B.  Wilson, 
Thomas  B.  Neelt, 
William  F.  Anderson, 
John  L.  Nuelben, 
William  A.  Quatle, 
Charles  W.  Smith, 
Wilson  S.  Lewis, 


1  512 


Addresses 


K  512.  Missionary  Bishops 

James  M.  Thodurn,  Meadville,  Pennsylvania 

Joseph  C.  Hartzell,  150  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York 

Frank  W.  Warne,  Lucknow,  India 

Isaiah  B.  Scott,  Monrovia,  Liberia 

John  E.  Robinson,  Bombay,  India 

Merriman  C.  Harris,  Seoul,  Korea 

John  W.  Robinson,  Methodist  Episcopal  Mission,  Bombay,  India 

William  P.  Eveland,  Manila,  Philippine  Islands 


f  513.  Secretary  of  General  Conference 
Joseph  B.  Hinqelet,     14  West  Washington  Street,  Chicago,  Illinoia 


H  514.  The  Methodist  Book  Concern 

PUBLISHING  AGENTS 

Homer  Eaton,  General  Agent,  150  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York 
New  York:  George  P.  Mains,  150  Fifth  Avenue 
Cincinnati:  Henry  C.  Jennings,  220  Fourth  Avenue,  West 
Chicago:  Edwin  R.  Graham,  14  West  Washington  Street 

depositories 
36  Bromfield  Street,  Boston,  Massachusetts 
105  Fifth  Avenue,  Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania 
21  Adams  Avenue,  East,  Detroit,  Michigan 
14  West  Washington  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 
1121  McGee  Street,  Kansas  City,  Missouri 
5  City  Hall  Avenue,  San  Francisco,  California 


H  515.  Editors 

§  1.   ELECTED  BY  THE  GENERAL  CONFERENCE 

William  V.  Kelley:  Methodist  Review, 

150  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York 
George  P.  Eckman:  The  Christian  Advocate, 

150  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York 
John  T.  McFarland:  Sunday  School  Publications, 

150  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York 


Addresses 


H  516 


John  J.  Wallace:  Pittsburgh  Christian  Advocate, 

105  Fifth  Avenue,  Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania 
Levi  Gilbert:  Western  Christian  Advocate, 

220  Fourth  Avenue,  West,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 
Albert  J.  Nabt:  Der  Christliche  Apologete, 

220  Fourth  Avenue,  West,  Cincinnati.  Ohio 
A.  J.  Bucher:  Haus  und  Herd, 

220  Fourth  Avenue,  West,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 
E.  Robb  Zaring:  Northwestern  Christian  Advocate, 

14  West  Washington  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 
Claudius  B.  Spencer:  Central  Christian  Advocate, 

1121  McGee  Street,  Kansas  City,  Missouri 
Robert  E.  Jones:  Southwestern  Christian  Advocate, 

631  Baronne  Street,  New  Orleans,  Louisiana 
Robert  H.  Hughes:  Pacific  Christian  Advocate, 

Portland,  Oregon 

Dan  B.  Brummitt:  The  Epworth  Herald, 

14  West  Washington  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 
Freeman  D.  Bovard:  California  Christian  Advocate, 

5  City  Hall  Avenue,  San  Francisco,  California 
J.  J.  Masker:  Methodist  Advocate-Journal, 

Athens,  Tennessee 
§  2.  elected  bt  the  book  committee 
David  G.  Downey:  Book  Editor, 

150  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York 

220  Fourth  Avenue,  West,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 


*[  516.  Corresponding  Secretaries 


S.  Earl  Taylor, 
William  F.  Oldham, 
Frank  Mason  North,  ] 

Ward  Platt, 
Charles  M.  Boswell, 
Robert  Forbes, 

Patrick  J.  Maveety, 
I.  Garland  Penn, 

Thomas  Nicholson: 
Edgar  Blake: 
Joseph  B.  Hlngeley: 
Wilbur  F.  Sheridan, 


Board  of  Foreign  Missions, 

150  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York 


Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 


Board  of  Education, 

150  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York 
Board  of  Sunday  Schools, 
14  West  Washington  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 
Board  of  Conference  Claimants, 
14  West  Washington  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 
General  Secretary:  Epworth  League, 
14  West  Washington  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 

463 


If  517         Administrative  Boards 


If  517.  Treasurers  and  Assistant  Treasurers 

Homer  Eaton,  Treasurer:  Board  of  Foreign  Missions, 

150  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York 
Henry  C.  Jennings,  Assistant  Treasurer:  Board  of  Foreign  Missions, 
220  Fourth  Avenue,  West,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 
Samuel  Shaw,  Treasurer:  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church 
Extension, 

1026  Arch  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 
Henry  C.  Jennings,  Treasurer:  Freedmen's  Aid  Society, 

220  Fourth  Avenue,  West,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 
Homer  Eaton,  Assistant  Treasurer:  Freedmen's  Aid  Society, 

150  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York 
J.  Edgar  Leaycraft,  Treasurer:  Board  of  Education, 

19  West  Forty-second  Street,  New  York 
George  P.  Mains,  Treasurer:  Episcopal  Fund, 

150  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York 
Edwin  R.  Graham,  Assistant  Treasurer:  Episcopal  Fund, 

14  West  Washington  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 
Franklin  I.  Bodine,  Treasurer:  Chartered  Fund, 

129  South  Fourth  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 
Edwin  R.  Graham,  Treasurer:  Board  of  Sunday  Schools, 

14  West  Washington  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 
Marvin  Campbell,  Treasurer:  Board  of  Conference  Claimants, ' 

14  West  Washington  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 
Oscar  P.  Miller,  Treasurer:  General  Conference  Commission, 

Rock  Rapids,  Iowa 
E.  H.  Anderson,  Treasurer:  Church  Temperance  Society, 

*  Topeka,  Kansas 


CHAPTER  II 
ADMINISTRATIVE  BOARDS  AND  SOCIETIES 

elected  by  the  general  conference  or  appointed  by  thi 
bishops  under  the  authority  of  the  general  CONFERENCE 


If  518.  Book  Committee 


§  1.  District  Members 

Term 

District       Name  Conference  Expires 

\.  Silas  Peirce  New  England  1916 

59  Commercial  Street,  Boston,  Massachusetts. 
464 


Administrative  Boards 


1  518 


Term 

District  Conference  Expires 

EL  John  Handley  New  Jersey  1920 

Ocean  Grove,  New  Jersey. 

III.  J.  G.  Shepherd  Wyoming  1916 

892  Linden  Street,  Scranton,  Pennsylvania. 

IV.  W.  F.  Conner  Pittsburgh  1920 

233  North  Craig  Street,  Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania. 

V.  R.T.Stevenson  North-East  Ohio  1916 

Delaware,  Ohio. 

VI.  J.  A.  Patten  Holston  1920 

Chattanooga,  Tennessee. 

VII.  M.  S.  Davage  Louisiana  1920 

631  Baronne  Street,  New  Orleans,  Louisiana. 

VIII.  Hanford  Crawford  Saint  Louis  1916 

4442  Lindell  Avenue,  Saint  Louis,  Missouri. 

IX.  H.  M.  Havner  Iowa  1920 

Marengo,  Iowa. 

X.  Joe  Bell  Central  Illinois  1920 

Galesburg,  Illinois. 

XI.  C.E.Bacon  Indiana  1916 

90  Ogden  Street,  Hammond,  Indiana. 

XII.  J.  S.  UUand  Northern  Minnesota  1920 

Fergus  Falls,  Minnesota. 

XIII.  W.  E.  Bletsch  Chicago  German  1916 

4617  North  Paulina  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois. 

XIV.  RoUa  V.  Watt  California  1920 

122  Sansome  Street,  San  Francisco,  California. 

XV.  W.  W.  Van  Dusen  Idaho  1916 

Boise,  Idaho. 

§  2.  Local  Committee  at  New  York 

Term 

Name  Conference  Expires 
J.  W.  PearsaU  Newark  1920 

Ridgewood,  New  Jersey. 
E.  B.  Tuttle  New  York  East  1920 

494  Bedford  Avenue,  Brooklyn,  New  York. 
J.  E.  Andrus  New  York  1916 

Yonkers,  New  York. 
J.  E.  Holmes  New  York  East  1920 

413  Fulton  Street,  Brooklyn,  New  York. 
E.  S.  Tipple  New  York  1916 

Madison,  New  Jersey. 

465 


519         Administrative  Boards 


§  3.  Local  Committee  at  Cincinnati 

Name  Conference 

R.  T.  Miller  Kentucky  

P.  O.  Box  414,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

E.  E.  Shipley  Cincinnati  1916 

603  First  National  Bank  Building,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

D.  R.  Anderson  Rock  River  1016 

504  Sherman  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois. 

O.  M.  Van  Pelt  Cincinnati  1916 

Station  M,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

Herbert  Scott  Ohio  1920 

791  Oak  Street,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


Term 
Expires 

...1920 


f  519.  District  Representatives  on  the  General  Com- 
mittee: For  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions,  the  Board 
of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension,  and  the 
Freedmen's  Aid  Society 

"THE  GENERAL  COMMITTEE" 

[One  Minister  and  one  Layman  nominated  by  the  delegates  of  each 
General  Conference  District,  and  elected  by  the  General  Conference] 

District       Name  Conference 

I.  William  Shaw  Vermont 

Montpelier,  Vermont. 

F.  D.  Howard  New  England 

Chicopee  Falls,  Massachusetts. 

II.  Allan  MacRossie  New  York 

548  West  142d  Street,  New  York. 

S.  R.  Smith  New  York  East 

Freeport,  New  York. 

III.  Samuel  J.  Greenfield  Northern  New  York 

Utica,  New  York. 

T.  D.  Collins  Erie 

Nebraska, 


Administrative  Boards  519 

District       Name  Conference 

IV.  J.G.Wilson  Philadelphia 

2017  Diamond  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

H.  S.  Dulaney  Baltimore 

517  West  Lombard  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland. 

V.  J.  S.  Secrest  North-East  Ohio 

Coshocton,  Ohio. 

O.  F.  Hypes  Cincinnati 

Springfield,  Ohio. 

VI.  J.H.Scott  Delaware 

1310  Parrish  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

C.  W.  Kinne  Saint  Johns  River 

Jacksonville,  Florida. 

VII.  D.  E.  Skelton  Lexington 

742  Barr  Street,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

R.  S.  Lovinggood  West  Texas 

Austin,  Texas. 

VIII.  A.  B.  Hestwood  Southwest  Kansas 

Wichita,  Kansas. 

J.  L.  Taylor  South  Kansas 

Pittsburg,  Kansas. 

IX.  J.  R.  Gettys  Nebraska 

David  City,  Nebraska. 

C.  R.  Benedict,  Des  Moines 

Shelby,  Iowa. 

X.   Robert  Stephens  Illinois 

Danville,  Illinois. 

Perley  Lowe  .*.Rock  River 

1822  Washington  Boulevard,  Chicago,  Illinois. 

XI.  C.  B.  Allen  Detroit 

110  Hazelwood  Avenue,  Detroit,  Michigan. 

W.  E.  Carpenter  Northwest  Indiana 

Brazil,  Indiana. 

XII.  J.G.Moore  North  Dakota 

Grand  Forks,  North  Dakota. 

F.  J.  Clemans  Minnesota 

New  York  Life  Building,  Saint  Paul,  Minnesota. 

XIII.  Otto  Wilke  California  German 

167  Wooster  Avenue,  Pasadena,  California. 

J.  S.  Schneider  Central  German 

106  South  High  Street,  Columbus,  Ohio. 

XIV.  D.D.Forsyth  Colorado 

University  Park,  Colorado. 

A.  J.  Wallace  Southern  California 

Los  Angeles,  California. 

XV.  J.  P.  Marlatt  Puget  Sound 

1914  Second  Avenue,  West,  Seattle,  Washington. 

A.  M.  Smith  Oregon 

1401  Yeon  Building,  Portland,  Oregon. 

467 


520 


Administrative  Boards 


H  520.  Board  of  Foreign  Missions 

Office:  150  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York 
( S.  Earl  Taylor, 

Corresponding  Secretaries,     <  William  F.  Oldham, 
(  Frank  Mason  North. 

Recording  Secretary,  Stephen  O.  Benton. 

Treasurer,  Homer  Eaton. 

Assistant  Treasurer,  Henry  C.  Jennings. 

General  Secretary  Emeritus,  Adna  B.  Leonard. 

MANAGERS 
The  Bishops,  ex  officio 


J.  M.  Buckley, 
H.  A.  Buttz, 
J.  F.  Goucher, 
Homer  Eaton, 
C.  R.  Barnes, 
E.  S.  Tipple, 
G.  P.  Mains, 
W.  V.  Kelley, 
J.  L.  Hurlbut, 
G.  P.  Eckman, 

B.  C.  Conner, 
J.  W.  Marshall, 
W.  I.  Haven, 
A.  J.  Coultas, 
J.  E.  Adams, 
Allan  MacRossie, 

G.  J.  Ferry, 
G.  G.  Reynolds, 
Lemuel  Skidmore, 
E.  B.  Tuttle, 
W.  H.  Falconer, 
J.  M.  Cornell, 
E.  L.  Dobbins, 
J.  E.  Andrus, 
Summerfield  Baldwin, 
G.  C.  Batcheller, 
Willis  McDonald, 

C.  E.  Welch, 
Charles  Gibson, 

G.  W.  F.  Swartzell, 
J.  M.  Bulwinkle, 


Charles  Reuss, 
Wallace  MacMullen, 
John  Krantz, 
P.  M.  Watters, 

E.  G.  Richardson, 
J.  S.  Stone, 

A.  B.  Sanford, 
G.  C.  Peck, 

G.  W.  Izer, 

H.  H.  Beattys, 
G.  H.  Bickley, 
Dillon  Bronson, 
W.  H.  Brooks, 

F.  T.  Keeney, 
W.  H.  Morgan, 

E.  S.  Ninde. 

J.  W.  Pearsall, 
John  Gribbell, 

F.  A.  Home, 

J.  E.  Leaycraft, 
M.  S.  Cornell, 

G.  I.  Bodine, 
W.  A.  Leonard, 
W.  O.  Gantz, 

H.  K.  Carroll, 
Charles  Mitchell, 
C.  R.  Saul, 
William  Rawling, 
J.  R.  Joy, 

J.  T.  Stone, 
S.  R.  Smith. 


J.  F.  Ruding, 
R.  B.  Ward, 
W.  A.  Foote, 
J.  A.  Huston, 
H.  A.  Monroe, 
J.  B.  Faulks, 
L.  C.  Murdock, 


honorary  members 

J.  R.  Mott, 
G.  W.  Brown, 
Hanford  Crawford, 
J.  H.  Welch, 
A.  H.  Tuttle, 


A.  B.  Leo: 


wney, 
nard. 


468 


Administrative  Boaeds 


If  521 


U  521.  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension 

Office:  1026  Arch  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 

("Ward  Platt, 
Corresponding  Secretaries,    <  Charles  M.  Boswell, 
(.Robert  Forbes. 

Treasurer,  Samuel  Shaw. 

Recording  Secretary,  Alpha  G.  Ktnett. 


Bishop  Berry, 
Robert  Forbes, 
Ward  Platt, 
C.  M.  Boswell, 
A.  G.  Kynett, 
S.  W.  Gehrett, 
J.  W.  Sayers, 
J.  S.  Hughes, 
J.  G.  Bickerton, 
J.  G.  Wilson, 
F.  P."  Parkin, 
Robert  Watt, 
E.  M.  Stevens, 
J.  C.  Nicholson, 
R.  H.  Gilbert, 
S.  M.  Morgan, 
W.  L.  McDowell, 


L.  C.  Murdock, 
C.  A.  Tindley, 
William  Powick, 
S.  M.  Nichols, 
J.  R.  Wright, 
Henry  Mueller, 
E.  E.  Burriss, 
G.  W.  Henson. 
G.  H.  Bickley, 
E.  C.  Griffiths, 

B.  H.  Hart, 
J.  E.  Holmes, 
Alfred  Wagg, 
M.  E.  Snyder, 

C.  E.  Adamson, 
J.  St.  Clair  Neal, 
O.  F.  Bartholow. 


Samuel  Shaw, 
S.  K.  Felton, 
J.  F.  Fox, 
Amos  Wakelin, 
Jefferson  Justice, 
F.  W.  Tunnell, 
W.  H.  Heisler, 
J.  A.  Wallace, 
C.  D.  Foss,  Jr., 
W.  S.  Pilling, 
Edward  Perry, 
W.  H.  G.  Gould, 
A.  M.  Schoyer, 
J.  E.  Ingram, 
C.  E.  Anderson, 
F.  E.  Tasker, 
J.  P.  Melick, 


J.  A.  Affleck, 
W.  O.  Hoffecker, 
William  Railing, 
Fisher  Dalrymple, 
J.  A.  White, 
W.  P.  Billings, 
F.  J.  Lovatt, 

A.  M.  Breneman, 
Alexander  Simpson,  Jr., 
T.  R.  Fort,  Jr., 

J.  W.  Brown, 

C.  H.  Schermerhorn, 

J.  O.  Downs, 

C.  P.  Repp, 

B.  G.  Moore, 
John  MacAdam, 
H.  G.  Sampson. 


522         Administrative  Boards 


If  522.  Freedmen's  Aid  Society 

Office:  220  Fourth  Avenue,  West,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 


Recording  Secretary,  D.  Lee  Aultman. 
Treasurer,  Henry  C.  Jennings. 
Assistant  Treasurer,  Homer  Eaton. 

MANAGERS 

Bishops  Walden,  Anderson,  Henderson,  Leete,  and  Thirkield 


H.  C.  Jennings, 
G.  W.  Bunton, 
Levi  Gilbert, 
A.  J.  Nast, 
D.  L.  Aultman, 
Herbert  Scott, 


E.  A.  White, 
Herbert  Welch, 
J.  H.  Race, 
H.  D.  Ketcham, 
H.  C.  Weaklev, 
S.  J.  Miller. 


H.  C.  Minnich, 
O.  F.  Hypes, 
J.  A.  Patten, 
R.  B.  MeRarv. 
E.  P.  Marshall, 
E.  R.  Graham, 


L.  N.  Gatch, 

E.  C.  Harley, 

F.  B.  Dyer, 
E.  D.  Lyon, 
J.  E.  Annis, 
C.  F.  Coffin. 


H  523.  Board  of  Education 

Office:  150  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York 
Corresponding  Secretary,  Thomas  Nicholson. 
Recording  Secretary,  Ezra  S.  Tipple. 
Treasurer,  J.  Edgar  Leaycraft. 

MANAGERS 
Term  Expires  in  1916 
Bishop  McDowell,  G.  H.  Bridgman,  H.  C.  Loeppert,  L.  D.  Baldwin, 
J.  E.  Leaycraft,  A.  L.  Johnson,  M.  W.  Dogan,  Samuel  Dickie,  W.  C. 
Evans,  H.  N.  Curtis,  W.  V.  Kelley,  W.  H.  Heisler. 

Term  Expires  in  1920 
Bishop  Anderson,  W.  F.  King,  A.  W.  Harris,  Charles  Scott,»Jr., 
J.  A.  Patten,  G.  D.  Selbv,  G.  H.  Bradford,  Gottlieb  Golder,  E.  L. 
Mills,  C.  E.  Patterson,  J.  H.  Race,  J.  W.  Pearsall. 

Term  Expires  in  1924 
Bishop  Hughes,  E.  S.  Tipple,  R.  F.  Raymond,  M.  D.  Buell,  J.  C. 
Nicholson.  C.  W.  Laycock,  G.  W.  Brown,  J.  R.  Harker,  W.  A.  Rankin, 
William  Halls,  Jr.,  E.  L.  Blaine,  J.  M.  Bulwinkle. 

470 


Administrative  Boards 


«  525 


If  524.  University  Senate 


At  Large,  J.  R.  Day,  Syracuse  University,  President 


District  Name 

Institution 

T     U  Vfiirlin 

J* 

W  A  Sh&nklin 

III. 

Allegheny  College 

Dickinson  College 

V. 

Ohio  Wesleyan  University 

VI. 

J.  H.  Race.  .  s  

VII. 

ix! 

E.  A.  Schell  

Iowa  Wesleyan  College 

X. 

A.  W.  Harris  

XI. 

H.  A.  Gobin  

XII. 

Samuel  Plantz  

XIII. 

A.  L.  Breslich  

XIV. 

G.  F.  Bovard  

XV. 

Fletcher  Homan  

%  525.  Board  of  Sunday  Schools 

Office:  14  West  Washington  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 


MANAGERS 
Bishops  McDowell,  Burt,  and  Andersoa 

EX  OFFICIO 

Edgar  Blake,  Corresponding  Secretary. 

J._T.  McFarland,  Editor  Sunday  School  Publications. 

ADVISORY  MEMBER 
A.  J.  Bucher,  Editor  German  Sunday  School  Publications. 

AT  LARGE 

F.  L.  Brown,  W.  E.  Carpenter,  E^R.  Graham,  R.  P.  Hollett,  L.  B. 
Longacre,  N.  E.  Richardson, 
Thompson. 

DISTRICT  REPRESENTATIVES 


Shipp,  C.  M.  Stuart,  W.  J. 


District  Name 
I.  J.  W.  Hatch, 
II.  H.  P.  Bennett, 

III.  O.  L.  Severson, 

IV.  John  Walton, 
V.  C.  M.  Van  Pelt, 

VI.  C.  L.  Parham, 
VII.  A.  W.  Brazier, 

XV. 


District  Name 

VIII.  W.  C.  Hanson, 

IX.  I.  B.  Schreckengast, 

X.  J.  M.  Mitchell, 

XI.  Wesley  Sears, 

XII.  F.  M.  Rule, 

XIII.  F.  T.  Enderis, 

XIV.  F.  M.  Larkin, 
Walton  Skipworth. 

471 


t  526 


Administrative  Boards 


If  526.  Board  of  Conference  Claimants 

Office:  14  West  Washington  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 
President,  Bishop  McDowell. 
Vice-President,  Oliver  H.  Horton. 
Corresponding  Secretary,  Joseph  B.  Hingeley. 
Treasurer,  Marvin  Campbell. 

BOARD 
Bishop  McDowell 


C.  W.  Baldwin, 
James  Hamilton, 
Perry  Millar, 


mixisti:k8 


M.  S.  Marble. 


J.  A.  Mulfinger, 
J.  W.  Van  Cleve, 
E.  C.  E.  Dorion, 


J.  E.  Andrus, 
Man-in  Campbell, 
O.  H.  Horton, 


J.  O.  Pe-s 


B.  F.  Adams, 

G.  Warren  Brown, 

O.  P.  Miller, 


IT  527.  Epworth  League 

Office:  14  West  Washington  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 
General  Secretary,  Wft-BUR  F.  Sheridan 
BOARD  OF  CONTROL 
Bishop  Bristol,  President 
District       Name  Conference 

I.  H.B.Haskell  "  East  Maine 

II.  C.  A.  Titus  Newark 

III.  W.E.Brown  Central  New  York 

IV.  J.  W.  Coley  Wilmington 

V.   H.  S.  Powell  North-Kast  Ohio 

VI.  E.  J.  Sawver  South  Carolina 

VII.  K.  W.  McMillan  Texas 

VIII.   Homer  Hall  Missouri 

IX.  J.  L.  Gillies  Northwest  Iowa 

X.   J.  M.  Mitchell  Southern  Illinois 

XI.   

XII.  A.  P.  Nelson  West  Wisconsin 

XIII.  C.  F.  Blume  Northern  German 

XIV.  T.  P.  Barber  Colorado 

XV.  J.A.Martin  North  Montana 

AT  LARGE 

E.  H.  Forkel  Rock  River 

Carl  F.  Price  New  York 

Chesteen  Smith  North  Indiana 

ADVISORY  MEMBERS 

D.  B.  Brummitt  Rock  River 

W.  F.  Sheridan  Saint  Louis 

A.  J.  Bucher  Central  German 

472 


Administrative  Boards         If  5.29 

If  528.  Methodist  Brotherhood 

Office:  150  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York 
President,  F.  E.  Tasker. 

Vice-Presidents,  C.  F.  Reisner,  F.  M.  North,  W.  A.  Shanklin,  A.  E. 

Craig,  E.  G.  Bek. 
Acting  General  Secretary,  C.  F.  Reisner. 
Recording  Secretary,  J.  R.  Jot. 
Treasurer,  R.  H.  Montgomery. 

MANAGING  BOARD 
The  General  Officers 
Bishops  Nuelsen,  Burt,  and  Leete 
Representatives  in  Foreign  Fields,  Bishops  Nuelsen  and  Warne^ 

AT  LARGE  i  -  - 

H.  E.  Dingley,  W.  M.  Wilson, 
D.  G.  Downey,  G.  P.  Eekman, 
W.  G.  CUnton,  H.  F.  Rail. 

REPRESENTING   GENERAL  CONFERENCE  DISTRICTS 

District       Name  Conference 

I.  L.  A.  Nies  New  England 

II.   H.  H.  Beattys  New  York  East 

III.  D.  L.  Tuttle  Genesee 

IV.  H.  G.  Samson  Pittsburgh 

V.  Herbert  Scott  Ohio 

VI.  J.  A.  Patten  Holston 

VII.  M.  W.  Dogan  Texas 

VIII.   Hanford  Crawford  Saint  Louis 

IX.  E.  C.  Crossett  Upper  Iowa 

X.  S.  .1.  Herben  Rock  River 

XI.  C.  F.  Coffin  Indiana 

XII.  Thomas  Xicholson  Dakota 

XIII.  Gottlieb  Golder  Central  German 

XIV.  F.  D.  Bovard  California 

XV.  R.  A.  Booth  Oregon 


H  529.  Church  Temperance  Society 

Office:  Topeka,  Kansas 
General  Secretary,  Clarence  True  Wilson 

BOARD  OF  MANAGERS 
President,  Bishop  Shepard. 


C.  B.  Spencer,  H.  E.  Wolfe, 

J.  A.  Stavely,  C.  M.  Shepherd, 

John  MacLean  Edwin  Locke. 


If  530 


Administrative  Boards 


E.  W.  Hoch, 

A.  E.  Wilson, 

J.  C.  Ruppenthal. 

William  H.  Anderson, 

J.  M.  Miller, 

L.  O.  Jones, 


H.  A.  Larson, 
J.  R.  Lankard, 
John  Punton, 

D.  M.  Rankin, 
Charles  Strader, 
S.  K.  Warrick, 

E.  H.  Anderson. 


H  530.  General  Deaconess  Board 

Bishops  Burt,  Anderson,  and  Smith 
At  Large:  Wallace  MacMullen,  R.  T.  Stevenson,  J.  L.  Sooy. 


DISTRICT  REPRESENTATIVES 


I. 

R.  F. 

Lowe, 

VIII. 

J.  F.  Holden, 

II. 

A.  S. 

Kavanagh, 

IX. 

G.  M.  Spurlock, 

Ill 

Byro, 

i  Walker, 

X. 

T.  P.  Frost, 

IV. 

J.  W. 

Cary, 

XL 

Alonzo  B.  Leonard, 

V. 

E.  O. 

Crist, 

XII. 

F.  B.  Cowgill, 

VI. 

S.  H. 

Thompson, 

XIII. 

John  Schneider, 

VII. 

J.  B. 

F.  Shaw, 

XIV. 

G.  W.  White, 

XV.  w. 

H.  W.  Rees. 

11  531.  Trustees  of  Chartered  Fund 

Office:  129  South  Fourth  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 

President,  George  I.  Bodine. 

Secretary,  Edgar  J.  Pershing. 

Treasurer,  Franklin  I.  Bodine. 
Henry  Z.  Zeigler,  Joseph  H.  Chubb, 

James  Long,  Avery  D.  Harrington, 

Henry  T.  Maris. 


1f  532.  Trustees  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church 

Office:  222  Fourth  Avenue,  West,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 
President,  John  M.  Walden. 
Secretary,  John  Pearson. 
Treasurer,  Jesse  R.  Clark. 

Class  1.  Term  Expires  in  1916 
Ministers:  John  M.  Walden,  David  H.  Moore,  Frank  S.  Tincher. 
Laymen:  Robert  T.  Miller,  Jesse  R.  Clark,  Merrill  C.  Slutes. 
474 


Administrative  Boards         If  534 


Class  2.  Term  Expires  in  1916 
Ministers:  Frank  G.  Mitchell,  John  Pearson,  Edward  B.  Rawls. 
Laymen:  James  N.  Gamble,  Norman  W.  Harris,  Herbert  A.  Winans. 


IT  533.  Corporate  Names  of  Organizations,  with  Name  of 
State  under  whose  Laws  each  was  Incorporated 

The  Chartered  Fund  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. — Pennsyl- 
vania. 

Trustees  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. — Ohio. 
Board  of  Foreign  Missions  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. — Areu> 
York. 

The  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension  of  the  Methodist 

Episcopal  Church. — Pennsylvania. 
Freedmen's  Aid  Society  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. — Ohio. 
Board  of  Education  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. — New  York. 
The  Board  of  Sunday  Schools  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. — 

Illinois. 

Board  of  Conference  Claimants  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. — 
Illinois. 

The  Epworth  League  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. — Illinois. 


If  534.  General  Conference  Commissions 

§  1.  Commission  on  Finance 
Bishops  Cranston,  Hamilton,  and  Smith 
Ministers:  A.  J.  Coultas,  E.  J.  Lockwood,  W.  A.  Layton,  D.  D. 
Forsyth,  W.  F.  Conner,  L.  C.  Murdock. 

Laymen:  E.  W.  Halford,  John  Walton,  F.  C.  Evans,  Charles  Gibson, 
W.  B.  Comfort,  Hanford  Crawford. 

§  2.  Commission  on  Federation 
Bishops  Walden,  Cranston,  and  Luccock 
Ministers:  J.  F.  Goucher,  E.  S.  Tipple,  A.  B.  Storms. 
Laymen:  R.  T.  Miller,  J.  A.  Patten,  G.  Warren  Brown. 

§3.  Commission  on  Federation  of  Colored  Churches 
Bishops  Walden,  Henderson,  and  Thirkield 
Ministers:  J.  P.  Wragg,  R.  E.  Jones,  R.  E.  Gillum. 
Laymen:  I.  G.  Penn,  E.  H.  McKissack,  L.  J.  Price. 

§4.  Commission  on  Faith  and  Order 
Bishops  Hamilton,  Bashford,  and  Cooke 
475 


If  535       The  General  Conference 

5  5.  Commission  on  Evangelism 
Bishops  Berry,  Hughes,  and  Henderson 


DISTRICT 

representatives 

District  Name 

District  Name 

I. 

Darid^ordon' 

VIII. 

S  H  Prather 

II. 

C  L.  Goodell 

IX 

0  W  Fifer 

B.  L.  Paine. 

III. 

Ben^amin^Moore. 

H.  V.  Holt, 

C.  E.  Welch. 

W.  A.  Rankin. 

IV. 

J.  G.  Wilson, 

XI. 

Summerville  Light, 

I.  E.  Robinson. 

W.  A.  Foote. 

V. 

N.  W.  Stroup, 

XII. 

R.  S.  Ingraham, 

W.  0.  Allen. 

C.  A.  Pollock. 

VI. 

D.  T.  Sumraerville, 

XIII. 

F.  W.  Miller, 

C.  W.  Olson. 

George  Boesh. 

VII. 

N.  R.  Clay, 

XIV. 

C.  E.  Locke, 

R.  S.  Lovinggood. 

W.  L.  Hartman. 

XV.  Benjamin  Young,  D.  H.  Cox. 


CHAPTER  III 

THE  GENERAL  CONFERENCE 

H  535.  Location  and  Entertainment 

The  Book  Committee  is  hereby  appointed  a  Commission  to 
select  the  place  of  meeting  of  the  next  General  Conference 
and  to  provide  for  its  entertainment. — Journal,  1912. 


If  536.  Traveling  Expenses  of  Delegates 

The  traveling  expenses  of  a  delegate  to  and  from  the 
seat  of  the  General  Conference  shall  be  paid  in  such 
proportion  as  the  number  of  days  of  his  attendance  sus- 
tains to  the  total  number  of  days  of  the  session  of  the 
General  Conference ;  exceptions  on  account  of  sickness 
to  be  determined  by  the  Committee  on  Credentials. — 
Journal,  1912. 

476 


The  General  Conference 


If  537 


f  537.  Rules  of  Order 

ORGANIZATION 

Rule  1.  Organization.  When  a  General  Conference 
shall  have  been  convened  in  accordance  with  the  pro- 
visions of  the  Constitution,  after  the  Devotional  Services 
and  the  calling  of  the  roll,  if  a  quorum  is  present,  it 
shall  proceed  to  organization  by  the  election  of  a  Secre- 
tary, by  ballot  if  there  be  more  than  one  nomination, 
otherwise  by  acclamation ;  electing  also  such  Assistant 
Secretaries,  upon  nomination  of  the  Secretary,  as  it  may 
deem  necessary. 

TIME  OF  MEETING,  BECESS.  AND  ADJOUBNMENT 

Rule  2.  After  the  opening  session  the  General  Con- 
ference shall  meet  at  8:30  o'clock  a.  m.,  and  adjourn  at 
12 :30  o'clock  p.  m  . ;  but  the  General  Conference,  at  its 
discretion,  may  alter  the  time  of  meeting  and  may  adjourn 
and  fix  the  time  to  which  it  shall  adjourn.  A  recess 
of  ten  minutes  shall  be  taken  at  10:30  o'clock,  unless 
otherwise  ordered. 

THE  PRESIDENT 

Rule  3.  The  President  shall  rate  the  ehair  precisely 
at  the  hour  to  which  the  General  Conference  stood  ad- 
journed, and  cause  the  session  to  be  opened  by  the  read- 
ing of  the  Scriptures,  singing,  and  prayer.  On  the  appear- 
ance of  a  quorum  he  shall  have  the  Journal  of  the  preced- 
ing session  read  and  approved,  and  see  that  the  business 
of  the  Conference  proceed  regularly,  according  to  the 
Rules  of  Order  and  such  other  rules  and  regulations  as 
may  be  adopted  by  the  General  Conference. 

Rule  4.  The  President  shall  decide  all  questions  of 
order,  subject  to  an  appeal  to  the  General  Conference. 
In  case  of  such  appeal  the  question  shall  be  taken  with- 
out debate,  except  that  the  President  may  state  the 
grounds  of  his  decision,  and  the  appellant  may  state  the 
grounds  of  his  appeal. 

477 


1  537 


The  General  Conference 


Rule  5.  The  President  shall  appoint  all  committee!, 
unless  otherwise  especially  ordered  by  the  Conference. 

Rule  6.  On  assigning  the  floor  to  a  member  the 
President  shall  distinctly  announce  the  name  of  the  dele- 
gate and  of  the  Annual  Conference  which  he  represents. 

ORDER  OF  BUSINESS 

Rule  7.    The  regular  order  of  business  shall  be: 
I.  Devotional  Services. 

II.  Reading  of  the  Journal  of  the  preceding  ses- 
sion, and  action  thereon. 

III.  Call  of  Conferences  in  alphabetical  order  for 
the  presentation  of  appeals,  resolutions,  and  miscellaneous 
business,  for  immediate  passage. 

(1)  When  a  proposition  has  been  presented  under  the 
Call  of  Conferences,  and  before  the  person  who  intro- 
duced the  proposition  shall  speak,  the  Question  of  Con- 
sideration may  be  raised  by  a  member  saying: 

"Mr.  President,  on  that  I  raise  the  Question  of  Con- 
sideration." 

The  Question  of  Consideration  shall  then  be  put  with- 
out debate,  and  if  there  is  a  two-thirds  vote  against 
consideration,  the  proposition  shall  not  be  entertained ; 
but  if  consideration  be  not  denied  the  person  introducing 
the  proposition  may  speak  to  it  if  it  be  seconded. 

(2)  After  the  person  introducing  the  proposition  has 
spoken,  a  motion  to  refer,  if  made,  shall  be  decided 
without  debate ;  or  a  motion  to  defer  consideration  and 
print  in  the  Daily  Advocate,  if  sustained  by  one  hundred 
and  fifty  members,  shall  prevail  without  debate ;  in  which 
case  the  proposition  shall  be  given  precedence  under  the 
next  Call  of  Conferences ;  at  which  time  also  it  shall  be 
subject  to  the  question  of  consideration  or  the  motion 
of  reference  the  same  as  when  originally  introduced ; 
provided,  however,  that  a  proposition  which  has  been 
refused  consideration  shall  not  be  printed  in  the  Daily 
Advocate  or  the  General  Conference  Journal. 

478  '  , 


The  General  Conference 


If  537 


IV.  Call  of  Standing  Committees  for  Reports. 
V.  Call  of  Special  Committees  for  Reports. 

VI.  Call  for  Miscellaneous  Business. 

These  Calls  shall  be  made  in  the  order  herein  given, 
and  shall  be  severally  completed  before  the  introduction 
of  other  business,  except  by  a  formal  suspension  of  the 
Rules.  They  sha-11  be  repeated,  in  the  same  order,  until 
dispensed  with  by  a  formal  vote. 

Rule  S.  No  member  shall  absent  himself  from  the 
sessions  of  the  General  Conference  without  leave,  unless 
he  be  unable  to  attend. 

DUTIES  AND  PRIVILEGES  OF  MEMBERS 

Rule  9.  When  a  member  is  about  to  speak  in  debate, 
or  to  deliver  any  matter  to  the  General  Conference,  he 
shall  rise  and  respectfully  address  the  President,  but  shall 
not  proceed  until  recognized  by  him.  The  member  must 
address  the  chair  from  his  place. 

Rule  10.  No  member  shall  be  interrupted  when 
speaking,  except  by  the  President  to  call  him  to  order 
when  he  departs  from  the  question,  or  uses  personalities 
or  disrespectful  language ;  but  any  member  may  call 
the  attention  of  the  President  to  the  subject  when  he 
deems  a  speaker  out  of  order,  and  any  member  may 
explain  when  he  thinks  himself  misrepresented. 

Rule  11.  When  a  member  desires  to  speak  to  a  ques- 
tion of  privilege  he  shall  briefly  state  the  question  ;  but 
it  shall  not  be  in  order  for  him  to  proceed  until  the 
President  shall  have  decided  that  it  is  a  privileged 
question.  Questions  of  privilege  are  limited  to  matters 
relating  to  the  rights  and  welfare  of  the  individual  as 
a  member  or  of  the  whole  body  ;  and  must  be  of  such 
an  imperative  character  as  to  justify  the  interruption 
of  the  regular  order. 

It  shall  be  the  imperative  duty  of  the  President  to 
require  the  member  who  desires  to  speak  to  a  question 
of  privilege  to  state  his  question  of  privilege.  This  hav- 
ing been  done,  the  President  shall  decide  whether  it 
479 


537       The  General  Conference* 


shall  be  allowed ;  and,  if  it  be  allowed,  shall  hold  the 
member  closely  to  the  Isubject. 

Rule  12.  No  person  shall  speak  more  than  once  on 
the  same  question  until  every  member  who  chooses  to 
speak  shall  have  spoken ;  nor  shall  any  member  speak 
more  than  twice  on  the  same  question,  nor  more  than 
ten  minutes  at  one  time,  without  leave  of  the  General 
Conference. 

Provided,  however,  that  a  committee  making  a  report 
through  its  chairman,  or  one  of  its  members  selected  by 
the  committee  or  by  its  chairman,  shall  be  entitled  to  ten 
minutes  to  close  the  debate,  either  to  oppose  the  motion 
to  lay  the  report  on  the  table,  or,  this  permission  not 
having  been  used,  to  close  the  debate  on  the  motion  to 
adopt.  The  committee  shall  not  be  deprived  of  its  right 
to  close  the  debate  even  after  the  previous  question  has 
been  ordered,  and,  when  a  report  consisting  of  two  or 
more  propositions  has  a  seriatim  consideration,  the  chair- 
man or  representative  of  the  committee  shall  be  entitled 
to  the  same  rights  and  privileges  on  each  proposition 
thus  decided  separately  as  he  would  have  had  if  the 
report  had  been  considered  as  a  unit.  A  similar  privilege 
is  granted  to  the  chairman  in  charge  of  a  minority  report. 
See  Rule  52  and  Rule  53. 

MOTIONS  AND  RESOLUTIONS 

Rule  13.  Resolutions  shall  be  written  and  presented 
in  duplicate  by  the  mover.  A  motion  shall  be  reduced 
to  writing  if  the  President,  Secretary,  or  a  member 
request  it.  If  the  General  Conference  shall  order  a 
resolution  to  be  referred  to  a  committee,  then  the  mover 
shall  furnish  to  the  Secretary  a  third  copy  thereof  for 
the  use  of  the  committee. 

Rule  14.  Reading.  All  written  motions,  reports,  and 
communications  to  the  General  Conference  shall  be 
passed  to  the  Secretary,  to  be  read  by  him  to  the  General 
Conference. 

Rule  15.    When  a  motion  is  made  and  seconded,  or 

480 


The  General  Conference  537 


a  resolution  introduced  and  seconded,  or  a  report  pre- 
sented and  read  by  the  Secretary,  or  stated  by  the 
President,  it  shall  be  deemed  in  possession  of  the  Con- 
ference. 

Rule  16.  The  following  motions  shall  be  taken  with- 
out debate: 

(1)  To  adjourn. 

(2)  To  suspend  the  rules. 

(3)  To  lay  on  the  table. 

(4)  To  take  from  the  table. 

(5)  To  raise  the  question  of  consideration. 

(6)  To  call  for  the  previous  question. 

(7)  To  reconsider  a  nondeba table  motion. 

(8)  To  postpone  indefinitely. 

(9)  To  refer,  under  Rule  7  (2). 

(10)  To  defer  and  print,  under  Rule  7  (2). 
Rule  17.  No  new  motion  or  resolution  shall  be  enter- 
tained until  the  one  under  consideration  has  been  dis- 
posed of,  which  may  be  done  by  adoption  or  rejection ; 
but  one  or  more  of  the  following  motions  may  be  made, 
and  they  shall  have  precedence  in  the  order  in  which 
they  are  given,  namely  : 

(1)  To  fix  the  time  to  which  the  General  Conference 
shall  adjourn  (may  be  amended,  substituted,  or  laid  on 
the  table). 

(2)  To  adjourn. 

(3)  To  take  a  recess. 

(4)  To  lay  on  the  table. 

(5)  To  order  the  previous  question  (cannot  be  laid 
on  the  table). 

(6)  To  postpone  to  a  given  time. 

(7)  To  refer. 

(8)  To  substitute. 

(9)  To  amend. 

(10)  To  postpone  indefinitely. 
Rule  18.    Only  one  amendment  to  an  amendment 
shall  be  in  order,  but  then  it  shall  be  in  order  to  move  a 
substitute  for  the  main  question,  and  one  amendment 
481 


537       The  General  Conference 


to  the  substitute,  and  if  the  substitute  is  accepted,  it  shall 
replace  the  original  proposition. 

Rule  19.  It  shall  be  in  order  to  move  the  previous 
question — that  is,  that  the  question  be  taken  without 
further  debate — on  any  measure  pending,  except  in  cases 
in  which  moral  character  is  involved.  If  the  call  for 
the  previous  question  be  sustained  by  a  vote  of  two 
thirds  of  the  members  present  and  voting,  the  main 
question  shall  be  put ;  nevertheless,  under  this  rule,  after 
the  previous  question  has  been  ordered,  it  shall  be  in 
order  to  divide,  or  to  move  to  refer  or  to  recommit  or 
to  lay  on  the  table.  It  shall  not  be  in  order  for  a  member 
to  move  the  previous,  question  or  to  move  to  lay  on  the 
table  at  the  close  of  a  speech  in  which  he  has  discussed 
the  pending  question. 

Rule  20.  When  a  vote  is  about  to  be  taken  any  mem- 
ber shall  have  the  right  to  call  for  the  division  of  a 
question,  if  it  be  divisible  into  distinct  propositions. 

Rule  21.    The  motion  to  adjourn  shall  be  taken  with- 
out debate,  and  shall  always  be  in  order,  except 
*?(1)  When  a  member  has  the  floor. 

(2)  When  a  question  is  actually  put,  or  a  vote  is 
being  taken,  or  until  finally  decided. 

(3)  When  a  question  is  pending  on  sustaining  the 
demand  for  the  previous  question. 

(4)  When  the  previous  question  has  been  called 
and  sustained,  "and  action  under  it  is  pending. 

(5)  When  a  motion  to  adjourn  has  been  negatived, 
and  no  business  or  debate  has  intervened. 

(6)  When  a  motion  to  fix  the  time  to  which  the 
General  Conference  shall  adjourn  is  pending. 

Rule  22.  Reconsideration.  When  any  motion  or 
resolution  shall  have  been  acted  upon  by  the  General 
Conference,  it  shall  be  in  order  for  any  member  who 
voted  with  the  prevailing  side  to  move  a  consideration : 
provided,  that  a  motion  to  reconsider  a  nondebatable  mo- 
tion shall  be  decided  without  debate. 

Rule  23.  Changes  of  Discipline.  All  resolutions  pro- 
482 


The  General  Conference  537 


posing  changes  of  the  Discipline  shall  state  the  language 
of  the  paragraph,  the  line  to  be  altered,  and  the  language, 
to  be  substituted ;  and  no  such  proposed  change  shall 
be  considered  until  it  has  been  in  the  possession  of  the 
General  Conference  for  one  day  and  shall  have  been 
printed  in  the  Daily  Christian  Advocate;  but  while  it  is 
under  consideration  amendments  which  are  germane 
shall  be  in  order. 

Rule  24.  When  ana  member  shall  move  the  reference 
of  any  portion  of  the  Journal  of  an  Annual  Conference 
to  any  committee  he  must  at  the  same  time  furnish  a 
copy  of  the  portion  he  wishes  to  have  referred,  prepared 
as  provided  by  Rule  32  in  the  case  of  memorials. 

VOTING 

Rule  25.  Every  member  who  is  within  the  bar  at  the 
time  a  question  is  put  shall  vote,  unless,  for  special  rea- 
sons, excused  by  the  General  Conference.  A  member 
who  is  not  within  the  bar  at  the  time  when  a  ques- 
tion shall  be  put  by  the  President  shall  not  be  allowed 
to  vote  except  by  leave  of  the  General  Conference,  when 
such  member  has  been  necessarily  absent. 

Rule  26.  Voting  shall  be  by  the  uplifted  hand,  but 
on  a  division  of  the  house,  a  count  vote  shall  be  taken, 
the  members  rising  in  their  places  and  standing  until 
they  shall  have  been  counted.  Votes  may  also  be  taken 
by  ballot  and  by  ayes  and  noes. 

Rule  27.  Ayes  and  Noes.  It  shall  be  in  order  for 
any  member  to  call  for  the  ayes  and  noes  on  any  ques- 
tion before  the  General  Conference,  and  if  the  call  be 
sustained  by  one  hundred  members  present,  the  vote 
thereon  shall  be  so  taken.  If  the  call  be  not  sustained, 
members  voting  in  the  minority  may  have  their  votes 
recorded. 

Rule  28.    Order  of  Voting.     In  voting  when  there 
is  a  substitute  and  amendments  have  been  proposed  to 
the  original  resolution  and  an  amendment  to  the  sub- 
stitute has  been  moved,  the  General  Conference  shall 
483 


The  General  Conference 


pursue  the  following  order,  namely :  The  main  question 
shall  first  be  perfected  by  voting  on  the  amendments 
proposed  thereto,  and  then  the  General  Conference  shall 
vote  upon  the  amendment  to  the  substitute,  then  upon 
the  question  of  substitution,  and  finally  upon  the  ques- 
tion of  adoption. 

Rule  29.  A  call  for  a  vote  by  orders  shall  be  made 
and  seconded  by  members  of  the  same  order,  and  shall 
require  the  vote  of  one  third  of  the  members  of  that 
order  present  and  voting. 

Rule  30.  When  voting  by  orders  the  separation  shall 
be  merely  in  regard  to  the  taking,  announcing,  deciding, 
and  recording  the  vote  of  each  order  on  the  question  on 
which  the  separate  vote  is  demanded.  Any  incidental 
question  bearing  upon  such  vote  shall  be  decided  by  the 
General  Conference  acting  as  one  body.  In  taking  a  vote 
by  orders  it  shall  be  by  a  count  vote,  first  of  the  order 
calling  for  the  separate  vote  and  then  of  the  other  order. 
Either  order  may  call  for  the  ayes  and  noes  by  one 
fourth  of  its  members,  and  if  the  call  is  sustained,  the 
names  of  the  members,  first  of  the  order  calling  for  a 
separate  vote,  and  then  of  the  other  order,  shall  be  called, 
and  each  member  shall  answer  ate  or  no. 

MEMORIALS,    RESOLUTIONS,    AND   PArERS   FOR  UNAN- 
NOUNCED REFERENCE 

Rule  31.  Memorials.  Three  copies  of  memorials,  reso- 
lutions, and  miscellaneous  papers  presented  for  reference 
to  a  committee,  and  not  for  immediate  consideration,  shall 
be  placed  in  the  hands  of  the  Secretary  without  announce- 
ment. 

Rule  32.  Members  presenting  such  memorials,  peti- 
tions, and  other  papers  for  reference  shall  prepare  the 
papers  by  writing  plainly  on  the  back  of  them,  after 

folding,  the  following  items  in  the  order  herein  given, 
namely  : 

(1)  Name  of  member  presenting  the  paper. 

(2)  Conference  to  which  he  belongs. 

484 


Tin:  General  Conference 


•f  537 


(3)  Conference,  member,  or  church  from  which  the 
paper  comes. 

(4)  Subject  to  which  it  relates. 

(5)  First  name  on  the  petition. 

(6)  Number  of  other  petitioners. 

(7)  Committee  to  which  it  is  to  be  referred. 
Rule  33.    Memorials,  resolutions,  and  other  papers 

thus  presented  shall  be  delivered  directly  to  the  Secretary 
of  the  Genera]  Conference,  in  triplicate,  and  shall  be  sent 
by  him  to  the  appropriate  committee  and  announced  in  the 
Journal  of  the  day  :  provided,  that  in  case  of  memorials 
and  documents  of  unusual  length,  which  are  not  in- 
tended for  publication,  one  complete  original  copy  shall 
be  required,  and  two  copies  of  the  indorsement  thereon 
as  required  by  this  paragraph. 

Rule  34.  The  Secretary  of  the  General  Conference 
shall  appoint  a  Committee  of  Reference,  of  which  he  shall 
be  chairman,  which  shall  carefully  examine  all  memorials 
and  other  documents  presented  for  reference  and  see  that 
they  be  referred  to  the  proper  committees.  Such  commit- 
tee, at  its  discretion,  may  withhold  from  reference  docu- 
ments which  reflect  on  personal  character,  subject  to  final 
disposition  by  the  General  Conference. 

Rule  3o.  Memorials,  petitions,  etc.,  for  reference 
to  committees  may  be  mailed  to  the  Secretary  of  the 
General  Conference  at  any  time  within  four  months 
previous  to  the  session  of  the  General  Conference,  for 
early  classification  and  reference  to  the  several  Standing 
Committees. 

Rule  36.  There  shall  be  fifteen  Standing  Committees 
as  follows : 

COMMITTEES 

I.  Episcopacy. 
II.  Judiciary. 

III.  Itinerancy. 

IV.  Boundaries. 
V.  Revision. 

485 


537       The  General  Conference 


VI.  Temporal  Economy. 
VII.  State  of  the  Church. 
VIII.  Book  Concern. 
IX.  Foreign  Missions. 
X.  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension. 
XI.  Education. 
XII.  Freedmen. 

XIII.  Sunday  Schools. 

XIV.  Epworth  League. 
XV.  Deaconess  Work. 

Rule  37.  For  the  Committee  on  Judiciary  and  the 
Committee  on  Revision  the  delegates  of  each  General 
Conference  District  shall  nominate  from  their  number 
one  member,  and  the  Bishops  shall  nominate  four,  mak- 
ing the  total  number  nineteen.  These  Committees  shall 
meet  at  such  times  as  they  may  elect,  or  as  may  be 
ordered  by  the  General  Conference. 

Rule  38.  For  the  Committee  on  Deaconess  Work 
the  delegates  of  each  General  Conference  District  shall 
nominate  from  their  number  one  layman  and  one  min- 
ister, and  the  Board  of  Bishops  shall  nominate  nine, 
making  a  total  of  thirty-nine.  The  committee  shall  meet 
as  it  may  elect. 

Rule  39.  The  other  Standing  Committees  shall  be 
divided  into  two  groups,  designated  as  Group  A,  meet- 
ing at  3  P.  M.  on  Monday,  Wednesday,  and  Friday  ;  and 
Group  B,  meeting  at  3  p.  M.  on  Tuesday,  Thursday,  and 
Saturday,  as  follows  : 
Group  A. — Monday,  Wednesday,  Friday. 

Episcopacy. 

Itinerancy. 

Boundaries. 

Temporal  Economy. 

State  of  the  Church. 

Epworth  League. 
Group  B. — Tuesday,  Thursday,  Saturday. 

Book  Concern. 

Foreign  Missions. 

486 


The  General  Conference 


1  537 


Home  Missions. 
Education. 
Freedraen. 
Sunday  Schools. 

Rule  40.  Assignments  to  Standing  Committees.  As 
soon  as  practicable  after  the  election  of  delegates  the 
Secretary  of  each  Annual  Conference  shall  call  together 
the  ministerial  and  lay  delegates  for  organization.  They 
shall  select  one  of  their  number  as  chairman,  and  shall 
assign  one  minister  and  one  layman  to  membership  in 
each  standing  committee,  except  the  Committees  on  Judi- 
ciary, on  Revision,  and  on  Deaconess  Work ;  provided, 
that  no  delegate  shall  be  assigned  to  more  than  six 
standing  committees,  and  that  each  Conference  shall  have 
at  least  one  representative  on  each  committee.  The 
chairman  of  the  delegation  shall  immediately  forward  to 
the  Secretary  of  the  General  Conference  the  names  of  the 
delegates  from  his  Conference,  arranged  alphabetically, 
indicating  the  order  to  which  each  belongs,  and  the 
standing  committees  in  Group  A  and  Group  B  to  which 
each  is  assigned  ;  and  from  these  returns  the  Secretary  of 
the  General  Conference  shall  construct,  as  far  as  possible, 
the  roll  of  standing  committees  in  advance  of  the  opening 
of  the  General  Conference. 

Rule  41.  Reference  of  Memorials,  etc.  The  proper 
reference  of  memorials,  petitions,  etc.,  to  the  several 
standing  committees  is  indicated  generally  by  the  title 
of  the  committee  or  the  subject  matter  of  the  paper ; 
but  the  following  special  references  should  be  made: 

To  the  Standing  Committee  on  Judiciary  shall  be  re- 
ferred all  appeals  from  Conferences,  from  individual 
ministers  and  members  of  the  Church,  appeals  from  the 
decisions  of  Judicial  Conferences,  and  other  questions 
which  may  be  referred  to  it  by  the  General  Conference. 

To  Itinerancy:  Memorials,  etc.,  relating  to  the  Pas- 
torate, District  Superintendency,  Conference  Claimants, 
the  Local  Ministry,  and  Church  Membership ;  also  An- 
nual Conference  Journals. 

487 


^  537       The  General  Conference 


To  Temporal  Economy:  Memorials,  etc.,  relating  to 
General  Conference  Elections,  Lay  Conferences,  Ratio  of 
Representation  ;  also  temporalities  in  general,  and  mat- 
ters relating  to  property  and  financial  interests. 

To  State  of  the  Church:  Memorials,  etc.,  relating  to 
the  general  welfare  of  the  Church,  not  clearly  belonging 
to  other  committees ;  also  Temperance  and  Prohibition, 
Evils  and  Perils,  Sabbath  Observance,  Divorce,  Amuse- 
ments, etc. 

To  the  Standing  Committee  on  Revision  shall  be 
sent  all  committee  reports,  for  final  editing  and  verbal 
revision  prior  to  being  printed  in  the  Daily  Advocate, 
or  to  action  by  the  General  Conference.  To  the  Com- 
mittee on  Revision  the  General  Conference  also  may 
refer  any  resolution  or  report  for  more  careful  and 
exact  statement.  It  shall  consider  also  questions  relating 
to  the  Book  of  Discipline  and  the  General  Conference 
Journal. 

Rule  42.  The  General  Conference  shall  elect  the 
following  special  committees  to  consist  of  one  member 
from  each  General  Conference  District,  to  be  nominated 
by  the  Bishops  at  the  morning  session  of  the  third  day : 

American  Bible  Society. 

Evangelism. 

Federation. 

Brotherhoods. 

Also  special  committees  on  Credentials  and  on  Fraternal 
Delegates,  to  be  nominated  by  the  Bishops  at  the  opening 
session  ;  and  such  other  committees  as  the  General  Con- 
ference from  time  to  time  shall  determine. 

Rule  43.  A  business  Quorum  of  a  Standing  Commit- 
tee shall  be  thirty-five,  except  that  for  the  Committees 
on  Judiciary,  on  Revision,  and  on  Deaconess  Work,  a 
majority  of  all  the  members  of  the  committee  shall  con- 
stitute a  quorum. 

Rule  44.  Committees  shall  not  originate  business, 
but  shall  consider  all  subjects  referred  to  them  by  the 
General  Conference. 

488 


The  General  Conference 


H  537 


Rule  45.  A  committee  shall  not  consider  a  matter 
which  the  General  Conference  has  refused  to  refer  to  it. 

Rule  4(5.  When  a  matter  has  been  received  by  the 
General  Conference  and  referred  to  a  committee,  and  a 
report  thereon  has  been  made,  it  shall  not  be  in  order 
for  another  committee  to  consider  the  same  subject,  or 
for  the  General  Conference  to  entertain  a  report  from 
another  committee  on  the  same  subject ;  but  should  a 
committee  ascertain  that  a  subject  which  has  been  re- 
ferred to  it  has  been  referred  also  to  another  committee, 
it  shall  report  the  fact  to  the  Secretary  of  the  General 
Conference,  who  shall  reassign  the  paper  to  the  proper 
committee  unless  he  be  in  doubt ;  in  which  case  he  shall 
report  the  matter  to  the  General  Conference  for  its 
decision. 

Rule  47.  There  shall  not  be  reported  as  coming  from 
a  committee  any  matter  which  has  not  been  considered 
and  acted  upon  by  the  committee  duly  assembled. 

Rule  48.  Committee  reports  which  propose  changes 
of  the  Discipline  shall  recite  not  only  the  paragraph 
and  line  to  be  amended,  but  also  the  paragraph  as 
amended. 

REPORTS 

Rule  49.  Committees  shall  furnish  to  the  Committee 
on  Revision  duplicate  copies  of  their  reports,  one  copy 
for  the  Secretary  of  the  General  Conference  and  one 
for  the  Daily  Christian  Advocate. 

Rule  50.  Reports  of  Standing  Committees  signed  by 
the  chairman  and  secretary,  and  minority  reports  signed 
by  at  leasf  ten  members,  shall  be  considered  to  be  in 
the  possession  of  the  Conference  when  they  shall  have 
been  printed  in  the  Daily  Christian  Advocate.  But 
in  a  minority  report  from  the  Committee  on  Judiciary 
one  signature  shall  be  sufficient. 

Rule  51.  When  the  chairman  of  a  committee  is  not 
in  harmony  with  a  report  ordered  by  the  committee,  it 
shall  be  his  duty  to  state  the  fact  to  the  committee,  and 
the  committee  shall  elect  one  of  its  members  to  represent 
489 


^[  538       The  General  Conference 


it  in  the  presentation  and  discussion  of  the  report  in 
the  General  Conference ;  but,  if  in  such  a  case  the  com- 
mittee fail  to  select  such  a  representative,  the  chair- 
man shall  designate  a  member  to  represent  the  action 
of  the  committee,  and  said  representative  shall  have  all 
the  rights  and  privileges  of  the  chairman  in  relation  to 
such  report. 

Rule  52.  The  person  designated  to  present  the  mi- 
nority report  shall  have  all  the  privileges  in  reference 
to  the  minority  report  that  are  given  by  Rule  12  to 
the  chairman  presenting  a  majority  report ;  except  that 
the  chairman  presenting  the  majority  report  shall  have 
the  right  of  closing  the  debate  on  the  question  of  sub- 
stituting the  minority  report  for  the  majority  report. 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Rule  53.  Demonstrations  of  approval  or  disapproval 
during  the  progress  of  debate  shall  be  deemed  a  breach 
of  order. 

Rule  54.  No  persons  except  members,  ushers,  and 
pages  shall  stand  in  the  open  spaces  in  the  room. 

Rule  55.  The  ushers  shall  keep  the  aisles  clear  for 
their  proper  use,  and  none  but  delegates  shall  be  admitted 
within  the  inclosure  reserved  for  the  delegates. 

Rule  56.  In  all  matters  not  specified  herein  the 
proceedings  of  the  General  Conference  shall  be  governed 
by  Common  Parliamentary  Law. 

Rule  57.  These  rules  shall  not  be  suspended  except 
by  a  vote  of  two  thirds  of  the  members  present  and 
voting. 


1  538.  General  Conference  Districts 

Missions  [in  brackets]  are  included  in  Districts  as  constituted.  The 
figures  following  the  names  of  Conferences  and  Districts  indicate  the 
number  of  delegates  to  which  they  were  entitled  respectively  at  the 
close  of  the  General  Conference  of  1912. 

I.  East  Maine,  4;  Eastern  Swedish,  2;  Maine,  4;  New  Hampshire,  4; 
New  England,  12;  New  England  Southern,  8;  Troy,  12;  Vermont,  4. 
Total,  50. 

490 


The  General  Conference       ^  538 


II.  Denmark,  2;  Italy,  2;  New  Jersey,  10;  New  York,  12;  New 
York  East,  14;  Newark,  10;  Norway,  2;  Sweden,  4.  Total,  56. 
[Porto  Rico  Mission  ] 

III.  Central  New  York,  10;  Erie,  10;  Genesee,  12;  Northern  New 
York,  10;  Wyoming,  10.    Total,  52. 

IV.  Baltimore,  10;  Central  Pennsylvania,  12;  Philadelphia,  14; 
Pittsburgh,  12;  West  Virginia,  12;  Wilmington,  8.    Total,  68. 

V.  Central  Ohio,  10;  Cincinnati,  10;  North-East  Ohio,  20;  Ohio,  12; 
Kentucky,  4.    Total,  56. 

VI.  Alabama,  2;  Blue  Ridge-Atlantic,  2;  Central  Tennessee,  2; 
Delaware,  6;  East  Tennessee,  2;  Georgia,  2;  Gulf,  2;  Holston,  6; 
Liberia,  2;  North  Carolina,  4;  Saint  Johns  River,  2;  South  Carolina,  S; 
Washington,  fi.    Total,  46. 

VII.  Atlanta,  4;  Central  Alabama,  4;  Central  Missouri,  4;  Florida,  4; 
Lexington,  6;  Lincoln,  2;  Little  Rock,  4;  Louisiana,  8;  Mississippi,  6; 
Savannah,  2;  Tennessee,  4;  Texas,  6;  Upper  Mississippi,  6;  West 
Texas,  4.    Total,  64.    [South  Florida  Mission.] 

VIII.  Arkansas,  2;  Kansas,  10;  Missouri,  6;  Northwest  Kansas,  6; 
Oklahoma,  8;  Saint  Louis,  8;  South  Kansas,  S;  Southwest  Kansas,  8; 
Western  Swedish,  2.    Total,  58. 

IX.  Des  Moines,  12;  Iowa,  8;  Nebraska,  8;  North  Nebraska,  6; 
Northwest  Iowa,  10;  Northwest  Nebraska,  2;  Upper  Iowa,  10;  West 
Nebraska,  4.    Total,  GO. 

X.  Central  Illinois,  10;  Central  Swedish,  2;  Illinois,  18;  Norwegian 
and  Danish,  2;  Rock  River,  16;  Southern  Illinois,  8.   Total,  56. 

XL  Detroit,  16;  Indiana,  14;  Michigan,  16;  North  Indiana,  12; 
Northwest  Indiana,  8.    Total,  66. 

XII.  Dakota,  6;  Minnesota,  8;  North  Dakota,  6;  Northern  Min- 
nesota, 8;  Northern  Swedish,  2;  West  Wisconsin,  8;  Wisconsin,  8. 
Total,  46.    [Black  Hills  Mission,  Wyoming  Mission.] 

XIII.  California  German,  2;  Central  German,  6;  Chicago  German,  4; 
East  German,  2;  North  Germany,  4;  Northern  German,  2;  Northwest 
German,  2;  Pacific  German,  2;  Saint  Louis  German,  4;  South  Germany; 
4;  Southern  German,  2;  Switzerland,  2;  West  German,  4.    Total,  40. 

XIV.  California,  12;  Chile,  2;  Colorado,  S;  Eastern  South  America, 
2;  Foochow,  4;  Hinghwa,  2;  Korea,  2;  Mexico,  2;  North  China,  2; 
Southern  California,  12.  Total,  48.  [Arizona,  Hawaii,  Nevada,  New 
Mexico  English,  New  Mexico  Spanish,  Pacific  Chinese,  Pacific  Jap- 
anese, and  Utah  Missions.] 

XV.  Bengal,  2;  Bombay,  2;  Columbia  River,  8;  Idaho,  4;  Malaysia, 
2;  Montana,  2;  North  India,  4;  North  Montana,  2;  Northwest  India,  4; 
Oregon,  6;  Philippine  Islands,  2;  Puget  Sound,  8;  South  India,  2; 
Western  Norwtian-Danish,  2.   Total,  50.    [Alaska  Mission.] 

491 


539     General  Conference  Eeports 


CHAPTER  IV 
GENERAL  CONFERENCE  REPORTS 

^[  539.  Examination  of  Annual  Conference  Journals 

The  examination  of  Annual  Conference  Journals  by 
the  General  Conference  shall  be  upon  the  following 
points : 

§  1.  The  Journal  shall  be  a  copy  of  the  record  of 
the  regular  proceedings  of  the  Conference. 

§  2.  It  shall  have  a  title  page  and  shall  be  signed 
by  the  President  and  Secretary  of  each  Session. 

§  3.  The  Journal  must  be  either  in  manuscript  or 
printed  and  substantially  bound ;  if  the  latter,  in  quad- 
rennial volumes. 

§  4.    The  Conference  Roll  shall  be  given. 

§  5.    Reports  of  Committees  shall  be  given. 

§  6.  The  Reports  of  the  Statistician  and  of  the 
Conference  Treasurer  shall  be  given. 

§  7.    The  Appointments  shall  be  given. 

§  8.  If  printed  and  bound,  there  should  be  the  Sec- 
retary's Certificate  that  the  volume  is  a  complete  and 
correct  record  of  the  proceedings,  and  that  it  was  adopted 
by  the  Conference  as  its  Official  Record. 

§  9.  There  shall  be  proper  headings  of  pages,  mar- 
ginal indexes  or  subheads,  and  clearness  and  accuracy  of 
statement  of  the  business  transacted. 

§  10.  Chirography,  orthography,  and  the  neat,  busi- 
nesslike appearance  of  the  page  should  be  noted;  also 
erasures,  interlineations,  and  pastings. 

§  11.  Separate  items  of  business  shall  be  placed  in 
separate  paragraphs. 

§  12.  The  Journal  shall  state  where  the  sessions  were 
held,  the  names  of  makers  of  motions,  and  the  findings  of 
committees  of  trials.  The  Disciplinary  Questions  shall 
492 


General  Conference  Eeports    f  540 


be  properly  noted,  together  with  their  answers ;  also 
the  action  on  each  motion,  and  the  decisions  of  the 
Bishop  on  questions  of  law. 

§  13.  Any  action  adverse  to  the  polity,  the  unity,  or 
the  purity  of  the  Church  should  be  carefully  noted. 

§  14.  The  Annual  Conference  Secretaries  shall  pre- 
pare their  Conference  Records  in  view  of  such  examina- 
tion. 

§  15.  The  Committee  on  Itinerancy,  after  examina- 
tion of  the  Journals,  shall  return  them  to  the  respective 
delegations. — Journal,  General  Conference. 


1f  540.  Report  on  Conference  Journals 

Your  Committee  on  Itinerancy,  to  which  was  assigned 
the  duty  of  examining  the  Journals  of  the  Annual  and 
Mission  Conferences,  and  Missions,  reports  as  follows : 

§  1.  The  Conferences  whose  records  are  found  to  be 
correct,  complying  with  all  the  requirements  of  the  Dis- 
cipline, are :  Arkansas,  Austin,  Baltimore,  Bengal,  Cali- 
fornia, Central  Alabama,  Central  China,  Central  German, 
Central  Illinois,  Central  Missouri,  Central  New  York,. 
Central  Ohio,  Central  Pennsylvania,  Central  Swedish, 
Central  Tennessee,  Chicago  German,  Chile,  Cincinnati, 
Colorado,  Columbia  River,  Dakota,  Delaware,  Des  Moines, 
Detroit,  East  German,  East  Maine,  East  Ohio,  Erie, 
Genesee,  Gulf,  Hinghwa,  Holston,  Idaho,  Indiana,  Iowa, 
Kansas,  Kentucky,  Korea,  Lexington,  Liberia,  Michigan, 
Minnesota,  Mississippi,  Missouri,  Montana,  New  Eng- 
land, New  England  Southern,  New  Hampshire,  New 
Jersey,  New  York,  New  York  East,  Newark,  North 
Carolina,  North  Germany,  North  Indiana,  North  Mon- 
tana, North  Ohio,  Northern  German,  Northern  Minne- 
sota, Northern  New  York,  Northern  Swedish,  Northwest 
German,  Northwest  India,  Northwest  Indiana,  North- 
west Iowa,  Northwest  Kansas.  Northwest  Nebraska, 
Norway,  Norwegian  and  Danish,  Oklahoma,  Oregon, 
493 


540     General  Conference  Reports 


Pacific  German,  Philadelphia,  Philippine  Islands,  Pitts- 
burgh, Puget  Sound,  Rock  River,  Saint  Louis  German, 
South  Carolina,  South  Kansas,  Southern  California, 
Southern  Illinois,  Southwest  Kansas,  Sweden,  Switzer- 
land, Troy,  Vermont,  Washington,  West  German,  West 
Nebraska,  West  Virginia,  Western  Norwegian-Danish, 
Western  Swedish,  Wilmington,  Wisconsin,  Wyoming. 

§  2.  The  following  Conference  Journals  were  found 
to  be  defective  in  the  requirements  of  the  Discipline 
(If  539)  on  the  points  as  specified  by  the  numbers: 
Alabama,  2,  8 ;  Atlanta,  3 ;  Blue  Ridge,  2,  8,  9 ;  Bombay, 
•8 ;  California  German,  8 ;  Denmark,  8 ;  East  Tennessee, 
•8 ;  Eastern  South  America,  8 ;  Eastern  Swedish,  2,  3 ; 
Finland,  S;  Florida,  2,  3,  8,  12;  Foochow,  12;  Georgia, 
2  ;  Illinois,  8  ;  Malaysia,  8  ;  Mexico,  8  ;  Nebraska,  2,  10 ; 
North  China,  5;  North  Dakota,  8,  12;  North  India,  2; 
North  Nebraska,  2,  10 ;  Ohio,  8 ;  Saint  Johns  River, 

2,  8;  Saint  Louis,  2;  South  India,  2;  Southern  German, 

3,  8 ;  Tex6s,  8,  9 ;  Upper  Iowa,  2,  8 ;  Upper  Mississippi, 
8 ;  West  Texas,  8,  9,  11,  12 ;  West  Wisconsin,  12. 

§  3.  The  Journal  of  the  following  Conference  was  in- 
complete :   Savannah,  three  years  missing. 

§  4.  The  Journals  of  the  following  Conferences  were 
not  presented  :   Louisiana,  South  Germany.  Tennessee. 

§  5.  The  Journals  of  the  following  Mission  Confer- 
ences and  Missions  are  correct :  Atlantic.  Black  Hills, 
Burma,  Central  Conference  of  Southern  Asia.  Central 
Conference  of  Europe,  Central  Provinces  of  India,  North 
Andes,  East  Central  Africa,  Finland  and  Saint  Peters- 
burg. North  Africa,  Porto  Rico. 

§  6.  The  Journals  of  the  following  Mission  Confer- 
ences and  Missions  are  defective:  Arizona,  8;  Bulgaria. 
8,  9;  France,  G,  8:  Hawaii.  1.  5,  6,  8.  9,  12  (only  one 
session);  New  Mexico  Spanish,  8;  North  Andes,  8; 
Pacific  Swedish,  8 ;  Pacific  Japanese.  8 ;  Russia,  1,  5,  6, 
8,  9,  12  ;  West  China,  3.  4,  8 ;  Wyoming.  8. 

§  7.  The  Journals  of  the  following  Missions  did  not 
.appear:  Alaska,  Central  China,  Chinese,  Nevada,  Utah. 
494 


General  Conference  Eeports  541 


U  54J.  Report  of  the  General  Conference  Treasurer 

OSCAR  P.   MILLER,  TREASURER,  ROCK  RAPIDS,  IOWA 

In  account  with 

OENERAL  CONFEUENCE    EXPENSE   FUND,  1912 
RECEIPTS 

January  21,  1910 

To  balance  on  hand  at  beginning  of  quadrennium. -  .    $13,9S3  60 

To  amount  collected,  as  per  Exhibit  A   153,075  76 

To  interest  collected,  as  per  Exhibit  B   5,260  56 

To  amount  refunded  by  delegates   385  20 


3172,705  12 

DISBURSEMENTS 

By  amount  paid  expense  General  Conference  Com- 
missions, Exhibit  "C"   $32,639  59 

By  amount  paid  General  Conference  Delegates,  "D"  115,148  54 
July  10,  1912 

By  balance  on  hand   24,916  99 


$172,705  12 

Estimated  unpaid  expenses  of  last  General  Conference  $5,000  00 
Oscar  P.  Miller,  Treasurer, 

General  Conference  Commission. 

EXHIBIT  "c" 

By  expense  of  Judicial  Conferences   $1,011  30 

By  expense  of  Federal  Council  of  Churches  of  Christ  11,000  00 

By  expense  of  General  Conference  Commission   1,524  66 

By  expense  of  Commission  on  Judicial  Procedure..  611  49 

By  expense  of  Ecumenical  Commission   2,308  47 

By  expense  of  Commission  on  Federation   1,161  98 

By  expense  of  Fraternal  Delegates   1,074  41 

By  expense  of  General  Conference  Secretary   1,354  96, 

By  expense  of  Commission  on  the  Reduction  of  the 

Size  of  the  General  Conference   974  93 

By  expense  of  Commission  on  Japanese  Methodism  11  00 
By  expenses  of  treasurer,  assistant  treasurer,  clerks, 

rent,  furniture,  and  office   9,700  00 

By  postage,  stationery,  etc.,  for  treasurer's  office. .  .  363  85 

By  expense  of  Publicity  Committee   354  65 

By  expense  of  stenographic  work  and  clerk  hire  at 

General  Confeience   342  83 

By  expense,  meals  for  tellers   168  25 

By  expense,  badges   234  50 

By  amount  paid  Jennings  &  Graham,  3,000  "Dele- 
gate Companions  "   347  50 

By  expense  of  use  of  typewriters,  printing,  telegrams, 

etc.,  at  General  Conference   64  81 

By  amount  refunded  to  Saint  Louis  District,  Saint 

Louis  Conference   30  00 


495 


$32,639  59 


If  542    General  Conference  Reports 


By  railroad  fare.  Delegates  in  America   825,638  33 

By  sleeping  car  fare.  Delegates  in  America   6,955  96 

By  meals  en  route.  Delegates  in  America   5,744  82 

By  hotel  bills  in  Minneapolis,  Delegates  in  America.  42,852  50 

882,191  61 

Expenses  of  57  Foreign  Delegates  and  7  Missionary 
Bishops: 

By  railroad  fare  and  meals  in  foreign 


countries   81,368  02 

By  steamship  tickets,  gratuities,  etc   21,988  29 

By  railroad  fare  in  America   3,412  80 

By  sleeping  car  fares  in  America   1,022  12 

By  meals  en  route  in  America   1,342  20 

By  hotel  bills  in  America   3,823  50 

  32.956  93 

8115,148  54 


For  detailed  account  of  receipts  by  Annual  Conferences  and  Dis- 
tricts, see  Daily  Advocate;  also  General  Conference  Journal. 

542.  Contiguous  and  Continuous  Episcopal 
Supervision 

§  1.  We  recommend  that  in  the  intervals  of  the 
Annual  Conference  sessions  each  resident  Bishop  shall 
be  held  responsible  for  the  administration  of  the  spiritual 
and  temporal  interests  of  the  Church  in  those  Confer- 
ences adjacent  to  his  residence,  the  decision  as  to  which 
Conferences  are  adjacent  to  a  particular  residence  being 
left  to  the  Board  of  Bishops.  To  make  this  provision 
effective,  we  recommend  that  one  month  after  the  ad- 
journment of  an  Annual  Conference  the  presidency  of 
the  Conference  shall  pass  to  the  Bishop  resident  in 
the  group  of  which  it  forms  a  part,  and  shall  remain 
so  until  one  month  before  the  next  ensuing  Annual  Con- 
ference. 

§  2.  In  order  to  secure  detailed  and  comprehensive 
knowledge  of  the  activities,  achievements,  and  needs  of 
the  entire  Connection,  each  Bishop  is  requested  to  make 
quadrennially  a  written  report  of  his  administration 
of  the  group  over  which  he  exercises  residential  super- 
vision, these  reports  to  be  presented  to  the  General  Con- 
ference and  printed  in  the  General  Conference  Handbook 
and  Journal. 

496 


General  Conference  Reports     \  543 


§  3.  For  the  purpose  of  securing  more  economical 
and  efficient  presidential  administration  the  Bishops 
are  requested  to  arrange  the  Conferences  in  America  in 
three  Divisions  and  to  assign  each  Bishop  for  presiden- 
tial administration  to  the  Annual  Conferences  of  the 
Division  within  which  he  has  his  official  residence. — 
Journal,  1912. 

T  543.  Plan  of  Residential  Episcopal  Supervision  by 
Divisions  and  Groups 

The  arrangement  of  the  Annual  Conferences  for  Resi- 
dential Supervision,  made  by  the  Board  of  Bishops  in 
accordance  with  H  542,  §  3,  is  as  follows : 

§  1.    Eastern  Division 

Boston,  Bishop  Hamilton — New  England,  New  Eng- 
land Southern,  East  Maine,  Maine,  New  Hampshire,  and 
Vermont  Conferences. 

New  York,  Bishop  Wilson — New  York,  New  York 
East,  Newark,  Troy,  East  German,  and  Eastern  Swedish 
Conferences. 

Philadelphia,  Bishop  Berry — Philadelphia,  Wilming- 
ton, New  Jersey,  Wyoming,  and  Delaware  Conferences, 
and  the  Porto  Rico  Mission. 

Washington,  Bishop  Cranston — Baltimore,  West  Vir- 
ginia, Pittsburgh,  Central  Pennsylvania,  and  Washington 
Conferences. 

Chattanooga,  Bishop  Henderson — Holston,  Central 
Tennessee,  Blue  Ridge-Atlantic,  East  Tennessee,  Ten- 
nessee, and  North  Carolina  Conferences. 

Atlanta,  Bishop  Leete — Georgia,  Alabama,  Saint 
Johns  River,  Atlanta,  Florida,  Savannah,  and  South 
Carolina  Conferences,  and  the  South  Florida  Mission. 

§  2.    Central  Division 
Chicago,   Bishop   McDowell — Rock   River,  Central 
Illinois,  Illinois,  Northwest  Indiana,  North  Indiana,  Chi- 
cago German,  and  Central  Swedish  Conferences. 

497 


J  543     General  Conference  Eeports 


Buffalo,  Bishop  Burt — Genesee,  Northern  New  York, 
Central  New  York,  Erie,  Detroit,  and  Michigan  Confer- 
ences. 

Cincinnati,  Bishop  Andekson — Cincinnati,  Ohio,  Cen- 
tral Ohio,  North-East  Ohio,  Indiana,  Kentucky,  Central 
German,  and  Lexington  Conferences. 

Saint  Louis,  Bishop  Smith — Saint  Louis,  Missouri, 
Southern  Illinois,  Arkansas,  Saint  Louis  German,  Cen- 
tral Missouri,  and  Little  Rock  Conferences. 

Saint  Paul,  Bishop  Quayle — Minnesota,  Northern 
Minnesota,  Wisconsin,  West  Wisconsin,  Norwegian  and 
Danish,  Northern  Swedish,  and  Northern  German  Con- 
ferences. 

New  Orleans,  Bishop  Thiekield — Gulf,  Louisiana, 
Mississippi,  Upper  Mississippi,  and  Central  Alabama  Con- 
ferences. . 

§  3.    Western  Division 

San  Francisco,  Bishop  Hughes — California,  Southern 
California,  and  California  German  Conferences,  the 
Arizona,  Hawaii,  Pacific  Japanese,  and  Pacific  Chinese 
Missions,  and  the  Pacific  Swedish  Mission  Conference 
(in  part). 

Portland,  Bishop  Cooke — Oregon,  Puget  Sound.  Co- 
lumbia River,  Pacific  German,  and  Western  Norwegian- 
Danish  Conferences,  the  Alaska  Mission,  and  the  Pacific 
Swedish  Mission  Conference  (in  part). 

Denver,  Bishop  McConnell — Colorado  Conference, 
the  Utah.  Wyoming,  and  New  Mexico  English  Missions, 
and  the  New  Mexico  Spanish  Mission  Conference. 

Helena,  Bishop  Luccock — Montana,  North  Montana, 
North  Dakota,  Dakota,  and  Idaho  Conferences,  and  the 
Black  Hills  Mission. 

Omaha,  Bishop  Bristol — Nebraska,  North  Nebraska, 
West  Nebraska,  Northwest  Nebraska,  Des  Moines.  North- 
west Iowa,  Upper  Iowa,  Iowa,  and  Northwest  German 
Conferences. 

Kansas  City,  Bishop  Shepard — Kansas,  South  Kan- 
498 


General  Conference  Beports     1}  544 


sas,  Northwest  Kansas,  Southwest  Kansas,  and  West 
German  Conferences. 

Oklahoma  City.  Bishop  McIxtyre— Oklahoma,  South- 
ern German,  Mexico,  Texas,  West  Texas,  and  Lincoln 
Conferences. 


IT  544.  Commission  on  Finance 

§  L  There  shall  be  a  Commission  on  Finance,  whose 
purpose  it  shall  be  to  cooperate  with  the  several  Be- 
nevolent Boards  of  the  Church,  as  hereinafter  provided. 
The  Commission  on  Finance  shall  consist  of  three 
Bishops,  six  ministers,  and  six  laymen,  to  be  nominated 
by  the  Board  of  Bishops  and  elected  by  the  General 
Conference,  and  the  Corresponding  Secretaries  and  As- 
sistant Corresponding  Secretaries  of  the  Benevolent 
Boards.  Each  Board  shall  be  entitled  to  but  one  vote 
in  the  Commission  on  Finance. 

§  2.  Vacancies  occurring  during  the  quadrennium 
shall  be  filled  by  the  Board  of  Bishops.  The  members 
of  the  Commission  shall  serve  without  pay,  save  for 
traveling  and  hotel  expenses  and  necessary  clerk  hire. 
The  expenses  of  the  Commission  shall  be  levied  upon  the 
several  Boards  according  to  the  amount  of  each  Board's 
askings. 

§  3.  Each  Benevolent  Board,  through  its  representa- 
tives, shall  submit  to  the  Commission  on  Finance  a  full 
statement  of  its  needs  and  askings,  and  said  Commis- 
sion shall  have  power  to  revise  the  askings  of  the  several 
Boards,  provided  that  no  work  already  begun  or  planned 
by  any  Board  shall  be  jeopardized  by  such  revision. 

§  4.  The  decision  of  the  Commission  on  Finance  shall 
be  upon  the  basis  of  present  and  probable  future  needs, 
and  not  upon  the  basis  of  former  askings  or  percentages. 
When  the  askings  have  been  determined  the  Commission 
shall  make  an  equitable  apportionment  of  the  same 
to  the  Annual  Conferences,  Mission  Conferences,  and 
Missions,  together  with  a  statement  of  the  amount  asked 
499 


^  545   General  Conference  Decisions 


for  each  Board.  The  Commission  may  make  its  appor- 
tionments directly  to  the  districts  and  charges. 

§  5.  The  Commission  shall  advise  and  cooperate  with 
the  several  Benevolent  Boards  in  promoting  the  unity 
and  efficiency  of  their  financial  plans,  and  is  empowered 
to  present  to  the  General  Conference  such  plans  as  it 
may  deem  necessary  for  the  better  correlation  and  the 
more  effective  administration  of  the  benevolent  work  of 
the  Church. 

§  6.  The  General  Conference  recommends  that  each 
Annual  Conference,  Mission  Conference,  and  Mission 
create  a  committee  or  commission  to  consider  such  non- 
connectional  causes  as  may  desire  to  appeal  to  the 
churches  of  said  Conferences  and  Missions  for  financial 
aid.  It  is  advised  that  no  cause  be  admitted  to  the  pulpits 
of  our  churches  for  presentation  and  financial  appeal, 
unless  recommended  by  such  Annual  Conference  Com- 
mission. 

§  7.  The  Commission  on  Finance  is  instructed  to  take 
such  action  as  may  be  necessary  to  secure  the  organiza- 
tion and  proper  direction  of  the  Conference  Commissions, 
and,  in  cooperation  with  the  several  Boards,  to  adopt 
such  measures  as  may  be  necessary  to  secure  the  assist- 
ance of  the  District  Superintendents  and  pastors  in 
properly  protecting  our  churches  and  official  benevolences 
from  the  multiplicity  of  nonofficial  appeals. 


CHAPTER  V 
GENERAL  CONFERENCE  DECISIONS 
H  545.  Testimony 

§  L  Questions  relating  to  the  admissibility  of  evi- 
dence are  Questions  of  Law. — Journal,  1848,  p.  127. 

§  2.  Documentary  Evidence  need  not  be  spread  on  the 
Journal,  but  should  be  filed  and  preserved  by  the  Secre- 
tary.—Jou  r»al,  1848,  p.  129. 

500 


General  Conference  Decisions  r  5iS 


r  546.  Irregular  Proceedings 

§  1.  When  an  Annual  Conference  decides  that  a 
Preacher  in  Charge  has  received  or  expelled  a  member 
contrary  to  the  Discipline  the  decision  does  not  exclude 
the  member  so  received,  but  restores  the  member  so  ex- 
pelled.— Journal  1852.  p.  73,  and  Journal,  1S60.  p.  29". 

§  2.  When  the  Annual  Conference  decides  that  a 
member  of  the  Church  has  been  expelled  contrary  to  the 
Discipline,  such  act  of  the  Conference  does  not  restore 
him  to  good  standing  in  the  Church,  but  simply  restores 
him  to  membership  in  the  Church ;  and  when  so  restored 
he  is  placed  in  the  position  he  occupied  before  he  was 
tried — that  is,  he  is  an  accused  member;  and  hence  the 
Preacher  is  not  at  liberty  to  give  him  a  Certificate  of 
Membership.— Journal,  I860,  p.  298. 

§  3.  Irregularity  in  the  reception  of  a  member  is  not 
a  bar  to  trial.— Journal,  1860.  p.  298. 

§  4.  If  an  expelled  member  shall  gain  membership 
elsewhere  without  confession,  contrition,  and  satisfactory 
reformation,  his  membership  is  null  and  void,  and  any 
Certificate  of  such  membership  should  not  be  received. — 
Journal,  1S84,  p.  378. 


If  547.  Appeals 

§  1.  When  an  expelled  member  has  by  neglect  or 
otherwise  forfeited  his  right  to  Appeal,  a  subsequent 
Quarterly  Conference  may  not  hear  his  Appeal. — Journal, 
1860,  p.  298. 

§  2.  If  a  Member  of  an  Annual  Conference  should 
die  pending  his  Appeal  to  a  Judicial  Conference,  his 
death  shall  not  affect  the  Appeal,  which  may  still  be 
prosecuted  by  his  heirs  or  legal  representatives. — Journal, 
1884,  p.  375. 


f  548.  Members  of  Annual  Conferences 

§  1.    Every  effective  Preacher  is  entitled  to  an  ap- 
pointment within  the  Conference  of  which  he  is  a  mem- 
501 


549    General  Conference  Decisions 


ber.  His  transfer  to  another  Conference  carries  with  it 
this  right,  and  therefore  should  not  be  made  without  at 
the  same  time  making  adequate  provision  in  a  regular 
manner  for  his  protection.  Nevertheless,  if  a  Preacher 
requests  such  a  transfer  to  a  Conference  not  to  meet  for 
some  time  after  his  transfer,  he  cannot  complain  if  he 
does  not  receive  work  till  the  next  ensuing  session  of  the 
Conference  after  such  transfer. — Journal,  1884,  p.  372. 

§  2.  An  action  of  the  General  Conference  changing 
the  boundaries  of  an  Annual  Conference  does  not  of 
itself  affect  the  Membership  of  Supernumerary  and 
Retired  Ministers,  their  Membership  remaining  as  be- 
fore such  action  until  adjusted  by  mutual  agreement  of 
the  Conferences  affected  by  such  change  of  boundaries. — 
Journal,  1884,  p.  374. 

§  3.  Absentees  from  the  session  of  an  Annual  Con- 
ference may  not  vote  in  the  election  of  Delegates  to  the 
General  Conference,  nor  upon  proposed  amendments  to 
the  Constitution. — Journal,  1S96,  p.  274. 


H  549.  Orders 

§  1.  The  question  of  electing  to  Orders  a  Preacher 
who  has  not  passed  an  examination  on  the  Course  of 
Study  prescribed  for  Preachers  applying  for  Orders  may 
not  be  submitted  to  a  vote  of  the  Conference.  A  Bishop 
may  not  submit  to  the  vote  of  an  Annual  Conference  the 
question  of  obedience  to  a  law  of  the  Church. — Journal, 
1884,  p.  376. 

§  2.  The  Orders  of  a  Roman  Catholic  Priest  may  not 
be  recognized  by  an  Annual  Conference. — Journal,  1884, 
p.  373. 


1T  550.  Licensing  and  Ordaining  Women 

§  1.    The  Discipline  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church 
does  not  provide  for,  nor  contemplate  the  licensing  of 
502 


General  Conference  Decisions   ^[  552 


women  as  Local  Preachers ;  and  therefore  the  action  of  a 
Quarterly  Conference,  and  of  a  District  Superintendent 
as  the  President  thereof,  in  granting  such  license  is 
without  the  authority  of  law,  is  not  in  accordance  with 
the  Discipline  as  it  is,  and  with  the  uniform  administra- 
tion under  it. — Journal,  1880,  pp.  333,  334. 

§  2.  The  law  of  the  Church  does  not  authorize  the 
ordination  of  women  to  the  Ministry  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church ;  and  a  Bishop  is  not  at  liberty  to  sub- 
mit to  the  vote  of  the  Conference  the  question  of  electing 
women  to  Orders. — Journal,  1S80,  p.  353. 

§  3.  The  General  Conference  judges  it  inexpedient  to 
take  any  action  on  the  subject  of  licensing  women  to 
exhort  or  to  preach  ;  and  that  it  is  also  inexpedient  to 
take  any  action  on  the  subject  of  ordaining  women  to  the 
Ministry.— Journal,  1884,  p.  317. 


1  551.  Quarterly  Conferences 

§  1.  The  Quarterly  Conference  may  remove  Trustees 
at  any  time  for  cause,  where  the  statutes  of  the  State 
do  not  prevent. — Journal,  1892,  p.  490. 

§  2.  Supernumerary  and  Retired  Ministers  residing 
out  of  the  bounds  of  their  Annual  Conference  are  mem- 
bers of  the  Quarterly  Conferences  where  they  reside, 
and  are  entitled  to  vote  therein. — Journal,  1892,  p.  490. 


552.  Annual  Conferences  Continuous 

§  1.  Individual  members  come  in  and  go  out,  but  the 
Conference  itself  continues.  It  may  adopt  rules  for  its 
government  and  Rules  of  Order  for  its  Annual  Sessions, 
the  same  to  continue  at  its  pleasure  and  to  be  amended 
or  repealed  as  it  may  provide.  In  short,  it  is  a  perma- 
nent body.— Journal,  1904. 

503 


\\  553   General  Conference  Decisions 


§  2.  The  status  of  an  Annual  Conference  is  not  af- 
fected by  the  fact  that  its  membership  falls  below  the 
number  required  by  the  Constitution  for  the  organization 
of  an  Annual  Conference. — Journal,  1904. 


If  553.  Consolidation  of  Churches 

§  1.  The  Bishops  have  full  power  under  the  law  and 
usage  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  to  consolidate 
Churches  and  appoint  one  Pastor  for  the  united  Congre- 
gation. 

In  so  doing  they  exercise  an  authority  which  from  the 
beginning  of  our  distinct  Church  life  has  been  held  to  be 
resident  in  the  Bishop  presiding  in  an  Annual  Conference 
by  virtue  of  his  power  to  "fix  the  appointments  of  the 
Preachers."— Journal,  1900,  p.  422. 

§  2.  When  two  charges,  supplied  for  the  time  being 
by  the  same  preacher,  retain  their  separate  organizations, 
each  charge  is  entitled  to  elect  its  own  delegate  to  the 
Lay  Electoral  Conference. — Journal,  1912. 


If  554.  Negotiations  Between  Preachers  and  People 

Direct  negotiations  between  Pastors  and  Churches  in 
advance  of  the  making  of  the  appointments  by  the  Bishops 
are  contrary  to  the  spirit  of  our  itinerant  ministry  and 
subversive  of  our  ecclesiastical  polity,  and  as  such  should 
be  discouraged  by  our  Bishops,  Pastors,  and  people. — 
Journals,  1884  and  1912. 


If  555.  Union  with  Other  Churches 

Whenever  any  Synod,  Conference,  Church  Society,  or 
other  body  of  Christians,  agreeing  in  doctrine  with  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  shall  desire  to  become  a 
component  part  of  said  Church,  the  Annual  Conference 
of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  most  nearly  or  con- 
504 


General  Conference  Decisions  ^  557 

veniently  related,  territorially,  to  such  Synod,  Confer- 
ence, Church  Society,  or  body,  shall  have  power,  with  the 
consent  of  the  Bishop  presiding,  on  being  satisfied  with 
the  agreement  of  such  Synod.  Conference.  Church  So- 
ciety, or  body  of  Christians  with  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church  in  Doctrine  and  Discipline,  to  receive  such  or- 
ganization in  a  body  into  our  communion.  Ministers  so 
received  shall  hold  such  relations  and  enjoy  such  privileges 
as  they  would  hold  or  enjoy  if  admitted  individually  on 
their  credentials.  Members  so  received  shall  sustain  the 
same  relation  to  the  local  Church  as  they  would  sustain  if 
received  individually  by  certificates.  Before  such  recep- 
tion, however,  a  properly  authenticated  register  of  such 
ministers  and  members  shall  be  deposited  with  the  Secre- 
tary of  the  Conference  considering  such  reception.  In 
all  cases  of  the  reception  of  Churches,  satisfactory  as- 
surance shall  be  given  to  the  Conference  that  the  property 
shall  be  placed  in  the  custody  of  Trustees  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church,  and  that  the  Churches  will  receive  pas- 
tors appointed  by  the  authority  of  the  General  Confer- 
ence of  the  Church.^/ot/rHa/.  1896,  p.  30S. 


If  556.  Pro  Rata  Distribution  of  Ministerial  Support 

The  law  of  the  Church  in  regard  to  the  pro  rata 
division  of  the  amounts  raised  for  ministerial  support  is 
binding,  and  it  is  incumbent  on  the  Pastors  and  District 
Superintendents  to  see  that  such  pro  rata  division  be 
made. — Journal,  1912. 


II  557.  Complaints  and  Charges 

§  1.  The  question.  "Are  there  any  Complaints?"  does 
not  refer  to  Members  of  Annual  Conferences,  but  refers 
(1)  to  charges  of  crime  brought  against  Preachers  on 
Trial  in  the  Annual  Conference;  (2)  to  complaints  made 
against  the  moral  or  official  conduct  of  Local  Preachers ; 
505 


f  558  General  Conference  Eesolutions 


and  (3)  to  complaints  made  against  the  official  conduct 
of  members  of  the  Quarterly  Conference  other  than  those 
named  above. — Journal,  1884,  p.  376. 

§  2.  The  dismissal  of  a  preliminary  complaint  is  not 
a  bar  to  a  new  complaint. — Journal,  1884,  p.  372. 


CHAPTER  VI 
GENERAL  CONFERENCE  RESOLUTIONS 
1f  558.  Week  of  Prayer 

The  General  Conference  regards  the  annual  observance 
of  the  Week  of  Frayer  in  concert  with  the  Christian 
people  of  other  denominations  as  highly  salutary  ;  as  an 
appropriate  recognition  of  the  unity  of  the  Church  ;  as  a 
suitable  expression  of  faith  in  the  efficacy  of  prayer ;  and 
as  well  calculated  to  promote  the  spirituality,  activity, 
and  prosperity  of  the  Church  of  Christ. — Journal,  1872. 


U  559.  Day  of  Prayer  for  Colleges 

The  Thursday  preceding  the  second  Sunday  in  February 
shall  be  observed  as  the  Day  of  Prayer  for  Colleges  in  all 
Methodist  institutions,  on  which  special  effort  should  be 
made  to  present  the  claims  of  Christ  in  an  effective 
manner  to  the  heart  and  conscience  of  every  student. 

We  recommend  that  pastors  in  their  prayers  especially 
remember  our  institutions  of  learning,  their  faculties  and 
students,  that  prosperity  and  spiritual  blessing  may 
attend  them. 


If  560.  Temperance  and  Prohibition 

We  gratefully  acknowledge  the  blessing  of  God  upon 
our  temperance  endeavors  and  rejoice  over  the  increasing 
cooperation  and  unity  of  effort  among  temperance  work- 
ers.   The  progress  of  the  past  four  years  strengthens  our 
506 


General  CoxfekexI-e  Kesolitioxs  '  560 

conviction,  increases  our  zeal,  and  renews  our  faith  for 
the  greater  and  final  struggle  yet  to  come. 

1.  Personal  Abstinence 

We  declare  our  conviction  that  total  abstinence  from 
intoxicating  beverages  and  narcotics  is  the  plain  duty  of 
all  our  people  of  every  clime  and  country. 

2.  The  License  Policy 

The  liquor  traffic  "cannot  be  legalized  without  sin." 
We  condemn  the  license  policy.  It  is  vicious  in  prin- 
ciple, utterly  inconsistent  with  the  purposes  of  enlight- 
ened government,  and*  in  practice  a  protection  to  a  traffic 
which  is  inherently  criminal  in  its  nature. 

3.  Prohibition 

We  stand  for  the  speediest  possible  suppression  of  the 
beverage  liquor  traffic.  I'nder  that  divine  law  of  abso- 
lute right,  which  is  the  source  of  all  human  law,  the  only 
proper  attitude  of  civil  government  toward  anything  so 
harmful  as  the  liquor  traffic,  is  that  of  absolute  prohibi- 
tion :  and  we  recommend  that  our  people  participate  in 
every  wise  movement  for  local  prohibition  as  a  step 
toward  State  and  national  prohibition. 

4.  Attitude  of  the  Federal  Government 
We  memorialize  Congress  to  prohibit  the  sale  of  in- 
toxicating liquors  in  the  District  of  Columbia,  in  Alaska, 
in  our  island  possessions,  and  in  all  territory  under  the 
control  of  the  federal  government ;  and  we  urge  that  it 
discontinue  issuing  internal  revenue  liquor  tax  receipts 
to  any  who  cannot  show  State  authority  to  engage  in 
such  traffic. 

We  highly  commend  the  action  of  Congress  in  refusing 
to  restore  the  sale  of  intoxicating  liquors  at  army  posts 
and  for  continuing  the  prohibition  of  such  sale  at  govern- 
ment Soldiers'  Homes;  but  we  deprecate  as  entirely  inex- 
cusable the  action  of  some  army  officers  in  disre- 
garding the  provisions  of  the  anti-canteen  law  and  urge 
507 


T|  560  General  Conference  Hesolutions- 


the  special  obligation  of  the  soldier  trained,  educated,  and 
maintained  at  government  expense  to  obey  the  express 
mandates  of  that  government,  and  we  call  on  the  Presi- 
dent and  Secretary  of  War  to  enforce  this  law. 

5.  Temperance  Instruction  and  the  Pledge 
We  urge  upon  Pastors,  Sunday  School  Superintendents, 
teachers,  and  all  leaders  and  teachers  of  our  young  people 
the  importance  of  emphasizing  the  value  of  total  absti- 
nence from  the  use  of  alcoholic  liquors  and  narcotics  in 
any  form.  To  this  end  we  urge  the  most  vigorous  and 
constant  prosecution  of  pledge-signing  work  through  our 
Sunday  Schools,  Epworth  Leagues,  Junior  Leagues  and 
other  young  people's  societies. 

We  rejoice  that  scientific  temperance  instruction  in  the 
public  schools  is  not  only  growing  in  public  favor,  but  is 
being  given  in  a  more  interesting  and  practical  manner. 

6.  The  Church  Temperance  Society 
We  congratulate  the  Church  Temperance  Society  upon 
the  increased  zeal  and  efficiency  evidenced  during  the  last 
quadrennium.  and  pledge  it  our  loyal  support.  While 
giving  the  fullest  cooperation  to  all  wisely  directed  move- 
ments against  the  liquor  traffic,  its  own  peculiar  sphere 
should  be  the  securing  of  total-abstinence  pledges,  the 
publishing  and  distribution  of  literature,  the  inculcation 
of  temperance  and  prohibition  principles  and  knowledge 
and  the  creation  of  temperance  sentiment  among  Sunday 
Schools,  Epworth  Leagues,  Junior  Leagues,  and  our 
people  generally  ;  leaving  the  securing  of  legislation  and 
the  enforcement  of  laws,  where  possible,  to  other  tem- 
perance movements  better  adapted  for  the  rendition  of 
effective  service  of  that  character. 

7.  The  Woman's  Christian  Temperance  Union 
Formed  under  the  guiding  genius  of  one  of  Methodism's 
most  illustrious  women,  the  Woman's  Christian  Temper- 
508 


Uexekal  Conference  Besolutions  |  560 

ance  Union  has  for  years  been  the  devoted  and  efficient 
champion  of  both  total  abstinence  and  prohibition.  We 
commend  it  to  the  confidence  and  cooperation  of  our 
people  with  affectionate  appreciation. 

8.  The  Anti-Saloon  League 

Since  no  denomination  alone  can  adequately  secure 
legislation  or  compel  the  enforcement  of  law,  we  recog- 
nize the  fact  that  the  churches  throughout  the  United 
States  are  already  winning  victories  in  this  field  through 
the  Anti-Saloon  League  movement  and  are  contributing 
large  sums  of  money  for  its  maintenance.  Therefore  we 
indorse  the  Anti-Saloon  League  of  America  as  a  safe  and 
effective  agency  through  which  the  membership  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church  may  cooperate  with  members 
of  other  churches  and  temperance  organizations  for  united 
and  vigorous  action  against  the  saloon,  and  we  call 
upon  our  churches  and  pastors  to  continue  increasingly 
their  cooperation  in  carrying  forward  its  work. 

9.  Political  Action 

We  recognize  that  the  Church  as  an  ecclesiastical  body 
may  not  properly  go  into  partisan  politics  nor  assume  to 
control  the  franchise  of  the  citizen,  yet  we  maintain 
that  the  time  has  come  when  the  responsibility  rests 
upon  every  Christian  voter  not  only  to  oppose  the  saloon 
as  a  matter  of  abstract  principle,  but  to  cast  his  ballot  in 
the  manner  which  will  be  most  effective  against  the 
saloon  and  will  tend  soonest  to  put  the  liquor  traffic  in 
"the  course  of  ultimate  extinction." 

We  record  our  deliberate  judgment  that  no  candidate 
for  any  office  which  in  any  way  may  have  to  do  with  the 
liquor  traffic  has  a  right  to  expect,  nor  ought  he  to  re- 
ceive, the  support  of  Christian  citizens  so  long  as  he  stands 
committed  to  the  liquor  interests  or  refuses  to  put  himself 
in  accord  with  a  crystallized  public  sentiment  for  the 
overthrow  of  the  liquor  traffic. 

509 


561  General  Conference  Eesolutions 


If  561.  Hospitals 

In  order  that  the  hospitals  of  the  Church  may  fulfill 
their  mission,  not  only  in  healing  the  sick  by  the  aid  of 
skillful  physicians  and  competent  nurses,  but  in  building 
up  the  Kingdom  of  God,  the  closest  reciprocal  relations 
should  exist  between  them  and  the  Conferences.  Our 
hospitals  should  be  ready  always  to  receive  the  sick  poor 
recommended  by  pastors,  under  proper  rules  and  regula- 
tions, not  as  charity  patients,  but  as  guests  of  the  Church. 

Each  Annual  Conference,  by  formal  vote, 'should  become 
the  patron  of  at  least  one  of  our  Church  hospitals  and 
should  contribute  to  its  support  each  year  a  communion 
or  other  offering  through  its  individual  churches.  Our 
Church  hospitals  should  make  ample  provision  for  the 
spiritual  welfare  of  patients,  nurses,  and  employees,  by 
the  employment  of  a  pastor,  deaconess,  or  other  Chris- 
tian worker,  to  give  special  attention  to  those  in  need  of 
spiritual  help,  and  by  holding  stated  services  and  provid- 
ing for  the  administration  of  the  sacraments. 

We  recommend  that  no  hospital  shall  be  established 
hereafter  without  the  approval  of  the  Annual  Conference 
within  whose  bounds  it  is  to  be  located,  and  that  hospital 
property  shall  be  held  in  trust  for  the  Methodist  Episco- 
pal Church.  The  Board  of  Managers  of  each  hospital, 
through  the  Superintendent  or  other  representative,  shall 
render  a  report  to  patronizing  Conferences  at  their 
annual  session,  which  report  shall  also  be  printed  in 
the  annual  report  of  the  hospital,  as  follows:  (1)  Value 
of  property.  (2)  Debt  upon  the  property.  (3)  Amount 
of  endowment.  (4)  Amount  of  productive  endowment. 
(5)  Income  from  endowment.  (6)  A^oluntary  gifts  of 
individuals.  (7)  Income  from  private  patients.  (8)  In- 
come from  ward  patients.  (9)  Number  of  beds.  (10) 
Income  from  other  sources.  (11)  Total  days'  treatment 
given  in  wards  and  rooms,  not  counting  dispensary  pa- 
tients. (12)  Free  patients,  days'  treatment.  (13)  Pay 
ward  patients,  days'  treatment.  (14)  Private  patients, 
510 


General  Conference  Kesolitions  •  563 


days'  treatment.  (13)  Individual  dispensary  patients 
treated.    (16)  Revisits  of  dispensary  patients. 


If  562.  Federation 

We  reaffirm  the  declaration  of  the  General  Conference 
of  190S  and  most  cordially  invite  the  Methodist  Episco- 
pal Church,  South,  the  Methodist  Protestant  Church, 
and  other  branches  of  Methodism  to  join  with  the  Meth- 
odist Episcopal  Church  in  a  consecrated,  persistent  effort 
to  unify  the  various  branches  of  the  Wesleyan  family 
of  Churches  in  America  into  one  great  Methodist  Church. 

We  recommend  that  a  Commission  on  Federation,  con- 
stituted as  before  and  appointed  by  the  Bishops,  shall  be 
named,  with  full  power  and  authority  to  continue  negotia- 
tions and  to  treat  with  similar  Commissions  from  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  South,  the  Methodist  Prot- 
estant Church,  and  any  and  all  other  duly  appointed  Com- 
missions from  other  Churches  or  branches  of  Methodism, 
or  with  each  separately,  concerning  the  commendable 
purposes  of  advancing  organic  union  or  closer  federation. 
Said  Commission  to  report  to  the  next  General  Con- 
ference. 


If  563.  Federal  Council  with  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church,  South 

The  General  Conference  of  1908  provided  for  the  for- 
mation of  a  Federal  Council  as  "a  practical  method  of 
putting  Federation  into  operation."  The  Federation 
Commissions  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  and  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  South,  adopted  the  follow- 
ing recommendation  to  their  respective  General  Confer- 
ences relating  to  the  powers  of  the  proposed  Federal 
Council;  a  recommendation  which  received  the  approval 
of  the  General  Conference  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church,  South,  in  1910,  and  of  the  General  Conference 
of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  in  1912,  as  follows: 
511 


^  564  General  Conference  Kesolutions 


We  recommend  the  creation  of  a  Federal  Council  for 
the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  and  the  Methodist  Epis- 
copal Church,  South ;  said  Federal  Council  to  be  in- 
trusted with  advisory  powers  in  regard  to  world-wide 
missions,  Christian  education,  and  the  evangelization  of 
the  unchurched  masses ;  and  also  to  have  full  power  to 
hear  and  determine  finally,  without  appeal  from  its 
decisions,  all  cases  of  conflict  or  misunderstandings  be- 
tween the  two  branches  of  Methodism. 

The  Federal  Council  shall  consist  of  eighteen  members, 
equally  divided  between  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church 
and  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  South,  the  mem- 
bership of  the  Council  being  as  follows :  Six  Bishops,  six 
Traveling  Preachers,  and  six  Laymen. 

The  General  Conference  authorizes  the  members  of  the 
Commission  on  Federation  to  represent  it  as  members 
of  the  Federal  Council  for  this  quadreuniurn.  and  that 
general  administrative  officers  and  administrative  officers 
of  Annual  Conferences  and  of  various  Church  Boards, 
organizations,  and  societies  carefully  regard  the  decisions 
and  recommendations  of  the  Federal  Council. — Journal, 
1912. 


If  564.  The  Church  and  Social  Problems 

The  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  stands  for  equal 
rights  and  complete  justice  for  all  men  in  all  stations 
of  life ;  for  the  protection  of  the  family,  by  the  single 
standard  of  purity,  uniform  divorce  laws,  proper  regula- 
tion of  marriage,  and  proper  housing;  for  such  regulation 
of  the  conditions  of  toil  for  women  as  shall  safeguard 
the  physical  and  moral  habits  of  the  community ;  and 
for  the  fullest  possible  development  of  every  child,  espe- 
cially by  the  provision  of  proper  education  and  recreation, 
and  by  the  abolition  of  child  labor. 

It  stands  for  the  abatement  and  prevention  of  poverty, 
by  the  protection  of  the  individual  and  of  society  from 
the  social,  economic,  and  moral  waste  of  the  liquor 
512 


General  Conference  Resolutions  r  56% 


traffic,  by  the  conservation  of  health  and  by  the  protec- 
tion of  the  worker  from  dangerous  machinery,  occupa- 
tional diseases  and  injuries. 

It  stands  for  the  right  of  all  men  to  the  opportunity 
for  self-maintenance,  safeguarding  this  right  against  en- 
croachments of  every  kind ;  and  for  the  protection  of 
workers  from  the  hardships  of  enforced  employment. 

It  stands  for  suitable  provision  for  the  workers  in  old 
age  and  for  those  incapacitated  by  injury ;  for  the 
principle  of  conciliation  and  arbitration  in  industrial  dis- 
putes, and  for  a  release  from  employment  one  day  in 
seven. 

It  stands  for  the  gradual  and  reasonable  reduction  of 
the  hours  of  labor  to  the  lowest  practicable  point,  and 
for  that  degree  of  leisure  for  all  which  is  a  condition  of 
the  highest  human  life  ;  for  a  living  wage  as  a  minimum 
in  every  industry  and  for  the  highest  wage  that  each  in- 
dustry can  afford,  and  for  the  most  equitable  division  of 
the  product  of  industry  that  can  ultimately  be  devised. 

In  its  capacity  as  employer  the  Church  should  set 
Christian  standards  as  to  hours  and  wages,  provision  for 
sickness  and  old  age,  and  in  developing  the  principle  of 
cooperation  and  profit-sharing.  Relations  with  employees 
should  be  in  harmony  with  the  utterances  of  the  General 
Conference. 

Our  ministers  and  people  sbould  know  the  literature  of 
social  Christianity,  should  study  their  communities  and 
minister  to  every  group  in  them. 

Students  in  theological  schools  should  be  instructed 
in  practical  Sociology,  and  in  the  elements  of  Political 
Economy,  in  the  social  content  of  the  Scriptures,  in  the 
methods  and  principles  of  Social  Service,  in  the  ethical 
and  religious  aspect  of  modern  social  movements  and  in- 
dustrial organization. 

Every  Methodist  educational  institution  should  at- 
tempt to  give  its  students  the  knowledge  and  the  spirit  to 
qualify  and  lead  them  to  engage  in  Social  Service  in  their 
community,  and  our  Sunday  School  and  Epworth  League 
513 


t  565 


Forms  and  Constitutions 


literature  should  include  the  interpretation  and  applica- 
tion of  social  duties. 

In  the  social  crisis  now  confronting  Christianity,  the 
urgent  need  and  duty  of  the  Church  is  to  develop  an 
evangelism  which  shall  recognize  the  possibility  and  im- 
perative necessity  of  accomplishing  the  regeneration  of 
communities  as  well  as  of  persons;  whose  goal  shall  be 
the  perfection  of  both  society  and  the  individual. 

We  recognize  the  Methodist  Federation  for  Social 
Service  as  an  agency  to  rally  the  forces  of  the  Church  in 
support  of  approved  measures,  and  recommend  that  three 
Bishops  be  appointed  upon  the  Council  of  the  Federation. 


CHAPTER  VII 
FORMS  AND  CONSTITUTIONS 
1  565,  §  I.  Constitution  for  a  Sunday  School 

Article  I.    This  School  shall  be  called  the  Sunday 

School  of   ,  auxiliary  to  the  Board  of  Sunday 

Schools  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  and  con- 
nected with  the  Quarterly  Conference  of   It  shall 

consist  of  the  Preacher  in  Charge,  the  Sunday  School 
Committee  appointed  by  the  Quarterly  Conference,  the 
Officers,  the  Teachers,  and  the  Pupils. 

Article  II.  The  object  of  this  School  shall  be  the 
promotion  of  Christian  character  through  the  devout  and 
diligent  study  of  the  Word  of  God. 

Article  III.  The  Local  Sunday  School  Board  shall 
consist  of  the  Pastor,  who  shall  be  ex  officio  chairman, 
the  Sunday  School  Committee  appointed  by  the  Quarterly 
Conference,  the  Superintendent,  who  shall  be  ex  officio 
Vice-Chairman,  the  Assistant  Superintendents,  the  heads 
of  departments,  the  duly  elected  Secretaries,  Treasurer, 
and  Librarians,  the  Teachers  of  the  School,  the  Assistant 
Teachers  nominated  and  elected  in  the  same  way  as  the 
514 


Forms  and  Constitutions 


«  563 


Teachers,  the  President  of  the  Sunday  School  Missionary 
Society,  the  President  of  the  Sunday  School  Temperance 
Society,  and  the  Home  Department  Visitors,  who  shall 
be  elected  in  the  same  way  as  the  Teachers.  In  case 
of  withdrawal  of  Officers  or  Teachers  from  the  School 
they  shall  cease  to  be  members  of  the  Board. 

Article  IV.  The  Superintendent  shall  be  elected 
annually  by  ballot  by  the  Local  Sunday  School  Board, 
subject  to  confirmation  by  the  Quarterly  Conference  at  its 
next  session  after  such  election.  In  case  of  a  vacancy  the 
Preacher  in  Charge  shall  superintend,  or  secure  the  su- 
perintending of,  the  School,  until  such  time  as  the  Super- 
intendent elected  by  the  Local  Sunday  School  Board 
be  confirmed  by  the  Quarterly  Conference.  The  other 
Officers  of  the  School  shall  be  elected  annually,  by  ballot, 

by  the  Local  Sunday  School  Board  on   The 

Teachers  of  the  School  shall  be  nominated  by  the  Superin- 
tendent, with  the  concurrence  of  the  Pastor,  and  elected 
annually  by  the  Sunday  School  Board. 

Article  V.    Regular  meetings  of  this  Board  shall  be 

held  on  the  of  each  month,  for  the  transaction  of 

such  business  as  relates  to  the  interest  of  the  School,  at 
which  the  following  order  shall  be  observed  :  1.  Singing 
and  prayer.  2.  Calling  roll.  3.  Reading  minutes.  4.  Un- 
finished business.  5.  Reports  from  Committees.  6.  Re- 
ports from  Superintendents.  7.  Report  from  Treasurer. 
8.  Report  from  Librarian  concerning  the  state  of  the 
Library  and  the  number  and  kind  of  periodicals  taken  by 
the  School.  9.  Reports  from  the  Pastor  and  from  the 
Sunday  School  Committee.  10.  Reports  from  the 
Teachers.    11.  Miscellaneous. 

Article  VI.    At  all  meetings  for  business  shall 

constitute  a  quorum. 

Article  VII.  Special  meetings  of  the  Board  may  be 
called  by  the  Pastor,  the  Superintendent,  or  by  any  three 
of  the  members. 

Article  VIII.  In  case  of  the  withdrawal  of  Officers 
or  Teachers  from  the  School  they  cease  to  be  members  of 
515 


f  5G5       Forms  and  Constitutions 


this  Board ;  and  the  place  of  any  Officer  or  Teacher 
habitually  neglecting  his  or  her  duty,  inefficient, 
or  guilty  of  improper  conduct,  or  of  teaching  contrary 
to  the  accepted  doctrines  of  our  Church,  may  be  declared 
vacant  by  a  vote  of  two  thirds  of  the  Board  present 
at  any  regular  or  special  meeting.  When  a  Teacher 
ceases  to  teach,  without  the  consent  of  the  Superin- 
tendent, membership  in  the  Local  Sunday  School  Board 
shall  thereby  be  discontinued. 

Article  IX.  Vacancies  in  offices  may  be  filled  at  any 
monthly  or  special  meeting,  one  month's  notice  having 
been  given  of  the  election. 

Article  X.  This  Constitution  shall  not  be  altered  ex- 
cept by  two  thirds  of  all  the  members  present  at  a  meet- 
ing called  for  that  purpose ;  and  such  alterations  must  be 
in  harmony  with  the  provisions  of  the  Discipline  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church. — Journal. 


§  2.  Constitution  for  a  Sunday  School  Missionary  Society 

Article  I.  This  Society  shall  be  called  the  Mission- 
ary Society  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Sunday 

School,  and  shall  be  auxiliary  to  the  Board  of  Foreign 
Missions,  the  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension, and  the  Board  of  Sunday  Schools  of  the  Meth- 
odist Episcopal  Church. 

Article  II.  The  object  of  this  Society  shall  be  to 
promote  in  all  practical  ways  the  interests  of  the  Mis- 
sionary caiitse  within  the  bounds  of  this  School. 

Article  III.  All  the  members  of  this  School  shall  be 
members  of  the  Society. 

Article  IV.  The  Officers  of  the  Society  shall  be  a 
President,  Vice-President,  Secretary,  and  Treasurer,  who 
shall  together  constitute  a  Board  of  Managers,  to  be 
elected  annually  by  the  Sunday  School  Board  on  the 
 of  

Article  V.  A  part  of  the  session  of  the  School  on  the 
first  Sunday  of  every  month  shall  be  set  apart  for  Mis- 
516 


Forms  and  Constitutions 


If  566 


sionary  exercises  and  the  reception  of  gifts  for  the  cause 
of  Missions ;  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Board  of 
Managers  to  provide  for  such  exercises,  varying  the 
program  from  month  to  month  in  such  a  way  as  to 
engage  actively  as  many  of  the  School  as  possible  in 
acquiring  and  supplying  information  and  inspiration  on 
Missionary  topics.  The  Managers  shall  also  devise  and 
set  in  vigorous  operation  whatever  schemes  they  can, 
such  as  mite-boxes,  collection  cards,  occasional  Mission- 
ary concerts,  or  sales,  etc.,  for  increasing  the  Missionary 
contributions  of  the  School. 

Article  VI.  The  President  shall  preside  during  that 
part  of  the  school  time  which  is  devoted  to  Missions  ;  the 
Secretary  shall  read  at  each  monthly  meeting  a  report  of 
the  previous  meeting.  The  Treasurer  shall  receive  the 
funds  raised  by  the  Society  and  pay  them  as  follows : 
forty-five  per  cent  to  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions,  forty- 
five  per  cent  to  the  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church. 
Extension,  and  ten  per  cent  to  the  Board  of  Sunday 
Schools.  The  President,  Secretary,  and  Treasurer  shall 
make  a  semiannual  report  to  the  Society  on  the  first 
Sundays  of  April  and  October. 

Article  VII.  Vacancies  in  the  offices  may  be  filled  at 
any  regular  or  special  meeting  of  the  Sunday  School 
Board. 

Article  VIII.  This  Constitution  shall  not  be  altered 
except  by  vote  of  two  thirds  of  all  the  members  of  the 
Local  Sunday  School  Board,  at  a  meeting  called  for  that 
purpose. 


IT  566.  Charges 

§  1.  In  drafting  charges  and  specifications  for  the 
trial  of  an  accused  member  of  the  Church  there  should  be 
a  brief  statement,  defining  the  offense  by  its  generic  name, 
such  as  "Defamation,"  "Dishonesty,"  "Lying,"  "Impru- 
dent Conduct,"  "Indulging  Sinful  Tempers  or  Words." 
"Disobedience  to  the  Order  and  Discipline  of  the  Church," 
517 


f  566       Forms  and  Constitutions 


"Neglecting  Prayer  Meetings,"  "Neglecting  Class  Meet- 
ings," etc.  Each  charge  should  be  accompanied  with  one 
or  more  specifications  germane  to  the  charge ;  and  the 
following  forms  may  serve  to  illustrate  the  manner  of 
preparing  charges  and  specifications.  The  charges  and 
specifications  must  be  so  varied  in  the  several  cases  as  to 
meet  the  facts  or  evidence  relied  upon  for  conviction. 
The  bill  of  charges  should  be  signed  by  one  or  more  mem- 
bers of  the  Church,  and  must  be  addressed  to  the  Preacher 
in  Charge  of  the  Circuit  or  Station  in  which  the  accused 
person  holds  his  membership. 

§  2.    IMMORAL  CONDUCT 
Form  No.  I 

To  A.  B.,  Preacher  in  Charge  of  Circuit  or  Station: 

Dear  Brother:  The  undersigned,  a  member  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  complains  to  you  that  C.  D., 
a  member  of  the  same  Church,  has  been  guilty  of  Im- 
moral Conduct,  and  he  is  hereby  charged  therewith  as 
follows : 

CHARGE  :  DEFAMATION 

Specification  1.    The  said  C.  D.,  on  the  day  of 

. . . . ,  19 .... ,  at  .....  did  write  and  publish,  maliciously 
and  in  violation  of  the  Rules  of  the  Discipline,  the  fol- 
lowing false  and  libelous  matter  of  and  concerning  E.  F., 
to  wit:    (Here  copy  the  writing  complained  of.)  . 

Specification  2.    The  said  C.  D.,  on  the  day  of 

. . . .,  19. . . .,  at  . . . .,  did  utter  and  publish,  maliciously 
and  in  violation  of  the  Rules  of  the  Discipline,  the  fol- 
lowing defamatory  and  libelous  matter  of  and  concerning 
E.  F.,  to  wit:    (Here  copy  the  matter  published.) 

Specification  3.    The  said  C.  D.,  on  the  day  of 

. .  . .,  19. . . .,  at  did,  maliciously  and  in  violation  of 

the  Rules  of  the  Discipline,  speak,  utter,  and  publish,  in 
the  hearing  of  divers  persons,  the  following  false  and 
slanderous  words  concerning  E.  F.,  that  is  to  say,  "He 
£  meaning  the  said  E.  F.]  is  a  thief"    [Signed]  M.  N. 
518 


Forms  and  Constitutions  566 


Form  No.  II 

[The  address  to  the  Preacher  in  Charge  should  be  the 
same  as  in  No.  1.] 

chabge:  lying 

Specification.    The  said  C.  D.,  on  the  ....  day  of  , 

19. . . .,  at  .....  did,  in  violation  of  the  Rules  of  the  Dis- 
cipline, falsely  and  willfully  say  (here  insert  what  was 
said),  or  words  to  that  effect,  knowing  the  statement  to 
be  misleading  and  false.  [Signed]  M.  N. 

§  3.  IMPRUDENT  AND  UNCHRISTIAN  CONDUCT 

In  this  class  of  cases  preliminary  labor  is  required 
before-  the  accused  person  is  liable  to  be  arraigned  and 
tried,  and  it  should  be  averred  in  the  complaint  that  such 
preliminary  labor  has  been  performed,  for  without  such 
averment  there  is  nothing  to  show  that  the  person  is 
liable  to  be  tried.   The  following  form  may  be  used  : 

Form  No.  Ill 

To  A.  B.,  Preacher  in  Charge  of  Circuit  or  Station: 

Dear  Brother  :  Inasmuch  as  C.  D.,  a  member  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  indulged  sinful  tempers,  and 
was  afterward  reproved,  as  the  Discipline  provides ;  yet 
the  said  C.  D.  was  guilty  of  a  second  transgression,  and 
he  was  again  reproved  as  the  Discipline  provides ;  yet, 
notwithstanding  these  repeated  reproofs,  the  said  C.  D. 
continues  impenitent  and  still  persists  in  indulging  sinful 
tempers,  thereby  bringing  reproach  upon  the  Church ; 
therefore  the  undersigned  complains  to  you  of  the  conduct 
of  the  said  C.  D.,  and  charges  him  as  follows  : 

CHARGE  :  INDULGING  SINFUL  TEMPERS 

Specification.    The  said  C.  D.,  on  the  ....  day  of  

19  ,  at  ,  and  at  other  times  and  places,  namely 

(here  specify  times  and  places),  did  on  three  several 
519 


5G6       Forms  and  Constitutions 


occasions  become  angry  and  indulged  in  sinful  tempers, 
in  violation  of  the  Rules  of  the  Discipline. 

[Signed]  M.  N. 

Form  No.  IV 

To  A.  B.,  Preacher  in  Charge  of  ....  Circuit  or  Station: 

Dear  Brother  :    Forasmuch  as  C.  D.,  on  the  day 

of  .  .  .  .,  19.  .  .  .,  at  .  .  .  .,  became  angry  and  indulged  sin- 
ful tempers,  in  violation  of  the  Rules  of  the  Discipline, 
and,  though  reproved  therefor  after  the  manner  prescribed 
in  the  Discipline,  he  made  no  acknowledgment  of  the 
fault,  and  showed  no  proper  humiliation,  and  he  still  con- 
tinues impenitent ;  therefore  the  undersigned  complains 
to  you  of  the  conduct  of  C.  D.,  and  hereby  charges  him 
as  follows : 

CHARGE  :  INDULGING  SINFUL  TEMPERS 

Specification.  C.  D.,  on  the  ....  day  of  . .  . . ,  at  ..... 
became  angry  and  indulged  in  sinful  tempers,  in  violation 
of  the  Rules  of  the  Discipline ;  and,  notwithstanding  he 
has  been  reproved  on  account  thereof,  as  the  Discipline 
provides,  he  has  made  no  acknowledgment  of  the  fault, 
and  has  shown  no  proper  humiliation,  but  continues  im- 
penitent, in  violation  of  the  Rules  of  the  Discipline. 

[Signed]  M.  N. 

§  4.  NEGLECT  OF  THE  MEANS  OF  GRACE 
Form  No.  V 

To  A.  B.,  Preacher  in  Charge  of  ....  Circuit  or  Station: 
Dear  Brother:  Inasmuch  as  C.  D.,  a  member  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  had  for  a  long  time  neg- 
lected public  worship,  and  having  so  neglected  was  visited 
by  the  Preacher,  who  explained  to  him  the  consequences 
should  he  continue  such  neglect ;  and  yet,  notwithstanding 
such  visit  and  explanation,  he  does  not  amend,  but  con- 
tinues to  neglect  public  worship,  therefore  the  under- 
signed complains  to  you  of  the  conduct  of  C.  D.,  and 
hereby  charges  him  as  follows : 
520 


Courses  of  Study  ^  568 


CHABGE  :  HABITUAL  NEGLECT  OF  PUBLIC  WORSHIP 

Specification.  The  said  C.  D.,  unmindful  of  his  duty, 
and  in  violation  of  the  Rules  of  the  Discipline,  does 
habitually  neglect  public  worship.    [Signed]  M.  N. 

Note. — It  is  sufficient  to  charge  the  offense  by  its  generic  name,  and 
under  such  charge  the  complaint  may  set  forth  in  specifications  as 
many  instances  of  the  offense  as  it  may  seem  proper  to  insert,  pro- 
vided, always,  the  specification  must  sustain  the  charge.  In  preparing 
the  charges  and  specifications  care  should  be  taken  in  setting  out  the 
offense  so  to  describe  it  in  each  specification  as  that  it  shall  em- 
body the  essential  elements  of  the  offense,  that  the  accused  may  be 
apprised  more  certainly  of  the  nature  of  the  charge  upon  which  he 
is  to  be  arraigned  and  tried. 


CHAPTER  VIII 
COURSES  OF  STUDY 

I.  In  General 

If  567,  §  1.  The  General  Conference  earnestly  recom- 
mends to  all  candidates  for  the  Ministry  of  our  Church 
that  they  complete  a  full  collegiate  course  of  study,  and, 
if  possible,  a  course  in  one  of  our  Theological  Schools, 
before  applying  for  admission  to  an  Annual  Conference. 

§  2.  No  candidate  shall  be  admitted  to  an  Annual 
Conference  on  trial  until  he  shall  have  completed  a  course 
of  study  equivalent  to  the  University  Senate  require- 
ments for  admission  to  college,  except  under  special 
conditions  and  then  only  by  a  two-thirds  vote  of  the 
Annual  Conference. 


II.  Certificates 
IT  568,  §  1.  Certificates  from  our  regular  Theological 
Seminaries,  Universities,  and  Colleges  approved  by  our 
University  Senate  may  be  accepted  by  the  Conferences : 
provided,  (1)  that  each  certificate  shall  distinctly  show 
that  the  student  has  been  a  regular  attendant  on  the  class- 
room instruction  in  the  specified  book;  and  (2)  that  he 
521 


f  569 


Courses  of  Study 


has  passed  a  thorough  examination  in  the  book,  gaining 
a  standing  equivalent  to  that  fixed  in  If  569,  §  5,  it  being 
understood  that  the  Annual  Conference  shall  examine  all 
candidates  in  regard  to  their  personal  attitude  toward  the 
Doctrine  and  Discipline  of  the  Church. 

§  2.  Any  Conference  also,  at  its  discretion,  may  accept 
similar  certificates  from  the  institutions  above  described, 
indicating  like  proficiency  in  any  particular  study,  se- 
cured by  the  use  of  a  different  book  or  by  lectures  fully 
equivalent  to  the  corresponding  book  in  our  Course  of 
Study. 

§  3.  Similar  certificates  in  studies  not  biblical  or  theo- 
logical may  be  accepted  from  other  than  Methodist  Col- 
leges, if  of  equal  grade  with  those  approved  by  our  Uni- 
versity Senate,  and  in  American  history  from  academies 
or  seminaries  either  approved  by  our  University  Senate 
or  of  equal  grade  with  those  thus  approved. 

§  4.  A  certificate  of  graduation  from  one  of  our  regu- 
lar Theological  Seminaries  may  be  accepted  in  place  of 
an  examination  in  all  the  biblical  and  theological  studies 
of  the  various  courses. 

§  5.  A  certificate  of  admission  to,  or  graduation  from 
any  high  school  or  academy  of  good  standing  may  be  ac- 
cepted in  place  of  an  examination  in  "Elementary  Eng- 
lish Branches." 

§  6.  All  certificates  shall  state  the  time  when  the 
studies  were  pursued. 

§  7.  A  certificate  for  the  purpose  of  recording  the 
annual  markings  in  the  required  studies  for  the  entire 
course  shall  be  issued  to  persons  licensed  to  preach  or 
received  on  trial. 


III.  Method  of  Conducting  Conference  Examinations 
If  569,  §  1.  In  each  Annual  Conference  a  Board  of 
Examiners  shall  be  appointed  by  the  presiding  Bishop, 
consisting  of  not  less  than  eight  nor  more  than  twenty 
members,  care  being  taken  to  select  men  with  special 
qualifications  for  the  work,  to  which  shall  be  referred  all 
522 


Courses  of  Study 


f  569 


Preachers,  both  traveling  and  local,  pursuing  the  Course 
of  Study  with  a  view  to  ordination  or  Conference  mem- 
bership. This  Board  shall  be  continued  for  a  term  of 
four  years,  subject  to  reappointment.  Vacancies  shall 
be  filled  by  the  Bishop  at  each  session  of  the  Annual 
Conference. 

§  2.  This  Board  shall  organize  by  electing  one  of  its 
members  Chairman  and  another  Registrar,  the  latter  to 
keep  a  permanent  record  of  the  standing  of  the  students, 
and  report  to  the  Conference  when  required.  This  record 
shall  include  the  credits  allowed  students  for  work  done 
in  Theological  Seminaries  and  Colleges  described  in 
T  568. 

§  3.  The  Chairman  shall  assign  to  each  Examiner  the 
books  or  subjects  in  which  he  is  to  give  instruction  by 
correspondence  and  final  examination,  for  which  exam- 
ination he  shall  prepare  and  send  to  the  Chairman 
printed  or  written  questions,  at  least  ten  in  number,  two 
weeks  before  the  time  of  examination.  Vacancies  occur- 
ring in  the  Board  of  Examiners  during  the  year  may  be 
filled  by  the  Chairman  until  the  ensuing  Annual  Con- 
ference. 

§  4.  One  or  two  examinations  may  be  held  during  the 
year  in  locations  convenient  to  the  students.  These  ex- 
aminations shall  be  under  the  personal  supervision  of 
some  member  of  the  Board  delegated  by  the  Chairman. 

§  5.  The  examinations  shall  be  in  writing,  if  prac- 
ticable, and  in  the  presence  of  witnesses,  and  in  that  case 
the  papers  shall  be  sent  for  marking  to  the  Examiners 
by  whom  the  questions  were  prepared.  In  special  cases 
the  Chairman  may  appoint  supervisors  other  than  mem- 
bers of  the  Board  before  whom  students  may  take  their 
examinations,  and  such  supervisors  shall  sign  the  papers 
and  send  them  to  the  respective  Examiners.  The  ex- 
aminations shall  be  graded  upon  the  scale  of  100,  and 
no  examination  graded  below  70  per  cent  shall  pass.  The 
Examiners  shall  report  promptly  the  marking  of  each 
paper  to  the  Registrar. 

523 


f  570      Courses  of  Study — English 


§  G.  The  provision  for  mid-year  examinations  shall 
not  deprive  any  student  of  the  opportunity  of  being  ex- 
amined at  the  seat  and  time  of  the  Annual  Conference. 

§  7.  The  Board  of  Examiners  shall  convene  at  the 
seat  and  time  of  the  Annual  Conference,  the  day  before 
the  session  opens,  to  review  and  complete  the  work  of 
the  year,  to  examine  any  students  who  have  not  been 
examined  during  the  year,  and  to  arrange  for  the  work 
of  the  year  to  come. 

§  8.  Where  alternative  books  or  studies  are  offered, 
the  Board  of  Conference  Examiners  shall  determine 
•which  shall  be  required. 

§  9.  Examinations  held  after  July  1,  1913,  shall  be 
on  the  books  prescribed  by  the  Discipline  of  1912,  as 
follows : 


FOR  THE  MINISTRY 

ENGLISH  COURSES 

If  570.  Traveling  Preachers 
§  1.  Admission  on  Trial 

1.  English  Branches : 

(1)  Elementary  English. 

(2)  Principles  of  Rhetoric. — Hill. 

(3)  General  History. — Myers. 

2.  The  Worker  and  His  Bible. — Eiselen  and  Barclay. 

3.  History  and  Exposition  of  the  Twenty-five  Articles 
of  Religion  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. — Wheeler, 

4.  Discipline  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  for 
1912. 

5.  Life  of  John  Wesley. — Winchester. 

G.  Organizing  and  Building  Up  the  Sunday  School. — 
Hurlbut. 

7.    Written  Sermon. 
To  be  Read : 

1.  The  Heart  of  John  Wesley's  Journal. 

2.  The  Tongue  of  Fire. — Arthur. 

524 


Courses  of  Study — English      •([  57Q' 


3.  The  Learning  Process. — Colvin. 

4.  Everyday  Evangelism. — Leete;  or  Letters  on 
Evangelism. — Hughes. 

5.  Plain  Account  of  Christian  Perfection. — Wesley. 

6.  The  Pastor-Preacher. — Quayle. 

§  2.  First  Year 

1.  Jesus  and  the  Gospels. — Denney. 

2.  Preparation  and  Delivery  of  Sermons. — Broadus. 

3.  American  History. — James  and  Sanford. 

4.  Winning  the  Fight  Against  Drink. — Eaton. 

5.  Digest  of  Methodist  Law. — Merrill  and  Downey.  ■ 

6.  English  Style  in  Public  Discourse. — Phelps. 

7.  Written  Sermon. 
To  be  Read : 

1.  Sermons  (Vol.  I),  I-XXXIIL— Wesley. 

2.  Christian  View  of  the  Old  Testament. — Eiselen. 

3.  Heart  of  Asbury's  Journal. — Tipple. 

4.  Christian  Nurture. — Bushnell;  or  Elements  of  Re- 
ligious Pedagogy. — Pattee., 

5.  Extemporaneous  Oratory. — Buckley. 

6.  The  Present  South. — Murphy. 

7.  Jesus  Christ  and  the  Social  Question. — Peabody. 

8.  The  Methodist  Review. 

§  3.  Second  Year 

1.  Biblical  Hermeneutics. — Terry. 

2.  The  Bible,  Its  Origin  and  Nature. — Dods. 

3.  How  We  Think—  Deicey. 

4.  The  Graded  Sunday  School  in  Principle  and  Prac- 
tice.— Meyer. 

5.  The  Light  of  the  World.— Speer. 

6.  Decisive  Hour  of  Christian  Missions. — Mott. 

7.  Essay. 
To  be  Read: 

1.  Sermons    (Vol.  I),  XXXIV-LVIIL— Wesley. 

2.  History  of  Methodism,  Vol.  I. — Stevens. 


525 


J  570      Courses  of  Study — English 


3.  St.  Paul  the  Traveler  and  Roman  Citizen. — Ramsay. 

4.  Methodism  and  the  Republic. — Piatt. 

5.  Christianity  and  the  Social  Crisis. — Rauschen- 
busch. 

6.  The  Resurrection  of  Jesus. — Orr;  or  The  Fact  of 
Christ. — Simpson. 

7.  The  Methodist  Review. 

§  4.  Third  Year 

1.  System  of  Christian  Doctrine  (pp.  1-322)  —Sheldon. 

2.  History  of  the  Christian  Church. — Fisher. 

3.  The  Fact  of  Conversion. — Jackson. 

4.  Sacerdotalism  in  the  Nineteenth  Century.— Sheldon. 

5.  The  New  Basis  of  Civilization. — Patten. 

6.  Written  Sermon. 
To  be  Read: 

1.  Fellowship  in  the  Life  Eternal. — Findlay. 

2.  The  Indwelling  Spirit. — Davison. 

3.  The  Christian  Faith. — Curtis. 

4.  Governing  Conference  in  Methodism. — Neely. 

5.  History  of  Methodism,  Vol.  II.— Stevens. 

6.  Social  Message  of  the  Modern  Pulpit. — Brown; 
or  Social  Solutions. — Hall. 

7.  The  Methodist  Review. 

§  5.  Fourth  Year 
L    System   of   Christian   Doctrine    (pp.   325-635). — 
Sheldon. 

2.  Theism. — Bowne. 

3.  Christian  Ethics. — Smyth. 

4.  Principles  of  Literary  Criticism. — Winchester. 

5.  Prophecy  and  the  Prophets. — Eiselen. 

6.  The  Social  Engineer. — Earp. 

7.  Essay,  or  Synopsis  of  the  Psychology  of  the  Chris- 
tian Soul. — Steven. 

To  be  Read: 

1.    Place  of  Christ  in  Modern  Theology. — Fairhnim  : 
or  The  Historic  Christ  in  the  Faith  of  To-day.— Grist. 
526 


Courses  of  Study — Local  Preachers  \  572 


2.  History  of  Methodism,  Vol.  III. — Stevens. 

3.  Historical  Geography  of  the  Holy  Land. — Smith. 

4.  Lectures  on  Preaching. — Brooks. 

5.  The  Hymns  and  Hymn  Writers  of  the  Church. — 
X utter  and  Tillctt. 

6.  Pastoral  and  Personal  Evangelism. — Goodell. 

7.  Constitutional  History. — Buckley. 

8.  The  Methodist  Review. 

If  571.  License  to  Preach 

Candidates  for  License  to  Preach  are  to  be  examined 
in  the  common  branches  of  an  English  education,  and  on 
their  general  knowledge  of  the  Bible,  and  of  the  Doctrines 
and  Usages  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. 

U  572.  Local  Preachers 

Note  1. — Any  Conference,  with  the  concurrence  of  the  Bishop 
presiding,  may  adopt  thi;  course  for  its  Traveling  Preachers  instead 
of  the  foregoing  four-years'  course;  provided,  however,  that  any 
Class  for  which  this  course  was  adopted  shall  continue  in  the  same 
until  the  completion  of  the  four-years'  course. 

Note  2  — In  the  case  of  Local  Preachers  who  are  candidates  for 
the  Traveling  Ministr.t.  examinations  may  be  suspended  while  they 
are  pursuing  regular  Courses  of  Study  in  our  Theological  Seminaries 
orin  Universities  or  Colleges  approved  by  the  University  Senate,  until 
they  shall  become  candidates  for  Deacons'  or  Elders'  orders. 

§  1.  First  Yeak 

1.  The  Worker  and  His  Bible.— Eiselen  and  Barclay. 

2.  A  Manual  of  Christian  Doctrine. — Banks. 

3.  Religious  Education  in  the  Home. — Folsom. 

4.  ^One  Thousand  Questions  on  Methodism. — Wheeler. 

5.  Discipline  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church, 
1912. 

Trf  be  Read : 

"l.  <The  Tongue  of  Fire. — Arthur. 

2.  Organizing  and  Building  up  the  Sunday  School. — 
Uurlbut. 

3.  Life  of  John  Wesley. — Winchester. 

4.  Laymen  in  Action. — Quayle. 

527 


f  572  Coueses  of  Study — Local  Preachers 


§  2.  Second  Yeab 

1.  Life  of  Christ.— Stalker. 

2.  Short  History  of  the  Christian  Church  (Early  and 
Mediaeval  Periods). — Hurst. 

3.  History  of  Methodism  (abridged). — Stevens. 

4.  Decisive  Hour  of  Christian  Missions. — Mott. 

5.  Essay  or  Written  Sermon. 
To  be  Read: 

1.  Elements  of  Religious  Pedagogy. — Pattee. 

2.  How  to  Study  the  Bible—  Clifford  and  Moulc. 

3.  Winning  the  Fight  Against  Drink. — Eaton. 

4.  Individual  Work  for  Individuals. — Trumbull. 

§  3.  Third  Yeab 

1.  Life  of  St.  Paul.— Stalker. 

2.  Short  History  of  the  Christian  Church  (Modern). 
—Hurst. 

3.  Doctrinal  Aspects  of  Christian  Experience. — 
Merrill. 

4.  Methodism  and  the  Republic. — Piatt. 

5.  Essay  or  Written  Sermon. 
To  be  Read : 

1.  Lectures  on  Preaching. — Simpson. 

2.  Personal  Evangelism. — Leele;  or  Letters  on  Evan- 
gelism.— Hughes. 

3.  The  Experimental  Note. — Sheridan. 

4.  Social  Solutions. — Hall. 

§  4.  Fourth  Year 

1.  The  Bible,  its  Origin  and  Nature. — Dods. 

2.  Digest  of  Methodist  Law. — Merrill  and  Downey. 

3.  American  History. — James  and  Sanford. 

4.  Social  Creed  of  the  Churches. — Ward  and  Others. 

5.  Essay  or  Written  Sermon. 
To  be  Read: 

1.    Heart  of  Asbury's  Journal. — Tipple. 

528 


Courses  of  Study — Class  Leaders  ^  57-1 


2.  The  Ideal  Life. — Drummond ;  or  Imago  Christi. — ■ 
Stalker. 

3.  Pastoral  and  Personal  Evangelism. — GoodelL 

4.  Building  a  Working  Church. — Black. 

f  573.  Local  Preachers  Who  Are  Candidates  for  Orders 

§  L  Deacons'  Orders 
Local   Preachers   who  are   Candidates   for  Deacons' 
Orders  are  required  to  pass  a  satisfactory  examination 
at  the  Annual  Couference,  in  review  of  the  entire  four- 
years'"  course  prescribed  for  Local  Preachers. 

§  2.  Elders'  Orders 

Local  Deacons  who  are  Candidates  for  Elders'  Orders 
are  required  to  pass  a  satisfactory  examination  at  the 
Annual  Conference  on  the  following  books : 

L    A  Manual  of  Christian  Doctrine.— Banks. 

2.  Discipline  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church, 
1912. 

3.  The  Life  of  Christ.— Stalker. 

4.  The  Life  of  St.  Paul.— Stalker. 

1  574.  Class  Leaders 

1.  Discipline  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church, 
1912. 

2.  The  Drill  Master  of  Methodism. — Goodell. 

3.  The  Class  Meeting.— FitzGerald. 

4.  Letters  on  Evangelism. — Hughes. 

5.  Individual  Work  for  Individuals. — Trumbull. 

6.  John  Wesley,  the  Methodist. 

7.  Manual  of  Christian  Doctrine. — Banks. 

S.    How  to  Study  the  Bible.— Clifford  and  Moule. 
9.    Religious  Education  in  the  Home. — Folsom. 

10.  The  Worker  and  His  Bible.— Eiselen  and  Barclay. 

11.  History  of  Methodism  (abridged^. — Sterols. 

12.  Outline  of  Church  History. — Hurst. 

13.  Doctrinal  Aspects  of  Christian  Experience. — 
Merrill 

529 


575      Courses  or  Study — German 


14.  Decisive  Hour  of  Christian  Missions. — Mott. 

15.  Laymen  in  Action. — Quayle. 


GERMAN  COURSES 


If  575.  Reiseprediger 

§    1.  ZtTLASSTTNG  ATJF  PKOBE 

1.  Der  grossere  Katechismus  der  Bisehoflichen  Meth- 
odisten  Kirche. — Nast. 

2.  Geschichte  des  Methodismus. — Kriege. 

3.  Kirchenordnung,  1912.    (I-IV  Teil.) 

4.  Lehrbuch  der  Heiligen  Geschichte. — Kurtz. 

5.  Ein  Aufsatz,  in  welchem  der  Kandidat  einen  Bericht 
iiber  seinen  Bildungsgacg,  seine  Bekehrung  und  seine 
Berufung  zum  Predigtamt  giebt. 

Zum  Lesen  :* 

a.  Deutsche  Sprach  und  Stillehre. — Wcise.* 

6.  Wesleys  Predigten.  (Deutsche  Ausgabe,  I  Teil,  33 
Predigten.) 

c.  Die  Christliche  Erfahrung. — MrrriU. 

d.  Die  religios-sittliche  Erziehung  der  Jugend. — Hertz- 
ler. 

§  2.  Ekstes  Jahb 

1.  System  der  Christlichen  Lehre. — Schneider.3  (§§ 
1-6,  10-29.) 

2.  Einleitung  in  die  Heilige  Schrift—  Weber.  (§§  1-29.) 

3.  Kirchengeschichte. — Appel.     (I  Teil.) 

4.  HomiletiU—  Burt. 


1  Die  Kandidaten  sollen  schriftlich  bezeug-en,  dass  sie  die  betre- 
fenden  Bucher  gelesen  haben  und  sollen  einen  Auazug  aus  einem 
von  den  Examinatoien  bezeichneten  Kapitel  einhandigen. 

2  In  den  deutschen  Konferenzen  in  Amerika  wird  hieriiber  ein 
Examen  verlangt. 

•  In  den  deutschen  Konferenzen  in  Europa  kann  die  Glaubenslehre 
von  Sulzberger  gebraucht  werden. 

530 


Courses  of  Study — German      ^[  575 


5.  Kirchenordnung,  1912.    (V-IX  Teil.) 

6.  Schriftliche  Arbeit.1 
Zum  Lesen : 

a.  Unsere  Muttersprache. — Weise. 

b.  Weltgeschichte  der  Neuzeit. — Schafeir.2    (I  Teil.) 

c.  Wesleys  Predigten.     (II  Teil,  35  Predigten.) 

d.  Geschichte  des  Methodismus.  (Neue  Bremer  Aus- 
gabe.) 

§  3.  Zweites  Jahr 

1.  System  der  Christlichen  Lehre. — Schneider.  (§§  30- 
64.) 

2.  Einleitung  in  die  Heilige  Schrift.— Weber.  (§§  30- 
53  und  Anhang.) 

3.  Kirehengeschichte. — Appel.    (II  Teil.) 

4.  Das  Christliche  Heilsleben. — Paulus.    (I  Teil.) 

5.  Biblische   Altertiimer. — Kinzler.     (§§  1-114.) 

6.  Schriftliche  Arbeit. 
Zum  Lesen  : 

a.  Weltgeschichte  der  Neuzeit. — Schafer.     (II  Teil.) 

b.  Kennst  du  das  Land? — Schneller. 

c.  Jugendlehre. — Forster. 

d.  Die  Wunder  des  Unglaubens. — Ballard-Kdnig. 

§  4.  Drittes  Jahr 

1.  System  der  Christlichen  Lehre. — Schneider  (§§  65- 
101.) 

2.  Einleitung  in  die  Heilige  Schrift. — Weber.  (Neues 
Testament.) 

3.  Kirehengeschichte. — Appel.     (Ill,  I  Teil.) 

4.  Das  Christliche  Heilsleben. — Paulus.     (II  Teil.) 

5.  Biblische  Altertiimer—  Kinzler.     (§§  115-142.) 

6.  Schriftliche  Arbeit. 


1  Das  Theraa  der  schriftlichcn  Arbeit  Predigt  oder  Abhandlung  ist 
jedesmal  von  der  Prufungskommission  festzusetzen. 

2  In  der  Schweizer  Konferenz  kann  die  Allgemeine  Geschichte  von 
Pechsli  gebraucht  werden. 

531 


\  576      Courses  of  Study — German 


Zum  Lesen  :l 

a.  Deutsche  Literaturgeschichte. — K.  Stork. 

b.  Der  Glaube  im  Neuen  Testament. — Schlatter. 

c.  Gesehichte  der  Protestantischen  Missionen. — War- 
neck. 

d.  Centralfragen  der  Dogmatik. — Ihmels. 

e.  Philosophische  Weltanschauungen  und  ihre  Haupt- 
vertreter. — Heussner. 

§  5.  Yiertes  Jahr 

1.  System  der  Christlichen  Lehre. — Schneider.  (§§  102- 
end.) 

2.  Kirchengeschichte. — Appel.    (Ill,  II  Teil.) 

3.  Neutestamentliehe  Theologie. — Van  Oosterzee. 

4.  Allgemeine  Piidagogik. — Nieden. 

5.  Schriftliche  Arbeit. 
Zum  Lesen 

a.  Handbuch  der  Religionsgeschichte. — Wurm. 

b.  Natur  und  Bibel. — Riem. 

c.  Christentum  und  Klassenkampf. — Forster. 

d.  Personlichkeit  Christliche  Lebensphilosophie. — Pfen- 
nigsdorf. 

1  576.  Lokalprediger 

§  1.  Bevollmaechtigung  zum  Predigen 

Die  Kandidaten  fur  Bevollmachtigung  zum  Predigen 
sollen  eine  Priifung  bestehen  iiber  ihre  Bibelkenntnis  und 
Bekanntschaft  mit  den  Lehren  und  GebrUuchen  der 
Bischoflichen  Methodisten  Kirche. 

§  2.  Ebstes  Jahr 

1.  Lehrbuch  der  Heiligen  Gesehichte. — Kurtz.  (Altes 
Testament.) 


'Ala  Ersatz  fur  ein  theologisches  Buch  gilt  das  Lesen  einer  theo- 
logischen  Zeitschrift.  Methodist  Review  oder  Der  Geisteskampf  der 
Gegenwart. 

532 


Courses  of  Study — German      ^  576 


2.  Der  grossere  Katechismus  der  Bischiiflichen  Mctho- 
disten  Kirehe. — Nast.  > 

3.  Die  Kirchenordnung.    (Ausgabe  vom  Jahr  1912.) 
Zum  Lesen  : 

1.  Die  Christliche  Erfahrung  auf  den  verschiedenen 
Stufen  des  Gnadenwerks. — Merrill. 

2.  Wesley  und  seine  Mitarbeiter.— Nast. 

§  3.  Zweites  Jahr 

1.  Leforbuch  der  Heiligen  Geschichte. — Kurtz.  (Neues 
Testament.) 

2.  Wesleys  Predigten.  (Deutsche  Ausgabe,  I  Teil,  33 
Predigten.) 

3.  Christliche  Kirchengeschichte. — Calwer  Verein. 
Zum  Lesen  : 

1.  Geschichte  Deutschlands ;  oder  der  Vereinigten 
Staaten  ;  von  irgend  einem  anerkannten  Verfasser. 

§  4.  Drittes  Jahr 

1.  Die  feurige  Zunge. — Arthur. 

2.  Wesleys  Predigten.     (II  Teil,  35  Predigten.) 

3.  Christliche  Vollkommenheit. — Wesley. 

4.  Glaubensartikel  und  Hauptlehren. — Sulzberger. 
Zum  Lesen  : 

1.  Das  Christliche  Heilsleben. — Paulus. 

2.  Das  Leben  Jesu. — Weitbrecht. 

§  5.  Viertes  Jahr 

Wiederholung  des  vorhergehenden  dreijahrigen  Kursus. 
Zum  Lesen  : 

1.  Geschichte  der  Bischoflichen  Methodisten  Kirehe, 
2  Bande. — Stevens. 

2.  Die  Hauptlehren  des  Methodismus. — Paulus. 

3.  Bibliche  Altertiimer. — Kinzler. 


533 


f  577'  Courses  of  Study — Xorayegiax-Danish 


NORWEGIAN  AND  DANISH  COURSES 


FOR  CONFERENCES  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES 

f  577.  Stadiekursus  for  Norsk-danske  Methodist 
predikanter  i  Amerika 

§  1.  Optagelse  paa  Prove 

1.  Grammatik. — Hofgaard. 

2.  Geografi.— Olaf  Sknlestad. 

3.  Norges  og  Nordens  Historie. — Jens  Raahc. 

4.  Compendium  of  American  Methodism. — Abel 
Stevens. 

5.  Norsk  Stil. — Tonnesen. 

6.  Buehler's  English  Grammar.  (Siste  Udgave,  Side 
1-94.) 

Til  Lsesning : 

1.  Methodistkirkens  Disciplin,  1912. 

2.  En  skreven  Syllabus  af  F.  Levison's  Menneske- 
legemet. 

§  2.  I  Aarsklasse 

1.  Theologi.— Walcefield.    (Side  1-146.) 

2.  Verdenshistorie. — Schjott.  (Oldtiden.) 

3.  Kirkehistorie.— Fischer.  (Side  1-162,  Den  seldre 
Tid.) 

4.  Pastoren  Hjemme  og  i  Kirken.— Spurgeon. 

5.  English  Grammar.— Buehler.     (Side  94-295.) 

6.  Methodistkirkens  Disciplin.  1912.    (Hele  Bogen.) 

7.  Kristelig  Erfaring. — Merrill. 

8.  Skreven  Praediken  om  Forsoningen. 
Til  Lsesning : 

1.  Kristelig  Fuldkommenhed. — Fletcher. 

2.  Bibelhistorie.    (Norsk-danske  Boghandels.) 

§  3.  II  Aarsklasse 

1.  Theologi.— Wakefield.     (Side  147-404.) 

2.  Homeletik.    "Forkyndelsen.'- — Jansen. 

534 


Courses  of  Study — Xobwegiax-Daxish  |57f 


3.  Kirkebistorie.— Fischer.    (Side  163-2S6,  Middelaid.) 

4.  Psychologi. — Hoffding.     (1st  Trediedel.) 

5.  Etik.— Martenscn.    (Side  1-75.) 

6.  History  of  the  United  States. — Montgomery. 

7.  Skreven  Pra?diken  om  RetfserdiggjOrelsen. 
Til  Laesning : 

1.  History  of  Methodism. — Abel  Stevens.    (1st  Del.) 

2.  Penslers  Form.  etc. 

3.  The  Teaching  of  Citizenship. — Hughes. 

§  4.  Ill  Aarskxasse 

1.  Theologi.— Wakefield.     (Side  405-645.) 

2.  Verdenshistorie. — Schjott.     (Xyere  Tid.) 

3.  Kirkehistorie.— Fischer.     (Side  2S7-423.) 

4.  Literaturhistorie. — Broch  og  Seip. 

5.  Psychologi. — Hoffding.     (2d  Trediedel.) 

6.  Etik.— Martenscn.    (Side  76-300.) 

7.  Socialism  and  the  Social  Movement. — Werner  Sam- 
bort. 

8.  Skreven  Praxliken  om  Gjenfodelsens  og  Helligg- 
jorelsens  indbyrdes  Forbindelse. 

Til  Laesning : 

1.  Ildtungen. — Arthur. 

2.  History  of  Methodism. — Abel  Steiens.    (2d  Del.) 

§  5.  IV  Aarsklasse 

1.  Theologi.— Wakefield.    (Side  646-7S0.) 

2.  Lectures  on  Preaching. — Simpson. 

3.  Psychologi.— Hoffding.  (Trediedel.) 

4.  Etik.— Martcnsen.     (Side  301-590.) 

5.  Den  Hellige  Skrifts  Historic — Olafsen. 

6.  Sunday  School. — Book  Two  of  the  Convention  Nor- 
mal Course. 

7.  Skreven  Afhandling  om  Inspirationen. 
Til  Lsesning : 

1.  Evangeliets  Seiersgang. — Ussing. 

2.  History  of  Methodism. — Abel  Stevens.     (3d  Del.) 

535  i 


578  Courses  of  Study — Norwegian-Danish 


If  578.  For  Lokaldiakoner s  Ordination 

1.  Kristelig  Erfaring. — Merrill. 

2.  Kirkehistorie. — Fr.  Nielsen.  (Ledetraad.) 

3.  Norges  og  Nordens  Historie. — Jens  Raabe. 

4.  Grammatik. — Hofgaard. 

5.  Digest  of  Methodist  Law. — Merrill  and  Downey. 

6.  LaereDog  i  Bibelhistorie. — Asperheim. 

7.  Skreven  Praediken  om  Daaben.  i 
Til  Lsesning: 

1.  Bibelnoglen. 


If  579.  For  Lokalasldstes  Ordination 

1.  Pastoren  Hjemme  og  i  Kirken. — Spurgeon. 

2.  Verdenshistorie. — Schjott. 

3.  Literaturhistorie. — Broch  og  Seip. 

4.  Lectures  on  Preaching. — Simpson. 

5.  Skreven  Pradiken  om  Daaben  og  Nadvaeren. 


FOR  THE  NORWAY  CONFERENCE 

If  580.  Stadiekarstis  for  Predikanter  i  Norges 
Konference 

§  1.  Optagelse  paa  Pbove 

1.  Grammatik. — Hofgaard  Alls. 

2.  Geografi. — Norris.    (For  Amts  og  Falkeskoler.) 

3.  Norges  Historie. — Petersen. 

4.  Nordens  Historie.— Eriksen. 

5.  Methodismens  Historie. — Smith  and  Mahood. 

6.  Sammendrag  af  Theologien. — Binney. 

§  2.  I  Aaksklasse 

1.  Theologi.— Wakefield.    (Side  1-146.) 

2.  Verdenshistorie. — Rader.  (Oldtiden.) 

3.  Kirkehistorie. — Fr.  Nielsen.  (Nullematore  Oldtiden.) 

536 


Courses  of  Study — Xorwegian-Daxish  f581 


4.  Pastoraltheologi. — Yinet. 

5.  Bibelnoglen. — Jensen-Fogh. 

6.  Methodistkirkens  Disciplin,  1912.    (I-V  Del.) 

7.  Kristelig  Erfaring. — Merrill. 

§  3.  II  Aarsklasse 

1.  Theologi.— WakefieW-     (Side  147-404.) 

2.  Homiletik. — Burt. 

3.  Verdenshistorie. — Rader.  (Middelalderen.) 

4.  Kirkehistorie. — Fr.  Xielsen.  (Middelalderen.) 

5.  Logfk. — Jcvons. 

6.  Ethik.—  Martensen.   (Den  aim  Del.) 

7.  Methodistkirkens  Disciplin,  1912.    (VI-VIII  Del.) 

8.  Skreven  Pra?diken  om  Retfardiggjarelsen. 

§  4.  Ill  Aarsklasse 

1.  Theologi.— Wakefield.     (Side  405-645.) 

2.  Verdenshistorie. — Rader.     (Den  nyere  Tid.) 

3.  Kirkehistorie. — Fr.  yielsen.     (Den  nyere  Tid.) 

4.  Literaturhistorie. — Brock  og  Seip. 

5.  Sjaele  og  Taenkelaere. — Fr.  Nielsen,     (Side  1-63.) 

6.  Ethik.— Martensen.     (Den  Specielle  Del,  I  Bind.) 

7.  Pastoren  Hjemene  og  i  Kirken. — Spurgeon. 

8.  Skreven  Praediken  om  Helliggjorelsen. 

§  5.  IV  Aarsklasse 

1.  Theohgi.— Wakefield.    (Side  645-780.) 

2.  Lectures  on  Preaching. — Simpson. 

3.  Sjaele  og  Taenkelaere.— Fr.  Nielsen.     (Side  64-96.) 

4.  Ethik.— Martensen.    (Den  Specielle  Del,  II  Bind.) 

5.  Modern  Sunday  School. — Vincent. 

6.  Evangeliets  Seiersgang. — Ussing. 

7.  Skreven  Afhandling  om  Inspirationen. 


H  581.  For  Lokalpradikanter 

For  at  bli  Lokalpradikanter  almindelig  god  Falkeskole- 
kundskob  foruden  Eksamination  "i  Laren  og  Disciplines" 

537 


^[  582  Courses  of  Study — Norwegian-Danish 


§  1.  I  Aarsklasse 

1.  Theologi. — Binney.    (Forste  Haladel.) 

2.  Methodistkirkens  Disciplin,  1912.    (I-III  Del.) 

3.  Kirkehistorie. — Fr.  Nielsen.  (Oldtiden.) 

§  2.  II  Aarsklasse 

1.  "  Theologi. — Binney.    (Anden  Haladel.) 

2.  Methodistkirkens  Disciplin,  1912.     (IV-VI  Del.) 

3.  Kirkehistorie. — Fr.  Nielsen.  (Middelalderen.) 

4.  Skreven  Afhandling  om  Daaben. 

§  3.  Ill  Aarsklasse 

1.  Bibelnoglen. — Jensen-Fogh.     (Forste  Haladel.) 

2.  Methodistkirkens  Disciplin,  1912.     (VII-VIII  Del.) 

3.  Kirkehistorie. — Fr.  Nielsen.     (Den  nyere  Tid.) 

§  4.  IV  Aarsklasse 

1.  Bibelnoglen. — Jensen-Fogh.     (Anden  Haladel.) 

2.  Methodismens  Historic — Smith  and  Mahood. 

3.  Kristelig  Erfaring. — Merrill. 

4.  Skreven  Afhandling  om  Naadens  orden. 


If  582.  For  Diakonordination 

1.  Forste  ogandet  Aars  Stndie. 

2.  Disciplinens  Haandbog. — Merrill. 

3.  Sjsele  og  Taenketere.— Fr.  Nielsen.    (Side  1-63.) 


If  583.  For  Aldsteordination 

1.  Tredie  og  fjerde  Aars  Studie. 

2.  Helliggjorelsen. — Fletcher. 

3.  Sjaele  og  Tsenkehere.— Fr.  Nielsen.    (Side  64-96.) 


H  584.  DANISH  COURSES 

Eksamenaardet  vil,  hvor  det   ikke  er  gjort,  anvise 
hvilke  Boger,  og  hvor  short  et  Afsuit  i  de  enkelte  Boger 
538 


Courses  of  Study — Norwegian-Danish  ^585 


Kandidaterne  shal  laere. — Der  gives  et  kort  skriftligt 
Resume  of  de  til  Lsesning  anviste. 


^|  585.  Rejsepraedikanter 

§  1.  Optagelse  paa  Prove 

1.  Dansk  Sproglsere. 

2.  Geografi. 

3.  Samfundslsere. 

4.  Verdenshistorie. 

5.  Kirkehistorie. 

6.  Metodismen. — Gaarde. 

7.  Sammendrag  af  Teologien. — Binney. 

8.  Katekismus. 

9.  Disciplinen,  1912. 

10.  En  skreven  Selvbiografi. 
Lsesning : 

1.  Jesu  Liv. — Farrar. 

2.  Testskriftet. — Gaarde. 

3.  Fra  Herrens  Tjeneste. — Gotsche. 

4.  Manden  fra  Galilaea. — Haygood. 

§  2.  I  Aarsklasse 

1.  Teolog,.— Wakefield.     (Pag.  1-146.) 

2.  Bibelnoeglen. — Jcnsen-Fogh. 

3.  Kirkehistorie. — Bergmann.  (I.) 

4.  Homiletik.    "Forkyndelsen." — J.  J.  Jansen. 

5.  Indledning  til  den  hellige  Skrift. — Weber. 

6.  Skreven  Prsediken  :  Menneskets  Fald  og  Forlosmin- 
gen  ved  Kristus. 

La?sning : 

1.  Kristelig  Fuldkommendhed. — Fletcher. 

2.  Kristus  og  Mand. — Ricard. 

3.  Verdens  Evangelisering. — Mott. 

4.  Livsbilleder  of  O.  P.  Petersen.— Eltzholt?.. 

5.  Wesleys  Praedikener,  I.    Dansk  Udgave. 

6.  History  of  Methodism. — Stevens.     (Vol.  I.) 

539 


^[  585  Courses  of  Study — Norwegian-Danish 


§  3.  II  Aarsklasse 

1.  Teologi. — Wakefield.    (Pag.  147-404.) 

2.  Sjsele  og  Taenkelsere. — Nielsen. 

3.  Literaturhistorie. 

4.  Kirkehistorie. — Bcrgmann.  (II.) 

5.  Exegese  efter  Wesley's  Notes  on  the  New  Testa- 
ment. 

6.  Skreven  Praediken :  Aandens  V.  dnesbj'rd. 

Laesning : 

1.  lldtunger. — Arthur. 

2.  Sociale  Sporgsmoal. — Schach. 

3.  Danmarks  og  Norges  Literaturskat.  (I.) 

4.  Apostlen  Paulus.— Farrar.  (I.) 

5.  Wesleys  Prsedikener,  II.    (Dansk  Udgave.) 

6.  History  of  Methodism. — Stevens.    (Vol.  II.) 

§  4.  Ill  Aarsklasse 

1.  Teologi. — Wakefield.    (Pag.  405-645.) 

2.  Ethik.— M artensen.    (Pag.  1-300.) 

3.  Logik. — Jevons. 

4.  Lectures  on  Preaching.— Simpson. 

5.  Exegese  :  Johannes  Evangeliet. — Godet. 

6.  Skreven  Afhandling :  Kirken  og  det  sociale  Sporgs- 
moal. 

Laesning : 

1.  Prcesten  hjemme  og  i  Kirken. 

2.  Evangeliets  Sejrsgang. — Vssing. 

3.  Apostlen  Paulus. — Farrar.  (II.) 

4.  Bibelske  Studier. — Oodet. 

5.  History  of  Methodism. — Stevens.     (Vol.  III.) 

§  5.  IV  Aarsklasse 

1.  Teologi.— Wakefield.    (Pag.  646-780.) 

2.  Ethik.— M artensen.     (Pag.  301-590.) 

3.  Den  hojere  Kritik  of  Pentateuken. 

4.  Exegese :  Pauli  Liv  og  Breve. — Godet. 

5.  Skreven  Praediken  :  Valgfrit  Emne. 

540 


Courses  of  Study — Xorwegiax-Daxish  *f586 


Laesning : 

1.  Den  sociale  Udvikling.  — Kidd. 

2.  Modern  Sunday  School. — Vincent. 

3.  Pastoral  Evangelism. — Goodell. 

4.  Yerdensliteraturens  Ferler. 

5.  History  of  American  Methodism. — Stevens. 


1}  586.  Lokalpraedikanter 

§  1.  LOKALPR-EDIKANTBEMYUDIGELSE 

1.  Katekismus. 

2.  Bibelhistorie. 

3.  Haandsra?kning  til  en  Lokalpra?dikant. — Olsen. 

4.  Metodismen. — Gaarde  en.  ft. 

5.  Disciplin,  1912.  (MIL) 

§  2.  I  Aarsklasse 

1.  Sammendrag  af  Teologien. — Binney. 

2.  Disciplin,  1912.  (IV-V.) 

3.  Kirkehistorie. — Tiielsen.  (I.) 

4.  Disciplinens  Haandbog. — Merrill. 
Laesning : 

1.  Troens  Hemmelighed. — Skoogoord-Petersen. 

2.  Jesu  Liv. — Farrar. 


§  3.  II  Aarsklasse 

1.  Teologi.— Ralston.  (I-XI.) 

2.  Disciplin,  1912.  (VI-VII.) 

3.  Kirkehistorie. — yiclscn.  (II.) 

4.  En  skreven  Selvbiografi. 
Laesning : 

1.  Apostlen  Paulus. — Farrar.  (I.) 

2.  Hvod  i  Kristendom. — L.  C.  Petersen. 

541 


587      Courses  of  Study — Swedish 


§  4.  Ill  Aarsklasse 

1.  Teologi.— Ralston.  (XI-XX.) 

2.  Bibelvennen. — Johanscn. 

3.  Verdenshistorie. — Oldtid.  (Middelalder.) 

4.  Skreven  Praediken  :  Retfserdiggorelsen. 
Laesning : 

1.  Testskriftet. — Gaardc. 

2.  Kristelig  Fuldkommenhed. — Wesley. 

3.  Apostlen  Paulus. — Farrar.  (II.) 

§  5.  IV  Aarsklasse 

1.  Teologi.— Ralston.  (XXI-XXXII.) 

2.  Verdenshistorie. — Oldtid.    (Nyere  Tid.) 

3.  Forkyndelsen. — J.  J.  Jansen. 

4.  Skreven  Praediken  :  Helliggjorelsen. 
Laesning : 

1.  Manden  fra  Galila?a. — Haygood. 

2.  Livsbilleder  af  0.  P.  Petersen. — Eltzholtz. 

3.  Kristus  og  Mand. — Ricard. 


SWEDISH  COURSES 


FOR  CONFERENCES  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES 
If  587.  Resepredikanter 

§  1.  Intrade  pa  prov 

1.  Katekesen. — Nast. 

2.  M.  E.  Kyrkans  trosbekiinnelse. — Sulzberger. 

3.  Kyrkoordningen,  1912. 

4.  Svensk  sprakliira.     (Ljud-och  Formlara.) — Sundin. 

5.  Geografi. — E.  Karlson. 

6.  Allm&n  Historia. — Rolfsen,  Nordahl. 

7.  Det  Heliga  Landet  i  Ord  och  Bild. — T.  E.  Schmank. 

8.  English  Grammar. — Longman. 

542 


Courses  of  Study — Swedish  587 


Bocker  till  liisning: 

1.  Wesleys  predikningar.    (Forsta  Bandet.) 

2.  Sveriges  Historia. — Odluur. 

§  2.  Forsta  a  ret 

1.  Biblical  Dogmatics. — Terry.    (Introd.  and  Part  I.) 

2.  Kyrkohistoria. — Hammcrich.    (Del.  I.) 

3.  Bibelkiinnedom. — Broddn. 

4.  Naturkunnighet. — Berg  och  Lindc'n. 

5.  Svensk  spraklara.    (Syntax.) — Sitndcn. 

6.  Higher  Lessons  in  English. — Reed  and  Kellogg. 

7.  Avhaudling :  Socialisnien. 
Bocker  till  liisning: 

1.  Wesleys  predikningar.    (Andra  Bandet.) 

2.  Evangelii  Fulla  viilsignelse. — Foster. 

3.  Tegners  Skrifter. 

§  3.  Andra  aret 

1.  Biblical  Dogmatics.— Terry.     (Part  II.) 

2.  Kyrkohistoria. — Hammcrich.     (Del.  II.) 

3.  Inledn.  vetenskap  till  Bibeln. — Schlatter.  (Gla 
Test.) 

4.  Lectures  on  Homiletics. — Kern-. 

5.  Kulturhistoria.— Bocthius. 

6.  Avhandling  :  Nattvarden. 
Bocker  till  liisning: 

1.  The  Life  of  John  Wesley. — Winchester. 

2.  Digest  of  Methodist  Law. — Merrill  and  Downey. 

3.  Reformationshistorieu. — D'Aubigne. 

§  4.  Tred.te  aret 

1.  Biblical  Dogmatics. — Terry.     (Part  III.) 

2.  Inledn.  vetenskap  till  Bibeln. — Schlatter.  (Nya 
Test.) 

3.  V&rt  Tankeliv. — Almqitist. 

4.  Nord  Am.  Forenta  Stater. — Srcdclius  och  Xystrdm. 

5.  Avhandling :  Forsoningen. 

543 


^[  588      Courses  of  Study — Swedish 


Bocker  till  lasning: 

1.  American  Methodism. — Stevens.     (Kap.  1-19.) 

2.  Naturens  Lagar  och  Andens  Viirld. — Drummond. 

3.  Religionsvetenskapen. — Tiele. 

§  5.  Fjarde  abet 

1.  The  Christian  Faith.— Curtis. 

2.  Den  kristliga  etiken. — Martensen. 

3.  The  Christian  Pastorate. — Kidder. 

4.  Logik. — Sjbberg  och  Klingberg. 

5.  Avhandling :  Helgelse. 

6.  Avhandling,  engelsk :  Sw.  Methodism  in  America. 
Bocker  till  lasning  : 

1.  Kristus  i  varldshistorien. — Farrar. 

2.  American  Methodism. — Stevens.     (Kap.  20-36.) 

3.  The  Bible :  Its  Origin  and  Nature. — Dods. 


II  588.  Lokalpredikanter 

For  erhallandet  och  fornyandet  av  fullmakt  skall  lokal- 
predikanten  arligen  examineras,  till  dess  han,  efter  fyra 
ftrs  forlopp,  statt  godkand  examen  uti  foljande  amnen : 

1.  M.  E.  Kyrkans  Katekes. 

2.  Kyrkoordningen,  1912.    (Delad  pa  4  Sr.) 

3.  Biblisk  Historia. 

4.  Liirobok  i  Bibelkunskap. — Kejser. 

5.  Kyrkohistoria. — Lofgren.    (Delad  pa  3  ar.) 


If  589.  For  ordinering  till  Diakon 

1.  Katekes.— Nast. 

2.  Anvisning  till  bibelkannedom.- — Welander. 

3.  Svensk  sprakliira  i  sammandrag. — Sunde'n. 

4.  Avhandling :  Forsoningen. 


If  590.  For  ordinering  till  Aldste 

1.  M.  B.  Kyrkans  trosbekannelse.— Sulzberger. 

2.  Oversikt  av  de  bibliska  boekerna. — Brodin. 

544 


Courses  of  Study — Swedish      ^  591 


3.  Kristlig  fullkomlighet. — Fletcher. 

4.  Doctrinal  Aspect  of  Christian  Experience. — Merrill. 

5.  Avhandling  :  Bibelns  inspiration. 


FOR  THE  SWEDEN  CONFERENCE 
1  59 J.  Resepredikanter 

§  1.  Fob  Intra.de  pa  pbov 

1.  Metodistkyrkans  katekes  och  Metodistkyrkans 
trosbekiinnelse  med  forklaringar. — A.  Sulzberger. 

2.  Kyrkoordningen,  1912. 

3.  Bibelkannedom. — P.  ^Yclander  och  C.  E.  Benander. 

4.  Bilder  ur  kyrkans  historia. — C.  Fr.  Lundin. 

5.  Metodistkyrkans  historia. — J.  Porter. 

G.  Liirobok  i  fiiderneslandets  historia  i  sammandrag. 
— Grimberg. 

7.  Allman  historia.- — PalHn. 

8.  Svensk  sprakliira  i  sammandrag. — D.  A.  Sitndc'n. 

9.  Raknebok. — Larsson,  Mbller,  Lundell. 

10.  Naturkunnighet. — Berg  och  Linden. 

11.  Skolgeografi,  1  kurs. — Carhson. 

12.  Muntlig  oversiittning  av  liittare  engelsk  taxt. 

13.  En  skriftligen  avfattad  teckning  av  den  intrades- 
sokandes  eget  liv. 

Att  lasa  :  Wesleys  53  predikningar. 

§  2.  FORSTA  A  RETS  StUDIEKLASS 

1.  Den  kristna  troslliran  :  Inledning. — A.  Sulzberger. 

2.  A  Popular  History  of  Methodism. — J.  Telford. 

3.  The  Christian  Pastorate. — J.  Kidder. 

4.  Recruiting  and  Organizing  the  Sunday  School. — 
Hurlbut. 

5.  Det  avgorande  ogonblicket  i  den  kristna  missionens 
historia. — Mott. 

545 


591      Courses  of  Study — Swedish 


6.  Novum  Testamentum :  Lukas  Evang. 

7.  Avhandling  om  dopet. 

Att  lasa :  Kristlig  fullkomlighet. — J.  Fletcher. 

A  Plain  Account  of  Christian  Perfection. — J.  Wesley. 

§  3.  Andea  arets  Studieklass 

1.  Den  kristna  troslaran.- — A.  Sulzberger.     (Del.  1.) 

2.  Sjelelare. — William  James. 

3.  The  Preacher  and  his  Sermon. — Etter.    (Del.  1.) 

4.  Biblisk  fornkunskap. — Skarstedt. 

5.  Larobok  i  Pedagogik. — Sv.  Lundqvist. 

6.  Novum  Testamentum :  Apostlag. 

7.  Avhandling  om  nattvarden. 

Att  lasa  :  A  New  History  of  Methodism.— W.  J.  Town- 
send,  H.  B.  Workman,  G.  Eayrs.    (Del.  1.) 

§  4.  Teedje  arets  Studieklass 

1.  Den  kristna  troslaran. — A.  Sulzberger.    (Del.  2.) 

2.  Litteraturhistoria. — Warburg. 

3.  The  Preacher  and  his  Sermon. — Etter.    (Del.  2.) 

4.  Inledning  till  religionsvetenskapen. — C.  P.  Tiele. 
(Del.  1.) 

5.  Bibelstudiekurs. — J.  Rinman.    (Serie  1-4.) 

6.  Novum  Testamentum  :  Matt.  Evang. 

7.  Avhandling  om  forsoningen. 

Att  lasa :  A  New  History  of  Methodism. — W.  J.  Town- 
send,  H.  B.  Workman,  G.  Eayrs.    (Del.  2.) 
Pastoral  and  Personal  Evangelism. — Goodell. 

§  5.  Fjarde  arets  Studieklass 

1.  Den  kristna  troslaran. — A.  Sulzberger.    (Del.  3.) 

2.  Hermeneutik. — Edgren. 

3.  The  Preacher  and  his  Sermon. — Etter.    (Del.  3.) 

4.  Inledning  till  religionsvetenskapen. — C.  P.  Tiele. 
(Del.  2.) 

5.  Novum  Testamentum :  Galaterbrevet. 

6.  Avhandling  om  helgelsen. 

546 


Courses  of  Study — Swedish      f  593 


Att  liisa :  The  Church  and  the  Social  Crisis. — 
Rauschcnbusch. 

Filosofiens  historia. — S.  O.  Youngert. 


1  592.  Lokalpredikanter 

§  1.  Fobsta  Abets  Studieklass 

1.  Metodistkyrkans  katekes. 

2.  Palestina,  det  heliga  landet. 

3.  Kyrkoordningen.     (Del  1-2.) 

Lasning: 

Wesley  och  hans  samtida. 

Wesleys  predikningar.     (1-sta  Bandet.) 

Biblisk  historia. 

Metodistkyrkans  historia  :  Yerksamheten  i  England. 
—J.  Porter. 

§  2.  Andka  abets  Studieklass 

1.  Metodistkyrkans  trosbekiinnelse. — A.  Sulzberger. 

2.  Seder  och  bruk  de  i  Bibeln  ointalade  folken. 

3.  Kyrkoordningen.    (Del.  3-4.) 
Lasning : 

Wesleys  predikningar.     (2-dra  Bandet.) 
Metodistkyrkans  historia  :  Yerksamheten  i  Amerika. 
— J.  Porter. 

§  4.  Tbedje  abets  Studieklass 

1.  Lftran  om  fralsning  fran  metodistisk  stilndpunkt. — 
C.  A.  Stenholm. 

2.  Anvisning  till  BibelnskSnnedom. — P.  Welander. 

3.  Kyrkoordningen.    (Del.  7-9.) 

Lasning : 

Kyrkohistoria  :  Till  reformationen. — N.  Lovgren. 
Kristendomens  salighetssanningar. — Luthardt. 
547 


593      Courses  of  Study — Finnish 


§  5.  Fjarde  arets  Sttjdieexass 

1.  Studium  av  Pauli  brev  till  Romarne. — A.  Clarke. 

2.  Repetition  av  kyrkoordningen. 
Lasning : 

Kyrkohistoria  :  Nyare  tiden. — N.  Lovgren. 
Liirobok  i  varldshistorien. — G.  A.  Zachrisson. 


If  593  For  lokatdiakonexamen 

1.  Metodistkyrkans  katekes. 

2.  Anvisning  till  Bibelnskannedom. — P.  Welander. 

3.  Svensk  spr&kliira  i  sammandrag. — Sunde'n 

4.  Avhandling  om  forsoningen. 


1  594.  For  lokalaldstoexamen 

1.  Kyrkoordningen. 

2.  Metodistkyrkans  trosbekannelse. — A.  Sulzberger. 

3.  Biblisk  fornkunskap. — Skarstedt. 

4.  Kristlig  fullkomlighet. — J.  Fletcher. 

5.  Avhandling  om  helgelsen. 


FINNISH  COURSES 
If  595.    Swedish-speaking  preachers  are  permitted  to 
choose  corresponding  books  in  Swedish,  according  to  the 
direction  of  the  Board  of  Examination. 


If  596.  Traveling  Preachers 

§  1.  Admission  on  Trial 
Note. — Those  who  have  graduated  from  one  of  our  seminaries 
need  only  to  pass  an  examination  in  the  Discipline  and  Doctrines  of 
the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. 

1.  The  Doctrines  of  Methodist  Church. 

2.  Introduction  to  the  Bible. — Welander  or  Waaranen. 

548 


Courses  of  Study — Finnish     f  596. 


3.  Discipline  of  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  1912. 

4.  John  Wesley. — McDonald. 

5.  History  of  Finland. — Schyberkson  or  Forstrbm. 

6.  Stylistic. — Sjobcrg  and  Klingberg  or  Rapola 

7.  Elementary  English. — Afzelius  or  Braekke. 

8.  Written  Sermon  on  Call  to  Preach. 

§  2.  First  Year 

1.  Dogmatics.  (Introduction  and  Part  I.) — Sulz- 
berger. 

2.  Introduction  to  the  Holy  Scriptures. — Schlatter. 
(Old  Testament.) 

3.  Pastoral  Theology.— Kidder. 

4.  Church  History.  (The  Early  Church.) — Lund6n  or 
Gummerus. 

5.  General  History.     (Ancient  Times.) — Estlander. 

6.  The  Dissenter  Law  and  Related  Statutes. 

7.  Etymology  of  the  Mother  Tongue. — Sundin  or 
Jannes. 

8.  Etymology  of  the  English  Language. — Afzelius  or 
Braekke. 

9.  Written  Sermon  on  Conversion. 
To  be  Read  : 

L  Wesley's  Sermons.  (I.) 

2.  Bible  Studies.     (Ancient  Times.)—  Oodet 

3.  Church  History.  (The  Early  Church.) — Fabricius 
or  Nissen-Gummerus. 

4.  The  Pastor  at  Home  and  in  Church. — Spurgeon. 

§  3.  Second  Year 

1.  Dogmatics.    (Part  II.) — Sulzberger. 

2.  Introduction  to  the  Holy  Scriptures  (New  Test.)  — 
Schlatter. 

3.  Primer  in  Homiletics. — Edwards. 

4.  General  History.     (Mediaeval  Times.) — Estlander. 

5.  Church  History.  (Mediaeval  Times.) — Lundin  or 
Gummerus. 

549 


<[[  596     Courses  of  Study — Finnish 


G.  History  of  Methodism,  (a)  Methodism  in  England. 
(6)  Written  Essay  on  John  Wesley. — Hurst. 

7.  English.  Translations  from  the  Mother  Tongue. — 
Afzelius  or  Braekke. 

8.  The  Syntax  of  the  Mother  Tongue.— Sunten  or 
Setiila. 

9.  Written  Sermon  on  the  Witness  of  the  Spirit. 
To  be  Read  : 

1.  Wesley's  Sermons,  II. 

2.  Bible  Studies.     (New  Test.)—  Godet. 

3.  Church  History.  (Mediaeval  Times.) — Fabricius  or 
Nissen-Gummerus. 

4.  A  New  Life  of  Christ.  (Part  I.) — F.  W.  Farrar ; 
•or  Christian  Evidences. — Luthardt. 

§  4.  Third  Yeab 

1.  Dogmatics.    (Part  III.) — Sulzberger. 

2.  Exegetical  Studies  in  the  Synoptical  Gospels. — 
Godet. 

3.  General  History.  (Modern  Times  to  the  French 
Revolution. )  — Estlander. 

4.  Church  History.  (Modern  Church.) — Lundtn  or 
Gummerus. 

5.  History  of  Methodism,  (a)  Methodism  in  America. 
(6)  Written  Essay  on  Bishop  Asbury.- — Hurst. 

6.  Psychological  Principles  of  Education. — Boxstrom, 
or  some  other  corresponding  book  in  Swedish. 

7.  Ethics. — W.  Herrmans. 

8.  Philosophy. — Emct  Barr. 

9.  Written  Sermon  on  Christian  Perfection. 

To  be  Read : 

1.  Church  History.     (Modern  Church.) — Fabricius  or 

Nissen-Gummerus. 

2.  Pedagogy. — E.  Martig  or  Soininen. 

3.  The  Ethics  of  Jesus. — E.  Grim. 

4.  Christian  Perfection. — Fletcher 

550 


Courses  of  Study — Finnish      ^  597 


§  5.  Fourth  Yeab 

L  Exegetical  Studies  in  the  Epistles  of  Saint  Paul. — 
Godet. 

2.  Biblical  Archaeology. — Skarstcdt. 

3.  General  History.  (Modern  Times  from  the  French 
Revolution.) — Estlander. 

4.  History  of  Methodism.  (a)  Methodist  Missions; 
(6)  Written  Essay  on  the  Missions  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church. — Hurst. 

5.  History  of  Modern  Missions. — Henry  Ussing. 

6.  History  of  Philosophy. — Wagner  or  W.  Jerusalem. 

7.  Introduction  to  Science  of  Religion. — C.  P.  Tiele. 

8.  History  of  Literature  of  the  Mother  Tongue. — 
R.  Steffen  or  Godenhjelm. 

9.  Written  Sermon  on  any  Subject. 

To  be  Read  : 

1.  The  Gospel  of  Saint  John.— Godet. 

2.  General  History  of  Literature. 


If  597.  Local  Preachers 

§  1.  First  Year 
L  Biblical  History. — Sundvall. 

2.  Standard  Catechism. 

3.  History  of  Methodism.  (The  Work  in  England.)  — 
Porter. 

4.  Discipline,  1912.    (Parts  MIL) 

§  2.  Second  Year 
L  Bible  Introduction. — Vclander  or  Taaranen. 

2.  History  of  Methodism.  (The  Work  in  America.)  — 
Porter. 

3.  A  Short  Grammar. — Lagerblad  or  Setdld. 

4.  Discipline,  1912.    (Parts  IY-VI.) 

551 


f  598      Courses  of  Study — Kussian 


§  3.  Thied  Year 

1.  Theological  Compend. — Binney. 

2.  Wesley's  Sermons.    (Vol  I.) 

3.  Pastoral  Theology.- — Spurgcon.  (Vol.  I,  or  some 
other.) 

4.  Discipline,  1912.    (Parts  VII-IX.) 

5.  Church  History.  (Early  Church.) — Taaranen  or 
Lundin. 

§  4.  Fotjrtii  Year 

1.  Wesley's  Sermons.    (Vol.  II.) 

2.  Pastoral  Theology. — Spurgeon.  (Vol.  II,  or  some 
other.) 

3.  Church  History.  (Mediaeval  Church.) — Vaaranen 
or  Lund6n. 


If  598.  Local  Deacons 

The  entire  Course  for  Local  Preachers. 


f  599.  Local  Elders 

1.  Church  History.  (Modern  Church.) — Vaaranen  or 
Lund6n. 

2.  History  of  Finland. — Forstrbm. 

3.  General  History.— Palm. 

4.  Life  of  Christ. — Stalker. 

5.  Life  of  Paul— Stalker. 

Note.— This  course  is  to  be  read  in  four  years. 


RUSSIAN  COURSES 

1  600.  Traveling  Preachers 

§  1.  Admission  on  Trial 

1.  Russian  Grammar. — Bogdanoff. 

2.  History  of  Russia. — Platonoff. 

3.  Geography. — Kruber-Grigorieff. 

4.  Discipline,  1912.     (Parts  I-IV.) 
«  552 


Courses  of  Study — Russian*  600 


5.  Standard  Catechism. 

6.  Life  of  Wesley.— Telford. 

7.  Written  Sermon  on  the  Call  to  Preach. 

To  be  Read: 

1.  Sermons.    (Vol.  I.) — Wesley. 

2.  Life  of  Christ.— Farrar. 

3.  Handbook  for  Probationers. — Burt. 

§  2.  First  Year 

1.  System  of  Christian  Doctrine.  (Parts  I  and  II.)  — 
Schneider. 

2.  History  of  World.     (Ancient.) — Karjacff. 

3.  Bible  History.    (Part  I.) — Kurtz. 

4.  Russian  Rhetoric. — Abramoff. 

5.  Homiletics. — Burt. 

6.  Discipline,  1912.     (Parts  V-IX.) 

7.  Written  Sermon  on  the  Atonement. 

To  be  Read  : 

1.  Sermons.    (Vol.  II.)—  Wesley. 

2.  How  to  Speak  in  Public. — Spurgeon. 

3.  Science  and  the  Bible. — Better. 

§  3.  Second  Year 

1.  System  of  Christian  Doctrine.  (Parts  III  and  IV.) 
— Schneider. 

2.  History  of  World.    (Mediaeval.) — Karjacft. 

3.  Bible  History.    (Part  II.)— Kurtz. 

4.  History  of  Church. — Kurtz. 

5.  History  of  Russian  Literature.  (Part  I.)  — 
Xezclcnoff. 

6.  Logic. — Chclpanoff. 

7.  Written  Sermon  on  Justification  by  Faith. 
To  be  Read: 

1.  Wesley's  Journal. 

2.  The  Tongue  of  Fire.— Arthur. 

3.  Decisive  Hour  of  Christian  Missions. — Mott. 

553 


If  601      Courses  of  Study — Russian 


§  4.  Third  Yeab 

1.  System  of  Christian  Doctrine.  (Part  V.)  — 
Schneider. 

2.  History  of  World.     (Modern.)—  Earjacff. 

3.  History  of  Russian  Literature.  (Part  II.)  — 
Nezelenoff. 

4.  Psychology. — Neehajcff. 

5.  History  of  Methodism.    (Part  I.) — Bulgakoff. 

6.  Ethics. — Paulus. 

7.  English  or  German  Grammar. — Gaspcy-Sauer. 

8.  Written  Sermon  on  Regeneration  or  Sanctification. 
To  be  Read  : 

1.  Life  of  Francis  Asbury. — Mains. 

2.  One  Thousand  Questions  on  Methodism. — Wheeler. 

3.  Pilgrim's  Progress. — Bunyan. 

§  5.  Fourth  Year 

1.  System  of  Christian  Doctrine.  (Part  VI.)  — 
Schneider. 

2.  History  of  Methodism.    (Part  II.)— Bulgakoff. 

3.  History  of  Russian  Orthodox  Church. — Smirnoff. 

4.  History  of  Philosophy. — Paulsen. 

5.  Political  Economy. — Eschupoff. 

6.  Sociology.— Kovalevsky. 

7.  Grammar  of  Native  Tongue.  (If  candidate  is  other 
than  Russian.) 

8.  Written  Sermon  on  the  Sacraments. 
To  be  Read : 

1.  Apologetics. — Luthardt. 

2.  The  Russian  Sects. — Margaritoff. 

3.  Europe  and  Methodism. — Burt. 


t  601.  Local  Preachers 

§  1.  First  Year 

1.  Rible  History.     (Part  I.) — Kurtz. 

2.  Standard  Catechism. 

554 


Courses  of  Study — Italian  602 


3.  History  of  Methodism.     (Part  I.)—Bul<jakoff. 

4.  Discipline,  1912.    (Parts  I-IV.) 

§  2.  Second  Yeab 

1.  Bible  History.    (Part  II.)—  Kurtz. 

2.  Russian  Grammar. — Bogdanoff. 

3.  History  of  Methodism.    (Part  ll.)—Bulgakoff. 

4.  Discipline,  1912.    (Parts  V-IX.) 

§  3.  Third  Year 

1.  Theological  Compend. — Binney. 

2.  Sermons.    (Vol.  I.) — Wesley. 

3.  Homiletics. — Burt. 

4.  Life  of  Wesley.— Telford. 

§  4.  Fourth  Year 

1.  Church  History. — Kurtz. 

2.  History  of  World.     (Abridged.)—  Karjaeff. 

3.  Grammar  of  Native  Tongue.  (If  candidate  is  other 
than  Russian.) 

4.  Sermons.  (Vol.  II.) — Wesley. 


ITALIAN  COURSES 


1  602.  Predicated  Itinerant} 

N.  B. — 1.  La  cultura  generate  che  si  richiede  usualmente  ai 
candidati  corrisponde  a  quella  necessaria  per  ottenere  la  patente  di 
Maestro  Elementare  Superiore  o  l'ammissione  all'Universit&. 

2.  Per  l'intiero  corso  lo  studente  dovra  presentare  delle  dichiara- 
zioni  scritte  che  affermino  se  egli  abbia  letto  o  no  attentamente 
tutti  i  libri  assegnati  per  lettura.  e  presentera  un  riassunto  di 
qualche  capitolo  o  di  qualc'una  delle  questioni  contenute  in  ciascun 
libro  che  antecedentemente  gli  esaminatori  sceglieranno  ed  annuo- 
zieranno  a  mezzo  dei  verbali  della  Conferenza  od  altrimenti. 

§  1.  Ammissione  Sotto  Trova 

1.  Compendio  di  Storia  Ecclesiastica. — Hurst.  (Tra- 
duz.  Burt.) 

555 


f  602      Courses  of  Study — Italian 


2.  Teologia.Dommatica. — Bovon. 

3.  Disciplina  della  Chiesa  Metodista  Episcopale,  1912. 

4.  Vita  di  Giovanni  Wesley  (Lelievre)  e  Storia  del 
Metodismo. — Piggott. 

5.  II  contenuto  della  Bibbia.    (Studio  diretto.) 

6.  Catechismo  della  Chiesa  Metodista  Episcopale. 

7.  Omiletica. — Burt. 

8.  Relazione  scritta  della  propria  conversione  e  chia- 
mata  al  Ministerio. 


§  2.  Anno  Pbimo 

1.  Introduzione  all'Antico  Testamento.  (Libro  1°, 
Parte  la.) —  Gauthier. 

2.  Storia  Ecclesiastica.  (lo  Periodo :  dal  1°  al  4° 
secolo.)  Testo:  Histoire  du  Christianism,  par  Jules 
Guidraax.     ( Geneve- Jeheber,  Ed.) 

3.  Storia  civile. — Rinaudo.  (Impero  Romano  fino  a 
Costantino.) 

4.  La  Palestina  ai  tempi  di  Cristo. — Hapfer. 

5.  Omiletica. — Vinet. 

6.  Storia  delle  Religioni.    (Chautepic  de  la  Saussaye.) 

7.  Sermone  scritto. 


§  3.  Anno  Secondo 

1.  Introduzione  all'Antico  Testamento.  (Libro  1°, 
Parte  2a.) — Gauthier. 

2.  Storia  Ecclesiastica.  (2«  Periodo:  dal  Sec.  IV  all' 
VIII.) — Guidraux. 

3.  Storia  civile. — Rinaudo.    (Medio  Evo,  Vol.  III.) 

4.  Teologia  Pastorale. — Vinet. 

5.  Introduzione  al  Nuovo  Testamento. — Godet.  (Vol. 
II,  Evangeli  Sinottici.) 

6.  Sermone  scritto. 
Da  leggere : 

Esquisse  d'  une  philosophie  de  la  Religion. — Sabaticr. 

556 


Courses  of  Study — Italiax 


«f  603 


§  4.  Akxo  Tebzo 

1.  Introduzione  all'Antico  Testamento.  (Libro  2", 
Parte  1«. — Gauthier. 

2.  Storia  Ecclesiastica.  (3°  Periodo :  dal  Sec.  VIII 
al  XVI.) — Guidraur. 

3.  Storia  civile. — Rinaudo.     (Medio  Evo.  Vol.  IV.) 

4.  Introduzione  al  Nuovo  Testamepto.  (Dal  IV 
Evangelo  all'Apocalisse,  escluse  le  Epistole  Paoline.)  — 
Godet.    (2«  Vol.  Studt  Biblici.) 

5.  Sermone  scritto. 

§  5.  Anno  Quarto 

1.  Introduzione  all'Antico  Testamento.  (Libro  2°, 
Parte  2a.) — Gauthier. 

2.  Storia  Ecclesiastica.  (4°  Periodo :  dal  Sec.  XVI  al 
XX.)—  Guidraur. 

3.  Storia  civile. — Rinaudo.    (Tempi  moderni.  Vol.  V.) 

4.  Introduzione  al  Xuovo  Testamento.  (Epistole 
Paoline  e  Vita  di  Paolo.) — Godet. 

5.  Storia  dei  Dommi. — Harnack.  (Precis  d'Histoire 
des  Dogmes." — Fischbacher.) 

6.  Sermone  scritto. 
Da  leggere : 

Epitome  di  filosofia  italica. — CaporaK. 


1  603.  Programma  proposto  per  gli  Studi  dei 
Predicatori  Locali 

§  1.  Anno  Primo 

1.  Nuovo  Testamento :  nozioni  dirette  e  generali. 

2.  Storia  del  Metodismo. — Piggott. 

3.  Catechismo  della  Chiesa  Metodista  Episcopale. 

4.  Compendio  di  Teologia. — Binney  e  Steele. 

5.  Lingua  di  Fuoco. — Arthur. 

6.  Relazione  della  propria  conversione. 

557 


604      Courses  of  Study — Spanish 


§  2.  Anno  Secondo 

1.  Disciplina  della  Chiesa  Metodista  Episcopale. 
(Dalla  la  alia  Via  Parte.) 

2.  Storia  Moderna. — Bragagnolo. 

3.  Vita  di  Giovanni  Wesley. — Lelievre. 

4.  Storia  Ecclesiastica. — Hurst.     (Traduz.  Burt.) 

5.  Chiesa  Primitiva. — Backhotise  e  Taylor. 

6.  Antico  Testamento.    (Nozioni  dirette  e  generali.) 

7.  Sermone  scritto. 

§  3.  Anno  Terzo 

1.  Articoli  di  fede  e  Dottrine  della  Chiesa  Metodista 
Episcopale. — Polsinelli. 

2.  Disciplina  della  Chiesa  Metodista  Episcopale. 
(Dalla  VI  Parte  alia  fine.) 

3.  Storia  della  Riforma  in  Italia. — Comba. 

4.  I  testimoni  di  Cristo. — Backhouse  e  Taylor. 

5.  I  sermoni  di  Giovanni  Wesley. 

6.  Sermone  scritto. 

§  4.  Anno  Quarto 

1.  Le  verita  fondamentali  del  Cristianesimo. — 
Luthardt. 

2.  II  piccolo  compagno  della  Bibbia. — Jahier. 

3.  Omiletica. — Burt. 

4.  Del  Metodismo  Episcopale. — Ferreri. 

5.  Sermone  scritto. 


SPANISH  COURSES 


1  604.  Predicadores  Itineraries 

§  1.  Para  Admision  a  Prtjeba 

1.  Educacion  elemental : — Gramatica,  Aritmgtica,  Geog- 
raffa,  Historia  Patria,  e  Historia  de  las  Americas. — 
Estevanez. 

2.  Disciplina  de  la  Iglesia.  1912.    (Parte  I.) 

558 


Courses  of  Study — Spanish      *|[  604 


3.  Cateeismo  Primario  de  la  Iglesia  Metodista  Episco- 
pal y  de  la  Iglesia  Metodista  Episcopal  del  Sur. 

4.  Relaci6n  eserita  de  la  conversion  del  candidato  y 
de  su  vocaeion  al  ministerio.  • 

§  2.  Pkimer  Ano 

1.  Bfblia.  Del  Genesis  al  Segundo  Libro  de  los  Reyes, 
inclusivo. 

2.  Historia  de  la  Iglesia  Cristiana. — Hurst.  (Parte 
Primera.) 

3.  Disciplina  de  la  Iglesia,  1912.  (Partes  II,  III,  y 
IV.) 

4.  Psicologfa  Pedagogica. — Vsuna. 

5.  Como  obtener  la  Plenitud  del  Poder? — Torrey. 

6.  Vida  de  Cristo.— Stalker. 

7.  Evidencias  Cristianas. — Hair. 

8.  Sermon  Escrito. 

Libros  para  leer : 

1.  Sermones  de  Juan  Wesley.    (Tomo  1.) 

2.  Los  Evangelios  Explicados,  Mateo. — Ryle. 

3.  El  Hombre  de  Galilea. — Haygood. 

4.  El  Deber.— Smiles. 

§  3.  Segundo  Ano 

1.  Bfblia.    De  Esdras  &  Eclesiastes,  inclusivo. 

2.  Historia  de  la  Iglesia  Cristiana. — Hurst.  (Segunda 
Parte.) 

3.  Disciplina  de  la  Iglesia,  1912.  (Partes  V,  VI,  y 
VII.) 

4.  Logiea. — Mill. 

5.  Homiletica.    La  Predicacion. — Neely. 

6.  El  Arte  de  Ganar  Almas. — Mahood. 

7.  Vida  de  San  Pablo.— Stalker. 

8.  Sermon  Escrito. 
Libros  para  leer : 

1.  Sermones  de  Juan  Wesley.    (Tomo  II.) 

2.  Los  Evangelios  Esplicados,  Marcos. — Ryle. 

3.  El  Carficter. — Smiles. 

559 


|[  604:     Courses  of  Study — Spanish 


4.  Problemas  y  Metodos  para  la  Escuela  Dominical. — 
Roads. 

5.  La  Ley  Natural  en  el  Mundo  Espiritual. — Drum- 
mond.  . 

§  4.  Tercee  Ano 

1.  Bfblia.    Profetas  Mayores  y  Menores. 

2.  Historia  de  la  Iglesia. — Hurst.    (Tercera  Parte.) 

3.  Disciplina  de  la  Iglesia,  1912.    (Partes  VIII  y  IX.) 

4.  Manual  de  Doctrina  Cristiana. — Banks. 

5.  Juan  Wesley,  Su  Vida  y  Su  Obra. — Lelievre. 

6.  El  Domingo  El  Verdadero  Sabat. — Gamble. 

7.  El.  Arte  de  Hablar  y  Escribir,  en  20  Lecciones. — 
Toro  y  Gomez. 

8.  Sermon  Escrito. 
Libros  para  leer : 

1.  Los  Evangelios  Explicadoes. — Lucas.  Ryle. 

2.  La  Inteligencia. — Taine. 

3.  Vida  y  Trabajo.— Smiles. 

4.  El  Bautismo. — Discusion,  Baez-Cheavens. 

§  5.  Cuarto  Ano 

1.  Bfblia.  De  la  Epfstola  de  los  Romanos  al  fin  del 
N.  T. 

2.  Historia  de  la  Iglesia  Cristiana. — Hurst.  (Cuarta 
Parte.) 

3.  La  manera  de  conducir  los  hombres  a  Cristo. — 

Torrey. 

4.  La  Religion  y  las  Ciencias  Naturales. — Bettex. 

5.  La  Salvacion  Personal. — Tillett. 

6.  Historia  Universal. — Dccondray. 

7.  La  Palabra  en  Publico. — Traduccion  de  Jesus 
Urueta. 

8.  Sermon  Escrito. 
Libros  para  leer : 

1.  Los  Evangelios  Explicados.    S.  Juan. — Ryle. 

2.  Trabajo  habil  para  el  maestro. — Hendrix. 

3.  Historia  de  la  Pveformacion. — Fisher. 

4.  Christus  Auctor. — Candler. 

560 


Courses  of  Study — Spanish      r  605 


1  605.  Predicadores  Locales 

§  1.  Candidatos 

1.  La  Bfblia  y  sus  Doctrinas,  Conocimientos  Generales. 

2.  El  Catecismo  Priniario  de  la  Iglesia  Metodista 
Episcopal  y  la  Iglesia  Metodista  Episcopal  del  Sur. 

3.  El  Libro  de  la  Disciplina,  1912.  (Los  Artlculos 
de  fe  y  Reglamento  General.) 

§  2.  Primer  A>o 

1.  Compendio  de  Teologla.  (Parte  Primera.) — Bin- 
ney. 

2.  La  Predicacion.    Primeros  Once  Capftulos. — Xeely. 

3.  Juan  Wesley,  el  Gran  Reformador. — Neely. 

4.  Disciplina,  1912.    (Partes  II  y  III.) 
Libros  para  leer : 

1.  Sermones  de  Juan  Wesley.  (La  Mitad  del  Primer 
Tomo.) 

2.  El  Arte  de  Ganar  Almas. — Mahood. 

§  3.  Segundo  Ano 

1.  Compendio  de  Teologia.  (Parte  Segunda.) — Bin- 
ney. 

2.  La  Predicaci6n.  (Ultimos  Nueve  Capftulos.)  — 
Neely. 

3.  Sermon  Escrito. 

4.  La  Disciplina,  1912.    (Partes  IV,  V,  y  VI.) 
Libros  para  leer : 

1.  Sermones  de  Juan  Wesley.  (Segunda  Mitad  del 
Primer  Tomo.) 

2.  Ayfidate. — Smiles. 

§  4.  Tercer  Axo 

1.  Compendio  de  Teologfa.    (Parte  Tercera.) — Binney. 

2.  El  Libro  de  la  Disciplina  de  la  Iglesia  Metodista 
Episcopal,  1912.    (Partes  VII,  VIII,  y  IX.) 

3.  La  Salvacion  Personal. — Tillett. 

4.  Sermon  Escrito. 

561 


606      Courses  of  Study — French 


Libros  para  leer : 

1.  Sermones  de  Juan  Wesley.  (Primera  Mitad  del 
Segundo  Tomo.) 

2.  Noches  con  los  Romanistas. 

§  5.  CUAETO  ANO 

1.  Compendio  de  Teologfa.    (Parte  Cuarta.) — Binney. 

2.  Historia  de  la  Iglesia  Cristiana. — Hurst. 

3.  Historia  de  la  Reformation. — Fisher. 

4.  Sermon  Escrito. 
Libros  para  leer : 

1.  Sermones  de  Juan  Wesley.  (Segunda  Mitad  del 
Segundo  Tomo.) 

2.  Christus  Auctor. — Candler. 

3.  El  Hombre  de  Galilea. — Haygood. 


FRENCH  COURSE 


1  606.  Program  of  Studies  for  French  Preachers 

§  1.  Admission  sous  Epreuve 

1.  Cateehisme  (y  compris,  les  Doctrines  et  Principes 
de  l'figlise  Metodiste  Episcopale.) 

2.  Discipline  de  l'Eglise  Metodiste  Episcopale,  1912. 

3.  Histoire  Biblique. — Jehovah. — Westphal. 

4.  Histoire  de  l'figlise  Metodiste  Episcopale. — Ferreri, 
Traduction,  Lieitre.) 

5.  Doctrine,  Chretienne. — Court,  Exposg  de  la  Re- 
ligion Chretienne. 

6.  Sermon  ecrit. 
A  Lire : 

1.  Wesley's  Sermons.     (Vol.  I.) 

2.  Vie  de  Wesley. — LeHevre. 

3.  La   Perfection   Chr6tienne.— Wesley.  (Traduction 

Franchise. ) 

562 


Courses  of  Study — French      f  6UG 


4.  Discourses. — Finney. 

5.  La  Langue  de  Feu. — Arthur.  (Traduction  Fran- 
fiaise. ) 

6.  Les  Pioniers  Americans. — Lelievre. 

§  2.  Premiere  Annee 

1.  Introduction  Biblique :  Ancien  Testament. — Gau- 
tier.    (Vol.  L) 

2.  Homiletique.    Traits  d'Homiletique. — Burt. 

3.  Philosophic    Histore  de  la  Philosophie. — Weber. 

4.  Histoire.  Cours  Complet  d'Histoire. — Halet.  (Vol. 
I,  Antiquite.) 

5.  Literature  Franchise. — Doumic. 

6.  Theologie.  Dogmatique  Chr6tienne. — Martensen. 
(Traduction  Ducros,  le.  moitie.) 

A  Lire : 

1.  La  Vie  de  Jesus. — Pressense. 

2.  Homiletique. — Tinet. 

3.  La  Vie  de  Saint  Francois  d'Assise. — Paul  Sabatier. 

4.  Palestine. — Bovet. 

5.  Heure  decisive  des  Missions  modernes. — Mott. 
(Traduction  Franchise.) 

§  3.  Deuxieme  Annee 

1.  Introduction  Biblique :  Ancien  Testament. — Gau- 
tier.    (Vol.  II.) 

2.  Histoire.    Cours  Complet.— Malet.    (Vol.  II.) 

3.  Philosophie,  Cours  Elementaire. — Boirac.  (Pp.  1  a 
312.) 

4.  Histoire  de  l'Eglise. 

5.  Theologie  Dogmatique  Chr6tienne. — Martensen.  (2e. 
moitie.) 

A  Lire: 

1.  Histoire  des  Protestants  de  France. — Felice. 

2.  De  la  Revocation  :t  la  Revolution. — Lelievre. 

3.  Religion  de  l'Autorite  et  Religion  de  l'Esprit. — A. 
Sabatier. 

563 


607    Courses  of  Study — Bulgarian 


4.  Experience  Religieuse. — James.  (Traduction,  Abeu- 
zit.) 

5.  Pots  Casses. — Begbie.     (Traduction  Francaise.) 

§  4.  Troisieme  Ann£e 

1.  Histoire:  Cours  Complet.— Malet.    (Vol.  III.) 

2.  Introduction  Biblique :  Nouveau  Testament. — Far- 
gues. 

3.  Philosophie.— Boirac.    (Pp.  312  a  516.) 

4.  Theologie  Moral. — Bovon.     (Vol.  I.) 

5.  Exegese  Saint  Jean. — Godet.  (Dernier  edition 
revisee  par  Geo  Godet.) 

A  Lire : 

1.  Vers  l'figlise  libre. — Narfon. 

2.  Le  Christianisme  Social. — Fallot. 

3.  La  Philosophie  de  la  Croix. — Gindraux. 

4.  Histoire  de  la  Bible  en  France. — Lortsch. 

5.  La  Papaute. — Doellinger. 

§  5.  QlJATRIEME  ANNfiE 

1.  Histoire.    Cours  Complet. — Malet.    (Vol.  IV.) 

2.  Apologetique.  Mission  historique  de  Jgsus. — Mon- 
nier. 

3.  Theologie  Moral.— Bovon.    (Vol.  II.) 

4.  Exegese — Saint  Paul. — A.  Sabatier* 

5.  Philosophic  Philosophie  de  la  Religion. — Sabatier. 
A  Lire: 

1.  L'Oeuvre  du  Saint  Esprit. — Tophel. 

2.  Valeur  de  l'Experience  religieuse. — Bois. 

3.  Apologetique  du  Christianisme. — Berthoud. 

4.  Le  Christ  et  la  pensee  moderne. — Gindraux. 

5.  Theologie  Catholique. 


11  607.  BULGARIAN  COURSE 

§  1.  Reception  on  Trial 
1.  Discipline  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church.  (Ia 
Bulgarian.) 

564 


Courses  of  Study — Bulgarian    ^  607 


2.  Bible  History.  (New  Testament.) — Smith.  (Bul- 
garian translation.) 

3.  Life  of  Wesley. — Lelitvre.     (First  half  of  book.) 

4.  Ancient  History. — Karceff. 

5.  Bulgarian  History. — Bobcheff. 

6.  Bulgarian  Syntax. — Mirchcff. 

7.  Catechism  Number  2.     (Bulgarian  translation.) 

8.  A  short  written  statement  of  the  Christian  ex- 
perience of  the  candidate  and  his  call  to  preach  the  gos- 
pel. 

§  2.  First  Yeab 

1.  Apologetics. — Luthardt.  (Part  I  of  Bulgarian  trans- 
lation.) 

2.  Life  of  Wesley. — Lelievre.    (Last  half  of  book.) 

3.  History  of  the  Middle  Ages. — Kareeff. 

4.  Rhetoric. — B.  Angeloff.    (First  part.) 

5.  Binney's  Compend.    (In  Bulgarian.) 

6.  Evidences  of  Christianity.    (First  half.) 

7.  English  Language.  (Part  I,  translation.) — R. 
Thomson.    (First  part.) 

8.  A  written  sermon  on  the  Fall  of  Man  or  the  Atone- 
ment. 

To  be  Read : 

1.  Imago  Christi. 

2.  How  to  Bring  Souls  to  Christ. 

§  3.  Second  Yeab 

1.  Apologetics. — Luthardt.    (Part  II.) 

2.  Exegesis. — The  Gospel  of  Luke. — Riggs. 

3.  The  Evidences  of  Christianity.  (Second  half  of  the 
book.) 

4.  The  Life  of  Christ.— Stalker. 

5.  Modern  History. — Varccff. 

6.  Rhetoric. — B.  Angeloff.    (Part  II.) 

7.  English  Language. — R.  Thomson,  (Parts  II  and 
III ;  translation.) 

8.  A  written  sermon  on  Justification  by  Faith. 

565 


If  608 


Other  Courses 


To  be  Read : 

Natural  Theology. — A.  Tsanoff. 

§  4.  Third  Year 

1.  Psychology. — Plehanoff. 

2.  Christian  Baptism. — Merrill.  (Bulgarian  transla- 
tion.) 

3.  Ethics. — Janet.    (Bulgarian  translation.) 

4.  Contemporaneous  History. — Agaura. 

5.  Church  History. — Oiesler.    (First  half  of  the  book.) 

6.  Logic. — Plehanoff. 

7.  Bulgarian  Literature. — Mircheff. 

8.  English  Grammar,  Syntax.— Harvey.  (Transla- 
tion.) 

9.  Exegesis  :  The  Gospel  of  John. 

10.  A  written  sermon  on  Regeneration  or  Sanctification. 
To  be  Read : 

The  Life  of  Saint  Paul—  Stalker. 

§  5.  Fourth  Year 

1.  Logic. — Plehanoff.    (Last  half  of  book.) 

2.  Church  History. — Gieslcr.    (Last  half  of  book.)' 

3.  History  of  Civilization.    (In  English.) 

4.  Homiletics. — Kidder.     (In  English.) 

5.  Pastoral  Theology.— Kidder.     (In  English.) 

6.  Exegesis:  Paul's  Epistle  to  the  Romans. — Riggs. 

7.  Exegesis  :  The  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews. 

8.  English  Language :  Translation  from  English  into 
Bulgarian. 

To  be  Read : 

1.  Tongue  of  Fire. — Arthur,  2.  Soul  or  Brain. 
(Translated  from  the  Russian.)  3.  Is  the  Bible  the  Word 
of  God  "i—Holway. 

f  608.  OTHER  COURSES 

For  Courses  presented  in  Ojibway,  and  in  the  lan- 
guages of  Africa,  India,  Malaysia,  China,  Japan,  and 
566 


Courses  of  Study — Deaconesses  609 


Korea,  see  the  Tear  Books  of  Annual  Conferences  and 
Missions. 


FOR  DEACONESSES 
1  609.  Course  of  Study  for  Deaconesses 

§  1.  The  General  Deaconess  Board,  at  its  discretion, 
may  add  to  the  studies  for  examination  under  the  direc- 
tion of  Annual  Conference  Deaconess  Boards,  other 
topics  of  instruction,  particularly  such  as  relate  to 
methods  of  work. 

§  2.  Candidates  preparing  to  be  nurses  will  pursue 
the  regular  course  of  training  for  that  purpose  in  a  school 
connected  with  some  good  hospital,  preferably  one  under 
the  care  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  provided 
that  in  doing  so  studies  numbered  1,  2,  and  5  of  the 
first  year,  and  1,  2,  and  4  of  the  second  year  shall  not  be 
omitted. 

§  3.  All  candidates  must  pass  an  examination  in  the 
Elementary  English  Branches,  such  as  is  usually  re- 
quired to  secure  a  common  school  teacher's  certificate, 
or  admission  into  secondary  or  high  schools. 

§  4.  Throughout  the  course  the  candidate  shall  pre- 
sent a  written  statement  as  to  whether  she  has  or  has 
not  given  to  each  book  a  careful  reading,  and  shall  submit 
a  syllabus  of  some  chapter  or  subject  previously  an- 
nounced by  the  Annual  Conference  Deaconess  Board. 

§  5.  First  Tear 

1.  The  English  Bible.  (1)  Pentateuch  and  Historical 
Books  to  the  Captivity.    (2)  The  Gospels. 

2.  The  Worker  and  His  Bible. — Eiselcn  and  Barclay. 

3.  The  Life  of  Christ.— Stalker. 

4.  One  Thousand  Questions  on  Methodism. — Wheeler. 

5.  Standard  Catechism  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church. 

6.  Discipline  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  1912. 

567 


609  Courses  of  Study — Deaconesses 

To  be  Read : 

1.  Life  of  Wesley. — Winchester. 

2.  History  of  American  Methodism,  abridged. — 
Stevens. 

3.  Love  Enthroned. — Steele. 

4.  Deaconesses. — Wheeler. 

§  6.  Second  Yeab 

1.  The  English  Bible.  (1.)  Historical  Books  after 
the  Captivity,  and  the  Poetical  and  Prophetical  Books. 
(2)  The  Acts,  the  Epistles,  and  the  Book  of  Revelation. 

2.  Teacher  Training  Lessons. — Hurlbut. 

3.  Quiet  Talks  on  Service. — Gordon. 

4.  Life  of  Paul. — Stalker. 

5.  Manual  of  Christian  Doctrine. — Banks. 

6.  Social  Teaching  of  the  Bible. — Eeelle. 
To  be  Read : 

1.  Short  History  of  the  Christian  Church. — Hurst. 

2.  Tongue  of  Fire. — Arthur. 

3.  Western  Women  in  Eastern  Lands. — Montgomery. 

4.  The  Heart  of  Asbury's  Journal. — Tipple. 

5.  Text-Book  of  Nursing. — Weeks-Shaw. 


568 


INDEX 


569 


INDEX 


[Numbers  refer  to  paragraphs.] 


Abstinence.  32 
Addresses,  P.  0. 

Bishops,  511 

Book  Committee,  518 

Corresponding  Secretaries,  516 

Editors,  515 

General  Committee,  519 

General  Conference  Secretary,  513 

Missionary  Bishops,  512 

Publishing  Agents,  514 

Treasurers,  517 
Administrative  Boards 

Book  Committee,  370 

Book  Concern,  369 

Chartered  Fund,  480 

Church  Temperance  Society,  479 

City  Societies,  438 

Conference  Claimants,  469 

Deaconess  Board,  General,  224 

Education,  448 

Epworth  League,  474 

Foreign  Missions,  397 

Freedmen's  Aid,  442 

Home  Missions,  418 

Methodist  Brotherhood,  478 

Sunday  Schools,  459 

Trustees  M.  E.  Church,  359 

W.  F.  M.  S.,  416 

W.  H.  M.  S.,  437 
Admission 

Credentials,  79  §4 

Membership  in  Church,  48,  79 
558-9 

Ministrv,  158 

On  Trial,  79  §§4-5,  153-157 

Readmission,  79  §3 
Advices,  62 
Agents 

Appointments  of,  203 

Publishing.    See  Book  Concern 
American  Bible  Society,  203 
Amusements,  30,  68,  271 
Anniversaries.   See  Boards,  325 


lNncal  Conferences 
Absentees,  74,  548 
Administration,  73-78 
Anniversaries,  325 
Annuity  Distribution,  331 
Appeals.    See  Judicial  Proce- 
dure 

Appointments,  79  §35,  202,  203 
Benevolences,  83,  85 
Bishops,  41,  75,  77,  202  §1,  284 
Book  Concern,  84 
Boundaries,  485 
Business,  79 

Charges.    See  Judicial  Proce- 
dure 

Church  Location,  82,  429 
City  Societies,  441 
Commission  on  Finance,  544 
Conference   Claimants,   79  §31, 

§34,  424 
Conference  Stewards,  329 
Constituted,  36 
Continuous  Bodies,  552 
Conveyances,  342 
Court  of  Appeals,  297 
Deaconesses,  224 
Deacons,  79,  §§S-12,  81,  171-178 
Delegates,  38 
DeUnquent  Reports,  86  §4 
Deportment  at,  137 
Duties,  80 
Education,  452,  458 
Elders,  79  §§11-13,  81,  174-178 
Examination,  173,  175,  204 
Expulsion,  79  §§20-21 
Foreign  Missions,  79  §27,  411 
Freedmen,  447 

General  Conference  Districts,  73 

§2 

Home  Missions,  79  §26,  42S,  433 
Incorporation,  73,  79  §1 
India,  178 
Journal,  78 

Judicial  Conference,  286 
Law,  Decisions  of  in,  255 


571 


Index 


[Numbers  refer  to  paragraphs. 
Annual  Conferences  (cont'd)  Apportionment 
List  of,  485,  486 
Local  Preacher,  213 
Location,  79  §17,  161,  254 
Maladministration,  255 
Ministerial  Support,  85 
Necessitous    Distribution,  330, 
333 


Number,  73 
Ordination  in,  81 
Organization,  73 
Parsonages,  355 
Pastors,  180  §1 
Periodicals,  84,  382 
Place,  76 
Powers,  80 
President,  77 
Property,  346 


From  Other  Churches,  79  §4, 1 62 
On  Trial,  79  §§4-5,  153 

Readmission,  79  §3 

Recognition,  79  §2,  162,  163 

Record,  78 

Restoration  of  Credentials,  293 
,    Retired  Preacher,  79  §24,  183 
Sale  of  Churches,  354 
Secretary,  78 

Sessions,  41,  75,  76,  79  §36 
Statistician,  79  §28,  86,  89,  180 
Supernumerary    Preachers,  79, 

§23,  183 
Temperance,  69 

Termination  of  Membership,  166- 

170 
Time,  75,  76 

Transfers,  79,  §§2  and  15 

Treasurer^ 79  §29,  86,  90,  180 

Triers  of  Appeals,  79,  §25,  297 

Withdrawal,  79,  §§19-20,  169 

W.  F.  M.  S.,  416 

W.  H.  M.  S.,  437 
Annuity  Distribution,' 321 
Anti-Saloon  League,  560 
Apostles'  Creed,  71 

Appeals.    See  Judicial  Proce- 
dure 
Appendix,  511 
Appointment 

By  Bishops,  181,  202,  203 

Changed,  182,  202 

District  Superintendent,  203 

Negotiations,  554 

Refusal  of,  248  , 

Special,  203 

Without,  205 


Bishops,  319 

Commission  on  Finance,  544 
Conference  Claimants,  326 
District  Superintendent,  318 
General    Conference  Expenses, 

374,  541 
Pastors,  274,  310 
Arbitration,  274 
Army  and  Navy,  203  §3 
Articles  of  Religion,  11 
Asbury,  Bishop  (page  17) 
Attendance  on  Services,  32,  129 
Auditing  and  Bonding,  106  §37, 
107,  367 


Baptism 
Adult,  499 

Article  of  Religion,  17 

Baptized  Children,  49-54 

Charge  for,  not  Allowed,  498 

Choiee  of  Mode,  16,  17,  498 

Deacon,  172 

Elder,  175 

Infant,  17,  498 

Local  Preacher,  156 

Pastor,  49-54 

Register,  51 

Retired  Minister,  184 

Ritual,  498,  499 

Supernumerary  Minister,  183 

Unordained  Supply,  156 
Benevolences,  83,  85 

See  Boards  and  Societies 
Bequests,  324,  533 
Bible,  5,  6,  32,  128 
Bishops.     See   also  Missionary 
Bishops 

Addresses,  P.  O.,  511 

Amenability,  201 

Annual  Conferences,  41,  75,  77, 
202,  209 

Appeal  of,  282 

Appointments,  202-203 

Benevolences,  85 

Book  Committee,  319 

Ceasing  to  Travel,  208 

Central  Mission  Conference,  93 

City  Societies,  203  §3 

Commission  on  Finance,  544 

Conference  Claimants,  85 

Consecration,  202  §9,  505 

Consolidating  Churches,  553 

Constituted,  199 

Continuous  and  Contiguous  Su- 
pervision, 542 


[Numbers  refer 

Bishops  (continued) 

Courses  of  Study,  204,  570-609 
Deaconesses,  223,  224 
District  Conferences.  202  $8 
District  Superintendent,  185,  203 
Districts,  202  52 
Duties,  202-203 
Editors,  203  S3 
Education,  455 
Election,  42 
Episcopal  Fund,  321 
Foreign  Missions,  400,  410 
Freedmen's  Aid,  445 
General  Committee,  400,  419.  445 
General  Conference,  42,  46 
Heresy  Charges,  205,  235 
Home  Missions,  419,  425,  431 
India,  178 

Investigation  of,  232 
Judiciary  Committee,  282 
Judicial  Conference,  286 
Law,  Decisions  of,  202  510,  304 
513 

Mission  Conferences,  94 
Names,  511 

Official  Relations  fixed  by,  202 
Ordinations,  202  59,  506,  507 
Pastors,  202 
Powers,  204 

President  of  Conference 
Annual,  75 
Central  Mission,  93 
District,  202  58 
General,  42 
Mission,  410 
Mission  Conference.  94 

Pro  Rata  Support.  321 

Residential  Supervision,  543 

Retired.  210,  212 

Salary.  372 

Support,  319,  321 

Temperance,  203  H 

Theological  Schools,  206 

Transfers,  548  51 

Travel  at  Large,  202 

Trial,  232-237 

Uniting  Charges,  207,  553 

Vacancy,  200 
Boards,  Societies,  and  Institu- 
tions.    See  Administrative 
Boards 
Bonding,  107,  367 
Book  Committee.    See  Book  Con- 
cern 

Book  Concern,  The  Methodist 
Accounts,  380 
Advocates,  387-392 

573 


to  paragraphs  ] 
Book  Concern  (continued) 
Annual  Conference,  84 
Annual  Meeting,  371 
Appointment  of  Agents,  202 
Bishops,  319 

Book  Committee.  370,  518 
Book  Editor,  373 
Boston,  384 

California    Christian  Advocate, 

387,  515 

Central  Christian  Advocate,  387, 
515 

Chicago,  378,  384 
Christian  Advocate, The,  386,  .515 
Christliche  Apologete,  386,  515 
Cincinnati,  369,  375,  378 
Depositories,  384,  514 
Detroit,  384 

District  Superintendents,  382 
Dividends,  46  §6,  383 
Duties,  371 
Editors,  385-393,  515 
Election,  370,  378 
Episcopal  Fund,  320-322 
Epworth  Herald,  386,  515 
General  Agent,  378  52.  514 
General  Conference  Commissions, 

General    Conference  Expenses, 
374 

Haus  und  Herd,  386,  390,  515 
Incorporation,  369 
Investigation,  377  {2 
Kansas  City,  384 
Local  Committee,  370,  375-377 
Members,  370 

Methodist  Advocate-Journal, 

Methodist  Review,  386,  515 
Names,  514,  518 
New  York,  369,  375.  378 
Northwestern    Christian  Advo- 
cate. 387,  515 
Object,  369 

Pacific  Christian  Advocate,  387, 

515 
Pastors,  382 
Periodicals,  84,  372 
Pittsburgh,  384 

Pittsburgh  Christian  Advocate, 

388,  392,  515 
Profits,  392 
Property,  376 

Publishing  Agents,  203  53,  378- 

383,  514 
Real  Estate,  376 
Record,  372 


Index 


INumbers  refer 
iBook  Concern  (continued) 
Reports,  381 

Retired  Preachers,  319,  383 
Salaries,  372 
Sale  of  Property,  376 
San  Francisco,  384 
Southwestern    Christian  Advo- 
cate, 386,  515 
Statistics,  87-88 

Sunday  School  Literature,  Editor, 

386,  515 
Tracts,  394 
Vacancies,  370,  377 

Western  Christian  Advocate,  387, 
515 
Boundaries 

Annual  Conferences,  485-486 

Central     Mission  Conferences, 
93  §6,  482,  492 

Committee,  482 

Determining,  482 

Enabling  Acts,  494-497 

Joint  Commission,  483 

Mission   Conferences  and  Mis- 
sions, 487-488 

Petition  of  Delegates,  484 
Brotherhood,  Methodist,  95,  99, 
100,  102,   106,  179  §13,  478, 
528 

Bulgarian  Studies,  607 
Burial  of  Dead,  504 
Business 

Arbitration,  274 

Failure,  250,  266,  274 

C 

California  Christian  Advocate, 

387,  515 

Call  to  Preach,  111 
Catechism,  179  §11 
Central    Christian  Advocate, 
387,  515 

Central    Mission  Conference, 

93,  492 
Certificates 

Church  Membership,  55 

Examination,  568 

General  Conference,  40 

Location,  161 

Recognition,  163 

Registration,  51 

Restoration  of  Credentials,  293 
Challenge.    See  Judicial  Proce- 

Chap'laIns,  173  §4,  1767§4,  203 
Charges.     See  Judicial  Proce- 
dure 


to  paragraphs.] 
Charges,  Forms  for,  566 

See  also  Pastoral  Charges 
Charters,  186  §8 
Chartered  Fund,  480 
Chicago.     See   Book  Concern, 
Epworth  League,  Epworth 
Herald,  Northwestern 
Christian  Advocate,  Sunday 
Schools,  Conference  Claim- 
ants 
Children 

Baptism,  49,  498 
Classes,  49,  52 
Receiving,  54 
Registration  of,  51 
Children's  Day  Fund,  451 
Christian  Advocate,  386,  515 
Christliche  Apologete,  3S6,  515 
Church  Extension.     See  Home 

Missions,  436 
Church  Location  Board,  82,  429 
Church  Members.    See  Members 

of  the  Church 
Church  Property.   See  Trustees 
Church  Records.    See  Records 
Church  Temperance  Society,  479 
Cincinnati.    See  Book  Concern, 
Christliche  Apologete, 
Freedmen's     Aid  Society, 
Haus  und  Herd,  Trustees 
of  the  M.  E.  Church,  West- 
ern Christian  Advocate 
City  Societies 

Annual  Conferences,  441  §3 
Bishops,  203  §3 
Classes  of  Cities,  438,  444 
Council,  439 

Department  of  Cities,  427 
District    Superintendents,  438, 
441 

First  Class,  439 

Home  Mission  Board,  439 

Managers,  438 

Officers,  203  §3 

Pastors,  441 

Second  Class,  440 

Work  of,  438 

District  Conferences,  95,  100 

Finances,  179  §19 

Leaders,  28,  59,  60,  63,  102,  106 

Meetings,  60 

Origin,  28 

Studies  for  Leaders,  63  §2,  575 
Coke,  Dr.  (pages  16,  17) 
Collections.   See  Boards  and  So- 
cieties, severally 


Index 


Colored  Churches,  534 
Commissioner,  256 
Commissions,  534 
Committees.      See   Boards  and 

Conferences 
Commission  on  Finance,  544 
Communion.   See  Lord's  Supper 
Complaints.   See  Judicial  Proce- 

'Charges," 


AND 


"Complaints" 

Conferences.  See  Annual,  Cen- 
tral, District,  Lay  Elec- 
toral, General,  Judicial 
Mission,  Quarterly 

Conference  Anniversaries,  325 
See  also  Boards 

Conference  Cl, 
Anniversary,  325 


[Numbers  refer  to  paragraphs.] 

Conference  Claimants  (cont'd) 
Preachers'  Aid  Societies,  324 
Pro  Rata  Claim,  313 
Quarterly  Conference,  328 
Relief,  326,  330,  472 
Retired  Ministers,  323,  331 
Stewards,  313 
Support,  323 
Treasurer,  473,  517 
Veterans'  Sunday,  325 
Widow's  Claim,  323,  331  §3 
Conference  Stewards,  316 
Connectional  Permanent  Fund, 
324 

Connectional  Relief,  330,  472 
Consecration 

Bishops,  202  §9,  505 
Deaconesses,  508 
Consolidation  of  Churches,  553 


Annual  Conference  Investments,  Constitution,  1—17 


324 

Annuity  Distribution,  321 
Apportionments,  326 
Bishops,  330 

Board  of  Conference  Claimants, 

324,  327,  469,  526 
Book  Concern,  S26,  332 
Chartered  Fund,  326,  332 
Child's  Claim,  331  §4 

Collections,  330 
Conference  Stewards,  329 
Connectional  Permanent  Fund, 
324 

Connectional  Relief  Fund,  326, 
330,  472 


Secretary, 


-334 


Corresponding 

516,  526 
Debts,  331  §5 
Definition,  323 
Distribution,  3'. 
District  Stewards,  318 
District  Superintendent,  330 
Estimate,  328 
Former  Members,  329  §5 
Funds,  324,  330 
General  Conference,  469 
Inherent  Claim,  323 
Joint  Session,  325 
Lay  Conference,  325 
Missionaries,  407 
Necessitous    Distribution,  I 

Office,  326,  469 
Pastors,  179  §23,  325,  330 
Percentages,  Conference,  326 
Permanent  Fund,  324,  327 


470, 


Constructions    of    Law.  See 

Judicial  Procedure 
Conveyances.    See  Trustees 
Corner  Stone,  509 
Coordinate  Authority,  193 
Bishops,  193,  194 
Corresponding   Secretaries,  403, 
424  54,  444  §1 
Corresponding  Secretaries.  See 
Boards  and  Societies 
Appointment,  203  §3 
Commission  on  Finance,  544 
List,  516 
Counsel,  301 
Courses  of  Study 
Asiatic,  608 
Bishops,  204,  570 
Bulgarian,  607 
Class  Leaders,  575 
Danish,  584 
Deaconesses,  609 
English,  570 
Examination 

Annual  Conferences,  158 
Certificates  Accepted,  568 
Deaconesses,  609 
District  Conferences,  100  §2 
Local  Preachers,  214 
Methods,  569 
Precedes  Election,  549 
Quarterly  Conferences,  214 
Theological  Schools,  568 
Finnish,  595 
French,  606 
German,  575 
Italian,  602 
Local  Preachers,  571 


Index 


[Numbers  refer  to  paragraphs  ] 


Bul 
Bur 
Bos: 
Ai 
F£ 


Cali 
Cati 

Cen' 

Cen- 
93 

Cert 
Ch 
Ex 
Ge 
Lo 
Re 
Re 


Courses  of  Study  {continued) 
Norway,  580 
Norwegian  and  Danish,  577 
Ojibway,  608 
Spanish,  604 
Sweden,  591 

Swedish  in  America,  587 
Court  of  Appeals.    See  Judicial 

Procedure 
Credentials 

Admitted  on,  79  §4 

General  Conference,  40 

Other  Churches,  162 

Restoration,  292 

Surrender,  292 

Taken  Away,  293 

Withdrawal,  169 
Creed 

Apostles',  71 

Articles  of  Religion,  1 
Custodians  of  Deeds,  106  §39 


Debt,  154 
Dancing,  68,  271 

Day  of  Prayer  for  Colleges,  559 
Deacons 

Annual  Conferences,  79  §8  §12,  81 
Constituted,  171 
Date,  177 
Eligibility 

Chaplains,  173  §4 

Local,  173  §1 

Missionary  Rule,  173  §4 

On  Trial,  173  §3 

Seminary  Rule,  173  §2 
Examination,  173,  573 
India,  178 

Ordination  Ritual,  507 
Deaconesses 

Annual  Conferences,  224 
Bishops,  223,  224 
Charter,  Deeds,  etc.,  230 
Conference  Deaconess  Board,  227 
Consecration  Ritual,  508 
Duties,  222 

Foreign  Fields,  226,  231 
Definition,  222 
Funds,  229 
Garb,  225,  228 

General  Deaconess  Board,  224 

German,  225  §7 

Institutions,  230 

License  of,  228 

Limited  Service,  228  §12 

Local  Board,  227 

Missionary  Bishops,  226 


Quarterly  Conferences,  ] 

228  §§12-13 
Regulations,  228 
Reports,  225,  227 
Retired,  228  §7,  229 
Secretaries,  225  §6 
Studies,  609 
Support,  225  §3 
Training  Schools,  230 
Transfer,  227,  228  §§10- 
W.  F.  M.  S.,  230 
W.  H.  M.  S.,  230 

Decisions  of  the  Geneb 
ference,  545 

Dedication,  510 

Decency  and  Cleanlin: 
§22 

Deeds.    See  Trustees 
Delegates 

General  Conference 
Challenge,  43 
Credentials,  40 
Expenses,  374,  536 
Lay,  39 
Ministerial,  38 
Number,  38,  39 
•  Qualifications,  38 

Reserves,  38,  39 
To  Lay  Conferences,  91 
Denominational  Fundi 
Chartered  Fund, 
tional  Permanent  F 
Deposed  Ministers.  S< 

cial  Procedure 
Depositories.  See  Book  ( 
Discipline,  Book  of 
Appendix,  511-609 
Authorization  (page  2) 
Constitution,  1-47 
Contents  (pages  7-14) 
Editors  (page  2) 
Legislation,  48^*97 
Ritual,  498-510 
Discontinuance 

Central  Mission  Confei 
§7 

District  Conference,  101 
Pastoral  Charge,  182 
Preaching  Appointment, 

Dissension.     See  Judici 
cedure 

Districts 

Annual  Conference,  202 
General  Conference,  73 


576 


INDEX 


[Numbers  refer 
District  Conferences 
Benevolences,  99  §3 
Bishops,  97,  202  §8 
Business,  100 
Class  Leaders,  100  §3 
Committees,  100 
Constituted,  95 
Discontinued,  101 
District  Superintendents,  186  §4 
Duties,  95 

Epworth  Leagues,  95,  99,  100 
Examinations,  100 
Extorters,  99 
Ladies'  Aid,  95,  99,  100 
Local  Preachers.  100,  262,  295 
Methodist  Brotherhood,  95,  99, 
100 

Organization,  95 
Pastors,  95 

Preacher  on  Trial,  154 

President,  186  54 

Recommendations,  154 

Secretary,  98 

Select  Number,  263 

Sunday  Schools,  95,  99,  100 
District  Stewards,  95,  100,  305, 

317,  318 
District  Superintendents 

Annual  Conference,  76 

Appointment,  185,  203  §2 

Benevolences,  85 

Bishop,  186  §18 

Book  Concern,  382 

Change  Appointments,  186  §3 

Children.  186  §14 

Church  Location,  82,  429 

Conference  Claimants.  85,  330  §2 

Course  of  Study,  186  §20 

Court  of  Appeals,  297 

District  Conferences,  186  §4 

District  Stewards,  95,  100,  305, 
317-318 

Duties,  186 

Discontinuance  of  Preaching,  182 

Education,  186  §10,  455 

Episcopal  Fund,  1S6  §11 

Epworth  League,  186  §10 

Evangelists,  181 

Exhorters,  186  §2 

Foreign  Missions,  186  §1C,  410, 
412,  414 

Freedmen's  Aid.  186  §10 

General  Committee.  186  §19 

General  Conference,  186  §12 

Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension, 186  §10,  434 

Insurance,  186  §9 

577 


§10, 


:o  paragraphs.] 

Dist.  Superintendents  (cont'd) 
Interference  with  Work,  244 
Investigation,  243  §§1,  2 
Ladies'  Aid,  186  §10.  368 
Law  Decisions,  186  §17 
Licenses,  186  §6 
Local  Preachers,  186  §2 
Methodist  Brotherhood,  186 
478  §8 

Mission  Conferences,  94  §3 
Parsonages,  358 
Pastors,  180  §3,  187 
Preacher  on  Trial,  186  §21 
Pro  Rating,  85,  186  §15 
Property,  1S6  §8,  346 
Quarterly  Conferences,  186  §5 
Quarterly  Meetings,  179  §8 
Sale  of  Church  Property,  351 
Schools  and  Colleges.  186  §13 
Sunday  Schools,  186  §10 
Superintendent  of  Mission,  94 
Supplies,  187 
Support,  85 
Temperance,  186  §14 
Theological  Schools,  186  §20 
Tracts,  395 

Trial.   See  Judicial  Procedure, 
232-304 
Dividends 

Book  Concern.  46,  332,  383 
Chartered  Fund,  332,  480 
Connectional  Relief,  333.  473 
Divorce,  67 
Doctrines,  11 
Dress 

Advice,  65 

Deaconesses,  225,  228 


Editors,  515.   See  also  Book  Con- 
cern 

Editors  of  the  Discipline  (page 
2) 

Education 

Annual  Conference,  452,  458 
Appointments,  203 
Bishops,  448,  453 
Board,  448 
Children's  Day,  451 
Classification  of  Schools,  453 
Corresponding  Secretary,  448 
District  Superintendent,  1S6  §13, 

§20.  453,  455 
Functions  of  Board,  450 
Incorporation,  448 
Institutions,  450,  453 


[Numbers  refer 
Education  (continued) 

Pastors,  179  §23,  453,  450,  457 

President,  203  §§3-4 

Professors,  203  §§3-4 

Quarterly  Conferences,  105,  10G 

Reports,  453  §6,  454 

Theological  Schools,  453 

University  Senate,  454 

Vacancies,  449,  454 
Elders 

Annual  Conference,  79  §11  §13, 
81 

Constituted,  174 
Eligibility 

Chaplains,  176  §4 

Local,  176  §1 

Missionary  Rule,  176  §4 

On  Trial,  176  §2 

Seminary  Rule,  176  §3 
Examination,  571 
India,  178 

Ordination,  174,  506 

Powers,  175 

Ritual,  506 
Elections 

Annual  Conference,  38 

Lay  Electoral  Conference,  39 

Election  Board,  91 

Orders,  549 
Enabling  Acts,  493^97 
Endowment  Funds,  324 
Episcopal  Address  (page  3) 
Episcopacy.    See  Bishops 
Episcopal  Fund,  180  §11,  190,  320- 
322 

Episcopal  Supervision 

Contiguous  and  Continuous,  542 
Residential  Groups,  543 

Epworth  Herald,  386,  515 

Epworth  League 

Board  of  Control,  474  §4 
Collection  for  Expenses,  474  §8 
Colored  Assistant  Secretary,  474 

§4  §8 
Constitution,  474 
District  Conferences,  95,  99,  100 
District  Superintendents,  476 
General  Secretary,  474  §4  §8 
German  Assistant  Secretary,  474 

Officers,  474  §5,  527 
Pastors,  179  §12,  477 
President,  475 

Quarterly  Conference,  102,  105, 
106 

Salaries,  474  §8 
Estimating  Committee,  310,  314 

678 


to  paragraphs.] 
Evangelists 

Appointment,  203  §4 
Employment,  181 
Evidence.    See  Judicial  Proce- 
dure 

Examination.    See   Courses  of 

Study 
Exhorters 

Amenability,  221 
Constituted,  220 
District  Conference,  95,  99,  100 
District  Superintendents,  186  §2 
Duties,  221 
License,  220 

Quarterly  Conference,  102,  179  §7 
Report,  221 
Expulsion.    See  Judicial  Proce- 
dure 


Family  Prayer,  32 
Fasting  or  Abstinence,  32,  128 
Federation 

Colored  M.  E.  Churches,  534 
Federal  Council,  563 
M.  E.  Church,  South,  562 
Methodist  Protestant,  562 
Field  Secretaries,  424  §6 
Finance,  Commission  on,  544 
Financial  Plan,  312 
Finnish  Courses,  595 
Foreign  Missions,  Board 
Administration,  410 
Annual  Conference,  79  §27,  411 
Apportionment,  406 
Appropriations,  406 
Bishops,  400,  408,  410 
Charter,  397 
Constitution,  398 
Corresponding   Secretaries,  400, 
403 

District  Boards,  412 
District  Secretaries,  412 
District  Societies,  413 
District    Superintendents,  410, 
414 

Epworth  League,  415 
General  Committee,  400,  401 
General  Conference,  400,  401 
Honorary  Members,  399 
Incorporation,  397 
Life  Members,  399 
Managers,  399,  402 
Mission,  410 

Mission  Study  Classes,  415  §6 
Missionary  Bishops,  196,  400 
Missionary  Prayer  Meeting,  415 


Index 


[Numbers  refer  to  paragraphs  ] 
Foreign-  Missions,  Board  (cont'd)  General  Committee  (continued) 


Object, 
Officers,  404 

Pastors,  179  |23,  412,  415,  417 
Patrons,  399 
President,  405 

Quarterly  Conferences,  105,  100, 

414 
Quorum,  402 
Recording  Secretary,  400 
Retired  Missionaries,  407 
Special  Gifts,  406 
Study  Classes,  415 
Sunday  Schools,  415 
Superintendent  of  Mission,  410 
Suspension  of  Officers,  402  §2 
Tracts,  402 
Treasurer,  400.  517 
Vacancies,  402,  404 
W.  F.  M.  S.,  416 
Forms 

Certificate  of  Membership,  55 
Charges,  566 

Constitution,  Sunday  Schools,  565 
Recognition  of  Orders,  163,  164 
Freedmen's  Aid 

Annual  Conference,  447 
Bishops,  445 

Corresponding  Secretaries,  444, 
445 

District  Superintendents,  446 
General  Committee,  445 
Lincoln's  Birthday,  442 
Managers,  443,  445 
Object,  442 
Officers,  444 

Pastors,  179  §23,  446,  447 
Quarterly  Conferences,  105,  106, 
446 

Treasurer,  444,  517 

Vacancies,  445 
French  Course,  606 
Funds 

Chartered,  480 

Children's,  457 

Conference  Claimants,  324 

Local  Church,  346 

Sustentation,  315 

Trustees,  359-366 


General  Committee 

District  Superintendent,  186  §19 
Foreign  Missions,  400,  401 
Freedmen's  Aid.  445 
Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension, 419-J21 

579 


Missionary  Bishop,  196 
Names,  519 
Vacancies,  400  §4,  423,  445  §2 
General  Conference 
Amendments,  47 
Arrangements,  535 
Articles  of  Religion,  46 
Assignment       to  Committees, 

537.  40 
Bishops,  42 
Book  Committee,  370 
Book  Concern,  46 
Business,  46 

Call  of  Conferences  and  Com- 
mittees, 537.  7 
Challenge,  43 
Chartered  Fund,  480 
Collections,  374 
Commission  on  Finance.  544 
Commissions,  534 
Committees,  537.  36-52 
Conference  Claimants,  40 
Credentials,  40 
Decisions,  545 
Delegates,  37-39,  537 
Districts,  73,  538 
Duties  of  Members,  537.  9-12 
Editors,  515 
Election,  3S-39,  42 
Eligibility,  38,  39 
Entertainment,  535 
Episcopacy,  46 

Expenses,  179  §26,  1S6  §12,  374 
Extra  Session,  41 
Foreign  Missions,  400 
General    Committee,   400,  419, 
445 

Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension, 419 

Journals  of  Annual  Conferences, 
78,  539,  540 

Lay  Delegates,  39 

Lay  Electoral  Conference,  39 

Location,  535 

Managers  of  Boards,  518-532 
Members,  37 
.Memorials,  537.  31-35 
"Ministerial  Delegates,  38 
Minority  Reports,  537.  52 
Missionary  Bishops,  241,  242 
Officers,  42,  43 
Organization,  43.  537.  1 
Order  of  Business,  537.  7 
Powers,  46 

Precedence  of  Motions,  537.  17 
President,  42,  537.  3-6 


Index 


[Numbers  refer 
General  Conference  (continued) 
Previous  Question,  537.  16  and  19 
Qualifications,  38,  39 
Quorum,  44,  537.  43 
Ratio  of  Hi  •presentation,  38 
Reserve  Delegates,  38,  39 
Restrictive  Rules,  46 
Roll,  43 

Rules  of  Order,  537 

Secretary,  43,  537.  1 

Sessions,  41,  537.  2 

Standing  Committees,  537.  36-40 

Time,  41 

Traveling  Expenses,  536 
Treasurer  of  Commission,  541 
Trial,  Right  of,  46 
Trustees  M.  E.  Church,  360,  363, 

Undebatable  Motions,  537.  16 
Voting,  45,  537.  25-30 
General  Conference  Districts, 

73,  370,  538 
General  Rules,  26,  46  §4,  106  §31, 

159,  179  §4 
General  Superintendents.  See 

Bishops 
German 

Deaconesses,"225  §7 
Epworth  League,  474  §4 
Papers,  386,  390,  515 
Studies,  575 
Government,  23 


Hatjs  und  Herd,  386,  390,  515 
Heresy 

Bishop,  206,  235 

Church  Member,  206,  273 

Layman,  247 

Local  Preacher,  265 

Missionary  Bishop,  240 

Minister,  206,  245 

Theological  School,  246 
Holiness,  113,  129,  133,  144-149, 
159 

Holy  Communion.     See  Lord's 
Supper 

Holy  Scriptures.    See  Bible. 
Holy  Spirit.H 
Home  Department,  179  §15 
Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension 

Anniversaries,  433 

Annual  Conferences,  79  §26,  428, 

Appropriations,  420,  422,  426 
Bishops,  419,  425,  431 


paragraphs.] 

3me  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension (continued) 
Board,  424 

Church  Extension,  436 

Cities,  Department  of,  427,  438 

Collection,  435 

Conference  Board,  428 

Constitution,  418 

Contingent  Fund,  420,  422 

Corresponding   Secretaries,  419, 

424,  428 
District  Board,  429 
District    Superintendents,  429, 

431,  434 
Duties,  418 
Emergency  Fund,  420 
Field  Secretaries,  424  §6 
Foreign-Speaking  Peoples,  420 
General  Committee,  419 
General  Conference,  419,  424 
Italian  Missions,  430,  432 
Managers,  424 
Meetings,  426 
Members,  424 
Mission  Conferences,  430 
Missions,  430,  431 
Object,  418 
Officers,  424 
Pastors,  179  §23,  435 
Praver  Meetings,  435 
Quarterly  Conference,  105,  106, 

434 
Quorum,  426 
Recording  Secretary,  419 
Reports,  426  §7,  429 
Self-support,  433 
Sunday  Schools,  435 
Treasurer,  419 
Trial,  431 

Vacancies,  423,  424 

W.  H.  M.  S.,  437 
Hospitals,  105  §11,  561 
Hymnal,  71,  195 


Immoral  Conduct.    See  Judicial 

Procedure 
Imprudent  Conduct.    See  Judi- 
cial Procedure 
Incorporation 

Churches,  342 

Conferences,  73,  79  §1 

Funds,  324  §2 
India— Orders,  178,  510 
Insolvency,  277 
Institutions.   See  Boards 
Insurance,  106  §36,  186  §9,  340 


Index 


[Numbers  refer  to  paragraphs.] 
Intoxicating  Liquors.    See  Tem-  Judicial  Procedure  (continued) 

perance  Secretary  of  General  Confe 

Investigation.  See  Judicial  Pro-  ence,  282,  286 

cedure 

Irregular  Proceedings,  25o,  546 
Italian 

Missions,  432 

Statistics,  432 


Suspension,  290 
Triers  for  Church  Members, 

283,  297 
Triers  for  Minister,  283 
General  Directions 


Studies,  602 


Journals  Examined,  78,  539 
Judicial  Administration,  232-304 
Judicial  Conference 
Annual  Conference,  283 
283,  287 


Appea 


Challenge,  285 
Constituted,  283 
General  Conference,  286 
Located  Preacher,  254 
President,  286 
Proceedings,  286 
Triers  of  Appeals,  283 
Judicial  Procedure 
Appeals 

Annual  Conference,  283 

Appellate  Court,  304  §6 

Bishop,  282,  286 

Challenge,  285 

Church  Member,  297 

Court  of  Appeals,  297 

Credentials  Surrendered,  292- 
293 

Deceased  Appellant,  304 
District  Superintendent,  297 
Evidence.  304  §  §8-10 
Foreign  Conferences,  288 
Forfeit  of  Right,  287,  304 
General  Conference,  2S2,  286) 

288,  291 
Judicial  Conference,  283,  294. 

295 

Law  Questions,  291,  304  §14 
Local  Preacher,  295 
Minister,  284,  288 
Missionary  Bishop,  282 
In  Missions,  296 
Notice  of,  299 
Order  of,  304  §13 
Outside  U.  S.,  288 
Procedure,  304 
Quarterly  Conference,  268 
Remanded,  304 
Remote  Conferences,  288 
Restoration    of  Credentials, 
292-294 


Amendments,  302 
Appeals,  304,  547 
Charges,  302,  566 
Counsel,  301 
Irregularities,  255,  546 
Law  Questions,  304  §§13-14, 
545 

Notice,  299,  303 
Record,  300 
Slander,  302 
Testimony,  299,  545 
Immoral  Conduct 
Bishop,  232 
Charges,  566 

District  Superintendent,  243 

Local  Preacher,  263 

Member  of  Church,  270 

Minister,  243 

Missionary  Bishop,  238 

Retired  Preacher,  251 

Supernumerary  Preacher,  251 
Imprudent  Conduct 

Bishop,  233 

Charges,  566 

Local  Preacher,  264 

Member  of  Church,  271 

Preacher,  243  §4 

Tempers,  249 
Trial  of  a  Bishop 

Administration,  236 

Amenability,  201 

Appeal,  282 

Challenge,  232 

District  Superintendent,  232- 

234,  303 
General  Conference,  232,  282 
Heresy,  206,  235 
Immoral  Conduct,  232 
Imprudent  Conduct,  233 
Investigation,  232 
Judiciarv,  Committee  on,  282 
Procedure,  232 
Record,  232 
Select  Number,  237 
Suspension,  237 
Trial  of  a  Local  Preacher 
Appeal,  295,  269 
Business  Failure,  266 
Challenge,  268 


Index 


[Numbers  refer  tc 
Judicial  Procedure  (continued)  Ji 
Change  of  Place,  267 
Credentials,  294 
Disobedience,  264  §3 
District  Conference,  262-269 
Heresy,  206,  265 
Home  Missions  Committee,  269 
Improper   Temper  or  Words, 
264 

Inefficiency,  264  §2 
Interference,  264 
Investigation,  262 
Missions,  269 

Quarterly  Conference,  262-269 

Record,  263 

Select  Number,  263 

Triers,  232 

Unacceptable,  264 
Trial  of  a  Member  of  the 
Church 

Absent  Witness,  299 

Amusements,  271 

Appeal,  297 

Arbitration,  274 

Business,  274 

Challenge,  278 

Charge,  303 

Charges,  302 

Class  Leader,  271 

Committee,  278 

Court  of  Appeals,  297 

Disobedience,  273 

Dissensions,  273 

District  Superintendent,  297 

Expulsion,  281 

Failure  to  Appear,  299  §3 

General  Directions,  299-304 

Heresy,  206,  247,  273 

Immorality,  270 

Imprudent  Conduct,  271 

Insolvency,  277 

Intoxicating  Liquors,  270 

Irregular  Proceedings,  255,  546 

Law  Questions,  304  §13 

Neglect  of  Duty,  272 

Pastors,  270-278 

Penalties,  279-281 

Record,  300 

Suspension,  280 

Testimony,  299 

Trial,  303 

Witnesses,  299 
Trial  of  a  Minister 

Annual  Conference,  243 

Appeal,  304.   Sec  also  Judicial 
Conference,  283-291 

Business,  250 


paragraphs.] 

dicial  Procedure  {continued) 
Charges,    Withdrawn  under, 
260 

Claim  on  Funds,  290 
Commissioner,  256 
Counsel,  301 
Credentials,  292 
Debt,  250 
Deposed,  258-259 
Disobedience,  248 
District  Superintendent,  243 
Errors  of  Law,  255 
Expulsion,  260 
Failure  to  Appear,  299 
Foreign  Conferences,  288 
General  Conference,  291 
Heresy,  245 

Improper  Words  or  Temper, 
249 

Inefficiency,  254 
Interference  with  Work,  244 
Investigation,  243 
Judicial  Conference,  286 

See  also  Judicial  Confer- 
ence 

Law  Questions,  304  §13 
Location,  254 
Lower  Penalty,  257 
Maladministration,  255 
Missions,  288 
Record,  286 
Refusing  Work,  248 
Remanded  for  Trial,  304  §8 
Restoration,  293,  294 
Select  Number,  256 
Suspension,  243,  257,  289,  290 
Theological  Schools,  206 
Unacceptability,  254 
Verdict,  258,  259 
Withdrawal,  260 
Witnesses,  Absent,  299 
Trial  of  a  Missionary  Bishop, 

233-242,  282 
Trial  of  a  Preacher  on  Trial, 

261,  300 
Triers  of  Appeals 

Court,  of  Appeals,  79  §25,  297 
Judicial  Conference,  283 
Judiciary  Committee,  282,  537.  37 
Junior  Epworth  League,  52 

L 

Ladies'  Aid  Societies,  95,  99,  100 
102,  105,  106,  179  §14,  368 

Law 

Bishops,  202  §10 
District  Superintendent,  186  §17 

32 


Index 


Law  (continued) 
Errors,  255 

Going  to,  250,  266.  274-278 

Questions  of.  186  §17,304  §§13-14 
Lay  Delegates 

To  General  Conference,  39 

To  Lav  Electoral  Conference,  39 

Reserves,  39 
Lay  Electoral  Conferences 

Conference  Claimants,  325 

Elections,  39,  91 

Eligibility,  39 

Extra  Session,  41 

Judges  of  Election,  91 

Number  of  Delegates,  39 

Place  of  Meeting,  39 

Qualifications,  39 

Quarterly  Conference,  91  §1  §5 

Rules.  39 

Secretary.  39,  40 
Laymen's  Associations,  92 
Leaders.   See  Class  Leaders 
Leaders  and  Stewards'  Meet- 
ing, 48,  110 
License 


[Numbers  refer  to  paragraphs.] 

Local  Preacher  (continued) 

Unordained  Supply,  156 
Local  Preacher — Trial.   See  Ju- 
dicial Procedure 
Location,  Board  of  Church,  82 
Location  of  Preacher,  79  §§17- 

18,  166,  254 
Lord's  Supper,  128,  179  §17 
Articles  of  Religion,  16,  19 
Ritual,  502 
Love  Feast,  179  §8 
Lower   Offense    and  Penalty, 
80,  257 


District  Superintendent,  186  §6, 

216 
Exhorter,  220 

Local  Preacher,  100,  213-215 
Missions,  431 
Women,  550 
Literature.    See  Book  Concern 
Local    Book    Committee.  See 

Book  Concern- 
Local  Deacon  and  Elder,  214  §3, 
573 

Local  Option,  560 
Local  Preacher 

Annual  Conference,  213 

Baptism,  156 

Deacon,  173  §1,  214  §3,  573 
District  Conference,  95,  99,  100, 

186  §2 
Elder,  214  §3,  573 
Examination,  572-573 
License,  100 
Marriages,  156 
Other  Churches,  162 
Pastor,  179  §6,  215  §2 
Quarterly  Conference,  102,  295 
Recognition,  216 
Recommendation,  213 
Relief,  218,  219 
Report,  217 
Studies,  572-573 
Tobacco,  214  §1 


Maladministration,  255 
Managers.    See  Boards  and  So- 
cieties 

Manual,  Probationer's,  179 
Marriage 
Ministers,  21 
Preacher  on  Trial,  156 
Register,  179 
Retired  Ministers,  184 
Ritual,  503 

Supernumerary  Minister,  183 
Unordained  Supply,  156 
Means  of  Grace,  32,  128,  129 
Members  of  the  Church 
Baptized  Children,  49,  54 
Certificates,  55 
Classes,  48,  52 
Conditions,  29 
Leaders  and  Stewards,  48 
Official  Board,  48 
Orphans,  54 
Other  Churches.  48 
Pastor,  48,  52,  55,  179  §30 
Probation,  48 

Removed  without  Certificate,  55 
Ritual,  500,  501 
Rules,  48 

Special  Advices,  64-70 
Termination,  52 
Transfer,  51 

Trial.    See  Judicial  Procedure 

—Trials 
Withdrawal,  58 
Memorials  to  General  Confer- 
ence, 537.  31-11 
Methodist  Brotherhood,  95,  99, 
100,  102,  106,  179  §13,  478,  528 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church 
Articles  of  Religion,  1-25 
Constitution,  1—47 
Historical  Statement  (page  15) 
Officers,  511-532 
583 


Index 


[Numbers  refer  to  paragraphs.] 
Methodist    Episcopal    Church  Methodist    Episcopal  Ce 


(continued) 
Organization,  34-47 
Origin,  26,  27 
Ritual,  498-510 
Rules,  26-33 
Trustees,  359,  532 
Methodist  Review,  386,  515 
Minister  (includes  for  reference, 
Pastor,       Preacher,  and 
Preacher  in  Charge) 
Admission  on  Trial,  153-157 
Admission  into  Conference,  158- 
161 

Advocates,  179  §30 
American  Bible  Society,  179  §25 
Annual  Conference,  153-161 
Appeal.     See  Judicial  Proce- 
dure— Appeals 
Appointment,  202 
Arbitration,  274 
Baptism,  179  §28 
Bishops,  202-203 
Book  Concern,  382 
Books  and  Periodicals,  382 
Catechism,  179  §11 
Certificates,  55 
Children,  51 
City  Societies,  441 
Class  Leaders,  179  §2 
Cleanliness,  179  §22 
Collections,  179  §19  §20 
Conduct,  137 

Conference  Claimants,  179  §23 
Debt,  154 
Deacons,  173 
Deficiencies,  316 
Discontinuing  Preaching,  181 
District  Conferences,  95 
District  Superintendents,  179  §29 
Duties,  51,  55,  179,  180 
Education,  179  §23,  456,  457 
Elder,  176 

Epworth  League,  179  §12 
Evangelists,  181 
Examination,  567-573 
Exhorters,  179  §7 
Expelled,  79  §21 

Foreign  Missions,  179  §23,  412, 
415 

Freedmen's  Aid,  179  §23 
General  Conference,  38,  179  §26 
General  Rules,  179  §4 
Heresy,  206,  245 
Home  Department,  179  §15 
Home  Missions,  179  §23,  435 
Interference,  244 

584 


(continued) 
Investigation,  243 
Ladies'  Aid,  179  §14,  368 
Leaders  and  Stewards,  1 10 
Letter  of  Recommendation,  56  §2 
Licenses,  179  §7 
Literature,  179  §9 
Local  Preachers,  179  §6 
Location,  79  §§17-18,  166 
Lord's  Supper,  179  §17 
Love  Feast,  179  §8 
Maladministration,  255 
Marriages,  179  §28 
Members  Received,  48,  179  §3 
Methodist  Brotherhoods,  179  §13 
Missionary  Work,  157 
Moving  Expenses,  314  §2 
Official  Board,  109 
Official  Positions,  165 
On  Trial,  153-157 
Other  Churches,  162 
Parsonages,  358 
Pastoral  Work,  144 
Prayer  Meeting,  179  §5 
Preaching,  139 
Probationers,  51 
Qualifications,  124 
Quarterly  Conferences,  180  §2 
Quarterly  Meetings,  179  §8 
Readmission,  161 
Reception  into  Full  Connection 

(Admissions),  158-161 
Reception  on  Trial,  153-157 
Recognition  of  Orders,  162-164 
Records,  300 
Refusal  to  Work,  248 
Reports,  180  §§1-2 
Restoration  of  Credentials,  292- 

294 

Retired.  See  Retired  Ministers 
Rules,  112-123 
Singing,  72 

Stewards,  179  §§16-17 
Stewardship,  Christian,  70,  179 
§18 

Summary  Report,  180  §3 
Sunday  Schools,  179  §23  §27 
Suppi  irt,  310 
Surrender  of  Office,  168 
Suspension,  243 
Time,  Use  of,  132 
Tobacco,  154 
Tracts,  179  §23 
Transfer,  548 

Treasurer,  Conference,  180  §1 
Trial.    See  Trial 


Index 


[Numbers  refer 
Methodist     Episcopal  Church 
(continued) 

Trustees,  M.  E.  Church,  362 

Unacceptable,  254 

Union,  Necessity  of,  135 

Visiting  List,  179  §30 

Watch  Night.  179  §8 

Withdrawal,  79  §§19-20,  168 

W.  1'  M.  S.,  417 

W.  H.  M.  S.,  437 
Ministerial  Delegates,  38 
Ministerial  Support,  305 
Minority  Reports,  537.  50-52 
Mission  Conferences,  94,  487- 

488 
Missions 

Bishops,  410,  431 

Boundaries,  487-491 

Central  Mission  Conferences,  93, 
492 

City,  427,  439,  440 
Foreign  Board,  410 
Home  Board,  431 
Judicial  Conference,  43  §3  §41 
Local  Preachers,  269 
Superintendent,  414,  430 
Trial  in,  243 
.  W.  F.  M.  S.,  417 
W.  H.  M.  S.,  437 
Missionary  Bishops 
Addresses,  P.  O.,  512 
Amenability,  190 
Appeal.     See  Judicial  Proce- 
dure— Appeals 
Assignments,  192 
Ceasing  to  Act,  197 
Central  Mission  Conference,  93 
Coordinate,  193,  194 
Deaconesses,  223 
Discipline,  195 
Election,  189 
Foreign  Missions,  400 
General  Missionary  Committee, 
196 

General  Superintendent,  191,  194 

Heresy,  240 

Hymnal.  195 

India  Ritual,  510 

Jurisdiction,  189 

Names,  512 

Powers,  189 

Residences,  93  §9 

Retired,  211,  212 

Support,  190 

Transfers,  198 

Trial.    Sec  Judicial  Procedure 
— Trial 


to  paragraphs.] 

Missionary  Committee.  See  Gen- 
eral Committee 
Moving  Expenses,  314 
Music,  72,  105 

N 

National  City  Evangelization- 
See  City  Societies,  438-441 

Negotiations,  Pastoral,  554 

New  York 

Book  Concern,  514 
Christian  Advocate,  515 
Corresponding  Secretaries,  516 
Editors,  515 

Foreign  Missions,  Board  of,  520 
Education,  Board  of,  523 
Local  Committee,  518 
Methodist  Brotherhood,  528 
Treasurers,  517 
Northwestern  Christian  Advo- 
cate, 387,  515 
Norwegian-Danish  Studies,  577- 
586 

O 

Official  Board,  48,  109 
Order  of  Public  Worship,  71 
Orders.    See  Credentials,  Dea- 
cons,   Elders,  Ordination, 
Ritual 

Ordination.    See  also  Consecra- 
tion 

Chaplains,  173  §4,  176  §4 
Deacon,  171-173 
Elder,  174-178 
Election,  171-174 
India,  178 

Local  Preacher,  173  §1,  176  §1 
Missionary  Rule,  173  §1,  176  §1 
Recognition  of,  102-164,  549 
Ritual,  506,  507 
Roman  Catholic  Priest,  549 
Seminary  Rule,  173  §2,  176  §2 
Women,  550 

Orphans,  54 

Other  Churches,  162 

P 

Pacific  Christian  Advocate,  515 
Parsonage  and  Furniture,  351- 
355 

Pastor.    See  Minister 
Pastoral  Charges,  34 
Periodicals,  84,  179  §9,  372 
Permanent  Connectional  Fund, 
See    Connectional  Perma- 
nent Fund,  324 


Index 


[Numbers  refer  to 
Pittsburgh  Christian  Advocate,  Q 

388,  392,  515 
Post  Office  Addresses 

Bishops,  511 

Book  Committee,  518 

Corresponding  Srcrrtaries,  516 

Editors,  515 

General  Committee,  519 

General  Conference  Secretary,  513 

Missionary  Bishops,  512 

Publishing  Agents,  514 

Treasurers,  517 
Prater 

Colleges,  559 

Family,  32 

Meetings,  179 

Week  of,  558 
Preacher.    See  Minister 
Preacher  on  Trial 

Admission,  79  §§4-5  §§8-9,  153- 
160 

District  Conference,  154 
District  Superintendent,  156 
Examination,  154,  570 
Marriages,  156 
Missionary  Work,  157 
Quarterly  Conference,  155 
Questions,  159 
Tobacco,  154 

Trial.    See  Judicial  Procedure 
— Trial 
Preachers'  Aid  Societies,  324 
Preaching,  111,  139-143 
Probation,  48 
Probationer's  Manual,  179 
Procedure.    See  Judicial  Proce- 

'  DURE 

Prohibition,  69,  560.  See  also 
Temperance 

Property,  Sale.   See  Trustees 

Pro  Rata  Division,  85,  106  §13, 
313,  556 

Public  Worship,  71,  72 

Publications.  See  Book  Con- 
cern 

Publishing  Agents.     See  Book 

Concern 
Publishing  Committee.  See  Book 

Concern 

Q 

Qualifications 

Lay  Delegates,  39 

Ministerial  Delegates,  38 

Trustees,  335-338 
Quarterly  Conference 

Appeals,  297 

Apportionments,  106  §10  §15 

586 


paragraphs.] 

uarterly  Conference  (cont'd) 
Auditing,  106  §37 
Bishops,  202  §4 
Business,  106 
Church  Location,  82 
Class  Leaders,  59,  102 
Committees,  105 
Complaints,  105 

Conference  Claimants,  106  §13, 

328 

Constituted,  35 

Custodians  of  Deeds,  106  §39 

Deaconesses,  102 

District  Conferences,  106  §§21-23 

District  Stewards,  102,  105,  305 

District    Superintendents,  102, 

Education,  455 
Election  Board,  91 
Epworth  League,  102,  105 
Estimate,  106  §10,  310 
Exhorters,  102,  105 
Financial  Plan,  106  §§11-13 
Foreign  Missions,  414 
Freedmen,  446 

Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension, 434 
Hospitals,  105  §11 
Insurance,  106  §36 
Italian  Missions,  432 
Judges  of  Election,  91 
Junior  League,  105 
Ladies'  Aid,  102,  105,  106,  368 
Lay  Conference,  91 
Licenses,  105 

Local  Preachers,  102,  105,  106, 

262,  268,  295 
Location,  166 
Members,  102,  106 
Methodi.-t  Brotherhood,  102,  106 
Ministerial  Support,  106  §8 
Moving  Expenses,  106  §10 
Music,  106  §11 
Official  Board,  106  §35,  109 
Preachers,  102 
President,  103 
Pro  Rata,  106  §13 
Receiving  Ministers,  162 
Recognition  of  Orders,  106  §23 
Recommendations 

Orders,  106  §22 

Reception  on  Trial,  106  §24 

Recognition,  106  §23 

Restoration,  293 
Kecording  Steward,  105,  106  §27, 

108 

Records,  106,  §§34-35 


Index 


[Numbers  refer  to  paragraphs  ] 


Quarterly  Conference  {cojit'd) 
Reports,  106  $9 
Retired  Ministers,  4G,  184 
Rules,  106  §31 
Sale  of  Property,  350 
Secretary,  91 

Stewards.  1(12,  106  5  §25-28.  305 
Sunday  Schools,  102,  105  §5 
Sunday  School  Superintendents, 

106  §§3-1 
Supernumerary  Ministers,  46,  183 
Support,  105,  305,  310 
Tempers,  Improper,  249 
Tracts,  395 

Trier  of  Appeals,  106  §6 

Trustees,  105,  106  §1  §29 

United,  207 

W.  F.  M.  S.,  102,  106 

W.  H.  M.  S.,  102,  106 
Quarterly  Meetings,  179  §8 
Quorum 

General  Conference,  44 

Standing  Committees,  537.  43 
See  also  Boards 


Ritual 

Baptism,  Adults,  499 

Baptism,  Infants,  498 

Bishops'  Consecration,  505 

Burial  of  Dead,  504 

Corner  Stone,  509 

Deacons'  Ordination,  507 

Deaconesses'  Consecration,  508 

Dedication  of  Church,  510 

Elders'  Ordination,  506 

Lord's  Supper,  502 

Matrimony,  503 

Reception  of  Members,  501 

Reception  of  Probationers,  500 
Roman  Catholic  Priest,  549 
Rulers,  23 
Rules 

General,  22,  26-33,  46 

Of  Order  of  the  General  Con- 
ference, 537 

Restrictive,  46 


Sacraments 

Baptism,  16,  17,  498,  499 
Lord's  Supper,  16,  18-20,  502 


Readmissionto Conference,  79  §3  Sanctification^  See  Holiness 
Reception 

Into  Church,  48 

Into  Ministry*,  153-161 
Recording  Stewards,  105,  305 
Records.    See  Boards,  Confer- 
ences, Trial,  etc. 
Refusal  to  Work,  248 
Removed   without  Certificate 
55  §6 

Representation,  Ratio,  38  §1 
Reserve  Delegates,  38,  39 
Restoration    of  Credentials 

292-294 
Restrictive  Rules,  46 
Retired  Bishop,  210-212 
Retired  Deaconess,  229 
Retired  Minister 

Annual  Conference,  79  §24 

Book  Concern  Dividend,  46 

Certificates,  184 

Change  of  Boundary,  548 

Conference  Claimant,  323 

Conference  Relations,  184 

Marriages,  184 

Missionaries,  407 

Quarterly  Conference,  184 

Reports,  184 

Support,  323-334,  469-473 
Retired  Missionary  Bishop,  211- 
212 


Schools.    See  Education 
Scriptures.    See  Bible 
Seats,  Free,  347 
Secretaries 

Annual  Conference,  78,  300 
District  Conference,  98,  300 
General  Conference,  282,  537.  1 
Judicial  Conference.  252,  300 
Official  Board,  109 
Quarterly  Conference,  300 
Secretaries,  Corresponding,  516. 

See  Boards  and  Societies 
Select  Number,  256,  295 
Singing,  72 
Slavery,  30 
Smuggling,  30 
Social  Problems,  564 
Societies.    See  Boards 
South-western  Christian  Advo- 
cate, 386,  515 
Spanish  Studies,  604 
Special  Advices 
Amusements,  68 
Divorce,  67 
Dress,  65 
Marriage,'66 
Slavery,  64 

Stewardship,  70,  179  §18 
Temperance,  69 
Special  Gifts,  406 
587 


Index 


[Numbers  refer 

Special  Sessions 

Annual  Conference,  41  §3 
General  Conference,  41  §§2-3 
Standing  Committees,  537.  36-41 
Statistical  Report,  79  §28,  180  §1 
Statistician,  86-88,  180  §1 
Stewakds.    See  also  Conference 
Stewards 
Accountability,  309 
Conference  Claimants,  313,  323 
Conference  Stewards,  329 
District  Stewards,   105  §4,  106 

§28,  305,  317,  318 
District  Superintendent,  330  §2 
Duties,  308 

Election,  105  §4,  106  §26,  307 
Financial  Plan,  106  §11,  308 
Leaders  and  Stewards'  Meeting, 

110,  308 
Lord's  Supper,  179  §17,  308 
Ministerial  Support,  310 
Moving  Expenses,  314 
Number,  305 
Official  Board,  309 
Pastors,  179  §16,  307,  314 
Pro  Rata  Distribution,  106  §13, 

313 

Quarterly  Conference,  102,  105, 

106,  307,  309 
Recording  Steward,  106  §27,  305 
Stewardship,  Christian,  70 
Strawbridge,  Robert  (page  15) 
Summary  Report,  Pastor's,  180 
§3 

Sunday  Schools 

Annual  Conference,  463 
Board,  459 

Book  Committee,  459  §3 
Children's  Day,  457 
Collection,  467  §7 
Constitution,  565  §1 
Corresponding  Scen  t  arv,  459, 460 
District  Conferences,  95,  99,  100 
District  Superintendent,  466 
Duty,  459  §3 

Editor  Sunday  School  Publica- 
tions, 459,  461 

Foreign  Missions,  415  §5 

German,  459  §6 

Home  Department,  179  §15 

Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension, 435 

Incorporation,  459 

Local  Board,  464 

Managers,  459 

Missionary  Society,  565  §2 

Officers  and  Teachers,  465 


to  paragraphs.] 

Sunday  Schools  (continued) 
Pastors,  179  §23  §27,  457 
Quarterly  Conferences,  102,  105, 
106 

Rally  Day,  467  §6 

Reports,  46o 

Statistics,  89 

Superintendent,  465 

Temperance,  479  §6,  565 

Treasurer,  517 

Vacancies,  460 
Superannuated  Preacher.  See 
Retired  Minister;  also  Con- 
ference Claimants 
Supernumerary    Minister,  46, 
183,  548 

Support,  Ministerial.    See  also 
Stewards 
Bishops,  319 

Conference  Claimants,  323 

Deaconesses,  225  §3 

District  Superintendents,  317 

Pastors,  310 
Suspension 

Bishop,  237 

Church  Member,  280 

Local  Preacher,  262 

Minister,  243,  289 

Missionary  Bishop,  238 
Scstentation  Fund,  315 
Swedish  Studies,  587-594 
Systematic  Giving,  70 


Teacher,  Heresy  of,  246 

Temperance 

Abstinence,  30,  560 
Advice,  69 
Agents,  203  §4 
Anti-Saloon  League,  560 
Church  Temperance  Society,  479 
Constitution  for  Sunday  School, 
565  §1 

Federal  Government,  560 

General  Conference,  560 

General  Rules,  30 

Instruction,  479  §6,  560 

Managers,  479  §2,  529 

Pastor,  179  §21 

Political  Action,  560 

Prohibition,  560 

Quarterly  Conference,  105,  106 

Sunday  Schools,  479  §6,  565  §1 
Tempers,  Improper,  249,  261 
Temporal  Economy,  305-368 
Temporal  Economy,  Comm.ttee 
on,  537.  41 


1XDEX 


fXumbers  refer 
Testimony.    See  Judicial  Proce- 
dure 

Theological  Schools,  206,  246 

Tobacco,  154,214 

Tracts 

Agents,  203 

Book  Concern,  385 

Circulation,  394,  395 

Editor  of,  385 

Missions,  402 

Pastors.  179  §24 

Quarterly  Conference,  105,  106, 
395 
Transfers 

Church  Members,  55 

Pastor's  Family,  55  §6 

Preachers,  79  §2  §15 
Traveling  Expenses,  314 
Traveling  Preacher.    See  Min- 
ister 
Treasurer 

Annual  Conference,  79  §29,  86, 
88,  90,  180  §1 

Boards  and  Societies,  517 

General  Conference,  517 
Trial..  See  Judicial  Procedure 
Triers  of  Appeals 

Court  of  Appeals.  79  §25,  297 

Judicial  Conference,  283 
See  Judicial  Procedure 
Trustees,  Church 

Annual  Conference,  346,  352 

Approval,  106  §1 

Building,  347,  354 

Charters,  Deeds,  342-346 

Confirmation,  335-338 

Conveyances,  342 

Debts,  348,  349 

District  .Superintendent,  351 

Duties,  335-341 

Election,  106  §29,  336-338 

Free  Seats,  347 

Insurance,  340 

Mortgages,  350 

Official  Board,  109 

Parsonages,  354-358 

Pastor,  351 

Quarterly  Conference,  102,  105, 

106,  338,  358 
Removal,  353 
Renting,  355 
Report,  340 


to  paragraphs.] 

Trustees,  Church  (continued) 
Sale,  350 

Separate  Boards,  356 
State  Laws,  336 
Stewards,  357 
Trust  Clause,  343,  345 
Trustees  of  the  M.  E.  Church, 
359-366 

V 

Unacceptable    Preachers,  254, 
264 

Unfermented  Wine,  502 
Union  of  Churches,  555 
United  States,  23 
University  Senate,  454 


Vacancies  Filled 
Elections,  91  §4 
See  Boards 
Veterans'  Day,  325 
Visiting,  179  §30 
Voting,  45,  537.  25-30 


Watch-night,  179  §8 
Week  of  Prayer,  558 
Wesley,  Charles  (page  15) 
Wesley,  John  (pages  1.5,  16),  26 
Western    Christian  Advocate, 
387,  515 

Widows.  See  Conference  Claim- 
ants 
Withdrawal 
Member,  57 

Witnesses',  299 

W.  F.  M.  8.,  95,  99,  100,  105,  106, 
416 

W.  H.  M.  S.,  95,  99,  100,  105,  106, 
437 

Women,  Licensing  or  Ordaining, 

550 
Worship,  71 


Zion's  Herald,  203 


oS9 


DATE  DUE 


GAYLORD        #3523PI      Printed  in  USA 


